Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 2020.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   27-0334803

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, California 94103

(415) 539-3162

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

John Riccitiello

President and Chief Executive Officer

Unity Software Inc.

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, California 94103

(415) 539-3162

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Rachel Proffitt

Jon Avina

Jonie Kondracki

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

Ruth Ann Keene

Nora Go

Unity Software Inc.

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, California 94103

(415) 539-3162

 

John Savva

Sarah Payne

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

1870 Embarcadero Road

Palo Alto, CA 94303

(650) 461-5600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities

To Be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
 

Amount of
Registration

Fee

Common Stock, $0.000005 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,980

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. Subject to Completion. Dated August 24, 2020. Shares Unity Software Inc. Common Stock This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Unity Software Inc. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by us. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ . We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “U”. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. Per Share Total Initial public offering price $ $ Underwriting discount(1) $ $ Proceeds, before expenses, to Unity Software Inc $ $ (1) See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters. To the extent that the underwriters sell more than shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on , 2020. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Credit Suisse BofA Securities Barclays William Blair Oppenheimer & Co. Piper Sandler Stifel Wedbush Securities Academy Securities Siebert Williams Shank Prospectus dated , 2020.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

unity


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

We are the world’s leading platform for creating and operating interactive, real-time 3D content 1.5M monthly active creators1 50%+ mobile games, PC games and console games combined, made with Unity2 3B+ app downloads per month3 1 As of June 30, 2020 2 In 2019, estimated by Unity. Mobile share based on top 1,000 games on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store. 3 App downloads per month represent applications developed by creators using Unity in 2019. unity


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

“We believe the world is a better place with more creators in it.” – John Riccitiello, CEO Creativity on a global scale 15K+ new projects made per day1 190+ countries and territories in the world have Unity creators2 1 In the first half of 2020 2 As of June 30, 2020 unity


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

playrix township Moon Studios Ori and the Will of the Wisps Shop 9 DeKalb Mediatonic Fall Guys: Ultimate knockout Oddworld inhabitants Oddworld: Soulstorm Ustwo Games Monument Valley 2 Studio Gale Tomoncar MEC AR/VR Tent Viewer


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Architecture, Engineering & Construction 9 DeKalb, Shop Architects Games Monument Valley 2, ustwo games Media & Entertainment Crow: The Legend, Baobab Studios Automotive, Transportation & Manufacturing Volvo Cars


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     16  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     62  

Market, Industry and Other Data

     64  

Use of Proceeds

     65  

Dividend Policy

     66  

Capitalization

     67  

Dilution

     70  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     73  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     78  

A Letter from Unity President and CEO John Riccitiello

     113  

Business

     125  

Management

     151  

Executive Compensation

     162  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     177  

Principal Stockholders

     182  

Description of Capital Stock

     185  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     191  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     195  

Underwriting

     200  

Validity of Common Stock

     207  

Experts

     207  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     207  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

Index to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-42  

 

 

Through and including                , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters has authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” “Unity,” and “Unity Technologies” refer to Unity Software Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

Overview

Unity is the world’s leading platform for creating and operating interactive, real-time 3D content.

We believe the world is a better place with more creators in it. Creators, ranging from game developers to artists, architects, automotive designers, filmmakers and others, use Unity to make their imaginations come to life.

Our platform provides a comprehensive set of software solutions to create, run and monetize interactive, real-time 2D and 3D content for mobile phones, tablets, PCs, consoles, and augmented and virtual reality devices. As of June 30, 2020, we had approximately 1.5 million monthly active creators in over 190 countries and territories worldwide. The applications developed by these creators were downloaded over three billion times per month in 2019 on over 1.5 billion unique devices.

Content built on the Unity platform offers end-users a fundamentally more engaging and immersive experience than traditional static content. Content made with Unity is interactive, allowing end-users to connect with the content and with one another. Content made with Unity is real-time, allowing it to instantly adapt to end-user behavior and feedback. Content made with Unity allows graphics to be expressed with 3D shape and depth, permitting multiple viewing angles, and enabling augmented and virtual reality.

Real-time is not just a part of the end-user experience. Building content on Unity offers creators significant advantages in development compared to traditional content creation tools. Creators can visualize and iterate on their 2D and 3D creations in real-time and collaborate with each other to edit content simultaneously. This can lead to significant reductions in design and development cycle times.

Improvements in computational power, greater connectivity and the proliferation of devices like smartphones, PCs and consoles have enabled an explosion of immersive and interactive content. The gaming industry has benefited enormously from these factors, with over 2.5 billion gamers driving the fastest growing sector in media today.

Unity has built its reputation in gaming, and our scale and reach in this industry are significant. We estimate that in 2019, on a global basis, 53% of the top 1,000 mobile games on the Apple App Store and Google Play and over 50% of such mobile games, PC games and console games combined were made with Unity. Unity’s platform helps game developers—from the largest publishers in the world with teams of hundreds, to mid-sized, small and independent publishers, to individual creators—build and operate high quality games, rapidly and efficiently. Unity games can be built once and deployed and operated across more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, PlayStation, Xbox, Nintendo Switch, and the leading augmented and virtual reality platforms, among



 

1


Table of Contents

others. As gaming has proliferated, the business models for content have evolved beyond one-time purchases to include advertising and in-app purchases. Unity enables these new business models by providing creators with the solutions they need to easily run and monetize their content.

The dramatic growth of end-user demand for interactive content is driving industries beyond gaming to embrace the advantages of real-time 3D content. Creators are leveraging our platform to provide faster content creation and efficient deployment across formats and use cases. Today, Fortune and Global 500 companies in industries such as architecture, engineering, construction, automotive, transportation, manufacturing, film, television and retail are using Unity across many new use cases, including automobile and building design, online and augmented reality product configurators, autonomous driving simulation, and augmented reality workplace safety training. These new forms of content are emerging parts of our business and represent a significant opportunity for growth.

Our platform consists of two distinct, but connected and synergistic sets of solutions. Our Create Solutions are used by content creators—developers, artists, designers, engineers and architects—to create interactive, real-time 2D and 3D content. Our Operate Solutions offer customers the ability to grow and engage their end-user base, as well as run and monetize their content with the goal of optimizing end-user acquisition and operational costs while increasing the lifetime value of their end-users.

We offer our Create Solutions primarily through monthly subscriptions and our Operate Solutions primarily through revenue-share and usage-based models. This allows us to generate revenue from our customers as they develop content and also as they succeed and grow. Subscriptions for our Create Solutions drive adoption of our Operate Solutions. For the year ended December 31, 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2020, 63% and 64%, respectively, of our Operate Solutions revenue that came from customers with over $100,000 in annual revenue was from customers that also used our Create Solutions.

We see significant opportunities to grow our business. We believe today we address a total market opportunity of approximately $29 billion across both gaming and other industries. Looking to the future, we believe there are large opportunities within and beyond the industries and use cases we currently serve that represent a market potential multiple times larger than our opportunity today. We are investing aggressively in research and development and direct sales and marketing to support the expansion of our business in games and across multiple industries and use cases.

We have experienced rapid growth. Our revenue grew from $380.8 million to $541.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 42%, and from $252.8 million to $351.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing period-over-period growth of 39%. We generated net losses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, of $131.6 million, $163.2 million, $67.1 million and $54.1 million, respectively, which included $20.9 million, $44.5 million, $14.8 million and $21.7 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense. We reduced our net cash used in operating activities from $81.1 million to $67.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and from $19.8 million to $15.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.



 

2


Table of Contents

The Future is Interactive, Real-Time 3D

For almost a hundred years, photos and video content have largely been created by the same means—capturing three dimensional images through a 2D lens and projecting them onto a 2D surface. Technology has introduced digital cameras, lenses for capturing images at astonishing resolutions and powerful software tools that allow creators to edit and manipulate images with limitless possibilities. Still, the basic processes and technology related to content and content creation revolve around building 2D, asynchronous, non-interactive, static content.

The world is changing. Leaps forward in compute power and bandwidth are enabling an explosion in interactive, real-time 3D content—led by games and now spreading rapidly into other industries. We have moved from a static content world to one of lifelike, dynamic content—where 2D images are no longer projected to create video, but where fully interactive, 3D virtual objects, environments and complete worlds can be digitally rendered in real-time using software. Nowhere has real-time 3D had a larger impact to date than in gaming, which has grown from a less than $15 billion industry 20 years ago to one generating over $140 billion in annual revenue today. Gaming is now the fastest growing category in media with over 2.5 billion gamers worldwide.

Interactive, real-time 3D is:

 

   

Interactive:     allowing end-users from around the world to connect with immersive content as well as one another. Today’s games take players into lifelike scenes and landscapes, where they can engage with dynamic content. In multiplayer environments, content interaction instantly influences other players’ experience of the game. As one player pushes a button for an object to go right, it enters another player’s point of view instantly, in real-time.

 

   

Real-Time:     allowing content to be rendered at up to 120 photorealistic images per second on a digital display. Display pixels can be drawn and redrawn as fast as the human eye can see, rendering content that is instantly responsive to end-user actions and appears lifelike.

 

   

3D:     allowing graphics to be expressed with shape and depth, permitting multiple viewing angles. An end-user can virtually pick up an object, look underneath, move it around and enjoy an entirely new and unique experience, all in the same environment. The opportunities of augmented and virtual reality are only made possible through 3D.

Interactive, real-time 3D is also driving innovation in the content creation process. For example, with real-time technology, creators can live-edit the characteristics of objects in games and applications they design, and these changes can be rendered and displayed faster than the blink of an eye. This instantaneous adaptation allows for creators to simultaneously create and visualize, simplifying the creative process and making collaborative content development more seamless and efficient.

While interactive, real-time 3D has fueled the rise of gaming, the opportunities for this technology and the benefits for creators are impacting many other industries as well. For example, architects, designers and project partners use real-time 3D to simultaneously contribute to the planning and development of a building with rapid, cost-effective iteration. Similarly, real-time 3D technology is driving efficiencies in car development and sales cycles, allowing for interactive, life-like models of cars to be rendered in real-time. In film, real-time 3D technology allows a creator to edit and review a scene instantly, rather than waiting days for server farms to fully render a digital scene. Across these industries and more, our solutions and technology are unlocking new forms of creativity and cost-efficiency that are impossible with traditional tools.



 

3


Table of Contents

Secular Industry Trends Working in Our Favor

Technology Has Enabled the Transition to Interactive, Real-Time 3D Content

Technology now enables creators to develop immersive, interactive content in real-time. These advancements, which are raising expectations from end-users across industries, are driven by:

 

   

Compute Power:     Interactive, real-time 3D content can now run on low-cost PCs and mobile phones. Advances in graphics processing units, or GPUs, have unlocked a broad variety of high-fidelity real-time 3D content that was previously available only on select high-performance computers and consoles.

 

   

Platforms and Devices:     Today’s consumers have easy, affordable access to interactive, real-time 3D content through a variety of platforms and devices, including PCs, gaming consoles, advanced set-top boxes, tablets and smartphones. In parallel, platform and device capabilities are increasing. More recent versions of PCs, consoles and mobile devices enable augmented and virtual reality, which is expected to drive increased demand for real-time 3D content, and also contribute to increased expectations for new types of real-time 3D content.

 

   

Distribution:     With pervasive streaming and cloud-based content delivery replacing physical forms of distribution, content is now available, on-demand and instantly, and the need to visit retail stores to acquire content is greatly reduced.

 

   

Connectivity:     The proliferation of broadband wireless access is enabling end-users to interact with content and with one another from more locations and on more platforms, significantly increasing access to content.

Real-Time 3D is Proliferating Across Industries

End-users have come to appreciate the value of interactive, real-time 3D content and increasingly expect similar immersive, interactive experiences across both personal media and commercial content. Creators across a wide array of industries beyond gaming are using real-time 3D across new use cases, including automobile and building design, online and augmented reality product configurators, autonomous driving simulation and augmented reality workplace safety training, among others.

The Problem: Creators Need New Ways to Develop, Run and Monetize Their Content

Traditionally, the creation of high fidelity graphic experiences required the development or use of custom, disparate point solutions. In order to build real-time 3D applications, large teams with many engineers would need to invest significant time and resources in the development of tools and technology in order to make even the most basic applications. Building these tools from scratch is both very expensive and time consuming for creators. Today, to serve the increasing demand for real-time 3D content, creators need a comprehensive solution that allows them to efficiently build, run and monetize new applications to satisfy that demand.

Business and monetization models are also changing. For example, in gaming, traditional one-time purchase and downloadable content models are moving to free-to-play, which requires new monetization methods such as advertising and in-app purchases. Games have also increasingly migrated to live services models, hosted in the cloud and regularly updated for content and new features. These new business and monetization models require new technologies and new solutions.

Traditional content development is done on a per-platform basis, often requiring creators to recreate and recode content for each individual platform. This problem is exacerbated by the



 

4


Table of Contents

diversification and explosion in the number of devices and form factors. Creators require solutions that enable them to create content once and deploy it to multiple platforms seamlessly, without having to develop and test code specific to each platform or having to maintain highly specialized teams.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe today we address a total market opportunity of approximately $29 billion across both gaming and other industries.

 

   

Gaming:     In gaming, we estimate the market opportunity for our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions to be approximately $12 billion in 2019 across over 15 million potential creators, growing to over $16 billion in 2025, based on a 2020 study that we commissioned by a third party strategy consulting firm, Altman Vilandrie & Company.

 

   

Industries Beyond Gaming:     In industries beyond gaming, we estimate the market opportunity for our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions to be approximately $17 billion today, based on the number of software developers, architects and designers our solutions could potentially serve.

Looking to the future, we believe there are large opportunities within and beyond the industries and use cases we currently serve that are not captured by the above market opportunity estimates.

 

   

Gaming:     We believe there is a large future opportunity for Unity in gaming that is not captured by the above analysis. We believe we can expand the applicability of our platform to creators with new solutions we are designing for the future, such as assisted artistry workflows, higher performance rendering capabilities and additions to our Operate Solutions.

 

   

AR & VR:     We are the leading platform for creating content for augmented reality and virtual reality applications, which we believe will represent large opportunities for our business in the future as innovations in hardware and connectivity increase capability and drive adoption.

 

   

Industries Beyond Gaming:     There are 37 million engineers and technicians, based on data published by Cambashi in April 2019, who we believe could be additional users of various current and future products that comprise our platform.

We believe these future opportunities represent a market potential multiple times larger than the approximately $29 billion total market opportunity we serve today.

Our Solution

Unity is the world’s leading platform for creating and operating interactive, real-time 3D content. Our platform includes our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions, which complement each other and together provide a comprehensive set of solutions that enable our customers to create, run and monetize their content across a broad range of third-party content distribution platforms.

Our Create Solutions are used to create, edit, run and deploy real-time 2D, as well as high definition, real-time 3D content. Our products include custom scripting tools and a high-definition render pipeline for developers; graphics, animation and audio tools for artists; and navigation, networking and user interface tools for designers.

Our Operate Solutions offer customers the ability to grow and engage their user bases, and to run and monetize their content irrespective of whether the content was created in Unity. Our



 

5


Table of Contents

monetization products, Unity Ads and Unity IAP (In-App Purchases), help developers to maximize the revenue potential of their content. Our end-user engagement products, such as deltaDNA, provide developers with the capability to perform deep analytics to optimize end-user engagement and behavior. Finally, we also offer solutions to simplify the delivery of content and provide back-end management, such as Multiplay for multiplayer hosting in games, or Vivox to enable player-to-player communications in games.

Our platform delivers numerous benefits to creators across organizations of all sizes. These benefits include:

Significantly Faster, High-Quality Production with Real-Time Technology

Unity’s platform enables creators to simultaneously visualize and iterate on their 2D and 3D creations in real-time. Our platform’s real-time technology significantly reduces the time and resources required by creators, whether working individually or in groups, to create and operate high-quality, immersive, personalized and interactive content.

Create Once and Deploy Anywhere

Creators use Unity to create once and deploy anywhere. Without writing any platform-specific code, creators can deploy their games and applications on more than 20 platforms, ensuring their content reaches a broad audience.

Comprehensive Set of Solutions for Creators of All Types

The Unity platform provides creators of varied backgrounds and levels of expertise a comprehensive set of solutions to meet their needs in creating, operating and monetizing their content across platforms. For example, a team of content creators can use our real-time 2D and 3D Create Solutions rendering tools to develop a high-fidelity application with a massive virtual world. The creators can then use our Operate Solutions to host their application, grow and engage their end-user base and run and monetize their content. Together, our solutions serve the entire lifecycle of a game or application, and the needs of its creators, through a single platform.

Access to Leading Technology

We offer creators leading edge technology that keeps pace with each major new hardware platform, allowing them to focus on creating content rather than working to keep pace with dozens of rapidly evolving specifications and capabilities. We continue to invest to ensure our platform best leverages the capabilities of these rapidly evolving platforms to serve the future development and operational needs of content creators.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have a number of competitive strengths that will enable our market leadership to grow. Our competitive strengths include:

Our Platform

Our core competitive strength is the breadth and depth of our platform. We offer a comprehensive set of solutions to create, run and monetize real-time 3D games and applications. Creators can



 

6


Table of Contents

onboard through any of our solutions and leverage our platform to serve their needs at every stage of growth. As a result of the strength of our platform, as of June 30, 2020, we had a global reach of over two billion monthly active end-users, who consume content created or operated with our solutions on over 20 platforms. We saw an average of more than 15,000 new projects each day in the first half of 2020.

Market Leadership in Game Development with Industry-Leading Brand

We are the market leader for the creation of all types of video games, ranging from games developed by the largest global publishers, including AAA studios, to games developed by mid-sized, small and independent developers and freelancers. We estimate that in 2019, on a global basis, 53% of the top 1,000 mobile games on the Apple App Store and Google Play and over 50% of such mobile games, PC games and console games combined were made with Unity. Ninety-three of the top 100 game development studios by global revenue in 2019 were Unity customers. We see significant opportunities for expansion within these existing customers through increased Create Solutions subscriptions and additional adoption of our Operate Solutions. Games developed on the Unity platform recorded an average of over eight billion hours of gameplay per month in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Many of the most successful games across the globe were developed using Unity.

Relentless Focus on Innovation, Talent and Research and Development

We have invested over $450 million in research and development over the last two fiscal years alone to further develop our solutions. Our market-leading position and reputation for innovation support our ability to recruit highly talented software engineers and developers. Additionally, although the significant majority of our revenue growth has been organic, we have completed over a dozen acquisitions to date. Acquisitions have primarily included smaller teams with specific product expertise. Our Applifier, deltaDNA, Finger Food, Multiplay, and Vivox acquisitions brought greater functionality into our platform, added key innovation talent to our team and furthered our goal of being the one-stop integrated platform for all creator needs.

Extensive Data Footprint and Sophisticated Analytics

Our scale affords us access to a vast amount of end-user engagement and platform performance data. We continuously capture and analyze valuable end-user behavior and application performance data from over 50 billion in-app events per day across over 20 different platforms as end-users interact with games and applications made with Unity. This data and analytics capability allows us to optimize content performance, end-user acquisition and engagement and monetization based on predicted lifetime values of our customers’ end-users, driving value for both our customers as well as their end-users.

The Unity Creator Community

Unity has a very large, active global community of real-time 3D creators, with approximately 1.5 million monthly active creators that developed over 8,000 games and applications per month in the six months ended June 30, 2020. We have a highly engaged base of creators, with users of our Unity Pro product spending an average of 4.9 hours per day actively using our platform in the year ended December 31, 2019, and an average of 5.1 hours per day for the six months ended June 30, 2020. In addition, within our creator base are a large number of students and independent learners, including those enrolled in high school and university classes. We invest in providing student and school licenses as well as developing curriculum components, Unity-specific portions of academic programs and learning content to ensure students can learn and train on our software. With this knowledge and continuing education, students prepare for, and excel in, careers using real-time 3D and Unity.



 

7


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

We are investing aggressively to strengthen our global leadership in gaming through continued investment in our products and solutions, continued subscription growth and product usage within existing customers, and expansion of our customer base across game publishers of all sizes. In parallel, we are investing in the development of products, services and go-to-market strategies that serve industries beyond gaming, where we believe our long-term potential is many times greater than in gaming.

Investing in Product Innovation for Growth

We will continue to innovate with new products, features and functionality. In addition, we will also continue to pursue acquisitions of products, teams and technologies that complement and expand the functionality of our platform, add to our technology expertise and bolster our leadership position by providing access to new customers or markets.

Growth within Existing Gaming Customers

We have opportunities to broaden our relationships with existing customers, by expanding our Create Solutions subscriptions, growing Operate Solutions usage and increasing the number of Unity solutions our customers use. We grow our subscriptions by expanding within and across multiple studios within a single publisher. We grow usage of our Operate Solutions products primarily through the success of our customers’ games and applications. We also grow as our customers add additional Unity solutions. Our dollar-based net expansion rate, which measures expansion in existing customers’ revenue over a trailing 12-month period, grew from 124% as of December 31, 2018 to 133% as of December 31, 2019, and from 129% as of June 30, 2019 to 142% as of June 30, 2020, demonstrating the power of this strategy.

Growth in New Gaming Customers

Gaming continues to be the fastest growing segment of the media industry, and within this growing industry, customers of all sizes are increasingly looking to leverage third party tools to accelerate the development process. Large global publishers, including AAA studios, increasingly find using Unity to be more efficient and productive than building proprietary technology in-house. Additionally, Unity enables mid-sized, small and independent developers and freelance artists to create and operate content where they would not otherwise have the resources to do so independently.

Growth in Industries and Use Cases Beyond Gaming

We continue to invest in the expansion of our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions to new industries such as architecture, engineering, construction, automotive, transportation, manufacturing, film, television and retail.

Continued Growth Across All Major Global Markets

Our solutions drive content creation and operation around the globe. Leveraging our global reach, we will expand our self-serve and direct sales approach in each region to facilitate further penetration of our existing customers and growth with new customers. Our newer Operate Solutions products such as Multiplay, Vivox and deltaDNA are currently sold and marketed predominantly in North America and



 

8


Table of Contents

major European markets. We plan to extend the reach of these products to all markets to match our global footprint. Additionally, we will continue to explore the development of localized Create and Operate Solutions to address market-specific needs. In China, for example, we have established a strong brand and local team to drive research and development as well as sales and marketing. We believe our localized approach and focus has driven, and will continue to drive the adoption of our solutions in this important market.

Risk Factors Summary

Investing in our common stock involves numerous risks, including the risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. Below are some of these risks, any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

   

We have a history of losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

 

   

We have a limited history operating our business at its current scale, and as a result, our past results may not be indicative of future operating performance.

 

   

Our business depends on our ability to retain our existing customers and expand their use of our platform.

 

   

If we are unable to attract new customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

   

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our Operate Solutions. If we fail to attract and retain Operate Solutions customers, our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

   

Operating system platform providers or application stores may change guidelines or technical requirements to require us or our customers to change data collection and privacy practices, business model or operations and practices, which could adversely impact our business.

 

   

If we are unable to further expand into new industries, or if our solutions for any new industry fail to achieve market acceptance, our growth and operating results could be adversely affected, and we may be required to reconsider our growth strategy.

 

   

Our business relies on strategic relationships with hardware, operating system, device, game console platforms and other technology providers. If we are unable to maintain favorable terms and conditions and business relations with respect to our strategic relationships, our business could be harmed.

 

   

If we do not make our platform, including new versions or technology advancements, easier to use or properly train customers on how to use our platform and solutions, our ability to broaden the appeal of our platform and solutions and to increase our revenue could suffer.

 

   

Interruptions, performance problems or defects associated with our platform and solutions may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

The markets in which we participate are competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

 

   

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and greater than 5% stockholders, in the aggregate, will own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock and, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters



 

9


Table of Contents
 

submitted to stockholders for approval. Furthermore, many of our current directors were appointed by our principal stockholders.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business may be harmed.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the SEC, the investor relations page on our website (www.unity.com), press releases, public conference calls, and public webcasts.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.

Corporate Information

We were founded as Over the Edge Entertainment in Denmark in 2004. We reorganized as a Delaware corporation in May 2009 as Unity Software Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 30 3rd St, San Francisco, California 94103. Our telephone number is (415) 539-3162. Our website address is https://www.unity.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

The Unity design logos, “Unity” and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks, or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of Unity Software Inc. or its affiliates. Other trade names, trademarks, and service marks used in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements, and registration statements;

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved; and

 

   

an exemption from compliance with the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements.



 

10


Table of Contents

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock in this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if (i) we become a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (ii) our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion; or (iii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period to enable us to comply with certain new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.



 

11


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock offered in this offering

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional shares from us.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay the outstanding $125 million of indebtedness under our credit facility. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions of, or strategic investments in, complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, although we do not currently have any agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

“U”


 

12


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 238,366,733 shares of our common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of June 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

46,217,478 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.23 per share;

 

   

6,885,356 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of June 30, 2020;

 

   

82,568 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs to be granted to our non-employee directors immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

 

   

our issuance of 72,479 shares of common stock in connection with an acquisition in July 2020;

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2020 Plan, including                new shares plus the number of shares (not to exceed                shares) (i) that remain available for grant of future awards under our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2019 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2020 Plan and will cease to be available for issuance under the 2019 Plan at the time our 2020 Plan becomes effective and (ii) underlying outstanding stock awards granted under our 2009 Stock Plan, or 2009 Plan, or 2019 Plan that expire, or are forfeited, cancelled, withheld or reacquired;

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2020 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

750,000 shares of our common stock that we plan to donate to a charitable foundation after the completion of this offering.

Our 2020 Plan and 2020 ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of 102,717,396 shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 into an equal number of shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options and no settlement of outstanding RSUs; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of our common stock in this offering.



 

13


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements, and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations. You should read the following summary consolidated financial and other data together with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial and other data in this section is not intended to replace our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes and are qualified in their entirety by our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

       

Revenue

  $ 380,755     $ 541,779     $ 252,765     $ 351,325  

Cost of revenue(1)

    81,267       118,597       62,151       72,300  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    299,488       423,182       190,614       279,025  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Research and development(1)

    204,071       255,928       118,798       166,859  

Sales and marketing(1)

    134,458       174,135       78,763       86,975  

General and administrative(1)

    91,260       143,788       53,410       77,473  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    429,789       573,851       250,971       331,307  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (130,301     (150,669     (60,357     (52,282

Interest expense

                      (788

Interest income and other income (expense), net

    (2,327     (2,573     (686     1,194  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (132,628     (153,242     (61,043     (51,876

Provision for income taxes

    (1,026     9,948       6,019       2,211  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (131,602   $ (163,190   $ (67,062   $ (54,087
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted(2)

  $ (1.24   $ (2.39   $ (0.61   $ (0.42
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted(2)

    105,992       114,442       109,706       128,804  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

    $ (0.78     $ (0.34
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

      213,438         228,210  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Non-GAAP and Other Data

       

Customers > $100,000 of revenue(3)

    484       600       515       716  

Dollar-based net expansion rate(4)

    124     133     129     142

Non-GAAP loss from operations(5)

  $  (105,527   $  (94,619   $ (40,533   $ (22,334

Free cash flow(5)

  $  (119,078   $  (94,971   $ (29,561   $ (34,694


 

14


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Amounts include stock-based compensation expense, including stock-based compensation expense in connection with modified awards for certain employees of $288,000 and $13.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 2,777      $ 3,198      $ 1,650      $ 1,247  

Research and development

     9,514        13,521        5,861        10,779  

Sales and marketing

     3,916        6,124        2,681        4,124  

General and administrative

     4,706        21,637        4,584        5,504  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $     20,913      $     44,480      $     14,776      $     21,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate our basic and diluted net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

(3)

Consists of the aggregate number of Create Solutions and Operate Solutions customers that contribute more than $100,000 of revenue in the trailing twelve months.

(4)

Our dollar-based net expansion rate as of a period end is calculated as current period revenue divided by prior period revenue. Prior period revenue is the trailing 12-month revenue measured as of such prior period end and includes revenue from all customers that contributed revenue during such trailing 12-month period. Current period revenue is the trailing 12-month revenue from these same customers as of the current period end. Our dollar-based net expansion rate includes the effect of any customer renewals, expansion, contraction and churn but excludes revenue from new customers in the current period.

(5)

Non-GAAP loss from operations and free cash flow are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information, including the limitations of such measures, and a reconciliation of Non-GAAP loss from operations to loss from operations and of free cash flow to net cash used in operating activities.

 

     As of June 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)     Pro Forma
as Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

      

Cash

   $ 453,258     $ 453,258     $                  

Working capital(4)

     339,901       339,901    

Total assets

     1,289,084       1,289,084    

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     107,590       107,590    

Total debt

     124,449       124,449    

Convertible preferred stock

     836,529       —      

Accumulated deficit

     (569,277     (597,402  

Total stockholders’ equity

     647,415       647,415    

 

(1)

The pro forma column in the balance sheet data above reflects (i) the automatic conversion of an aggregate of 102,717,396 shares of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into an equivalent number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) stock-based compensation expense of approximately $28.1 million associated with RSUs subject to service- and liquidity event based vesting conditions, as further described in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus; and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column further reflects (i) the receipt of $                million in net proceeds from our sale of                shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the repayment of our outstanding $125.0 million of indebtedness under our revolving credit facility.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the assumed offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $                million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(4)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.



 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have experienced net losses in each period since inception. We incurred net losses of $131.6 million, $163.2 million, $67.1 million and $54.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, which included $20.9 million, $44.5 million, $14.8 million and $21.7 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense. As of June 30, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $569.3 million. While we have experienced significant revenue growth in recent periods, this growth rate may decline in future periods, and you should not rely on the revenue growth of any given prior period as an indication of our future performance. We are not certain whether we will be able to sustain or increase our revenue or whether or when we will attain sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability in the future. We also expect our costs and expenses to increase in future periods, which could negatively affect our future results of operations if our revenue does not increase by amounts sufficient to offset such costs and expenses. In particular, we intend to continue to make significant investments to grow our business in such areas as:

 

   

research and development, including investments in our engineering teams and in further differentiating our platform and solutions with improvements to our Create and Operate Solutions, as well as the development of new products and features;

 

   

our sales and marketing organizations to engage our existing and prospective customers, increase brand awareness and drive adoption and expansion of our platform and solutions;

 

   

research and development and sales and marketing initiatives to grow our presence in new industries and use cases beyond the gaming industry;

 

   

our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, scalability, availability, performance and security;

 

   

acquisitions or strategic investments;

 

   

global expansion; and

 

   

our general and administration organization, including increased facilities expense as well as legal, information technology, or IT, and accounting expenses associated with being a public company.

Our efforts to grow our business may be costlier than we expect and may not result in increased revenue. Even if such investments increase our revenue, any such increase may not be enough to offset our increased operating expenses. We may continue to incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described herein. If we are unable to maintain or increase

 

16


Table of Contents

our revenue at a rate sufficient to offset the expected increase in our costs, our business, financial position and results of operations will be harmed, and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability, which could cause the value of our business and common stock to significantly decrease.

We have a limited history operating our business at its current scale, and as a result, our past results may not be indicative of future operating performance.

In recent years, we have significantly grown the scale of our business. For example, we launched the first of our Operate Solutions in 2014, we expanded into augmented and virtual reality platforms in 2016 and industries beyond gaming in 2018 and we have acquired eight companies since the beginning of 2019. Accordingly, we have a limited history operating our business at its current scale and scope. You should not rely on our past results of operations as indicators of future performance. You should consider and evaluate our prospects in light of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by growing companies in rapidly evolving markets. These risks and uncertainties include challenges in accurate financial planning as a result of limited historical data relevant to the current scale and scope of our business and the uncertainties resulting from having had a relatively limited time period in which to implement and evaluate our business strategies as compared to companies with longer operating histories.

Our business depends on our ability to retain our existing customers and expand their use of our platform.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our existing customers and expand their use of our platform. An important component of our strategy is to broaden our relationships with existing customers. However, our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our Create Solutions, which are primarily one to three years in length, after they expire, and have no obligation to continue using our Operate Solutions, which are principally sold under revenue-share or usage-based models.

For us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our Create Solutions customers renew and expand their subscriptions with us and that our Operate Solutions customers continue using and expanding their use of our products. We invest in targeted sales and account-based marketing efforts to identify opportunities to grow use of our solutions within and across multiple studios within a single customer. However, our efforts may not be successful despite the resources we devote to them. Even if one or several studios within a customer adopts our Create or Operate Solutions, other studios within that customer may choose to adopt different solutions or to continue to employ internally-developed solutions.

It is also important for us to cross-sell more Create Solutions to our Operate Solutions customers, as well as Operate Solutions to our Create Solutions customers. While we believe there are significant cross-selling opportunities between our Create and Operate Solutions, and that our Create and Operate Solutions work together synergistically, we have only recently focused our sales efforts on targeting cross-selling opportunities, and we cannot be sure that our efforts will be successful.

Whether our customers renew or expand their subscriptions with us or continue using our platform depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with our platform, including their perception of our continued development of features important to them, the business strength or weakness of our customers, the success of our customers’ games and their ability to monetize, the effects of global economic conditions, the entry and success of competitive products and the other risk factors included in this prospectus.

If we do not retain our existing customers or if our existing customers do not expand their use of our platform and purchase additional products or services from us, our revenue may not increase or may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

 

17


Table of Contents

If we are unable to attract new customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Our ability to increase our revenue will depend in part on our success in attracting new customers. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption of our platform as an alternative to existing platforms, including internally developed products developed by large gaming companies. As our market matures, our platform evolves and competitors introduce free, lower cost or differentiated products that compete with our platform, our ability to market our platform and solutions could be impaired. Similarly, our sales efforts could be adversely impacted if customers and their end-users perceive that features incorporated into competitive platforms or their own technologies reduce the relevance or attractiveness of our platform. Gaming companies that have invested significant development efforts in their own internally-generated technologies may be reluctant to replace their technologies with our platform unless they perceive our platform as offering significant incremental long-term benefits. Any decrease in user satisfaction with our platform or customer support would also harm our brand and word-of-mouth referrals, which in turn would hamper our ability to attract new customers.    

As a result of these and other factors, we may be unable to attract new customers, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our Operate Solutions. If we fail to attract and retain Operate Solutions customers, our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.

We derived 48%, 54%, 54% and 62% of our revenue in the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, from our Operate Solutions. A majority of our Operate Solutions revenue is currently generated under a revenue-share model. The remainder of our Operate Solutions revenue is generated primarily as usage-based revenue for various cloud-based products. We must continually add new features and functionality to our Operate Solutions to remain competitive and respond to our customers’ needs. If we are not successful in retaining and attracting new customers to our Operate Solutions, our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Revenue-share based usage from our monetization products currently accounts for a majority of our Operate Solutions revenue. Our customers depend on us as a source of their own revenue, which in some cases may represent a significant portion of their revenue. Should customers lose confidence in the value or effectiveness of our monetization products, their usage could decline. Revenue growth from these products depends on our ability to continue to develop and offer effective features and functionality to help our customers drive value, which will require us to incur additional costs to implement. Developing and implementing these features will require us to incur additional costs.

In addition, our customers rely on us to attract a broad range of advertisers to our platform to generate demand for their impressions through our Unified Auction. If we are unable to also serve the needs of advertisers, they may reduce their usage of our solutions and, because the advertising market is competitive, they may shift their business to other advertising solutions which could adversely affect our revenue. The usage-based revenue for our Operate Solutions comes from our deltaDNA, Multiplay and Vivox products. Our revenue from these products varies depending on the number of end-users of these products or a customer’s hosting needs. A significant portion of the revenue generated from certain of these products in a given period can be driven by usage by customers with large numbers of end-users or high volume hosting requirements. If our customers experience a decline in the rate at which end-users play their games, or if we are not able to replace customers who decrease or cease their usage of our solution with new customers with similar usage, our business may suffer.

 

18


Table of Contents

Operating system platform providers or application stores may change terms of service, policies or technical requirements to require us or our customers to change data collection and privacy practices, business models, operations, practices, advertising activities or application content, which could adversely impact our business.

We and our customers are subject to the standard policies and terms of service of the operating system platforms on which we create, run and monetize applications and content, as well as policies and terms of service of the various application stores that make applications and content available to end-users. These policies and terms of service govern the promotion, distribution, content and operation generally of applications and content on such platforms and stores. Each of these platforms and stores has broad discretion to change and interpret its terms of service and policies with respect to us, our customers and other creators, and those changes may be unfavorable to us or our customers’ use of our platform. An operating system platform or application store may also change its fee structure, add fees associated with access to and use of its platform, alter how customers are able to advertise on their platform, change how the personal or other information of its users is made available to application developers on their platform, limit the use of personal information for advertising purposes or restrict how end-users can share information on their platform or across other platforms.

In particular, operating system platform providers or application stores such as Apple or Google may change their technical requirements or policies in a manner that adversely impacts the way in which we or our customers collect, use and share data from end-user devices. Restrictions in our ability to collect and use data as desired could negatively impact our Operate Solutions as well as our resource planning and feature development planning for our software. Similarly, at any time, these platform providers or application stores can change their policies on how our customers or we operate on their platform or in their application stores by, for example, applying content moderation for applications and advertising or imposing technical or code requirements. Actions by operating system platform providers or application stores such as Apple or Google may affect the manner in which we or our customers collect, use and share data from end-user devices. In June 2020, Apple announced plans to require applications using its mobile operating system, iOS, to affirmatively (on an opt-in basis) obtain an end-user’s permission to “track them across apps or websites owned by other companies” or access their device’s advertising identifier for advertising and advertising measurement purposes, as well as other restrictions. We expect that Apple may implement these changes as early as fall of 2020. The timing and manner in which these plans will be implemented and the effect on our revenue are not yet clear, but these changes could adversely affect our revenue from our monetization products and potentially other Operate Solutions. In addition, if customers have applications removed from these third-party platforms because of a change in platform guidelines that impact our code or practices, we could be exposed to legal risk and lose customers. In addition, these platforms could change their business models and could, for example, increase application store fees to our customers, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

If we or our customers were to violate, or an operating system platform provider or application store believes that we or our customers have violated, its terms of service or policies, that operating system platform provider or application store could limit or discontinue our or our customers’ access to its platform or store. In some cases these requirements may not be clear and our interpretation of the requirements may not align with the interpretation of the operating system platform provider or application store, which could lead to inconsistent enforcement of these terms of service or policies against us or our customers, and could also result in the operating system platform provider or application store limiting or discontinuing access to its platform or store. An operating system platform provider or application store could also limit or discontinue our access to its platform or store if it establishes more favorable relationships with one or more of our competitors or it determines that it is in their business interests to do so. Any limitation on or discontinuation of our or our customers’ access to any third-party platform or application store could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

If we are unable to further expand into new industries, or if our solutions for any new industry fail to achieve market acceptance, our growth and operating results could be adversely affected, and we may be required to reconsider our growth strategy.

Our growth strategy is based, in part, on expanding into new industries beyond gaming, including architecture, engineering, construction, automotive, transportation, manufacturing, film, television and retail, and across use cases, including automobile and building design, online and augmented reality product configurators, autonomous driving simulation and augmented reality workplace safety training, among others. The market for interactive real-time 3D and 2D content in industries beyond gaming is in an early stage of development, and it is uncertain whether this market will develop as we expect, how rapidly it will develop and how much it will grow. In addition, we have limited experience in addressing these markets and the investments that we are continuing to make to expand further into these markets may be ineffective.

Our success in these markets will depend, to a substantial extent, on the widespread adoption of our platform as an alternative to existing solutions, such as traditional 2D and 3D modeling and rendering tools, or adoption by customers that are not currently using any software solutions. Market acceptance of our platform in industries beyond gaming may not grow as we expect as a result of a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with our platform, our ability to adapt to the differing sales and marketing requirements appropriate to most effectively address these markets and our ability to develop or maintain integrations with strategic partners. In addition, our ability to achieve widespread adoption of our platform in these markets may be affected by the entry and success of competitive products, including from larger competitors with greater resources that have historically addressed these markets with legacy products, and accordingly have more brand recognition in these markets. If our platform does not achieve widespread adoption in these other markets, our ability to grow our revenue may suffer.

In addition, the investments we make to grow our business by expanding into new industries will continue to increase our costs and operating expenses on an absolute basis. We expect to invest significant research and development resources to develop and expand the functionality of our Create and Operate Solutions to meet the needs of customers in these industries, and we will need to increase our sales and marketing, legal and compliance and other efforts as we seek to expand into new industries that require a different go-to-market strategy than the gaming industry. These investments will occur in advance of our realization of significant revenue from such industries, particularly given that customers in these industries are typically enterprise customers with long contracting cycles, which will make it difficult to determine if we are allocating our resources effectively and efficiently. If the revenue we derive from these investments is not sufficient to achieve a return on investment, our business and results of operations would suffer.

Our business relies on strategic relationships with hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers. If we are unable to maintain favorable terms and conditions and business relations with respect to our strategic relationships, our business could be harmed.

We rely on strategic partnerships and other strategic relationships with hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers in order to be able to offer our customers the ability to deploy their content on a variety of third-party platforms. Strategic Partnerships and Other accounted for approximately 15% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2019, and approximately 9% for the six months ended June 30, 2020. If any of these third parties were to suspend, limit or cease their operations or otherwise terminate their relationships with us, our results of operations could be adversely affected. We have entered into separate agreements with each of our strategic partners. Our agreements with our strategic partners are non-exclusive and typically have multi-year terms. Our strategic partners could decide to stop working with us, ask to modify their agreement terms in a cost prohibitive manner when their agreement is up for renewal or enter into exclusive or more favorable relationships with our competitors. Any loss of a strategic

 

20


Table of Contents

partnership or other strategic relationship could negatively affect the attractiveness of our platform to customers. In addition, we may have disagreements or disputes with these parties that could negatively impact or threaten our relationship with them. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in sourcing additional strategic partnerships or relationships or in retaining or extending our existing relationships with the parties with whom we currently have relationships. If we are unable to source additional strategic relationships or the parties with whom we currently have strategic relationships were to terminate their relationship with us, our revenue could decline and our business could be adversely affected.

In addition, acquisitions by our competitors of parties with whom we have strategic relationships could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential customers, as these parties may no longer facilitate the adoption of our solutions by potential customers. Further, some of the parties with whom we have strategic relationships compete or may compete with certain of our solutions and may elect to no longer integrate with our platform. If we fail to maintain relationships with such parties, fail to develop new strategic relationships in new markets or expand the number of strategic relationships in existing markets, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired, and our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful in maintaining these relationships, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased customer usage or adoption of our solutions or increased revenue.

If we do not make our platform, including new versions or technology advancements, easier to use or properly train customers on how to use our platform, our ability to broaden the appeal of our platform and solutions and to increase our revenue could suffer.

Our platform can be complex to use, and our ability to expand the appeal of our platform depends in part on ensuring that it can be used by a variety of creators. While certain features of our solutions are designed to address the needs of professional developers, we believe that our ability to expand adoption of our platform will depend in part on our ability to address the needs of creators with varied needs and levels of expertise, including artists, animators and sound technicians, as well as new categories of creators and end-users, such as architects, civil and mechanical engineers, and designers, in industries beyond gaming. Accordingly, it will be important to our future success that we continue to increase the accessibility of our platform. If we do not succeed in maintaining and broadening the accessibility of our platform, or if competitors develop and introduce products that are easier to use than ours, our ability to increase adoption of our platform will suffer.

In order to get full use of our platform, users generally need training. We provide a variety of training resources to our customers, and we believe we will need to continue to maintain and enhance the breadth and effectiveness of our training resources as the scope and complexity of our platform increase. If we do not provide effective training resources for our customers on how to efficiently and effectively use our platform, our ability to grow our business will suffer, and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. Additionally, when we announce or release new versions of our platform or advancements in our technology, we could fail to sufficiently explain or train our customers on how to use such new versions or advancements or we may announce or release such versions prematurely. These failures on our part may lead to our customers being confused about use of our products or expected technology releases, and our ability to grow our business, results of operations, brand and reputation may be adversely affected. For example, such failures have in the past led to customers expressing frustration with our platform on social media and other internet sites.

Interruptions, performance problems or defects associated with our platform may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our reputation and ability to attract and retain customers and grow our business depends in part on our ability to operate our platform at high levels of reliability, scalability and performance, including

 

21


Table of Contents

the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our platform at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. Interruptions in the performance of our platform and solutions, whether due to system failures, computer viruses or physical or electronic break-ins, could affect the availability of our platform. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of customers accessing our platform simultaneously, denial of service attacks or other security-related incidents.

It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as our customer base grows and our platform becomes more complex. If our platform is unavailable or if our customers are unable to access our platform within a reasonable amount of time or at all, we may experience a loss of customers, lost or delayed market acceptance of our platform, delays in payment to us by customers, injury to our reputation and brand, legal claims against us, significant cost of remedying these problems and the diversion of our resources. In addition, to the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our reputation, may be adversely affected. For example, due to heightened concerns about the regulatory environment with respect to privacy and security matters, our customers are increasingly requesting audit certifications, such as SOC 2, Type II, that we have not yet achieved. Failure to achieve these certifications may adversely impact our ability to grow our business at the pace that may be expected by our investors.

Further, the software technology underlying our platform is inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, particularly when new products are first introduced or when new features or capabilities are released. We have from time to time found defects or errors in our platform, and new defects or errors in our existing platform or new products may be detected in the future by us or our users. We cannot assure you that our existing platform and new products will not contain defects. Any real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our platform could result in negative publicity or lead to data security, access, retention or other performance issues, all of which could harm our business. The costs incurred in correcting such defects or errors may be substantial and could harm our business. Moreover, the harm to our reputation and legal liability related to such defects or errors may be substantial and could similarly harm our business.

The markets in which we participate are competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. A significant number of companies have developed or are developing solutions that currently, or in the future may, compete with some or all of our offerings. As we look to market and sell our platform to potential customers with existing solutions, we must convince their internal stakeholders that our platform is superior and/or more cost-effective to their current solutions.

With respect to our Create Solutions, we primarily compete against proprietary game engines built in-house by large game studios, as well as Unreal Engine (Epic Games) and Cocos2d (Chukong Technologies), which offer game development tools primarily serving the PC games and mobile games sectors, and, in the case of Unreal Engine (Epic Games), industries beyond gaming. Outside of gaming, we also compete with other development platforms that offer 2D and 3D design products.

With respect to our Operate Solutions, we compete in a fragmented ecosystem composed of select divisions of large, well-established companies as well as privately held companies. The large

 

22


Table of Contents

companies in our ecosystem may play multiple roles given the breadth of their business. Examples of these large companies are Amazon, Facebook, Google, Microsoft and Tencent. Most of these companies are also our partners and customers.

With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect that the competitive environment will remain intense or become even more intense in the future. Some of our actual and potential competitors have been acquired by other larger enterprises and have made or may make acquisitions or may enter into partnerships or other strategic relationships that may provide more comprehensive offerings than they individually had offered or achieve greater economies of scale than us.

Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the solutions offered. Some of our competitors and potential competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more established customer relationships, larger marketing budgets and greater financial and operational resources than we do. Further, other potential competitors not currently offering competing products or services may expand their offerings to compete with our platform or enter the market through acquisitions, partnerships or strategic relationships. In particular, as we seek to invest in the expansion of our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions in new industries outside of gaming, we may encounter competition from large companies that offer 2D and 3D design products in those industries that may seek to introduce new products or new functionality to existing products that compete with our solutions. Those competitors have greater brand recognition in those industries where they already have a presence. In addition, our current and potential competitors may have or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with our customers or other third parties that may further enhance their resources and offerings in our addressable market. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, and customer requirements. An existing competitor or new entrant could introduce new technology that is perceived to be easier to use or otherwise favorable to ours, which could reduce demand for our platform.

In addition to platform and technology competition, we face pricing competition. Some of our competitors offer their solutions, such as their game engines, at a lower price or for free, which has resulted in, and may continue to result in, pricing pressures. In addition, with respect to our monetization solutions, some of our competitors offer more favorable payment terms to publishers. We cannot assure you that we will not be forced to engage in price-cutting or revenue limiting initiatives, change payment terms or increase our advertising and other expenses to attract and retain customers in response to competitive pressures.

For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors, which could result in the failure of our platform to continue to achieve or maintain market acceptance, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we or our third party service providers experience a security breach or unauthorized parties otherwise obtain access to our customers’ data, our data or our platform, our platform may be perceived as not secure, our reputation may be harmed, our business operations may be disrupted, demand for our products may be reduced and we may incur significant liabilities.

Operating our business and platform involves the collection, storage and transmission of sensitive, proprietary and confidential information, including personal information of our personnel, customers and their end-users, our proprietary and confidential information and the confidential information we collect from our partners, customers and creators.

The security measures we take to protect this information may be breached as a result of cyber-attacks, computer malware, viruses, social engineering (including spear phishing and ransomware

 

23


Table of Contents

attacks), hacking and other efforts by individuals or groups of hackers and sophisticated organizations, including state-sponsored organizations or nation-states. Such incidents have become more prevalent in our industry in recent years. For example, attempts by malicious actors to fraudulently induce our personnel into disclosing usernames, passwords or other information that can be used to access our systems have increased and could be successful. Our security measures could also be compromised by personnel, theft or errors, or be insufficient to prevent harm resulting from security vulnerabilities in software or systems on which we rely.

Such incidents have occurred in the past, and may occur in the future, resulting in unauthorized, unlawful or inappropriate access to, inability to access, disclosure of or loss of the sensitive, proprietary and confidential information that we handle. Security incidents could also damage our IT systems and our ability to make the financial reports and other public disclosures required of public companies.

We rely on third-party service providers to provide critical services that help us deliver our solutions and operate our business. In the course of providing their services, these providers may support or operate critical business systems for us or store or process personal information and any of the same sensitive, proprietary and confidential information that we handle. These service providers may not have adequate security measures and could experience a security incident that compromises the confidentiality, integrity or availability of the systems they operate for us or the information they process on our behalf. Such occurrences could adversely affect our business to the same degree as if we had experienced these occurrences directly and we may not have recourse to the responsible third-party service providers for the resulting liability we incur.

Because there are many different cybercrime and hacking techniques and such techniques continue to evolve, we may be unable to anticipate attempted security breaches, react in a timely manner or implement adequate preventative measures. While we have developed systems and processes designed to protect the integrity, confidentiality and security of our and our customers’ confidential and personal information under our control, we cannot assure you that any security measures that we or our third party service providers have implemented will be effective against current or future security threats. A security breach or other security incident, or the perception that one has occurred, could result in a loss of customer confidence in the security of our platform and damage to our reputation and brand, reduce demand for our solutions, disrupt normal business operations, require us to incur material costs to investigate and remedy the incident and prevent recurrence, expose us to litigation, regulatory enforcement action, fines, penalties and damages and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These risks are likely to increase as we continue to grow and process, store and transmit an increasingly large volume of data.

We have contractual and legal obligations to notify relevant stakeholders of security breaches. Most jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals, regulatory authorities and others of security breaches involving certain types of data. In addition, our agreements with certain customers and partners may require us to notify them in the event of a security breach. Such mandatory disclosures are costly, could lead to negative publicity and may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures.

A security breach could lead to claims by our customers, their end-users or other relevant parties that we have failed to comply with contractual obligations to implement specified security measures. As a result, we could be subject to legal action or our customers could end their relationships with us. We cannot assure you that the limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages. Security breaches could similarly result in enforcement actions by government authorities alleging that we have violated laws requiring us to maintain reasonable security measures.

 

24


Table of Contents

Additionally, we cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data security liabilities actually incurred, will cover any indemnification claims against us relating to any incident, will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we continue to expend significant costs to seek to protect our platform and solutions and to introduce additional security features for our customers, and we expect to continue to have to expend significant costs in the future. Any increase in these costs will adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to timely release updates and new features to our platform and adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations, or changing customer needs, requirements or preferences, our platform may become less competitive.

The market in which we compete is subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, and changing regulations, as well as changing customer needs, requirements and preferences. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to adapt and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis. Accordingly, our ability to increase our revenue depends in large part on our ability to maintain, improve and differentiate our existing platform and introduce new functionality.

We must continue to improve existing features and add new features and functionality to our platform in order to retain our existing customers and attract new ones. For example, if the technology underlying our high-definition rendering pipeline or our graphics, animation and audio tools become obsolete or do not address the needs of our customers, our business would suffer.

Revenue growth from our products depends on our ability to continue to develop and offer effective features and functionality for our customers and to respond to frequently changing data protection regulations, policies and end-user demands and expectations, which will require us to incur additional costs to implement. If we do not continue to improve our platform with additional features and functionality in a timely fashion, or if improvements to our platform are not well received by customers, our revenue could be adversely affected.

If we fail to deliver timely releases of our products that are ready for commercial use, release a new version, service, tool or update with material errors, or are unable to enhance our platform to keep pace with rapid technological and regulatory changes or respond to new offerings by our competitors, or if new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive solutions at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely than our solutions, or if new operating systems, gaming platforms or devices are developed and we are unable to support our customers’ deployment of games and other applications onto those systems, platforms or devices, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our business and operations have experienced recent rapid growth, which may not be indicative of our future growth. Our rapid growth also makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects.

Our revenue was $380.8 million, $541.8 million, $252.8 million and $351.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020,

 

25


Table of Contents

respectively. In addition, our employee headcount has grown from 2,715 full-time employees as of December 31, 2019 to 3,379 full-time employees as of June 30, 2020, and our number of customers contributing more than $100,000 of trailing 12-month revenue has grown from 600 as of December 31, 2019 to 716 as of June 30, 2020. You should not rely on our growth in any prior period as an indication of our future performance, as we may not be able to sustain our growth rate in the future. For example, even if our revenue continues to increase, we expect that our revenue growth rate may decline in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including the maturation of our business. Overall growth of our revenue depends on our ability to execute on our growth strategies.

We may not successfully accomplish any of our objectives, and as a result, it is difficult for us to forecast our future results of operations. If the assumptions that we use to plan our business are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our market, or if we are unable to maintain consistent revenue or revenue growth, our stock price could be volatile, and it may be difficult to achieve and maintain profitability. You should not rely on our results or growth for any prior quarterly or annual periods as any indication of our future results or growth.

In addition, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources to grow our business, and we may fail to allocate our resources in a manner that results in increased revenue or other growth in our business. If we are unable to maintain or increase our revenue at a rate sufficient to offset the expected increase in our costs, our business, financial position, and results of operations will be harmed, and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability over the long term. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If our growth does not meet our expectations in future periods, our business, financial position and results of operations may be harmed, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We may not be able to successfully manage our growth, and if we are not able to grow efficiently, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

The growth and expansion of our business places a continuous significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. As usage of our platform grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving its capabilities, features and functionality. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business, IT, and financial, operating and administrative systems to serve our growing customer base, and continue to manage headcount, capital and operating and reporting processes in an efficient manner. Any failure of or delay in these efforts could result in impaired performance and reduced customer satisfaction, resulting in decreased sales to new customers or lower dollar-based net expansion rates, which would hurt our revenue growth and our reputation. Further, any failure in optimizing the costs associated with our third-party cloud services as we scale could negatively impact our gross margins. Even if we are successful in our expansion efforts, they will be expensive and complex, and require the dedication of significant management time and attention. We may also suffer inefficiencies or service disruptions as a result of our efforts to scale our internal infrastructure. We cannot be sure that the expansion of and improvements to our internal infrastructure will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all, and such failures could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on the performance of highly skilled personnel, including our management and other key employees, and the loss of one or more of such personnel, or of a significant number of our team members, or the inability to attract and retain executives and employees we need to support our operations and growth, could harm our business.

Our success and future growth depend upon the continued services of our management team and other key employees. In particular, our President and Chief Executive Officer, John Riccitiello, is

 

26


Table of Contents

critical to our overall management, as well as the continued development of our platform, our culture and our strategic direction. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives and key employees, which could disrupt our business. We also are dependent on the continued service of our existing software engineers because of the complexity of our solutions. Our senior management and key employees are employed on an at-will basis. We may terminate any employee’s employment at any time, with or without cause, and any employee may resign at any time, with or without cause. The loss of one or more members of our senior management, especially Mr. Riccitiello, or key employees could harm our business, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or key employees.

In addition, to execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. We have had difficulty quickly filling certain open positions in the past, and we expect to have significant future hiring needs. Competition is intense, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area and other areas in which we have offices, for engineers experienced in designing and developing cloud-based platform products, data scientists with experience in machine learning and artificial intelligence and experienced sales professionals. In order to continue to access top talent, we will likely continue to grow our footprint of office locations, which may add to the complexity and costs of our business operations. From time to time, we have experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, prospective and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, experiences significant volatility or increases such that prospective employees believe there is limited upside to the value of our equity awards, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain key employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed.

Our business depends on the interoperability of our solutions across third-party platforms, operating systems and applications, and on our ability to ensure our platform and solutions operate effectively on those platforms. If we are not able to integrate our solutions with third party platforms in a timely manner, our business may be harmed.

One of the most important features of our platform and solutions is broad interoperability with a range of diverse devices, operating systems and third-party applications. Our customers rely on our Create Solutions to create and simultaneously deploy content to a variety of third-party platforms. Currently, we support and have strategic partnerships with over 20 such platforms. Third-party platforms are constantly evolving, and we may not be able to modify our solutions to assure compatibility with that of other third parties following development changes within a timely manner. For example, third-party platforms frequently deploy updates to their hardware or software and modify their system requirements. The success of our business depends on our ability to incorporate these updates to third-party licensed software into our technology and effectively respond to changes to device and operating system platform requirements. Our success also depends on our ability to simultaneously manage solutions on multiple platforms and our ability to effectively deploy our solutions to an increasing number of new platforms. Given the number of platforms we support, it can be difficult to keep pace with the number of third-party updates that are required in order to provide the interoperability our customers demand. If we fail to effectively respond to changes or updates to third-party platforms that we support, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

 

27


Table of Contents

We are dependent on the success of our customers in the gaming market. Adverse events relating to our customers or their games could have a negative impact on our business.

Our gaming customers are not the end-users of our solutions, but rather they use our platform and solutions to create and/or operate their games, which are ultimately sold or distributed to an end-user. As a result, our success depends in part on the ability of our customers to market and sell games that are created or operated with our solutions. If our customers’ marketing efforts are unsuccessful or if our customers experience a decrease in demand for their games, sales of our Create Solutions and our Operate Solutions could be reduced. The gaming market is characterized by intense competition, rapid technological change and economic uncertainty and, as such, there is no guarantee that any of our customers’ games will gain any meaningful traction with end-users. In addition, some of our newer products, like Multiplay and Vivox, are more reliant on certain customers. While our large and diverse customer portfolio has helped to reduce the fluctuations in our Operate Solutions revenue as a whole resulting from the success of customers’ games and the timing of game releases, we cannot assure you that the size and diversification of our customer portfolio will sufficiently mitigate this risk. If our customers fail to create or operate popular games using our platform, and we are not able to maintain a diversified portfolio of “winners and losers,” our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We rely upon third-party data centers and providers of cloud-based infrastructure to host our platform. Any disruption in the operations of these third-party providers, limitations on capacity or interference with our use could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently serve our users from co-located data centers in the United States. We also use various third-party cloud hosting providers such as Google Cloud, AWS and Tencent to provide cloud infrastructure for our platform. Our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions rely on the operations of this infrastructure. Customers need to be able to access our platform at any time, without interruption or degradation of performance, and we provide some customers with service-level commitments with respect to uptime. In addition, our Operate Solutions and enterprise game server hosting depend on the ability of these data centers and cloud infrastructure to allow for our customers’ configuration, architecture, features and interconnection specifications and to secure the information stored in these data centers. Any limitation on the capacity of our data centers or cloud infrastructure could impede our ability to onboard new customers or expand the usage of our existing customers, host our products or serve our customers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any incident affecting our data centers or cloud infrastructure that may be caused by cyber-attacks, natural disasters, fire, flood, severe storm, earthquake, power loss, outbreaks of contagious diseases, telecommunications failures, terrorist or other attacks and other similar events beyond our control could negatively affect the cloud-based portion of our platform. A prolonged service disruption affecting our data centers or cloud-based services for any of the foregoing reasons would negatively impact our ability to serve our customers and could damage our reputation with current and potential customers, expose us to liability, cause us to lose customers or otherwise harm our business. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative providers or taking other actions in preparation for, or in response to, events that damage the third-party hosting services we use.

In the event that our service agreements relating to our data centers or cloud infrastructure are terminated, or there is a lapse of service, elimination of services or features that we utilize, interruption of internet service provider connectivity or damage to such facilities, we could experience interruptions in access to our platform, loss of revenue from revenue-share and usage-based solutions, as well as significant delays and additional expense in arranging or creating new facilities and services or re-architecting our platform for deployment on a different data center provider or cloud infrastructure service provider, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our core value of putting our users first may cause us to forgo short-term gains and may not lead to the long-term benefits we expect.

One of our core values is that our users come first in everything we do, which we believe is essential to our success in increasing our growth and engagement and in serving the best, long-term interests of our company and our stockholders. Therefore, we may forgo certain expansion or short-term revenue or cost-saving opportunities that we do not believe will enhance the experience of our users, even if our decision negatively impacts our operating results. We cannot assure you that our decisions will lead to the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case our business and operating results could be harmed.

We expect fluctuations in our financial results, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors with respect to our results of operations, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline.

Our results of operations have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition to the other risks described herein, factors that may affect our results of operations include the following:

 

   

fluctuations in demand for or pricing of our platform;

 

   

fluctuations in usage of our platform;

 

   

our ability to retain and expand the use of our platform by existing customers;

 

   

our ability to attract new customers and convert free creators to customers;

 

   

changes in mix of solutions purchased by our customers;

 

   

demand for our gaming customers’ products and their ability to monetize those products, which in turn can have a significant impact on our revenue-share and usage-based solutions;

 

   

timing and amount of our investments to expand the capacity of our third-party cloud hosting providers;

 

   

seasonality, especially with respect to our Operate Solutions, which tend to generate higher revenue during periods of increased time spent on entertainment, such as holidays;

 

   

investments in new features and functionality of the solutions offered on our platform;

 

   

timing of customer purchases and usage of our platform;

 

   

timing of updates and new features on our platform;

 

   

fluctuations or delays in purchasing decisions in anticipation of new solutions or enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

   

changes in customers’ budgets and in the timing of their budget cycles and purchasing decisions;

 

   

our ability to price our offerings effectively;

 

   

amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development and sales and marketing expenses, including commissions, many of which occur in advance of the anticipated benefits resulting from such expenses;

 

   

amount and timing of non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation, amortization of acquired intangibles and acquisition-related expenses;

 

   

amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees and retaining and motivating existing employees;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

timing of acquisitions and costs associated with integrating acquired companies;

 

   

general economic, social and public health conditions, both domestically and globally, as well as conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers operate;

 

   

impact of new accounting pronouncements or changes in accounting principles;

 

   

costs that we incur in order to comply with changing regulatory or legal requirements, especially with respect to privacy and security matters;

 

   

changes in tax laws or regulations that are adverse to us or our customers;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers; and

 

   

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with or interruptions to the delivery and use of our platform.

Any of these and other factors, or the cumulative effect of some of these factors, may cause our results of operations to vary significantly. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors and securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our common stock could decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our sales and results of operations.

Our quarterly results of operations may vary significantly as a result of seasonal fluctuations during periods such as holidays, during which end-users spend increased time on entertainment, including games, and mobile applications, which increases our customers’ usage of our Operate Solutions, and may impact our revenue derived from Operate Solutions. We may also experience fluctuations due to factors that may be outside of our control that drive usage up or down. While we believe that this seasonality has affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results, our rapid growth has largely masked seasonal trends to date.

Downturns or upturns in our sales may not be immediately reflected in our financial position and results of operations.

Our enterprise customers typically purchase one- to three-year subscriptions to our Create Solutions, while independent creators and smaller studios typically purchase subscriptions with one-year terms. Because we generally recognize revenue from our Create Solutions ratably over the term of the subscription, any decreases in new subscriptions or renewals from these customers in any one period will not be immediately reflected as a decrease in revenue for that period but would negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. This also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue in any particular period through the sale of additional subscriptions to our Create Solutions. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors and securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our common stock would decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class actions.

Third parties with whom we do business may be unable to honor their obligations to us or their actions may put us at risk.

We rely on third parties, including our strategic partners, for various aspects of our business, including deep technology collaborations, co-marketing, advertising partners, development services agreements and revenue share arrangements. Their actions may put our business, reputation and brand at risk. In many cases, third parties may be given access to sensitive and proprietary information or personal data in order to provide services and support to our teams or customers, and they may

 

30


Table of Contents

misappropriate and engage in unauthorized use of our information, technology or customers’ data. In addition, the failure of these third parties to provide adequate services and technologies, or the failure of the third parties to adequately maintain or update their services and technologies, could result in a disruption to our business operations. Further, disruptions in the mobile application industry, financial markets, economic downturns, poor business decisions, or reputational harm may adversely affect our partners and may increase their propensity to engage in fraud or otherwise illegal activity which could harm our business reputation, and they may not be able to continue honoring their obligations to us, or we may cease our arrangements with them. Alternative arrangements and services may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all and we may experience business interruptions upon a transition to an alternative partner or vendor. If we lose one or more business relationships, or experience a degradation of services, our business could be harmed and our financial results could be adversely affected.

We use resellers and other third parties to sell, market and deploy our solutions to a variety of customers, and our failure to effectively develop, manage and maintain our indirect sales channels would harm our business.

We use and plan to use resellers and other third parties to sell, market and deploy our Create Solutions to a variety of customers, particularly in industries beyond gaming. For example, we currently leverage an indirect value-added reseller network to cost effectively service our mid-sized, small and independent Create Solutions customers and we engage in cooperative marketing efforts with strategic partners. Loss of or reduction in sales through these third parties could reduce our revenue. Identifying and retaining resellers and strategic partners, training them in our technology and product offerings and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our relationships with our resellers or strategic partners on favorable terms or at all.

Our resellers may cease marketing or reselling our platform with limited or no notice and without penalty. Further, a substantial number of our agreements with resellers are non-exclusive such that those resellers may offer customers the solutions of several different companies, including solutions that compete with ours. Our resellers may favor our competitors’ solutions or services over ours, including due to incentives that our competitors provide to resellers. One or more of our resellers could be acquired by one of our competitors, which could adversely affect our ability to sell through that reseller. If our resellers do not effectively sell, market or deploy our solutions, choose to promote our competitors’ solutions or otherwise fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to sell our solutions could be adversely affected.

Our direct sales force targets larger customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with respect to sales to smaller customers.

One of the factors affecting our growth and financial performance is the adoption of our platform and solutions by enterprise customers over legacy and proprietary technologies. To increase adoption within larger enterprise customers and to expand into new industries, such as automotive, where potential customers are typically larger organizations, we utilize a direct sales organization. We have relatively limited experience selling our platform and solutions in industries outside gaming. To increase sales of our platform and solutions outside gaming, we are expanding our sales organization with personnel who have experience in enterprise software sales in the specific industries outside gaming on which we are focusing. If we do not effectively expand our direct sales capabilities to address these industries effectively and develop effective sales and marketing strategies for those industries, our ability to increase sales of our platform and solutions to industries and for use cases outside gaming will be adversely affected.

 

31


Table of Contents

Sales to larger customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller customers, such as longer sales cycles, more complex customer requirements, substantial upfront sales costs, and less predictability in completing some of our sales. For example, larger customers may require considerable time to evaluate and test our platform and those of our competitors prior to making a purchase decision or may have specific compliance and product requirements we may not meet. A number of factors influence the length and variability of our sales cycle, including the need to educate potential customers about the uses and benefits of our platform, the discretionary nature of purchasing and budget cycles, and the competitive nature of evaluation and purchasing approval processes. As a result, the length of our sales cycle, from identification of the opportunity to deal closure, may vary significantly from customer to customer, with sales to larger customers typically taking longer to complete. Moreover, larger customers often begin to deploy our platform on a limited basis, but nevertheless demand configuration, integration services and pricing negotiations, which increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these customers will deploy our platform widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment. If we fail to increase adoption of our platform and solutions by larger enterprise customers, our growth could be impaired.

If we fail to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand reputation is important to expand sales of our platform to existing customers, support the marketing and sale of our platform to new customers, convert free creators to customers and grow our strategic partnerships. We also believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successfully maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, our ability to offer a reliable platform that continues to meet the needs and preferences of our customers at competitive prices, our ability to maintain our customers’ trust, our ability to continue to develop new functionality to address a wide variety of use cases and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform from competitors. Our brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

Our culture emphasizes innovation, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, our business could be harmed.

We have a culture that encourages employees to develop and launch new and innovative solutions, which we believe is essential to attracting customers and partners and serving the best, long-term interests of our company. As our business grows and becomes more complex, it may become more difficult to maintain this cultural emphasis. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, which is critical to our growth, and to effectively focus on and pursue our strategies. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

Our business is subject to risks generally associated with the gaming industry.

The substantial majority of our revenue is currently derived from customers in the gaming industry, and we rely to a significant extent on the health of the gaming industry and the success of our customers’ games to maintain and increase our revenue. Accordingly, we are especially susceptible to market conditions and risks associated with the gaming industry, including the popularity, price and timing of release of games, changes in consumer demographics, the availability and popularity of other forms of entertainment and public tastes and preferences, all of which are difficult to predict and are beyond our control.

 

32


Table of Contents

In addition, end-users may view games as a discretionary purchase. Although in periods of economic downturn time spent on gaming typically increases, if we experience a prolonged downturn as a result of the effects of COVID-19 or otherwise, end-users may reduce their discretionary spending on games and our customers, in turn, may not renew their subscriptions or may otherwise reduce their usage of our platform, which would adversely impact our revenue and financial condition. Economic conditions that negatively impact discretionary consumer spending, including inflation, slower growth, unemployment levels, tax rates, interest rates, energy prices, declining consumer confidence, recession and other macroeconomic conditions, including those resulting from COVID-19 and from geopolitical issues and uncertainty, could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

If the market for our platform does not continue to grow or develops more slowly or differently than we expect, our business may be harmed.

Our future success depends on increasing demand for solutions to create and operate interactive, real-time 3D content and our ability to continue to develop new products, services, features and functionality that our customers and end-users demand. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our solutions or the future growth rate and size of our market. The expansion of our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with interactive, real-time 3D content creation platforms as an alternative to traditional methods of content creation; the ability to monetize quality interactive content and experiences effectively and efficiently in gaming and across other industries; customer awareness of our platform; the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of enhancements to our platform or new products that we may introduce; our ability to attract, retain and effectively train sales personnel; the effectiveness of our marketing programs; and the success of our competitors. The market for solutions like our platform that create and operate interactive, real-time 3D content might not continue to develop or might develop more slowly than we expect for a variety of reasons, including the failure to create new solutions and functionality that meet market demands, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, data security or privacy concerns, governmental regulation and competing technologies and solutions.    

If the market for our solutions does not continue to grow or develops more slowly or differently than we expect, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at a similar rate, if at all.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The variables that affect the calculation of our market opportunity are also subject to change over time.

Estimates of market opportunity in industries beyond gaming are particularly uncertain, given the earlier stage of adoption of solutions for real-time 3D content creation in those markets. Our estimates of the market opportunity that we can address outside gaming depend on a variety of factors, including the number of software developers, architects and engineers that are potential users of our products. We cannot be sure that the industries in which these developers, architects or engineers are employed will adopt real-time 3D generally, or our solutions specifically, to any particular extent or at any particular rate.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our expectations regarding potential future market opportunities that we may be able to address are subject to even greater uncertainty. For example, our expectations regarding future market opportunities in gaming depend, among other things, on the extent to which we are able to develop new products and features that expand the applicability of our platform. In addition, our expectations regarding future market opportunities represented by augmented reality and virtual reality applications are subject to uncertainties relating from the fact that such applications are at relatively early stages of development and may not grow at the rates we expect. The extent to which engineers, technicians or other potential users of our products in industries outside gaming are representative of other future market opportunities will depend on those industries having use cases that can be served by real-time 3D content. Our ability to address those opportunities will depend on our developing products that are responsive to those use cases.

We cannot assure you that any particular number or percentage of addressable users or companies covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our solutions at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. In addition, any expansion in our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with our platform and those of our competitors. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to achieve a substantial share of this market or grow at a similar rate, if at all. Our growth is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the estimates of market opportunity or forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We provide service-level agreement commitments related to certain of our Create and Operate solutions. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide refunds of prepaid amounts or other credits, which would lower our revenue and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of our Create and Operate Solutions include service-level agreements commitments. If we are unable to meet the stated service-level commitments, including failure to meet the uptime and response time requirements under our customer agreements, we could face terminations with refunds of prepaid amounts or other credits, which could significantly affect both our current and future revenue. Any service-level failures could also damage our reputation, which could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements to which we are a party potentially expose us to substantial liability for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, data protection and other losses.

Our agreements with our customers and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, data protection or other data rights, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our software, services, platform, our acts or omissions under such agreements or other contractual obligations. Some of our historical indemnity agreements, and renewals of such agreements, provide for uncapped liability and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we attempt to contractually limit our liability with respect to such indemnity obligations in our more recent customer agreements, in some cases, the liability is not limited given other strategic facets of the relationship and we may still incur substantial liability related to such agreements, and we may be required to cease providing certain functions or features on our platform as a result of any such claims. Even if we succeed in contractually limiting our liability, such limitations may not always be enforceable. Any dispute with a customer or

 

34


Table of Contents

other third party with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with such customer or other third party and other existing or prospective customers, reduce demand for our platform and adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations. In addition, although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed on us or otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to claims, including clams on such matters as alleged compromises of customer data, which may be substantial. Any such coverage may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

If we fail to offer high-quality support, our ability to retain and attract customers could suffer.

Our customers rely on our sales, customer success and customer support personnel and tools to resolve issues and realize the full benefits that our platform provides. High-quality support is important for the retention of our existing customers and expanding their use of our platform. The importance of these functions will increase as we expand our business, pursue new customers and seek to expand the use of our platform and solutions by enterprise customers in new industries outside of gaming. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to maintain and expand our solution to existing and new customers could suffer, and our reputation with existing or potential customers could suffer.

Acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships, and alliances could be difficult to identify, pose integration challenges, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have in the past and may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, joint ventures, platform, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. Although the significant majority of our revenue growth has been organic, we have completed over a dozen acquisitions since 2011, including deltaDNA, Multiplay and Vivox, to further our goal of providing a complete set of solutions for all creator needs. Any such acquisition or investment may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable opportunities, whether or not the transactions are completed, and may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, data, platform, personnel or operations of any acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of an acquired company choose not to work for us or face cultural challenges integrating with our company, or if their software or technology is not easily adapted to work with our platform, or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in ownership, management or otherwise.

We could also face risks related to liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including intellectual property infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities, and litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired company, including claims from terminated employees, users, former stockholders or other third parties, and our efforts to limit such liabilities could be unsuccessful. These transactions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources, and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. Any such transactions that we are able to complete may not result in any synergies or other benefits we had expected to achieve, which could result in impairment charges that could be substantial. In addition, we may not be able to find and identify desirable acquisition targets or business opportunities or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular strategic partner. These transactions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses, incremental operating expenses or the impairment of goodwill, any of which could adversely affect our

 

35


Table of Contents

results of operations. In addition, if the resulting business from such a transaction fails to meet our expectations, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

We are subject to rapidly changing and increasingly stringent laws, contractual obligations and industry standards relating to privacy, data security and the protection of children. The restrictions and costs imposed by these requirements, or our actual or perceived failure to comply with them, could harm our business.

Our products, and particularly our Operate Solutions, rely on our ability to collect, use and share information of customers, end-users and others. These activities are regulated by a variety of federal, state, local and international privacy and data security laws and regulations, which have become increasingly stringent in recent years.

Internationally, most jurisdictions in which we or our customers operate have adopted privacy and data security laws. Among the most stringent of these laws is the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which went into effect in May 2018. Companies that violate the GDPR can face private litigation, prohibitions on data processing and fines of up to the greater of 20 million Euros or 4% of their worldwide annual revenue. The GDPR requires us and our customers to give more detailed disclosures about how we collect, use and share personal information; contractually commit to data protection measures in our contracts with clients; maintain adequate data security measures; notify regulators and affected individuals of certain data breaches; meet extensive privacy governance and documentation requirements; and honor individuals’ data protection rights, including their rights to access, correct and delete their personal information.

Under an interpretation of a recent decision by the Court of Justice of the European Union and recent guidance from European data protection authorities applying the GDPR and other data protection laws, cookies and similar technologies used for personalization of experiences, advertising, and content, including those relied upon by our products, may not be used without affirmative opt-in consent. This decision and regulatory guidance may increase our exposure to regulatory enforcement action, increase our compliance costs, and reduce demand for our products. A new regulation that has been proposed in the European Union, known as the ePrivacy Regulation, may further restrict the use of cookies and other online tracking technologies on which our products rely, as well as increase restrictions on online direct marketing. Such restrictions could adversely affect our Operate Solutions business.

The GDPR and other European data protection laws also generally prohibit the transfer of personal data from Europe, including the European Economic Area, United Kingdom and Switzerland, to the United States and most other countries unless the parties to the transfer have implemented specific safeguards to protect the transferred personal data. The safeguard on which we have primarily relied for such transfers is implementation of the European Commission’s Standard Contractual Clauses. However, a July 2020 decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union called into question the ability of companies to use the Standard Contractual Clauses for purposes of data transfers from the European Union to the United States, and by implication, most other countries outside of Europe. In response to this decision, the data protection authority in Berlin, Germany, where we maintain offices, encouraged companies under its supervision to stop transfers of personal data to the United States and switch to service providers based in the European Union or other countries providing adequate data protection. Authorities in the United Kingdom and Switzerland may similarly issue guidance that precludes or complicates our lawful use of the Standard Contractual Clauses. There are few viable alternatives to the Standard Contractual Clauses, and the law in this area remains dynamic. As such, our efforts to comply with European data protection laws in the processing of personal data from Europe may not be successful; may increase our exposure to the GDPR’s sanctions for violations of its cross-border data transfer restrictions, including fines of up to 4% of our revenue and prohibitions on data processing; and may reduce demand for our services from companies

 

36


Table of Contents

subject to European data protection laws. Loss of our ability to import personal data from Europe may also require us to increase our data processing capabilities in Europe at significant expense. Additionally, other countries outside of Europe have enacted or are considering enacting similar cross-border data transfer restrictions and laws requiring local data residency, which could increase the cost and complexity of delivering our services and operating our business.

Domestic privacy and data security laws are also complex and changing rapidly. Many states have enacted laws regulating the online collection, use and disclosure of personal information and requiring companies implement reasonable data security measures. Laws in all states and U.S. territories also require businesses to notify affected individuals, governmental entities and/or credit reporting agencies of the occurrence of certain security breaches affecting personal information. These laws are not consistent, and compliance with them in the event of a widespread data breach is complex and costly.

States have also begun to introduce more comprehensive privacy legislation. For example, California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which took effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and require deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches, which is expected to increase the volume and success of class action data breach litigation. In addition to increasing our compliance costs and potential liability, the CCPA created restrictions on “sales” of personal information that may restrict the use of cookies and similar technologies for advertising purposes. Our advertising business relies on these technologies and could be adversely affected by the CCPA’s restrictions.

The CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, as other states may follow California’s lead and increase protections for their residents. The CCPA has already prompted a number of proposals for new federal and state privacy legislation that, if passed, could increase our potential liability, increase our compliance costs and adversely affect our business.

States have also begun to introduce laws restricting the use of biometric data, including data derived from facial recognition technologies. For example, the Biometric Information Privacy Act in Illinois, or BIPA, prohibits collection of certain biometric data without informed consent and provides for statutory damages of up to $5,000 per consumer per violation for intentional violations. As a result, BIPA has been the subject of extensive class action litigation and very substantial settlements. Some of our products employ object detection technology to help creators build augmented and virtual reality applications, and their use to recognize and collect information about individuals could be perceived as subject to these biometric privacy laws. As a result, these products may subject us or our customers to costly litigation, government enforcement action, damages and penalties under these laws, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and our financial condition.

Children’s privacy has been a focus of recent enforcement activity under longstanding privacy laws as well as the new generation of privacy laws. The Federal Trade Commission and state attorneys general have in recent years increased enforcement of the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, or COPPA, which requires companies to obtain parental consent before collecting personal information from children under the age of 13. In addition, the GDPR prohibits certain processing of the personal information of children under the age of 13-16 (depending on the country) without parental consent. The CCPA requires companies to obtain the consent of children in California under 16 (or parental consent for children under 13) before selling their personal information. We have been and are currently subject to claims related to the privacy of minors predicated on COPPA and other privacy laws, and we may in the future face claims under COPPA, the GDPR, the CCPA or other laws relating to children’s privacy.

 

37


Table of Contents

Apart from the requirements of privacy and data security laws, we have obligations relating to privacy and data security under our published policies and documentation, contracts and applicable industry standards. Although we endeavor to comply with these obligations, we may have failed to do so in the past and may be subject to allegations that we have failed to do so or have otherwise processed data improperly. For example, in 2019, we became aware of a research paper alleging that our software, including an older version of the Unity Editor, was inappropriately configured to collect hardware-based persistent identifiers, or MAC addresses. Although we did not use this information to measure behavior or track individuals as alleged by the researchers and we have disabled the configuration described in the paper, we could be subject to enforcement action or litigation alleging that this instance of data collection or our other data processing practices violate our published policies, federal or state laws prohibiting unfair or deceptive business practices or other privacy laws.

In addition to the privacy and security laws previously mentioned, there are emerging cases applying existing privacy laws in the United States, such as the federal and state wiretapping laws, to certain basic interoperability features of the internet. Such cases present theories of interpretation that are novel and potentially deeply impactful to the current interoperability of analytics products offered to assist our developers in running their applications. The asserted theory of these cases, if accepted, could cause us to make changes to our products to avoid costly litigation, government enforcement actions, damages and penalties under these laws, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and our financial condition.

In response to the increasing restrictions of global privacy and data security laws, our customers have sought and may continue to seek increasingly stringent contractual assurances regarding our handling of personal information, and may adopt internal policies that limit their use of our Operate Solutions. In addition, privacy advocates and industry groups have regularly proposed, and may propose in the future, self-regulatory standards by which we are legally or contractually bound. If we fail to comply with these contractual obligations or standards, we may face substantial contractual liability or fines.

As described in “Risk Factors—Operating system platform providers or application stores may change terms of service, policies or technical requirements to require us or our customers to change data collection and privacy practices, business models, operations, practices, advertising activities or application content, which could adversely impact our business,” our obligations under privacy and data security laws, our contracts and applicable industry standards (including requirements by operating system platforms or application stores) are increasing, becoming more complex and changing rapidly, which has increased and may continue to increase the cost and effort required to comply with them. The privacy and data security compliance challenges we and our customers face in Europe and other jurisdictions may also limit our ability to operate, or offer certain product features, in those jurisdictions, which could reduce demand for our products from customers subject to their laws. Despite our efforts, we may not be successful in achieving compliance with these rapidly evolving requirements. Any actual or perceived non-compliance could result in litigation and proceedings against us by governmental entities, customers, individuals or others; fines and civil or criminal penalties for us or company officials, obligations to cease offering or to substantially modify our Operate Solutions in ways that make our solutions less effective in certain jurisdictions, negative publicity, harm to our brand and reputation and reduced overall demand for our platform or reduce returns on our Operate Solutions. Such occurrences could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Companies and governmental agencies may restrict access to platforms, our website, mobile applications, application stores or the Internet generally, which could lead to the loss or slower growth of our customers’ end-users and negatively impact our operations.

Governmental agencies in any of the countries in which we, our customers or end-users are located, such as China, could block access to or require a license for our platform, our website, mobile

 

38


Table of Contents

applications, operating system platforms, application stores or the Internet generally for a number of reasons, including security, confidentiality or regulatory concerns. End-users generally need to access the Internet, including in geographically diverse areas, and also platforms such as the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store, to play games created or operated using our platform. In addition, companies may adopt policies that prohibit employees from accessing our platform or the platforms that end-users need in order to play games created or operated using our platform. If companies or governmental entities block, limit or otherwise restrict customers from accessing our platform, or end-users from playing games developed or operated on our platform, our business could be negatively impacted, our customers’ end-users could decline or grow more slowly, and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Adverse changes in the economic, legal and political landscape in China could have a material adverse effect on business conditions.

Because our continued business operations in China constitutes a significant part of our current and future revenue growth plans, adverse changes in economic and political policies relating to China could have a material adverse effect on our business. An escalation of recent trade tensions between the U.S. and China has resulted in trade restrictions that harm our ability to participate in Chinese markets. For example, U.S. export control regulations relating to China have created restrictions with respect to the sale of our products to various Chinese customers and further changes to regulations could result in additional restrictions. Sustained uncertainty about, or worsening of, current global economic conditions and further escalation of trade tensions between the U.S. and its trading partners, especially China, could result in a global economic slowdown and long-term changes to global trade, including retaliatory trade restrictions that further restrict our ability to operate in China.

The Chinese economic, legal and political landscape also differs from many developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement and regulation, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources, uncertainty regarding the enforceability and scope of protection for intellectual property rights, a relatively uncertain legal system, and instability related to economic, political and social reform. The laws, regulations and legal requirements in China are also subject to frequent changes. Any actions and policies adopted by the government of the People’s Republic of China, or PRC, particularly with regard to intellectual property rights and existing cloud-based and Internet restrictions for non-Chinese businesses, or any prolonged slowdown in China’s economy, including due to COVID-19, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In particular, PRC laws and regulations impose restrictions on foreign ownership of companies that engage in internet, market survey, cloud-based services and other related businesses from time to time. Specifically, foreign ownership of an internet content provider may not exceed 50% and the primary foreign investor of such provider must have a record of good performance and operating experience in managing internet content service. Accordingly, our ability to offer cloud-based services in China depends on our ability to implement and maintain structures that are acceptable under PRC laws. If any structure that we implement is determined to be illegal or invalid, the relevant governmental authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including revoking our business and operating licenses, requiring us to discontinue or restrict operations, restricting our rights to collect revenue, confiscating our income, requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, imposing additional conditions or requirements with which we may not be able to comply or levying fines. These actions could cause significant disruption to our business operations and may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

39


Table of Contents

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal or civil liability and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, U.S. domestic bribery laws, the UK Bribery Act and other anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are interpreted broadly to generally prohibit companies, their employees and their third-party intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public or private sector. As we increase our global sales and business to the public sector and further develop our reseller channel, we may engage with business partners and third-party intermediaries to market our solutions and obtain necessary permits, licenses and other regulatory approvals. In addition, we or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners and agents, even if we do not authorize such activities.

While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that none of our employees and agents will take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As we increase our global sales and business, our risks under these laws may increase.

Detecting, investigating and resolving actual or alleged violations of anti-corruption laws can require a significant diversion of time, resources and attention from senior management. In addition, noncompliance with anti-corruption, anti-bribery or anti-money laundering laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, enforcement actions, fines, damages, other civil or criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain persons, reputational harm, adverse media coverage and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal proceeding, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls and economic sanctions laws that could impair our ability to compete in global markets or subject us to liability if we violate the controls.

Our platform is subject to U.S. export controls. Our products and the underlying technology may be exported outside of the United States only with the required export authorizations, including by license, a license exception, or other appropriate government authorizations, including the filing of an encryption classification request or self-classification report, as applicable.

Furthermore, our activities are subject to U.S. economic sanctions laws and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, that prohibit the shipment of most solutions to embargoed jurisdictions or sanctioned parties without the required export authorizations. Additionally, the Trump administration has been critical of existing trade agreements and may impose more stringent export controls. Obtaining the necessary export license or other authorization for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities.

Although we have taken precautions to prevent our platform from being provided, deployed or used in violation of export control and sanctions laws, and are in the process of further enhancing our policies and procedures relating to export control and sanctions compliance, we have inadvertently provided products and services to some customers in apparent violation of U.S. export control and

 

40


Table of Contents

economic sanctions laws. In August 2020, we submitted to OFAC and to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security, or BIS, initial notifications of voluntary self-disclosure concerning these apparent violations. We cannot assure you that our policies and procedures relating to export control and sanctions compliance will prevent violations in the future. If we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control regulations, it can result in significant fines or penalties and possible incarceration for responsible employees and managers, as well as reputational harm and loss of business.

If we or our resellers fail to obtain appropriate import, export, or re-export licenses or permits, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm, as well as other negative consequences, including government investigations and penalties.

Also, various countries, in addition to the United States, regulate the import and export of certain encryption and other technology, including import and export licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or future changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our platform in global markets, prevent our customers with global operations from deploying our platform globally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. From time to time, various governmental agencies have proposed additional regulation of encryption technology.

Our customers outside of the United States generated approximately 72% and 76% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively, and our growth strategy includes further expanding our operations and customer base across all major global markets. However, any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, increased export and import controls, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our platform by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with global operations. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products in major global markets would adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

Sales to government entities and highly regulated organizations are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

We sell our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions to U.S. federal, state and local, as well as foreign, governmental agency customers, as well as to customers in highly regulated industries. Sales to such entities are subject to a number of challenges and risks. Selling to such entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time-consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that these efforts will generate a sale. Government contracting requirements may change and in doing so restrict our ability to sell into the government sector until we have attained the revised certification. Government demand and payment for solutions are affected by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations and funding reductions or delays may adversely affect public sector demand that could develop for our solutions.

Further, governmental and highly regulated entities may demand or require contract terms and product and solution features or certifications that differ from our standard arrangements and are less favorable or more difficult to maintain than terms that we negotiate with private sector customers or otherwise make available. Such entities may have statutory, contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with us or our partners for convenience or for other reasons. Any such termination may adversely affect our ability to provide our platform to other government customers and could adversely impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

41


Table of Contents

Any failure to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary technology, know-how and our brand. We rely on a combination of trademarks, trade secret laws, patents, copyrights, service marks, contractual restrictions and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality procedures to establish and protect our proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property rights if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, or fail to continuously innovate and advance our technology, our competitors could gain access to our proprietary technology and develop and commercialize substantially identical products, services or technologies. In addition, defending our intellectual property rights might entail significant expense. Any patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights that we have or may obtain may be challenged or circumvented by others or invalidated or held unenforceable through administrative processes, including re-examination, inter partes review, interference and derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition proceedings, or litigation. In addition, despite our pending patent applications, we cannot assure you that our patent applications will result in issued patents. Even if we continue to seek patent protection in the future, we may be unable to obtain or maintain patent protection for our technology. In addition, any patents issued from pending or future patent applications or licensed to us in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, or may be successfully challenged by third parties. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our platform and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products that compete with ours. Patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products are available. The value of our intellectual property could diminish if others assert rights in or ownership of our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, or trademarks that are similar to our trademarks. We may be unable to successfully resolve these types of conflicts to our satisfaction. In some cases, litigation or other actions may be necessary to protect or enforce our trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Furthermore, third parties may assert intellectual property claims against us, and we may be subject to liability, required to enter into costly license agreements, required to rebrand our products or prevented from selling some of our products if third parties successfully oppose or challenge our trademarks or successfully claim that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their trademarks or other intellectual property rights. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. As we expand our global activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our platform and proprietary information will likely increase. Moreover, policing unauthorized use of our technologies, trade secrets and intellectual property may be difficult, expensive and time-consuming, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States and where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be weak. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights.

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with other third parties, including suppliers and other partners. However, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that has or may have had access to our proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets or that has or may have developed intellectual property in connection with their engagement with us. Moreover, we cannot assure you that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to, distribution, use, misuse, misappropriation, reverse engineering or disclosure of our proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets. Further, these agreements may not prevent our competitors from independently

 

42


Table of Contents

developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our platform. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, such as rights under our software licenses, and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management, and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Further, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, and if such defenses, counterclaims or countersuits are successful, we could lose valuable intellectual property rights. Our inability to enforce our unique licensing structure, including financial eligibility tiers, and our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our platform, impair the functionality of our platform, delay introductions of new solutions, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our products, or injure our reputation.

We license and make available source code to customers. Although those customers are restricted in the manner in which they can use and share our source code, we cannot assure you that unauthorized use or copying of our source code will not occur. We rely on periodic significant updates to our source code to encourage our customers to access our source code through us on a paying or, for qualified users, non-paying, basis. However, we cannot assure you that this strategy will be effective in ensuring that users are not misusing or accessing our source code on an authorized basis.

Our ability to acquire and maintain licenses to intellectual property may affect our revenue and profitability. These licenses may become more expensive and increase our costs.

While most of the intellectual property we use is created by us, we have also acquired rights to proprietary intellectual property that provide key features and functionality in our platform. We have also obtained rights to use intellectual property through licenses and service agreements with third parties.

Proprietary licenses typically limit our use of intellectual property to specific uses and for specific time periods. If we are unable to maintain these licenses or obtain additional licenses on reasonable economic terms or with significant commercial value, our revenue and profitability may be adversely impacted. These licenses may become more expensive and increase the advances, guarantees and royalties that we may pay to the licensor, which could significantly increase our costs and adversely affect our profitability.

We are and may in the future become subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly and may subject us to significant liability and increased costs of doing business.

We have previously been named as a potential indemnitor in a claim alleging infringing use of our software. Defending this and future claims can be expensive and impose a significant burden on management and employees, and we may receive unfavorable preliminary, interim, or final rulings in the course of litigation, which could seriously harm our business. In addition, in the fall of 2017, we initiated a trademark infringement lawsuit against another party to protect our trademarks, which was subsequently settled.

We may in the future become subject to additional intellectual property disputes, and may become subject to liability as a result of these disputes. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our platform without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties. However, there is no assurance that our technologies, products, services or

 

43


Table of Contents

platform will not be found to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. Lawsuits are time-consuming and expensive to resolve and they divert management’s time and attention. Companies in the internet, technology and gaming industries own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks, domain names and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property or other rights. As we face increasing competition and gain a higher profile, the possibility of intellectual property rights and other claims against us grows. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims against their use. In addition, many companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. We have a number of issued patents. We have filed a number of additional U.S. and foreign patent applications but they may not issue. Any litigation may also involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant product revenue, and therefore, our patents and patent applications may provide little or no deterrence as we would not be able to assert them against such entities or individuals. If a third party is able to obtain an injunction preventing us from accessing such third-party intellectual property rights, or if we cannot license or develop alternative technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our platform or cease business activities related to such intellectual property. In addition, we may need to settle litigation and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us. Although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. We cannot predict the outcome of lawsuits and cannot ensure that the results of any such actions will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any intellectual property claim asserted against us, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

 

   

cease selling or using products that incorporate the intellectual property rights that we allegedly infringe, misappropriate or violate;

 

   

make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

 

   

obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

 

   

redesign or rebrand the allegedly infringing products to avoid infringement, misappropriation or violation, which could be costly, time-consuming or impossible.

Even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business and operating results. Moreover, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. We expect that the occurrence of infringement claims is likely to grow as the market for our platform grows. Accordingly, our exposure to damages resulting from infringement claims could increase, and this could further exhaust our financial and management resources.

We use open source software in our products, which could negatively affect our ability to sell our services or subject us to litigation or other actions.

We use open source software in our products, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in our services in the future. Few of the licenses applicable to open source software have been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot ensure that we have not incorporated additional open source software in our software in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable license or our current policies and procedures. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to certain requirements, including requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no

 

44


Table of Contents

cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of applicable open source licenses. If an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our products that contained the open source software and required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on these products, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of these products. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership rights in open source software against companies that incorporate it into their products, and the licensors of such open source software provide no warranties or indemnities with respect to such claims. As a result, we and our customers could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. In addition, although we employ open source software license screening measures, if we were to combine our proprietary software products with certain open source software in a particular manner we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software products. Some open source projects have known vulnerabilities and architectural instabilities and are provided on an “as-is” basis which, if not properly addressed, could negatively affect the performance of our product. If we inappropriately use or incorporate open source software subject to certain types of open source licenses that challenge the proprietary nature of our products, we may be required to re-engineer such products, discontinue the sale of such products or take other remedial actions.

Any legal proceedings or claims against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend and could harm our reputation regardless of the outcome.

We are and may in the future become subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former employees. We are currently involved in two related putative class-action lawsuits brought by end-users of games that include our software and include allegations related to violations of privacy laws. In addition, in June 2019, a former senior-level employee brought a lawsuit against us in the San Francisco County Superior Court alleging claims arising under California law for retaliation, termination in violation of the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, failure to prevent discrimination and retaliation, wrongful termination, defamation and slander. This lawsuit included allegations related to alleged actions by our CEO, John Riccitiello. These allegations were reported in the media. We filed an answer denying every allegation of unlawful conduct made in the complaint and a motion to compel arbitration. The court granted our motion to compel arbitration.

Any litigation, whether meritorious or not, could harm our reputation, will increase our costs and may divert management’s attention, time and resources, which may in turn harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, potentially harming our business, financial position and results of operations.

Our business could be disrupted by catastrophic events.

Occurrence of any catastrophic event, including earthquake, fire, flood, tsunami or other weather event, power loss, telecommunications failure, software or hardware malfunction, cyber-attack, war or terrorist attack, explosion or pandemic could impact our business. In particular, our corporate headquarters are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity, and are

 

45


Table of Contents

thus vulnerable to damage in an earthquake. Our insurance coverage may not compensate us for losses that may occur in the event of an earthquake or other significant natural disaster. If any disaster were to occur, our ability to operate our business at our facilities could be impaired and we could incur significant losses, require substantial recovery time and experience significant expenditures in order to resume operations. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate during and after a disaster and to execute successfully on those plans in the event of a disaster or emergency, our business would be harmed.

Health epidemics, including the current COVID-19 pandemic, have had, and could in the future have, an adverse impact on our business, operations, and the markets and communities in which we, our partners and customers operate.

Our business and operations could be adversely affected by health epidemics, including the current COVID-19 pandemic, impacting the markets and communities in which we, our partners and customers operate. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused and continues to cause significant business and financial markets disruption worldwide and there is significant uncertainty around the duration of this disruption on both a nationwide and global level, as well as the ongoing effects on our business.

The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted, and we may be unable to accurately forecast our revenue or financial results. Although we have and may continue to experience a modest adverse impact on our sales of Create Solutions as well as our Strategic Partnerships, we have seen an increase in demand for our portfolio of products and services within Operate Solutions following the implementation of shelter-in-place orders to mitigate the outbreak of COVID-19, which has resulted in higher levels of end-user engagement in Operate Solutions. However, this increased demand for our Operate Solutions will likely moderate over time, as shelter-in-place orders and other related measures and community practices evolve. Further, as certain of our customers or partners experience downturns or uncertainty in their own business operations or revenue resulting from the spread of COVID-19, they may decrease or delay their spending, request pricing concessions or seek renegotiations of their contracts, and decrease advertising spend, any of which may result in decreased revenue for us. The COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in a dramatic increase in unemployment that could result in end-users having less discretionary income to spend on games, which could have a negative impact on the gaming industry. In addition, we may experience customer or strategic partner losses, including due to bankruptcy or our customers or strategic partners ceasing operations, which may result in an inability to collect receivables from these parties. A decline in revenue or the collectability of our receivables could harm our business.

In addition, in response to the spread of COVID-19, we are requiring or have required substantially all of our employees to work remotely to minimize the risk of the virus to our employees and the communities in which we operate, and we may take further actions as may be required by government authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers and business partners. There is no guarantee that we will be as effective while working remotely because our team is dispersed, employees may have less capacity to work due to increased personal obligations (such as childcare, eldercare, or caring for family members who become sick), may become sick themselves and be unable to work, or may be otherwise negatively affected, mentally or physically, by the COVID-19 pandemic and prolonged social distancing. Decreased effectiveness and availability of our team could adversely affect our results due to slow-downs in our sales cycles and recruiting efforts, delays in our entry into customer contracts, delays in addressing performance issues, delays in product development, delays and inefficiencies among various operational aspects of our business, including our financial organization, or other decreases in productivity that could seriously harm our business. Furthermore, we may decide to postpone or cancel planned investments in our business in response to changes in our

 

46


Table of Contents

business as a result of the spread of COVID-19, which may impact our ability to attract and retain customers and our rate of innovation, either of which could harm our business. In addition, our facilities needs could evolve based on continuing changes and impact on work environments as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and we may not be able to alter our contractual commitments to accommodate such changes, which could cause us to incur additional costs or otherwise harm our business. More generally, the COVID-19 outbreak has adversely affected economies and financial markets globally, which could decrease technology spending and adversely affect demand for our platform.

The global impact of COVID-19 continues to rapidly evolve, and we will continue to monitor the situation and the effects on our business and operations closely. We do not yet know the full extent of potential impacts on our business, operations or the global economy as a whole, particularly if the COVID-19 pandemic and related public health measures continue and persist for an extended period of time. Given the uncertainty, we cannot reasonably estimate the impact on our future results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. While the spread of COVID-19 may eventually be contained or mitigated, there is no guarantee that a future outbreak of this or any other widespread epidemics will not occur, or that the global economy will recover, either of which could harm our business.

Our current operations are global in scope, and we plan further geographic expansion, creating a variety of operational challenges.

A component of our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and customer base across all major global markets. In the year ended December 31, 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2020, 34% and 38% of our revenue was generated by customers in EMEA, respectively; 33% and 32% of our revenue was generated by customers in Asia-Pacific, respectively; and 33% and 30% of our revenue was generated by customers in the Americas, respectively. We also have a sales presence in multiple countries. We are continuing to adapt to and develop strategies to address global markets, but we cannot assure you that such efforts will be successful. For example, we anticipate that we will need to establish relationships with new partners in order to expand into certain countries, and if we fail to identify, establish and maintain such relationships, we may be unable to execute on our expansion plans. As of June 30, 2020, approximately 64% of our full-time employees were located outside of the United States. We expect that our global activities will continue to grow for the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in existing and new global markets, which will require significant dedication of management attention and financial resources.

Our current and future global business and operations involve a variety of risks, including:

 

   

slower than anticipated availability and adoption of our platform by creators outside the United States;

 

   

changes or instability in a specific country’s or region’s political, social or economic conditions, including in the United Kingdom as a result of its exit from the European Union;

 

   

the need to adapt and localize our platform for specific countries;

 

   

maintaining our company culture across all of our offices globally;

 

   

greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and potential for longer payment cycles;

 

   

increased reliance on resellers and other third parties for our global expansion;

 

   

burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws, including costs associated with legal structures, accounting, statutory filings and tax liabilities;

 

   

more stringent regulations relating to privacy and data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in Europe;

 

   

differing and potentially more onerous labor regulations and practices, especially in Europe, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United

 

47


Table of Contents
 

States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations, or the existence of workers’ councils and labor unions;

 

   

challenges inherent in efficiently managing, and the increased costs associated with, an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits, statutory equity requirements and compliance programs that are specific to each jurisdiction;

 

   

potential changes in laws, regulations and costs affecting our U.K. operations and local employees due to Brexit;

 

   

unexpected changes in trade relations, regulations, laws or enforcement;

 

   

difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems and regulatory systems;

 

   

increased travel, real estate, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with multiple global locations and subsidiaries;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we chose to do so in the future;

 

   

higher levels of credit risk and payment fraud;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds, such as limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

 

   

enhanced difficulties of integrating any foreign acquisitions;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competitors or general market preferences for local vendors;

 

   

reduced or uncertain intellectual property protection or difficulties obtaining, maintaining, protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights, including our trademarks and patents;

 

   

foreign government interference with our intellectual property that resides outside of the United States, such as the risk of changes in foreign laws that could restrict our ability to use our intellectual property outside of the foreign jurisdiction in which we developed it;

 

   

political instability, hostilities, war or terrorist activities;

 

   

exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the FCPA, U.S. bribery laws, the UK Bribery Act, and similar laws and regulations in other jurisdictions; and

 

   

adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash.

If we invest substantial time and resources to further expand our global operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and results of operations will suffer.

If we experience excessive fraudulent activity or cannot meet evolving credit card association merchant standards, we could incur substantial costs and lose the right to accept credit cards for payment, which could cause our customer base to decline significantly.

A large portion of our customers authorize us to bill their credit card accounts directly for their use of our platform. If we experience fraud associated with stolen credit cards, we could incur substantial third-party vendor costs for which we may not be reimbursed. Further, our customers provide us with credit card billing information online or over the phone, and we do not review the physical credit cards used in these transactions, which increases our risk of exposure to fraudulent activity. We also incur charges, which we refer to as chargebacks, from the credit card companies for claims that the customer did not authorize the

 

48


Table of Contents

credit card transaction for the purchase of our platform, something that we have experienced in the past. If the number of claims of unauthorized credit card transactions becomes excessive, we could be assessed substantial fines for excess chargebacks, and we could lose the right to accept credit cards for payment. In addition, credit card issuers may change merchant standards, including data protection and documentation standards, required to utilize their services from time to time. If we fail to maintain compliance with current merchant standards or fail to meet new standards, the credit card associations could fine us or terminate their agreements with us, and we would be unable to accept credit cards as payment for our platform. Our platform may also be subject to fraudulent usage and schemes which could result in unauthorized access to customer accounts and data, unauthorized use or circumvention of our platform or technologies, and charges and expenses to customers for fraudulent usage as well as lost revenue. We may be required to pay for these charges and expenses with no reimbursement from the customer, and our reputation may be harmed if our platform is subject to fraudulent usage. Although we implement multiple fraud prevention and detection controls, we cannot assure you that these controls will be adequate to protect against fraud. Substantial losses due to fraud or our inability to accept credit card payments would cause our customer base to significantly decrease and would harm our business.

We are exposed to collection and credit risks, which could impact our operating results.

Our accounts receivable are subject to collection and credit risks, which could impact our operating results. Our Create Solutions typically include upfront purchase commitments for a one- to three-year subscription, which may be invoiced over multiple reporting periods, increasing these risks. With respect to our Operate Solutions, we rely on payments from advertisers in order to pay our customers their revenue earned from our Unified Auction. We are generally obligated to pay our customers for revenue earned within a negotiated period of time, regardless of whether or not our advertisers have paid us on time, or at all. While we attempt to negotiate a longer payment period with our customers and shorter periods for our advertisers, we are not always successful. As a result we can face a timing issue with our accounts payable on shorter cycles than our accounts receivable, requiring us to remit payments from our own funds, and accept the risk of bad debt. Businesses that are good credit risks at the time of sale may become bad credit risks over time. In times of economic recession, the number of our customers who default on payments owed to us tends to increase. Our operating results may be impacted by significant bankruptcies among customers, which could negatively impact our revenue and cash flows. We cannot assure you that our processes to monitor and mitigate these risks will be effective. If we fail to adequately assess and monitor our credit risks, we could experience longer payment cycles, increased collection costs and higher bad debt expense, and our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could harm our operating results and financial condition.

We offer our solutions to customers globally and have operations in Denmark, Belgium, Lithuania, Colombia, Canada, China, Finland, Sweden, Germany, France, Japan, the United Kingdom, Ireland, South Korea and Singapore. Although the majority of our cash generated from revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, revenue generated and expenses incurred by our subsidiaries outside of the United States are often denominated in the currencies of the local countries. As a result, our consolidated U.S. dollar financial statements are subject to fluctuations due to changes in exchange rates as the financial results of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated from local currencies into U.S. dollars. Our financial results are also subject to changes in exchange rates that impact the settlement of transactions in non-local currencies. Because we conduct business in currencies other than U.S. dollars but report our results of operations in U.S. dollars, we also face remeasurement exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could hinder our ability to predict our future results and earnings and could materially impact our results of operations. To date, we have not engaged in currency hedging activities to limit the risk of exchange fluctuations and, as a result, our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected by such fluctuations.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our global operations may subject us to potential adverse tax consequences.

We are expanding our global operations to better support our growth in global markets. Our corporate structure and associated transfer pricing policies contemplate future growth in global markets, and consider the functions, risks and assets of the various entities involved in intercompany transactions. The amount of taxes we pay in different jurisdictions may depend on the application of the tax laws of the various jurisdictions, including the United States, to our global business activities, changes in tax rates, new or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and policies and our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements. New or revised tax laws may also impact the amount of taxes we pay in different jurisdictions, such as Pillar One and Pillar Two being considered by the Organisation of Economic Co-Operation and Development, which would fundamentally change long-standing transfer pricing principles. The taxing authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for pricing intercompany transactions pursuant to our intercompany arrangements or disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a challenge or disagreement were to occur, and our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability of our operations. Our financial statements could fail to reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency.

We could be required to collect additional sales, value added or similar taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our clients would have to pay for our solutions and adversely affect our results of operations.

We collect sales, value added or similar indirect taxes in a number of jurisdictions. An increasing number of states have considered or adopted laws that attempt to impose sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state companies. Additionally, the Supreme Court of the United States ruled in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al, or Wayfair, that online sellers can be required to collect sales and use tax despite not having a physical presence in the buyer’s state. In response to Wayfair, or otherwise, states or local governments may adopt, or begin to enforce, laws requiring us to calculate, collect and remit taxes on sales in their jurisdictions. Similarly, many foreign jurisdictions have considered or adopted laws that impose value added, digital service, or similar taxes, on companies despite not having a physical presence in the foreign jurisdiction. A successful assertion by one or more states, or foreign jurisdictions, requiring us to collect taxes where we presently do not do so, or to collect more taxes in a jurisdiction in which we currently do collect some taxes, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest. The requirement to collect sales, value added or similar indirect taxes by foreign, state or local governments for sellers that do not have a physical presence in the jurisdiction could also create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a competitive disadvantage if they do not impose similar obligations on our competitors, and decrease our future sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. We continually monitor the ever-evolving tax landscape in the jurisdictions in which we operate and those jurisdictions where our customers reside.

Our ability to use our net operating losses and certain other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or taxes may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2019, we had net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards for U.S. federal, state, and foreign purposes of $128.5 million, $34.8 million and $334.5 million, respectively, which may be available to offset taxable income in the future, and portions of which expire in various years beginning in 2027. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs before they expire. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the Tax Act, as modified by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act, federal net operating losses incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses in tax years beginning after December 31, 2020, is

 

50


Table of Contents

limited to 80% of taxable income. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act or the CARES Act. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” (as defined under Section 382 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations) is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOL carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset post-change taxable income or taxes. We may experience a future ownership change (including, potentially, in connection with this offering) under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code that could affect our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards to offset our income. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards of companies that we have acquired or may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOL carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed. For example, on June 29, 2020, the California Governor signed into law the 2020 Budget Act which temporarily suspends the utilization of net operating losses and limits the utilization of research credits to $5.0 million annually for 2020, 2021 and 2022. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us and could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Changes in our effective tax rate or tax liability may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our effective tax rate could increase due to several factors, including:

 

   

changes in the relative amounts of income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates;

 

   

changes in tax laws, tax treaties, and regulations or the interpretation of them, including the Tax Act;

 

   

changes to our assessment about our ability to realize our deferred tax assets that are based on estimates of our future results, the prudence and feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic and political environments in which we do business;

 

   

the outcome of current and future tax audits, examinations or administrative appeals; and

 

   

limitations or adverse findings regarding our ability to do business in some jurisdictions.

Any of these developments could adversely affect our results of operations.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant estimates and judgments involve revenue recognition, the valuation of our stock-based compensation awards, including the determination of fair value of our common stock, accounting for business combinations and income taxes, among others. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the

 

51


Table of Contents

expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

We may require additional capital to support the growth of our business, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through sales of our convertible preferred stock and common stock and cash generated from sales of our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions and from our strategic partnerships. We cannot be certain when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fully fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new solutions, products, services or enhance our existing solutions, products or services, enhance our operating infrastructure, expand globally and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, if at all. In particular, the current COVID-19 pandemic has caused disruption in the global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital and negatively affect our liquidity in the future. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. If we incur additional debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of common stock to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in the future will depend on numerous considerations, including factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of any future issuances of debt or equity securities. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of future issuances of debt or equity securities reducing the value of our common stock and diluting their interests. Our inability to obtain adequate financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, could significantly limit our ability to continue to support our business growth, respond to business challenges, expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities due to lack of sufficient capital. Even if we are able to raise such capital, we cannot assure you that it will enable us to achieve better operating results or grow our business.

We are a party to a revolving credit agreement, which contains a number of covenants that may restrict our current and future operations and could adversely affect our ability to execute business needs.

Our credit agreement with Barclays Bank PLC, or the Credit Agreement, contains a number of covenants that limit our ability and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, create liens, make investments, mergers with other companies, dispose of our assets, prepay other indebtedness and make dividends and other distributions. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are also guaranteed by our existing and subsequently acquired or formed material domestic subsidiaries. The terms of our Credit Agreement may restrict our current and future operations and could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or to execute business strategies in the means or manner desired. In addition, complying with these covenants may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy, invest in our growth strategy and compete against companies who are not subject to such restrictions. The Credit Agreement also contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain liquidity of at least $75.0 million as of the last day of the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters, which commenced on June 30, 2020. We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet the financial covenant or pay the principal or interest under the Credit Agreement.

If we are unable to comply with our payment requirements, our lender may accelerate our obligations under our Credit Agreement and foreclose upon the collateral, or we may be forced to sell

 

52


Table of Contents

assets, restructure our indebtedness or seek additional equity capital, which would dilute our stockholders’ interests. If we fail to comply with any covenant it could result in an event of default under the agreement and our lender could make the entire debt immediately due and payable. If this occurs, we might not be able to repay our debt or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if new financing is available, it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us.

We are subject to laws and regulations worldwide, many of which are unsettled and still developing and which could increase our costs or adversely affect our business.

We are subject to a variety of laws in the United States and abroad that affect our business, including state and federal laws regarding consumer protection, advertising, electronic marketing, protection of minors, data protection and privacy, data localization requirements, online services, anti-competition, labor, real estate, taxation, intellectual property ownership and infringement, tax, export and national security, tariffs, anti-corruption and telecommunications, all of which are continuously evolving and developing. The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting, particularly laws outside the United States, and compliance with laws, regulations and similar requirements may be burdensome and expensive. Laws and regulations may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, which may increase the cost of compliance and doing business. Any such costs, which may rise in the future as a result of changes in these laws and regulations or in their interpretation, could make our platform less attractive to our customers or cause us to change or limit our ability to sell our platform. We have policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but we cannot assure you that our employees, contractors or agents will not violate such laws and regulations or our policies and procedures.

In particular, as a result of our Operate Solutions, we are potentially subject to a number of foreign and domestic laws and regulations that affect the offering of certain types of content, such as that which depicts violence, many of which are ambiguous, still evolving and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business or expose us to liability. In addition, there are ongoing academic, political and regulatory discussions in the United States, Europe, Australia and other jurisdictions regarding whether certain game mechanisms, such as loot boxes, and game genres, such as social casino, rewarded gaming and gambling, should be subject to a higher level or different type of regulation than other game genres or mechanics to protect consumers, in particular minors and persons susceptible to addiction, and, if so, what such regulation should include. New regulation by the U.S. federal government and its agencies, such as the FTC, U.S. states and state agencies or foreign jurisdictions, which may vary significantly across jurisdictions, could require that certain game content be modified or removed from games, increase the costs of operating our customer’s games, impact player engagement and thus the functionality and effectiveness of our Operate Solutions or otherwise harm our business performance. It is difficult to predict how existing or new laws may be applied. If we become liable, directly or indirectly, under these laws or regulations, we could be harmed, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources or to modify our Operate Solutions, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of lawsuits and legislative proposals could harm our reputation or otherwise impact the growth of our business. Any costs incurred as a result of this potential liability could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

It is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted or construed to apply to us or our customers in the United States and elsewhere that could restrict the online and mobile industries, including player privacy, advertising, taxation, content suitability, copyright, distribution and antitrust, and our solutions or components thereof may be deemed or perceived illegal or unfair practices. Furthermore, the growth and development of electronic commerce and virtual items may prompt calls for more stringent consumer protection laws that may impose additional burdens on companies such

 

53


Table of Contents

as us and our customers conducting business through the Internet and mobile devices. We anticipate that scrutiny and regulation of our industry will increase and we will be required to devote legal and other resources to addressing such regulation. For example, existing laws or new laws regarding the marketing of in-app purchases, labeling of free-to-play games or regulation of currency, banking institutions, unclaimed property or money transmission may be interpreted to cover games made with our solutions and the revenue that we receive from our Operate Solutions. If that were to occur, we may be required to seek licenses, authorizations or approvals from relevant regulators, the granting of which may be dependent on us meeting certain capital and other requirements and we may be subject to additional regulation and oversight, all of which could significantly increase our operating costs. Changes in current laws or regulations or the imposition of new laws and regulations in the United States or elsewhere regarding these activities may lessen the growth of mobile gaming and impair our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our common stock may decline.

We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business and prospects, and the market price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be lower than the initial public offering price. In addition, the trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock as you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or results of operations;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;

 

   

changes in the pricing of the solutions on our platform;

 

   

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our platform;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions or new offerings;

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock by us or our shareholders;

 

   

significant data breaches, disruptions to or other incidents involving our platform;

 

   

our involvement in litigation;

 

   

conditions or developments affecting the gaming industry;

 

   

future sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

the trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market;

 

   

general economic and market conditions; and

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, global pandemics or responses to these events.

 

54


Table of Contents

Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory and market conditions, may also negatively impact the market price of our common stock. In addition, technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. In the past, companies who have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future, which could result in substantial expenses and divert our management’s attention.

No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

No public market for our common stock currently exists. An active public trading market for our common stock may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, it may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Many of our existing equity holders have substantial unrecognized gains on the value of the equity they hold based upon the price of this offering, and therefore, they may take steps to sell their shares or otherwise secure the unrecognized gains on those shares. We are unable to predict the timing of or the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

All of our directors and executive officers and certain holders of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock, are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer such securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to earlier termination commencing on the opening of trading on the second trading day immediately following our release of earnings for the quarter ending December 31, 2020, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC; provided that:

 

   

up to 15% of the shares (including shares issuable upon exercise of vested options) held by employees and former employees (but excluding current executive officers and directors) may be sold beginning at the commencement of trading on the first trading day on which our common stock is traded on the NYSE through September 30, 2020, which we refer to as the first release period; and

 

   

up to 15% of the shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by employees, former employees, directors and officers may be sold beginning at the opening of trading on the second trading day after we announce earnings for the quarter ending September 30, 2020 through December 15, 2020, which we refer to as the second release period.

If not earlier released, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

In addition, as of June 30, 2020, up to                shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or other rights or reserved for future issuance under our employee benefit plans

 

55


Table of Contents

will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, exercise limitations, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Further, based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2020, holders of approximately 102,717,396 shares, or    % of our capital stock after the completion of this offering, will have rights, subject to some conditions and the lock-up agreements described above, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, the market price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The market price and trading volume of our common stock following the completion of this offering will be heavily influenced by the way analysts interpret our financial information and other disclosures. We do not have control over these analysts. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, our stock price would be negatively affected. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, downgrade our common stock, or publish negative reports about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price to decline and could decrease the trading volume of our common stock.

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval. Furthermore, many of our current directors were appointed by our principal stockholders.

Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and greater than 5% stockholders, in the aggregate, will own approximately                % of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options, warrants or other rights, and without giving effect to any purchases that these holders may make through our directed share program), based on the initial public offering price of $                per share. Furthermore, many of our current directors were appointed by our principal stockholders. As a result, such persons or their appointees to our board of directors, acting together, will have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our board of directors or stockholders for approval, including the appointment of our management, the election and removal of directors and approval of any significant transaction, as well as our management and business affairs. In addition, if any of our executive officers, directors and greater than 5% stockholders purchase shares in this offering, or if any of our other current investors purchase shares in this offering and become greater than 5% stockholders as a result, the ability of such persons, acting together, to control or significantly influence such matters will increase. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our business, even if such a transaction would benefit other stockholders.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not

 

56


Table of Contents

have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, our ultimate use may vary substantially from our currently intended use. Investors will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. Pending use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government that may not generate a high yield for our stockholders. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $                per share, or $                per share if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of common stock in this offering and an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See the section titled “Dilution.”

Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our equity incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors and consultants under our equity incentive plans. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in companies, products or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock to decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, you may need to rely on sales of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on your investment.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding

 

57


Table of Contents

executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, if we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future results of operations may not be as comparable to the results of operations of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, which we expect to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the specific timing of such costs.

As a result of being a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year that coincides with the filing of our second annual report on Form 10-K. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We have recently commenced the costly and time-consuming process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to

 

58


Table of Contents

comply with Section 404, but we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion once initiated. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expenses and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. In addition, changes in accounting principles or interpretations could also challenge our internal controls and require that we establish new business processes, systems and controls to accommodate such changes. Additionally, if these new systems, controls or standards and the associated process changes do not give rise to the benefits that we expect or do not operate as intended, it could adversely affect our financial reporting systems and processes, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial reports or the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Moreover, our business may be harmed if we experience problems with any new systems and controls that result in delays in their implementation or increased costs to correct any post-implementation issues that may arise.

During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to certify that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

The growth and expansion of our business places a continuous, significant strain on our operational and financial resources. Further growth of our operations to support our customer base, our information technology systems and our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations. For example, we are still in the process of implementing information technology and accounting systems to help manage critical functions such as billing and revenue recognition and financial forecasts. As we continue to grow, we may not be able to successfully implement requisite improvements to these systems, controls and processes, such as system access and change management controls, in a timely or efficient manner. Our failure to improve our systems and processes, or their failure to operate in the intended manner, whether as a result of the growth of our business or otherwise, may result in our inability to accurately forecast our revenue and expenses, or to prevent certain losses. Moreover, the failure of our systems and processes could undermine our ability to provide accurate, timely and reliable reports on our financial and operating results and could impact the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions or fraud.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or

 

59


Table of Contents

preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, or our president (in the absence of a chief executive officer);

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of voting stock;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of voting stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you would receive a premium for your shares of our common stock in an acquisition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States of America as the exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which will restrict our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, or other employees to us or to our stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation

 

60


Table of Contents

or our amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (v) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the courts having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction, or the Securities Act. In addition, to prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, will provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. However, as Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, will further provide that any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions.

These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring such a claim arising under the Securities Act against us, our directors, officers, or other employees in a venue other than in the federal district courts of the United States of America. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and we cannot assure you that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could harm our business.

 

61


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “toward,” “will,” “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our expectations regarding our financial performance, including revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses, key metrics, and our ability to achieve or maintain future profitability;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

   

anticipated trends, growth rates, and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

our expectations regarding the demand for real-time 3D content in gaming and other industries and our ability to increase revenue from these industries;

 

   

economic and industry trends;

 

   

our ability to increase sales of our solutions;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

   

our ability to expand our offerings and cross-sell to our existing customers;

 

   

our expectations regarding the plans announced by Apple with respect to access of advertising identifiers and related matters, and the potential impact on our financial performance;

 

   

our ability to maintain and expand our relationships with strategic partners;

 

   

our ability to continue to grow across all major global markets;

 

   

the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to successfully compete with companies that are currently in, or may in the future enter, the markets in which we operate;

 

   

our estimated market opportunity;

 

   

our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our solutions;

 

   

our ability to continue to innovate and enhance our solutions;

 

   

our ability to develop new products, features and use cases and bring them to market in a timely manner, and whether our customers and prospective customers will adopt these new products, features and use cases;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to identify and complete acquisitions that complement and expand the functionality of our platform;

 

   

our ability to comply or remain in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business in the United States and globally;

 

   

our reliance on key personnel and our ability to attract, maintain, and retain management and skilled personnel;

 

   

the effects of COVID-19 or other public health crises;

 

   

the increased expenses associated with being a public company;

 

62


Table of Contents
   

the future trading prices of our common stock; and

 

   

our anticipated use of the net proceeds from this offering.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe such information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, such information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information, actual results, revised expectations, or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.

 

63


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size and growth of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which these estimates and information are derived. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

The sources of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry reports:

Altman Vilandrie & Company, Gaming Market Evaluation, February 2020.

Cambashi, The Engineering Software Pyramid, April 2019 (estimate of six million architects and engineers, used by us to estimate a current market opportunity in the architecture, engineering and construction industries; estimate of 37 million engineers and technicians used by us to estimate a future market opportunity in industries beyond gaming).

SlashData, Developer Economics, State of the Developer Nation, Q4 2019, April 2020 (5.8 million active software developers using C#, used by us to estimate current market opportunity in industries beyond gaming).

User Metrics

We define monthly active creators as the number of unique devices that have started the Unity editor, the user interface for our Create Solutions, at least once during the trailing 30 days from month end. This metric includes both non-paying creators, which comprise the substantial majority of our creators, as well as paying creators, and does not currently include monthly active users of our Operate Solutions products, unless they are also using the Unity editor, as described above.

We define monthly active end-users as the number of unique devices that have started an application made with Unity, or that have requested an advertisement from Unity Ads, during the trailing 30 days from month end. Devices tracked include smartphones, tablets, PCs, Macs and augmented and virtual reality devices, and exclude consoles and WebGL applications. This metric includes end-users of both our non-paying and paying creators.

 

64


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $                 million (or approximately $                 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                  per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                  per share of common stock would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                  million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                  per share of common stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, and create a public market for our common stock. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay the outstanding $125 million of indebtedness under our credit facility, which we borrowed in order to provide liquidity in case of any material impact on the financial markets related to COVID-19 but which we have not used to date. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the remaining net proceeds to us from this offering. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions of, or strategic investments in, complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments to enter into any material acquisitions or investments at this time. We will have broad discretion over how we use the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the offering that are not used as described above in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

Our credit facility is scheduled to mature in December 2024 and interest on our outstanding balance under the facility accrued at a rate of 1.67% as of June 30, 2020. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Expenditures—Credit Agreement.”

 

65


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is also restricted by the terms of our Credit Agreement, as described further in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and may be restricted by any agreements we may enter into in the future.

 

66


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of June 30, 2020 as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of 102,717,396 shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 into an equal number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) stock-based compensation expense of approximately $28.1 million associated with RSUs subject to service-based and liquidity event vesting conditions, as further described in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus; (iii) the vesting of 140,085 RSUs for which the service-based condition was satisfied as of June 30, 2020 and for which the liquidity event vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and (iv) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (ii) our issuance and sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                  per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iii) the repayment of our outstanding $125.0 million of indebtedness under our revolving credit facility.

 

67


Table of Contents

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share
data)
 

Cash

   $ 453,258     $ 453,258     $                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 124,449     $ 124,449     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000005 par value per share; 110,336,525 shares authorized; 102,717,396 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     836,529          

Preferred stock, $0.000005 par value per share; no shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

              

Common stock, $0.000005 par value per share; 330,000,000 shares authorized, 135,649,337 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 238,366,733 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1       2    

Additional paid-in capital

     383,871       1,248,524    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,709     (3,709  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

     (569,277     (597,402  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     647,415       647,415    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,225,122     $ 1,225,122     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $                , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $                , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share of common stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

68


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 238,366,733 shares of our common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of June 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

46,217,478 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.23 per share;

 

   

6,885,356 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of June 30, 2020;

 

   

82,568 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs to be granted to our non-employee directors immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

 

   

our issuance of 72,479 shares of common stock in connection with an acquisition in July 2020;

 

   

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, including                new shares plus the number of shares (not to exceed                shares) (i) that remain available for grant of future awards under our 2019 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2020 Plan and will cease to be available for issuance under the 2019 Plan at the time our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective and (ii) underlying outstanding stock awards granted under our 2009 Plan or 2019 Plan that expire, or are forfeited, cancelled, withheld or reacquired;

 

   

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

750,000 shares of our common stock that we plan to donate to a charitable foundation after the completion of this offering.

Our 2020 Plan and 2020 ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

69


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 was $326.5 million, or $2.41 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2020 was $326.5 million, or $1.37 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of 102,717,396 shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 into an equal number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the vesting of 140,085 RSUs for which the service-based condition was satisfied as of June 30, 2020 and for which the liquidity event vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving further effect to the sale of            shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the repayment of our outstanding $125.0 million of indebtedness under our revolving credit facility, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 would have been approximately $                 million, or approximately $                 per share of common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $                 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of approximately $                 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

                        $                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2020

   $ 2.41    

(Decrease) per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     (1.04  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2020

     1.37    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $                 per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by

 

70


Table of Contents

approximately $                 per share, in each case, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $                 per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $                 per share, in each case assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $                 per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $                 per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $                 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of June 30, 2020, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares of common stock issued prior to this offering, and the price to be paid by new investors for shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

                                    $                               $                

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $          100   $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own     %, and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 238,366,733 shares of our common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of June 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

46,217,478 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.23 per share;

 

   

6,885,356 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of June 30, 2020;

 

   

82,568 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs to be granted to our non-employee directors immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

 

   

our issuance of 72,479 shares of common stock in connection with an acquisition in July 2020;

 

71


Table of Contents
   

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, including                new shares plus the number of shares (not to exceed                shares) (i) that remain available for grant of future awards under our 2019 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2020 Plan and will cease to be available for issuance under the 2019 Plan at the time our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective and (ii) underlying outstanding stock awards granted under our 2009 Plan or 2019 Plan that expire, or are forfeited, cancelled, withheld or reacquired;

 

   

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

750,000 shares of our common stock that we plan to donate to a charitable foundation after the completion of this offering.

Our 2020 Plan and 2020 ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, or new stock options are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of June 30, 2020, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $                 , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $                 . In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

72


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial and other data. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements, and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations. You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial and other data in this section is not intended to replace our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes and is qualified in their entirety by the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (dollars in thousands,
except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

        

Revenue

   $ 380,755     $ 541,779     $ 252,765     $ 351,325  

Cost of revenue(1)

     81,267       118,597       62,151       72,300  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     299,488       423,182       190,614       279,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development(1)

     204,071       255,928       118,798       166,859  

Sales and marketing(1)

     134,458       174,135       78,763       86,975  

General and administrative(1)

     91,260       143,788       53,410       77,473  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     429,789       573,851       250,971       331,307  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (130,301     (150,669     (60,357     (52,282

Interest expense

                       (788

Interest income and other income (expense), net

     (2,327     (2,573     (686     1,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (132,628     (153,242     (61,043     (51,876

Provision for income taxes

     (1,026     9,948       6,019       2,211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (131,602   $ (163,190   $ (67,062   $ (54,087
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted(2)

   $ (1.24   $ (2.39   $ (0.61   $ (0.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted(2)

     105,992       114,442       109,706       128,804  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

     $ (0.78     $ (0.34
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

       213,438         228,210  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Amounts include stock-based compensation expense, including stock-based compensation expense in connection with modified awards for certain employees of $288,000 and $13.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 
         2018              2019              2019              2020      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 2,777      $ 3,198      $ 1,650      $ 1,247  

Research and development

     9,514        13,521        5,861        10,779  

Sales and marketing

     3,916        6,124        2,681        4,124  

General and administrative

     4,706        21,637        4,584        5,504  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 20,913      $ 44,480      $ 14,776      $ 21,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate our basic and diluted net loss per share, basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

        

Cash

   $ 258,731     $ 129,959     $ 339,807     $ 453,258  

Working capital(1)

     184,890       30,889       235,823       339,901  

Total assets

     589,301       762,860       810,426       1,289,084  

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     65,509       96,576       75,006       107,590  

Total debt

                       124,449  

Convertible preferred stock

     600,114       686,559       725,032       836,529  

Accumulated deficit

     (352,000     (515,190     (419,062     (569,277

Total stockholders’ equity

     316,127       393,911       496,165       647,415  

 

(1)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

Key Metrics

We monitor the following key metrics to help us evaluate the health of our business, identify trends affecting our growth, formulate goals and objectives and make strategic decisions.

Customers Contributing More Than $100,000 of Revenue

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
         2018             2019             2019             2020      

Customers > $100,000 of revenue

     484       600       515       716  

% of revenue represented by customers > $100,000 of revenue

     68     74     71     74

We have a history of strong growth in our customer base. We focus on the number of customers that generated more than $100,000 of revenue in the trailing 12 months, as this segment of our customer base represents the majority of our revenue and revenue growth.

Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
         2018             2019             2019             2020      

Dollar-based net expansion rate

     124     133     129     142

 

74


Table of Contents

Our ability to drive growth and generate incremental revenue depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and grow our relationships with our Create and Operate Solutions customers and to increase their use of our platform. We track our performance by measuring our dollar-based net expansion rate, which compares our Create and Operate Solutions revenue from the same set of customers across comparable periods, calculated on a trailing 12-month basis.

Our dollar-based net expansion rate as of a period end is calculated as current period revenue divided by prior period revenue. Prior period revenue is the trailing 12-month revenue measured as of such prior period end and includes revenue from all customers that contributed revenue during such trailing 12-month period. Current period revenue is the trailing 12-month revenue from these same customers as of the current period end. Our dollar-based net expansion rate includes the effect of any customer renewals, expansion, contraction and churn but excludes revenue from new customers in the current period.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP performance financial measures, as described below, to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe the following non-GAAP measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance. We are presenting these non-GAAP financial measures because we believe, when taken collectively, they may be helpful to investors because they provide consistency and comparability with past financial performance.

However, non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in their usefulness to investors because they have no standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are not prepared under any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate similarly-titled non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. As a result, our non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP.

Non-GAAP Loss from Operations

We define non-GAAP loss from operations as loss from operations excluding stock-based compensation expense and amortization of acquired intangible assets. We use non-GAAP loss from operations in conjunction with traditional GAAP measures to evaluate our financial performance. We believe that non-GAAP loss from operations provides our management and investors consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations, as this metric excludes stock-based compensation expense and amortization of acquired intangible assets, which we do not consider to be indicative of our overall operating performance.

Non-GAAP loss from operations has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

it excludes expense associated with our equity compensation plan, although equity compensation has been, and will continue to be, an important part of our compensation strategy;

 

75


Table of Contents
   

it excludes the expense of amortization of acquired intangible assets, and although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being amortized may have to be replaced in the future and non-GAAP loss from operations does not reflect cash expenditure for such replacements; and

 

   

the expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of non-GAAP loss from operations may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from this measure or similarly-titled measures.

The following table presents a reconciliation of our non-GAAP loss from operations to our GAAP loss from operations, the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)  

Loss from operations

   $ (130,301   $ (150,669   $ (60,357   $ (52,282

Add:

        

Stock-based compensation expense(1)

     20,913       44,480       14,776       21,654  

Amortization of acquired intangibles(2)

     3,861       11,570       5,048       8,294  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP loss from operations

   $ (105,527   $ (94,619   $ (40,533   $ (22,334
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense in connection with modified awards for certain employees of $288,000 and $13.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense in connection with modified awards was not material for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

(2)

Consists of $3.4 million and $8.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $3.7 million and $6.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, related to research and development, and $0.4 million and $3.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $1.4 million and $2.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, related to sales and marketing.

Free Cash Flow

We define free cash flow as net cash used in operating activities less cash used for purchases of property and equipment. We believe that free cash flow is a useful indicator of liquidity as it measures our ability to generate cash, or our need to access additional sources of cash, to fund operations and investments.

Free cash flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

it is not a substitute for net cash used in operating activities;

 

   

other companies may calculate free cash flow or similarly titled non-GAAP measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of free cash flow as a tool for comparison; and

 

   

the utility of free cash flow is further limited as it does not reflect our future contractual commitments and does not represent the total increase or decrease in our cash balance for any given period.

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash used in operating activities, the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (81,059   $ (67,936   $ (19,756   $ (15,419

Less:

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (38,019     (27,035     (9,805     (19,275
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ (119,078   $ (94,971   $ (29,561   $ (34,694
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (40,043   $ (219,541   $ (127,012   $ (43,363

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 148,251     $ 161,472     $ 227,979     $ 387,405  

 

77


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements, such as those relating to our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and beliefs, that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Unity is the world’s leading platform for creating and operating interactive, real-time 3D content.

Our platform provides a comprehensive set of software solutions to create, run and monetize interactive, real-time 2D and 3D content for mobile phones, tablets, PCs, consoles, and augmented and virtual reality devices. As of June 30, 2020, we had approximately 1.5 million monthly active creators in over 190 countries and territories worldwide. The applications developed by these creators were downloaded over three billion times per month in 2019 on over 1.5 billion unique devices.

Our platform consists of two distinct, but connected and synergistic, sets of solutions: Create Solutions and Operate Solutions. Our Create Solutions are used by content creators—developers, artists, designers, engineers and architects—to create interactive, real-time 2D and 3D content. Content can be created once and deployed to more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, PlayStation, Xbox, Nintendo Switch, and the leading augmented and virtual reality platforms, among others. Our Operate Solutions offer customers the ability to grow and engage their end-user base, as well as run and monetize their content with the goal of optimizing end-user acquisition and operational costs while increasing the lifetime value of their end-users.

We launched our first game development engine in 2004, bringing together a set of tools, such as rendering, lighting, physics, sound, animation and user interface, that were designed to address the challenges faced by most game developers. Prior to Unity, developers primarily created these tools individually and repetitively across different target platforms, which was an expensive and time-consuming process. Unity made game development easier and faster.

Since our founding, we have achieved a number of milestones that secured our position as the leading platform for creating and operating interactive, real-time 3D content including:

 

   

We laid the foundation of our capability to create once and deploy anywhere in 2005 with seamless deployment to Mac OS and Microsoft Windows, the two leading computing platforms at the time.

 

   

We launched Unity Ads, the basis of our monetization products, in 2014 after we acquired Applifier, the maker of the Everyplay game video service, and Playnomics, a game industry analytics tool company.

 

   

We began to offer Create Solutions on a subscription basis in 2016.

 

   

We launched the Unified Auction within Unity Ads in 2017 to provide a broader access of advertising partners to include demand side platforms, or DSPs, optimizing revenue generation for our customers.

 

78


Table of Contents
   

We acquired Multiplay in 2017, which dramatically improves performance and scalability of cloud-hosted games and applications by dynamically choosing hosting alternatives in real-time.

 

   

We began investing in artist and designer tools, which we refer to as our Assisted Artistry products, in 2017 in order to reach and empower a broader audience of creators beyond developers.

 

   

We formed a partnership with PiXYZ in 2018 to enable industrial and automotive designers to quickly import, prepare and optimize large CAD, mesh and point cloud models for real-time visualization in Unity.

 

   

We created and deployed Unity Simulation in 2019, allowing creators to simulate game play and perform complex 3D spatial simulation in the cloud. Unity Simulation dramatically simplifies creators’ challenges in testing games and also opens new markets for Unity in AI simulation for customers doing AI research, autonomous driving and other use cases.

 

   

We acquired Vivox in 2019, a hosted voice and text service that enabled a monthly average of more than 120 million end-users in 2019 to communicate in real-time with each other across platforms such as iOS, Android, Windows, Mac and game consoles.

 

   

We began early roll-out of our new data-oriented technology stack, or DOTS, in 2019, which is optimized to address multi-core CPUs and GPUs, and will enable more complex games and applications to be created by our customers.

 

   

We developed and released Reflect in late 2019, which enables creators in architecture, engineering and construction to seamlessly import building information modeling, or BIM, data into Unity from design applications such as Autodesk Revit, to create real-time 3D experiences, leveraging augmented and virtual reality across multiple platforms.

 

   

We released MARS in mid-2020, which gives creators professional-grade workflows for augmented and virtual reality development. With MARS, creators are able to build, prototype and visualize data-oriented applications in real-time without leaving the Unity editor.

 

LOGO

We continue to invest in research and development and to pursue selective acquisitions and partnerships in order to enhance and expand our platform. Over the last two fiscal years, we have invested more than $450 million in research and development to build our platform. We had 1,879 employees involved in research and development and related activities as of June 30, 2020, which accounted for 56% of our total headcount.

 

79


Table of Contents

Our business has experienced rapid revenue growth in recent years. Our revenue grew from $380.8 million to $541.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 42%, and from $252.8 million to $351.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing period-over-period growth of 39%. We generated net losses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, of $131.6 million, $163.2 million, $67.1 million and $54.1 million respectively, which included $20.9 million, $44.5 million, $14.8 million and $21.7 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense. We reduced our net cash used in operating activities from $81.1 million to $67.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and from $19.8 million to $15.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Our Business Model

We generate subscription and associated professional services revenue from the sale of Create Solutions. We generate revenue-share and usage-based revenue from the sale of Operate Solutions. To a lesser extent, we also generate revenue from fixed fee, royalty and revenue-share arrangements through our Strategic Partnerships with hardware, operating system, device, game console, and other technology providers.

We serve customers of all sizes, at every stage of maturity, from individual creators to large enterprises, and we see opportunities for growth across all of these customer groups. However, we focus a substantial portion of our sales and marketing investments on initiatives directed at large enterprises that drive the majority of our revenue and our revenue growth in gaming as well as in other industries. Over 68%, 74%, 71% and 74% of our total revenue in 2018 and 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, came from customers that contributed more than $100,000 in trailing 12-month revenue. As of June 30, 2020, we had 716 of these customers and a gross retention rate of 99%, which we define as the percentage of these customers that we retained from the prior year.

We define a customer as an individual or entity that generated revenue during the measurement period. A single organization with multiple divisions, segments or subsidiaries is generally counted as a single customer, even though we may enter into commercial agreements with multiple parties within that organization. For example, one of our large enterprise customers is Zynga. We consider all Unity subscriptions and services purchased by Zynga-owned studios to be purchased by Zynga as a single customer.

Create Solutions

Our Create Solutions allow creators to develop interactive, real-time 2D and 3D games and applications. We generate Create Solutions revenue principally through the sale of subscriptions to our products and related support services. Additionally, we offer professional services to our larger enterprise customers to assist them in creating content and applications, largely based on fixed-fee contracts.

We have pricing models for our subscription plans designed to support creators at every stage of growth. Customers with more than $100,000 in annual revenue or funding purchase one of our paid plans, Unity Plus, Unity Pro or Unity Enterprise. Over two-thirds of our Create Solutions revenue in 2019 was generated from customers subscribing to our Unity Pro plan, which includes access to additional resources and support designed to meet the needs of our larger customers. Our Unity Plus plan is designed for customers at earlier stages of growth or earlier stages of adoption of interactive real-time 3D technology. Our free Unity Personal and Unity Student plans are designed for hobbyists, individual creators and verified students. Our range of plans allows us to retain customers as they grow and has driven our success in serving users and customers of all sizes in gaming as well as in other industries.

Our customers typically purchase one- to three-year subscriptions, billed in monthly, quarterly or annual installments. Independent creators and smaller studios typically subscribe to plans with a one-year

 

80


Table of Contents

term that are billed monthly. The majority of our subscription fees are billed in advance, and as such, we record deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet for unearned revenue and recognize this deferred revenue ratably over the subscription term. All subscription fees are non-refundable.

Operate Solutions

Our Operate Solutions consist of a portfolio of products and services that offer customers the ability to grow and engage their user bases, as well as to run and monetize their content, with the goal of optimizing end-user acquisition and operational costs while increasing the lifetime value of their end-users. Nearly all of our Operate Solutions can be used whether or not the content is built using our Create Solutions. Fees from our Operate Solutions are typically billed monthly.

A substantial majority of our Operate Solutions revenue is currently generated under a revenue-share model. The remainder is generated primarily as usage-based revenue. While the revenue generated by a specific customer’s use of our Operate Solutions may vary within a period and from period to period depending on, among other things, the popularity and timing of the customer’s games and applications, and the customer’s strategy for optimizing the use of our various products and services to increase the lifetime value of their end-users, our large and diverse customer base has improved the stability and predictability of our Operate Solutions revenue.

The revenue we derive from the portfolio of products and services that make up our Operate Solutions is directly aligned with the success of our customers. We generate more revenue as our customers increase the usage of their games and applications. Oftentimes, our customers on-board to our platform when they are early in their product development cycle through self-serve channels and with minimal upfront investments. They are able to quickly and easily scale their usage of our various products and services as their business grows.

Our monetization revenue is based on a revenue-share model. Our customers and advertisers use our end-user acquisition solutions to acquire new users on a pay-for-performance basis. Our customers use our monetization solutions to generate revenue through advertising and in-app purchases. We facilitate all of this through our real-time Unified Auction. We retain a share of the revenue that is generated through this auction.

Usage-based revenue primarily comes from our deltaDNA, Multiplay and Vivox products. The majority of revenue from deltaDNA is generated based on the number of active users in the application each month. We generate revenue from Multiplay based on a customer’s hosting needs, including use of storage, compute, processing and bandwidth. We generate revenue from Vivox by charging customers based on the number of peak concurrent users in any given month and offer the product for free for up to 5,000 concurrent users.

Strategic Partnerships and Other

We generate Strategic Partnerships revenue from agreements with hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers. We customize our software to make our platform interoperable with these partner platforms. These partnerships enable our creators to easily deploy their games and applications to relevant devices and platforms without the need for duplicative and time-consuming, platform-specific coding.

Our partnership agreements are tailored to the specific needs of each partner and range from deep technology collaborations and development services agreements to co-marketing and revenue share arrangements. The majority of our revenue-generating strategic partnership agreements involve fixed-fee service arrangements relating to development and integration services to enable our creators

 

81


Table of Contents

to deploy their games and applications on our partners’ platforms. Certain partnerships are also based on a revenue-share model, where we receive royalties based on the sales of games on partner platforms that incorporate our customized software.

Other revenue includes our share of sales from our Asset Store, a marketplace and scaled aggregator for software, content and tools used in the creation of real-time interactive games and applications, and from our Verified Solutions Partners, who sell software and tools that we certify for quality and compatibility with our platform.

Our Go-to-Market Model

We support our customers at every stage of growth and offer multiple on-ramps to our ecosystem through our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions. Once a customer is on our platform, we seek to expand our relationship with them in a variety of ways. We offer additional subscriptions and services to customers that use our Create Solutions, and we expand the usage rates of customers of our Operate Solutions. In addition, we cross-sell these solutions to our Operate Solutions and Create Solutions customers.

Our Create Solutions customers range from individuals, to independent small developers, to the largest global publishers, including AAA studios, as well as large organizations in industries outside of gaming. Our Operate Solutions customers today are typically engaged in gaming-related activities and range from individual developers to larger game studios. We expect our Operate Solutions customers in other industries to grow over time. In general, we employ a direct sales approach for customers that require a large number of subscriptions or have a high usage on our platform, and an online self-service approach for individual developers and smaller studios that require a smaller number of subscriptions or have lower usage on our platform. This structure allows us to effectively and efficiently market our solutions to creators of all sizes.

Our go-to-market approach varies by industry. In gaming, we have a 15-year history with significant brand equity within the game developer community. This has resulted in substantial grass-roots organic growth with lower customer acquisition costs. We focus our sales and marketing resources primarily on addressing our larger accounts, through our account-based marketing programs and direct sales force. We see a substantial opportunity to replace in-house game development and operations technologies utilized by larger game development studios. As customers increasingly focus on their core business of content creation, we provide an alternative to the distracting and expensive maintenance of an ever-evolving set of technology tools, by replacing in-house proprietary technologies with our solutions.

We also dedicate both product development and sales and marketing resources to cross-selling between customers of our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions. We have customers that onboard to our platform through our Operate Solutions and subsequently subscribe to our Create Solutions. Conversely, we have customers that onboard to our platform using our Create Solutions and later augment their subscriptions with our Operate Solutions. For the year ended December 31, 2019, and for the six months ended June 30, 2020, 63% and 64%, respectively, of our Operate Solutions revenue that came from customers with over $100,000 in annual revenue was from customers that also used our Create Solutions. For the same periods, 36% and 33%, respectively, of our Create Solutions revenue from customers with over $100,000 in annual revenue was from customers that also used our Operate Solutions. We are investing in product, sales and marketing to address this substantial opportunity for revenue expansion. As one example, we are implementing marketing mechanisms inside our products to intelligently cross-sell solutions.

We are building our direct sales and marketing efforts to onboard customers in other industries and drive subsequent subscription expansion and product usage. Because the use of real-time 3D

 

82


Table of Contents

technology in other industries is still emerging, these sales cycles are longer and more resource intensive. We expect the sales and marketing resources we dedicate to this effort to increase over time.

As a result of both organic demand and our sales and marketing investments, we have achieved a diversified global revenue base. In the year ended December 31, 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2020, 34% and 38%, respectively, of our revenue was generated by customers in EMEA, 33% and 32%, respectively, of our revenue was generated by customers in Asia-Pacific and 33% and 30%, respectively, of our revenue was generated by customers in the Americas.

We see growth opportunities in all of our major markets and will continue to invest across the globe by augmenting our sales teams and adding capabilities to serve the unique needs of local markets.

Key Metrics

We monitor the following key metrics to help us evaluate the health of our business, identify trends affecting our growth, formulate goals and objectives and make strategic decisions.

Customers Contributing More Than $100,000 of Revenue

We have a history of strong growth in our customer base. We focus on the number of customers that generated more than $100,000 of revenue in the trailing 12 months, as this segment of our customer base represents the majority of our revenue and revenue growth. We expect that trend to continue. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and June 30, 2019 and 2020, we had 484, 600, 515 and 716 of such customers, respectively, demonstrating our strong and growing penetration of larger enterprises, including AAA gaming studios, and large organizations in industries beyond gaming. For both fiscal years 2018 and 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, no one customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue.

 

                                                   
     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2018      2019      2019      2020  

Customers > $100,000 of revenue

     484        600        515        716  

% of revenue represented by customers > $100,000 of revenue

     68%        74%        71%        74%  

The growth in the percentage of trailing 12-month revenue from customers contributing over $100,000 of trailing 12-month revenue from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, and from June 30, 2019 to June 30, 2020 was driven by expanded usage of our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions among existing customers, as well as growth in the number of new customers that contributed more than $100,000 of revenue. The charts below illustrate the growth in our customers contributing more than $100,000 of trailing 12-month revenue, and the percentage of trailing 12-month revenue represented by such customers, as of the end of each of the last ten quarters.

Customers > $100,000 Revenue Over Time

LOGO

 

83


Table of Contents

% of Revenue Represented by Customers > $100,000 Revenue Over Time

 

LOGO

Our number of customers that generated more than $100,000 of trailing 12-month revenue in the trailing 12 months has increased sequentially as of the end of each period presented above primarily driven by expanded usage of our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions among existing customers as evidenced by our dollar-based net expansion rate, as well as growth in the number of new customers that contributed more than $100,000 of revenue.

The percentage of revenue represented by customers that generated more than $100,000 of trailing 12-month revenue has generally increased sequentially as of the end of each period presented above primarily driven by the continued dollar expansion of those customers.

Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

Our ability to drive growth and generate incremental revenue depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and grow our relationships with our Create and Operate Solutions customers and to increase their use of our platform. We track our performance by measuring our dollar-based net expansion rate, which compares our Create and Operate Solutions revenue from the same set of customers across comparable periods, calculated on a trailing 12-month basis.

Our dollar-based net expansion rate as of a period end is calculated as current period revenue divided by prior period revenue. Prior period revenue is the trailing 12-month revenue measured as of such prior period end and includes revenue from all customers that contributed revenue during such trailing 12-month period. Current period revenue is the trailing 12-month revenue from these same customers as of the current period end. Our dollar-based net expansion rate includes the effect of any customer renewals, expansion, contraction and churn but excludes revenue from new customers in the current period.

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
         2018             2019             2019             2020      

Dollar-based net expansion rate

     124     133     129     142

Our dollar-based net expansion rate as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and as of June 30, 2019 and 2020, was driven primarily by the sales of additional subscriptions and services to our existing Create Solutions customers, expanded usage among our existing Operate Solutions customers, and improvements in cross-selling our solutions to all of our customers. In 2019 and the first half of 2020, increased usage of Operate Solutions drove the improvement in our dollar-based net expansion rate.

The chart below illustrates our strong relationship with existing customers by presenting our dollar-based net expansion rate as of the end of each of the past ten quarters.

 

84


Table of Contents

Dollar-based Net Expansion Rate Over Time

 

LOGO

Our dollar-based net expansion rate can fluctuate from period to period due to a number of factors, including but not limited to: the launch of significant new monetization or cloud-based initiatives by customers; the overall success of our customers’ applications; or the loss of a single large customer account. Our dollar-based net expansion rate as of the end of the second quarter of 2020 was largely driven by increased use of our Operate Solutions by existing customers following the implementation of COVID-19’s shelter-in-place orders, resulting in higher levels of end-user engagement in Operate Solutions. However, as increased demand for our Operate Solutions will likely moderate over time as shelter-in-place orders and other related measures and community practices evolve, our dollar-based net expansion rate as of the end of the second quarter of 2020 may not be indicative of our dollar-based net expansion rate in future periods. In addition, future changes expected to be implemented by Apple could impact our Operate Solutions revenue and dollar-based net expansion rate. See “—Components of Results of Operations—Revenue—Operate Solutions.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information, including the limitations of such measures and a reconciliation of Non-GAAP loss from operations to loss from operations and of free cash flow to net cash used in operating activities.

Non-GAAP Loss from Operations

Non-GAAP loss from operations is a key performance measure that our management uses to assess our operating performance and our progress towards our goal of operating profitability. We define non-GAAP loss from operations as loss from operations excluding stock-based compensation expense and amortization of acquired intangible assets. We use non-GAAP loss from operations in conjunction with traditional GAAP measures to evaluate our financial performance. We believe that non-GAAP loss from operations provides our management and investors consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations, as these metrics generally eliminate the effects of certain variables unrelated to our overall operating results.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
     (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP loss from operations

   $ (105,527   $ (94,619   $ (40,533   $ (22,334

Our non-GAAP loss from operations decreased from 2018 to 2019 and from the six months ended June 30, 2019 to the six months ended June 30, 2020 primarily as a result of revenue growth and improvement in our operating leverage within research and development and sales and marketing.

 

85


Table of Contents

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is a key performance measure that our management uses to assess our operating performance and our progress towards our goal of positive free cash flow. We define free cash flow as net cash used in operating activities less cash used for purchases of property and equipment. We believe that free cash flow is a useful indicator of liquidity as it measures our ability to generate cash, or our need to access additional sources of cash, to fund operations and investments.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
     (in thousands)  

Free cash flow

   $ (119,078   $ (94,971   $ (29,561   $ (34,694

The improvement in our free cash flow from 2018 to 2019 was a result of a decrease in net cash used in operating activities, primarily due to increased revenue, as well as a decrease in facilities-related capital expenditures, in 2019. The decrease in our free cash flow for the six months ended June 30, 2020 as compared to the six month ended June 30, 2019 was primarily the result of an increase in facilities-related capital expenditures. We expect our free cash flow to fluctuate in future periods with changes in our operating expenses, and as we purchase equipment to support our employees and on-going research and development efforts and invest in new and existing office space to support our headcount growth.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our growth and financial performance are dependent upon many factors, including the key factors described below.

Adoption of our Solutions by Enterprise Customers over Legacy and Proprietary Technologies

Legacy and proprietary technologies for content creation and operation are often siloed and outdated, and lack integration with modern platforms. Creators face performance limitations and have limited or no ability to operate content or to acquire and monetize end-users using these technologies. However, the users of many of these legacy and proprietary technologies have typically made substantial investments in these tools and practices and are often slow to abandon them. As a result, our enterprise sales cycle, particularly for our Create Solutions, can be long and complex.

We believe the limitations of legacy and proprietary tools for content creation and multi-platform distribution, coupled with growing demand for better ways to run and monetize, will drive a continued transition from in-house, proprietary technologies to our solutions, both in gaming and in other industries, representing an attractive long-term opportunity for us. In particular, we believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our penetration among larger enterprise customers. We launched Unity Enterprise in 2019 to provide scalability and greater administrative controls to address the needs of more complex content operations. We are investing in direct sales, product development, customer support, education and other capabilities to drive an increase in enterprise adoption of our platform, which may impact our profitability as we seek further scale.

Retention and Expansion of Existing Customers

Our ability to increase revenue depends in part on retaining our existing customers and expanding their adoption and usage of our platform. Within gaming, many of our enterprise customers are publishers with multiple studios. We grow subscriptions by expanding within and across multiple studios inside a single publisher. Oftentimes when one studio experiences better quality content,

 

86


Table of Contents

improved efficiency, higher return on investment on customer acquisition, or better monetization of end-users through the use of our solutions, other studios within the publisher’s portfolio also begin to adopt Unity. Additionally, much of Unity’s use today is with developers in gaming studios. As we launch more artist products, such as ArtEngine, and additional workflows, we expect to grow our adoption by artists within existing customers. We invest in targeted sales and account-based marketing efforts to identify and showcase these opportunities to customers.

We also grow as our existing customers purchase additional Unity solutions. We have customers that adopt our platform via our Operate Solutions that subsequently subscribe to our Create Solutions. Conversely, we have customers that onboard to our platform using our Create Solutions and later augment their subscriptions with our Operate Solutions.

Real-time 3D content that is built and operated with Unity is increasingly being delivered as a live online service, rather than a finished product that is shipped or downloaded only once. Creators use Unity to iteratively design and deliver updates in real-time, leveraging end-user feedback, and successfully increasing the longevity and relevance of content over many years. As a result of this iterative product development and content delivery process, our customers rely more heavily on our Create Solutions for longer periods of time, and we believe these customers are more likely to adopt our Operate Solutions.

Customer Cohort Analysis

The chart below illustrates our successful historical customer expansion by presenting the revenue from our Create and Operate Solutions customers over the last four years. Each customer cohort represents the customers that made their initial purchase from us in a given year. For example, the 2018 cohort includes all customers that joined us as new customers between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018. Trailing 12-month revenue contribution from this cohort increased from $21.4 million as of December 31, 2018 to $57.0 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an expansion of 266%.

 

LOGO

 

87


Table of Contents

Acquisition of New Gaming Customers

We are focused on growing the number of customers that use our platform. Our operating results and growth prospects will depend in part on our ability to attract these new customers. We believe there is substantial opportunity for us to increase our market share in gaming across all customer types from large publishers to independent creators. Large global publishers, including AAA studios, find using Unity to be more efficient and productive than building the same technology in-house, while independent developers and freelance artists use Unity to create and operate content where they would not otherwise have had the resources to do so independently.

Revenue from our Operate Solutions is primarily based on revenue-share and usage. Accordingly, we rely to a significant extent on the success of our customers and on the addition of new customers with the most widely used games and applications. The more we grow our large and diverse customer base, the more resiliency and predictability we achieve in our Operate Solutions revenue.

Acquisition of New Customers in Industries Beyond Gaming

Industries beyond gaming are increasingly embracing interactive real-time 3D content. Our Reflect product allows designers and building engineers working on different systems to bring their data sets into one project, while maintaining a live connection to original design models. They can seamlessly transfer building information modeling, or BIM, data into Unity to create real-time 3D experiences across multiple platforms, including augmented and virtual reality. We will continue to invest in the creation of new products that will expand our platform into several new industries, including architecture, engineering, construction, automotive, transportation, manufacturing, film, television and retail, and across use cases, including automobile and building design, online and augmented reality product configurators, autonomous driving simulation and augmented reality workplace safety training, among others. While customers in these industries are newer to our platform, our early traction with large brands and companies demonstrates the broader appeal of our solutions, and we expect this to be a major growth driver over time. We expect that our near-term growth in these industries will be in our Create Solutions as well as Strategic Partnerships. As of December 31, 2019, 48, or 8%, of our 600 customers contributing more than $100,000 in trailing 12-month revenue were in industries beyond gaming. As of June 30, 2020, we had more than 750 customers in industries beyond gaming, and 60, or 8%, of our 716 customers contributing more than $100,000 in trailing 12-month revenue were in industries beyond gaming.

Our investments to expand into industries beyond gaming will contribute to our growth in operating expenses. We expect to invest significant research and development resources, and to acquire products, teams and technologies, to meet the needs of these customers. We also plan to increase our sales and marketing efforts in certain industries that require different go-to-market strategies. These investments will occur in advance of our realization of significant revenue that may be derived from these strategies. We expect our operating margins will improve over the long term but may fluctuate from time to time in part as a result of these investments.

Investing in Technology Innovation for Growth

We will continue to innovate with new products, features and functionality, and will support the efforts of third parties to integrate their applications with our platform. We continue to invest research and development resources to add features, automation, visualization, collaboration and experiential capabilities to our Create Solutions, and to grow the number of use cases for our products. We will continue to complement our Create Solutions with an integrated set of Operate Solutions tailored to a variety of industries and platforms. These investments may reduce our profitability in the near-term as we build the foundations of future growth.

In addition to our ongoing investment in research and development, we will also pursue acquisitions of products, teams and technologies that complement and expand the functionality of our platform, add to our

 

88


Table of Contents

technology expertise or bolster our leadership position by gaining access to new customers or markets. Additionally, although the significant majority of our revenue growth has been organic, we have completed over a dozen acquisitions to date. Acquisitions have primarily included smaller teams with specific product expertise. Our Applifier, deltaDNA, Finger Food, Multiplay and Vivox acquisitions brought greater functionality into our platform, added key innovation talent to our team and furthered our goal of being the one-stop integrated platform for all creator needs. By developing and acquiring new technologies, we are able to address more of our creators’ day-to-day needs, enabling them to deliver relevant content to end-users as consumer devices and platforms continue to evolve. We believe both organic development and acquisitions are core competencies for us, and we intend to use both to drive increased value for our customers and improvements to our results of operations.

Impact of COVID-19

While our results of operations, cash flows or financial condition have not been adversely impacted to date, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused general business disruption worldwide beginning in January 2020. The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted. Although we have and may continue to experience a modest adverse impact on our sales of Create Solutions as well as our Strategic Partnerships, we have seen an increase in demand for our portfolio of products and services within Operate Solutions following the implementation of shelter-in-place orders to mitigate the outbreak of COVID-19, which has resulted in higher levels of end-user engagement in Operate Solutions. However, this increased demand for our Operate Solutions will likely moderate over time as shelter-in-place orders and other related measures and community practices evolve. Further, as certain of our customers or partners experience downturns or uncertainty in their own business operations or revenue resulting from the spread of COVID-19, they may decrease or delay their spending, request pricing concessions, or seek renegotiations of their contracts, any of which may result in decreased revenue for us. In addition, we may experience customer losses, including due to bankruptcy or our customers ceasing operations, which may result in an inability to collect receivables from these customers. In addition, in response to the spread of COVID-19, we are requiring or have required substantially all of our employees to work remotely to minimize the risk of the virus to our employees and the communities in which we operate, and we may take further actions as may be required by government authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers and business partners.

The global impact of COVID-19 continues to rapidly evolve, and we will continue to monitor the situation and the effects on our business and operations closely. We do not yet know the full extent of potential impacts on our business or operations or on the global economy as a whole, particularly if the COVID-19 pandemic continues and persists for an extended period of time. Given the uncertainty, we cannot reasonably estimate the impact on our future results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. The effect of the COVID-19 pandemic will not be reflected in our results of operations and overall financial performance until future periods. For additional details, refer to the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive revenue from Create Solutions, Operate Solutions and Strategic Partnerships and Other.

 

89


Table of Contents

Create Solutions

We generate Create Solutions revenue principally through the sale of subscription fee arrangements for the use of our products and related support services.

We offer subscription plans at various price points and recognize revenue over a service period that generally ranges from one to three years. We typically bill our customers on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis, depending on the size of the contract. As a result of billing our customers in advance, we record deferred revenue, and a portion of the revenue we report in each period is attributable to the recognition of deferred revenue related to subscription and support agreements that we entered into during previous periods.

We generate additional Create Solutions revenue from the sale of professional services to our subscription customers. These services primarily consist of consulting, integration, training and custom application and workflow development, and may be billed in advance or on a time and materials basis.

Operate Solutions

We generate Operate Solutions revenue through a combination of revenue-share and usage-based business models that we manage as a portfolio of products and services.

Our monetization products are primarily based on a revenue-share model. These products were introduced in 2014 as our first set of Operate Solutions products and currently account for a substantial majority of our Operate Solutions revenue. We recognize monetization revenue primarily when an end-user installs an application after seeing an advertisement (contracted on a cost-per-install basis), and to a lesser extent when an advertisement starts (contracted on a cost-per-impression basis). Our revenue represents the amount we retain from the transaction we are facilitating through our Unified Auction. Actions by operating system platform providers or application stores such as Apple or Google may affect the manner in which we or our customers collect, use and share data from end-user devices. In June 2020, Apple announced plans to require applications using its mobile operating system, iOS, to affirmatively (on an opt-in basis) obtain an end-user’s permission to “track them across apps or websites owned by other companies” or access their device’s advertising identifier for advertising and advertising measurement purposes, as well as other restrictions. We expect that Apple may implement these changes as early as fall of 2020. The timing and manner in which these plans will be implemented and the effect on our revenue are not yet clear, but these changes could adversely affect our revenue from our monetization products and potentially other Operate Solutions.

We also provide cloud-based services to support the on-going operation of games and applications. These include application hosting services, as well as end-user engagement tools and voice chat services. These services are generally sold based on usage and billed monthly in arrears. Some of our usage-based contracts include a minimum fixed-fee usage amount. We expect that our Operate Solutions beyond monetization, including cloud operations and hosting services, such as Multiplay, which we introduced in 2018, as well as Vivox and deltaDNA, both introduced in 2019, will grow as a percentage of our revenue over time as we further scale these newer products and services and as we launch additional solutions for gaming customers as well as customers in other industries.

Strategic Partnerships and Other

We generate Strategic Partnerships revenue principally from partnership contracts with hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers. Typically, we recognize revenue from these contracts as services are performed. These partnerships are typically multi-year software development arrangements with payments that are either made in advance on a quarterly basis or milestone-based. In addition, certain partners pay us royalties based on the sales of their products that incorporate or use our customized software.

 

90


Table of Contents

We generate Other revenue principally from our share of sales from our Asset Store, a marketplace and scaled aggregator for software, content and tools used in the creation of real-time interactive games and applications, and from our Verified Solutions Partners, which sell software and tools certified for quality and compatibility with our platform.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of hosting expenses, personnel costs (including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation) for employees associated with our product support and professional services organizations, allocated overhead (including facilities, information technology and security costs), third party license fees and credit card fees, as well as amortization of related capitalized software and depreciation of related property and equipment. As discussed in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements, upon completion of this offering, we will record cumulative stock-based compensation expense for RSUs subject to service- and liquidity event-based vesting conditions for which the service condition has been satisfied prior to this offering. We estimate this amount to be $47.5 million, which will be allocated between cost of revenue and operating expenses. We expect to recognize the remaining $113.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for these RSUs over a weighted-average period of 2.22 years.

Gross Profit

Gross profit, or revenue less cost of revenue, has been and will continue to be affected by various factors, including our product mix, the costs associated with third-party hosting services and the extent to which we expand and drive efficiencies in our professional services and customer support organizations. We expect our gross profit to increase in absolute dollars, but we expect our gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, to fluctuate from period to period.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. The most significant component of our operating expenses is personnel-related costs, including salaries and wages, sales commissions, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation and payroll taxes.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs for the design and development of our platform, third-party software services, professional services and allocated overhead. We expense research and development expenses as they are incurred. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars and may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period as we expand our teams to develop new products, expand features and functionality with existing products and enter new markets.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs; advertising and marketing programs, including events such as developer centric conferences and our annual Unite user conferences; and allocated overhead. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we hire additional personnel, increase our account-based marketing, direct marketing and community outreach activities, invest in additional tools and technologies and continue to build brand awareness. Our expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period.

 

91


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs for finance, legal, human resources and administrative employees; professional fees for external legal, accounting and other professional services; and allocated overhead. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars and may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period as we scale to support the growth of our business. Furthermore, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with our Credit Agreement.

Interest Income and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest income and other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash and transaction gains and losses related to the impact of transactions denominated in a foreign currency other than the functional currencies of our legal entities. As we have expanded our global operations, our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies has increased, and we expect this to continue.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. As we have expanded our global operations, we have incurred increased foreign tax expense, and we expect this to continue. We have a valuation allowance against certain of our deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development. Our overall effective income tax rate in future periods may be affected by the geographic mix of earnings in the countries in which we operate. Our future effective tax rate may also be affected by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations or accounting principles in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

92


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2018                 2019                 2019                 2020        
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 380,755     $ 541,779     $ 252,765     $ 351,325  

Cost of revenue(1)

     81,267       118,597       62,151       72,300  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     299,488       423,182       190,614       279,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development(1)

     204,071       255,928       118,798       166,859  

Sales and marketing(1)

     134,458       174,135       78,763       86,975  

General and administrative(1)

     91,260       143,788       53,410       77,473  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     429,789       573,851       250,971       331,307  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (130,301     (150,669     (60,357     (52,282

Interest expense

                       (788

Interest income and other income (expense), net

     (2,327     (2,573     (686     1,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (132,628     (153,242     (61,043     (51,876

Provision for income taxes

     (1,026     9,948       6,019       2,211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (131,602   $ (163,190   $ (67,062   $ (54,087
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include stock-based compensation expense, including stock-based compensation expense in connection with modified awards for certain employees of $0.3 million and $13.5 million, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 2,777      $ 3,198      $ 1,650      $ 1,247  

Research and development

     9,514        13,521        5,861        10,779  

Sales and marketing

     3,916        6,124        2,681        4,124  

General and administrative

     4,706        21,637        4,584        5,504  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 20,913      $ 44,480      $ 14,776      $ 21,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the components of our statements of operations data, for each of the periods presented, as a percentage of revenue.

 

                               
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     21       22       25       21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     79       78       75       79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     54       47       47       47  

Sales and marketing

     35       32       31       25  

General and administrative

     24       27       21       22  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     113       106       99       94  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (34     (28     (24     (15

Interest expense

                       (0

Interest income and other income (expense), net

     (1     (0     (0     0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (35     (28     (24     (15

Provision for income taxes

           2       2       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (35 )%      (30 )%      (26 )%      (16 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2019 and 2020

Revenue

 

                                                                           
     Six Months Ended June 30,            % Change  
     2019      2020      $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Create Solutions

   $ 77,570      $ 101,787      $ 24,217       31

Operate Solutions

     137,082        216,881        79,799       58

Strategic Partnerships and Other

     38,113        32,657        (5,456     (14 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $     252,765      $     351,325      $     98,560       39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

The increase in revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019 was substantially due to increased revenue from existing customers and revenue from new customers. In the six months ended June 30, 2020, 25% and 81% of the increase in revenue was driven by an increase in revenue from our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions, respectively, offsetting a decrease in Strategic Partnership revenue due primarily to deal delays resulting from the impact of COVID-19 and the retirement of certain partners’ product offerings. Within Create Solutions, our revenue growth was offset in part due to a slowdown of sales cycles and professional services delivery in the first quarter of 2020 resulting from COVID-19 shelter in place restrictions, primarily in Asia. Within Operate Solutions, the substantial majority of our revenue growth was driven by an increase in revenue per customer as customers increased their usage across our portfolio of products and services due in part to the higher levels of end-user engagement as a result of COVID-19 shelter-in-place orders. While our newer products and services, such as Vivox and deltaDNA, contributed less than 10% of our revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we expect that these and other products and services will grow as a percentage of our revenue over time. In terms of geography, the increase in revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019 was driven by growth of 19% in the Americas, 52% in EMEA and 48% in APAC.

 

94


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

                                                                           
     Six Months Ended June 30,             % Change  
     2019      2020      $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Cost of revenue

   $ 62,151      $ 72,300      $ 10,149        16%  

Gross profit

   $     190,614      $     279,025      $       88,411        46%  

Gross margin

     75      79         4%  

Cost of revenue increased primarily as a result of an increase of $5.4 million in hosting costs supporting our growth in our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions, and an increase of $4.5 million in personnel-related expenses and professional services to support our Create Solutions and Strategic Partnerships.

Gross margin increased in the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019, primarily as a result of efficiencies in hosting costs, partially offset by higher personnel-related costs to support platform compatibility for our Strategic Partnerships.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

                                                                           
     Six Months Ended June 30,             % Change  
     2019      2020      $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Research and development

   $     118,798      $     166,859      $         48,061        40%  

The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $36.9 million, driven by an increase in headcount to support continued product innovation. In addition, IT hosting expenses increased by $5.0 million due to growing cloud and hosting usage, and intangible asset amortization expense increased $3.2 million as a result of increases to our acquired identified intangible assets from business combinations.

Sales and Marketing

 

                                                                           
     Six Months Ended June 30,             % Change  
     2019      2020      $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Sales and marketing

   $     78,763      $     86,975      $         8,212        10%  

The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $11.9 million, driven by an increase in headcount to support the growth of our sales teams. In addition, intangible asset amortization expense increased by $1.0 million as a result of increases to our acquired identifiable intangible assets from business combinations. These increases were partially offset by a $5.7 million reduction in conference expenses due to event cancellations related to COVID-19.

General and Administrative

 

                                                                           
     Six Months Ended June 30,             % Change  
     2019      2020      $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

General and administrative

   $     53,410      $     77,473      $       24,063        45%  

 

95


Table of Contents

The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $11.7 million, driven by an increase in headcount to support the growth of our finance, accounting, human resources, IT and legal functions in advance of our public offering. These costs included an increase of $0.9 million in stock-based compensation expense. In addition, professional services expense increased $5.1 million to support legal matters and our acquisition activities, as well as other ongoing general and administrative activities. Hardware and software expense also increased $2.4 million to support the build out of our internal information and technology systems. Other increases included $1.5 million in bad debt expense and a $0.9 million impairment charge on our operating lease right-of-use assets.

Interest Expense

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,             % Change  
     2019      2020      $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Interest expense

   $             —        $          (788)        $          (788)        NM  

Interest expense was recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2020 on the outstanding balance from our $125 million credit facility, which was fully drawn down in March 2020. We had no outstanding debt during 2019.

Interest Income and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,             % Change  
     2019      2020      $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Interest income and other income (expense), net

   $           (686)      $         1,194      $         1,880        274%  

The increase in interest income and other (income) expense, net was primarily driven by gains on foreign currency transactions.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,             % Change  
     2019      2020      $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Provision for income taxes

   $         6,019      $         2,211        $      (3,808)        (63)%  

For the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, our income tax expense was $6.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively. Our effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2020 of (4.3)% differs from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to losses in the United States and Denmark for which corresponding tax benefits were not recognized due to the valuation allowance maintained in both jurisdictions, reversal of unrecognized tax benefits due to statute of limitation expiration, and income in non-U.S. jurisdictions that is taxed at rates that differ from the U.S. tax rate. The provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2020 differs from the six months ended June 30, 2019 primarily due to an intercompany transaction with our subsidiary in Finland in 2019 which resulted in an $8.5 million tax expense.

As of June 30, 2020, we had net unrecognized tax benefits of $36.3 million of which $7.7 million were accrued as other liabilities and $28.6 million were recorded against deferred tax assets. If recognized in the future, the $7.7 million of accrued other liabilities would favorably impact the effective tax rate.

 

96


Table of Contents

These unrecognized tax benefits were predominantly accrued for uncertainties related to research and development tax credits, withholding taxes and transfer pricing. We believe that adequate amounts have been reserved in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 740, Income Taxes, for any adjustments to the provision for income taxes or other tax items that may ultimately result from our tax audits. The ultimate settlement of these unrecognized tax benefits will depend upon resolution of tax audits, litigation or events that would otherwise change the assessment of such items. The timing of the resolution, settlement and closure of any audits is highly uncertain, and it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could significantly change in the next 12 months. If the taxing authorities prevail in the assessment of additional tax due, the assessed tax, interest and penalties, if any, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

On June 29, 2020, the California Governor signed into law the 2020 Budget Act. The 2020 Budget Act temporarily suspends the utilization of net operating losses and limits the utilization of research credits to $5.0 million annually for 2020, 2021 and 2022. We are continuing to assess the 2020 Budget Act, but we currently do not expect any material impact to our condensed consolidated financial statements.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,             % Change  
             2018                      2019              $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Create Solutions

   $ 125,539      $ 168,626      $ 43,087        34

Operate Solutions

     184,405        293,317        108,912        59

Strategic Partnerships and Other

     70,811        79,836        9,025        13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 380,755      $ 541,779      $ 161,024        42
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

The increase in revenue in 2019 compared to 2018 was substantially due to increased revenue from existing customers, which accounted for approximately 71% of the total increase in revenue, and revenue from new customers, which accounted for approximately 29% of the total increase in revenue. In 2019, 68% and 27% of the increase in revenue was driven by an increase in revenue from our Operate Solutions and Create Solutions, respectively. Within Operate Solutions, the substantial majority of our revenue growth was driven by an increase in revenue per customer as customers increased their usage across our portfolio of products and services, as well as an increase in the number of customers. Our acquisitions in 2019, including Vivox and deltaDNA, which we completed in the first and third quarters of 2019, respectively, contributed less than 10% of our revenue in 2019. We expect that our Operate Solutions outside of monetization will grow as a percentage of our revenue over time as we build out the portfolio and further scale these products and services. In terms of geography, the increase in revenue in 2019 compared to 2018 was driven by growth of 35% in the Americas, 51% in EMEA and 41% in APAC.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,            % Change  
             2018                     2019             $ Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Cost of revenue

   $ 81,267     $ 118,597     $ 37,330        46

Gross profit

   $ 299,488     $ 423,182     $ 123,694        41

Gross margin

     79     78        (1 )% 

 

97


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue increased primarily as a result of an increase of $23.1 million in hosting costs supporting our growth in Create and Operate Solutions, and an increase of $11.1 million in personnel-related expenses, primarily due to an increase in headcount supporting our Create Solutions.

Gross margin decreased in 2019 compared to 2018, primarily as a result of higher personnel-related costs to support platform compatibility for our strategic partnerships, partially offset by efficiencies in hosting costs.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,      $ Change      % Change  
             2018                      2019          
     (dollars in thousands)         

Research and development

   $ 204,071      $ 255,928      $ 51,857        25

The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $39.1 million, driven by an increase in headcount to support additional features and capabilities within our Create and Operate Solutions. In addition, technology-related costs primarily related to software tools used by our engineers accounted for $4.5 million of the increase and professional services used to augment our internal engineering resources and broaden our research and development expertise accounted for $2.3 million of the increase.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,      $ Change      % Change  
             2018                      2019          
     (dollars in thousands)         

Sales and marketing

   $ 134,458      $ 174,135      $ 39,677        30

The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $29.4 million, driven by an increase in headcount to support the growth of our sales teams. In addition, travel and entertainment expenses for our global sales team increased by $3.1 million, expenses for customer events, such as Unite and developer centric conferences, increased by $1.9 million and expenses from additional investments in software and tools increased by $1.5 million.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,      $ Change      % Change  
             2018                      2019          
     (dollars in thousands)         

General and administrative

   $ 91,260      $ 143,788      $ 52,528        58

The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related costs of $34.5 million, driven by an increase in headcount to support the growth of our finance, accounting, HR, IT and legal functions in advance of our public offering. These costs included an increase of $16.9 million in stock-based compensation expense, of which $13.5 million was related to a one-time expense as part of a separation agreement. In addition, professional services expense increased $6.0 million to support legal matters and our acquisition activities, as well as other ongoing general and administrative activities. Hardware and software expense also increased $7.7 million to support the build out of our information and technology systems.

 

98


Table of Contents

Interest and Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,     $ Change     % Change  
             2018                     2019          
     (dollars in thousands)        

Interest and other expense, net

   $ (2,327   $ (2,573   $ (246     (11 )% 

The increase in interest and other expense, net was primarily driven by losses on foreign currency transactions.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,      $ Change      % Change  
             2018                     2019          
     (dollars in thousands)         

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ (1,026   $ 9,948      $ 10,974        NM  

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, our income tax expense was $9.9 million and $(1.0) million, respectively. Our 2019 effective tax rate of (6.49)% differs from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to losses in the United States and Denmark for which corresponding tax benefits were not recognized due to the valuation allowance maintained in both jurisdictions, as well as income in non-U.S. jurisdictions that is taxed at rates that differ from the U.S. tax rate. Additionally, an income tax benefit of $7.9 million was recognized from a release of a valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets in connection with business combinations that occurred in 2019. The provision for income taxes in 2019 differs from 2018 primarily due to an intercompany transaction with our subsidiary in Finland which resulted in an $8.6 million tax expense.

As of December 31, 2019, we had net unrecognized tax benefits of $37.4 million of which $8.4 million were accrued as other liabilities and $29.0 million were recorded against deferred tax assets. If recognized in the future, the $8.4 million of accrued other liabilities would favorably impact the effective tax rate.

These unrecognized tax benefits were predominantly accrued for uncertainties related to research and development tax credits, withholding taxes and transfer pricing. We believe that adequate amounts have been reserved in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 740, Income Taxes, for any adjustments to the provision for income taxes or other tax items that may ultimately result from these examinations. The ultimate settlement of these unrecognized tax benefits will depend upon resolution of tax audits, litigation or events that would otherwise change the assessment of such items. The timing of the resolution, settlement and closure of any audits is highly uncertain, and it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could significantly change in the next 12 months. If the taxing authorities prevail in the assessment of additional tax due, the assessed tax, interest and penalties, if any, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of our revenue for each quarter presented. The information for each quarter has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and reflects, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair presentation of the

 

99


Table of Contents

financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 80,051     $ 88,973     $ 95,235     $  116,496     $  123,392     $  129,373     $  130,943     $  158,071     $  166,994     $  184,331  

Cost of revenue

    16,541       18,011       20,049       26,666       33,102       29,049       26,451       29,995       31,868       40,432  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    63,510       70,962       75,186       89,830       90,290       100,324       104,492       128,076       135,126       143,899  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

                   

Research and development

    46,689       52,343       53,205       51,834       54,526       64,272       64,034       73,096       81,751       85,108  

Sales and marketing

    31,182       38,973       29,200       35,103       38,116       40,647       46,559       48,813       43,259       43,716  

General and administrative

    17,695       23,492       23,391       26,682       25,332       28,078       35,631       54,747       37,553       39,920  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    95,566       114,808       105,796       113,619       117,974       132,997       146,224       176,656       162,563       168,744  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (32,056     (43,846     (30,610     (23,789     (27,684     (32,673     (41,732     (48,580     (27,437     (24,845

Interest expense

                                                    (132     (656

Interest income and other income (expense), net

    (1,059     (2,463     430       765       (1,198     512       (1,808     (79     1,856       (662
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (33,115     (46,309     (30,180     (23,024     (28,882     (32,161     (43,540     (48,659     (25,713     (26,163

Provision for income taxes

    1,007       (1,874     (630     471       3,132       2,887       2,009       1,920       1,023       1,188  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (34,122   $ (44,435   $ (29,550   $ (23,495   $ (32,014   $ (35,048   $ (45,549   $ (50,579   $ (26,736   $ (27,351
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

  $ 602     $ 648     $ 678     $ 849     $ 812     $ 838     $ 903     $ 645     $ 557     $ 690  

Research and development

    2,351       2,489       2,341       2,333       2,770       3,090       3,490       4,171       4,789       5,990  

Sales and marketing

    1,077       873       945       1,021       1,226       1,455       1,585       1,858       1,847       2,277  

General and administrative

    1,173       1,305       1,433       795       1,741       2,843       3,124       13,929       2,498       3,006  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 5,203     $ 5,315     $ 5,397     $ 4,998     $ 6,549     $ 8,226     $ 9,102     $ 20,603    

$

9,691

 

 

$

  11,963

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
 
    (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

    100%       100%       100%       100%       100%       100%       100%       100%       100%       100%  

Cost of revenue

    21       20       21       23       27       22       20       19       19       22  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    79       80       79       77       73       78       80       81       81       78  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

                   

Research and development

    58       59       56       44       44       50       49       46       49       46  

Sales and marketing

    39       44       31       30       31       31       36       31       26       24  

General and administrative

    22       26       24       23       21       22       27       35       22       22  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    119       129       111       97       96       103       112       112    

 

97

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (40     (49     (32     (20     (23     (25     (32     (31     (16     (14

Interest expense

                                                    (0     (0

Interest income and other income (expense), net

    (1     (3                 (1           (1           1        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (41     (52     (32     (20     (24     (25     (33     (31  

 

(15

 

 

(14

Provision for income taxes

    1       (2     (1           2       2       2       1       1       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (42 )%      (50 )%      (31 )%      (20 )%      (26 )%      (27 )%      (35 )%      (32 )%      (16 )%      (15 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Create Solutions

  $ 25,692     $ 30,090     $ 33,637     $ 36,120     $ 37,904     $ 39,666     $ 43,027     $ 48,029     $ 46,696     $ 55,091  

Operate Solutions

    40,686       43,998       43,760       55,961       67,956       69,126       69,719       85,516       104,368       112,513  

Strategic Partnerships and Other

    13,673       14,885       17,838       24,415       17,532       20,581       18,197       23,526       15,930       16,727  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

  $ 80,051     $   88,973     $ 95,235     $ 116,496     $   123,392     $   129,373     $ 130,943     $ 158,071     $   166,994     $   184,331  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    As of  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
 

Customers > $100,000 of revenue(1)

    389       414       442       484       506       515       553       600       668       716  

% of revenue represented by customers > $100,000 of revenue(1)

    63     64     66     68     71     71     72     74     74     74

Dollar-based net expansion rate(1)

    133     130     122     124     128     129     132     133     133     142

 

(1) 

See the section titled “—Key Metrics” for additional information about our key metrics.

 

101


Table of Contents

Quarterly Trends

Revenue

Our revenue has increased sequentially each period presented primarily due to expansion of our Operate and Create products and services across our existing customer base, as well as the addition of new customers. Our business is subject to seasonality with the fourth quarter generally being the strongest quarter for our Operate Solutions primarily as a result of our creators attracting additional end-users, which drives additional usage of our portfolio of products and services, during the fourth quarter holiday season.

Create Solutions revenue decreased sequentially in the quarter ended March 31, 2020 due to higher prior quarter professional services revenue associated with the completion of various milestone-based projects and a slowdown in the quarter ended March 31, 2020 of sales cycles and professional services delivery resulting from COVID-19 shelter in place restrictions, primarily in Asia. Create Solutions revenue increased sequentially in the quarter ended June 30, 2020 due to an increase in professional services revenue as a result of our acquisition of Finger Food in April 2020, as well as an increase in subscription revenue, despite the continued impact of COVID-19 across the globe.

Operate Solutions revenue in the quarter ended March 31, 2019 reflected higher usage-based revenue from our Multiplay product as well as the acquisition of Vivox in January 2019. Operate Solutions revenue in the quarters ended March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020 reflected the impact of COVID-19 shelter-in-place restrictions, which increased end-user engagement during both periods resulting in increased revenue across our portfolio of Operate Solutions products and services.

Strategic Partnerships revenue growth rates from quarter to quarter are impacted by the timing of the entry into new and renewals of larger platform agreements, by shifts in our platform partners’ product offerings, by one time projects, and by variability of royalty payments, including seasonality. While churn of platform partners remains low, Strategic Partnerships revenue decreased in the quarters ending March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020 due to a reduction in total contract value for one of our AR/VR partners related to the retirement of certain partners’ product offerings, as well as a delay in closing new deals related to COVID-19.

Cost of Revenue

Our quarterly cost of revenue has generally increased sequentially in each period presented primarily driven by increases in hosting costs and personnel-related expenses to support our revenue growth.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented, primarily driven by an increase in revenue. Our gross profit margins declined in the fourth quarter of 2018 and the first quarter of 2019 primarily due to the transition of cloud hosting providers, which resulted in a temporary period of redundant hosting expense. Gross profit margin improved sequentially from the second quarter to the fourth quarter of 2019 following the completion of our transition to one primary cloud hosting provider.

Quarterly Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses have generally increased sequentially as a result of our growth, primarily related to increased personnel-related costs to support our expanded operations and our continued investment in our platform and services. We experienced a significant increase in sales and marketing

 

102


Table of Contents

expense in the second quarter of 2018, primarily due to costs associated with various events, including our Unite conferences and Game Developers Conference. We also experienced a significant increase in general and administrative expense in the fourth quarter of 2019 as a result of $13.5 million of stock-based compensation expense recognized in connection with the modification of equity awards as a result of a separation agreement. Refer to Note 11 to our consolidated financial statement included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding the transaction.

Key Metrics

Our number of customers that generated more than $100,000 of revenue in the trailing 12 months has increased sequentially as of the end of each period presented primarily driven by expanded usage of our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions among existing customers as evidenced by our dollar-based net expansion rate, as well as growth in the number of new customers that contributed more than $100,000 of revenue.

The percentage of revenue represented by customers that generated more than $100,000 of trailing 12-month revenue has generally increased sequentially as of the end of each period presented primarily driven by the continued dollar expansion of those customers.

Our dollar-based net expansion rate can fluctuate from period to period due to a number of factors, including but not limited to: the launch of significant new monetization or cloud-based initiatives by customers; the overall success of our customers’ applications; or the loss of a single large customer account. In 2019 and the first half of 2020, increased usage of Operate Solutions drove the improvement in our dollar-based net expansion rate. Our dollar-based net expansion rate as of the end of the second quarter of 2020 was largely driven by increased use of our Operate Solutions by existing customers following the implementation of COVID-19’s shelter in-place orders, resulting in higher levels of end-user engagement in Operate Solutions. However, as increased demand for our Operate Solutions will likely moderate over time, as shelter-in-place orders and other related measures and community practices evolve, our dollar-based net expansion rate as of the end of the second quarter of 2020 may not be indicative of our dollar-based net expansion rate in future periods. In addition, future changes expected to be implemented by Apple could impact our Operate Solutions revenue and dollar-based net expansion rate. See “—Components of Results of Operations—Revenue—Operate Solutions.”

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Capital Expenditures

Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through the net proceeds we have received from the sales of our convertible preferred stock and common stock and through payments received from customers using our platform and borrowings under our credit facility. As of June 30, 2020, we had cash of $453.3 million, which was held for working capital purposes.

Since our inception, we have generated losses from our operations as reflected in our accumulated deficit of $569.3 million as of June 30, 2020 and negative cash flows from operating activities. We expect to continue to incur operating losses and generate negative cash flows from operations for the foreseeable future due to the investments we will continue to make in research and development and sales and marketing and due to additional general and administrative costs we expect to incur as a public company. As a result, we may require additional capital resources to execute strategic initiatives to grow our business.

We believe that our existing cash will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital

 

103


Table of Contents

requirements, however, will depend on many factors, including our growth rate; the timing and extent of spending to support our research and development efforts; capital expenditures to build out new facilities and purchase hardware and software; the expansion of sales and marketing activities; and our continued need to invest in our IT infrastructure to support our growth. In addition, we may enter into additional strategic partnerships as well as agreements to acquire or invest in complementary products, teams and technologies, including intellectual property rights, which could increase our cash requirements. For example, in 2019 and the first half of 2020, we acquired six companies and two companies, respectively, with products and technologies that support our growth strategies, which reduced our year end 2019 and June 30, 2020 cash balance by $192.5 million and $23.3 million, respectively. As a result of these and other factors, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing sooner than we currently anticipate. If additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In particular, the recent COVID-19 pandemic has caused disruption in the global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital and negatively affect our liquidity in the future. If we are unable to raise additional capital when required, or if we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, results of operations, and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (81,059   $ (67,936   $ (19,756   $ (15,419

Net cash used in investing activities

     (40,043     (219,541     (127,012     (43,363

Net cash provided by financing activities

     148,251       161,472       227,979       387,405  

Cash Used in Operating Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash used in operating activities was $15.4 million, which consisted of a net loss of $54.1 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $43.1 million and net cash outflows from the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $4.4 million. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization of $20.0 million and stock-based compensation of $21.7 million. The net cash outflows from the change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an $11.8 million increase in other current assets, a $12.1 million decrease in operating lease liabilities, and an $8.8 million increase in accounts receivable. This was partially offset by a $10.9 million increase in deferred revenue.

During the six months ended June 30, 2019, cash used in operating activities was $19.8 million, which consisted of a net loss of $67.1 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $28.1 million and net cash inflows from the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $19.2 million. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of stock-based compensation of $14.8 million and depreciation and amortization of $13.3 million. The net cash inflows from the change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $24.2 million increase in publisher payable and a $12.3 million increase in income and other taxes payable, partially offset by an increase in net deferred tax assets of $7.3 million and increase in accounts receivable of $5.4 million, all due to an intercompany transaction with our subsidiary in Finland and acquisition related items and a release of a valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets in connection with business combinations that occurred in 2019.

During 2019, cash used in operating activities was $67.9 million, which consisted of a net loss of $163.2 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $75.7 million and net cash inflows from the change in

 

104


Table of Contents

net operating assets and liabilities of $19.5 million. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization of $31.1 million and stock-based compensation of $44.5 million. The net cash inflows from the change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $31.1 million increase in deferred revenue and an increase in publisher payable of $20.2 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $49.4 million, all due to an increase in sales, including in the fourth quarter, which has historically been our strongest quarter for new business and renewals. Our accounts receivable balance comes from advertising partners and is offset by an accounts payable amount due to our publishers (Operate Solutions customers). However, the payment terms that we offer our advertising partners are generally shorter than the payment terms with our publishers (Operate Solutions customers). Our cash flows fluctuate from period to period due to revenue linearity, timing of billings, collections and publisher payments. Historical cash flows are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period.

During 2018, cash used in operating activities was $81.1 million, which consisted of a net loss of $131.6 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $42.2 million and net cash provided by the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $8.3 million. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization of $20.5 million and stock-based compensation of $20.9 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily an increase in publisher payable of $35.8 million partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $31.0 million, both due to an increase in sales, including in the fourth quarter, which has historically been our strongest quarter for new business and renewals.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash used in investing activities was $43.4 million, primarily consisting of cash used in acquisitions of $23.3 million and capital expenditures of $19.3 million.

During the six months ended June 30, 2019, cash used in investing activities was $127.0 million, consisting of cash used in acquisitions of $117.2 million and capital expenditures of $9.8 million.

During 2019, cash used in investing activities was $219.5 million, consisting of capital expenditures of $27.0 million and cash used in acquisitions of $192.5 million.

During 2018, cash used in investing activities was $40.0 million, consisting of capital expenditures of $38.0 million and cash used in acquisitions of $2.0 million.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash provided by financing activities was $387.4 million primarily consisting of net proceeds of $250.0 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and common stock, proceeds of $125.0 million from the revolving credit facility, and proceeds of $12.8 million from the exercise of stock options.

During the six months ended June 30, 2019, cash provided by financing activities was $228.0 million consisting of net proceeds of $224.9 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and common stock and proceeds of $3.1 million from the exercise of stock options.

During 2019, cash provided by financing activities was $161.5 million, consisting of proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and common stock of $585.1 million and stock option exercises of $11.8 million, offset by $435.1 million used for the repurchase of our stock and the purchase of shares of our common stock and vested stock options pursuant to a tender offer, and $0.4 million of debt issuance costs in connection with our $125.0 million Credit Agreement.

 

105


Table of Contents

During 2018, cash provided by financing activities was $148.3 million consisting of net proceeds of $144.9 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and proceeds of $3.3 million from the exercise of stock options.

Credit Agreement

On December 20, 2019, we entered into our Credit Agreement with Barclays Bank PLC, which provides for a committed revolving loan facility of up to $125.0 million, or the Revolving Facility, and includes a $20.0 million letter of credit subfacility, which we refer to as the LC Capacity, and together with the Revolving Facility, as the Credit Facility. Borrowings under the credit agreement are available for working capital and general corporate purposes. The Credit Facility has a maturity date of December 20, 2024.

At our option, we may specify whether a loan made under the revolving facility is an Alternate Base Rate, or ABR, borrowing or a Eurodollar borrowing, which then determines the annual interest rate. ABR borrowings bear interest at the ABR plus 0.50%. Eurodollar borrowings bear interest at the adjusted LIBO Rate plus 1.50%. The ABR equals the greatest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (iii) the sum of the adjusted one-month LIBO Rate for a Eurodollar borrowing plus 1.00%. The ABR is subject to a floor of 1.00%. The adjusted LIBO Rate is based on the applicable interest period specified by us, which may be one, two, three, six and, with the approval of each lender, 12 months or less than one month, subject to a floor of 0.00%. For ABR borrowings, interest is payable on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year. For Eurodollar borrowings, interest is payable on the last day of each interest period for the applicable borrowing, and if such interest period extends over three months, each day prior to the last day of each three-month interval during such interest period. Commitments under the Revolving Facility are subject to an annual commitment fee of 0.25% on the difference between the total committed amount of the Revolving Facility, on the one hand, and the amount drawn thereunder plus the aggregate amount of LC Capacity used, on the other. An annual letter of credit fee of 1.50% of the average daily undrawn amount of the letters of credit issued thereunder is also payable quarterly. Letters of credit issued under the letter of credit subfacility are subject to a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum on the average daily undrawn amount on such letters of credit.

Under the Credit Agreement, we must maintain a minimum liquidity balance of $75.0 million as of the last day of the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters, which commenced on June 30, 2020. The Credit Agreement contains customary conditions to borrowing, representations and warranties, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to incur indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, undergo corporate changes, make dispositions, prepay other indebtedness, pay dividends or other distributions and engage in transactions with our affiliates. We were in compliance in all material respects with the covenants in the Credit Agreement as of June 30, 2020. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by a perfected security interest in (i) all of our tangible and intangible assets, except for certain customary excluded assets, and (ii) all of our ownership in capital stock of restricted subsidiaries (limited, in the case of the stock of non-U.S. subsidiaries and U.S. subsidiaries that have no material assets other than equity interests and/or indebtedness in foreign subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations, to 65% of the capital stock of such subsidiaries). The obligations under the Credit Agreement are also guaranteed by our existing and subsequently acquired or formed material domestic subsidiaries.

As of June 30, 2020, $125.0 million was outstanding under the Credit Agreement, which accrued interest at a rate of 1.67%.

 

106


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations:

   Less than
1 year
     1 to 3 years
     3 to 5 years
     More than
5 years
     Total
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating leases(1)

   $ 31,045      $ 72,932      $ 60,608      $ 140,246      $ 304,831  

Purchase commitments(2)

     38,617        72,900        44,975               156,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(3)

   $ 69,662      $ 145,832      $ 105,583      $ 140,246      $ 461,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Operating lease obligations consist primarily of obligations for real estate.

(2)

The substantial majority of our purchase commitments are related to agreements with our data center hosting providers.

(3)

This table generally excludes amounts related to income tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions, since we cannot predict with reasonable reliability the timing of cash settlements to the respective taxing authorities.

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, there have been no significant changes in our contractual obligations and other commitments as described in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Remaining Performance Obligations

As of June 30, 2020, we had total remaining performance obligations of $171.3 million, which represents the total contract transaction price allocated to undelivered performance obligations, primarily for our Create Solutions subscriptions and Strategic Partnership contracts, which are generally recognized over the next three years. Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations represents contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and unbilled amounts that will be recognized as revenue in future periods. This amount excludes contracts with an original expected term of one year or less and contracts for which we recognize revenue in the amount and in the same period in which we invoice for services performed. We expect to recognize $85.7 million or 50% of this revenue during the next 12 months. We expect to recognize the remaining $85.6 million or 50% of this revenue thereafter.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not currently have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency and Exchange Risk

The vast majority of our cash generated from revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, with a small amount denominated in foreign currencies. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations. Our results of current and future operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our historical consolidated financials. As the impact of foreign currency exchange rates has not been material to our historical operating results, we have not entered into derivative or hedging transactions, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency becomes more significant.

 

107


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our Credit Agreement. Interest rate changes generally impact the amount of our interest payments and, therefore, our future net income and cash flows, assuming other factors held constant. Assuming the amounts outstanding under our Credit Agreement are fully drawn, a hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not have a material impact on our consolidated financials.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenue generated and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and any such differences may be material. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue through three sources: (1) Create Solutions, which is comprised of our subscription offerings and professional services; (2) Operate Solutions, which includes the operation of a monetization platform, enterprise game server hosting and voice chat services; and (3) Strategic Partnerships and Other, which is primarily arrangements with strategic partners for the customization and development of our software for platform partners.

We adopted Financial Accounting Standard Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or Topic 606, effective January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method of adoption. As such, the consolidated financial statements present revenue in accordance with Topic 606 for the period presented.

We evaluate and recognize revenue by:

 

   

Identifying the contract(s) with the customer;

 

   

Identifying the performance obligation(s) in the contract(s);

 

   

Determining the transaction price;

 

   

Allocating the transaction price to performance obligation(s) in the contract(s); and

 

   

Recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer, which we refer to as a transfer of control.

Our contracts are generally non-cancellable. Once we have determined the transaction price, the total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation in the contract on a relative stand-alone selling price basis, or SSP. The determination of SSP for each distinct performance obligation requires judgment. Generally, we determine SSP using observable pricing, which takes into consideration market conditions and customer specific factors. When observable pricing is not available, we use cost plus margin analysis to determine SSP.

 

108


Table of Contents

Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those products or services. We use the output method for our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions contracts, and generally use the input method for our Strategic Partnership contracts. We determined that these methods are the most appropriate measure of progress as they faithfully represent when the value of the services are simultaneously received and consumed by the customer, and control is transferred.

For advertisements placed through the Unified Auction, we evaluate whether we are the principal (i.e., report revenue on a gross basis) or the agent (i.e., report revenue on a net basis). The evaluation to present revenue on a gross versus net basis requires significant judgment. We have concluded that the publisher is our customer and we are the agent in facilitating the fulfillment of the advertising inventory in the Unified Auction primarily because we do not control the advertising inventory prior to the placement of an advertisement. Typically we do not retain a share of the revenue generated through Unity IAP (In-App Purchases).

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value of the awards. Restricted stock units, or RSUs, granted by us have a service condition, which is generally satisfied over four years, and a liquidity event vesting condition, which will be satisfied on the earlier of: (i) a change in control event or (ii) the completion of an initial public offering of common stock, while stock options granted only have a service vesting condition, which is generally a vesting period of four years. We account for forfeitures as they occur.

We estimate the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognize expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires certain subjective inputs and assumptions, including the fair value of our common stock, the expected term, risk-free interest rates, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the option awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock—Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed below in the section titled “—Common Stock Valuations.”

 

   

Expected term—The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms, estimated exercise behavior, post-vesting cancellations and contractual lives of the awards.

 

   

Risk-free interest rates—The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yields in effect at the time of the grant of U.S. Treasury notes with terms approximately equal to the expected term of the award.

 

   

Expected stock price volatility—We estimate the volatility of our common stock on the date of grant based on the average historical stock price volatility of comparable publicly-traded companies in our industry group as there has been no public market for our common stock to date.

 

   

Expected dividend yield—Our expected dividend yield is zero, as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock.

 

109


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2018                      2019                      2019                      2020          

Expected term (in years)

     6.25        6.25        6.25        6.00  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.7% – 3.1      1.6% – 2.5      1.9% – 2.5      0.4% – 0.6

Expected stock price volatility

     34.5% – 35.4      34.0% – 34.7      34.4% – 34.7      33.8% – 36.3

Expected dividend yield

                           

The variables used in these models are reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted, as needed. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimates of these variables, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Common Stock Valuations

Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide: Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors along with management exercised its reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

the prices at which we or other holders sold our common and convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

   

independent third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

the rights, preferences and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

our financial condition, results of operations and capital resources;

 

   

the industry outlook;

 

   

the valuation of comparable companies;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

   

the fact that option and RSU grants have involved rights in illiquid securities in a private company;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the history and nature of our business, industry trends and competitive environment; and

 

   

general economic outlook including economic growth, inflation and unemployment, interest rate environment and global economic trends.

Following the completion of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be based on the closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Accounting for Business Combinations

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are recorded based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill.

 

110


Table of Contents

Accounting for business combinations requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made are reasonable, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Examples of critical estimates used in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired or may acquire in the future include but are not limited to:

 

   

future expected cash flows from acquired developed technologies;

 

   

the acquired company’s trade name, trademark and existing customer relationship, as well as assumptions about the period of time the acquired trade name and trademark will continue to be used in our product portfolio;

 

   

the expected use of the acquired assets; and

 

   

discount rates.

These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We evaluate and test the recoverability of our goodwill for impairment at least annually during our fourth quarter of each calendar year or more often if and when circumstances indicate that goodwill may not be recoverable. We use judgments when assessing qualitative factors of impairment that include macroeconomic conditions, other relevant events and factors affecting the market and industry, our financial performance, and other factors. To the extent we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our single reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a quantitative test is then performed.

We evaluate intangible assets other than goodwill for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. This includes but is not limited to significant adverse changes in business climate, market conditions or other events that indicate an asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the intangible assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the undiscounted cash flows used in the test for recoverability are less than the carrying amount of these assets, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value. We also evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of intangible assets for changes in circumstances that warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and income tax assets and liabilities, including evaluating uncertainties in the application of accounting principles and complex tax laws.

We use the asset and liability method under FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, when accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax expense or benefit is the result of changes in the deferred tax asset and liability.

 

111


Table of Contents

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions (including net interest and penalties), we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. We make adjustments to these reserves in accordance with the income tax accounting guidance when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made, and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies may delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period to enable us to comply with certain new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for accounting pronouncements adopted and recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of the date of this prospectus.

 

112


Table of Contents

A LETTER FROM UNITY PRESIDENT AND CEO JOHN RICCITIELLO

Thank you for reading the Unity Software Inc. S-1 and for considering investing in our company. As Unity’s CEO, it is my privilege to share an inside view of Unity.

I’ve spent a few decades working in games and technology. One of the most enjoyable and surprising days I can recall was in the fall of 2013 when I attended one of Unity’s customer events just outside of Vancouver. I expected what one normally sees at these company events. Customer training. Case studies. A few hero moments where the company shows its latest technology. While this was all there, I also experienced something very unusual. I watched independent game creators applaud the speakers like they were at a concert for their favorite band. I met creators—people who just a year or two earlier worked in warehouses, as accountants and as teachers—who attributed their ability to work in the game industry to the existence of Unity and Unity’s tools. I met a few creators that had gone as far as having Unity’s 3D logo tattooed on their bodies, in permanent ink. This was something new, something different.

And, if you are one of the early users of Unity, I want to pause here to thank you. You are and have been the lifeblood of our company. Without you, we would not be here. You were as much a part of Unity’s start as those that wrote the first lines of code that became Unity. We remain as committed to you today as we were when Joachim Ante, David Helgason and Nicholas Francis founded Unity, and we will remain committed to your success in the years to come.

Video and mobile games are among the most technically challenging forms of media to create from a technical and engineering standpoint. They are complicated to build. Games are mostly 3D, they are real time, and they are interactive. 3D means that unlike in a movie, a character or object is fully 3D, meaning that we not only can see the “front” of the character, but can move around and view the character from the other side. Real time means the next frame a player sees is created in an instant—a 30th of a second for many mobile games, and a 120th of a second for some virtual reality platforms. In other media, like TV, and on the web, most content is fixed and unchanging. A designer or director made it. Interactive means that games change in response to the input of players. The content is dynamic and responsive. Unity is the leading platform for creating and operating this type of media. Today, approximately half of all mobile, PC and console games combined are created in Unity, and many creators use our solutions to operate and monetize their products.

We at Unity are proud of our Create and Operate Solutions and how they solve the toughest engineering and data problems for our customers. These are leading and bleeding edge challenges. We see every day how our Create and Operate tools enable aspiring creators to not only be consumers of technology but creators of advanced technology products like games and cloud-based simulation systems that leverage our technologies. We love that we enable technology creators to get their start. Unity’s mission is to enable more people to be creators.

We’re a company born from gaming. But we see so much more. Five years ago, we believed that the real-time 3D tools we build would have applications outside of gaming. We saw that many industries were still wed to create tools that were conceived and built in the 1990s and early 2000s, before the explosive growth of compute power in the personal devices we all now carry with us most everywhere, and in the networks of computers that live in the cloud adding even more processing capability. We first started with an unproven thesis that we could serve customers outside of gaming. We signed up test customers working in augmented and virtual reality, architecture, construction, training, media and entertainment retail and in the auto/transportation industry. Small tests with Unity grew to larger customer relationships, and we started to see innovation from our customers we did not really anticipate. What started as an unproven thesis, transformed to being an opportunity where we needed to hone product market fit, and now, today, it seems inevitable. We’re thrilled to be helping lead the way to the future where much of the world’s content will be real-time and fully 3D.

 

113


Table of Contents

Our orientation and culture are to encourage the best ideas to come from anywhere in Unity, not just from the more senior or tenured people in the company. We celebrate a culture where the best ideas win, and we train to be able to really listen when our colleagues are expressing these ideas. This is a critically important part of our culture, as we operate at the leading edge of technology.

We are delighted when our tools enable people, some of whom are not born to privilege, to join the 21st century economy. At Unity, we know we’re lucky to work with great people, to be able to invest in them to deliver for our customers and also, as a bi-product of our business help pave the way for many to become technologists themselves.

The world is a better place with more creators in it. And, we intend to make that more true tomorrow than it is today, to the point where real-time interactive 3D is the dominant form of content globally. As a company, we will invest for the long term. And, through this long-term investment orientation, we plan to realize the opportunity we see to drive significant growth in the world of real-time, interactive 3D content. We are building Unity to make this vision a reality.

John Riccitiello

 

114


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2017 unity “Our use cases of Unity are increasing almost every week. From car design all the way to consumer-facing experiences, we’re using Unity to bridge departments and enable better collaboration.” Timmy Ghiurau Lead of Virtual Experiences and XR Research, Volvo Cars Products used Unity Pro, Unity MARS, Unity Simulation 30+ Creators using Unity in R&D, design, marketing, and more 1st Car company to drive with a mixed reality headset on a real road Volvo Automotive, Transportation & Manufacturing Gothenburg, Sweden location


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2017 unity Unity’s real-time technology is helping drive Volvo Cars into the future Designing, manufacturing, and selling cars is an increasingly complex and labor-intensive process. Innovative brands like Volvo are always looking for ways to streamline processes, as well as pioneer advanced safety and automated driving technology. Recently, with Unity’s help, Volvo has been innovating in many areas of their business, including becoming the first-ever car company to drive with a mixed reality headset on a real road. To help Volvo reach their productivity and safety goals, they have 30+ creators using Unity for R&D, design, and marketing. Their cross-departmental toolchain for virtual car experiences reimagines traditional processes throughout the entire automotive lifecycle, providing a myriad of benefits. To date, they have improved collaboration between designers and engineers, increased efficiency by reducing reliance on physical prototype vehicles, engaged car buyers with immersive experiences, and accelerated autonomous driving development. Volvo Automotive, Transportation & Manufacturing Gothenburg, Sweden Location


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2016 unity “For Bonfire, Unity enabled us to create an immersive VR world where characters react and respond to what you are doing, unlike our past experience in feature animation.” Larry Cutler Co-Founder and Chief Technical Officer, Baobab Studios Products used Unity Pro 6 EMMY awards won for Unity-powered projects Baobab Film, Animation & Cinematics California, USA Location


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2016 unity Unity helps power Baobab to multiple EMMY Awards How do you get people to feel empathy for alien creatures in VR? Baobab Studios wanted to truly touch audiences with their highly stylized, character-driven story. But how could they convincingly do that? To start, they invited people to enter their immersive, cinematic world – wherever they were, via mobile VR headsets. To build the story, Baobab adopted Unity and its rich set of artist, VR, and AI tools. Unity’s tools helped them create the graphically rich environment, and the sophisticated character AI and non-linear storytelling systems enabled them to bring their characters to life. As part of the story, participants became one of the characters, interacted with and empathized with the others, which builds on the great traditions of storytelling. Baobab Film, Animation & Cinematics California, USA Location


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2015 unity “Apex Legends would not have launched as smoothly as it did, if we hadn’t partnered with Multiplay as closely as we did. You can’t do that without a platform that scales as gracefully as Multiplay does, and so I credit a huge amount of our early success to the partnership with Multiplay.” Drew McCoy Executive Producer at Launch Products used Multiplay 1M Players in the first 8 hours 50M Players in the first 24 days Respawn Entertainment Games California, USA Location


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2015 unity Scaling at speed: Hosting 50M players in just 24 days How do you scale from zero to 1M players within 8 hours? Or 50M in less than a month? Game launches are fraught with unknowns, which is why studios need maximum flexibility on the game-server hosting side. Buy and install legions of bare-metal servers? Or entrust everything to a cloud provider? With Multiplay’s Hybrid Cloud (bare-metal servers plus cloud services), Apex Legends scaled from bare metal capacity to Google Cloud and AWS servers in seconds, not hours. Importantly, players never even noticed. Hybrid Cloud helps ensure players get a seamless experience, whether the studio is applying a patch or Multiplay is transitioning players from bare metal to cloud. Hybrid Cloud and the Multiplay team let Respawn focus less on backend tech and more on the next season of Apex Legends. Respawn Entertainment Games California, USA Location


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2017 unity “With Unity there is no slowing down, which is very, very exciting. They’re continually making it easier for developers, easier for architects and engineers. Easier for filmmakers to spend less time with these problematic bits and pieces and more time being creative and building what they want to build.” Naji Rjaile Creative Director, Skanska Products used Unity Pro Increased worker awareness of job hazards Helps change workers’ behaviors to improve safety Skanska Architecture, Engineering & Construction Stockholm, Sweden location


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2017 unity Fewer risks, safer workers with Unity’s VR solutions Every day, job sites change. What was safe yesterday may be dangerous today. So how do companies like Skanska help their workers be more aware of unseen risks and avoid danger? Collaborating with creative VR and AR agency OutHere, Skanska implemented a Unity-based VR experience into their standard worker-safety training program for major benefits. Together, Skanska and OutHere set out to create unique immersive experiences based on their combined deep expertise and passion for creativity and technology. They challenged themselves to find magic moments where VR and AR can make a real difference in people’s lives. With Unity’s comprehensive real-time 3D development platform and VR tools, they found the magic for this important project – increasing worker awareness of job hazards, creating safer worksites, and boosting worker productivity. Skanska Architecture, Engineering & Construction Stockholm, Sweden Location


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2014 unity “Unity is fully featured, which lets us focus on game development, not time-consuming engine-building and maintenance.” Miroslav Ondrus Chief Technology Officer, MADFINGER Games Products used Unity Pro, Personalized Advertising, Contextual Advertising, Unity Ads, deltaDNA, Multiplay, Vivox 100% Ads revenue managed by Unity (to date) Madfinger games.com Games Brno, Czech Republic Location


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer since 2014 unity Unity helps MADFINGER put mobile player experience first How do you ensure the smoothest launch for a major new addition to a storied game franchise? Years ago, Unity and MADFINGER Games teamed up when both companies were considerably smaller. Times have changed dramatically, but the relationship has endured as ever and extends to key operations for the entire game lifecycle. MADFINGER built and launched Shadowgun War Games with Unity’s real-time 3D content-creation platform and tapped Unity’s Multiplay for game server hosting. This powerful suite of software and liveops services delivers benefits such as faster prototyping and optimization, easy multiplatform (Android, iOS) builds due to one code base, seamless game server hosting, and sub-second matching of players to servers with the new Beta Matchmaker. Shadowgun war games Madfinger games.com games Brno, Czech Republic Location


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Unity is the world’s leading platform for creating and operating interactive, real-time 3D content.

We believe the world is a better place with more creators in it. Creators, ranging from game developers to artists, architects, automotive designers, filmmakers and others, use Unity to make their imaginations come to life.

Our platform provides a comprehensive set of software solutions to create, run and monetize interactive, real-time 2D and 3D content for mobile phones, tablets, PCs, consoles, and augmented and virtual reality devices. As of June 30, 2020, we had approximately 1.5 million monthly active creators in over 190 countries and territories worldwide. The applications developed by these creators were downloaded over three billion times per month in 2019 on over 1.5 billion unique devices.

Content built on the Unity platform offers end-users a fundamentally more engaging and immersive experience than traditional static content. Content made with Unity is interactive, allowing end-users to connect with the content and with one another. Content made with Unity is real-time, allowing it to instantly adapt to end-user behavior and feedback. Content made with Unity allows graphics to be expressed with 3D shape and depth, permitting multiple viewing angles, and enabling augmented and virtual reality.

Real-time is not just a part of the end-user experience. Building content on Unity offers creators significant advantages in development compared to traditional content creation tools. Creators can visualize and iterate on their 2D and 3D creations in real-time and collaborate with each other to edit content simultaneously. This can lead to significant reductions in design and development cycle times.

The demand for interactive, real-time 3D content is expanding rapidly. Compute processors have become dramatically faster and more powerful. Improvements in bandwidth have enabled smartphones, PCs, consoles and other devices to connect at a global scale. Cloud computing has removed the limitations on processing power and storage to support content. These factors are driving significant increases in available compute power and are enabling the spread of immersive and interactive content. As a result, creators can now develop more intricate, higher fidelity experiences for end-users to enjoy on more devices and across larger connected communities. The gaming industry has benefited enormously from these enabling technologies with over 2.5 billion gamers driving the fastest growing sector in media today.

Unity has built its reputation in gaming, and our scale and reach in this industry are significant. We estimate that in 2019, on a global basis, 53% of the top 1,000 mobile games on the Apple App Store and Google Play and over 50% of such mobile games, PC games and console games combined were made with Unity. Unity’s platform helps game developers—from the largest publishers in the world with teams of hundreds, to mid-sized, small and independent publishers, to individual creators—build and operate high quality games, rapidly and efficiently. Unity games can be built once and deployed and operated across more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, PlayStation, Xbox, Nintendo Switch, and the leading augmented and virtual reality platforms, among others. As gaming has proliferated, the business models for content have evolved beyond one-time purchases to include advertising and in-app purchases. Unity enables these new business models by providing creators with the solutions they need to easily run and monetize their content.

The dramatic growth of end-user demand for interactive content is driving industries beyond gaming to embrace the advantages of real-time 3D content. Creators are leveraging our platform to provide faster content creation and efficient deployment across formats and use cases. Today, Fortune and Global 500 companies in industries such as architecture, engineering, construction, automotive,

 

125


Table of Contents

transportation, manufacturing, film, television and retail are using Unity across many new use cases, including automobile and building design, online and augmented reality product configurators, autonomous driving simulation and augmented reality workplace safety training. These new forms of content are emerging parts of our business and represent a significant opportunity for growth.

Our platform consists of two distinct, but connected and synergistic, sets of solutions. Our Create Solutions are used by content creators—developers, artists, designers, engineers and architects—to create interactive, real-time 2D and 3D content. Our Operate Solutions offer customers the ability to grow and engage their end-user base, as well as run and monetize their content with the goal of optimizing end-user acquisition and operational costs while increasing the lifetime value of their end-users.

We offer our Create Solutions primarily through monthly subscriptions and our Operate Solutions primarily through revenue-share and usage-based models. This allows us to generate revenue from our customers as they develop content and also as they succeed and grow. Subscriptions for our Create Solutions drive adoption of our Operate Solutions. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, 63% and 64%, respectively, of our Operate Solutions revenue that came from customers with over $100,000 in annual revenue was from customers that also used our Create Solutions.

We see significant opportunities to grow our business. We believe today we address a total market opportunity of approximately $29 billion across both gaming and other industries. Looking to the future, we believe there are large opportunities within and beyond the industries and use cases we currently serve that represent a market potential multiple times larger than our opportunity today. We are investing aggressively in research and development and direct sales and marketing to support the expansion of our business in games and across multiple industries and use cases.

We have experienced rapid growth. Our revenue grew from $380.8 million to $541.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 42%, and from $252.8 million to $351.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing period-over-period growth of 39%. We generated net losses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, of $131.6 million, $163.2 million, $67.1 million and $54.1 million, respectively, which included $20.9 million, $44.5 million, $14.8 million and $21.7 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense. We reduced our net cash used in operating activities from $81.1 million to $67.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and from $19.8 million to $15.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Future is Interactive, Real-Time 3D

For almost a hundred years, photos and video content have largely been created by the same means—capturing three dimensional images through a 2D lens and projecting them onto a 2D surface. Technology has introduced digital cameras, lenses for capturing images at astonishing resolutions and powerful software tools that allow creators to edit and manipulate images with limitless possibilities. Still, the basic processes and technology related to content and content creation revolve around building 2D, asynchronous non-interactive, static content.

The world is changing. Leaps forward in compute power and bandwidth are enabling an explosion in interactive, real-time 3D content—led by games and now spreading rapidly into other industries. We have moved from a static content world to one of lifelike, dynamic content—where 2D images are no longer projected to create video, but where fully interactive, 3D virtual objects,

 

126


Table of Contents

environments and complete worlds can be digitally rendered in real-time using software. Nowhere has real-time 3D had a larger impact to date than in gaming, which has grown from a less than $15 billion industry 20 years ago to one generating over $140 billion in annual revenue today based on boxed/downloaded PC, browser PC, console, tablet and smartphone game revenue. Gaming is now the fastest growing category in media with over 2.5 billion gamers worldwide.

Interactive, real-time 3D is:

 

   

Interactive:    allowing end-users from around the world to connect with immersive content as well as one another. Today’s games take players into lifelike scenes and landscapes, where they can engage with dynamic content. In multiplayer environments, content interaction instantly influences other players’ experience of the game. As one player pushes a button for an object to go right, it enters another player’s point of view instantly, in real-time.

 

   

Real-Time:    allowing content to be rendered at up to 120 photorealistic images per second on a digital display. Display pixels can be drawn and redrawn as fast as the human eye can see, rendering content that is instantly responsive to end-user actions and appears lifelike.

 

   

3D:    allowing graphics to be expressed with shape and depth, permitting multiple viewing angles. An end-user can virtually pick up an object, look underneath, move it around and enjoy an entirely new and unique experience, all in the same environment. The opportunities of augmented and virtual reality are only made possible through 3D.

Interactive, real-time 3D is also driving innovation in the content creation process. For example, with real-time technology, creators can live-edit the characteristics of objects in games and applications they design, and these changes can be rendered and displayed faster than the blink of an eye. This instantaneous adaptation allows for creators to simultaneously create and visualize, simplifying the creative process and making collaborative content development more seamless and efficient.

While interactive, real-time 3D has fueled the rise of gaming, the opportunities for this technology and the benefits for creators are impacting many other industries as well:

 

   

Architecture:    For architects, transforming building development and architectural data for the 3D world has been a challenge. Seemingly small post-design changes can take months to rework. Architects, designers and project partners use this real-time 3D to simultaneously contribute to the planning and development of a building with rapid, cost-effective iteration. Onsite construction teams and technicians can visualize before, and as they build. Interactive, 3D designs can be virtually overlaid onto actual construction through augmented reality, to detect design flaws early, which significantly reduces the risk of future rebuilds and drives project efficiencies.

 

   

Automotive:    The automotive industry is often challenged by a long, slow development cycle for new car models. The traditional process involves disparate tools in the iterative creation and recreation of a new model. Real-time 3D technology is driving efficiencies in car development and sales cycles, allowing for interactive, life-like models of cars to be rendered in real-time. These “digital twins” can be used for marketing or personalized sales experiences at dealerships and online.

 

   

Film:    Filmmakers are finding that real-time technology yields faster results and provides more creative freedom than traditional filming and editing solutions. Real-time technology removes the need for server farms that generate single frames over hours, eliminating the need to wait days for dailies or for servers to fully render a digital scene. Because creation becomes be real-time, a filmmaker can edit and review a scene instantly, allowing higher quality productions to reach audiences more quickly.

Across these industries and more, our solutions and technology are unlocking new forms of creativity and cost-efficiency that are impossible with traditional tools.

 

127


Table of Contents

Secular Industry Trends Working in Our Favor

Technology Has Enabled the Transition to Interactive, Real-Time 3D Content

Technology now enables creators to develop immersive, interactive content in real-time. These advancements, which are raising expectations from end-users across industries, are driven by:

 

   

Compute Power:    There continues to be significant growth in the amount of compute power available per device and per person. Interactive, real-time 3D content can now run on low-cost PCs and mobile phones. Advances in graphics processing units, or GPUs, have unlocked a broad variety of high-fidelity real-time 3D content that was previously available only on select high-performance computers and consoles.

 

   

Platforms and Devices:    Today’s consumers have easy, affordable access to interactive, real-time 3D content through a variety of platforms and devices, including PCs, gaming consoles, advanced set-top boxes, tablets and smartphones. In parallel, platform and device capabilities are increasing. More recent versions of PCs, consoles and mobile devices enable augmented and virtual reality, which is expected to drive increased demand for real-time 3D content, and also contribute to increased expectations for new types of real-time 3D content.

 

   

Distribution:    With pervasive streaming and cloud-based content delivery replacing physical forms of distribution, content is now available, on-demand and instantly, and the need to visit retail stores to acquire content is greatly reduced.

 

   

Connectivity:    Billions of people around the world are connected through the internet, as access to high-speed connections continues to grow. The proliferation of broadband wireless access, including the advent of 5G wireless technology, is enabling end-users to interact with content and with one another from more locations and on more platforms, significantly increasing access to content.

Real-Time 3D is Proliferating Across Industries

To deliver the best gaming experiences, game developers were early adopters of many of the technological innovations across compute, platforms, devices, distribution and connectivity. Mobile gaming, an over $60 billion industry today, was catalyzed by these advancements and provides billions of end-users instant access to games on the go. Gamers continue to gravitate to the games with the most innovative user experiences, gameplay or graphics, or the most interactivity, driving game developers to embrace newer technologies such as real-time 3D.

In parallel, real-time 3D development tools are increasingly accessible to small studios or individual developers, providing them with creation technology formerly available only to larger game publishers through their own proprietary technology stacks. This widespread availability has compounded the success of real-time 3D in gaming by enabling the growth of a large, real-time 3D development community.

End-users have come to appreciate the value of interactive, real-time 3D content and increasingly expect similar immersive, interactive experiences across both personal media and commercial content. Creators across a wide array of industries beyond gaming are using real-time 3D across new use cases, including automobile and building design, online and augmented reality product configurators, autonomous driving simulation and augmented reality workplace safety training, among others.

The Problem: Creators Need New Ways to Develop, Run and Monetize Their Content

Traditionally, the creation of high fidelity graphic experiences required the development or use of custom, disparate point solutions. In order to build real-time 3D applications, large teams with many engineers would need to invest significant time and resources in the development of tools and technology in order to make even the most basic applications. Building these tools from scratch is both

 

128


Table of Contents

very expensive and time consuming for creators. Today, to serve the increasing demand for real-time 3D content, creators need a comprehensive solution that allows them to efficiently build, run and monetize new applications to satisfy that demand. In addition, end-users expect content to be available on any device, anywhere, and at all times. This desire for ubiquity requires cloud hosting technology. End-users also increasingly expect content to be optimized for their preferences and tastes while delivering a great experience. This requires technology to predict end-user preferences to serve the most relevant content to each user and personalize their experience.

Business and monetization models are also changing. For example, in gaming, traditional one-time purchase and downloadable content models are moving to free-to-play, which requires new monetization methods such as advertising and in-app purchases. Games have also increasingly migrated to live services models, hosted in the cloud and regularly updated for content and new features. These new business and monetization models require new technologies and new solutions.

We believe that the solutions required for creators to fulfill all these expectations have previously not been available in an integrated way.

Traditional content development is done on a per-platform basis, often requiring creators to recreate and recode content for each individual platform. This problem is exacerbated by the diversification and explosion in the number of devices and form factors. Creators require solutions that enable them to create content once and deploy it to multiple platforms seamlessly, without having to develop and test code specific to each platform or having to maintain highly specialized teams.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe today we address a total market opportunity of approximately $29 billion across both gaming and other industries.

 

   

Gaming:    In gaming, we estimate the market opportunity for our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions to be approximately $12 billion in 2019 across over 15 million potential creators, growing to over $16 billion in 2025, based on a 2020 study that we commissioned by a third party strategy consulting firm, Altman Vilandrie & Company.

 

   

Industries Beyond Gaming:    In industries beyond gaming, we estimate the market opportunity for our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions to be approximately $17 billion today, based on the number of software developers, architects and designers our solutions could potentially serve.

Looking to the future, we believe there are large opportunities within and beyond the industries and use cases we currently serve that are not captured by the above market opportunity estimates.

 

   

Gaming:    We believe there is a large future opportunity for Unity in gaming that is not captured by the above analysis. We believe we can expand the applicability of our platform to creators with new solutions we are designing for the future, such as assisted artistry workflows, higher performance rendering capabilities and additions to our Operate Solutions.

 

   

AR & VR:    We are the leading platform for creating content for augmented reality and virtual reality applications, which we believe will represent large opportunities for our business in the future as innovations in hardware and connectivity increase capability and drive adoption.

 

   

Industries Beyond Gaming:    There are 37 million engineers and technicians, based on data published by Cambashi in April 2019, who we believe could be additional users of various current and future products that comprise our platform.

 

129


Table of Contents

We believe these future opportunities represent a market potential multiple times larger than the approximately $29 billion total market opportunity we serve today.

Our Solution

Unity is the world’s leading platform for creating and operating interactive, real-time 3D content. Our platform includes our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions, which complement each other and together provide a comprehensive set of solutions that enable our customers to create, run and monetize their content across a broad range of third-party content distribution platforms.

Our Create Solutions are used to create, edit, run and deploy real-time 2D, as well as high definition, real-time 3D content. Content can be created once and deployed to more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, PlayStation, Xbox, Nintendo Switch, and the leading augmented and virtual reality platforms, among others. Our products include custom scripting tools and a high-definition render pipeline for developers; graphics, animation and audio tools for artists; and navigation, networking and user interface tools for designers. Delivered as a modular application architecture, creators can leverage our products to easily create, edit and iterate interactive, real-time 3D content.

Our Operate Solutions offer customers the ability to grow and engage their user bases, and to run and monetize their content—from 2D puzzle games to multiplayer, multi-platform games, or other 3D interactive content—irrespective of whether the content was created in Unity. Our monetization products, Unity Ads and Unity IAP (In-App Purchases), help developers to maximize the revenue potential of their content. We help our customers to maximize the lifetime value of their end-users, while optimizing their end-user acquisition and operational costs. Our end-user engagement products, such as deltaDNA, provide developers with the capability to perform deep analytics to optimize end-user engagement and behavior. Finally, we also offer solutions to simplify the delivery of content and provide back-end management, such as Multiplay for multiplayer hosting in games, or Vivox to enable player-to-player communications in games.

Our platform delivers numerous benefits to creators across organizations of all sizes. These benefits include:

Significantly Faster, High-Quality Production with Real-Time Technology

Unity’s platform enables creators to simultaneously visualize and iterate on their 2D and 3D creations in real-time. For example, developers can make changes to their games in development that are visible to them in real-time, without recompiling code or rebooting the game. Further, creators can collaborate and work on editing a single piece of content simultaneously, which, paired with our platform’s extensive reach, breadth and accessibility, makes Unity a natural meeting place for creators. Our platform’s real-time technology significantly reduces the time and resources required by creators, whether working individually or in groups, to create and operate high-quality, immersive, personalized and interactive content.

Create Once and Deploy Anywhere

Creators use Unity to create once and deploy anywhere. Without writing any platform-specific code, creators can deploy their games and applications on more than 20 platforms, ensuring their content reaches a broad audience. Our wide range of strategic relationships with leading hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers, enables us to continue to support these platforms. For example, our strategic relationships enable our platform to be deployment-ready for next-generation devices such as new game consoles and updates by third-parties such as iOS and Android releases ahead of their public releases.

 

130


Table of Contents

Comprehensive Set of Solutions for Creators of All Types

The Unity platform provides creators of varied backgrounds and levels of expertise—from enthusiasts to professional developers, animators to sound technicians, and independent developers to enterprise teams—a comprehensive set of solutions to meet their needs in creating, operating and monetizing their content across platforms. For example, a team of content creators can use our real-time 2D and 3D Create Solutions rendering tools to develop a high-fidelity application with a massive virtual world. The creators can then use our Operate Solutions to host their application, grow and engage their end-user base and run and monetize their content. Together, our solutions serve the entire lifecycle of a game or application, and the needs of its creators, through a single platform.

Access to Leading Technology

We offer creators leading edge technology that keeps pace with each major new hardware platform, allowing them to focus on creating content rather than working to keep pace with dozens of rapidly evolving specifications and capabilities. For example, we built a data-oriented technology stack (DOTS), a revolutionary new high-performance responsive technical architecture which enables creators to build high-definition and compute-intensive applications with a high-performance responsive architecture with more efficient operation of content on lower compute-power devices, as well as optimization of mobile device battery-life. As another example, we acquired ArtEngine, a product that uses AI to provide assisted artistry to creators, enabling automatic color-matching or de-blurring of images in content, removing the manual burden of minutiae creation work. We continue to invest to ensure our platform best leverages the capabilities of these rapidly evolving platforms to serve the future development and operational needs of content creators.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have a number of competitive strengths that will enable our market leadership to grow. Our competitive strengths include:

Our Platform

Our core competitive strength is the breadth and depth of our platform. We offer a comprehensive set of solutions to create, run and monetize real-time 3D games and applications. Creators can onboard through any of our solutions and leverage our platform to serve their needs at every stage of growth. To help our creators succeed, we provide access to comprehensive learning resources and guided onboarding to our extensive community. As a result of the strength of our platform, as of June 30, 2020, we had a global reach of over two billion monthly active end-users, who consume content created or operated with our solutions on over 20 platforms. We saw an average of more than 15,000 new projects each day in the first half of 2020.

Market Leadership in Game Development with Industry-Leading Brand

We are the market leader for the creation of all types of video games, ranging from games developed by the largest global publishers, including AAA studios, to games developed by mid-sized, small and independent developers and freelancers. We estimate that in 2019, on a global basis, 53% of the top 1,000 mobile games on the Apple App Store and Google Play and over 50% of such mobile games, PC games and console games combined were made with Unity. Ninety-three of the top 100 game development studios by global revenue in 2019 were Unity customers. We see significant opportunities for expansion within these existing customers through increased Create Solutions subscriptions and additional adoption of our Operate Solutions. Games developed on the Unity platform record an average of over eight billion hours of gameplay per month in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Many of the most successful games across the globe were developed using Unity.

 

131


Table of Contents

We believe that the Unity brand is synonymous with real-time 3D game development. The brand recognition we have achieved with creators in gaming is also helping to drive adoption of Unity in industries such as architecture, engineering, construction, automotive, transportation, manufacturing, film, television and retail.

Relentless Focus on Innovation, Talent and Research and Development

We have invested over $450 million in research and development over the last two fiscal years alone to further develop our solutions. Our market-leading position and reputation for innovation support our ability to recruit highly talented software engineers and developers. As of June 30, 2020, 56% of our total headcount was involved in research and development and related activities. We invest in both the improvement of our existing products, as well as in research that we believe will lead to the development of important new products to expand and enhance our platform. As an example, our recently developed Unity Simulation product started as a research project. We believe it will drive future applications of real-time 3D in many new use cases, including autonomous driving, robotics, industrial automation, and virtual reality-based education and training.

Additionally, although the significant majority of our revenue growth has been organic, we have completed over a dozen acquisitions to date. Acquisitions have primarily included smaller teams with specific product expertise. Our Applifier, deltaDNA, Finger Food, Multiplay and Vivox acquisitions brought greater functionality into our platform, added key innovation talent to our team and furthered our goal of being the one-stop integrated platform for all creator needs. We plan to continue to leverage both in-house innovation and acquired talent and technology to continue to grow our solutions portfolio.

Extensive Data Footprint and Sophisticated Analytics

Our scale affords us access to a vast amount of end-user engagement and platform performance data. We continuously capture and analyze valuable end-user behavior and application performance data from over 50 billion in-app events per day across over 20 different platforms as end-users interact with games and applications made with Unity. This data and analytics capability allows us to optimize content performance, end-user acquisition and engagement and monetization based on predicted lifetime values of our customers’ end-users, driving value for both our customers as well as their end-users.

The Unity Creator Community

Unity has a very large, active global community of real-time 3D creators, with approximately 1.5 million monthly active creators that developed over 8,000 games and applications per month in the six months ended June 30, 2020. We have a highly engaged base of creators, with users of our Unity Pro product spending an average of 4.9 hours per day actively using our platform in the year ended December 31, 2019, and an average of 5.1 hours per day for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The scale of our creator community provides us with a significant competitive advantage, and by incentivizing third-party platforms to strategically partner and integrate with us, we are able to further expand our community. Third-party platforms partner with Unity to make it easy for our creators to deploy content onto their platforms. These partnerships help us to maximize audience-reach for our customers and retain our platform’s position as the leading hub for real-time 3D content creation.

The Unity creator community has grown rapidly. We maintain a common forum for creators of all types to collaborate on content and learn from each other. Further, we invest significant resources to enable the community’s success by hosting Unite conferences on multiple continents on a regular basis. These events bring together Unity creators, experts and industry leaders to unlock the full creative potential of our platform.

 

132


Table of Contents

In addition, within our creator base are a large number of students and independent learners, including those enrolled in high school and university classes. We invest in providing student and school licenses as well as developing curriculum components, Unity-specific portions of academic programs and learning content to ensure students can learn and train on our software. With this knowledge and continuing education, students prepare for, and excel in, careers using real-time 3D and Unity.

Our Growth Strategies

We are investing aggressively to strengthen our global leadership in gaming through continued investment in our products and solutions, continued subscription growth and product usage within existing customers, and expansion of our customer base across game publishers of all sizes. In parallel, we are investing in the development of products, services and go-to-market strategies that serve industries beyond gaming, where we believe our long-term potential is many times greater than in gaming.

Investing in Product Innovation for Growth

We will continue to innovate with new products, features and functionality, and will support the efforts of third parties to integrate their applications with our platform. We continue to invest in research and development resources to add features, automation, visualization, collaboration and experiential capabilities to our Create Solutions, and to grow the number of use cases for our products. For example, we recently launched Unity MARS, which helps creators build, prototype and visualize augmented and virtual reality applications in real-time. We also released Unity Forma, which offers creators a product configuration toolkit with both the high fidelity of Unity’s real-time 3D interactivity and rendering power, and wide distribution through the varied platform compatibility of the Unity runtime. Also, we will continue to complement our Create Solutions with an integrated set of Operate Solutions tailored to a variety of industries and platforms.

In addition, we will also continue to pursue acquisitions of products, teams and technologies that complement and expand the functionality of our platform, add to our technology expertise and bolster our leadership position by providing access to new customers or markets. Additionally, although the significant majority of our revenue growth has been organic, we have completed over a dozen acquisitions to date. Acquisitions have primarily included smaller teams with specific product expertise. Our Applifier, deltaDNA, Finger Food, Multiplay and Vivox acquisitions brought greater functionality into our platform, added key innovation talent to our team and furthered our goal of being the one-stop integrated platform for all creator needs. By developing and acquiring new technologies, we are able to address more of our creators’ day-to-day needs, enabling them to deliver relevant content to users as consumer devices and platforms continue to evolve. We believe both organic development and acquisitions are core competencies for us, and we intend to use both to drive increased value for our customers and improvements to our results of operations.

Growth within Existing Gaming Customers

We have opportunities to broaden our relationships with existing customers, by expanding our Create Solutions subscriptions, growing Operate Solutions usage and increasing the number of Unity solutions our customers use.

We grow our subscriptions by expanding within and across multiple studios within a single publisher. Some of our enterprise customers are publishers with multiple studios. Oftentimes, when one studio achieves better quality content and improved efficiency, higher return on investment on customer acquisition, or better monetization of end-users through the use of our solutions, other studios within the publisher’s portfolio also begin to adopt Unity. Frequently, once we get to a “tipping

 

133


Table of Contents

point,” Unity becomes the standard for the customer. We invest in targeted sales and account-based marketing efforts to identify, stimulate and communicate these opportunities to customers. Our customers also hold developer days, training days and evangelism events, which help us to expand the usage of Unity across teams and studios.

We grow usage of our Operate Solutions products primarily through the success of our customers’ games and applications. Their usage of our products grows in line with their end-user adoption and engagement. The more their users view ads facilitated through our Unified Auction, communicate using our voice products, and spend time in the games and applications we host, the more revenue we earn. Our sales, marketing and account management teams work with customers to encourage the use of our products across increasing numbers of games and applications.

We also grow as our customers add additional Unity solutions. We have customers that onboard to our platform via our Operate Solutions that subsequently subscribe to our Create Solutions. Conversely, we have creators that onboard to our platform using our Create Solutions and later augment their subscriptions with our Operate Solutions. The continued integration of our Create and Operate Solutions makes it easier for customers to expand their usage of our various products. Additionally, we are implementing marketing mechanisms inside our products to intelligently cross-sell solutions. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, 55% and 55%, respectively, of our customers that contributed more than $100,000 in trailing 12-month revenue used both our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions. We expect that we will be able to increase this percentage over time. Our dollar-based net expansion rate, which measures expansion in existing customers’ revenue over a trailing 12-month period, grew from 124% as of December 31, 2018 to 133% as of December 31, 2019, and from 129% as of June 30, 2019 to 142% as of June 30, 2020, demonstrating the power of this strategy.

Growth in New Gaming Customers

Gaming continues to be the fastest growing segment of the media industry, and within this growing industry, customers of all sizes are increasingly looking to leverage third party tools to accelerate the development process. Large global publishers, including AAA studios, increasingly find using Unity to be more efficient and productive than building proprietary technology in-house. Additionally, Unity enables mid-sized, small and independent developers and freelance artists to create and operate content where they would not otherwise have the resources to do so independently.

Games made by large global publishers, including AAA games, represent an attractive growth opportunity for Unity. The highest grossing games of each gaming hardware cycle have been built by approximately one hundred of the world’s largest studios. These studios have historically invested in their proprietary technology to create and operate content for the select platforms of their individual choice. Our direct sales and account-based marketing efforts are focused on driving migration from proprietary technology stacks in these studios to our platform.

Although we have not historically invested material sales and marketing resources in the conversion of our free users to paid, we do see these users as strategic and important. We also have a long history of investment in the education of hobbyist and student game developers. These developers are important to our long-term growth as they will be the next generations of Unity creators.

Growth in Industries and Use Cases Beyond Gaming

We continue to invest in the expansion of our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions to new industries such as architecture, engineering, construction, automotive, transportation, manufacturing, film, television and retail. Customers in these industries leverage our platform to create content across many new use cases including augmented reality product configurators, augmented reality workplace

 

134


Table of Contents

safety training, automobile and building design, infotainment and autonomous driving simulation, among others. We believe there is a large opportunity for Unity in industries beyond gaming as end-users begin to demand real-time 3D interactive content and experiences not just at home but also at work. We believe that our traction with global brands and development companies outside gaming validates our view of the broader appeal of our platform. We are now making targeted investments to augment our core gaming technology with industry-specific workflows and features and are developing industry-specific sales and marketing programs to continue to grow in industries beyond gaming.

Continued Growth Across All Major Global Markets

Our solutions drive content creation and operation around the globe. In the year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, 34% and 38%, respectively, of our revenue was generated by customers in EMEA, 33% and 32%, respectively, of our revenue was generated by customers in Asia-Pacific and 33% and 30%, respectively, of our revenue was generated by customers in the Americas. As of June 30, 2020, 64% of our full-time employees were based outside the United States.

Markets outside the United States, especially in gaming, are large and important. In 2019, the gaming market in the Asia-Pacific region alone was over $70 billion. Some of the most successful games developed in this region were made with Unity, including Honor of Kings and King of Avalon.

Our products are built to provide solutions to creators globally. For instance, our Unity Pro and Unity Plus products are translated into Japanese and Korean as well as simplified and traditional Chinese. Further, we have developed the capabilities of our Multiplay and Vivox products to enable hosting and communications solutions for the highest performance game operations in each region of the globe and across continents. We have a differentiated ability to leverage the right hosting solution in the right location at the right time. We will continue to explore the development of localized Create Solutions and Operate Solutions to address market-specific needs. In China, for example, we have established a strong brand and local team to drive research and development as well as sales and marketing. We believe our localized approach and focus has driven, and will continue to drive, the adoption of our solutions in this important market.

Leveraging our global reach, we will expand our self-serve and direct sales approach in each region to facilitate further penetration of our existing customers and growth with new customers. Our newer Operate Solutions products such as Multiplay, Vivox and deltaDNA are currently sold and marketed predominantly in North America and major European markets. We plan to extend the reach of these products to all markets to match our global footprint.

Our Solutions

Our products and services help creators to develop, run and monetize interactive, real-time 2D and 3D content. We make real-time creation accessible to all—from students, enthusiasts and individuals to large game publishers and Fortune and Global 500 companies. Our platform has two distinct, but connected sets of solutions: Create Solutions and Operate Solutions.

Create Solutions

Unity’s Create Solutions offer developers, artists, designers, engineers and architects the tools that they need to create immersive and interactive experiences. Central to our Create Solutions is a robust software development engine that comprises a suite of technologies, accessible through the Unity editor user interface, including custom scripting tools, a high-definition render pipeline, graphics, animation and audio tools, navigation, networking and user interface tools. These solutions allow creators to easily create, edit and iterate interactive 2D or 3D content, in real-time.

 

135


Table of Contents

Our Create Solutions can also be augmented with additional functionality from Unity or from third parties. For example, the Unity Asset Store is a marketplace and scaled aggregator used by our customers to find software, content and tools that assist them in the creation of real-time interactive games and applications.

Operate Solutions

Unity’s Operate Solutions offer customers the ability to grow and engage their user bases, and to run and monetize their content. Our solutions collectively empower our customers to maximize the lifetime value of end-users, while optimizing the cost of acquiring and engaging end-users, and of operating and hosting their applications.

The majority of our Operate Solutions products can support any content, regardless of whether or not the content was created using our Create Solutions. However, Operate Solutions are easier to implement and more impactful when used together with our Create Solutions. For content created with our Create Solutions, many of our Operate Solutions can be accessed from within the editor, enabling design and development that is optimized from day one for user monetization and engagement, and for operations efficiency.

Our Products

 

LOGO

We offer a comprehensive content development and operations platform, comprised of our Create Solutions and our Operate Solutions that together provide a full set of products to support the scale and performance requirements of immersive, interactive, real-time 3D content.

Create Solutions

The foundation of our Create Solutions is a robust software development engine that comprises a suite of technologies, configurable through the Unity editor user interface, including custom scripting tools, a high-definition render pipeline, graphics, animation and audio tools, navigation, networking and user interface tools. The editor is accessible on Windows, Mac and Linux operating systems and enables creators to drag and drop content, such as images, textures, 3D meshes and sounds, into a virtual workspace. From there, creators can configure content and compose it into scenes of objects, such as three-dimensional characters, buildings, automobiles or landscapes.

A large variety of components can be added to the objects to make content dynamic and interactive. Unity physics is an example of a component, which, when added to an object in our editor, causes the object to behave as it would in the real world, subject to the forces of friction and gravity. Other components may add animation, photo-realistic textures or movement to the object.

 

136


Table of Contents

Once the creation of a game or other application is completed in the editor and the creator wants to deploy content, our platform compiles all of the application’s components around the Unity runtime. The Unity runtime is a critical part of a Unity application that allows content created on our platform to be interactively rendered in real-time on end-user devices. Content created in our editor can be easily deployed to over 20 platforms using our runtime, limiting the need for creators to invest in proprietary development technology around each and every platform.

Our Create Solutions allow creators to easily develop, edit and iterate interactive 2D and 3D content, in real-time. We offer our customers tiered subscription plans designed to meet the needs of different types of customers:

 

   

Unity Pro:    designed for customers with over $200,000 in annual revenue or funding, provides access to our engine with additional benefits, such as prioritized customer support, collaboration tools and the option to purchase professional services, additional support and licenses to our source code. In 2019 and the first half of 2020, at least two-thirds of our Create Solutions revenue was generated from Unity Pro.

 

   

Unity Enterprise:    designed for larger teams, provides custom solutions at scale with flexibility to adapt to the needs of businesses. Unity Enterprise is designed for our larger customers in gaming and other industries and provides a suite of solutions that includes Unity Pro, PiXYZ data optimization plug-in, HMI toolkit and an immersive design collaboration toolkit.

 

   

Unity Plus:    provides mid-sized, small and independent customers access to our platform with analytics and diagnostics tools and other services. Additional training resources are included to accelerate adoption and to give creators of all experience levels advanced and up-to-date support.

 

   

Unity Personal:    our free solution caters to creators with less than $100,000 in revenue or funding in the last 12 months and is ideal for new real-time 3D developers. Unity Personal serves as a valuable on-ramp to our other price tiers and products.

 

   

Unity Student:    our free offering for verified students that provides access to our engine and additional learning tools.

Our Create Solutions also include our Assisted Artistry tools, including ArtEngine and Granite, which use machine-learning algorithms to accelerate material creation and editing.

 

   

ArtEngine:    our powerful 3D content creation tool that uses AI to help create ultra-realistic digital artwork. ArtEngine removes the burden of minutiae involved in material creation work—such as photoconversion to physically based rendered materials, resolution enhancement, deblur, seam removal, unwarping and color matching—helping artists focus on value-added parts of the creative workflow.

 

   

Granite:    provides an advanced texture system for content. By automatically loading and managing texture tiles, Granite is able to handle large amounts of texture data while using less memory, significantly reducing loading time for larger, detailed virtual worlds.

We have introduced and will continue to develop Create Solutions that are specifically focused on industries beyond gaming, such as Unity Reflect and Unity Forma, and emerging augmented and virtual reality platforms, like Unity MARS.

 

   

Unity Reflect:    enables creators in architecture, engineering and construction to seamlessly transfer building information modeling, or BIM, data into Unity to create real-time 3D experiences across multiple platforms, including augmented and virtual reality. Released in late 2019, Reflect allows multiple designers and building engineers working on different systems to bring their data sets into one Reflect project, while maintaining a live connection to original

 

137


Table of Contents
 

design models. This functionality enables augmented and virtual reality and iOS, PC and Mac viewers to review live-linked models in real-time. Reflect is accessible to any designer, including those not familiar with developing on our platform.

 

   

Unity MARS:     gives creators professional-grade workflows for augmented and virtual reality development. Unity MARS brings environment and sensor data into the creative process, enabling creators to build applications that are context-aware and responsive to physical space. Creators are able to build, prototype and visualize data-oriented applications in real-time without leaving the Unity editor.

 

   

Unity Forma:    offers creators a product configuration toolkit with the high fidelity of Unity’s real-time 3D interactivity and rendering power. Creators are empowered to fast-track the creation of visually appealing digital marketing experiences for use cases across industries such as automotive, retail and others. These experiences, or configurators, can be distributed to a wide audience through the significant and varied platform compatibility of the Unity runtime.

Operate Solutions

Our Operate Solutions offer customers the ability to grow and engage their end-users, and to run and monetize their content, optimizing end-user acquisition and operational costs while increasing the lifetime value of their end-users.

User Acquisition and Monetization

Many of our customers create games and applications with the purpose of building a profitable business. This requires both the acquisition of end-users at a reasonable cost and the monetization of these end-users as they engage over time with the content.

Our user acquisition products enable advertisers to efficiently acquire new end-users at scale. They operate within our monetization ecosystem, which reached over two billion monthly active end-users as of June 30, 2020, making it one of the largest global user bases for advertisers. Our focus and strength are in pay-for-performance end-user acquisition, where advertisers pay us based on a tangible outcome or set goal, such as an install, rather than on a cost per impression basis. As a result, a large number of our advertisers have open spending limits with us as they can clearly measure the positive return on their spend.

 

   

Personalized Advertising:    an end-user acquisition product that uses machine learning combined with our deep player and game data to drive end-user installs at scale. Advertisers can define campaigns based on several parameters:

 

   

Reach:    advertisers define the amount they are willing to pay for each install. Our algorithm maximizes reach and identifies the audience with the highest propensity to install.

 

   

Retention:    our algorithms dynamically adjust the cost per install based on the likelihood of customer retention over 7-day, 14-day and other retention periods. This minimizes the risk that our customer will spend to acquire end-users that are unlikely to yield attractive returns, including those that churn almost immediately.

 

   

Desired Return on Ad Spend (ROAS):    our algorithms dynamically adjust the cost per install based on a combination of the ROAS target set by the advertiser and the predicted lifetime value of an end-user.

 

   

Contextual Advertising:    a product designed for cases in which our customers or their end-users opt-out of personalization within apps. With the depth and breadth of our in-game data, we can deliver highly relevant advertising while respecting stricter privacy elections.

 

138


Table of Contents

Our monetization products generate revenue for our customers in two primary ways. First, we provide in-app advertising technology that connects our customers to a broad range of advertisers is powered by our Unified Auction. Second, we provide micro-transaction capabilities that enable revenue through in-app purchases, or IAP.

 

   

Unity Ads:    enables developers to seek the highest value for each impression of their inventory, through our Unified Auction, from a broad range of advertisers including direct Unity customers as well as demand side platforms, or DSPs. Each time an event is triggered within our customer’s application, our auction determines the best advertisement to show the end-user. Customers can access Unity Ads through a software development kit that enables ad delivery, rendering and transactions.

 

   

Unity IAP:    allows for the sale of virtual goods within free or paid games on all major platforms by enabling creators to create once and connect to all major platform stores (for example the Google Play Store and the Apple App Store), utilizing a convenient single integration.

End-User Engagement

Beyond user acquisition and monetization, one of the biggest challenges for our customers is end-user churn. Retention and content consumption rates are significantly higher for those that build and continuously strengthen relationships with their end-users. Our deep insights powered by machine learning and our sophisticated customer relationship management tools empower our customers to create, optimize and deliver personalized experiences for their end-users, increasing customer retention and engagement rates and resulting in higher end-user lifetime value (LTV).

 

   

deltaDNA:    a portfolio of services our customers use to understand behaviors of end-users within their game and to take action to improve user experiences. These services include:

 

   

In-depth, high fidelity analytics tools used to understand end-user behavior and drive insights.

 

   

Predictive tools that automatically promote actions that will improve LTV through personalization of content and monetization strategies. One such example is the determination of whether to show an in-app purchase promotion versus advertising content depending on an individual end-user’s preferences.

 

   

Machine-learning driven capabilities that predict the likelihood of player churn or an in-app purchase. With this information, our customers can further personalize content and run campaigns to retain these players at scale.

 

   

A Dynamic Ad Placement tool that optimizes ad placement across as many unique surface points as the developer chooses to integrate. Our machine-learning driven algorithms connect customer data with rich content selection and our ad monetization models to maximize both retention and revenue for higher end-user LTV.

 

   

GameTune:    a machine learning solution that provides data science as a service. This gives customers the ability to optimize end-user engagement based on a combination of game elements, such as game progression speed, in-app purchase bundles and difficulty settings.

Cloud Operations

Developers face technical challenges and unpredictable costs as they launch and run multiplayer, multi-platform games and applications across mobile, PC and console platforms and game genres. Delays and downtimes are detrimental to our customers, who therefore place a high value on reliable solutions with predictable cost structures. Our Multiplay, Vivox, Cloud Content Delivery, Build Server

 

139


Table of Contents

and Simulation products focus on delivering real-time content and on optimizing the end-user experience.

 

   

Multiplay:    a dynamic orchestration service that optimizes performance and cost by choosing the best hosting solution in real-time, leveraging the leading third-party cloud service providers as well as co-located data centers. This bypasses the complexity of creating and operating back-end technology and infrastructure, reducing the time and resources required to launch and operate real-time multiplayer games at scale.

 

   

Vivox:    a hosted voice and text service that enables end-users to communicate with each other within real-time games and applications, and across multiple platforms, including iOS, Android, Windows, Mac and consoles. It features 3D positional audio that enables life-like communications within a 3D world. We also offer optional enterprise-level support that includes dedicated servers, integration support teams, virtually unlimited scale and 24/7 operations support. Vivox enables the social aspect of games and drives greater player immersion and higher engagement.

 

   

Cloud Content Delivery:    a service optimizing the delivery of content to end-user devices, enabling applications to be smaller and therefore accessible across a larger range of devices, increasing distribution opportunities for our creators.

 

   

Build Server:    a solution to offload Unity project builds to network hardware, providing centralized, stable and reliable environments for building distributed development projects, while driving higher project quality and avoiding costly downtime.

 

   

Simulation:    a suite of products that harnesses the power of cloud computing to run millions of simulations to test, train and validate projects at scale.

 

   

GameSim:    a cloud-based gameplay simulation service for game creators. GameSim is used during production or pre-launch of a game in order to test and ensure the quality and performance of the game and to test live game operations as well as optimize and balance game challenges versus rewards.

 

   

Unity Simulation:    a cloud-based simulation tool for creators in other industries. Unity Simulation can be used at any point in the development process to test multiple complex scenarios and validate concepts without any up-front hardware investment. While the product is primarily focused on automotive and robotics industries, the product can be used for any project, prototype or concept created in Unity.

Our Customers

Our globally diverse customers range from the largest global enterprises, to mid-market companies, to government and non-profit institutions, to mid-sized, small and independent businesses and individuals. As of June 30, 2020, we had 716 customers with over $100,000 in trailing 12-month revenue, who together represented 74% of our revenue. As of June 30, 2020, we had approximately 100,000 additional customers with trailing 12-month revenue of $100,000 or below that subscribe to our Create Solutions subscription plans or leverage our Operate Solutions to monetize and run their games and applications.

We define a customer as an individual or entity that generated revenue during the measurement period. A single organization with multiple divisions, segments or subsidiaries is generally counted as a single customer, even though we may enter into commercial agreements with multiple parties within that organization. For example, one of our large enterprise customers is Zynga. We consider all Unity subscriptions and services purchased by Zynga-owned studios to be purchased by Zynga as a single customer.

 

140


Table of Contents

In the year ended December 31, 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2020, 34% and 38%, respectively, of our revenue was generated by customers in EMEA, 33% and 32%, respectively, of our revenue was generated by customers in Asia-Pacific and 33% and 30%, respectively, of our revenue was generated by customers in the Americas. No one customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Gaming

We count as long-time customers some of the largest global publishers, AAA game development companies, such as Electronic Arts, Nintendo, Take-Two Interactive, Inc., Tencent and Zynga, among others. We also continue to have significant share with, and growth among, smaller independent game studios.

The following represents a sample list of game titles designed and developed using our Create Solutions:

 

Title

  

Description

Arena of Valor    A multiplayer online battle-arena game published by Tencent Games
Honor of Kings    A Chinese language multiplayer online battle arena game published by Tencent Games
Iron Man VR    A shooter VR game published by Sony Interactive Entertainment
Ori and the Will of the Wisps    A platform-adventure PC and console game published by Xbox Game Studios
Pokémon GO    An augmented reality mobile game published by Niantic

The following represents a sample list of publishers that leverage our Operate Solutions for game operation and monetization:

 

Publisher

  

Description

Electronic Arts    Publisher of several hit game franchises including Apex Legends, Battlefield, FIFA, Madden NFL, Need for Speed and The Sims
Private Division, a wholly owned label of Take-Two Interactive Software, Inc.    Publisher of game series including Kerbal Space Program, The Outer Worlds, Ancestors: The Humankind Odyssey, and Disintegration
Tencent    Globally renowned technology company based in China
Ubisoft Mobile Games    Publisher of popular mobile games such as Assassin’s Creed Rebellion, Just Dance Now and the Hungry Shark series.

Industries Beyond Gaming

We continue to gain significant traction with customers and leading brands in industries beyond gaming, including architecture, engineering and construction; automotive, transportation and manufacturing; and film, animation and cinematics. Our platform is used by eight of the top ten architecture, engineering design and design companies by revenue in 2019, as well as nine of the top ten automotive companies by revenue in 2019.

 

141


Table of Contents

The following represents a sample list of companies in these industries that use our platform:

 

Architecture, Engineering

and Construction

  

Automotive, Transportation

and Manufacturing

  

Film, Animation

and Cinematics

Samsung

SHoP

Skanska

  

BMW

Honda

Volvo Cars

  

Fremantle Media

Keyframe Studios

The following are representative examples of how some of our customers have benefited from using our platform.

Skanska:    one of the world’s largest construction companies, uses Unity for a range of applications, from photorealistic interior mockups to coordinated pre-fab animations, 2D and 3D logistics, model management, and 4D sequencing. Additionally, our platform is enabling Skanska to provide safety training for workers to experience the job site before the project starts, to learn how to operate complex construction equipment, and to train on risky procedures.

Volvo Car Corporation, including its wholly-owned subsidiaries, or Volvo Cars:    uses Unity to reimagine traditional processes across the lifecycle of designing, engineering, manufacturing, selling and servicing vehicles. Since initial adoption in the design studio, Volvo Cars has rapidly expanded its applications of real-time 3D to dozens of use cases and built a cross-departmental production process for virtual car experiences. With Unity, Volvo Cars improves collaboration between designers and engineers, saves money by reducing reliance on physical prototype vehicles and engages car buyers with immersive experiences.

Moving Picture Company, or MPC:    used Unity on Disney’s 2019 recreation of The Lion King. It was shot in real-time, using Unity software integrated within physical-film hardware, including cameras, dollies and cranes. Footage was then rendered offline by MPC Film in collaboration with Renderman, Pixar’s 3D rendering animation software. MPC’s use of Unity allowed for real-time review and processing, minimizing the amount of re-shoots and post-production editing required.

Sales and Marketing

Our go-to-market approach is driven by the strength of our brand, organic creator demand, targeted account-based marketing and a solutions-oriented sales process. We execute a multi-channel model that enables a targeted and cost-effective approach. We combine a web-based system for smaller customers with direct sales efforts for acquiring and expanding product and service penetration within small and medium-sized businesses and enterprise customers. This strategy is supported by a highly effective customer and community support ecosystem and by education programs.

Direct Sales

We use our global direct sales force to acquire new medium to enterprise-sized customers and increase adoption of products and services within these customers. Our enterprise sales, customer success and field engineering teams have deep domain expertise in the industries they serve.

We also deploy technical professionals in our Worldwide Professional Services group who help our customers to complete the development of content made with Unity and facilitate the process of deploying real-time 3D in both gaming and other industries.

For mid-sized, small and independent companies, we leverage a lower-cost inside sales team and an indirect value-added reseller network to cost-effectively reach these customers.

 

142


Table of Contents

In addition to a globally distributed direct sales force, our sales and marketing strategies include solutions engineering, lead generation campaigns, webinars and cooperative marketing efforts with our strategic partners.

Our global Unite conferences serve as a celebration of Unity creators, providing them with the opportunity to brainstorm with Unity experts and industry leaders and to get a sneak peek at what Unity will bring creators in the future. Our developer centric conferences are curated events, typically online and in person, dedicated to ensuring the Unity developer community has access to expertise that can help creators make the most of Unity.

Digital Channel

We reach independent creators and mid-sized, small and independent studios through our self-service web-based channel. We deploy a range of marketing strategies and tactics to drive initial awareness, adoption and retention. These include online evangelism, our Made with Unity sub-brand and learning programs for enthusiasts and students.

New creators often start by using our free Unity Personal or Unity Student plans. We encourage continued creator engagement by providing free resources, such as creator education, Asset Store access, and enrollment into our network of Unity creators. Customers do not need to upgrade to a paid plan until they reach $100,000 in annual revenue or funding. For our Operate Solutions, we enable customers to easily get started by providing a self-service platform for our monetization solutions and free use of our Vivox product for up to 5,000 concurrent users. The majority of our Operate Solutions customers are on boarded through our self-serve platform and require minimal upfront investment to get started.

Many of our free users become champions for Unity, creating word-of-mouth advertising for our products and services. As creators engage more deeply with Unity, they often upgrade to paid plans via our website or sales teams. We support this upgrade path through targeted marketing campaigns and in-product prompts highlighting the added benefits and features of our paid plans. The significant majority of Unity’s monthly active creators are free users, and we see this as an opportunity for future growth.

Customer and Community Support

We believe that highly responsive and effective support and education are an extension of our brand and are core to building and maintaining creator loyalty and trust.

Our community support team assists creators using both the free and paid versions of our Create Solutions to drive adoption, subscription renewal and free-to-paid conversion. Additionally, our customer experience team receives and quantifies feedback from brands, agencies and studios using Unity at scale. This focus on responsiveness and personal touch helps us improve customer satisfaction and identify high-value opportunities for product improvements.

We tier our support levels based on customer size. Creators using our free solutions have access to chat, email and web-based community resources, while paid customers have access to additional levels of higher-touch support. Our community resources serve as the foundation for all of our levels of support, giving creators the opportunity to discuss challenges and solutions with experienced Unity creators and interact with our expert support team via:

 

   

Forums:    the central hub of our community discussions. Creators can voice their opinions, show what they are working on and ask for advice.

 

143


Table of Contents
   

Answers:    our self-service repository for all solutions relating to common questions on product and workflows.

 

   

Documentation:    available from within the product, our documentation, which is translated into four languages, covers how to use every component in Unity.

Our customer success team supports our large customers through every step of their journey with Unity. This starts with onboarding and sharing of best practices, as well as product education, and continues with support for renewals and introductions to additional Unity products and solutions. We have teams dedicated to provide specialized support for each of our products.

Our educational offerings include a range of free, web-based classes and tutorials on how to use, administer, optimize and customize Unity. We also offer in-person training through our developer relations program and at our Unity-hosted community events. Our Unite conferences and participation in various developer-centric conferences provide creators with tangible skills to launch, market and monetize successful games and applications.

Our Strategic Relationships

We have a robust and diverse partner ecosystem that includes leading hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers. Our partners benefit from their relationship with us through growth in engagement of our customers with their ecosystem.

Our partner ecosystem is critical to our create once and deploy anywhere value proposition to our customers and is an important part of our go-to-market strategy. Partners also serve as a source of brand awareness and sales leads in new industries, and help to accelerate our sales cycles through co-marketing programs.

Apple

Our close collaboration with Apple allows Unity customers to benefit from new functionality and features as well as new platforms and distribution channels, such as iOS, AppleTV and Mac. Additionally, Unity customers can use optimized features for ARKit and supporting distribution of content on stores such as the Mac App Store, the App Store and Apple Arcade.

Autodesk

Our collaboration with Autodesk streamlines workflows and eliminates creator friction between Autodesk and Unity products. Today, users can import and export Maya and 3ds Max scenes into Unity. They can also import BIM data from Autodesk’s Revit product into our Reflect product to visualize environments and build interactive experiences for the architecture, engineering and construction industry.

ARM

We partner with ARM to support and optimize Unity for their processors and graphics processing unit architecture. This allows Unity users to experience seamless performance and feature availability across ARM’s technology ecosystem, including all major mobile phone and SoC manufacturers.

Google and DeepMind

We partner with the following Google businesses and groups:

 

   

Android: Our creators can reach the global audience of consumers on Android, across multiple distribution channels.

 

144


Table of Contents
   

ARCore: Our creators have a seamless experience building and deploying mobile augmented reality content to over 500 million ARCore-enabled devices.

 

   

AdMob: Our creators have access to Google’s advertisers through our Unified Auction.

 

   

Google Cloud Platform:    Google Cloud products, services & infrastructure are the foundation of Unity’s cloud-based services. This partnership makes it much simpler and affordable to power Unity games with cloud technology, and enables creators to access the Google Cloud Platform for high-performance processing and delivery of their content.

 

   

Stadia:    The Stadia Makers program was launched with an initial focus on Unity developers and provides an on ramp for games to publish to this streaming platform.

We also partner with DeepMind, which uses Unity to create complex virtual environments and simulations required by scientists to push the boundaries of AI research.

Intel

Our partnership with Intel allows creators to maximize their usage of Intel GPU and CPU powered platforms, optimizing content reach performance for experiences on Intel architecture.

Microsoft

We have a long history of collaborating with Microsoft to drive innovation:

 

   

Games and apps:    creators can build native games and applications for Windows, Xbox One, Xbox Live, future hardware and distribution channels.

 

   

Havok:    the best in class physics solution, Havok Physics for Unity is built on our new Data-Oriented Technology Stack architecture.

 

   

HoloLens:    creators can build and deploy to HoloLens and HoloLens 2, leading platforms for augmented and mixed reality creation.

Nintendo

For the Nintendo Switch Console, developers can build native games with Unity and over half of games on Nintendo Switch have been made with Unity during the three years since the Nintendo Switch’s launch. In addition, our Vivox voice service is provided as the voice software development kit for the Nintendo Switch.

Of Nintendo’s mobile games, Mario Kart: Tour, Super Mario Run and Animal Crossing: Pocket Camp are made with Unity.

Samsung

Our technology and device partnership with Samsung allows us to collaborate on state-of-the-art gaming performance on Samsung mobile devices, including adaptive performance technology. We make this technology accessible to our creators to allow for real-time adaptive scaling in game content so the Samsung mobile device and content can work together to achieve optimal gaming performance.

Sony

Our partnership with Sony Interactive Entertainment enables creators to build native games and VR experiences for Sony PlayStation 4, Sony PlayStation VR and future hardware.

 

145


Table of Contents

Tencent

Our partnership with Tencent will enable creators to access the Tencent Cloud service for high-performance last-mile delivery of their content within China. This domestic partnership makes it much simpler and more affordable to power Unity games with cloud technology within China.

Research and Development

Our engineering and product teams and culture are customer-oriented and work alongside customers to deliver high value, high quality features and functionality across the numerous devices and platforms we support. We deliver these features through frequent updates to our Create and Operate Solutions.

Our research and development efforts are distributed around the world, and combined with our support for numerous platforms, we have developed significant expertise in build, test and deployment tools, technologies and automation, for both traditional, native-code, monolithic repositories as well as package-based, cloud hosted packages. These tools enable us to work independently and efficiently and maintain a rapid sustained pace of innovation.

Over the last two fiscal years, we have invested more than $450 million in research and development to build our platform. We had 1,879 employees involved in research and development and related activities as of June 30, 2020, which accounted for 56% of our total headcount.

Competition

We primarily compete with other content development tools and monetization services. Most of these competitors offer point solutions which represent a subset of the offerings on our platform:

 

   

Create Solutions:    We primarily compete against proprietary game engines built in-house by large game studios, as well as Unreal Engine (Epic Games) and Cocos2d (Chukong Technologies), which offer game development tools primarily serving the PC games and mobile games sectors, and, in the case of Unreal Engine (Epic Games), industries beyond gaming. Outside of gaming, we also compete with other development platforms that offer 2D and 3D design products.

 

   

Operate Solutions:    With respect to our Operate Solutions, we operate in a fragmented ecosystem composed of select divisions of large, well-established companies as well as privately held companies. The large companies in our ecosystem may play multiple different roles given the breadth of their business. Examples of these large companies are Amazon, Facebook, Google, Microsoft and Tencent. Most of these companies are also our partners and customers.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market are:

 

   

the pace and quality of new product innovation;

 

   

product capabilities, including flexibility, scalability, performance, security and reliability;

 

   

integration with existing platforms;

 

   

high-quality customer support, training and services;

 

   

brand recognition and reputation;

 

   

return on investment of sales and marketing efforts;

 

146


Table of Contents
   

volume and leverage of user data and analytics;

 

   

price and affordability of our solutions and customer economics;

 

   

ease of use of products; and

 

   

ability to expand to adjacent industries.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors.

Technology Infrastructure and Operations

We have built our technology infrastructure using a distributed and scalable architecture on a global scale. We designed our technology platform with multiple layers of redundancy to guard against data loss and to deliver high availability and low latency. Incremental backups are performed twice a day and full backups are performed daily. Backups are preserved for a time period directly proportional to the criticality of the data.

Redundant copies of content are stored in several geographically separate regions and are replicated within each region. Data is transmitted in encrypted form. We mainly use Google Cloud Platform as our processing and delivery cloud infrastructure but also have some services with other cloud infrastructure providers and some with special hardware/security requirements running on our own, private data center. With respect to the Google Cloud Platform, we are party to a cloud service agreement with Google, pursuant to which we are committed to spend an aggregate of $189.0 million between December 2018 and December 2024. If we fail to meet the minimum purchase commitment during any year, we are required to pay the difference. Either we or Google may terminate the agreement if the other party is in material breach and fails to cure the breach within 30 days after receiving written notice. We expect to meet our remaining commitment under this agreement.

We have built a service operations infrastructure with automated, 24x7 telemetry, supported by a team to help ensure that any issues that arise with our services are addressed as quickly as possible.

Security, Privacy and Data Protection

At Unity we understand that creative assets, performance and user data are critical to our customers’ businesses. We devote considerable resources to our security program and regularly test the security of our services to make sure user assets are securely stored and separated. We make it easy for content creators to securely build and distribute their creative products.

Security

Our team of security practitioners, working in partnership with peers across our company, work to identify and mitigate risks, implement industry leading best practices and continue to evaluate ways to improve. We focus on four core components: Application Security, Infrastructure Security, Incident Response, and Governance and Compliance. In addition to these core components, we drive a program of Responsible Disclosure to engage and gain support of the research community to identify advanced issues for remediation. Our security program is focused on expanding our documentation and audit functions in order to ready us for industry certifications that will be important for our growth in industrial and government markets.

Privacy and Data Protection

The privacy of developers and application users and protection of the data in our ecosystem are important to Unity’s continued growth and success. We maintain a dedicated privacy team that leads a

 

147


Table of Contents

group of employees, federated throughout the organization, who serve in roles responsible for data governance and management within product groups and functional areas. We conduct privacy impact assessments and data protection impact assessments, conduct product and feature reviews, maintain a reasonably exhaustive list of data collected and processed, and provide support for data protection and privacy-related requests. Our privacy team reports progress on the program and its functions quarterly to a team of executives charged with data governance oversight, and conducts regular privacy-related training. Additionally, our Data Protection Officer periodically updates the audit committee of our board of directors on changes in laws and Unity’s compliance activities.

We are committed to complying with, and helping our customers comply with, data protection laws globally. We monitor guidance from industry and regulatory bodies, meet with regulators and update our product features and contractual commitments when necessary to meet new or evolving privacy legal requirements.

We maintain a privacy policy that describes how Unity collects, uses and discloses information, and what choices organizations and users have.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, employee non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements, and other legal and contractual rights to establish and protect our proprietary rights.

As of June 30, 2020, we had 40 issued patents in the United States that expire between 2032 and 2038, eight issued patents in non-U.S. jurisdictions, and 79 patent applications (including 20 provisional applications and seven active PCT applications) pending in the United States and globally. While we believe our patents and patent applications in the aggregate are important to our competitive position, no single patent or patent application is material to us as a whole.

We have trademark rights in our name and other brand indicia and have trademark registrations for select marks in the United States and other jurisdictions around the world. We also have registered domain names for websites that we use in our business, such as www.unity.com and similar variations.

We control access to and use of our proprietary technology and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. It is our practice to enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements (or similar agreements) with our employees, consultants and contractors involved in the development of intellectual property on our behalf. We also enter into confidentiality agreements with other third parties in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our confidential information and proprietary information. We further control the use of our proprietary technology and intellectual property through provisions in our terms of service. We intend to pursue additional intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

Our Company Values

The Unity Values capture what we represent and form the foundation of our company culture. They have a material impact on how we do our jobs and how we treat each other every day, and guide us in making the right decisions for our customers, partners and creators.

Users First:    We put users first, they are the reason we do what we do. Our shared dedication to our customers holds us together, defines and aligns our work and drives us to deliver for them.

 

148


Table of Contents

Best Ideas Win:    We believe great ideas can come from anywhere. We have vigorous debates, we listen and learn, and we make sure the best ideas win. We care enough to go through the pain of messy conversations.

In It Together:    We are Citizens of Unity. We act like owners. We’re activists; we have a voice and use it. We’re direct and candid, with good intent. We deeply collaborate towards shared goals and respect each other’s unique contributions.

Go Bold:    We do bold things. We go big and when we fail, we learn, get better and go big again. We challenge and elevate each other beyond our limits to do what may seem impossible. We stay curious and hungry.

How we live our values each day matters, too. We believe in approaching each employee and interaction with Empathy, Respect and Opportunity. These values form the foundation of our Diversity and Inclusion programs, which we continue to develop and expand.

Empathy is the ability to recognize and validate the perspectives and experiences of others, even without connecting yourself to those experiences. It’s about listening to understand—not to respond.

Respect is rooting your efforts in empathy, by taking every-day actions that acknowledge individual experiences and perspectives.

Opportunity is demonstrating respect for the knowledge and experience of others by empowering them to contribute, create or lead based on that knowledge and experience.

We invest in our culture in many ways, including a Unity Leadership Program run by senior leaders, frequent Town Hall meetings, executive roundtables, manager and employee development opportunities and a global Workplace Experience team dedicated to curating local cultural events including yoga, meditation, coffee talks and game nights.

We love creators—those bold enough to create what is in their imagination to change the world. Creators are changemakers and Unity is their platform for change. Since our founding, we have focused on empowering our creators and employees to make the world a better place. We plan to continue to invest in these efforts with the creation of a donor-advised fund. In July 2020, our board of directors approved the issuance of 750,000 shares of our common stock to such fund after the completion of this offering.

Employees

As of June 30, 2020, we had a total of 3,379 full-time employees, across 44 offices in 16 countries. We also engage contractors and consultants. We had 1,879 employees involved in research and development and related activities as of June 30, 2020, which accounted for 56% of our total headcount. This highlights our commitment to delivering quality solutions for creators of all industries. In addition, our geographic diversification enhances our ability to retain and attract talent, and as of June 30, 2020, approximately 64% of our full-time employees were located outside of the United States. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. In certain countries in which we operate, we are subject to, and comply with, local labor law requirements, which may automatically make our employees subject to industry-wide collective bargaining agreements. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our employee relations to be positive. Based on our recent employee engagement survey, we have an employee engagement of 82%, which is 9 points higher than our benchmark comparative firms, and 94% of our employees said that they would recommend Unity as a great place to work.

 

149


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in San Francisco, California, where we lease approximately 53,000 square feet of space under a lease that expires in August 2025. We also lease an aggregate of 88,608 square feet of space in Copenhagen, Denmark, under two leases that expire in September 2026 and March 2029, respectively. In addition, we maintain additional offices in the United States in Massachusetts, California, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas and Washington, and in Belgium, Canada, China, Colombia, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Lithuania, Singapore, Sweden, the United Kingdom and Singapore. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs, and that should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. We are not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition. Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

150


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information for our executive officers and directors as of August 1, 2020:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

John Riccitiello.

     60      President, Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman

Brett Bibby

     55      Senior Vice President and Chief Product Officer

Clive Downie

     47      Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

Ralph Hauwert

     40      Senior Vice President, Research and Development

Kimberly Jabal

     51      Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Ruth Ann Keene

     51      Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Ingrid Lestiyo

     41      Senior Vice President and General Manager, Operate Solutions

Dave Rhodes

     56      Senior Vice President and General Manager, Unity Create Solutions

Key Employees

     

Joachim Ante

     38      Chief Technology Officer

Luc Barthelet

     58      Senior Vice President and General Manager, Technology

Sylvio Drouin

     53      Senior Vice President, Unity Labs

Danny Lange

     58      Senior Vice President, Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning

Scott Pitasky

     57      Senior Vice President, Chief People Officer

Non-Executive Officer Directors

     

Roelof Botha

     46      Director

Egon Durban

     46      Director

David Helgason

     42      Director

Alyssa Henry

     49      Director

Barry Schuler

     66      Director

Robynne Sisco

     55      Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)

Member of the nominating and governance committee.

Executive Officers

John Riccitiello.     Mr. Riccitiello has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since October 2014, as Executive Chairman of our board of directors since June 2014, and as a member of our board of directors since November 2013. From April 2007 to February 2013, Mr. Riccitiello served as the Chief Executive Officer for Electronic Arts, Inc., a public video game developer and publisher, where he had previously served as President and Chief Operating Officer from October 1997 to April 2004. From May 2004 to March 2007, Mr. Riccitiello co-founded and served as a Managing Director of Elevation Partners, LLC, a private equity firm. Mr. Riccitiello holds a B.S. in business administration from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley.

Mr. Riccitiello was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as his experience in the gaming and entertainment industries.

 

151


Table of Contents

Brett Bibby.     Mr. Bibby has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Product Officer since February 2020, after serving as our Vice President of Engineering from February 2014 to February 2020 and as a Field Engineer and Evangelist in the Southeast Asia market for Unity Technologies ApS, one of our subsidiaries, from May 2012 to February 2014. Mr. Bibby holds an A.S. in electronic engineering technology from American River College, and a B.S. degree in international business and Japanese language from California State University, Sacramento.

Clive Downie.     Mr. Downie has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer since May 2015. From October 2013 to May 2015, Mr. Downie served as the Chief Operating Officer of Zynga Inc., a social game developer. From October 2012 to October 2013, Mr. Downie served as the Chief Executive Officer of DeNA West, a mobile games developer.

Ralph Hauwert.     Mr. Hauwert has served as our Senior Vice President, Research and Development since February 2020 after serving as our Vice President of Platforms for Research and Development from April 2018 to February 2020, as our Director of Development – Head of Platforms/Research and Development from September 2016 to April 2018, as the Director of Development for Research and Development for Unity Technologies ApS, one of our subsidiaries, from July 2015 to September 2016, and as one of the Team Leads and Senior Developers for Unity Technologies ApS from June 2011 to July 2015.

Kimberly Jabal.     Ms. Jabal has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2019. From November 2015 to December 2018, Ms. Jabal served as the Chief Financial Officer of Weebly, Inc., a provider of web-hosting and e-commerce services, and helped guide its acquisition by Square, Inc. in May 2018. From February 2013 to November 2015, Ms. Jabal served as Chief Financial Officer of Path, Inc., a social networking technology company. Ms. Jabal serves on the board of directors of FedEx Corporation, a delivery services company. Ms. Jabal holds a B.S. in engineering from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Ruth Ann Keene.     Ms. Keene has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since September 2016. From August 2005 to September 2016, Ms. Keene served in various legal roles, most recently as Vice President, Assistant General Counsel and Assistant Secretary, of Autodesk, Inc., a public 3D design, engineering and entertainment software company. From October 1998 to August 2005, Ms. Keene was an attorney at Morrison & Foerster LLP, an international law firm. Ms. Keene holds a B.A. in history from Cornell University, and a J.D., cum laude, from Cornell Law School.

Ingrid Lestiyo.     Ms. Lestiyo has served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Operate Solutions since August 2020 after serving as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Monetization from July 2018 to August 2020, and as our Vice President of Monetization from July 2016 to July 2018. From May 2012 to May 2016, Ms. Lestiyo served as Senior Vice President at Rubicon Project, Inc., an online-advertising technology company. In November 2009, Ms. Lestiyo co-founded Mobsmith, Inc., a mobile advertising platform, and served as its Chief Executive Officer until it was acquired by Rubicon Project, Inc. in May 2012. Ms. Lestiyo holds a B.A. in engineering and an M.Eng. from the University of Cambridge, and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Dave Rhodes.     Mr. Rhodes has served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Unity Create Solutions since April 2020 after serving as our Chief Revenue Officer from January 2017 to April 2020. From March 2014 to January 2017, Mr. Rhodes served as the Executive Vice President of Sales, Services and Marketing of Paradigm B.V., a developer of software for the oil-and-gas industry. From January 2003 to March 2014, Mr. Rhodes held several sales roles at Autodesk, Inc., a public 3D design, engineering and entertainment software company, most recently as Vice President of

 

152


Table of Contents

the Americas and Worldwide Sales Leader of Engineering, Natural Resources, and Infrastructure Segment. Mr. Rhodes holds a B.A. in computer science from the University of California, San Diego and an M.B.A. in marketing and finance from the University of San Diego.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Key Employees

Joachim Ante.     Mr. Ante has served as our Chief Technology Officer since August 2004, when he co-founded our company. Mr. Ante initially began writing the core of the Unity platform as a teenager. He served as a member of our board of directors from June 2014 through August 2020.

Luc Barthelet.     Mr. Barthelet has served as our Senior Vice President, Technology since August 2020 after serving as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Cloud Services from December 2018 to August 2020. From May 2014 to December 2018, Mr. Barthelet served as the Captain of the ship Makena. From December 2010 to May 2014, Mr. Barthelet served as the Executive Director of Wolfram Alpha, LLC, a computational knowledge engine. In May 2008, Mr. Barthelet founded TirNua, Inc., a games company, and served as Chief Executive Officer until its acquisition in November 2010. From 1987 to 2008, Mr. Barthelet held various roles at Electronic Arts, Inc. Mr. Barthelet holds an M.E. in engineering from ESTP Paris.

Sylvio Drouin.     Mr. Drouin has served as our Senior Vice President of Research Labs since February 2015. From April 2010 to January 2015, Mr. Drouin served as one of our Strategic Advisors. Since January 2020, Mr. Drouin has served on the board of the Technology Development Group at the University of California, Los Angeles, which serves as a campus-wide gateway to innovation, research and entrepreneurship. From 2012 to 2015, Mr. Drouin was co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Bitlogica Inc., a Silicon Valley boutique venture and innovation accelerator. From May 2009 to December 2011, Mr. Drouin served as Chief Technology Officer at Xtranormal Technology, Inc., a company that developed a 3D storytelling tool. Mr Drouin has authored 15 patents.

Danny Lange.     Mr. Lange has served as our Senior Vice President, Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning since December 2016. From November 2015 to December 2016, Mr. Lange was the Head of Machine Learning at Uber Technologies, Inc., a ride-hailing company. From March 2014 to October 2015, Mr. Lange was the General Manager for Amazon Machine Learning at Amazon.com, Inc., a public ecommerce marketplace company. Mr. Lange holds an M.S. and a Ph.D. in computer science from the Technical University of Denmark.

Scott Pitasky.     Mr. Pitasky has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief People Officer since May 2020. Mr. Pitasky served as Vice President, Human Resources supporting the Worldwide Consumer business at Amazon.com Inc., a public e-commerce marketplace company, from May 2017 to May 2020. From September 2014 to April 2017, Mr. Pitasky was the Executive Vice President, Chief Partner Resources Officer at Starbucks Corporation, a public coffeehouse and roaster company, and served in various senior-level human resources roles at Microsoft Corporation, a public software and technology company, from 2001 to 2014, including Vice President, Human Resources. Mr. Pitasky holds a B.S. in economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Non-Executive Officer Directors

Roelof Botha.     Mr. Botha has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2009. Since January 2003, Mr. Botha has served in various positions at Sequoia Capital, a venture

 

153


Table of Contents

capital firm, including as a Managing Member of Sequoia Capital Operations, LLC since 2007. From March 2000 to June 2003, Mr. Botha served in various positions at PayPal, Inc., a public online payments company, including as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Botha currently serves on the boards of directors of Eventbrite, Inc., a global platform for live experiences, Square, Inc., a provider of payment processing and financial and marketing services, MongoDB, Inc., a cross-platform database program, Natera, Inc., a genetic testing company, as well as a number of privately-held companies. Mr. Botha previously served on the board of directors of Xoom Corporation, a payment processing company, from May 2005 until its acquisition by PayPal, Inc. in November 2015. Mr. Botha holds a B.S. in actuarial science, economics and statistics from the University of Cape Town and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

Mr. Botha was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his knowledge of the technology industry and experience serving on the boards of directors of public companies.

Egon Durban.     Mr. Durban has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2017. Mr. Durban joined Silver Lake Management LLC, a global private equity firm, in 1999 as a founding principal and has served as the firm’s Co-Chief Executive Officer and Managing Partner since December 2019. He also serves on the board of directors of Twitter, Inc., a social networking service, Dell Technologies Inc., an information technology company, Motorola Solutions, Inc., a multinational telecommunications company, VMware, Inc., a software company, and several privately-held companies. Mr. Durban also served as a director at Intelsat S.A., a satellite telecommunications company, from 2008 to 2016, at Pivotal Software, Inc., a software and services company, from 2016 until its acquisition in 2019, and at SecureWorks Corp., an information security services company, from 2015 to May 2020. Mr. Durban holds a B.S. in business administration, cum laude, from Georgetown University.

Mr. Durban was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant knowledge of the technology industry and experience as a director of publicly and privately-held technology companies.

David Helgason.     Mr. Helgason co-founded our company in August 2004. Mr. Helgason served as a member of our board from July 2007 to June 2014, and was reappointed as a director in May 2015. From August 2004 to October 2014, Mr. Helgason served as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Since July 2016, Mr. Helgason has served as a Partner at Nordic Makers General Partners ApS, an early-stage venture capital firm. Mr. Helgason serves on the board of several privately-held companies. Mr. Helgason studied physics, Arabic, and psychology at the University of Copenhagen from 1997 to 2001.

Mr. Helgason was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant knowledge of our company and his experience in the gaming and entertainment industries.

Alyssa Henry.     Ms. Henry has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2018. Since May 2014, Ms. Henry has held several roles at Square, Inc., a public financial services and payment processing company, currently Seller Lead. From 2006 to 2014, Ms. Henry served in various positions for Amazon.com Inc., an e-commerce company, including as Vice President of Amazon Web Services Storage Services. Ms. Henry serves as a member of the board of directors of Intel Corporation, a semiconductor and technology company. Ms. Henry holds a B.S. in mathematics and applied science with a specialization in computing from the University of California, Los Angeles.

Ms. Henry was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her experience working in the software and technology industries and her expertise in computer science and engineering.

 

154


Table of Contents

Barry Schuler.     Mr. Schuler has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2016. In 2006, Mr. Schuler co-founded the Draper Fisher Jurveston Growth Fund, where he currently serves as Managing Director and Partner. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Schuler held various roles at America Online Inc., a web portal and online service provider, including Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Schuler serves on the board of a number of privately-held companies. Mr. Schuler holds a B.A. in psychology from Rutgers University.

Mr. Schuler was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his knowledge of the technology and entertainment industries and his experience serving on the boards of directors of fast-growing technology companies.

Robynne Sisco.     Ms. Sisco has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Since August 2012, Ms. Sisco has held various positions at Workday, Inc., a public financial management software company, including Co-President and Chief Financial Officer since February 2018, and as Chief Financial Officer since April 2016. From June 2009 to August 2012, Ms. Sisco served as Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller at VMware, Inc., a software company. Ms. Sisco also previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer at VeriSign Inc., and held senior finance positions at Oracle Corporation, Visa Inc., GE Capital, and Ford Motor Company. Ms. Sisco holds a B.A. in economics and accounting from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. in finance from Golden Gate University.

Ms. Sisco was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her experience working in the software and technology industries and her expertise in finance.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated voting agreement, our directors were elected as follows:

 

   

Mr. Riccitiello is currently elected in his capacity as our current Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Mr. Helgason was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our common stock;

 

   

Mr. Botha was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our convertible Series A preferred stock;

 

   

Mr. Schuler was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our convertible Series C preferred stock;

 

   

Mr. Durban was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our convertible Series D preferred stock; and

 

   

Ms. Sisco and Ms. Henry were elected as the designees nominated by holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock.

In connection with this offering, the provisions of our amended and restated voting agreement relating to the election of our directors will terminate and our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected, along with our bylaws, will be amended and restated. After the

 

155


Table of Contents

completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and amended and restated bylaws. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering, immediately after this offering our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Mr. Botha, Mr. Helgason and Mr. Riccitiello, and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Mr. Durban, Mr. Schuler and Ms. Sisco, and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Ms. Henry and             , and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment, and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Botha, Mr. Durban, Ms. Henry, Mr. Schuler and Ms. Sisco do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the NYSE listing standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence. For example, the Board considered (i) with respect to Mr. Botha, a personal loan that a trust affiliated with Mr. Botha made to Mr. Riccitiello, which has been repaid; (ii) with respect to Mr. Botha and Ms. Henry, the fact that Mr. Botha serves on the board of directors of Square, Inc., where Ms. Henry serves as an executive officer; and (iii) with respect to Ms. Sisco, the fact that we purchase products and services in the ordinary course of business from Workday, Inc., where Ms. Sisco serves as an executive officer. In addition, the Board considered the beneficial ownership of our shares held by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Lead Independent Director

Upon the completion of this offering, our corporate governance guidelines will provide that one of our independent directors shall serve as the lead independent director at any time when an independent director is not serving as the chairperson of the board of directors. Our board of directors has appointed Mr. Botha to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Botha will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, coordinate activities of the independent directors, and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

 

156


Table of Contents

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Ms. Sisco, Mr. Botha and             . Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee satisfies the independence requirements under the listing standards of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Ms. Sisco. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Sisco and Mr. Botha are each an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment.

The primary purpose of our audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits, and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

   

helping our board of directors oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

   

managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence, and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, when required;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions;

 

   

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

   

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Schuler, Mr. Durban and             . The chair of our compensation committee is Mr. Schuler. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent under the listing standards of the NYSE, and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

157


Table of Contents

The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans, and programs, and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors, and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

administering our equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing, adopting, amending, and terminating incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, profit sharing plans, bonus plans, change-of-control protections, and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management; and

 

   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, including our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Ms. Henry and             . The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Ms. Henry. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the listing standards of the NYSE.

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

   

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

 

   

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

   

overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at https://www.unity.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of the NYSE concerning any amendments to, or waivers from,

 

158


Table of Contents

any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Stock Ownership and Holding Guidelines

In an effort to align our directors’ and executive officers’ interests with those of our stockholders, we have adopted stock ownership guidelines that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Within five years of becoming subject to the guidelines, each of our non-employee directors is expected to hold a number of shares of our stock valued at not less than $150,000. Within five years of becoming subject to the guidelines, our executive officers are expected to hold a number of shares of our stock valued at not less than a multiple of their annual base salaries, consisting of five times annual base salary for our Chief Executive Officer and one times annual base salary for our other executive officers. The initial ownership requirement calculations will be made using a price per share equal to 75% of the price at which our shares are offered to the public in this offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee are currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we did not pay any cash compensation to our non-employee directors, or to Mr. Riccitiello or Mr. Ante, for their service on our board of directors. Mr. Ante resigned from our board of directors in August 2020. We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned or paid to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2019, other than Mr. Riccitiello and Mr. Ante. All compensation paid to Mr. Riccitiello and Mr. Ante is for services rendered as our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer, respectively. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for additional information regarding the compensation earned by Mr. Riccitiello. During 2019, Mr. Ante earned $281,674 in base salary and a bonus of $142,773. We also contributed $7,909 to Mr. Ante’s pension account pursuant to our non-U.S. defined contribution pension plan. In 2019, Mr. Ante was granted options to purchase 220,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $11.28 per share. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate number of shares subject to outstanding stock options held by Mr. Ante was 1,070,000.

 

Name

   Option
Awards
($)(1)(2)
     All Other
Compensation 
($)
    Total
($)
 

Roelof Botha

               

Egon Durban

               

David Helgason

          $   127,606 (3)       

Alyssa Henry

   $   306,868        $   306,868  

Max Levchin(4)

               

Barry Schuler

               

Robynne Sisco

   $   666,635        $   666,635  

Raymond Yang(5)

               

 

159


Table of Contents

 

(1)

The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019 under our 2019 Plan, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the non-employee directors.

(2)

As of December 31, 2019, only Ms. Henry, Mr. Levchin and Ms. Sisco held shares underlying unvested equity awards. The aggregate number of shares subject to outstanding stock options held by each of the foregoing non-employee directors as of December 31, 2019 was as follows: (a) 130,000 shares of common stock for Ms. Henry; (b) 100,000 shares of common stock for Mr. Levchin; and (c) 195,000 shares for Ms. Sisco.

(3)

Represents consulting fees paid to Foobar Technologies ApS, an affiliate of Mr. Helgason.

(4)

Mr. Levchin resigned from our board of directors in January 2020.

(5)

Mr. Yang resigned from our board of directors in July 2020.

August 2020 RSU Grants

In August 2020, our board of directors approved RSU grants to each of our non-employee directors, effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The number of shares of our common stock subject to the RSU grants for each non-employee director is as follows: 14,016 shares in the case of Ms. Henry, Ms. Sisco and Mr. Schuler, 12,742 shares in the case of Mr. Helgason, 14,526 shares in the case of Mr. Botha and 13,252 shares in the case of Mr. Durban. The shares subject to the foregoing awards will vest in full on the date of our first annual meeting of stockholders that occurs following the completion of this offering, subject in each case to the non-employee director’s continued service through such date.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

In August 2020, we adopted a non-employee director compensation policy which will be effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Pursuant to this policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive the compensation described below.

Annual Grant and Cash Election

At the close of business on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders that occurs following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will automatically be granted an RSU award covering the number of shares of our common stock equal to (i) $250,000 minus such non-employee director’s Cash Amount (as defined below), if any, divided by (ii) the closing sales price per share of our common stock on the date of the applicable annual meeting. Each annual grant will fully vest on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the applicable grant date and (ii) the date of the first annual meeting following the applicable grant date, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service through the vesting date.

Non-employee directors may elect to receive up to $50,000 of the value of the annual grant in the form of a cash payment (any such amount that is elected is referred to as the “Cash Amount”).

Retainer Grant

At the close of business on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders that occurs following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will automatically be granted an RSU award covering the number of shares of our common stock equal to (i) the Total Retainer (as defined below) divided by (ii) the closing sales price per share of our common stock on the date of the applicable annual meeting, rounded down to the nearest whole share. Each retainer grant will fully vest on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the applicable grant date and (ii) the date of the first annual meeting following the applicable grant date, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service through the vesting date.

 

160


Table of Contents

The “Total Retainer” is the sum of the following retainer fees, as applicable with respect to such non-employee director, measured as of the date of the retainer grant:

 

Committee Chair:   

$25,000

Committee Member:   

$10,000

Lead Independent Director:   

$25,000

Initial Grant

In addition, under our non-employee director compensation policy each non-employee director elected or appointed to our board of directors after the completion of this offering will automatically, upon the date of his or her initial election or appointment as a non-employee director (or, if such date is not a business day, the first business day thereafter), be granted an RSU award covering the number of shares of our common stock equal to (i) $400,000 divided by (ii) the closing sales price per share of our common stock on the applicable grant date, rounded down to the nearest whole share. Each initial grant will vest in a series of successive equal quarterly installments over the three-year period measured from the applicable grant date, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service through each applicable vesting date.

Acceleration

Our non-employee director compensation policy provides that for each non-employee director who remains in continuous service with the company until immediately prior to the closing of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2020 Plan), the shares subject to his or her then-outstanding equity awards that were granted pursuant to the non-employee director compensation policy, as well as any other then-outstanding equity awards then held by such non-employee director, and any Cash Amount elected in lieu of a portion of an annual grant, will become fully vested (and in the case of the Cash Amount, payable) immediately prior to the closing of such Change in Control.

Expenses

We will also continue to reimburse each non-employee director for ordinary, necessary and reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses to cover in-person attendance at and participation in board and committee meetings.

 

161


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, were:

 

   

John Riccitiello, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Kimberly Jabal, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Ingrid Lestiyo, our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Operate Solutions.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Name

  Year     Salary
($)
    Option
Awards
($)(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
    Total
($)
 

John Riccitiello

    2019       360,000       7,834,553       255,452             8,450,005  

President and Chief Executive Officer

           

Kimberly Jabal(3)

    2019       278,096       4,814,539       125,143       11,124       5,228,902  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

           

Ingrid Lestiyo

    2019       337,726       2,246,785       211,079       11,200       2,806,790  

Senior Vice President and General Manager, Operate Solutions

           

 

(1)

The amounts disclosed represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards and stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2019 under our 2019 Plan, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718 without consideration to the probability of achieving any performances. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock awards and stock options are set forth in Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officer. The stock awards do not commence vesting until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” for additional information.

(2)

Consists of 401(k) employer contributions.

(3)

Ms. Jabal joined our company in March 2019.

Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers

We have entered into offer letters with each of our named executive officers setting forth the terms and conditions of such executive’s employment with us. The offer letters generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the named executive officer’s initial base salary. Each of our named executive officers has executed our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement.

John Riccitiello

In October 2014, we entered into an offer letter agreement with John Riccitiello, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The offer letter originally provided for an annual base salary of $300,000 and an annual cash bonus with a target amount of $100,000 both of which have been increased from time to time by our board of directors. For 2019, Mr. Riccitiello’s annual base salary was $360,000 and his target bonus was 50% of his base salary through February 2019. His target bonus was increased to

 

162


Table of Contents

75% of his base salary effective March 1, 2019. For 2020, Mr. Riccitiello’s base salary and target bonus remain at $360,000 and 75% of base salary, respectively. His target annual bonus is based upon the achievement of performance metrics established by our board of directors and subject to the terms of any bonus plans. Under the terms of his offer letter, we granted Mr. Riccitiello an option to purchase 8,500,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.425 per share, which option was fully vested as of December 31, 2018. In March 2017, we granted Mr. Riccitiello an option to purchase 4,000,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.03, of which 2.5% vested in March 2018, and 32.5% vest annually thereafter. In April 2019, we granted Mr. Riccitiello an option to purchase 1,210,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $11.28, vesting in equal portions over four years. If Mr. Riccitiello is terminated without cause or he resigns due to a Constructive Termination (as defined in his offer letter) that is not in connection with a change in control (as that term is defined in his offer letter), then he will be entitled to (i) accrued compensation, (ii) acceleration of 50% of his then unvested equity awards, (iii) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of his then current base salary and (iv) up to 12 months of health continuation coverage in the form of COBRA premiums or a taxable lump sum. If Mr. Riccitiello is terminated without cause or he resigns due to a Constructive Termination (as defined in his offer letter) following a change in control, he will be entitled to the benefits described above, except that 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards will vest and he will also be entitled to 100% of his then target bonus amount. The receipt of any severance benefits due under his offer letter, other than accrued compensation, is subject to Mr. Riccitiello’s execution and delivery of a general release of claims. The offer letter provided for an initial four-year term, with automatic renewal for one-year terms thereafter unless either party provides 90 days’ notice prior to the expiration of the term. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—CEO Loan” for additional information regarding our agreements with Mr. Riccitiello.

Kimberly Jabal

In February 2019, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Kimberly Jabal, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $335,000 and for a discretionary bonus of up to 50% of earned salary during the 2019 fiscal year. Ms. Jabal is eligible to receive a discretionary bonus of up to 75% of earned annual salary during the 2020 fiscal year. Under the terms of her offer letter, we granted Ms. Jabal an option to purchase 750,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $8.95 per share, of which 25% of the shares vested in March 2020 and the remainder will vest monthly in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. In August 2020, we entered into a confirmatory offer letter with Ms. Jabal. The confirmatory offer letter has no specific term, provides for at-will employment, and reflects Ms. Jabal’s current annual base salary of $335,000 and target bonus opportunity per year of 75% of her earned annual salary. The confirmatory offer letter also provides that Ms. Jabal is eligible for severance benefits under the terms of our G&A Executive Severance Plan, the terms of which are described below.

Ingrid Lestiyo

In June 2016, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Ingrid Lestiyo to serve as our Vice President, Advertising Product Management. The offer letter originally provided for an annual base salary of $250,000 and an annual bonus of up to $100,000 based on plan achievement (prorated for 2016), both of which have been increased from time to time by our board of directors, including after Ms. Lestiyo’s promotion to Senior Vice President and General Manager, Monetization. As of December 31, 2019, Ms. Lestiyo’s annual base salary was $345,000 and she was eligible to receive a discretionary bonus of up to 50% of earned salary during the 2019 fiscal year that was based on a combination of individual and corporate factors. Ms. Lestiyo is eligible to receive a discretionary bonus of up to 75% of earned annual salary during the 2020 fiscal year that is based on a combination of individual and corporate factors. Under the terms of her offer letter, we granted Ms. Lestiyo an option

 

163


Table of Contents

to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $3.69 per share, of which 25% of the shares vested in July 2019 and the remainder vest monthly in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. In August 2020, we entered into a confirmatory offer letter with Ms. Lestiyo. The confirmatory offer letter has no specific term, provides for at-will employment, and reflects Ms. Lestiyo’s current annual base salary of $345,000 and target bonus opportunity per year of 75% of her earned annual salary. The confirmatory offer letter also provides that Ms. Lestiyo is eligible for severance benefits under the terms of our Senior Executive Severance Plan, the terms of which are described below.

Executive Severance Agreements

Ms. Jabal is a participant in our G&A Executive Severance Plan, which we refer to as our G&A Plan, and Ms. Lestiyo is a participant in our Senior Executive Severance Plan, which we refer to as our Senior Executive Plan. The G&A Plan and the Senior Executive Plan, collectively referred to as our Executive Severance Plans, provides for severance payments and benefits, or severance benefits, in lieu of any severance benefits provided in an employment agreement, offer letter or equity award agreement.

The Executive Severance Plans

The Executive Severance Plans provide that in the event of a termination for any reason, participants will receive any earned but unpaid salary, unpaid expense reimbursements, accrued but unused vacation or leave entitlement, and any vested benefits under any of our employee benefit plans.

In the event of a Qualified Termination Event (as defined in the respective Executive Severance Plan), which is generally a termination other than for cause (as defined in the respective Executive Severance Plan), death or disability, or a resignation for good reason, at any time other than the period beginning three months prior to a change in control (as defined in our 2019 Plan) and ending on the one-year anniversary of a change in control, or the CIC Period, participants that have been employed for at least one year are entitled to the following benefits subject to execution of a separation agreement and release of claims: (i) six months of base salary, (ii) the participant’s annual target bonus in effect immediately prior to termination, pro-rated for the days of service provided in the year of termination, and (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that would have been made to provide health insurance to the participant for six months following the date of termination.

In the event of a Qualified Termination Event (as defined in the respective Executive Severance Plan) during a CIC Period, participants that have been employed for at least one year are entitled to the following benefits, subject to execution of a separation agreement and release of claims: (i) 12 months of base salary, (ii) the participant’s annual target bonus in effect immediately prior to termination or, if higher, immediately prior to the change in control, (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that would have been made to provide health insurance to the participant for 12 months following the date of termination; and (iv) acceleration of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any option or other equity award as of the later of the date of termination or the change in control.

 

164


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table presents the outstanding equity awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2019.

 

           Option Awards  

Name

   Grant Date(1)     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

John Riccitiello

     3/28/2017 (2)      1,400,000        2,600,000      $ 4.03        3/27/2027  
     4/7/2019 (3)             1,210,000      $ 11.28        4/6/2029  

Kimberly Jabal

     3/13/2019 (4)             750,000      $ 8.95        3/12/2029  

Ingrid Lestiyo

     9/28/2016 (5)      170,832        29,168      $ 3.69        9/27/2026  
     3/28/2017 (6)      39,584        110,416      $ 4.03        3/27/2027  
     9/12/2018 (7)      15,625        34,375      $ 7.34        9/11/2028  
     3/13/2019 (8)             350,000      $ 8.95        3/12/2029  

 

(1)

All of the option awards were granted under the 2009 Plan or 2019 Plan and are subject to acceleration of vesting upon certain events.

(2)

2.5% of the shares subject to the option vest on December 31, 2018 and 32.5% of the shares subject to the option vest on each of December 31, 2019, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(3)

25% of the shares subject to the option vest on each of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2021, December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(4)

25% of the shares subject to the option vest on the one-year anniversary of March 4, 2019 and the remaining shares vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(5)

25% of the shares subject to the option vest on the one-year anniversary of July 14, 2016 and the remaining shares vests in 48 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(6)

Approximately 13% of the shares subject to the option vest on each of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, approximately 27% of the shares subject to the option vest on December 31, 2020 and the remainder of the shares subject to the option vest on December 31, 2021, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(7)

The shares subject to the option vest in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on the one-month anniversary of September 12, 2018, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(8)

Approximately 14% of the shares subject to the option vest on December 31, 2020 and approximately 28.5% vest on each of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

In June 2020, we granted Mr. Riccittiello an option to purchase 875,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $19.62 per share, which was the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. 20% of the shares subject to the option vest on the second anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 20% vest on the third anniversary, 30% vest on the fourth anniversary and 30% on the fifth anniversary. In addition, in June 2020, we granted Mr. Riccittiello 437,500 restricted stock units. 20% of the restricted stock units vest on the second anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 20% vest on the third anniversary, 30% vest on the fourth anniversary and 30% on the fifth anniversary.

In March 2020, we granted Ms. Jabal an option to purchase 62,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $17.67 per share, which was the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. 30% of the shares subject to the option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 30% vest on the second anniversary, and 40% vest on the third anniversary. In addition, in March 2020, we granted Ms. Jabal 31,250 restricted stock units. 30% of the restricted stock units vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 30% vest on the second anniversary, and 40% vest on the third anniversary.

In March 2020, we granted Ms. Lestiyo an option to purchase 156,250 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $17.67 per share, which was the fair market value of our common stock

 

165


Table of Contents

on the date of grant. 30% of the shares subject to the option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 30% vest on the second anniversary, and 40% vest on the third anniversary. In addition, in March 2020, we granted Ms. Lestiyo 78,125 restricted stock units. 30% of the restricted stock units vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 30% vest on the second anniversary, and 40% vest on the third anniversary.

Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

We have adopted a Cash Incentive Bonus Plan for our executive officers and other eligible employees. Each participant is eligible to receive cash bonuses based on the achievement of certain performance goals, as determined in the sole discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors. Each participant’s target award may be a percentage of a participant’s annual base salary as of the beginning or end of a performance period or a fixed dollar amount. To be eligible to earn a bonus under the Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, a participant must be employed by us on the date the bonus is paid.

Other Compensation and Benefits

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, life, disability, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case, on the same basis as all of our other employees. We pay the premiums for the life, disability, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance for all of our employees, including our named executive officers. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers.

Employee 401(k) Plan

U.S. full-time employees qualify for participation in our 401(k) plan, which is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Our 401(k) plan provides for a safe harbor employer matching contribution equal to 100% of the first three percent of eligible compensation and 50% of the next two percent of eligible compensation contributed to the plan by an employee. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we contributed and expensed $4.0 million and $5.9 million, respectively, to the plan.

Non-U.S. Defined Contribution Pension Plan

For employees outside the United States, we contribute to a defined contribution pension plan. We contribute up to 10% of total salary into the plan annually when employees contribute to the plan. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we contributed and expensed $6.0 million and $7.1 million, respectively, to the plan.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

Our board of directors adopted our 2020 Plan in August 2020, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering, and such 2020 Plan will supersede and replace our 2019 Plan. After our 2020 Plan becomes effective, no further stock awards will be granted under our 2019 Plan.

2020 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2020 Plan in August 2020, and we expect our stockholders to approve our 2020 Plan prior to the completion of this offering. Our 2020 Plan is a successor to and

 

166


Table of Contents

continuation of our 2019 Plan. Our 2020 Plan will become effective at the time of the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Our 2020 Plan came into existence upon its adoption by our board of directors, but no grants will be made under our 2020 Plan prior to its effectiveness. Once our 2020 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under our 2019 Plan.

Awards.    Our 2020 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance awards, and other forms of awards to employees, directors, and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares.    Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2020 Plan after it becomes effective will not exceed                shares of our common stock, which is the sum of (1)                new shares, plus (2) an additional number of shares not to exceed                , consisting of (A) shares that remain available for the issuance of awards under our 2019 Plan as of immediately prior to the time our 2020 Plan becomes effective and (B) shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2019 Plan that, on or after the date our 2020 Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement; are not issued because the award is settled in cash; are forfeited because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price, if any, as such shares become available from time to time. In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2020 Plan will automatically increase on January 1st of each calendar year, starting on January 1, 2021 through January 1, 2030, in an amount equal to (i) 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31st of the fiscal year before the date of each automatic increase, or (ii) a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors prior to the applicable January 1st. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2020 Plan is                shares.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2020 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2020 Plan. Shares withheld under a stock award to satisfy the exercise, strike, or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy a tax withholding obligation do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2020 Plan. If any shares of our common stock issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by us (1) because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, (2) to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an award or (3) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award, the shares that are forfeited or repurchased or reacquired will revert to and again become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan. Any shares previously issued which are reacquired in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a stock award will again become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2020 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under our 2020 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine award recipients, grant dates, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value, and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.

Stock Options.    ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms

 

167


Table of Contents

and conditions of our 2020 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under our 2020 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under our 2020 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement, or other written agreement between us and the recipient approved by the plan administrator, provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft, or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, or (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options or stock appreciation rights generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the plan administrator or a duly authorized officer, an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement, or other divorce or separation instrument.

Tax Limitations on ISOs.    The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an award holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards.    Restricted stock unit awards are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, or other written agreement between us and the recipient approved by the plan administrator, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

Restricted Stock Awards.    Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in

 

168


Table of Contents

consideration for cash, check, bank draft, or money order, past or future services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Stock Appreciation Rights.    Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under our 2020 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator. Stock appreciation rights may be settled in cash or shares of common stock or in any other form of payment as determined by our board of directors and specified in the stock appreciation right agreement.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under our 2020 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability, or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 12 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards.    Our 2020 Plan permits the grant of performance awards that may be settled in stock, cash, or other property. Performance awards may be structured so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Performance awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the common stock.

The performance goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by the board of directors. The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the board of directors at the time the performance award is granted, the board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (i) to exclude restructuring or other nonrecurring charges; (ii) to exclude exchange rate effects; (iii) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (iv) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (v) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under GAAP; (vi) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (vii) to assume that any portion of our business which is divested achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (viii) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange

 

169


Table of Contents

of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (ix) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (x) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under GAAP; and (xi) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under GAAP.

Other Stock Awards.    The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award (or cash equivalent) and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit.    The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to any non-employee director with respect to any calendar year, including awards granted and cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director, will not exceed $750,000 in total value; provided that such amount will increase to $1,000,000 for the first year for newly appointed or elected non-employee directors.

Changes to Capital Structure.    In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2020 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs, and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions.    The following applies to stock awards under our 2020 Plan in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in our 2020 Plan), unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a corporate transaction, any stock awards outstanding under our 2020 Plan may be assumed, continued, or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award may be assigned to the successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue, or substitute for such stock awards, then (i) with respect to any such stock awards that are held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, or current participants, the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such stock awards will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and (ii) any such stock awards that are held by persons other than current participants will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the corporate transaction.

In the event a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, the plan administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such stock award may not exercise such stock award but instead will receive a payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of (i) the per share amount payable to holders of common stock in connection with the corporate transaction, over (ii) any per share exercise price payable by such holder, if applicable. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn out, or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the

 

170


Table of Contents

corporate transaction may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of common stock.

Change in Control.    Awards granted under our 2020 Plan may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control (as defined in our 2020 Plan) as may be provided in the applicable stock award agreement or in any other written agreement between us or any affiliate and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur.

Plan Amendment or Termination.    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2020 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts our 2020 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under our 2020 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2020 ESPP in August 2020, and we expect our stockholders to approve our 2020 ESPP prior to the completion of this offering.

Share Reserve.     The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2020 ESPP is                  shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2020 ESPP will automatically increase on January 1st of each year, beginning on January 1, 2021 and continuing through and including January 1, 2030, by the lesser of (1) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, (2)                 shares of our common stock, or (3) such lesser number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our 2020 ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2020 ESPP.

Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our 2020 ESPP. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2020 ESPP to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter.

Limitations.     Our employees, including executive officers, and the employees of any of our designated affiliates, will be eligible to participate in our 2020 ESPP, provided they may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our 2020 ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and five or more months per calendar year or (2) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2020 ESPP (a) if such employee immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock or (b) to the extent that such rights would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Our 2020 ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. The administrator may specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our 2020 ESPP.

 

171


Table of Contents

A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our 2020 ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our 2020 ESPP.

Payroll Deductions.     Our 2020 ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their earnings. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue, or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue, or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress will be shortened and a new exercise date will be set. The participants’ purchase rights will be exercised on the new exercise date and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.

Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2020 ESPP, at any time and for any reason, provided certain types of amendments will require the approval of our stockholders. Our 2020 ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by our board of directors in accordance with the terms of our 2020 ESPP.

2019 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2019 Plan in September 2019, and our stockholders approved our 2019 Plan in March 2020. As of June 30, 2020, there were 5,046,956 shares of common stock remaining available for the future grant of stock awards under our 2019 Plan. As of June 30, 2020, stock options covering 15,357,119 shares of our common stock were outstanding. We expect that any shares remaining available for issuance under our 2019 Plan at the time of this offering will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan.

Authorized Shares.    Subject to certain capitalization adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2019 Plan will not exceed the sum of (a) 13,000,000 shares, plus (b) 6,831,707 shares remaining available for grant under the 2009 Plan, plus (c) any Returning Shares (as defined in the 2019 Plan) from the 2009 Plan which become available for grant under the 2019 Plan from time to time, up to a maximum of 40,119,200 Returning Shares from the 2009 Plan. In addition, any shares subject to stock awards that expire or terminate prior to exercise or are otherwise terminated, surrendered or cancelled, and any shares that are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to a stock award or the exercise price of an option, will thereafter be available for issuance under our 2019 Plan. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs may not exceed the sum of items (a), (b), and (c).

Stock Awards.    Our 2019 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to our employees and employees of certain of our subsidiary companies and parent company only, and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock purchase rights, restricted stock bonuses, restricted stock units, performance awards, and other stock-based awards to such employees, our directors, and to consultants engaged by us or any of our subsidiary companies.

Options.    Our 2019 Plan provides for the grant of both (i) ISOs, which are intended to qualify for tax treatment as set forth under Section 422 of the Code, as amended, and (ii) NSOs to purchase

 

172


Table of Contents

shares of our common stock, each at a per share exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to an individual who holds, directly or by attribution, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock must have an exercise price of at least 110% the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, options generally vest over a designated period of time subject to continued service, and will cease to vest on the date a participant terminates his or her service with us. Options granted under the 2019 Plan generally may be exercised, to the extent vested as of the date of termination, for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service, for a period of six months in the case of death or disability, or such longer or shorter period as the administrator may provide in an award agreement, but in any event no later than the expiration date of the stock option. Stock options generally terminate upon an optionee’s termination of employment for cause.

The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2019 Plan is ten years from the date of grant, except that the maximum permitted term of incentive stock options granted to an individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock is five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs).    RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to continued service and/or the achievement of performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the RSU shares of our common stock, cash, or a combination of our common stock and cash. RSUs generally are subject to a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity vesting condition. The sale of our common stock pursuant to our initial public offering would satisfy the liquidity vesting condition; provided, a participant would still have to have satisfied the service-based vesting condition for any RSUs to vest upon our initial public offering.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors administers and interprets the provisions of our 2019 Plan. The board of directors may delegate its authority to a committee of the board. The plan administrator may additionally delegate limited authority to specified officers to grant awards. Under our 2019 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to, among other things, determine award recipients, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value, the terms and provisions of each stock award, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award; construe and interpret our 2019 Plan and awards granted thereunder; prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of our 2019 Plan; accelerate continue, extend or defer the vesting of awards; determine whether awards will be settled in cash or shares; and with the consent of materially impacted participants, (i) reduce the exercise price of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right; (ii) cancel, surrender or exchange any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and the grant in substitution therefor of cash, the same type of award or a different award (or combination thereof) covering the same or a different number of shares and/or other valuable consideration, or (iii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

Changes to Capital Structure.    In the event of any change in our common stock effected without receipt of consideration by our company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reclassification, reincorporation, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of our company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to our stockholders in a form other than common stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the fair market value of shares of stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the

 

173


Table of Contents

number and kind of shares subject to the 2019 Plan, including Returning Shares, and to any outstanding awards, in the ISO share limit.

Eligibility.    Employees, consultants and directors are eligible to participate in our 2019 Plan, although, a grant of ISOs may only be made to a person who, on the effective date of the grant, is an employee or an employee of a parent corporation or a subsidiary corporation.

Change in Control.    Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in our 2019 Plan), our board of directors may provide for any one or more of the following without the participant’s consent: (i) the assumption or continuation of the outstanding awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (ii) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new awards with substantially equivalent awards for the outstanding awards; (iii) the full or partial acceleration of exercisability or vesting or lapse of awards; or (iv) the settlement of the full value of the outstanding awards (whether or not then vested or exercisable, if approved by our board of directors) in cash, our common stock or that of the successor entity, or other property of equal fair market value as determined in accordance with the 2019 Plan and which payments may be deferred until the date or dates the award would have become exercisable or vested. A Change in Control under the 2019 Plan is generally defined as one or a series of ownership change events in which our stockholders prior to the transaction do not retain direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the voting power of all of our outstanding securities or a liquidation or dissolution of our company.

Plan Amendment or Termination.    The board of directors may at any time amend or terminate our 2019 Plan. Certain amendments, or the termination of our 2019 Plan may require the consent of holders of outstanding awards. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. As discussed above, no new awards will be granted under our 2019 Plan following the closing of this offering.

2009 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2009 Plan in September 2009, and our stockholders approved our 2009 Plan in September 2009, as has been amended from time to time. The 2009 Plan was terminated in September 2019, and accordingly, no shares of common stock remain available for the future grant of stock awards under our 2009 Plan. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2009 Plan remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2009 Plan and award agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until any awards terminate or expire by their terms. As of June 30, 2020, stock options covering 37,745,715 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2009 Plan.

Stock Awards.    Our 2009 Plan provided for the grant of ISOs to our employees, and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, phantom stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, and other stock-based awards to such employees, our directors, and to consultants engaged by us or any of our subsidiary companies.

Authorized Shares.    Subject to certain capitalization adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that could have been issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2009 Plan could not exceed 76,875,122.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors administers and interprets the provisions of our 2009 Plan. The board of directors may delegate its authority to a committee of the board. The plan administrator may additionally delegate limited authority to specified officers to grant awards. Under our 2009 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to, among other things, determine award recipients, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value, and

 

174


Table of Contents

the provisions of each stock award, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award; construe and interpret our 2009 Plan and awards granted thereunder; prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of our 2009 Plan; and accelerate the vesting of awards.

Changes to Capital Structure.    In the event of any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, share split, reverse share split, reorganization, reclassification, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares, or other change in our corporate structure having a material effect on the fair market value of our shares, the plan administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2009 Plan and/or the number, class, and the exercise or purchase price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

Eligibility.    Employees, consultants and directors were eligible to participate in our 2009 Plan, although, a grant of ISOs could only have been made to a person who, on the effective date of the grant, was an employee.

Change in Control.    Upon the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in our 2009 Plan), awards will terminate unless provision is made for their continuation or assumption. In the event of such termination, the holders of stock options and other awards under our 2009 Plan will still be able, before the change in control, to exercise or convert all portions of such stock options or other awards under the Plan that are then exercisable or convertible or which become exercisable or convertible upon or prior to the effective time of the change in control. Any award not assumed or continued nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the change in control will terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the change in control. Notwithstanding any other provision of our 2009 Plan to the contrary, in the event of a change in control, the administrator may, in its sole discretion, take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the full or partial acceleration of the exercisability and/or vesting of any or all stock options or other awards or cancel awards in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share.

Plan Amendment or Termination.    The plan administrator may at any time amend, suspend, or terminate our 2009 Plan. Certain amendments, or the suspension or termination of our 2009 Plan may require the consent of holders of outstanding awards. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. As discussed above, no new awards will be granted under our 2009 Plan.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

On the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law allows a corporation to provide that its directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

 

175


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in connection with any action, proceeding, or investigation. We believe that this amended and restated certificate of incorporation and these amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

176


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2017 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable in arm’s-length transactions.

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2017, we sold an aggregate of 21,739,130 shares of our convertible Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $250.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our convertible Series D preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Convertible
Series D
Preferred Stock
     Total Convertible
Series D
Preferred Stock
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners(1)

     21,739,130      $   249,999,995  

 

(1)

Entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Silver Lake Partners IV, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors IV (Delaware II), L.P., and SLP Union Aggregator, L.P. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and Egon Durban, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Silver Lake Partners.

2017 Tender Offer

In July 2017, we sold an aggregate of 10,739,210 shares of our common stock to an entity affiliated with Silver Lake Partners, a holder of greater than 5% of our capital stock with whom our director Egon Durban is affiliated, at a purchase price of $10.35 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $111.2 million, with the proceeds to be used by us to repurchase shares of our common stock. Subsequently, in July 2017, we used a portion of the proceeds from this sale to repurchase an aggregate of 2,851,328 shares of our common stock from our executive officers Brett Bibby, our Senior Vice President and Chief Product Officer, Clive Downie, our Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer, and Ralph Hauwert, our Senior Vice President, Research and Development, as well as Foobar Technologies ApS, an affiliate of our director David Helgason, and JA Technologies ApS, an affiliate of our then-director Joachim Ante, at a price of $10.35 per share, resulting in aggregate proceeds of approximately $29.5 million to such related parties.

Series D-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2018, we sold an aggregate of 12,003,311 shares of our convertible Series D-1 preferred stock at a purchase price of $12.08 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately

 

177


Table of Contents

$145.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our convertible Series D-1 preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Convertible
Series D-1
Preferred Stock
     Total
Convertible
Series D-1
Preferred Stock
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with DFJ(1)

     2,340,232      $ 28,270,003  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(2)

     5,730,132      $ 69,219,995  

Entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners(3)

     3,932,947      $ 47,509,999  

 

(1)

Entities affiliated with DFJ holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are DFJ Growth 2013 Parallel Fund, LLC, DFJ Growth 2013, L.P., DFJ Growth III Parallel Fund, LLC, DFJ Growth III, L.P., DFJ Growth Unity Investors, L.P. Barry Schuler, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at DFJ.

(2)

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund III—Endurance Partners, L.P., Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund, LP, Sequoia Capital Global Growth Principals Fund, LP, Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital XII, Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund and Sequoia Technology Partners XII. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and Roelof Botha, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Sequoia Capital.

(3)

Entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners with holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Silver Lake Partners IV, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors IV (Delaware II), L.P., and SLP Union Aggregator, L.P. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and Egon Durban, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Silver Lake Partners.

2019 Tender Offer

In July and September 2019, we sold shares of our common stock to unrelated third parties with the proceeds to be used by us to repurchase shares of our common stock. In September 2019, we used a portion of the proceeds from these sales to repurchase an aggregate of 3,399,297 shares of our common stock from our executive officers Clive Downie, our Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer, Ralph Hauwert, our Senior Vice President, Research and Development, Ruth Ann Keene, our Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, and Dave Rhodes, our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Unity Create Solutions, as well as Foobar Technologies ApS, an affiliate of our director David Helgason, JA Technologies ApS, an affiliate of our then-director Joachim Ante, and an affiliate of our then-director Raymond Yang, at a price of $20.00 per share, resulting in aggregate proceeds of approximately $68.0 million to such related parties.

Separation Agreement

In November 2019, we entered into a separation agreement with our former Chief People Officer, who is engaged to John Riccitiello, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors. Our board of directors (excluding Mr. Riccitiello) approved the agreement providing for payment of her earned bonus, payment for coverage under COBRA or applicable state law until December 2020, a standard release of claims against us and vesting acceleration in full and an extension of the exercise period of her outstanding equity awards. We recognized a one-time charge of approximately $13.5 million, which related to stock-based compensation expense, in the year ended December 31, 2019 related to this agreement.

Series E Preferred Stock and Common Stock Financing

From May 2019 through April 2020, we sold an aggregate of 12,500,000 shares of our convertible Series E preferred stock at a purchase price of $22.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of

 

178


Table of Contents

$275.0 million, and an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $20.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $100.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our convertible Series E preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Convertible
Series E
Preferred Stock
     Total
Convertible
Series E
Preferred Stock
Purchase
Price
     Shares of
Common
Stock
     Total Common
Stock
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with DFJ(1)

     519,687      $ 11,433,114             $  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(2)

     4,351,309      $ 95,728,798        555,556      $   11,111,120  

Entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners(3)

     3,209,812      $ 70,615,864        555,555      $ 11,111,100  

 

(1)

Entities affiliated with DFJ holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are DFJ Growth 2013 Parallel Fund, LLC, DFJ Growth 2013, L.P., DFJ Growth III Parallel Fund, LLC, DFJ Growth III, L.P., DFJ Growth Unity Investors, L.P. Barry Schuler, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at DFJ.

(2)

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund III—Endurance Partners, L.P., Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund, LP, Sequoia Capital Global Growth Principals Fund, LP, Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital XII, Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund and Sequoia Technology Partners XII. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and Roelof Botha, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Sequoia Capital.

(3)

Entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Silver Lake Partners IV, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors IV (Delaware II), L.P., and SLP Union Aggregator, L.P. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and Egon Durban, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Silver Lake Partners.

Common Stock Financing

In December 2019 and January 2020, we sold an aggregate of 4,726,732 shares of our common stock at purchase prices ranging from of $22.00 per share to $24.10 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $104.3 million, which we may use to repurchase shares of our common stock. The following table summarizes purchases of our common stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Common Stock
     Total
Common Stock
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(1)

     2,791,686      $   61,612,253  

Entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners(2)

     1,935,046      $ 42,706,287  

 

(1)

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund III—Endurance Partners, L.P., Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund, LP, Sequoia Capital Global Growth Principals Fund, LP, Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital XII, Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund and Sequoia Technology Partners XII. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and Roelof Botha, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Sequoia Capital.

(2)

Entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners with holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Silver Lake Partners IV, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors IV (Delaware II), L.P., and SLP Union Aggregator, L.P. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and Egon Durban, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Silver Lake Partners.

CEO Loan

In December 2014, we loaned John Riccitiello, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, $12,112,500 with interest at 1.72%, compounded annually. The loan

 

179


Table of Contents

was made pursuant to a secured partial recourse promissory note, which was amended and restated in October 2016, and was secured by a pledge of 5,656,928 shares held by Mr. Riccitiello and his personal guarantee of 51% of the original principal. The outstanding principal and outstanding interest of approximately $8.9 million was fully repaid to us in June 2020, at which time we terminated the secured partial recourse promissory note.

Consulting Agreement with Foobar Technologies ApS

In January 2017, we entered into a consulting agreement with Foobar Technologies ApS, an entity affiliated with David Helgason, a member of our board of directors, pursuant to which Mr. Helgason provided services to us. Pursuant to this agreement, we paid Foobar Technologies ApS $105,858, $140,108 and $127,606 in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The consulting agreement was terminated in 2019.

Investor Rights Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investor rights agreement, or IRA, with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, DFJ, and Silver Lake Partners, which each hold greater than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, as well as other holders of our convertible preferred stock. The IRA provides the certain holders of our convertible preferred stock with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The IRA also provides certain of these stockholders with information rights, which will terminate on the completion of this offering, and a right of first refusal with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, which will not apply to, and will terminate on, the completion of, this offering. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreements

We are party to voting agreements under which certain holders of our capital stock, including our President, Chief Executive Officer and director, Mr. Riccitiello, entities affiliated with our directors Messrs. Ante and Helgason, entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, entities affiliated with DFJ, and entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners, which each hold greater than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, have agreed as to the manner in which they will vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. These agreements will terminate upon the completion of this offering, and thereafter none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Right of First Refusal

Pursuant to our equity compensation plans and certain agreements with our stockholders, including a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including our President, Chief Executive Officer and director, Mr. Riccitiello, entities affiliated with Messrs. Ante and Helgason, entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, entities affiliated with DFJ, and entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners, which each hold greater than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock which stockholders propose to sell in certain circumstances to other parties. This right will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

 

180


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered or will enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them in certain circumstances. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a related person transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the identification, review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy covers, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and a related person were or will be participants and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness and guarantees of indebtedness. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee will consider all relevant facts and circumstances as appropriate, such as the purpose of the transaction, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction, management’s recommendation with respect to the proposed related person transaction, and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

181


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of June 30, 2020, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on 238,506,818 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020, assuming the automatic conversion of 102,717,396 shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 into an equal number shares of our common stock and the vesting of 140,085 RSUs, for which the service-based condition was satisfied as of June 30, 2020 and for which the liquidity event vesting condition is to be satisfied upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on                 shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2020 or issuable pursuant to RSUs that vest within 60 days of June 30, 2020. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

182


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Unity Software Inc., 30 3rd Street, San Francisco, California 94103.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares Beneficially
Owned Before
the Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
 
   Shares      %     Shares      %  

5% Stockholders

          

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(1)

     57,456,069        24.1     57,456,069     

Entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners(2)

     43,304,557        18.2     43,304,557     

JA Technologies ApS(3)

     19,512,000        8.2     19,512,000     

Directors and Named Executive Officers

          

John Riccitiello(4)

     8,278,649        3.4     8,278,649     

Kimberly Jabal(5)

     265,625        *       265,625     

Ingrid Lestiyo(5)

     263,542        *       263,542     

Roelof Botha(6)

     13,991,048        5.9     13,991,048     

Egon Durban(7)

     43,304,557        18.2     43,304,557     

David Helgason(8)

     10,427,500        4.4     10,427,500     

Alyssa Henry(5)

     52,708        *       52,708     

Barry Schuler(9)

     4,205,149        1.8     4,205,149     

Robynne Sisco(5)

     119,166        *       119,166     

All directors and executive officers as a group(10) (14 persons)

     83,752,795        34.2     83,752,795     
 

        

 

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

Consists of: (i) 21,410,700 shares of common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital XII, L.P. (XII); (ii) 2,288,320 shares of common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC (XII PF); (iii) 801,160 shares of common stock held of record by Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P. (STP XII); (iv) 6,016,318 shares of common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P. (GFVI); (v) 301,354 shares of common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals Fund, L.P. (GFVI PF); (vi) 12,290,518 shares of common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund, LP (GGF); (vii) 356,651 shares of common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Principals Fund, LP (GGF PF); and (viii) 13,991,048 shares of common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund III – Endurance Partners, L.P. (GGF III).

SC XII Management, LLC is the general partner of each of XII and STP XII, and the managing member of XII PF. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, SC XII Management, LLC maybe deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by XII, XII PF, and STP XII (collectively, the XII funds).

SC US (TTGP), Ltd. is (i) the general partner of SC U.S. Growth VI Management, L.P., which is the general partner of GFVI and GFVI PF (collectively, the GFVI Funds); (ii) the general partner of SCGGF Management, L.P., which is the general partner of each of GGF and GGF PF (collectively, the GGF Funds); and (iii) the general partner of SCGGF III – Endurance Partners Management, L.P., which is the general partner of GGF III. As a result, SC US (TTGP), Ltd. may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the GFVI Funds, the GGF Funds, and GGF III.

The directors and stockholders of SC US (TTGP), Ltd. who exercise voting and investment discretion with respect to the XII Funds and the GFVI Funds include Roelof Botha, one of our directors. In addition, the directors and stockholders of SC US (TTGP), Ltd. who exercise voting and investment discretion with respect to the GGF Funds are Douglas M. Leone and James J. Goetz, and the directors and stockholders of SC US (TTGP), Ltd. who exercise voting and investment discretion with respect to GGF III are Douglas M. Leone and Roelof Botha. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this paragraph, each such person may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the XII Funds, the GFVI Funds, the GGF Funds, and GGF III, as applicable. Mr. Botha expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Sequoia Capital entities, other than those held by GGF III.

The address for each of these entities is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

(2)

Consists of (i) 28,356,238 shares held of record by Silver Lake Partners IV, L.P., (ii) 525,651 shares held of record by Silver Lake Technology Investors IV (Delaware II) , L.P. and (iii) 14,422,668 shares held of record by SLP Union Aggregator, L.P. (collectively, the Silver Lake Entities). Mr. Durban is a partner of Silver Lake Partners and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Silver Lake Entities. The address for each of these entities is c/o Silver Lake Partners 2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

183


Table of Contents
(3)

Consists of (i) 425,000 shares subject to options held by Joachim Ante that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2020, all of which are vested as of such date and (ii) 19,087,000 shares held by JA Technologies ApS. Mr. Ante, a former member of our board of directors, is the sole shareholder of JA Technologies ApS and has sole voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by JA Technologies ApS.

(4)

Consists of (i) 5,383,732 shares held of record by John Riccitiello, (ii) 1,400,000 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2020, all of which are vested as of such date and (iii) 1,494,917 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2020, all of which are vested as of such date held by Mr. Riccitiello’s fiancé. Excludes 481,224 shares held of record by a third party over which Mr. Riccitiello shares voting power (but does not have sole or shared dispositive power) pursuant to an agreement under which Mr. Riccitiello has been granted a proxy to vote such shares. Mr. Riccitiello’s ability to vote the shares thereunder will terminate upon the completion of this offering. In June 2020, Mr. Riccitiello and his fiancée sold an aggregate of 1,421,500 shares of our common stock at prices ranging from $27.50 to $31.00 to certain new and existing stockholders for aggregate proceeds of $39.2 million.

(5)

Represents shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2020, all of which are vested as of such date.

(6)

Consists of the shares held by GGF III (as defined above) listed in footnote (1) above. Mr. Botha, a member of our board of directors may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by GGF III.

(7)

Consists of the shares listed in footnote (2) above. Mr. Durban, a member of our board of directors, is an equity holder and director of Silver Lake Partners (as defined below) and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Silver Lake Entities (as defined above).

(8)

Consists of 10,427,500 shares held by Foobar Technologies ApS of which Mr. Helgason is the sole shareholder and has sole voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Foobar Technologies ApS.

(9)

Consists of 253,119 shares held by DFJ Growth 2013 Parallel Fund, LLC, 2,153,381 shares held by DFJ Growth III, L.P., 106,199 shares held by DFJ Growth III Parallel Fund, LLC and 1,692,450 shares held by DFJ Growth Unity Investors, L.P. Mr. Schuler, a member of our board of directors, John Fisher, Randall Glein and Mark Bailey are members of the general partner of DFJ Growth 2013, L.P., DFJ Growth Unity Investors, L.P., DFJ Growth III, L.P. and DFJ Growth 2013 Parallel Fund, LLC (the DFJ Funds) and have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the DFJ Funds.

(10)

Consists of (i) 96,398,986 shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors, and (ii) 6,865,809 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2020, all of which are vested as of such date.

 

184


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our capital stock and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will each become effective upon the completion of this offering, the investor rights agreement and relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law. The descriptions herein are qualified in their entirety by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and investor rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,100,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.000005 per share, of which:

 

   

1,000,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

   

100,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2020, we had 135,649,337 shares of common stock and 102,717,396 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding. After giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 into shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering, there would have been 238,366,733 shares of common stock outstanding on June 30, 2020 held by 782 stockholders of record.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of or provision for all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then-outstanding. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable. All authorized but unissued shares of our common stock will be available for issuance by our board of directors without any further stockholder action, except as required by the listing standards of the NYSE. The rights, preferences, and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2020, there were 102,717,396 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding. Immediately upon the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of convertible preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may,

 

185


Table of Contents

without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences, and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock, and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of June 30, 2020, we had outstanding options under our equity compensation plans to purchase an aggregate of 46,217,478 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.23 per share.

Restricted Stock Units

As of June 30, 2020, we had outstanding 6,885,356 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs under our 2019 Plan.

Registration Rights

We are party to an amended and restated investor rights agreement that provides that certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, have certain registration rights as set forth below. The registration of shares of our common stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered by the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire five years after the closing of this offering, of which this prospectus is a part, or with respect to any particular stockholder, such time after the closing of this offering that such stockholder can sell all of its shares entitled to registration rights under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Demand Registration Rights

Subject to certain exceptions, upon election by the requisite holders, the holders of an aggregate of 102,717,396 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, certain holders of these shares may request that we register all or a portion of the registrable shares. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations. Such request for registration must cover 25% of such shares or such less amount as would have an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $15.0 million.

 

186


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 102,717,396 shares of our common stock were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering, and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. After this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing, and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration relating to (i) the issuance of securities by us pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar benefit plan, (ii) an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or (iii) a registration in which the only stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration, and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 102,717,396 shares of common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. At any time beginning 181 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the anticipated aggregate price of the shares offered would equal or exceed $5.0 million. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws contain or will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or other means.

 

187


Table of Contents

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairperson of the board, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors, or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered Board

Our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Composition of our Board of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two-thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale,

 

188


Table of Contents

or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This choice of forum provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction, or the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the completion of this offering will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Additionally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the completion of this offering will provide that any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

189


Table of Contents

Exchange Listing

Our common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “U”.

 

190


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock listed on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 and assuming (i) the issuance of                  shares of common stock in this offering, (ii) the automatic conversion of 102,717,396 shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 into an equal number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iii) no exercise of the outstanding options or settlement of the RSUs outstanding as of June 30, 2020, (iv) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (v) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately                 shares of common stock.

Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares of common stock purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be, and shares underlying outstanding RSUs and shares subject to stock options will be upon issuance, deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. Substantially all of these shares will be subject to a lock-up period under the lock-up agreements and market stand-off agreements described below.

As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our investor rights agreement, or IRA, described below and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

   

beginning at the commencement of trading on the first trading day on which our common stock is traded on the NYSE through September 30, 2020,                  shares (including                  shares issuable upon exercise of vested options) will be eligible for sale in the public market as set forth in the section titled “— Lock-Up Agreements”;

 

   

beginning at the opening of trading on the second trading day after we announce earnings for the quarter ending September 30, 2020 through December 15, 2020,                  shares that are issuable upon exercise of vested options will be eligible for sale in the public market as set forth in the section titled “— Lock-Up Agreements”; and

 

   

beginning on the earlier of (i) the opening of trading on the second trading day immediately following our release of earnings for the quarter ending December 31, 2020 and (ii) the 181st day after the date of this prospectus, the remainder of the shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter.

 

191


Table of Contents

In addition, after this offering, up to                  shares of our common stock may be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options or upon settlement of outstanding RSUs, and                  shares of our common stock are available for future issuance under our 2020 Plan and our 2020 ESPP.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and all of our directors and executive officers, and certain holders of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock, have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to earlier termination commencing on the opening of trading on the second trading day immediately following our release of earnings for the quarter ending December 31, 2020, we and they will not, and will not cause or direct any of our or their respective affiliates, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, including without limitation any such shares or derivative instruments, now owned or hereafter acquired by the holder, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by such holder or someone other than such holder), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of our common stock or derivative instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in (i); provided that:

 

   

up to 15% of the shares (including shares issuable upon exercise of vested options) held by employees and former employees (but excluding current executive officers and directors) may be sold beginning at the commencement of trading on the first trading day on which our common stock is traded on the NYSE through September 30, 2020, which we refer to as the first release period; and

 

   

up to 15% of the shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by employees, former employees, directors and officers may be sold beginning at the opening of trading on the second trading day after we announce earnings for the quarter ending September 30, 2020 through December 15, 2020, which we refer to as the second release period.

The number of shares eligible for early release in the first release period equals                  shares, including                  shares issuable upon exercise of vested options. The number of shares eligible for early release in the second release period equals                  shares (all of which are issuable upon exercise of vested options). During the second release period, individuals subject to the lockup may not sell more than the shares eligible to be sold in the second release period, even if they do not sell all of the shares they are eligible to sell in the first release period.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain security holders, including our IRA, our standard form of option agreement, and our standard form of RSU agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

 

192


Table of Contents

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants, or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

193


Table of Contents

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and RSUs and common stock issued or issuable under our 2020 Plan and our 2019 Plan, as applicable. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

As of June 30, 2020, holders of up to 102,717,396 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the completion of this offering and the expiration of lock-up agreements. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

194


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax, and does not address any estate or gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and we cannot assure you that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including:

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships, pass-throughs or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations”;

 

   

“passive foreign investment companies”;

 

   

“regulated investment companies”;

 

   

“real estate investment trusts”;

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations and governmental organizations;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

accrual method taxpayers subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock pursuant to the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

 

195


Table of Contents
   

persons who acquire our common stock through the exercise of a compensatory option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons who have elected to mark securities to market; and

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle, synthetic security, constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment.

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS, INCLUDING ANY RECENT OR PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as, any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) its administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

As described under the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts that exceed such current and accumulated earnings and profits and, therefore, are not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will constitute a return of capital, and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any amount distributed in excess of basis will be treated as gain

 

196


Table of Contents

realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock, and will be treated as described under the section titled “Gain On Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.

Subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish the applicable withholding agent with a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to the withholding agent before the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or the withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent.

However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock is not

 

197


Table of Contents
 

regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs.

Determining whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe that we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although we cannot assure you we will not in the future become a USRPHC. Even if we became a USRPHC, a non-U.S. holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as an USRPHC so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of the applicable regulations) and such non-U.S. holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at any time during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition and such holder’s holding period. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. If we are a USRPHC and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, such non-U.S. holder’s proceeds received on the disposition of shares will generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 15% and such non-U.S. holder will generally be taxed on any gain in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Annual reports are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to each non-U.S. holder indicating the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a non-U.S. holder may also be subject to U.S. federal backup withholding, currently imposed at a rate of 24% rate. Backup withholding generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes the required certification for its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

 

198


Table of Contents

Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker will generally be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies to the withholding agent under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder (which certification may generally be made on an applicable IRS Form W-8) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of disposition proceeds effected outside the United States by or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding if the payment is not received in the United States. Information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner thereof is a non-U.S. holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

Withholding on Payments to Certain Foreign Accounts

FATCA imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends on our common stock made to (1) a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or an exemption applies or (2) a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity either certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” as defined in the Code or provides the withholding agent a certification identifying certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Although FATCA would have imposed a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on the payments of gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock, the U.S. Treasury released proposed Treasury Regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate such withholding. In its preamble to such proposed Treasury Regulations, the U.S. Treasury stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

 

199


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number
of Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                       

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Wedbush Securities Inc.

  

Academy Securities, Inc.

  

Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional                shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                additional shares.

 

Paid by Us

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                        $                      

Total

   $        $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of our common stock, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of our common stock by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of such agreement continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to earlier termination commencing on the opening of trading on the second trading day immediately

 

200


Table of Contents

following our release of earnings for the quarter ending December 31, 2020 except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC; provided that:

 

   

up to 15% of the shares (including shares issuable upon exercise of vested options) held by employees and former employees (but excluding current executive officers and directors) may be sold beginning at the commencement of trading on the first trading day on which our common stock is traded on the NYSE through September 30, 2020; and

 

   

up to 15% of the shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by employees, former employees, directors and officers may be sold beginning at the opening of trading on the second trading day after we announce earnings for the quarter ending September 30, 2020 through December 15, 2020.

This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “U”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or

 

201


Table of Contents

otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                million.

We will agree to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to any applicable state securities filings and to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to $                . We will also agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. In addition, the underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses in connection with the offering.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

Affiliates of certain of the underwriters, including Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., and Barclays Capital Inc., are lenders under our Credit Agreement. An affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. is the administrative agent under our Credit Agreement. As a result, such affiliates will receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering in connection with the repayment of our Credit Agreement. See “Use of Proceeds.”

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a Member State), no common stock has been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

202


Table of Contents
  (b)

by the underwriters to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior written consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of common stock shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Member State who initially acquires any common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed with us and the representatives that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior written consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for our common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the company; and

 

  (b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

203


Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

Our common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Securities and Futures Ordinance), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where our common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired our common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to

 

204


Table of Contents

Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (Regulation 32).

Where our common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired our common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares of common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of our common stock should conduct their own due diligence on such shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Switzerland

The common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

205


Table of Contents

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, our company or our common stock has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority and the offer of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of common stock.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of our common stock may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer our common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares of our common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares of our common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

206


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California. The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, Palo Alto, California.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we will file reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at https://www.unity.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

207


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Unity Software Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Unity Software Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

San Jose, California

April 28, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par value)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 258,731     $ 129,959  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $5,353 and $9,052 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively

     152,481       204,898  

Prepaid expenses

     13,516       23,142  

Other current assets

     13,898       9,418  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     438,626       367,417  

Property and equipment, net

     67,866       78,976  

Goodwill

     45,407       218,305  

Intangible assets, net

     9,104       62,034  

Restricted cash

     14,542       17,137  

Other assets

     13,756       18,991  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 589,301     $ 762,860  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 9,336     $ 10,706  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     49,385       66,463  

Publisher payable

     117,490       137,664  

Income and other taxes payable

     22,558       35,715  

Deferred revenue

     54,967       85,980  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     253,736       336,528  

Long-term deferred revenue

     10,542       10,596  

Other long-term liabilities

     8,896       21,825  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     273,174       368,949  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000005 par value; 96,993 and 102,674 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively; 96,993 and 95,899 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively

     600,114       686,559  

Common stock, $0.000005 par value; 332,000 and 300,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively; 107,069 and 123,261 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively

     1       1  

Additional paid-in capital

     173,214       226,173  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,477     (3,632

Accumulated deficit

     (352,000     (515,190

Treasury stock

     (101,725      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     316,127       393,911  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 589,301     $ 762,860  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Revenue

   $ 380,755     $ 541,779  

Cost of revenue

     81,267       118,597  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     299,488       423,182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    

Research and development

     204,071       255,928  

Sales and marketing

     134,458       174,135  

General and administrative

     91,260       143,788  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     429,789       573,851  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (130,301     (150,669

Interest and other expense, net

     (2,327     (2,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (132,628     (153,242

Provision for income taxes

     (1,026     9,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (131,602     (163,190

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes:

    

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

     (186     (155
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (131,788   $ (163,345
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share:

    

Net loss per share attributable to our common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.24   $ (2.39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation attributable to our common stockholders, basic and diluted

     105,992       114,442  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2017

    84,989,264     $ 455,166       104,583,992     $                 1     $ 148,998     $ (3,291   $ (242,759   $ (101,725   $       256,390  

Cumulative effect of accounting change

                                                       —               22,361             22,361  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options

                2,484,894             3,303                         3,303  

Issuance of convertible Series D-1 preferred stock, net of issuance cost

    12,003,311       144,948                                           144,948  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            20,625                         20,625  

Stock-based compensation expense in connection with modified awards for certain employees

                            288                         288  

Net loss

                                        (131,602           (131,602

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                  (186                 (186
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    96,992,575     $ 600,114       107,068,886     $ 1     $ 173,214     $ (3,477   $ (352,000   $ (101,725   $ 316,127  

Issuance of common stock

                22,297,024             460,200                         460,200  

Fair value of common stock issued as consideration for business acquisitions

                1,734,737             34,807                         34,807  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options

                6,427,160             11,813                         11,813  

Purchase and retirement of treasury stock

                (14,266,783           (388,100                 101,725       (286,375

Issuance of convertible Series E preferred stock, net of issuance cost

    5,681,818       124,918                                           124,918  

Repurchase and extinguishment of preferred stock

    (6,775,179     (38,473                 (110,241                       (148,714

Stock-based compensation expense

                            30,959                         30,959  

Stock-based compensation expense in connection with modified awards for certain employees

                            13,521                         13,521  

Net loss

                                        (163,190           (163,190

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                  (155                 (155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    95,899,214     $ 686,559       123,261,024     $ 1     $ 226,173     $ (3,632   $ (515,190   $     $ 393,911  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2019  

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (131,602   $ (163,190

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     20,518       31,113  

Loss on disposition of property and equipment

     789       133  

Stock-based compensation expense

     20,625       30,959  

Stock-based compensation expense in connection with modified awards for certain employees

     288       13,521  

Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     (30,974     (49,420

Prepaid expenses

     (670     (9,269

Other current assets

     (11,257     4,457  

Deferred tax, net

     (2,678     (4,466

Other assets

     (5,957     (7,657

Accounts payable

     (488     473  

Publisher payable

     35,788       20,174  

Income and other taxes payable

     7,249       13,166  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     16,165       12,432  

Other long-term liabilities

     2,399       8,587  

Deferred revenue

     (1,254     31,051  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (81,059     (67,936
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (38,019     (27,035

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (2,024     (192,506
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (40,043     (219,541
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Payment of debt issuance costs

           (370

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance cost

     144,948       124,918  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

           460,200  

Repurchase and extinguishment of convertible preferred stock

           (148,714

Purchases and retirement of treasury stock

           (286,375

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     3,303       11,813  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     148,251       161,472  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash

     (8     (172
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash

     27,141       (126,177

Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period

     246,132       273,273  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 273,273     $ 147,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

     3,353       1,187  

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing activities:

    

Fair value of common stock issued as consideration for business acquisitions

           34,807  

Accrued property and equipment

     4,405       3,572  

 

The below table provides a reconciliation of cash and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets to the total of the same amounts shown on the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Cash

   $ 258,731     $ 129,959  

Restricted cash

     14,542       17,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and restricted cash

   $ 273,273     $ 147,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

We were founded as Over the Edge Entertainment in Denmark in 2004. We reorganized as a Delaware corporation on May 28, 2009 as Unity Software Inc. (collectively referred to with its wholly-owned subsidiaries as “we,” “our” or “us”). We provide a comprehensive set of software solutions to create, run and monetize interactive, real-time 2D and 3D content for mobile phones, tablets, PCs, consoles, and augmented and virtual reality devices, among others.

We are headquartered in San Francisco, California and have operations in the United States, Denmark, Belgium, Lithuania, Colombia, Canada, China, Finland, Sweden, Germany, France, Japan, the United Kingdom, Ireland, South Korea, and Singapore.

We market our solutions directly through our online store and field sales operations in North America, Denmark, Finland, the United Kingdom, Germany, Japan, China, Singapore, and South Korea and indirectly through independent distributors and resellers worldwide.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

We prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Unity Software Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. We have eliminated all intercompany balances and transactions.

Prior Period Reclassification

Certain amounts in the prior period have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the previously reported net loss.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. For us, these estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts, useful lives of fixed assets, income taxes, valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, valuation of intangible assets, useful lives of intangible assets, assets acquired and liabilities assumed through business combinations, fair value of our common stock, valuation of stock-based compensation, capitalization of software costs and software implementation costs, and other contingencies, among others. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to our financial position and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

Adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)

 

F-7


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Effective in the first quarter of the year ended December 31, 2018, we early adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and the subsequent and related amendments (including ASU No. 2015-14, ASU No. 2016-08, ASU No. 2016-10, ASU No. 2016-12 and ASU No. 2016-20) (collectively, “new revenue standard”). The new revenue standard replaces most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP and permits the use of either full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method.

We adopted the new revenue standard using the modified retrospective method of transition and applied the new standard to contracts that were not completed as of the adoption date. Adoption of the new revenue standard did result in a material change to our revenue recognition policy. We recognized a decrease of $22.4 million to the opening balance of “Accumulated deficit” as of January 1, 2018 as a result of the adoption, primarily due to the transition of the standard for our Strategic Partnerships revenue. Under the new revenue standard, we recognize Strategic Partnerships revenue over time using the input method for one combined performance obligation.

Revenue Recognition Policy

With the adoption of Topic 606, revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those products or services.

We evaluate and recognize revenue by:

 

   

Identifying the contract(s) with the customer;

 

   

Identifying the performance obligation(s) in the contract(s);

 

   

Determining the transaction price;

 

   

Allocating the transaction price to performance obligation(s) in the contract(s); and

 

   

Recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer (“transfer of control”).

The five-step model requires us to make significant estimates in situations where we are unable to establish stand-alone selling price based on various observable prices using all information that is reasonably available. Observable inputs and information we use to make these estimates include historical internal pricing data and cost plus margin analysis.

We generate revenue through three sources: (1) Create Solutions, which is comprised of our create solution subscription offerings and professional services; (2) Operate Solutions, which includes the operation of a monetization platform that allows publishers to sell their advertising inventory on our advertising network, cloud-based services, and enterprise game server hosting; and (3) Strategic Partnerships and Other, which are primarily arrangements with strategic hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers for the customization and development of our software to enable interoperability with these platforms. We recognize revenue as our contractual performance obligations are satisfied. When contracts with our customers contain multiple performance obligations, we allocate the overall transaction price, which is the amount of consideration to which we expect to receive in exchange for promised goods or services, to each of the distinct performance obligations based on their estimated relative standalone selling prices.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Create Solutions

Create Solutions Subscriptions

Our subscriptions, mainly consisting of Unity Pro and Unity Plus (collectively, the “Create Solutions subscriptions”) are a fully integrated content development solution that enable customers to build interactive or media-based applications. These Create Solutions subscriptions provide customers with the rights to a software license with embedded cloud functionality and multi-platform support. Significant judgment is required to determine the level of integration and interdependency between individual promises of the Create Solutions subscriptions. This determination influences whether the software is considered distinct and accounted for separately as a license performance obligation recognized at a point in time, or not distinct and accounted for together with other promises in the Create Solutions subscriptions as a single performance obligation recognized over time. Under Topic 606, we have concluded that the software license is not distinct from the multi-platform support as they are highly interdependent and interrelated considering the significant two-way dependency between the promises. Although the promise to the embedded cloud functionality represents separate performance obligations under Topic 606, we have accounted for these obligations as if they are a single performance obligation that includes the software license and the multi-platform support because the cloud functionality has the same pattern of transfer to the customer over the duration of the subscription term.

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration that we will be entitled to receive in exchange for transferring our Create Solutions subscriptions to the customer, and we do not have material variable consideration. We recognize the single performance obligation ratably over the contract term beginning when the license key is delivered.

Enterprise customers may purchase an enhanced support offering (“Enterprise Support”) that is sold separately from the Create Solutions subscriptions, and is capable of being distinct, and distinct within the context of the contract due to its separate utility. Enterprise Support is generally billed in advance and is recognized ratably over the support term as we have a stand-ready performance obligation over the support term. When an arrangement includes Enterprise Support and Create Solutions subscriptions, which have the same pattern of transfer to the customer (the services transfer to the customer over the same period), we account for those performance obligations as if they are a single performance obligation. If an arrangement includes Enterprise Support and Create Solutions subscriptions that do not have the same pattern of transfer, we allocate the transaction price to the distinct performance obligations and recognizes them ratably over their respective terms.

Create Solutions subscriptions typically have a term of one to three years and are generally billed in advance and recognized ratably over the term.

Professional Services

Our professional services revenue is primarily composed of consulting, integration, training, and custom application and workflow development. Professional services may be billed in advance or on a time and materials basis and we recognize the related revenue as services are rendered.

We typically invoice our customers up front or when promised services are delivered, and the payment terms vary by customer type and location. The term between billing and payment due dates is not significant. As a result, we have determined that our contracts do not include significant financing component.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Customer billings related to taxes imposed by and remitted to governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions are reported on a net basis.

Operate Solutions

Monetization

We generate advertising revenue through our monetization solutions, including the Unified Auction, which allows publishers to sell the available advertising inventory from their mobile applications to advertisers. We enter into contracts with both advertisers and publishers to participate in the Unified Auction. For advertisements placed through the Unified Auction, we evaluate whether we are the principal (i.e., report revenue on a gross basis) or the agent (i.e., report revenue on a net basis). The evaluation to present revenue on a gross versus net basis requires significant judgment. We have concluded that the publisher is our customer and we are the agent in facilitating the fulfillment of the advertising inventory in the Unified Auction primarily because we do not control the advertising inventory prior to the placement of an advertisement. As the operator of the Unified Auction, our role is to enable the publisher to monetize its advertising inventory with the advertiser based on the bid/ask price from the auction. We do not control the outcome of the bids and do not have pricing latitude in the transaction. Based on these and other factors, we report advertising revenue based on the net amount retained from the transaction which is our revenue share. Advertising revenue is recognized at a point in time when control is transferred to the customer. This occurs when a user installs an application after seeing an advertisement contracted on a cost-per-install basis or when an advertisement starts on a cost-per-impression basis. Typically we do not retain a share of the revenue generated through Unity IAP (In-App Purchases). Publishers payables represent amounts earned by publishers in the Unified Auction and are presented as a reduction of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Payment terms are contractually defined and vary by publisher and location.

Cloud and Hosting Services

We provide cloud-based solutions as well as enterprise hosting (“Hosting Services”) to developers that develop and operate multiuser/multiplayer games and applications through a combination of hardware server and cloud-based infrastructure and services. The Hosting Services facilitate the connection of end-users, and allow content game operators to monitor network traffic. Our cloud-based solutions provide our customers with tools and services to develop and operate live games and applications, including voice chat services. We primarily sell these services on a fixed fee or usage-based model with fixed fees billed monthly in advance and usage fees billed monthly in arrears. We recognize revenue ratably over the contractual service term for fixed fee arrangements as we have a stand-ready performance obligation that is generally fulfilled evenly throughout the hosting period. We recognize revenue for usage-based arrangements as services are provided.

Strategic Partnerships and Other

We enter into strategic contracts with owners of hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers to customize our software licenses to enable interoperability with these platforms (“Strategic Partnerships”). This allows customers using our Create Solutions subscriptions to build and publish content to more than one platform without having to write platform-specific code. We consider these strategic partners as our customers and generally provide them with the following promises in our contracts: (i) development and customization of our software to integrate with the customer’s platform and (ii) post-integration ongoing support and updates.

We generally view these promises as one single performance obligation as they are not distinct within the context of the contract. This is because the customized software license that is integrated

 

F-10


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

with the customer’s platform requires continuous updates that are critical to the utility of the customized software.

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration that we will be entitled to receive in exchange for transferring our goods and services to the customer. We do not have material variable consideration. When Strategic Partnerships contain non-monetary consideration, we measure and record the transaction price at the estimated fair value of the non-cash consideration received from the customer. Typically, we recognize revenue for these contracts over time as service is performed using the input method to measure progress of the satisfaction of the performance obligation.

Certain Strategic Partnerships also require the customer to pay sales-based royalties based on the sales of games on the Strategic Partner platform that incorporate our customized software. Since customized software intellectual property is the predominant item to which royalty relates, we recognize revenue for sales-based royalties when the later of the subsequent sale or usage occurs, or the performance to which some or all of the sales-based royalty has been allocated has been satisfied. We record revenue under these arrangements for the amounts due to us based on estimates of the sales of these customers and pursuant to the terms of the contracts.

The Strategic Partnerships are typically multi-year arrangements where customers make payments commensurate with milestones accomplished with respect to the development and integration service or pay in advance on a quarterly basis.

Contract Balances

Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. Contract assets relate to performance completed in advance of scheduled billings. The primary changes in our contract assets and contract liabilities are due to our performance under the contracts and billings.

Contract assets (unbilled receivables) included in accounts receivable are recorded when revenue is recognized in advance of customer invoicing. Unbilled receivables totaled $1.5 million and $24.6 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Contract liabilities (deferred revenue) relate to payments received in advance of performance under the contract. Revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019 that was included in the deferred revenue balances at January 1, 2019 was $60.4 million. The satisfaction of performance obligations typically lags behind payments received under contract from customers, which may lead to an increase in our deferred revenue balance over time.

Remaining Performance Obligations

As of December 31, 2019, we had total remaining performance obligations of $193.5 million, which represents the total contract transaction price allocated to undelivered performance obligations primarily for Create Solutions subscriptions, Enterprise Support, and Strategic Partnership contracts, which are generally recognized over the next three years. Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations represents contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and unbilled amounts that will be recognized as revenue in future periods. This amount excludes contracts with an original expected term of one year or less and contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed. We expect to recognize $87.6 million or 45% of this revenue during the next 12 months. We expect to recognize the remaining $105.9 million or 55% of this revenue thereafter.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Sales Commissions

We consider internal sales commissions as potential incremental costs of obtaining the contract with a customer. We apply a practical expedient to expense incremental costs incurred if the period of benefit is one year or less. We generally expense sales commissions when incurred because the amortization period would have been one year or less or the amount that would require capitalization was immaterial as of December 31, 2018 and 2019. These costs are recorded within sales and marketing expenses.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue for the delivery of software tools, support, updates and advertising consists primarily of hosting expenses, personnel costs (including salaries, stock-based compensation, and benefits) for employees associated with our product support and professional services organizations, credit card fees, third party license fees, and allocated shared costs, including facilities, information technology, and security costs, as well as amortization of related capitalized software and depreciation of related property and equipment.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure all stock-based awards, including stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”), based on their estimated fair value on the grant date for awards to our employees and directors. RSUs granted by us have service and liquidity event vesting conditions while stock options granted only have a service vesting condition. We account for forfeitures as they occur.

We use the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair values of stock options. We recognize as an expense, the grant date fair values of stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis, over the requisite service period, generally, a vesting period of four years.

We measure the fair value of RSUs based on the grant-date share price of the underlying common stock. No expense is recognized related to a restricted stock unit until the liquidity event occurs. At that date, cumulative stock-based compensation expense using the graded vesting method for those RSUs for which the service condition has been satisfied prior to the liquidity event would be recognized and the remaining expense will be thereafter recognized over the remaining vesting period of the award under a graded vesting method.

Common Stock Valuations

Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide: Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors along with management exercised its reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

the prices at which we or other holders sold our common and convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

   

independent third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

F-12


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   

our financial condition, results of operations and capital resources;

 

   

the industry outlook;

 

   

the valuation of comparable companies;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

   

the fact that option and RSU grants have involved rights in illiquid securities in a private company;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the history and nature of our business, industry trends and competitive environment; and

 

   

general economic outlook including economic growth, inflation and unemployment, interest rate environment and global economic trends.

Cash and Restricted Cash

Cash is stated at an amount that approximates fair value. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, restricted cash was $14.5 million and $17.1 million, respectively. Restricted cash consists of secured letters of credit issued in connection with our operating leases. Restrictions typically lapse at the end of the lease term, and restricted cash is classified as current or non-current based on the remaining term of the restriction.

Accounts Receivable

We record accounts receivable at the invoiced amount. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for any receivables we may be unable to collect, based on historical loss patterns, the number of days that billings are past due, and an evaluation of the potential risk of loss associated with delinquent accounts. In addition, we review the accounts receivable amounts due from customers that are past due to identify specific customers with known disputes or collectability issues. In determining the amount of the reserve, we make judgments about the creditworthiness of customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $5.4 million and $9.1 million, respectively. We include the allowances for doubtful accounts in accounts receivable, net, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Credit Risk and Concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. We place our domestic and foreign cash with large, creditworthy financial institutions.

Balances in these accounts may exceed federally insured limits at times. In general, we do not require our customers to provide collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk, management performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition, as warranted, and continually analyzes the allowance for doubtful accounts, which we maintain based upon the expected collectability of accounts receivable.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, no individual customer represented 10% or more of the aggregate receivables. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, no individual customer represented 10% or more of total revenue.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“Topic 820”), establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under Topic 820 are described below:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities;

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair values of the assets or liabilities.

Our financial instruments consist of accounts receivable and accounts payable. The recorded amounts of our accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective fair value because of the liquidity and short period of time to maturity, receipt or payment of these instruments.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciation commences upon placing the asset in service. An estimated useful life of three years is used for computer and other hardware and five years is used for furniture. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining term of the lease. Software is amortized over the estimated useful life or license term, generally either three or five years.

The costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred, while expenditures for refurbishments and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized.

Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to the statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which typically range from three to six years.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On an annual basis, we evaluate the estimated remaining useful life of purchased intangible assets and whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining amortization period. No changes to the useful lives of our intangible assets were deemed necessary in 2018 or 2019 based on management’s evaluation.

Segments

We operate as a single operating segment. The chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer, who makes resource allocation decisions and assesses performance based on financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by disaggregated information of our revenue. Accordingly, we have determined that we have a single reportable segment and operating segment structure.

Capitalized Software Costs and Software Implementation Costs

We capitalize implementation costs incurred in our cloud computing service arrangements related to enterprise software solutions (“capitalized implementation costs”) and costs associated with customized internal-use software systems that have reached the application development stage. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related expenses for employees, who are directly associated with the development of the applications. We capitalize such costs during the application development stage, which begins when the preliminary project stage is complete and ceases at the point in which the project is substantially complete and is ready for its intended purpose. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life, which is generally two to three years. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. Capitalized implementation costs are expensed over the term of the hosting arrangement, which is the fixed, non-cancellable term of the arrangement, plus any reasonably certain renewal periods.

The amount of capitalized software costs and capitalized implementation costs was $0.1 million and $2.7 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2018 and $0.3 million and $6.5 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2019. Capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment, net, on the consolidated balance sheets. The current portion of capitalized implementation costs are included in prepaid expenses on the consolidated balance sheets, and the non-current portion of capitalized implementation costs are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Impairment Analysis

We evaluate intangible assets and long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. This includes but is not limited to significant adverse changes in business climate, market conditions, or other events that indicate an asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the undiscounted cash flows used in the test for recoverability are less than the carrying amount of these assets, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We evaluate and test the recoverability of our goodwill for impairment at least annually during our fourth quarter of each calendar year or more often if and when circumstances indicate that goodwill may not be recoverable.

There were no material impairments of capitalized software costs, capitalized implementation costs, intangible assets, long-lived assets or goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and income tax assets and liabilities, including evaluating uncertainties in the application of accounting principles and complex tax laws.

We record an income tax expense (or benefit) for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using the asset and liability method. Under this method, we recognize deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as for net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. We recognize the deferred income tax effects of a change in tax rates in the period of the enactment.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that the position is more likely than not to be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions (including net interest and penalties), we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. We make adjustments to these reserves in accordance with the income tax accounting guidance when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts recorded, such differences will affect our income tax expense (or benefit) in the period in which such determination is made, and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Accrued interest and penalties are included in income and other taxes payable on the consolidated balance sheets.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The functional currency of the majority of our foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in interest and other income (expense), net, on the

 

F-16


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the period. For U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries, all assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates. For a foreign subsidiary where the local currency is the functional currency, adjustments to translate those statements into U.S. dollars are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity.

Warranties and Indemnifications

From time to time, we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently require us to indemnify parties against third-party claims. These contracts primarily relate to agreements under which we indemnify customers and partners for claims arising from intellectual property infringement. The terms of such obligations vary, and the overall maximum amount of the obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations as of December 31, 2018 and 2019.

We generally do not offer warranties for our software products. With certain customers, we will warrant that our software products will operate without material error and/or substantially in conformity with product documentation. We have not experienced any warranty claims to date, and no liabilities have been recorded as of December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Research and Development

Research and development costs, which consist primarily of software development costs, are expensed as incurred. FASB ASC Topic 985-20, Costs of Software to Be Sold, Leased or Marketed, requires development costs incurred subsequent to establishment of technological feasibility related to software incorporated in our products to be capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related products. Based upon our product development process, technological feasibility is established upon completion of a working model. Costs incurred between completion of the working model and the point at which the product is ready for general release have not been significant. Therefore, all product development costs have been charged to research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred as a component of sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Advertising expense was approximately $4.9 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

2. Summary of Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. This update provides guidance intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified on the statement of cash flows. We adopted this update on January 1, 2019. There was no material impact on our consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. This update provides guidance on stock-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. We adopted this update on January 1, 2019. There was no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), that will supersede the existing lease guidance, including on-balance sheet recognition of operating leases for lessees. Under this update, lessees are required to provide enhanced disclosures and recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases (except for short-term leases that have a duration of 12 months or less and do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise). For lessors, accounting for leases is substantially the same as in prior periods. In July 2018, the FASB issued an update to allow for the adoption of the new lease guidance to be applied at the beginning of the year of adoption, instead of at the beginning of the earliest year presented in the financial statements. This new lease guidance should be applied using a modified retrospective approach and will not restate comparative periods. This update becomes effective and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of the year ending December 31, 2020. Topic 842 will have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet because of the capitalization of future fixed lease payments. We do not expect Topic 842 to have a material impact on our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss or on our consolidated statements of cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost, including trade receivables. This update replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. The new impairment methodology eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold and, instead, estimates the expected credit losses in consideration of past events, current conditions and forecasted information. This update becomes effective and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of the year ending December 31, 2021. We are currently evaluating the impact of this update on our consolidated financial statements. The effect on our consolidated financial statements will largely depend on the composition and credit quality of our trade receivables, as well as the economic conditions at the time of adoption.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This update modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. This update becomes effective and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of the year ending December 31, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect this update to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3. Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenue

Revenue by Source

The following table presents our revenue disaggregated by source (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019  

Create Solutions

   $ 125,539      $ 168,626  

Operate Solutions

     184,405        293,317  

Strategic Partnerships and Other

     70,811        79,836  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 380,755      $ 541,779  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additional information regarding our revenue by source is discussed under the heading “Revenue Recognition Policy” in Note 1, “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue by Geographic Area

The following table presents our revenue disaggregated by geography, based on the invoice address of our customers (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019  

United States

   $ 114,893      $ 151,383  

Greater China(1)

     40,551        64,784  

EMEA(1)

     121,584        184,064  

APAC(1)

     86,442        113,938  

Other Americas(1)

     17,285        27,610  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 380,755      $ 541,779  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Greater China includes China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Regions represent Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); Asia-Pacific, excluding Greater China (“APAC”); and Canada and Latin America (“Other Americas”). No individual country, other than those disclosed above, exceeded 10% of our total revenue for any period presented.

4. Acquisitions

Acquisitions are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic No. 805, Business Combinations, and the results of operations of the acquisitions have been included in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss from the respective dates of the acquisitions.

The total purchase price allocated to the net assets acquired is assigned based on the fair values as of the date of acquisition. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was determined using the income approach and the cost approach. We believe that these identified intangible assets will have no residual value after their estimated economic useful lives. The identifiable intangible assets are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis as this best approximates the benefit period related to these assets.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The excess of the purchase price over the identified tangible and intangible assets, less liabilities assumed, is recorded as goodwill.

For certain 2019 acquisitions, the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including current income taxes payable and deferred taxes, may change over the measurement period as additional information is received and certain tax returns are finalized. Accordingly, the provisional measurements of fair value of the current income taxes payable and deferred taxes are subject to change. We expect to finalize the valuation as soon as practicable, but not later than one year from the acquisition date.

2019 Acquisitions

Vivox

In January 2019, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of Mercer Road Corporation (“Vivox”) for consideration of $123.4 million payable in a combination of $119.0 million in cash and $4.4 million of our common stock. The total purchase price includes 348,739 common shares issued by us.

Vivox provides cross-platform voice and text communication tools for social experiences where players can communicate regardless of location in game play, on any platform, whether it is mobile, personal computer or console. The acquisition of Vivox is strategic in nature as we look to deliver more services for connected games and other use cases.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid for Vivox and the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 119,034  

Common stock issued

     4,409  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $ 123,443  
  

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Cash

   $ 3,586  

Accounts receivable, net

     1,733  

Developed technology

     26,700  

Customer relationships

     3,600  

Trademark

     2,000  

Other assets and liabilities, net

     (921

Deferred tax liability

     (7,464
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets assumed

     29,234  

Goodwill

     94,209  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 123,443  
  

 

 

 

The acquired developed technology has an estimated useful life of six years. The acquired customer relationships and trademark intangible assets have useful lives of two years and four years, respectively. Goodwill of $94.2 million reflects the expected future benefits of certain synergies and acquired assembled workforce, which does not qualify for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset. The goodwill balance is not subject to amortization, and it is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The revenue and earnings of the acquired business have been included in our results since the acquisition date and are not material to our consolidated financial statements.

deltaDNA

In September 2019, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of deltaDNA Limited (“deltaDNA”) for consideration of $53.1 million payable in a combination of $32.8 million in cash and $20.3 million of our common stock. The total purchase price includes 928,123 common shares issued by us.

deltaDNA provides analytics, messaging and ad campaign management tools to enable real-time player life-cycle management. The acquisition of deltaDNA is strategic in nature as we look to integrate deltaDNA’s engagement tools and services to support our monetization products.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid for deltaDNA and the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 32,809  

Common stock issued

     20,279  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $ 53,088  
  

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Cash

   $ 1,267  

Accounts receivable, net

     903  

Developed technology

     15,358  

Customer relationships

     2,457  

Trademark

     737  

Other assets and liabilities, net

     (141

Deferred tax liability

     (2,652
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets assumed

     17,929  

Goodwill

     35,159  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 53,088  
  

 

 

 

The acquired developed technology has an estimated useful life of six years. The acquired customer relationships and trademark intangible assets have useful lives of two years and three years, respectively. Goodwill of $35.2 million reflects the expected future benefits of certain synergies and acquired assembled workforce, which does not qualify for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset. The goodwill balance is not subject to amortization, and it is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Artomatix

In December 2019, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of Artomatix Limited (“Artomatix”) for consideration of $48.8 million payable in a combination of $38.7 million in cash and $10.1 million of our common stock. The total purchase price includes 457,875 common shares issued by us.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Artomatix offers artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning powered tools to simplify and automate parts of the 3D art creation process. The acquisition of Artomatix is strategic in nature as we look to expand our offering for 3D artists in addition to developers.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid for Artomatix and the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 38,687  

Common stock issued

     10,119  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $ 48,806  
  

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Cash

   $ 892  

Accounts receivable, net

     106  

Developed technology

     10,130  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (164

Deferred tax liability

     (1,193
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets assumed

     9,771  

Goodwill

     39,035  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 48,806  
  

 

 

 

The acquired developed technology has an estimated useful life of six years. Goodwill of $39.0 million reflects the expected future benefits of certain synergies and acquired assembled workforce, which does not qualify for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset. The goodwill balance is not subject to amortization, and it is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Other Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we completed other acquisitions and purchases of intangible assets for total consideration of approximately $8.2 million. In aggregate, $0.4 million represented cash acquired, $3.5 million was attributed to intangible assets and represents acquired developed technology, $0.4 million was attributed to other assets, $4.5 million was attributed to goodwill and $0.7 million was attributed to other liabilities assumed. These acquisitions generally enhance the breadth and depth of our offerings and expand our expertise in different functional areas. The goodwill balance is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

We recorded $3.6 million in transaction costs associated with these acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2019. These costs were recorded in general and administrative expense.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the consolidated results of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, giving effect to the acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2018. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes adjustments to give effect to pro forma events that are directly attributable to the acquisition. The pro forma financial information includes adjustments to amortization for intangible assets acquired, acquisition costs, compensation expense, and income taxes. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations of future

 

F-22


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

periods. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not give effect to the potential impact of current financial conditions, regulatory matters, or any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, or cost savings that may be associated with the acquisition. Consequently, actual results will differ from the unaudited pro forma financial information presented below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Unaudited pro forma financial information:

    

Pro forma revenue

   $ 396,751     $ 542,806  

Pro forma net loss

   $ (136,015   $ (160,506

Pro forma results of operations for the other acquisitions have not been presented because they are not material to the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, either individually or in the aggregate.

2018 Acquisition

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we completed an acquisition for total consideration of $2.0 million, which includes the assumption of $0.2 million in stockholder loans, payable in cash at the date of acquisition. $1.4 million of the consideration paid was attributed to intangible assets and represents acquired developed technology, customer relationships and trademark, $0.9 million was attributed to goodwill and $0.3 million was attributed to other liabilities assumed. The goodwill balance is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

This acquisition is expected to bolster our ability to effectively gain market share within the film industry, as well as enhance our product offerings to our existing customer base.

The purchase price allocation has been completed, and the total purchase price allocated to the net assets acquired is assigned based on the fair values as of the date of acquisition. The transaction costs associated with this acquisition were not material.

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related costs over the value assigned to net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

   $ 44,496  

Goodwill from an acquisition

     911  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 45,407  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill from acquisition of Vivox

     94,209  

Goodwill from acquisition of deltaDNA

     35,159  

Goodwill from acquisition of Artomatix

     39,035  

Goodwill from other acquisitions

     4,495  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 218,305  
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Intangible Assets, Net

The following tables present details of our intangible assets, excluding goodwill (in thousands, except for weighted-average remaining useful life):

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     Weighted-
Average
Amortization

Period(1)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Developed technology

     5.6      $ 20,002      $ (11,668   $ 8,334  

Customer relationships

     2.0        2,370        (1,919     451  

Trademark

     2.9        470        (151     319  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 22,842      $ (13,738   $ 9,104  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2019  
     Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period(1)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Developed technology

     5.9      $ 75,708      $ (20,339   $ 55,369  

Customer relationships

     2.0        8,427        (4,123     4,304  

Trademark

     3.6        3,207        (846     2,361  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 87,342      $ (25,308   $ 62,034  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Based on weighted-average useful life established as of acquisition date.

The following table presents the amortization of finite-lived intangible assets included on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2018                      2019          

Amortization expense

   $         3,861      $       11,570  

The following table presents the estimated future amortization of finite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

      

2020

   $ 15,230  

2021

     12,450  

2022

     11,200  

2023

     9,622  

2024

     9,432  

Thereafter

     4,100  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,034  
  

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

6. Balance Sheet Components

The following tables provide details of selected balance sheet items (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Property and equipment, net:

    

Gross property and equipment

    

Leasehold improvements

   $ 44,311     $ 52,647  

Computer and other hardware

     30,598       42,264  

Furniture

     18,295       21,416  

Internally developed software

     2,891       2,964  

Purchased software

     1,127       1,325  

Construction in progress

     2,371       6,645  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross property and equipment

     99,593       127,261  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization(1)

     (31,727     (48,285
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 67,866     $ 78,976  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The following table presents the depreciation of property and equipment included on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2018                      2019          

Depreciation expense

   $ 16,657      $ 19,543  

Long-lived Assets by Geographic Area

The following table presents our long-lived assets disaggregated by geography, which is comprised of our property and equipment, net but excludes internally developed software and purchased software (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018      2019  

United States

   $ 38,712      $ 35,602  

Canada

     9,058        10,396  

Greater China

     1,363        6,097  

EMEA(1)

     14,300        20,713  

APAC(1)

     3,672        4,783  

Other Americas, excluding Canada(1)

     629        879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 67,734      $ 78,470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

No individual country, other than those disclosed above, exceeded 10% of our total long-lived assets for any period presented.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018      2019  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

     

Accrued expenses

   $ 25,738      $ 36,217  

Accrued compensation

     23,647        30,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 49,385      $ 66,463  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Borrowings

On December 20, 2019, we entered into a revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), which provides for a committed revolving loan facility of up to $125.0 million (the “Revolving Facility”) and includes a $20.0 million letter of credit subfacility (the “LC Capacity” and together with the Revolving Facility, the “Credit Facility”). Borrowings under the Credit Facility are available for working capital and general corporate purposes. The Credit Facility has a maturity date of December 20, 2024.

At our option, we shall specify whether the loans made under the Revolving Facility is an Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) borrowing or a Eurodollar borrowing, which then determines the annual interest rate. ABR borrowings bear interest at the ABR plus 0.50%. Eurodollar borrowings bear interest at the adjusted LIBO Rate plus 1.50%.

The ABR equals the greatest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (iii) the sum of the adjusted one-month LIBO Rate for a Eurodollar borrowing plus 1.00%. The ABR is subject to a floor of 1.00%.

For ABR borrowings, interest is payable on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year. For Eurodollar borrowings, interest is payable on the last day of each interest period for the applicable borrowing, and if such interest period extends over three months, each day prior to the last day of each three-month interval during such interest period.

Commitments under the Revolving Facility are subject to a commitment fee of 0.25% on the difference between the total committed amount of the Revolving Facility on the one hand, and the amount drawn thereunder plus the aggregate amount of LC Capacity used on the other. An annual letter of credit fee of 1.50% of the average daily undrawn amount of the letters of credit issued thereunder is also payable quarterly. Letters of credit issued under the letter of credit subfacility are subject to a fronting fee of 0.125% on the average daily undrawn amount on such letters of credit. The commitment and fronting fees on the undrawn portion of the Credit Facility are not material for the year ended December 31, 2019.

There was no principal amount outstanding under the Credit Facility, and the full $125.0 million was available for future borrowing under the Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2019.

Under the Credit Agreement, we must maintain a minimum liquidity balance of $75.0 million as of the last day of the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters, which commenced on June 30, 2020. The Credit Agreement contains customary conditions to borrowing, representations and warranties, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to incur indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, undergo corporate changes, make dispositions, prepay other indebtedness, pay dividends or other distributions and engage in transactions with our affiliates. We were in compliance in all material respects with the covenants in the Credit Agreement as

 

F-26


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

of December 31, 2019. The obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by a perfected security interest in (i) all of our tangible and intangible assets, except for certain customary excluded assets, and (ii) all of our ownership in capital stock of restricted subsidiaries (limited, in the case of the stock of non-U.S. subsidiaries and U.S. subsidiaries that have no material assets other than equity interests and/or indebtedness in foreign subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations, to 65% of the capital stock of such subsidiaries). The obligations under the Credit Agreement are also guaranteed by our existing and subsequently acquired or formed material domestic subsidiaries.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

The following table summarizes our non-cancellable contractual commitments as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

     Total      2020      2021-2022      2023-2024      Thereafter  

Operating leases(1)

   $ 304,831      $ 31,045      $ 72,932      $ 60,608      $ 140,246  

Purchase commitments(2)

     156,492        38,617        72,900        44,975         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(3)

   $ 461,323      $   69,662      $ 145,832      $ 105,583      $ 140,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Operating lease obligations consist primarily of obligations for real estate.

(2)

The substantial majority of our purchase commitments are related to agreements with our data center hosting providers.

(3)

This table generally excludes amounts related to income tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions, since we cannot predict with reasonable reliability the timing of cash settlements to the respective taxing authorities.

Operating Leases

We have operating leases for real estate, which have remaining lease terms of less than one year to approximately 13 years, some of which include options to extend the lease with renewal terms from one to five years. Some leases include an option to terminate the lease from less than one year up to five years from the lease commencement date. Options to extend the lease are included in the lease commitment if they are reasonably certain of being exercised. Options to terminate the lease are considered in determining the lease commitment if they are reasonably certain of being exercised. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, rent expense related to real estate leases amounted to approximately $20.9 million and $25.2 million, respectively.

Legal Matters

In the normal course of business, we are subject to various legal matters. We accrue a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We also disclose material contingencies when we believe a loss is not probable but reasonably possible. Legal costs related to such potential losses are expensed as incurred. In addition, recoveries are shown as a reduction in legal costs in the period in which they are realized. With respect to our outstanding matters, based on our current knowledge, we believe that the resolution of such matters will not, either individually or in aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business or our consolidated financial statements. However, litigation is inherently uncertain, and the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty. Accordingly, cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these matters.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, we may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, investors, directors, officers, employees, and other parties with respect to certain matters. Indemnification may include losses from our breach of such agreements, services we provide, or third-party intellectual property infringement claims. These indemnifications may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of future indemnification payments may not be subject to a cap. As of December 31, 2019, there have been no known events or circumstances that have resulted in a material indemnification liability to us and we did not incur material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnifications.

Letters of Credit

We had $14.5 million and $17.1 million of secured letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. These primarily relate to our office space leases and are fully collateralized by certificates of deposit which we record in restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets based on the term of the remaining restriction.

Data Center Hosting Commitments

In March 2018, we entered into a cloud service agreement with a total term of six years. Under the agreement, we were granted access to use certain cloud services. The amended agreement was effective as of December 7, 2018 and has a total term of six years. Minimum annual commitments increase annually over the term of the agreement. The aggregate value of all annual minimum commitments over the contract term is $189.0 million. Total spend under the agreement for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was approximately $7.0 million and $32.7 million, respectively. We expect to meet our remaining commitment.

9. Stockholders’ Equity

Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table presents shares and amount of convertible preferred stock authorized, issued and outstanding, by series type (in thousands, except share data):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018      2019  
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Series A

     23,820,370      $ 7,464        23,545,670      $ 7,372  

Series B

     13,929,790        17,500        12,609,560        15,841  

Series C

     25,499,974        180,431        20,319,725        143,709  

Series D

     21,739,130        249,771        21,739,130        249,771  

Series D-1

     12,003,311        144,948        12,003,311        144,948  

Series E

                   5,681,818        124,918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     96,992,575      $ 600,114        95,899,214      $ 686,559  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In May 2019, we sold 5.7 million shares of convertible Series E preferred stock. The shares issued are outstanding as of December 31, 2019. The total transaction price of convertible preferred stock issued, net of issuance costs, was $124.9 million.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In 2019, we repurchased 6.8 million shares of our convertible preferred stock with a cost basis of $38.5 million from certain investors. The repurchased shares were extinguished as of December 31, 2019. The total transaction price of the convertible preferred stock repurchased was $148.7 million. Based on guidance from ASC 260-10-S99-2, if the fair value of the consideration transferred is greater than the carrying amount of the shares surrendered, retained earnings, or additional paid-in capital in the absence of retained earnings, should be reduced by the difference. Accordingly, we recognized the $110.2 million in excess paid to repurchase these shares to additional paid-in capital as of December 31, 2019.

Each share of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock. The holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our business, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock then outstanding are entitled to receive out of our assets available for distribution among the stockholders, and prior and in preference to any payment to the common stockholders, an amount per share equal to original issue price of $0.33, $1.26, $7.09, $11.50, $12.08, and $22.00 per share respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends, if any. If, upon the occurrence of such event, our assets legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of the convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts that they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this section.

After the full preferential amounts due to the holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock pursuant to the section above have been paid or set aside, any of our remaining assets available for distribution to our stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of common stock ratably in proportion to the number of shares of common stock then held by each holder.

Dividends

All dividends are payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, but only out of funds that are legally available, and are noncumulative. No dividends have been declared through December 31, 2019.

The holders of the convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of common stock, dividends at the rate of $0.03, $0.10, $0.57, $0.92, $0.97, and $1.76 per share, respectively, (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares) per annum, payable out of funds legally available.

Conversion

Each share of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price (currently $0.33, $1.26, $7.09, $11.50, $12.08, and $22.00 per share, respectively).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Each share of convertible Series A and B preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote or written consent of at least a majority of the voting power represented by the then-outstanding shares of convertible Series A and B preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $25.0 million.

Each share of convertible Series C preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote or written consent of at least 60% of then-outstanding shares of convertible Series C preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100.0 million.

Each share of convertible Series D preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote or written consent of the majority of then-outstanding shares of convertible Series D preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock (1) with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100.0 million, and (2) solely with respect to a firm commitment underwritten public offering that closes prior to June 5, 2019 (the “Price Protection Date”) at the price per share of at least $11.50 per share. The per share requirement set forth in clause (2) above shall not apply following the Price Protection Date.

Each share of convertible Series D-1 preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote or written consent of at least 70% of then-outstanding shares of convertible Series D-1 preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock (1) with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100.0 million, and (2) solely with respect to a firm commitment underwritten public offering that closes prior to June 5, 2019 at a price per share of at least $12.08.

Each share of convertible Series E preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote or written consent of at least 79% of then-outstanding shares of convertible Series E preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock (1) with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100.0 million, and (2) solely with respect to a firm commitment underwritten public offering that closes prior to February 14, 2020 at a price per share of at least $22.00.

The conversion price for convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock is subject to adjustment from time to time for the effect of a stock split, stock dividend, or other similar distribution or in the case of certain recapitalizations or reorganizations. In the event we issue additional shares of common stock without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable conversion price of a series of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock in effect on the

 

F-30


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

date of and immediately prior to such issuance, the conversion price of the affected series of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock shall be reduced to a price determined by multiplying such conversion price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of common stock that the aggregated consideration received by us for the total number of additional shares of common stock so issued would purchase at such conversion price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of such additional shares of common stock so issued.

Voting

The holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1, and E preferred stock are entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which each share of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock is convertible. With respect to such vote, such holder has full voting rights and power equal to the voting rights of the holders of common stock, including to approve any merger, acquisition, or liquidation event.

Common Stock

In 2019, we sold 22.3 million shares of our common stock. The total transaction price of the common stock issued was $460.2 million.

In July 2019, we announced the commencement of a tender offer where we would purchase common stock and vested stock options at $20.00 per common share up to a maximum aggregate value of $525.0 million. The tender offer allowed each of our common stockholders, the majority of which are current and former employees, to sell up to 25% of common stock and vested stock options.

During the tender offer, certain employees and non-employees sold 13.9 million shares of common stock to us at $20.00 per share, which represented the estimated fair value of our outstanding common stock at the times of sale. The repurchased shares were retired as of December 31, 2019. The total transaction price of common stock repurchased as part of the tender offer was $277.1 million.

Separate from the tender offer, we repurchased an additional 0.4 million shares of common stock in the year ended December 31, 2019. The repurchased shares were retired as of December 31, 2019. The total transaction price of the common stock repurchased was $9.3 million.

We also retired an additional $101.7 million of our treasury stock as of December 31, 2019. Based on guidance from ASC 505-30, Treasury Stock, we may account for repurchases of our common stock as treasury stock or retire them. Further, when we retire treasury stock or repurchase for constructive retirement (with or without an intention to retire the stock formally in accordance with applicable laws), we have elected to allocate the excess amount paid to repurchase our shares to additional paid-in capital. Accordingly, we recognized the $388.1 million in excess amount paid to repurchase our shares to additional paid-in capital as of December 31, 2019.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

10. Employee Compensation Plans

2009 Stock Plan

We grant options to purchase shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of our 2009 Stock Plan, which was adopted by the Board of Directors on September 9, 2009. The 2009 Stock Plan provides for the issuance of stock-based awards to employees, including executive officers, and consultants. The 2009 Stock Plan permits the granting of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and restricted stock. The 2009 Stock Plan also provides for nonqualified stock options or common stock awards to be issued to employees and consultants.

The 2009 Stock Plan provides for incentive stock options to be granted to employees at an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair value at the grant date as determined by the Board of Directors, with the exception of certain members of executive management who own more than 10% of the outstanding common stock, in which case the option price will be 110% of such fair market value.

Options granted generally have a maximum term of 10 years from the grant date, are exercisable upon vesting unless otherwise designated for early exercise by the Board of Directors at the time of grant, and generally vest over a four-year period. Options exercised early are subject to the vesting provisions, and any unvested shares are subject to repurchase, at the original price, upon termination of employment, death, or disability. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, there were no shares subject to repurchase under the 2009 Stock Plan and no options granted outside the plan (nonplan options) related to early exercise options.

As of December 31, 2019, we have reserved a total of 69,853,240 shares of common stock under the 2009 Stock Plan, of which none were available for grant.

2019 Stock Plan

In succession to the 2009 Stock Plan, our board of directors approved our 2019 Stock Plan in September 2019. The 2019 Stock Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock or cash awards to employees, consultants, and directors.

The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2019 Stock Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of a share of stock on grant date and the exercise price of incentive stock options granted to any participant, who owns more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, must be at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.

The term of a stock option and stock appreciation right may not exceed 10 years, except with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option may not exceed five years.

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 7,021,882 shares were reserved under the 2019 Stock Plan, of which 726,482 were available for grant.

Employee 401(k) Plan

We have a qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. U.S. full-time employees qualify for participation in the plan. Contribution to the plan is under our

 

F-32


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

discretion. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we contributed and expensed $4.0 million and $5.9 million, respectively, to the plan.

Defined Contribution Pension Plan

For other operations outside the US, we have a defined contribution pension plan. We contribute up to 10% of total salary into the plan annually when employees contribute to the plan. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we contributed and expensed $6.0 million and $7.1 million, respectively, to the plan.

11. Stock-Based Compensation

We recorded stock-based compensation expense related to grants to employees in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2018                  2019          

Cost of revenue

   $ 2,777      $ 3,198  

Research and development

     9,514        13,521  

Sales and marketing

     3,916        6,124  

General and administrative

     4,418        8,116  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $     20,625      $     30,959  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, there is unrecognized compensation expense of $63.6 million and $117.0 million, respectively, to be recognized over the average remaining vesting period of 3.17 and 3.03 years, respectively. In future periods, stock-based compensation expense may increase as we issue additional equity-based awards to continue to attract and retain employees.

In November 2019, we entered into a separation agreement with our former Chief People Officer, who is engaged to our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). Our Board of Directors (excluding the CEO) approved the agreement providing for payment of her earned bonus, payment for coverage under COBRA or applicable state law until December 2020, standard release of claims against us and vesting acceleration in full and an extension of the exercise period of her outstanding equity awards. Stock-based compensation expense of $13.5 million in connection with the modified equity awards was recorded in general and administrative expense in the year ended December 31, 2019 related to this agreement, in addition to the amount shown in the table above.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Stock Options

A summary of our stock option activity under the 2009 and 2019 Stock Plan is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Stock
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average

Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average

Remaining
Contractual
Term
(In Years)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     39,385,456     $ 3.44        7.34  

Granted

     10,966,544     $    11.86     

Exercised

     (6,427,160   $ 1.84     

Forfeited, cancelled or expired

     (1,196,660   $ 6.20     
  

 

 

      

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     42,728,180     $ 5.77     
  

 

 

      

Ending options exercisable,

       

December 31, 2019

     21,507,820     $ 3.15        6.21  

Vested and expected to vest,

       

December 31, 2019

     42,728,180     $ 5.77        7.35  

In 2014, we issued nonplan options to purchase 4,250,000 shares of common stock, 8,500,000 when taking into effect the 2017 stock split, to our Chief Executive Officer with an exercise price of $2.85 per share. These options vest over four years and were immediately exercisable. We accepted a promissory note receivable from our Chief Executive Officer in consideration for the early exercise of these nonplan options. The note receivable, totaling $12.1 million, bears interest at a rate of 1.72% and has a term of seven years. The promissory note receivable is considered nonrecourse. Due to the nonrecourse nature of the notes, the resulting exercise of the nonplan options was determined to not be substantive. Therefore, we did not reflect the exercise of the stock options or the note receivable for accounting purposes on our consolidated balance sheets at the time the promissory note was executed. The shares issued are considered restricted until the note is repaid.

During 2016, $4.2 million of the note was partially repaid and an amended promissory note was put in place for an amount of $8.0 million bearing interest at a rate of 1.72% and with a remaining term of five years. For accounting and reporting purposes, the partial repayment of the note was considered to be an exercise of stock options of $4.2 million. There have been no subsequent amendments.

The aggregate pretax intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $13.9 million and $92.0 million, respectively. The intrinsic value is the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price for in-the-money options. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $6.74 per share and $8.39 per share, respectively. The fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $20.7 million and $27.8 million, respectively.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The calculated fair value of option grants was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions for employee grants:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019  

Expected dividend yield

             

Risk-free interest rate

     2.7% - 3.1%        1.6% - 2.5%  

Expected volatility

     34.5% - 35.4%        34.0% - 34.7%  

Expected term (in years)

     6.25        6.25  

Fair value of underlying common stock

   $ 11.86 - $12.50      $ 12.66 - $22.09  

The expected term is based on the vesting terms, estimated exercise behavior, post-vesting cancellations and contractual terms of the awards. We do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future; therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury rates in effect at the time of grant with maturities equal to the grant’s expected term. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of peer companies. The fair value of common stock is estimated based on observable transactions in the secondary market.

Restricted Stock Units

In 2019, we granted 2.9 million RSUs, which are subject to both a service-based vesting condition, which is satisfied over four years, and a liquidity event vesting condition, which will be satisfied on the earlier of: (i) a change in control event or (ii) the completion of an initial public offering of common stock (collectively, an “Initial Event”). We have not recorded any stock-based compensation expense for the RSUs as of December 31, 2019 because an Initial Event has not occurred. If an Initial Event occurs in the future, we will record cumulative stock-based compensation expense using the graded vesting method for those RSUs for which the service condition has been satisfied prior to the Initial Event. If an Initial Event had occurred on December 31, 2019, we would have recorded cumulative stock-based compensation expense of $3.6 million, and we would expect to recognize the remaining $59.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense over a weighted-average period of 2.49 years. The total grant date fair value of the RSUs issued was $63.0 million.

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

As of December 31, 2019, we have reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

Convertible preferred stock outstanding

     95,899,214  

Stock options outstanding

     42,728,180  

Restricted stock units outstanding

     2,855,347  

Stock options and RSUs available for grant

     726,482  
  

 

 

 

Total shares reserved for future issuance

     142,209,223  
  

 

 

 

We currently use authorized and unissued shares to satisfy share award exercises.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

12. Income Taxes

Loss before provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019  

United States

   $ (23,852   $ (120,135

Foreign

     (108,776     (33,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (132,628   $ (153,242
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2018                     2019          

Current:

    

U.S. federal

   $ (152   $ 331  

State

     170       108  

Foreign

             2,423               14,186  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax expense (benefit)

     2,441       14,625  

Deferred:

    

U.S. federal

           (6,746

State

           (1,147

Foreign

     (3,467     3,216  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (3,467     (4,677
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax provision

   $ (1,026   $ 9,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliations of the income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2018                 2019          

U.S. federal statutory tax rate

   $ (27,852   $ (32,181

Changes in income taxes resulting from:

    

State tax expense, net of federal benefit

     88       (1,040

Foreign income taxed at different rates

     21,799       24,354  

Research and development credits

     (2,814     (5,756

Stock-based compensation

     3,222       (5,305

Change in valuation allowance

     (1,050     21,008  

Unrecognized tax benefits

     4,572       7,773  

Other

     1,009       1,095  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax provision

   $ (1,026   $ 9,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by earnings of our foreign subsidiaries which are taxed at rates that differ from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate

 

F-36


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

including an $8.5 million tax expense related to intercompany transactions with a subsidiary. Additionally, we recognized an income tax benefit of $7.9 million as a result of a partial release of our valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets in connection with business combinations that occurred in the year ended December 31, 2019. Our income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily driven by losses in our foreign subsidiaries.

The types of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 are set forth below (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating losses

   $ 60,164     $ 89,955  

Tax credits

     9,261       18,013  

Accruals and reserves

     6,622       8,303  

Deferred revenue

     2,290       3,949  

Stock compensation

     1,934       6,506  

Other

           14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     80,271       126,740  

Valuation allowance

     (70,577     (123,412
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     9,694       3,328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (3,749     (4,890

Other

     (162      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (3,911     (4,890
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ 5,783     $ (1,562
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in future periods. We regularly assess the ability to realize our deferred tax assets and establish a valuation allowance if it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We weigh all available positive and negative evidence, including our earnings history and results of recent operations, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. Due to the weight of objectively verifiable negative evidence, including our history of losses, we believe that it is more likely than not that our U.S. federal, certain state, and certain foreign deferred tax assets will not be realized as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and as such, we have maintained a full valuation allowance against such deferred tax assets.

The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth. In the event we determine that we will be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets will be reversed in the period in which we make such determination. The release of a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets may cause greater volatility in the effective tax rate in the periods in which the valuation allowance is released. The valuation allowance against our U.S. federal, state and foreign deferred tax assets increased by $16.2 million and

 

F-37


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

$52.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The increase in the valuation allowance in both of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was primarily related to tax losses for which insufficient positive evidence exists to support their realizability.

Our net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. federal, state, and foreign purposes were $128.5 million, $34.8 million and $334.5 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2027. Our U.S. federal, state, and foreign research and development credit carryforwards were $14.9 million, $7.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The U.S. federal credit carryforwards, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2032, while the California credit carryforwards have no expiration. The foreign credit carryforwards, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2038.

Federal and state tax laws impose restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards in the event of a change in ownership of our business as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, Sections 382 and 383. Under Section 382 and 383 of the Code, substantial changes in our ownership may limit the amount of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards that are available to offset taxable income. The annual limitation would not automatically result in the loss of net operating loss or research and development credit carryforwards but may limit the amount available in any given future period.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of total gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued net interest and penalties, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning balance

   $ 13,553     $ 23,980  

Gross increases for tax positions taken in prior years

     496       1,565  

Gross decreases for tax positions taken in prior years

     (589     (6,239

Gross increases for tax positions taken in current year

     12,408       19,398  

Reductions resulting from lapses of statutes of limitations

     (1,463     (1,258

Foreign exchange gains and losses

     (425     (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits, ending balance

   $ 23,980     $ 37,392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $24.0 million and $37.4 million, respectively, of which $7.1 million and $8.4 million would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. We recognize interest and penalties related to our unrecognized tax benefits within our provision for income taxes. The amount of interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 were $1.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively, of which $0.5 million and $0.8 million was accrued in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

On July 24, 2018, the Ninth Circuit released an opinion on the appeal of the Tax Court ruling in the Altera Corp. v. Commissioner and overturned the opinion of the Tax Court. However, on August 7, 2018, this opinion was withdrawn by the Court because one of the Judges, Stephen Reinhardt, who had sided with the majority in overturning the Tax Court’s opinion, passed away. Although the Ninth Circuit opinion was withdrawn, we re-evaluated its position in light of this new information and determined that it was not at more likely than not level on this issue. As such, we placed a reserve for all open tax years in the U.S. and recorded $7.7 million of unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2018.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded an increase of $8.0 million in our unrecognized tax benefits related to the Altera Corp. v. Commissioner court case. Additionally, we recorded approximately $8.6 million in our unrecognized tax benefits for tax issues related to our intercompany transaction with our Finland subsidiary.

We are subject to taxation in the United States and various other state and foreign jurisdictions. The material jurisdictions in which we are subject to potential examination include the United States and Denmark. Our 2017 and subsequent tax years remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. Our 2016 and subsequent tax years remain open to examination in Denmark.

We believe that adequate amounts have been reserved in accordance with ASC 740 for any adjustments to the provision for income taxes or other tax items that may ultimately result from examinations. The timing of the resolution, settlement, and closure of any audits is highly uncertain, and it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could significantly change in the next 12 months. Given the number of years remaining that are subject to examination, we are unable to estimate the full range of possible adjustments to the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits. If the taxing authorities prevail in the assessment of additional tax due, the assessed tax, interest, and penalties, if any, could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

13. Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

Basic net loss per share attributable to our common stockholders is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less shares subject to repurchase. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for both years presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were antidilutive given our net loss in each period presented. Potentially dilutive common shares result from the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and assumed vesting of outstanding RSUs, both using the treasury stock method.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Basic and diluted net loss per share

    

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (131,602   $ (163,190

Add: Deemed dividends representing excess paid over initial issuance price to repurchase convertible preferred stock

           (110,241
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to our common stockholders

     (131,602     (273,431

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares used in per share computation, basic and diluted

     105,992       114,442  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.24   $ (2.39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents the forms of antidilutive potential common shares excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the following periods (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019  

Convertible preferred stock

     96,993        95,899  

Stock options

     39,385        42,728  

RSUs

            2,849  

14. Subsequent Events

We have evaluated the impact of all subsequent events from December 31, 2019 through April 28, 2020, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and have determined that, other than the transactions discussed below, there were no subsequent events requiring adjustment or disclosure in our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, an outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was identified in Wuhan, China. Currently, no fully effective vaccines have been developed and we cannot assure you that an effective vaccine can be discovered in time to not cause a significant global economic disruption resulting from countries’ measures to mitigate the effect of this global pandemic. While our results of operations, cash flows, or financial condition have not been adversely impacted to date, the spread of this virus has caused general business disruption worldwide beginning in January 2020. While the business disruption is currently expected to be temporary, there is uncertainty around the duration of these disruptions or the possibility of other effects on our business. Given the uncertainty, we cannot reasonably estimate the impact on our future results of operations, cash flows, or financial condition.

In January 2020, we authorized the issuance and sale of 4.5 million shares of common stock to existing investors at a price of $22.00 per share. The total transaction price of the common stock issued was $100.0 million.

In March 2020, we gave notice to our applicable lenders requesting to borrow the full $125.0 million amount under our Revolving Facility as a Eurodollar borrowing effective as of March 31, 2020.

In March 2020, we authorized the sale and issuance of an additional 7.7 million shares of convertible Series E preferred stock, which were authorized at a purchase price of $22.00 per share. 6.8 million of these shares were issued on March 31, 2020, all of which are issued and outstanding as of the date these consolidated financial statements were issued. Total proceeds, net of issuance costs, was $150.0 million. We are planning to use the proceeds from the sale of the shares for general working capital purposes.

In April 2020, we signed an agreement to purchase Finger Food Advanced Technology Group, a company that creates developer applications on top of ours for a variety of industries, such as automotive, construction, gaming and retail. The total amount of purchase consideration is approximately $55.0 million payable in a combination of cash and our common stock.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

15. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

In April 2020, we completed the purchase of Finger Food Advanced Technology Group. The total amount of purchase consideration is $46.8 million payable in a combination of cash and our common stock.

In June 2020, our Chief Executive Officer fully repaid the $8.0 million principal balance and $0.9 million in related interest of the promissory note that we issued in 2016. For accounting and reporting purposes, the repayment of the note was considered to be an exercise of stock options of $8.9 million.

In June 2020, we signed an agreement to purchase a company that designs and develops version control technology for a variety of industries. The acquisition is expected to close in the third quarter of the year ending December 31, 2020 and will not be significant individually.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

INDEX TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

     Page  

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-43  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-44  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-45  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-48  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-50  

 

F-42


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par value)

(Unaudited)

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
    June 30,
2020
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 129,959     $ 453,258  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $9,052 and $4,618 as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively

     204,898       219,479  

Prepaid expenses

     23,142       27,715  

Other current assets

     9,418       21,251  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     367,417       721,703  

Property and equipment, net

     78,976       86,984  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

           116,011  

Goodwill

     218,305       263,050  

Intangible assets, net

     62,034       57,820  

Restricted cash

     17,137       22,409  

Other assets

     18,991       21,107  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 762,860     $ 1,289,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 10,706     $ 12,258  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     66,463       71,279  

Publisher payable

     137,664       139,335  

Income and other taxes payable

     35,715       40,416  

Deferred revenue

     85,980       92,627  

Operating lease liabilities

           25,887  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     336,528       381,802  

Long-term debt

           124,449  

Long-term deferred revenue

     10,596       14,963  

Long-term operating lease liabilities

           106,651  

Other long-term liabilities

     21,825       13,804  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     368,949       641,669  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000005 par value; 102,674 and 110,337 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively; 95,899 and 102,717 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively

     686,559       836,529  

Common stock, $0.000005 par value; 300,000 and 330,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively; 123,261 and 135,649 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively

     1       1  

Additional paid-in capital

     226,173       383,871  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,632     (3,709

Accumulated deficit

     (515,190     (569,277
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     393,911       647,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 762,860     $ 1,289,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2019     2020     2019     2020  

Revenue

   $ 129,373     $ 184,331     $ 252,765     $ 351,325  

Cost of revenue

     29,049       40,432       62,151       72,300  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     100,324       143,899       190,614       279,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     64,272       85,108       118,798       166,859  

Sales and marketing

     40,647       43,716       78,763       86,975  

General and administrative

     28,078       39,920       53,410       77,473  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     132,997       168,744       250,971       331,307  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (32,673     (24,845     (60,357     (52,282

Interest expense

           (656           (788

Interest income and other income (expense), net

     512       (662     (686     1,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (32,161     (26,163     (61,043     (51,876

Provision for income taxes

     2,887       1,188       6,019       2,211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (35,048     (27,351     (67,062     (54,087

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes:

        

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

     (172     18       (64     (77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (35,220   $ (27,333   $ (67,126   $ (54,164
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share:

        

Net loss per share attributable to our common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.31   $ (0.21   $ (0.61   $ (0.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation attributable to our common stockholders, basic and diluted

     111,646       129,826       109,706       128,804  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended June 30, 2019  
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at March 31, 2019

    96,992,575     $ 600,114       108,139,154     $ 1     $ 83,761     $ (3,369   $ (384,014   $ 296,493  

Issuance of common stock

                5,000,000             100,000                   100,000  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options

                780,863             1,743                   1,743  

Common stock issued in connection with acquisitions

                269             4                   4  

Issuance of convertible Series E preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    5,681,818       124,918                                     124,918  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            8,227                   8,227  

Net loss

                                        (35,048     (35,048

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                  (172           (172
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2019

    102,674,393     $ 725,032       113,920,286     $ 1     $ 193,735     $ (3,541   $ (419,062   $ 496,165  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Three Months Ended June 30, 2020  
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Three Months Ended June 30, 2020  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020

    102,717,396     $ 836,529       128,569,006     $ 1     $ 338,183     $ (3,727   $ (541,926   $ 629,060  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options

                392,693             1,507                   1,507  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options in connection with nonrecourse promissory note

                5,656,927             8,856                   8,856  

Common stock issued in connection with acquisitions

                1,030,711             23,362                   23,362  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            11,963                   11,963  

Net loss

                                        (27,351     (27,351

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                  18             18  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2020

    102,717,396     $ 836,529       135,649,337     $ 1     $ 383,871     $ (3,709   $ (569,277   $ 647,415  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY—CONTINUED

(in thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

    Six Months Ended June 30, 2019  
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2018

    96,992,575     $ 600,114       107,068,886     $ 1     $ 173,214     $ (3,477   $ (352,000   $ (101,725   $ 316,127  

Issuance of common stock

                5,000,000             100,000                         100,000  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options

                1,502,661             3,061                         3,061  

Common stock issued in connection with acquisitions

                348,739             4,409                         4,409  

Retirement of treasury sock

                            (101,725                 101,725        

Issuance of convertible Series E preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    5,681,818       124,918                                           124,918  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            14,776                         14,776  

Net loss

                                        (67,062           (67,062

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                  (64                 (64
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2019

    102,674,393     $ 725,032       113,920,286     $ 1     $ 193,735     $ (3,541   $ (419,062   $     $ 496,165  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY—CONTINUED

(in thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

    Six Months Ended June 30, 2020  
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2019

    95,899,214     $ 686,559       123,261,024     $ 1     $ 226,173     $ (3,632   $ (515,190   $     $ 393,911  

Issuance of common stock

                4,545,455             100,000                         100,000  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options

                1,160,220             3,936                         3,936  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options in connection with nonrecourse promissory note

                5,656,927             8,856                         8,856  

Common stock issued in connection with acquisitions

                1,030,711             23,362                         23,362  

Purchase and retirement of treasury stock

                (5,000           (110                       (110

Issuance of convertible Series E preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    6,818,182       149,970                                           149,970  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            21,654                         21,654  

Net loss

                                        (54,087           (54,087

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                  (77                 (77
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2020

    102,717,396     $ 836,529       135,649,337     $ 1     $ 383,871     $ (3,709   $ (569,277   $     $ 647,415  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2019                     2020          

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (67,062   $ (54,087

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     13,322       20,010  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

           66  

Loss on disposition of property and equipment

           464  

Stock-based compensation expense

     14,776       21,654  

Impairment of assets

           863  

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     (5,359     (8,828

Prepaid expenses

     (3,870     (4,870

Other current assets

     (864     (11,837

Operating lease right-of-use assets

           12,008  

Deferred tax, net

     (7,254     114  

Other assets

     (3,082     (309

Accounts payable

     (5,167     1,205  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (5,034     5,819  

Publisher payable

     24,176       1,671  

Income and other taxes payable

     12,250       (3,400

Operating lease liabilities

           (12,065

Other long-term liabilities

     3,930       5,173  

Deferred revenue

     9,482       10,930  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (19,756     (15,419
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (9,805     (19,275

Acquisition of intangible assets

           (750

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (117,207     (23,338
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (127,012     (43,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

           125,000  

Payment of debt issuance costs

           (247

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     124,918       149,970  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     100,000       100,000  

Purchase and retirement of treasury stock

           (110

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     3,061       3,936  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options in connection with nonrecourse promissory note

           8,856  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     227,979       387,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash

     (40     (52
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and restricted cash

     81,171       328,571  

Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period

     273,273       147,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 354,444     $ 475,667  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2019                      2020          

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for interest

   $      $ 723  

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

   $ 3,482      $ 9,453  

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing activities:

     

Fair value of common stock issued as consideration for business acquisitions

   $ 4,409      $ 23,126  

Fair value of common stock issued as consideration for acquisition of intangible assets

   $      $ 236  

Accrued property and equipment

   $ 62      $ 3,180  

The below table provides a reconciliation of cash and restricted cash reported within the condensed consolidated balance sheets to the total of the same amounts shown on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 

Cash

   $ 129,959      $ 453,258  

Restricted cash

     17,137        22,409  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and restricted cash

   $ 147,096      $ 475,667  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

We were founded as Over the Edge Entertainment in Denmark in 2004. We reorganized as a Delaware corporation on May 28, 2009 as Unity Software Inc. (collectively referred to with its wholly-owned subsidiaries as “we,” “our” or “us,”). We provide a comprehensive set of software solutions to create, run and monetize interactive, real-time 2D and 3D content for mobile phones, tablets, PCs, consoles, and augmented and virtual reality devices, among others.

We are headquartered in San Francisco, California and have operations in the United States, Denmark, Belgium, Lithuania, Colombia, Canada, China, Finland, Sweden, Germany, France, Japan, the United Kingdom, Ireland, South Korea, and Singapore.

We market our solutions directly through our online store and field sales operations in North America, Denmark, Finland, the United Kingdom, Germany, Japan, China, Singapore, and South Korea and indirectly through independent distributors and resellers worldwide.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

We prepared the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial reporting. The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Unity Software Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. We have eliminated all intercompany balances and transactions. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. In our opinion, the information contained herein reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations, financial position, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity. All such adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. The results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 shown in this report are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2020. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019.

There have been no material changes in our significant accounting policies as described in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, other than the adoption of accounting pronouncements as described below under the heading “Leases” and in Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Pronouncements,” of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. For us, these estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts, useful lives of fixed assets, income taxes, valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities,

 

F-50


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

valuation of intangible assets, useful lives of intangible assets, assets acquired and liabilities assumed through business combinations, fair value of our common stock, valuation of stock-based compensation, capitalization of software costs and software implementation costs, customer life for capitalized commissions, and other contingencies, among others. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to our financial position and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

Adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”)

Effective in the first quarter of the year ended December 31, 2018, we early adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and the subsequent and related amendments (including ASU No. 2015-14, ASU No. 2016-08, ASU No. 2016-10, ASU No. 2016-12 and ASU No. 2016-20) (collectively, “new revenue standard”). The new revenue standard replaces most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP and permits the use of either full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method.

We adopted the new revenue standard using the modified retrospective method of transition and applied the new standard to contracts that were not completed as of the adoption date. Adoption of the new revenue standard did result in a material change to our revenue recognition policy. We recognized a decrease of $22.4 million to the opening balance of “Accumulated deficit” as of January 1, 2018 as a result of the adoption, primarily due to the transition of the standard for our Strategic Partnerships revenue. Under the new revenue standard, we recognize Strategic Partnerships revenue over time using the input method for one combined performance obligation.

Revenue Recognition Policy

With the adoption of Topic 606, revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those products or services.

We evaluate and recognize revenue by:

 

   

Identifying the contract(s) with the customer;

 

   

Identifying the performance obligation(s) in the contract(s);

 

   

Determining the transaction price;

 

   

Allocating the transaction price to performance obligation(s) in the contract(s); and

 

   

Recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer (“transfer of control”).

The five-step model requires us to make significant estimates in situations where we are unable to establish stand-alone selling price based on various observable prices using all information that is reasonably available. Observable inputs and information we use to make these estimates include historical internal pricing data and cost plus margin analysis.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

We generate revenue through three sources: (1) Create Solutions, which is comprised of our create solution subscription offerings and professional services; (2) Operate Solutions, which includes the operation of a monetization platform that allows publishers to sell their advertising inventory on our advertising network, cloud-based services, and enterprise game server hosting; and (3) Strategic Partnerships and Other, which are primarily arrangements with strategic hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers for the customization and development of our software to enable interoperability with these platforms. We recognize revenue as our contractual performance obligations are satisfied. When contracts with our customers contain multiple performance obligations, we allocate the overall transaction price, which is the amount of consideration to which we expect to receive in exchange for promised goods or services, to each of the distinct performance obligations based on their estimated relative standalone selling prices.

Create Solutions

Create Solutions Subscriptions

Our subscriptions, mainly consisting of Unity Pro and Unity Plus (collectively, the “Create Solutions subscriptions”) are a fully integrated content development solution that enable customers to build interactive or media-based applications. These Create Solutions subscriptions provide customers with the rights to a software license with embedded cloud functionality and multi-platform support. Significant judgment is required to determine the level of integration and interdependency between individual promises of the Create Solutions subscriptions. This determination influences whether the software is considered distinct and accounted for separately as a license performance obligation recognized at a point in time, or not distinct and accounted for together with other promises in the Create Solutions subscriptions as a single performance obligation recognized over time. Under Topic 606, we have concluded that the software license is not distinct from the multi-platform support as they are highly interdependent and interrelated considering the significant two-way dependency between the promises. Although the promise to the embedded cloud functionality represents separate performance obligations under Topic 606, we have accounted for these obligations as if they are a single performance obligation that includes the software license and the multi-platform support because the cloud functionality has the same pattern of transfer to the customer over the duration of the subscription term.

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration that we will be entitled to receive in exchange for transferring our Create Solutions subscriptions to the customer, and we do not have material variable consideration. We recognize the single performance obligation ratably over the contract term beginning when the license key is delivered.

Enterprise customers may purchase an enhanced support offering (“Enterprise Support”) that is sold separately from the Create Solutions subscriptions, and is capable of being distinct, and distinct within the context of the contract due to its separate utility. Enterprise Support is generally billed in advance and is recognized ratably over the support term as we have a stand-ready performance obligation over the support term. When an arrangement includes Enterprise Support and Create Solutions subscriptions, which have the same pattern of transfer to the customer (the services transfer to the customer over the same period), we account for those performance obligations as if they are a single performance obligation. If an arrangement includes Enterprise Support and Create Solutions subscriptions that do not have the same pattern of transfer, we allocate the transaction price to the distinct performance obligations and recognizes them ratably over their respective terms.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

Create Solutions subscriptions typically have a term of one to three years and are generally billed in advance and recognized ratably over the term.

Professional Services

Our professional services revenue is primarily composed of consulting, integration, training, and custom application and workflow development. Professional services may be billed in advance or on a time and materials basis and we recognize the related revenue as services are rendered.

We typically invoice our customers up front or when promised services are delivered, and the payment terms vary by customer type and location. The term between billing and payment due dates is not significant. As a result, we have determined that our contracts do not include significant financing component.

Customer billings related to taxes imposed by and remitted to governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions are reported on a net basis.

Operate Solutions

Monetization

We generate advertising revenue through our monetization solutions, including the Unified Auction, which allows publishers to sell the available advertising inventory from their mobile applications to advertisers. We enter into contracts with both advertisers and publishers to participate in the Unified Auction. For advertisements placed through the Unified Auction, we evaluate whether we are the principal (i.e., report revenue on a gross basis) or the agent (i.e., report revenue on a net basis). The evaluation to present revenue on a gross versus net basis requires significant judgment. We have concluded that the publisher is our customer and we are the agent in facilitating the fulfillment of the advertising inventory in the Unified Auction primarily because we do not control the advertising inventory prior to the placement of an advertisement. As the operator of the Unified Auction, our role is to enable the publisher to monetize its advertising inventory with the advertiser based on the bid/ask price from the auction. We do not control the outcome of the bids and do not have pricing latitude in the transaction. Based on these and other factors, we report advertising revenue based on the net amount retained from the transaction which is our revenue share. Advertising revenue is recognized at a point in time when control is transferred to the customer. This occurs when a user installs an application after seeing an advertisement contracted on a cost-per-install basis or when an advertisement starts on a cost-per-impression basis. Typically, we do not retain a share of the revenue generated through Unity IAP (“In-App Purchases”). Publisher payables represent amounts earned by publishers in the Unified Auction and are presented as a reduction of revenue in our condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Payment terms are contractually defined and vary by publisher and location.

Cloud and Hosting Services

We provide cloud-based services as well as enterprise hosting (“Hosting Services”) to developers that develop and operate multiuser/multiplayer games and applications through a combination of hardware server and cloud-based infrastructure and services. The Hosting Services facilitate the

 

F-53


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

connection of end-users, and allow content game operators to monitor network traffic. Our cloud-based services provide our customers with tools and services to develop and operate live games and applications, including voice chat services. We primarily sell these services on a fixed fee or usage-based model with fixed fees billed monthly in advance and usage fees billed monthly in arrears. We recognize revenue ratably over the contractual service term for fixed fee arrangements as we have a stand-ready performance obligation that is generally fulfilled evenly throughout the hosting period. We recognize revenue for usage-based arrangements as services are provided.

Strategic Partnerships and Other

We enter into strategic contracts with owners of hardware, operating system, device, game console and other technology providers to customize our software licenses to enable interoperability with these platforms (“Strategic Partnerships”). This allows customers using our Create Solutions subscriptions to build and publish content to more than one platform without having to write platform-specific code. We consider these strategic partners as our customers and generally provide them with the following promises in our contracts: (i) development and customization of our software to integrate with the customer’s platform and (ii) post-integration ongoing support and updates.

We generally view these promises as one single performance obligation as they are not distinct within the context of the contract. This is because the customized software license that is integrated with the customer’s platform requires continuous updates that are critical to the utility of the customized software.

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration that we will be entitled to receive in exchange for transferring our goods and services to the customer. We do not have material variable consideration. When Strategic Partnerships contain non-monetary consideration, we measure and record the transaction price at the estimated fair value of the non-cash consideration received from the customer. Typically, we recognize revenue for these contracts over time as service is performed using the input method to measure progress of the satisfaction of the performance obligation.

Certain Strategic Partnerships also require the customer to pay sales-based royalties based on the sales of games on the Strategic Partner platform that incorporate our customized software. Since customized software intellectual property is the predominant item to which royalty relates, we recognize revenue for sales-based royalties when the later of the subsequent sale or usage occurs, or the performance to which some or all of the sales-based royalty has been allocated has been satisfied. We record revenue under these arrangements for the amounts due to us based on estimates of the sales of these customers and pursuant to the terms of the contracts.

The Strategic Partnerships are typically multi-year arrangements where customers make payments commensurate with milestones accomplished with respect to the development and integration service or pay in advance on a quarterly basis.

Contract Balances

Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. Contract assets relate to performance completed in advance of scheduled billings. The primary changes in our contract assets and contract liabilities are due to our performance under the contracts and billings.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

Contract assets (unbilled receivables) included in accounts receivable are recorded when revenue is recognized in advance of customer invoicing. Unbilled receivables totaled $24.6 million and $19.9 million as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. Contract liabilities (deferred revenue) relate to payments received in advance of performance under the contract. Revenue recognized during the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 that was included in the deferred revenue balances at January 1, 2020 and April 1, 2020 was $56.6 million and $34.6 million, respectively. The satisfaction of performance obligations typically lags behind payments received under contract from customers, which may lead to an increase in our deferred revenue balance over time.

Remaining Performance Obligations

As of June 30, 2020, we had total remaining performance obligations of $171.3 million, which represents the total contract transaction price allocated to undelivered performance obligations primarily for Create Solutions subscriptions, Enterprise Support, and Strategic Partnership contracts, which are generally recognized over the next three years. Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations represents contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and unbilled amounts that will be recognized as revenue in future periods. This amount excludes contracts with an original expected term of one year or less and contracts for which we recognize revenue in the amount and in the same period in which we invoice for services performed. We expect to recognize $85.7 million or 50% of this revenue during the next 12 months. We expect to recognize the remaining $85.6 million or 50% of this revenue thereafter.

Sales Commissions

We consider internal sales commissions as potential incremental costs of obtaining the contract with a customer. We apply a practical expedient to expense incremental costs incurred if the period of the benefit is one year or less. Incremental costs that have a period of benefit greater than one year are capitalized and amortized over the estimated period of benefit. Capitalized commissions, net of amortization, are included in other current assets and other assets on our condensed consolidated balance sheets. We capitalized $0 and $3.0 million of sales commissions for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively.

Capitalized commissions, net of amortization, included in other current assets and other assets were $0 as of December 31, 2019. As of June 30, 2020, capitalized commissions, net of amortization, included in other current assets and other assets were $1.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Capitalized commissions are amortized over the expected period of benefit, which we have determined, based on analysis, to be three years. Amortization of capitalized commissions are included in sales and marketing expenses on our condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. For the three months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we amortized $0 and $0.2 million of capitalized commissions, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we amortized $0 and 0.4 million of capitalized commissions, respectively. We did not incur any impairment losses for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue for the delivery of software tools, support, updates and advertising consists primarily of hosting expenses, personnel costs (including salaries, stock-based compensation, and

 

F-55


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

benefits) for employees associated with our product support and professional services organizations, credit card fees, third party license fees, and allocated shared costs, including facilities, information technology, and security costs, as well as amortization of related capitalized software costs and depreciation of related property and equipment.

Concentrations

As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, no individual customer represented 10% or more of the aggregate receivables. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, no individual customer represented 10% or more of total revenue.

Leases

We account for leases in accordance with Topic 842, which requires lessees to recognize leases on-balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. We adopted Topic 842 along with all subsequent ASU clarifications and improvements that are applicable to us on January 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective transition method and used the effective date as the date of initial application. Consequently, financial information is not updated and the disclosures required under Topic 842 are not provided for dates and periods prior to January 1, 2020. Topic 842 provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. We elected the “package of practical expedients,” which permits us to not reassess under Topic 842 our prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. We also made a policy election not to separate lease and non-lease components for each of our existing underlying asset classes; therefore we will account for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.

We determine if a contract contains a lease based on whether we have the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of an identified asset and whether we have the right to direct the use of an identified asset in exchange for consideration, which relates to an asset which we do not own. Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets are recognized as the lease liability, adjusted for lease incentives received and prepayments made. Lease liabilities are recognized at the present value of the future lease payments at the lease commencement date. The interest rate used to determine the present value of the future lease payments is our incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) because the interest rate implicit in most of our leases is not readily determinable. The IBR is a hypothetical rate based on our understanding of what our credit rating would be. Lease payments may be fixed or variable; however, only fixed payments or in-substance fixed payments are included in our lease liability calculation. Variable lease payments are recognized in operating expenses in the period in which the obligation for those payments are incurred.

Upon adoption of Topic 842, we recognized ROU assets of $105.1 million and liabilities for operating leases of $120.5 million as of January 1, 2020.

2. Summary of Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”), and subsequent amendments in July 2018, that will supersede the existing lease guidance, including on-balance sheet

 

F-56


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

recognition of operating leases for lessees. Under this update, lessees are required to provide enhanced disclosures and recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for most leases. We elected to not include leases that have a duration of 12 months or less on our condensed consolidated balance sheet. We adopted this update on January 1, 2020. Refer to Note 1, “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This update modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. We adopted this update on January 1, 2020. There was no material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost, including trade receivables. This update replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. The new impairment methodology eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold and, instead, estimates the expected credit losses in consideration of past events, current conditions and forecasted information. This update becomes effective and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of the year ending December 31, 2021. We are currently evaluating the impact of this update on our consolidated financial statements. The effect on our consolidated financial statements will largely depend on the composition and credit quality of our trade receivables, as well as the economic conditions at the time of adoption.

3. Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenue

Revenue by Source

The following table presents our revenue disaggregated by source (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2019      2020      2019      2020  

Create Solutions

   $ 39,666      $ 55,091      $ 77,570      $ 101,787  

Operate Solutions

     69,126        112,513        137,082        216,881  

Strategic Partnerships and Other

     20,581        16,727        38,113        32,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 129,373      $ 184,331      $ 252,765      $ 351,325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additional information regarding our revenue by source is discussed under the heading “Revenue Recognition Policy” in Note 1, “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

Revenue by Geographic Area

The following table presents our revenue disaggregated by geography, based on the invoice address of our customers (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2019      2020      2019      2020  

United States

   $ 41,382      $ 47,165      $ 76,982      $ 85,677  

Greater China(1)

     14,743        24,061        27,092        47,329  

EMEA(1)

     41,678        68,380        87,134        132,119  

APAC(1)

     24,080        35,278        48,936        64,996  

Other Americas(1)

     7,490        9,447        12,621        21,204  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 129,373      $ 184,331      $ 252,765      $ 351,325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Greater China includes China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Regions represent Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); Asia-Pacific, excluding Greater China (“APAC”); and Canada and Latin America (“Other Americas”). No individual country, other than those disclosed above, exceeded 10% of our total revenue for any period presented.

4. Acquisitions

Acquisitions are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic No. 805, Business Combinations, and the revenue and earnings of the acquired businesses have been included in our results from the respective dates of the acquisitions and were not material to our condensed consolidated financial statements.

The total purchase price allocated to the net assets acquired is assigned based on the fair values as of the date of acquisition. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was determined using the income approach and the cost approach. We believe that these identified intangible assets will have no residual value after their estimated economic useful lives. The identifiable intangible assets are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis as this best approximates the benefit period related to these assets.

The excess of the purchase price over the identified tangible and intangible assets, less liabilities assumed, is recorded as goodwill.

For certain 2019 and 2020 acquisitions, the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including current income taxes payable and deferred taxes, may change over the measurement period as additional information is received and certain tax returns are finalized. Accordingly, the provisional measurements of fair value of the current income taxes payable and deferred taxes are subject to change. We expect to finalize the valuation as soon as practicable, but not later than one year from the respective acquisition dates.

2020 Acquisitions

Finger Food

In April 2020, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of Finger Food Studios Inc. (“Finger Food”) for consideration of $46.8 million payable in a combination of $23.6 million

 

F-58


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

in cash and $23.1 million of our common stock. The total purchase price includes 1,030,711 common shares issued by us.

Finger Food creates developer applications on top of our solutions for a variety of industries, such as automotive, construction, gaming and retail. The acquisition of Finger Food was strategic in nature as we look to create repeatable solutions from Finger Food’s projects and apply the know-how of customer engagement to our offerings.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid for Finger Food and the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 23,626  

Common stock issued

     23,126  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $ 46,752  
  

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Cash

   $ 288  

Accounts receivable, net

     5,758  

Property and equipment, net

     1,307  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     4,972  

Deferred tax assets

     1,327  

Customer relationships

     2,900  

Trademark

     200  

Income and other taxes payable

     (8,109

Operating lease liabilities

     (4,972

Other assets and liabilities, net

     (293

Deferred tax liability

     (1,436
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets assumed

     1,942  

Goodwill

     44,810  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,752  
  

 

 

 

The acquired customer relationships and trademark intangible assets have useful lives of two years and six months, respectively. Goodwill of $44.8 million reflects the expected future benefits of certain synergies and acquired assembled workforce, which does not qualify for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset. The goodwill balance is not subject to amortization and it is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

We recorded approximately $0.1 million and $1.5 million in transaction costs associated with this acquisition for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively. These costs were recorded within general and administrative expenses.

Pro forma results of operations for this acquisition have not been presented because they are not material to the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

2019 Acquisitions

Vivox

In January 2019, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of Mercer Road Corporation (“Vivox”) for consideration of $123.4 million payable in a combination of $119.0 million in cash and $4.4 million of our common stock. The total purchase price includes 348,739 common shares issued by us.

Vivox provides cross-platform voice and text communication tools for social experiences where players can communicate regardless of location in game play, on any platform, whether it is mobile, personal computer or console. The acquisition of Vivox was strategic in nature as we look to deliver more services for connected games and other use cases.

The acquired developed technology has an estimated useful life of six years. The acquired customer relationships and trademark intangible assets have useful lives of two years and four years, respectively. Goodwill of $94.2 million reflects the expected future benefits of certain synergies and acquired assembled workforce, which does not qualify for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset. The goodwill balance is not subject to amortization and it is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

deltaDNA

In September 2019, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of deltaDNA Limited (“deltaDNA”) for consideration of $53.1 million payable in a combination of $32.8 million in cash and $20.3 million of our common stock. The total purchase price includes 928,123 common shares issued by us.

deltaDNA provides analytics, messaging and ad campaign management tools to enable real-time player life-cycle management. The acquisition of deltaDNA was strategic in nature as we look to integrate deltaDNA’s engagement tools and services to support our monetization products.

The acquired developed technology has an estimated useful life of six years. The acquired customer relationships and trademark intangible assets have useful lives of two years and three years, respectively. Goodwill of $35.2 million reflects the expected future benefits of certain synergies and acquired assembled workforce, which does not qualify for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset. The goodwill balance is not subject to amortization and it is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Artomatix

In December 2019, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of Artomatix Limited (“Artomatix”) for consideration of $48.8 million payable in a combination of $38.7 million in cash and $10.1 million of our common stock. The total purchase price includes 457,875 common shares issued by us.

Artomatix offers artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning powered tools to simplify and automate parts of the 3D art creation process. The acquisition of Artomatix was strategic in nature as we look to expand our offering for 3D artists in addition to developers.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

The acquired developed technology has an estimated useful life of six years. Goodwill of $39.0 million reflects the expected future benefits of certain synergies and acquired assembled workforce, which does not qualify for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset. The goodwill balance is not subject to amortization and it is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Other 2019 Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we completed other acquisitions and purchases of intangible assets for total consideration of approximately $8.2 million. In aggregate, $0.4 million represented cash acquired, $3.5 million was attributed to intangible assets and represents acquired developed technology, $0.4 million was attributed to other assets, $4.5 million was attributed to goodwill and $0.7 million was attributed to other liabilities assumed. These acquisitions generally enhance the breadth and depth of our offerings and expand our expertise in different functional areas. The goodwill balance is not subject to amortization and it is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

We recorded $3.6 million in transaction costs associated with these acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2019. These costs were recorded within general and administrative expenses.

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related costs over the value assigned to net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations.

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2020 (in thousands):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 218,305  

Goodwill from acquisition of Finger Food

     44,810  

Measurement period adjustments

     (65
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

   $ 263,050  
  

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

Intangible Assets, Net

The following tables present details of our intangible assets, excluding goodwill (in thousands, except for weighted-average remaining useful life):

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Useful Life (1)
(In Years)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Developed technology

     5.9      $ 75,708      $ (20,339   $ 55,369  

Customer relationships

     2.0        8,427        (4,123     4,304  

Trademark

     3.6        3,207        (846     2,361  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 87,342      $ (25,308   $ 62,034  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of June 30, 2020  
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Useful Life (1)
(In Years)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Developed technology

     5.8      $ 76,688      $ (26,150   $ 50,538  

Customer relationships

     2.0        11,327        (6,096     5,231  

Trademark

     3.4        3,407        (1,356     2,051  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 91,422      $ (33,602   $ 57,820  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Based on weighted-average useful life established as of the acquisition date.

The following table presents the amortization of finite-lived intangible assets included on our condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2019      2020      2019      2020  

Amortization expense

   $ 2,731      $ 4,150      $ 5,048      $ 8,294  

As of June 30, 2020, the estimated future amortization of finite-lived intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter was as follows (in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2020

   $ 8,582  

2021

     14,311  

2022

     11,703  

2023

     9,661  

2024

     9,497  

Thereafter

     4,066  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 57,820  
  

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

6. Balance Sheet Components

The following tables provide details of selected balance sheet items (in thousands):

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
    June 30,
2020
 

Property and equipment, net:

    

Gross property and equipment

    

Leasehold improvements

   $ 52,647     $ 56,536  

Computer and other hardware

     42,264       49,562  

Furniture

     21,416       23,370  

Internally developed software

     2,964       3,132  

Purchased software

     1,325       1,335  

Construction in progress

     6,645       12,159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross property and equipment

     127,261       146,094  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization(1)

     (48,285     (59,110
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 78,976     $ 86,984  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The following table presents the depreciation and amortization of property and equipment included on our condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2019      2020      2019      2020  

Depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 4,033      $ 6,050      $ 8,274      $ 11,716  

Long-lived Assets, Net, by Geographic Area

The following table presents our long-lived assets, net, disaggregated by geography, which is comprised of our property and equipment, net, but excludes internally developed software and purchased software (in thousands):

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 

United States

   $ 35,602      $ 36,988  

Canada

     10,396        12,942  

United Kingdom

     10,238        14,973  

Greater China

     6,097        5,638  

EMEA, excluding United Kingdom(1)

     10,475        10,727  

APAC(1)

     4,783        4,065  

Other Americas, excluding Canada(1)

     879        804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets, net

   $ 78,470      $ 86,137  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

(1)

No individual country, other than those disclosed above, exceeded 10% of our total long-lived assets, net, for any period presented.

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

     

Accrued expenses

   $ 36,217      $ 38,078  

Accrued compensation

     30,246        33,201  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 66,463      $ 71,279  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Leases

We have operating leases for offices, data centers, and other equipment, which have remaining lease terms of less than one year to approximately 10.5 years, some of which include options to extend the lease with renewal terms from one to five years. Some leases include an option to terminate the lease from less than one year up to five years from the lease commencement date.

Components of lease expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30, 2020
    Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 

Operating lease expense, excluding right-of-use asset impairment

   $ 7,680     $ 14,793  

Short-term lease expense

     220       527  

Variable lease expense

     1,135       2,835  

Sublease income

     (8     (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease expense

   $ 9,028     $ 18,129  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other information related to operating leases was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities

   $ 13,569  

Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

   $ 23,834  

As of June 30, 2020, our operating leases had a weighted-average remaining lease term of 6.16 years and a weighted-average discount rate of 4.5%.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

As of June 30, 2020, future minimum lease payments under our non-cancellable operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating
Leases (1)
 

Remainder of 2020

   $ 15,744  

2021

     30,174  

2022

     26,283  

2023

     20,950  

2024

     18,099  

Thereafter

     41,178  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

     152,428  

Less: imputed interest

     (19,890
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

   $ 132,538  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Excludes future minimum payments for leases which have not yet commenced as of June 30, 2020.

As of June 30, 2020, we have entered into leases that have not yet commenced with future minimum lease payments of $151.7 million that are not yet reflected on our condensed consolidated balance sheets. These operating leases will commence in 2021 with lease terms of 10.25 to 11.75 years.

The operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets as of June 30, 2020 include leases assumed in the acquisition of Finger Food if the remaining lease term at the acquisition date was determined to exceed one year. See Note 4, “Acquisitions,” of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

8 . Borrowings

The following table provides details of our long-term debt (in thousands, except years and percentages):

 

     Maturity      Stated
Annual
Interest
Rate
     As of
December 31, 2019
     As of
June 30, 2020
 
     Amount      Amount  

Credit Facility:

           

Revolving Facility

     2024        variable      $      $ 125,000  

LC Capacity

     2024        variable                
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross long-term debt

                  125,000  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

                  (551
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

         $      $ 124,449  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

On December 20, 2019, we entered into a revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), which provides for a committed revolving loan facility of up to $125.0 million (the “Revolving Facility”) and includes a $20.0 million letter of credit subfacility (the “LC Capacity” and together with the

 

F-65


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

Revolving Facility, the “Credit Facility”). Borrowings under the Credit Facility are available for working capital and general corporate purposes.

At our option, we shall specify whether the loans made under the Revolving Facility is an Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) borrowing or a Eurodollar borrowing, which then determines the annual interest rate. ABR borrowings bear interest at the ABR plus 0.50%. Eurodollar borrowings bear interest at the adjusted LIBO Rate plus 1.50%.

The ABR equals the greatest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (iii) the sum of the adjusted one-month LIBO Rate for a Eurodollar borrowing plus 1.00%. The ABR is subject to a floor of 1.00%.

For ABR borrowings, interest is payable on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year. For Eurodollar borrowings, interest is payable on the last day of each interest period for the applicable borrowing, and if such interest period extends over three months, each day prior to the last day of each three-month interval during such interest period.

Commitments under the Revolving Facility are subject to a commitment fee of 0.25% on the difference between the total committed amount of the Revolving Facility on the one hand, and the amount drawn thereunder plus the aggregate amount of LC Capacity used on the other. An annual letter of credit fee of 1.50% of the average daily undrawn amount of the letters of credit issued thereunder is also payable quarterly. Letters of credit issued under the letter of credit subfacility are subject to a fronting fee of 0.125% on the average daily undrawn amount on such letters of credit.

The full $125.0 million was available for future borrowing under the Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2019. There were no commitment and fronting fees on the undrawn portion of the Credit Facility for the six months ended June 30, 2019.

On March 25, 2020, we gave notice to our applicable lenders requesting to borrow the full $125.0 million amount as a Eurodollar borrowing under our Revolving Facility. We received the proceeds on March 31, 2020. In connection with this borrowing, we recognized $0.7 million and $0.8 million in expense primarily related to the interest cost associated with this borrowing and partially due to commitment fees on the undrawn portion and amortization of debt issuance costs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2020. This amount is reported within “Interest expense” on our condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Under the Credit Agreement, we must maintain a minimum liquidity balance of $75.0 million as of the last day of the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters, which commenced on June 30, 2020. The Credit Agreement contains customary conditions to borrowing, representations and warranties, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to incur indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, undergo corporate changes, make dispositions, prepay other indebtedness, pay dividends or other distributions and engage in transactions with our affiliates. We were in compliance in all material respects with the covenants in the Credit Agreement as of June 30, 2020. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by a perfected security interest in (i) all of our tangible and intangible assets, except for certain customary excluded assets, and (ii) all of our ownership in capital stock of restricted subsidiaries (limited, in the case of the stock of

 

F-66


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

non-U.S. subsidiaries and U.S. subsidiaries that have no material assets other than equity interests and/or indebtedness in foreign subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations, to 65% of the capital stock of such subsidiaries). The obligations under the Credit Agreement are also guaranteed by our existing and subsequently acquired or formed material domestic subsidiaries.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, there have been no significant changes in our purchase commitments as described in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Data Center Hosting Commitments

In March 2018, we entered into a cloud service agreement with a total term of six years. Under the agreement, we were granted access to use certain cloud services. The amended agreement was effective as of December 7, 2018 and has a total term of six years. Minimum annual commitments increase annually over the term of the agreement. The aggregate value of all annual minimum commitments over the contract term is $189.0 million. Total spend under the agreement for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 was approximately $18.9 million and $28.1 million, respectively. We expect to meet our remaining commitment.

Legal Matters

In the normal course of business, we are subject to various legal matters. We accrue a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We also disclose material contingencies when we believe a loss is not probable but reasonably possible. Legal costs related to such potential losses are expensed as incurred. In addition, recoveries are shown as a reduction in legal costs in the period in which they are realized. With respect to our outstanding matters, based on our current knowledge, we believe that the resolution of such matters will not, either individually or in aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business or our consolidated financial statements. However, litigation is inherently uncertain, and the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty. Accordingly, cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these matters.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, we may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, investors, directors, officers, employees and other parties with respect to certain matters. Indemnification may include losses from our breach of such agreements, services we provide, or third-party intellectual property infringement claims. These indemnifications may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of future indemnification payments may not be subject to a cap. As of June 30, 2020, there have been no known events or circumstances that have resulted in a material indemnification liability to us and we did not incur material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnifications.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

Letters of Credit

We had $17.1 million and $22.4 million of secured letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. These primarily relate to our office space leases and are fully collateralized by certificates of deposit which we record in restricted cash on our condensed consolidated balance sheets based on the term of the remaining restriction.

10. Stockholders’ Equity

Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table presents shares and amount of convertible preferred stock authorized, issued and outstanding, by series type (in thousands, except share data):

 

     As of December 31, 2019      As of June 30, 2020  
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Series A

     23,545,670      $ 7,372        23,545,670      $ 7,372  

Series B

     12,609,560        15,841        12,609,560        15,841  

Series C

     20,319,725        143,709        20,319,725        143,709  

Series D

     21,739,130        249,771        21,739,130        249,771  

Series D-1

     12,003,311        144,948        12,003,311        144,948  

Series E

     5,681,818        124,918        12,500,000        274,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     95,899,214      $ 686,559        102,717,396      $ 836,529  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In March 2020, we sold 6.8 million shares of convertible Series E preferred stock. The shares issued were outstanding as of June 30, 2020. The total transaction price of convertible preferred stock issued, net of issuance costs, was $150.0 million.

Each share of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock. The holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our business, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock then outstanding are entitled to receive out of our assets available for distribution among the stockholders, and prior and in preference to any payment to the common stockholders, an amount per share equal to original issue price of $0.33, $1.26, $7.09, $11.50, $12.08, and $22.00 per share respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends, if any. If, upon the occurrence of such event, our assets legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of the convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts that they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this section.

After the full preferential amounts due to the holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock pursuant to the section above have been paid or set aside, any of our remaining assets

 

F-68


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

available for distribution to our stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of common stock ratably in proportion to the number of shares of common stock then held by each holder.

Dividends

All dividends are payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, but only out of funds that are legally available, and are noncumulative. No dividends have been declared through June 30, 2020.

The holders of the convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of common stock, dividends at the rate of $0.03, $0.10, $0.57, $0.92, $0.97, and $1.76 per share, respectively, (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares) per annum, payable out of funds legally available.

Conversion

Each share of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price (currently $0.33, $1.26, $7.09, $11.50, $12.08, and $22.00 per share, respectively).

Each share of convertible Series A and B preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote or written consent of at least a majority of the voting power represented by the then-outstanding shares of convertible Series A and B preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $25.0 million.

Each share of convertible Series C preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote or written consent of at least 60% of then-outstanding shares of convertible Series C preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100.0 million.

Each share of convertible Series D preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote or written consent of the majority of then-outstanding shares of convertible Series D preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock (1) with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100.0 million, and (2) solely with respect to a firm commitment underwritten public offering that closes prior to June 5, 2019 (the “Price Protection Date”) at the price per share of at least $11.50 per share. The per share requirement set forth in clause (2) above shall not apply following the Price Protection Date.

Each share of convertible Series D-1 preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote

 

F-69


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

or written consent of at least 70% of then-outstanding shares of convertible Series D-1 preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock (1) with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100.0 million, and (2) solely with respect to a firm commitment underwritten public offering that closes prior to June 5, 2019 at a price per share of at least $12.08.

Each share of convertible Series E preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price upon the vote or written consent of at least 79% of then-outstanding shares of convertible Series E preferred stock or the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1, covering the offer and sale of common stock (1) with aggregate gross proceeds to us (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100.0 million, and (2) solely with respect to a firm commitment underwritten public offering that closes prior to February 14, 2020 at a price per share of at least $22.00.

The conversion price for convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock is subject to adjustment from time to time for the effect of a stock split, stock dividend, or other similar distribution or in the case of certain recapitalizations or reorganizations. In the event we issue additional shares of common stock without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable conversion price of a series of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance, the conversion price of the affected series of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock shall be reduced to a price determined by multiplying such conversion price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of common stock that the aggregated consideration received by us for the total number of additional shares of common stock so issued would purchase at such conversion price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of such additional shares of common stock so issued.

Voting

The holders of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock are entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which each share of convertible Series A, B, C, D, D-1 and E preferred stock is convertible. With respect to such vote, such holder has full voting rights and power equal to the voting rights of the holders of common stock, including to approve any merger, acquisition, or liquidation event.

Common Stock

In January 2020, we sold 4.5 million shares of our common stock. The total transaction price of the common stock issued was $100.0 million.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

11. Stock-Based Compensation

We recorded stock-based compensation expense related to grants to employees, including those in connection with modified awards, on our condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months
Ended June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2019      2020      2019      2020  

Cost of revenue

   $ 838      $ 690      $ 1,650      $ 1,247  

Research and development

     3,091        5,990        5,861        10,779  

Sales and marketing

     1,455        2,277        2,681        4,124  

General and administrative

     2,843        3,006        4,584        5,504  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 8,227      $ 11,963      $ 14,776      $ 21,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020, there was unrecognized compensation expense of $141.7 million to be recognized over the average remaining vesting period of 3.13 years. In future periods, stock-based compensation expense may increase as we issue additional equity-based awards to continue to attract and retain employees.

Stock Options

A summary of our stock option activity under the 2009 Stock Plan and 2019 Stock Plan is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Stock
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(In Years)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     42,728,180     $ 5.77        7.35  

Granted

     5,178,593     $ 18.69     

Exercised

     (1,160,219   $ 3.39     

Forfeited, cancelled or expired

     (529,076   $ 9.88     
  

 

 

      

Balance as of June 30, 2020

     46,217,478     $ 7.23     
  

 

 

      

Ending options exercisable,

       

June 30, 2020

     22,722,895     $ 3.69        5.94  

Vested and expected to vest,

       

June 30, 2020

     46,217,478     $ 7.23        7.19  

In 2014, we issued nonplan options to purchase 4,250,000 shares of common stock, 8,500,000 when taking into effect the 2017 stock split, to our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) with an exercise price of $2.85 per share. These options vest over four years and were immediately exercisable. We accepted a promissory note receivable from our CEO in consideration for the early exercise of these nonplan options. The note receivable, totaling $12.1 million, bears interest at a rate of 1.72% and has a term of seven years. The promissory note receivable is considered nonrecourse. Due to the

 

F-71


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

nonrecourse nature of the notes, the resulting exercise of the nonplan options was determined to not be substantive. Therefore, we did not reflect the exercise of the stock options or the note receivable for accounting purposes on our consolidated balance sheets at the time the promissory note was executed. The shares issued are considered restricted until the note is repaid.

During 2016, $4.2 million of the note was partially repaid and an amended promissory note was put in place for an amount of $8.0 million bearing interest at a rate of 1.72% and with a remaining term of five years. For accounting and reporting purposes, the repayment of the note was considered to be a $4.2 million exercise of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2016. In June 2020, our CEO fully repaid the $8.0 million principal balance and $0.9 million in related interest of the nonrecourse promissory note that we issued in 2016. For accounting and reporting purposes, the repayment of the note was considered to be an $8.9 million exercise of stock options for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020.

The aggregate pretax intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 was $11.9 million and $16.3 million, respectively. The intrinsic value is the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price for in-the-money options. The fair value of stock options vested during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $15.3 million. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $9.96 per share.

The calculated grant-date fair value of stock option grants was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Six Months Ended  
     June 30, 2020  

Expected dividend yield

      

Risk-free interest rate

     0.4% - 0.6

Expected volatility

     33.8% - 36.3

Expected term (in years)

     6.00  

Fair value of underlying common stock

   $ 22.00 - $25.72  

The expected term is based on the vesting terms, estimated exercise behavior, post-vesting cancellations and contractual terms of the awards. We do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future; therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury rates in effect at the time of grant with maturities equal to the grant’s expected term. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of peer companies. The fair value of common stock is estimated based on observable transactions in the secondary market.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)

A summary of our RSU activity under the 2019 Stock Plan is as follows:

 

     Unvested Restricted
Stock Units
 
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date

Fair Value
 

Unvested as of December 31, 2019

     2,849,378     $ 22.06  

Granted

     4,106,018     $ 24.56  

Vested

         $  

Forfeited

     (70,040   $ 22.48  
  

 

 

   

Unvested as of June 30, 2020

     6,885,356     $ 23.54  
  

 

 

   

The RSUs granted are subject to both a service-based vesting condition, which is satisfied over two to four years, and a liquidity event vesting condition, which will be satisfied on the earlier of: (i) a change in control event or (ii) the completion of an initial public offering of common stock (collectively, an “Initial Event”).

We have not recorded any stock-based compensation expense for the RSUs as of June 30, 2020 because an Initial Event has not occurred. If an Initial Event occurs in the future, we will record cumulative stock-based compensation expense using the graded vesting method for those RSUs for which the service condition has been satisfied prior to the Initial Event. If an Initial Event had occurred on June 30, 2020, we would have recorded cumulative stock-based compensation expense of $28.1 million, and we would expect to recognize the remaining $133.9 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense over a weighted-average period of 2.31 years.

12. Income Taxes

Our tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimated annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items arising in that quarter. In each quarter, we update the estimated annual effective tax rate and make a year-to-date adjustment to the provision. The estimated annual effective tax rate is subject to volatility due to several factors, including variability in accurately predicting our pre-tax income or loss and the mix of jurisdictions to which they relate, intercompany transactions, changes in how we do business, and tax law developments.

Our effective tax rate for the three and six months ended June 30, 2019 differs from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to an income tax benefit recognized in the quarter as a result of a partial release of our valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets in connection with business combinations, as well as a reversal of unrecognized tax benefits due to expiration of the statute of limitations. Our effective tax rate for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 differs from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to foreign earnings being taxed at different tax rates, losses that cannot be benefited due to the valuation allowance on United States and Denmark entities, and reversal of unrecognized tax benefits due to statute of limitations expiration.

The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in future periods. We regularly assess the ability to realize our

 

F-73


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

deferred tax assets and establish a valuation allowance if it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We weigh all available positive and negative evidence, including our earnings history and results of recent operations, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. Due to the weight of objectively verifiable negative evidence, including our history of losses, we believe that it is more likely than not that our U.S. federal, certain state, and Denmark deferred tax assets will not be realized as of the year ended December 31, 2019 and as of June 30, 2020, respectively, and as such, we have maintained a full valuation allowance against such deferred tax assets.

As of June 30, 2020, we had $36.3 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which $7.7 million would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2020 could increase or decrease significantly due to the lapse of statutes of limitations within the next 12 months. As a result, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits may decrease by as much as $2.0 million. We believe that we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to our tax audits and that any settlement will not have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results at this time.

On June 29, 2020, the California Governor signed into law the 2020 Budget Act. The 2020 Budget Act temporarily suspends the utilization of net operating losses and limits the utilization of research credits to $5.0 million annually for 2020, 2021 and 2022. We are continuing to assess the 2020 Budget Act, but we currently do not expect any material impact to our condensed consolidated financial statements.

13. Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

Basic net loss per share attributable to our common stockholders is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less shares subject to repurchase. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were antidilutive given our net loss in each period presented. Potentially dilutive common shares result from the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and assumed vesting of outstanding RSUs, both using the treasury stock method.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
     June 30,     June 30,  
     2019     2020     2019     2020  

Basic and diluted net loss per share

        

Numerator:

        

Net loss attributable to our common stockholders

   $ (35,048   $ (27,351   $ (67,062   $ (54,087

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares used in per share computation, basic and diluted

     111,646       129,826       109,706       128,804  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.31   $ (0.21   $ (0.61   $ (0.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

The following table presents the forms of antidilutive potential common shares excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the following periods (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended      Six Months Ended  
     June 30,      June 30,  
     2019      2020      2019      2020  

Convertible preferred stock

     102,674        102,717        102,674        102,717  

Stock options

     44,611        46,217        44,611        46,217  

There were no RSUs issued or outstanding as of June 30, 2019. The table above does not include the 6.9 million RSUs issued as of June 30, 2020, as these RSUs are subject to a liquidity event vesting condition that was not considered probable as of this date.

14. Subsequent Events

We have evaluated the impact of all subsequent events from June 30, 2020 through August 4, 2020, which is the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and have determined that, other than the transactions discussed below, there were no subsequent events requiring adjustment or disclosure in our condensed consolidated financial statements.

In July 2020, we completed the acquisition of a company that designs and develops version control technology for a variety of industries. The acquisition was not significant.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,980  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Exchange listing fee

               *  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

               *  

Legal fees and expenses

               *  

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

               *  

Printing and engraving expenses

               *  

Miscellaneous expenses

               *  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $         *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees, and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of ours, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interest.

The indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and the indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be

 

II-1


Table of Contents

adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of ours regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2017 we have issued the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock and Common Stock Issuances

In June 2017, we issued an aggregate of 21,739,130 shares of our convertible Series D preferred stock to two accredited investors at a purchase price of $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $249,999,995.

Between July 2017 and August 2017, we issued an aggregate of 11,462,888 shares of our common stock to one accredited investor at purchase prices ranging from $9.75 to $12.25 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $119,848,615.

In June 2018, we issued an aggregate of 12,003,311 shares of our convertible Series D1 preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a purchase price of $12.08 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $144,999,997.

In October 2018, we issued an aggregate of 1,032,620 shares of our common stock to four accredited investors at a purchase price of $12.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $12,907,750.

In May 2019, we issued an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock to three accredited investors at a purchase price of $20.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000,000.

Between May 2019 and March 2020, we issued an aggregate of 12,500,000 shares of our convertible Series E preferred stock to six accredited investors at a purchase price of $22.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $275,000,000.

Between August 2019 and September 2019, we issued an aggregate of 12,302,931 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at purchase prices ranging from $20.00 to $22.00, for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000,008.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Between September 2019 and October 2019, we issued an aggregate of 4,812,816 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at a purchase price of $22.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $105,881,952.

In December 2019, we issued 457,875 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at a purchase price of $22.10 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,119,038.

Between December 2019 and January 2020, we issued an aggregate of 4,726,732 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at a purchase price ranging from $22.00 to $24.10 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $104,318,540.

Plan-Related Issuances

From January 1, 2017 through the date of this registration statement, we granted to certain directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 37,421,621 shares of our common stock under the 2009 Plan and 2019 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $3.94 to $19.62 per share.

From January 1, 2017 through the date of this registration statement, we granted to certain directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers RSUs for an aggregate of 6,961,365 shares of our common stock under the 2019 Plan.

From January 1, 2017 through the date of this registration statement, we issued to certain directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 16,047,079 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options under the 2009 Plan and 2019 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.008 to $19.62 per share.

Issuances in Connection with Acquisitions

From January 1, 2017 through the date of this registration statement, we issued 2,837,928 shares of our common stock in business acquisition transactions.

Other Issuances

In July 2017, we issued 111,000 shares of our common stock to one accredited investor at a per share exercise price of $0.394 pursuant to the exercise of a warrant.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.3*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1*    Specimen common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated May 7, 2019.
  5.1*    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1*+    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    Unity Software Inc. 2009 Stock Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+    Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan and related form agreements.
10.4*+    Unity Software Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.5*+    Unity Software Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.
10.6+    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.7    Office Lease, dated November  25, 2015, by and between 26 Third Street (SF) Owner, LLC, and Unity Technologies SF, as amended by (i) the First Amendment to Office Lease, dated August 1, 2018, by and between 26 Third Street (SF) Owner, LLC, and Unity Technologies SF, and (ii) the Second Amendment to Office Lease, dated January 23, 2017, by and between 26 Third Street (SF) Owner, LLC, and Unity Technologies SF.
10.8    Commercial Lease Agreement, dated September 1, 2015, by and between PFA Enjendomme A/S and Unity Technologies ApS.
10.9    Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2019, among the Registrant, the Lenders party thereto, the Issuing Banks party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC.
10.10+    Offer Letter Agreement, dated October 21, 2014, by and between Unity Technologies SF and John Riccitiello.
10.11+    Confirmatory Offer Letter, dated July 27, 2020, by and between Unity Technologies ApS and Brett Bibby.
10.12+    Form of Confirmatory Offer Letter between Unity Technologies SF and each of its executive officers other than John Riccitiello, Brett Bibby, and Dave Rhodes.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Exhibit

10.13+    Confirmatory Offer Letter dated July 23, 2020, by and between the Unity Technologies SF and Dave Rhodes.
10.14+    Unity Software Inc. G&A Executive Severance Plan.
10.15+    Unity Software Inc. Senior Executive Severance Plan.
10.16+    Unity Software Inc. Cash Incentive Bonus Plan.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3    Consent of Altman Vilandrie & Company.
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant under the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on August 24, 2020.

 

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.
By:              

/s/ John Riccitiello

  John Riccitiello
 

President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John Riccitiello and Ruth Ann Keene, and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John Riccitiello

John Riccitiello

   President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   August 24, 2020

/s/ Kimberly Jabal

Kimberly Jabal

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   August 24, 2020

/s/ Roelof Botha

Roelof Botha

   Director   August 24, 2020

/s/ Egon Durban

Egon Durban

   Director   August 24, 2020

/s/ David Helgason

David Helgason

   Director   August 24, 2020

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Alyssa Henry

Alyssa Henry

   Director   August 24, 2020

/s/ Barry Schuler

Barry Schuler

   Director   August 24, 2020

/s/ Robynne Sisco

Robynne Sisco

   Director   August 24, 2020

 

II-7

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

Unity Software Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1.    The name of the corporation is Unity Software Inc.

2.    The corporation was incorporated in Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 28, 2009. An amendment and restatement of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 24, 2009 (the “2009 Restated Certificate”). An amendment and restatement of the 2009 Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 11, 2011 (the “2011 Restated Certificate”). A Certificate of Amendment amending the 2011 Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 8, 2014. A Certificate of Amendment amending the 2011 Restated Certificate, as amended on April 8, 2014, was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 23, 2015. A Certificate of Amendment amending the 2011 Restated Certificate, as amended on April 8, 2014 and March 23, 2015, was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 10, 2015. An amendment and restatement of the 2011 Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 11, 2016 (the “2016 Restated Certificate”). A Certificate of Amendment amending the 2016 Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 11, 2016. An amendment and restatement of the 2016 Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 5, 2017 (the “June 2017 Restated Certificate”). An amendment and restatement of the June 2017 Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 5, 2017 (the “September 2017 Restated Certificate”). An amendment and restatement of the September 2017 Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 12, 2018 (the “2018 Restated Certificate”). An amendment and restatement of the June 2018 Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 6, 2019 (the “2019 Restated Certificate”).

3.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and amends the 2019 Restated Certificate as herein set forth in full:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is Unity Software Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, 19808, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.


ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock,” each with a par value of $0.000005 per share. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 330,000,000 shares. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the corporation is authorized to issue is 110,336,525 shares.

A.    Common Stock. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (as a single class on an as-converted basis), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

B.    Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall consist of 23,820,370 shares and shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock.” The second series of Preferred Stock shall consist of 13,929,790 shares and shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock.” The third series of Preferred Stock shall consist of 25,499,974 shares and shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock.” The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall consist of 21,739,130 shares and shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock.” The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall consist of 12,003,311 shares and shall be designated “Series D-1 Preferred Stock.” The sixth series of Preferred Stock shall consist of 13,343,950 shares and shall be designated “Series E Preferred Stock.” The relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed on the Preferred Stock are as follows:

1.    Dividends. The holders of the then outstanding Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Common Stock (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock), dividends at the annual rate of (i) in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0267 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) in the case of Series B Preferred Stock,

 

2


$0.1005 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, $0.5671 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) in the case of Series D Preferred Stock, $0.9200 per share of Series D Preferred Stock, (v) in the case of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock, $0.9664 per share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock and (vi) in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, $1.7600 per share of Series E Preferred Stock, in each case as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar events (each a “Recapitalization Event”). No dividends shall be paid on any share of Common Stock unless dividends equal to the greater of the following amounts have been paid or declared and set apart: (i) all dividends for Preferred Stock as set forth in the preceding sentence in this Section 1 or (ii) an amount for each such share of Preferred Stock equal to the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Preferred Stock could then be converted. The right to dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any period, nor shall any undeclared or unpaid dividend bear or accrue interest. The holders of a series of outstanding Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock then outstanding.

2.    Liquidation Preference. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed as follows:

(a)    First, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of the Corporation’s Common Stock, an amount equal to (i) in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.3340 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, $1.2563 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, $7.0889 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) in the case of Series D Preferred Stock, $11.5000 per share of Series D Preferred Stock, (v) in the case of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, $12.0800 per share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock and (vi) in the case of Series E Preferred Stock, $22.00 per share of Series E Preferred Stock, in each case as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events (for the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, the “Original Preferred Price), plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of the Preferred Stock ratably, on a pari passu basis, in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(a) if such amounts had been paid in full.

(b)    After the full preferential amounts due the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) have been paid or set aside, any remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of

 

3


Common Stock ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder. In lieu of receiving the preferential amounts specified in Section 2(a), a holder of Preferred Stock may elect to convert the Preferred Stock held by such holder into Common Stock pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof at any time prior to or simultaneously with the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(c)    Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Deemed Liquidation Event, each such holder of shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Deemed Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion (including taking into account the operation of this paragraph (c) with respect to the Preferred Stock), such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder had not converted such series of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution pursuant to Section 2(a) above that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock that have not converted (or have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock.

(d)    For purposes of this Section 2, a “Deemed Liquidation Event” shall include (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another entity, by means of one transaction or series of related transactions, after which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction do not own, immediately following the consummation of the transaction by virtue of their shares in the Corporation or securities received in exchange for such shares in connection with the transaction, a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in proportions substantially identical to those that existed immediately prior to such transaction and with substantially the same rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as the shares they held immediately prior to the transaction, (ii) the closing of the sale, exclusive license, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, including for the avoidance of doubt, transfer of capital stock of a subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation to a third party that constitutes substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (or any series of related transactions resulting in such sale, exclusive license, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole), excluding for the avoidance of doubt the transfer of assets to a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation for reorganization purposes, (iii) the closing of the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property to a third party without limitation as to geography or field of use, (iv) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, share exchange, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to which the Corporation is party to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Corporation’s securities), of the Corporation’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation (or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (v) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary; provided, however, that (A) if its sole purpose is to change the state of incorporation of the Corporation, a transaction under (i) or (iii) of the prior sentence shall not be deemed a Deemed Liquidation Event, (B) a bona fide financing

 

4


for the primary purpose of raising working capital in which cash is received by the Corporation or any successor or indebtedness of the Corporation is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof shall not be deemed a Deemed Liquidation Event, and (C) the treatment of a particular transaction or series of related transactions listed in this Section 2(d) as a Deemed Liquidation Event may be waived with the affirmative vote or written consent of each of (i) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), (ii) the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series D Preferred Stock, (iv) the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding Series D-1 Preferred Stock and (v) the holders of at least seventy-nine percent (79%) of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock.

(e)    In the event of any Deemed Liquidation Event involving the distribution of assets other than cash to the stockholders of the Corporation, the value of the assets to be distributed shall be determined as follows:

(i)    In the case of securities that are not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free tradability,

(A)    if traded on a national securities exchange or through the Nasdaq Global Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities over the ten (10) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(B)    if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the average of the last bid or the closing sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty 30 day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

(C)    if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis).

(ii)    In the case of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate), the value shall be based on an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 2(e)(i) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis).

(iii)    In the case of any other property, the value shall be equal to the property’s fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors.

3.    Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

5


(a)    Right to Convert. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Original Preferred Price for a Series of Preferred Stock divided by the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect at the time of conversion. The “Conversion Price” for the Preferred Stock shall (i) in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, initially be $0.3340 per share, (ii) in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, initially be $1.2563 per share, (iii) in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, initially be $7.0889 per share, (iv) in the case of Series D Preferred Stock, initially be $11.5000 per share, (v) in the case of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, initially be $12.0800 per share and (vi) in the case of Series E Preferred Stock, initially be $22.00 per share, and shall in each case be subject to adjustment following the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as provided in Section 3(d) below. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock (as the case may be) may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “Preferred Stock Conversion Rate of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock (as the case may be).

(b)    Automatic Conversion.

(i)    Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price for Series A Preferred Stock, upon the earlier occurrence of (A) the vote or written consent of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-if converted basis, or (B) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock with aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation (prior to deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $25,000,000 (a “Series A and B Qualified IPO).

(ii)    Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price for Series B Preferred Stock, upon the earlier occurrence of (A) the vote or written consent of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or (B) the closing of a Series A and B Qualified IPO.

(iii)    Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price for Series C Preferred Stock, upon the earlier occurrence of (A) the vote or written consent of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or (B) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock with aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation (prior to deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100,000,000 (a “Series C Qualified IPO”).

 

6


(iv)    Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price for Series D Preferred Stock, upon the earlier occurrence of (A) the vote or written consent of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, or (B) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (1) with aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation (prior to deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100,000,000, and (2) solely with respect to a firm commitment underwritten public offering that closes prior to June 5, 2019 (the Series D Price Protection Date”), at a price per share of at least $11.50 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any Recapitalization Event) (a “Series D Qualified IPO”). For the avoidance of doubt, the per share requirement set forth in clause (2) above shall not apply following the Series D Price Protection Date.

(v)    Each share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price for the Series D-1 Preferred Stock, upon the earlier occurrence of (A) the vote or written consent of at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, or (B) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (1) with aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation (prior to deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100,000,000, and (2) solely with respect to a firm commitment underwritten public offering that closes prior to June 5, 2019 (the “Series D-1 Price Protection Date”), at a price per share of at least $12.0800 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any Recapitalization Event) (a “Series D-1 Qualified IPO”). For the avoidance of doubt, the per share requirement set forth in clause (2) above shall not apply following the Series D-1 Price Protection Date.

(vi)    Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price for Series E Preferred Stock, upon the earlier occurrence of (A) the vote or written consent of at least seventy-nine percent (79%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, or (B) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock with aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation (prior to deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses) in excess of $100,000,000 (a “Series E Qualified IPO” and together with a Series A and B Qualified IPO, Series C Qualified IPO, Series D Qualified IPO and Series D-1 Qualified IPO, a “Qualified IPO”).

(c)    Mechanics of Conversion. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any

 

7


transfer agent for the Corporation and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued (except that no such written notice of election to convert shall be necessary in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof). The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter and in any event within twenty (20) days following the date of written notice of election to convert of such holder and delivery of the original certificate therefor to the Corporation, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check for the value of (i) any fractional share as provided in Section 3(f) hereof plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares so converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (except that, in the case of an automatic conversion upon a Qualified IPO pursuant to Section 3(b), such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the offering) and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date. Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 3(b) above, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.

(d)    Adjustments to Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuances.

(i)    Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 3(d), the following definitions shall apply:

(A)    “Original Issue Date shall mean, with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, the date on which shares of such series are first issued by the Corporation.

(B)    “Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 3(d)(ii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than:

(1)    shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock;

(2)    shares of Common Stock or Series E Preferred Stock issued pursuant to that certain Series E Preferred Stock and Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 7, 2019, by and among the Corporation and certain other parties thereto, as may be amended from time to time;

 

8


(3)    shares of Common Stock as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, issued or issuable to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to any stock option plan or agreement or other stock incentive program or agreement approved in each case by the Board of Directors, including the vote of at least one of the Preferred Directors;

(4)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to landlords, equipment lessors, lenders or other financial institutions in a commercial credit arrangement, equipment financings, leases or similar transaction entered into for primarily non-equity financing purposes and approved in each case by the Board of Directors, including the vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors;

(5)    shares issuable upon exercise of or conversion of any warrants that are outstanding as of the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(6)    shares (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events) issued in connection with a bona fide acquisition by the Corporation of voting control or all or substantially all of the assets of another business entity in a transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including the vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors;

(7)    shares for which an adjustment is made pursuant to Section 3(d)(v);

(8)    shares issued upon the occurrence of a Qualified IPO; or

(9)    shares issued or issuable to any other persons or entities with which the Corporation has strategic or business relationships, provided that such issuances are not primarily for capital-raising purposes and are approved in each case by the Board of Directors, including the vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors.

(C)    “Options shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities (as defined below).

(D)    “Convertible Securities shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares of Preferred Stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(ii)    Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the following provisions shall apply:

 

9


(A)    The maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided, however, that Additional Shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 3(d)(iv) hereof) of such Additional Shares of Common Stock would be less than the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, the deemed issuance, or such record date, as the case may be.

(B)    Except as provided in paragraphs (C) and (D) below, no further adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(C)    If such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities), the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities.

(D)    Upon the expiration of any such Options or the termination or expiration of any rights to convert or exchange of such Convertible Securities, the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Options or Convertible Securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and Convertible Securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(E)    If a record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefore, the adjustments previously made in the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock, as the case may be, that became effective on such record date shall be cancelled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock, shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3(d)(ii).

(iii)    Adjustment of Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuances. In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 3(d)(ii)) after the Original Issue Date of any series of Preferred Stock without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then

 

10


and in each such event the Conversion Price for such series shall be reduced to a price (rounded to the nearest one tenth of one cent) equal to the applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock multiplied by a fraction:

(x) the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at the applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance; and

(y) the denominator of which is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of this paragraph (iii), the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding shall be deemed to include the Common Stock issuable upon full exercise and conversion of all then outstanding Options and Convertible Securities.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicable Conversion Price shall not be so reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be an amount less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward and reduction with respect thereto made at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction that, together with such amount and any other amount or amounts so carried forward, shall aggregate $0.01 or more, or shall be made three years after such event if not yet made.

(iv)    Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 3(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A)    Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(1)    insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof;

(2)    insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors; and

(3)    in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration that covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors.

 

11


(B)    Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 3(d)(ii) relating to Options and Convertible Securities shall be equal to:

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, divided by

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(v)    Other Adjustments to Conversion Price.

(A)    Subdivisions, Combinations or Consolidations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be, without consideration, subdivided, combined or consolidated, by stock split, reverse stock split or similar event, into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock after the Original Issue Date of a series of Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to such subdivision, combination or consolidation shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, combination or consolidation, be proportionately adjusted. Any adjustments under this Section will become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision, combination, or consolidation becomes effective.

(B)    Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If, after the Original Issue Date of a series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation at any time or from time to time issues, or fixes a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then in each such event, as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, the Conversion Price for such series that is then in effect shall be decreased by multiplying the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (y) the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend or distribution is not paid in full on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3(d)(v)(B) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

12


(C)    Other Distributions. In case the Corporation shall distribute to holders of its Common Stock shares of its capital stock (other than shares of Common Stock and other than as otherwise subject to adjustment pursuant to this Section 3(d)), stock or other securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights (excluding options to purchase and rights to subscribe for Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock), or shall fix a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such a distribution, then, in each such case, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the Corporation that they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or on the record date with respect thereto, if such record date is fixed) and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 3 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.

(D)    Recapitalizations and Reorganizations. In the case of any recapitalization or reorganization (other than a subdivision, combination or other recapitalization provided for elsewhere in this Section 3 or a merger, sale of assets or other reorganization provided for in Section 2), or the fixing of any record date for determination of holders of Common Stock affected by such recapitalization or reorganization, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion thereof, the type and number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise that they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or on the record date with respect thereto, if such record date is fixed) and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 3 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 3 to the end that the provisions of this Section 3 shall be applicable after the recapitalization or reorganization to the greatest extent practicable.

(e)    Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of a share of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based including the consideration received for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of a Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect for the series of Preferred Stock held by such holder

 

13


and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

(f)    Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The number of whole shares issuable to each holder of a series of Preferred Stock upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the total number of shares of such series being converted into Common Stock by such holder at that time. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Preferred Stock.

(g)    Notices of Record Date. In the event (i) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its capital stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or other distribution (other than a cash dividend) or to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or to receive any other rights, (ii) of any capital reorganization, reclassification or recapitalization (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock), or (iii) of a Deemed Liquidation Event, then, and in any such case, the Corporation shall cause to be mailed to each holder of record of the Preferred Stock at the address of record of such stockholder as set forth on the Corporation’s books, at least 20 days prior to the earliest date hereinafter specified, a notice stating the material terms of the proposed transaction and the date on which (x) a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights or (y) such Deemed Liquidation Event is to take place and the date, if any is to be fixed, as of which holders of capital stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Deemed Liquidation Event; provided, however, that such notice period may be shortened upon the written consent of holders of (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock, a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, respectively, (ii) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, (iv) in the case of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock, at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock and (v) in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, at least seventy-nine percent (79%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock. If any material change in the facts set forth in the written notice shall occur, the Corporation shall promptly give written notice of such material change to each holder of shares of Preferred Stock.

 

14


(h)    Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock, a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, respectively, (ii) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, (iv) in the case of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock, at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock and (v) in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, at least seventy-nine percent (79%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock.

(i)    Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

4.    Voting Rights.

(a)    General. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock could then be converted and, except as otherwise required by law or as set forth herein, shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and shall be entitled to vote with the holders of Common Stock with respect to any matter upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote, except as otherwise provided herein or those matters required by law to be submitted to a class vote.

(b)    Election of Directors. At each election of directors of the Corporation, (i) for so long as at least twenty percent (20%) of the originally issued number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events) remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director (the “Series A Director”), (ii) for so long as at least twenty percent (20%) of the originally issued number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events) remain outstanding, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director (the “Series B Director”), (iii) for so long as at least 1,410,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events) remain outstanding, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director (the “Series C Director”), (iv) for so long as at least 4,340,000

 

15


shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events) remain outstanding, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director (the “Series D Director” and together with the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series C Director, the “Preferred Directors”), (v) the holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors, and (vi) the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (excluding the Series E Preferred Stock), voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the remaining directors of the Corporation.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, any vacancy created by removal, resignation or death of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board of Director’s action to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent.

5.    Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) and such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a)    alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of a series of Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect such series of Preferred Stock;

(b)    increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock (other than by conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation);

(c)    authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security (including any other security exercisable for or convertible into any such equity security) having a preference over, or on a parity with, the Preferred Stock with respect to the powers, preferences, or relative, participating, optional, or other special rights set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

16


(d)    redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock other than in connection with (i) the repurchase of Common Stock at the original purchase price from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers pursuant to agreements providing for such repurchase upon termination of such person’s employment or service to the Corporation, (ii) the Approved Repurchase (as defined in that certain Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2019, by and among the Corporation and certain other parties, as may be amended from time to time) or (iii) the exercise of a contractual right of first refusal entitling the Corporation to purchase such shares upon substantially the same terms offered by a third party, provided that the purchase is approved by the Board of Directors, including the vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors;

(e)    declare or pay any dividend on the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, or the Common Stock;

(f)    amend the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

(g)    change the authorized number of directors of the Corporation; or

(h)    transfer (i) any outstanding ownership interest in any subsidiary of the Corporation or (ii) all or any portion of the assets of any subsidiary of the Corporation, which assets at the time of such transfer(s) have in the aggregate a fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors in excess of $1,000,000, in each case, to any party that is not a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than as approved by the Board of Directors, including the vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors).

In addition, for so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of, with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, in each case, voting as a separate series on an as-converted basis, adversely alter or change any of the rights, preferences or privileges of such series of Preferred Stock in a manner that would treat such series of Preferred Stock in a materially different manner than the other series of Preferred Stock. The foregoing is not intended to (i) affect the approval and consent rights of any series of Preferred Stock under Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended or (ii) require any vote or consent of the holders of a series of Preferred Stock if such vote or consent would not be required for such matter under Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

In addition, for so long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (i) adversely alter or change any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner that would treat the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock (provided,

 

17


that the Series C Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be affected differently from any other series of Preferred Stock due to proportional differences in the amounts of their liquidation preference per share, per share conversion prices or other price-derived terms that arise as a result of differing original issue prices of the respective series of Preferred Stock), (ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock or (iii) amend, repeal or change this paragraph. Any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.

In addition, for so long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (i) adversely alter or change any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that would treat the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock; provided, that (x) any adverse alteration or change to the rights of the Series D Preferred Stock to vote as a separate class as expressly set forth herein shall nevertheless require the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock in all instances, and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, the issuance of any equity security (including any security exercisable for or convertible into any such equity security) that is senior to, or on a parity with, the Series D Preferred Stock in respect of dividends, distributions in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event or other rights, preferences or privileges, shall not be an adverse alteration or change to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock or (iii) amend, repeal or change this paragraph. Any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.

In addition, for so long as any shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock (i) adversely alter or change any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock in a manner that would treat the Series D-1 Preferred Stock in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock; provided, that (x) any adverse alteration or change to the rights of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock to vote as a separate class as expressly set forth herein shall nevertheless require the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock in all instances, and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, the issuance of any equity security (including any security exercisable for or convertible into any such equity security) that is senior to, or on a parity with, the Series D-1 Preferred Stock in respect of dividends, distributions in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event or other rights, preferences or privileges, shall not be an adverse alteration or change to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock, (ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock or (iii) amend, repeal or change this paragraph. Any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.

In addition, for so long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy-nine percent

 

18


(79%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock (i) adversely alter or change any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner that would treat the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock; provided, that (x) any adverse alteration or change to the rights of the Series E Preferred Stock to vote as a separate class as expressly set forth herein shall nevertheless require the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy-nine percent (79%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock in all instances, and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, the issuance of any equity security (including any security exercisable for or convertible into any such equity security) that is senior to, or on a parity with, the Series E Preferred Stock in respect of dividends, distributions in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event or other rights, preferences or privileges, shall not be an adverse alteration or change to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock, (ii) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock or (iii) amend, repeal or change this paragraph. Any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.

6.    Redemption. The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

7.    Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, the shares so converted shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation, and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

8.    Stock Repurchases. In accordance with Section 500 of the California Corporations Code, a distribution can be made without regard to any preferential dividends arrears amount (as defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code) or any preferential rights amount (as defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code) in connection with (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchases of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, or (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of Common Stock or Preferred Stock approved by the holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

ARTICLE V

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation subject to the rights and power expressly granted to stockholders of the Corporation by statute, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

19


ARTICLE VI

Subject to the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including those in Section 5(f) of Article IV), the Board of Directors is authorized to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including those in Section 5(f) of Article IV), the stockholders shall also have power to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability: (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, directors, officers, employees, other agents of the Corporation and any other persons to which the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VII by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any of the provisions contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in any manner now or hereafter permitted by law and subject to the other terms set forth herein, and the rights of the stockholders of the Corporation are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE IX

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or in being informed about, an Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively “Covered Persons), unless

 

20


such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

* * *

4.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the board of directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation this 30th day of March, 2020.

 

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.
By:  

/s/ John Riccitiello

  John Riccitiello
  President and CEO

 

22

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

ARTICLE 1

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1    Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), the President or the Chief Executive Officer.

1.2    Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board at the time and place to be fixed by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting. In lieu of holding an annual meeting of stockholders at a designated place, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that any annual meeting of stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication.

1.3    Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the President or the holders of record of not less than 10% of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place (if any), on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. In lieu of holding a special meeting of stockholders at a designated place, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that any special meeting of stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4    Notice of Meetings.

(a)    Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation). The notice of any meeting shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

(b)    Notice to stockholders may be given by personal delivery, mail, or, with the consent of the stockholder entitled to receive notice, by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission. If mailed, such notice shall be delivered by postage prepaid envelope directed to each stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the corporation and


shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail. Notice given by electronic transmission pursuant to this subsection shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a facsimile telecommunication number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by personal delivery, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c)    Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by such stockholder either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic transmission, whether such waiver is given before or after such meeting is held. If such a waiver is given by electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

1.5    Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

1.6    Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Where a separate class vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

1.7    Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time, and place, if any, thereof, and the means of communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which

 

2


the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote as such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8    Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent or by a transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

1.9    Action at Meeting.

(a)    At any meeting of stockholders for the election of one or more directors at which a quorum is present, the election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

(b)    All other matters shall be determined by a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of the shares of each such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter shall decide such matter), provided that a quorum is present, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(c)    All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a vote by ballot shall be taken. Each ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

 

3


1.10    Conduct of Business. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or, in his or her absence, the President, or, in his or her absence, such other person as may be appointed by the Board, shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the corporation or a person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the chairman of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders’ meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 1.8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the corporation.

The chairman of the meeting shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the chairman’s discretion, it may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

1.11    Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.11, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.12    Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to

 

4


vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

ARTICLE 2

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1    General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy in the Board, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2    Number and Term of Office. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall initially be two (2) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). All directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3    Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, or, to the extent required by the Certificate of Incorporation or if there are no directors, by the stockholders, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4    Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5    Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting or at a special meeting called in accordance with Section 1.3 above.

 

5


2.6    Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.7    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8    Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (i) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) sending a facsimile to his last known facsimile number, or delivering written notice by hand to his last known business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.9    Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.10    Quorum. Three (3) directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board; provided that if one-third of the authorized number of directors is greater, then such one-third of the authorized number of directors shall constitute quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

2.11    Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.12    Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

6


2.13    Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board may from time to time request. Except as the Board may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board.

2.14    Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.15    Nomination of Director Candidates. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by (i) the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors.

ARTICLE 3

OFFICERS

3.1    Enumeration. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2    Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board at any other meeting.

3.3    Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

7


3.4    Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5    Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board.

3.6    Chairman of the Board. The Board may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, he shall preside at all meetings of the Board.

3.7    Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the corporation shall, subject to the direction of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws.

3.8    President. Subject to the direction of the Board and such supervisory powers as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, if such titles be held by other officers, the President shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation. Unless otherwise designated by the Board, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws. He or she shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

3.9    Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have at the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board.

3.10    Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the

 

8


office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.11    Treasurer. The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

3.12    Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation.

3.13    Salaries. Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board.

3.14    Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE 4

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1    Issuance of Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board may determine.

4.2    Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the

 

9


Board, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3    Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

4.4    Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5    Record Date. The Board may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

 

10


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE 5

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

5.1    Transfer Restrictions.

(a)    Any stockholder holding Restricted Shares (as defined below) (any such stockholder, a “Restricted Stockholder”) shall not directly or indirectly transfer (whether by sale, gift, merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise), assign, pledge, lend, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of or encumber such Restricted Shares or any economic or voting rights or other interests therein to any person or entity, or enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding to do any of the foregoing (collectively, “Transfer”), without the consent of the Board prior to such Transfer, which approval may be granted or withheld in the Board’s sole and absolute discretion. “Restricted Shares” are shares of Common Stock that were issued or disposed and became outstanding after July 21, 2017, the date of the adoption of the amendment and restatement of these Bylaws adding this Article 5 (the “Approval Date”); provided, however, that shares of Common Stock issued subsequent to the Approval Date as a result of the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding prior to the Approval Date shall not be considered “Restricted Shares” for purposes of this Article V. The restrictions on Transfer and ownership of shares set forth in this Section 5.1 shall be in addition to, and not limited by the provision(s) of any agreement(s) currently in effect by and between the corporation and any stockholder.

(b)    Any Restricted Stockholder seeking the Board’s approval of a Transfer of some or all of such Restricted Stockholder’s Restricted Shares (a “Transferring Stockholder”) shall give prior written notice thereof (the “Transferring Stockholder Notice”) to the Secretary of the corporation, which notice shall include: (1) the name of the Transferring Stockholder; (2) the name of the proposed transferee; (3) the number of shares of Restricted Stock proposed to be Transferred; and (4) the purchase price, if any, of the Restricted Shares proposed for Transfer. The corporation may require the Transferring Stockholder to supplement its notice with such additional information as the corporation may reasonably request.

(c)    If the Board approves such Transfer of Restricted Shares, said Transferring Stockholder may, subject to any other restrictions on Transfer in respect thereof, including, without limitation, the right of first refusal and co-sale rights set forth in that certain Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-sale Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2016, by and among the corporation and certain of its stockholders party thereto, as such agreement may be amended from time to time (as amended, the “Co-Sale Agreement”) and the right of first refusal set forth in any equity award agreement entered into by such Transferring Stockholder and the corporation pursuant to the corporation’s 2009 Stock Plan, as amended from time to time, Transfer to the proposed transferee named in the Transferring Stockholder Notice the Restricted Shares specified in said Transferring Stockholder Notice that were not acquired by the corporation or its assigns, provided that said Transfer shall not be on terms or conditions more favorable to the proposed transferee than those contained in the Transferring Stockholder Notice. All Restricted Shares so Transferred by said Transferring Stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this Section 5.1 in the same manner as before said Transfer.

 

11


(d)    Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the other provisions of this Section 5.1 (each an “Exempt Transfer”):

(i)    With respect to a Restricted Stockholder that is a natural person, such Restricted Stockholder’s transfer without consideration of any or all Restricted Shares held by such Restricted Stockholder made for bona fide estate planning purposes, either during his or her lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to his or her spouse, child (natural or adopted), or any other direct lineal descendant of such stockholder (or his or her spouse) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “family members”), or any other relative or person approved by the Board, or any custodian or trustee of any trust, partnership or limited liability company for the benefit of, or the ownership interests of which are owned wholly by, such stockholder or any such family members. Notwithstanding the foregoing exception, a Restricted Stockholder may not Transfer any Restricted Shares prior to consulting with the corporation to determine whether such Transfer would result in the corporation having a class of security held of record by (A) two thousand (or such other number as may be applicable under the Exchange Act) or more persons, as described in Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Rule 12g5-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any successor provisions thereto), or (B) such number of persons that would require the corporation under the applicable laws of any non-US jurisdiction to take any action with respect to the registration of any shares of the corporation’s capital stock and/or the providing of any public disclosures with respect to the corporation (the number of persons described in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (i) referred to as the “Threshold Record Holder Amount”), and no such Transfer shall be effected if such Transfer would result in the corporation having a class of security held of record by that number of persons representing the Threshold Record Holder Amount.

(ii)    With respect to a Restricted Stockholder that is an entity, such Restricted Stockholder’s or such Restricted Stockholder’s principal’s Transfer of Restricted Shares without consideration to any other entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Restricted Stockholder or such Restricted Stockholder’s principal, including without limitation any general partner, managing partner, managing member, officer or director of such Restricted Stockholder or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Restricted Stockholder or such Restricted Stockholder’s principal. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” or “under common control with” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of (A) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, or (B) the power to elect or appoint at least 50% of the directors, managers, general partners, or persons exercising similar authority with respect to such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing exception, a Restricted Stockholder may not Transfer any Restricted Shares prior to consulting with the corporation to determine whether such Transfer would result in the corporation having a class of security held of record by that number of persons representing the Threshold Record Holder Amount, and no such Transfer shall be effected if such Transfer would result in the corporation having a class of security held of record by that number of persons representing the Threshold Record Holder Amount.

 

12


(iii)    With respect to a Restricted Stockholder that is a party to the Co-Sale Agreement, the Transfer of any Restricted Shares to the corporation or another party to the Co-Sale Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Co-Sale Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing exception, a Restricted Stockholder may not Transfer any Restricted Shares prior to consulting with the corporation to determine whether such Transfer would result in the corporation having a class of security held of record by that number of persons representing the Threshold Record Holder Amount, and no such Transfer shall be effected if such Transfer would result in the corporation having a class of security held of record by that number of persons representing the Threshold Record Holder Amount.

(iv)    Any Transfer of shares of capital stock to the corporation.

Prior to effecting any Exempt Transfer (other than an Exempt Transfer in which the corporation is the transferee), a Restricted Stockholder shall furnish to the corporation all information regarding the proposed Exempt Transfer as may be reasonably requested by the corporation, if any, to determine whether such Exempt Transfer constitutes an Exempt Transfer pursuant to this Section 5.1, and the corporation shall not be required to register any proposed Exempt Transfer, or recognize any right, title or interest of any proposed transferee of such Exempt Transfer, in any Restricted Shares unless and until the corporation has received all such information it may request and has determined that such proposed Exempt Transfer constitutes an Exempt Transfer pursuant to this Section 5.1.

(e)    Certificates representing shares of the corporation’s capital stock issued on or after the Approval Date (but prior to the termination of the transfer restrictions provided for herein) shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the following legend:

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS REQUIRING APPROVAL OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 5.1 OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “BYLAWS”), COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS. THE CORPORATION SHALL NOT REGISTER OR OTHERWISE RECOGNIZE OR GIVE EFFECT TO ANY PURPORTED SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER OF SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE THAT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.1 OF THE BYLAWS.

 

13


In the case Restricted Shares that are uncertificated, notice of such legend shall be sent in accordance with applicable law.

(f)    Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of Restricted Shares shall be null and void ab initio, and the corporation shall not be obligated to recognize any right, title or interest of any person or entity, in Restricted Shares Transferred in violation of this Section 5.1 unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this Section 5.1 are strictly observed and followed.

(g)    The foregoing Transfer restrictions shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(i)    Upon the date of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, as such may be amended from time to time); or

(ii)    Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

ARTICLE 6

GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board.

6.2    Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board.

6.3    Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness of notice.

6.4    Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

 

14


6.5    Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

6.6    Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

6.7    Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

6.8    Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

6.9    Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (5) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

6.10    Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation as provided by law, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

 

15


6.11    Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

6.12    Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board or a committee thereof.

Annual Report. For so long as the corporation has fewer than 100 holders of record of its shares, the mandatory requirement of an annual report under Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code is hereby expressly waived.

ARTICLE 7

AMENDMENTS

7.1    By the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present.

7.2    By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class. Such vote may be held at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders provided that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

ARTICLE 8

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

8.1    Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director

 

16


or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 of this Article 8, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of the corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

8.2    Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 8.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, or 20 days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the corporation.

 

17


8.3    Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

8.4    Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article 8 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

8.5    Indemnification Contracts. The Board is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article 8.

8.6    Insurance. The corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

8.7    Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article 8 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an indemnitee or his successor in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

18


HISTORY OF BYLAWS

of

Unity Software Inc.

a Delaware corporation

 

May 29, 2009    Approved by the Sole Incorporator.
September 22, 2009    Board of Directors approved an amendment to Section 2.2 of Article 2 of the Bylaws to provide that the authorized number of directors be changed to five (5).
October 21, 2014    Board of Directors approved an amendment to Section 2.10 of Article 2 of the Bylaws to provide that the quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be three (3) directors; provided that if one-third of the authorized number of directors is greater, then such one-third of the authorized number of directors shall constitute quorum.
July 12, 2017    Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Bylaws to add a new Article 5 to provide for certain transfer restrictions on shares of the Common Stock issued after the Approval Date (as defined therein).

 

19

EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

May 7, 2019


UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 7, 2019 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (together, the “Preferred Stock”) as set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “Holders” or the “Investors”).

RECITALS

A.    Certain of the Investors (the “Prior Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”) issued pursuant to the Applifier SPA (as defined below), shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Stock”) issued pursuant to that certain Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2009, by and among the Company and the Prior Investors, shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock”) issued pursuant to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011, by and among the Company and the Prior Investors, shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Stock”) issued pursuant to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2016, by and among the Company and the Prior Investors, shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Stock”) issued pursuant to that certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2017, by and among the Company and the Prior Investors, and/or shares of the Company’s Series D-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series D-1 Stock”) issued pursuant to that certain Series D-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2018, by and among the Company and the Prior Investors. The Prior Investors have been granted certain information and registration rights and rights of first offer under that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2018, by and among the Company and the Prior Investors (the “Prior Agreement”).

B.    Certain of the Investors (the “Series E Investors”) are purchasing from the Company shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Stock”) pursuant to that certain Series E Preferred Stock and Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and among the Company and such Investors (the “Series E Agreement”).

C.    In order to induce the Series E Investors to enter into the Series E Agreement and invest funds in the Company pursuant thereto, the Company and the Prior Investors have agreed to enter into this Agreement to amend, restate and replace their rights and obligations under the Prior Agreement with the rights and obligations set forth in this Agreement. The undersigned parties to this Agreement hold the requisite number of shares needed to amend and restate the Prior Agreement.

 

1


AGREEMENT

Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby is acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Definitions.

1.1    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified individual or entity, any other individual or entity who or that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified individual or entity, including without limitation any partner, officer, director, manager, member or employee of such entity and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such individual or entity. For clarity, for so long as DFJ Growth 2013 Partners LLC, DFJ Growth Unity Partners, LLC or their Affiliates are the general partner of DFJ Growth Unity Investors, L.P. and DFJ Growth 2013, L.P., DFJ Growth Unity Investors, L.P. and DFJ Growth 2013, L.P. shall be deemed Affiliates of each other.

1.2    “Common Stock” means the Common Stock, $0.000005 par value, of the Company.

1.3    “Equity Securities” means (a) (i) Common Stock, rights, options or warrants to purchase Common Stock, (ii) any security other than Common Stock having voting rights in the election of the Board of Directors, other than rights contingent upon a failure to pay dividends, or (iii) any security convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for any of the foregoing and (b) solely for purposes of Sections 3, (i) capital stock and/or equity interests or securities of any Significant Subsidiary or any rights, options or warrants to purchase any of the foregoing, (ii) any other security having voting rights for the election of the governing body of a Significant Subsidiary or (iii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any of the foregoing.

1.4    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.5    “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC (as defined below) which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC (as defined below).

1.6    “Holder” means any Investor that holds Registrable Securities or securities convertible into Registrable Securities or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities to whom rights under Section 2 have been duly assigned in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.

1.7    “Preferred Stock” means the Company’s Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series D-1 Stock and Series E Stock.

 

2


1.8    “Register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by the preparation and filing of a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

1.9    “Registrable Securities” means: (i) any and all shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, (ii) any and all shares of Common Stock issued to the Investors pursuant to that certain Share Purchase and Exchange Agreement by and among the Company, Applifier Oy and the other parties thereto, dated on or around March 9, 2014 (such agreement, the “Applifier SPA” and such Investors, the “Applifier Investors”), and (iii) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for, or in replacement of, such shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) or (ii); provided, however, that particular shares of any of the foregoing shall cease to be Registrable Securities once they have been sold in any public offering or transferred by the Holder in a transaction in which its rights under this Agreement are not assigned in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

1.10    “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares of Common Stock which are Registrable Securities and (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are then issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options, warrants or convertible securities.

1.11    “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.12    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.13    “Significant Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company which directly or indirectly owns, leases, exclusively licenses or otherwise possesses substantially all of the assets of the Company, taken as a whole.

2.    Registration Rights.

2.1    Demand Registration.

(a)    Request by Holders. If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) four (4) years from the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction) a written request from the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (“Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding or such lesser amount as would have an anticipated aggregate public offering price of not less than $15,000,000, then the Company shall, within ten (10) business days of the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (“Demand

 

3


Notice”) to all Holders and, as soon as practicable, file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of this Section 2.

(b)    Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The underwriters will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of then outstanding Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriters and allocated among the Holders on a pro rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities held by each Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded and withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c)    Exceptions to Registration Obligations. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.1: (i) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.3. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration and forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.6.

 

4


(d)    Deferral of Registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 90 days following receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any 12-month period.

(e)    Other Company Shares. If the managing underwriters have not limited the Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account or for the account of others in such registration if the managing underwriters so agree and if the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

2.2    Company Registration.

(a)    Notice to Holders. If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock in connection with the public offering of such stock (other than a registration relating solely to the issuance of securities by the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar benefit plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration in which the only stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(c), use all reasonable efforts to cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.

(b)    Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6.

(c)    Underwriting. If a registration of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.2 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation

 

5


of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the managing underwriters may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the initial public offering, in which event all Registrable Securities may be excluded. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration which would reduce the number of shares that may be included by selling Holders without the written consent of not less than a majority in interest of the selling Holders. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriters. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners or members, retired partners or members or shareholders of such Holder, the estates and immediate family members of any of the foregoing persons and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such Holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such Holder.

2.3    Form S-3 Registration. Following its initial public offering, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or its successor form or forms. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 or a successor form and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, then the Company shall:

(a)    promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b)    as soon as practicable, use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a request given to the Company within fifteen (15) days after the S-3 Notice is given; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i)    if Form S-3 is not then available for such offering by the Holders;

 

6


(ii)    if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to and requesting inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $5,000,000;

(iii)    if the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good-faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders under this Section 2.3; provided, however, that the Company shall not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period and; provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such 90 day period, other than pursuant to a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of debt securities that are also being registered; or

(iv)    if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.3; or

(v)    during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a registration effected under Section 2.2 hereof.

(c)    Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as demands for registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

(d)    If the registration is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 2.1(b) hereof shall apply to such registration.

2.4    Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)    prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred twenty (120) days or until the Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; provided, however, that such one hundred twenty (120) days period shall be extended for a

 

7


period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration;

(b)    prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c)    furnish to the selling Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

(d)    use commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such states or other jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e)    in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriters of such offering (it being understood and agreed that, as a condition to the Company’s obligations under this clause (e), each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement);

(f)    notify each Holder of Registrable Securities or free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act (the “Free Writing Prospectus”) covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and, at the request of any selling Holder, the Company will, as soon as reasonably practicable, file and furnish to all selling Holders a supplement or amendment to such prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent prepared by or on behalf of the Company) so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made;

(g)    in the event of an underwritten public offering, use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, at the request of the managing underwriters, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the

 

8


underwriters, and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent public accountants of the Company, in form and substance customarily given by independent public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters;

(h)    use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(i)    provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(j)    promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such registration statement;

(k)    notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(l)    after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

2.5    Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 hereof that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

2.6    Expenses. All expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes and fees) incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, including, without limitation, registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and up to a maximum of $50,000 of the reasonable fees and disbursements per registration of one counsel for the selling Holders, selected by the Holders, shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses on a

 

9


pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities that were requested to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided, however, that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.1.

2.7    Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8    Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 hereof:

(a)    By the Company. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “Violation”):

(i)    any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

(ii)    the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

(iii)    any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

and the Company shall reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such expense, loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss,

 

10


claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, partner, member, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person.

(b)    By Selling Holders. To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation arises out of or is based on actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder shall reimburse the Company and such other persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such expense, loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further, that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 2.8(b), when combined with any amounts payable by such Holder under Section 2.8(d) below, in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c)    Notice. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof, and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such

 

11


proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent of such prejudice, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d)    Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8; then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the Violation that resulted in such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability as well as other equitable considerations. The relative fault of such parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the sale of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (B) no individual or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any individual or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e)    Survival. Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9    Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock, the Company agrees to:

 

12


(a)    make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b)    use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c)    furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act) or pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualified to use such form).

2.10    “Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters, during the period commencing on the effective date of registration statement relating to the Company’s initial public offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriters (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (or such other period, not to exceed 20 additional days, as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters to the extent required by applicable FINRA, NASD or NYSE rules, including but not limited to the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or Rule 472(f)(4) of the NYSE Euronext or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock), whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with the

 

13


offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.10 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriters in the offering that are consistent with this Section 2.10 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares of outstanding Registrable Securities subject to such agreements.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

2.11    Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned to a transferee or assignee in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Holder, provided that (i) such transfer or assignment may otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws, (ii) such transferee or assignee acquires at least 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities or, if less, all of the Registrable Securities held by the Holder, (iii) written notice is promptly given to the Company and (iv) such transferee or assignee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. The foregoing 250,000-share limitation shall not apply, however, to transfers or assignments by a Holder to (a) a partner, member or shareholder of a Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, respectively, (b) a retired partner or member of such partnership or limited liability company who retires after the date hereof, (c) the estate of any such partner, member or shareholder or (d) an Affiliate of any such Holder, (e) any spouse, parent, child or sibling of such partner, retired member or shareholder or of the Holder, including in-laws and persons related by adoption, or (f) any domestic partner of such partner, member or shareholder or of the Holder who is covered under an applicable domestic relations statute, provided that (i) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with notice of the name, address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred (ii) such transferee is not a competitor of the Company as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; and (iii) all such transferees or assignees agree in writing to appoint a single representative as their attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Section 2.

2.12    Termination of Registration Rights. The Company’s obligations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall terminate at the earliest occurrence of (i) five (5) years after the closing date of the Company’s Qualified IPO (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), (ii) as to any Holder, at such time following such Qualified IPO (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), as all Registrable Securities that such Holder holds or has the right to acquire may immediately be sold in any three-month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (iii) a Deemed Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) in which (A) the consideration

 

14


of the transaction payable to stockholders of the Company solely consists of cash and/or (B) the common stock of the purchaser, surviving company or the transferee, as the case may be, is listed on a national securities exchange, NASDAQ Stock Market, OTC Bulletin Board or similar public trading system.

2.13    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that provides such holder or prospective holder with registration rights with respect to such securities unless (i) such other registration rights are subordinate to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder and the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included in a given registration and (ii) the holders of such rights are subject to market standoff obligations no more favorable to such persons than those contained herein.

3.    Rights to Purchase Additional Stock.

3.1    Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms of this Section 3 and applicable securities laws, if the Company or any Significant Subsidiary proposes to offer or sell any Equity Securities, the Company shall give each Investor the right to purchase such Investors’ pro rata share (or any part thereof) of such Equity Securities, on the same terms as the Company or the applicable Significant Subsidiary is willing to sell such Equity Securities to any other person. An Investor’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities shall be equal to that percentage of the Outstanding Common Equivalents (as defined below) held by such Investor (and/or its Affiliates) on the date of the Company’s written notice referred to in Section 3.1 below. For purposes of this Section 3, the “Outstanding Common Equivalents” shall mean outstanding shares of Common Stock and all shares of Common Stock issuable, directly or indirectly, upon exercise or conversion of any outstanding preferred stock, warrants or options or any other right to acquire any of the foregoing. An Investor shall be entitled to apportion this right of first offer among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

3.2    Notice; Exercise of Right. Prior to any sale or issuance by the Company or the applicable Significant Subsidiary of any Equity Securities, the Company shall give notice to each Investor of its intention to sell and issue such Equity Securities, setting forth the class, series and number of shares of such Equity Securities (or other applicable type of Equity Securities) and the terms under which it proposes to make such sale (the “Offer Notice”). Within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Offer Notice, each Investor shall notify the Company whether such Investor desires to purchase its pro rata share, or any part thereof, of the Equity Securities so offered. At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly give notice to each Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise, specifying the number of additional shares that are available to the Fully Exercising Investors (“Additional Shares”). During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase, in addition to the number of shares specified

 

15


above, up to that portion of the Additional Shares which is equal to the proportion that the Common Equivalents held by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Equivalents then held by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such Additional Shares, which allocation step shall be repeated until all Additional Shares are allocated or until each Fully Exercising Investor elects not to purchase any more Additional Shares. If an Investor notifies the Company of its desire to purchase any of the Equity Securities offered by the Company or the applicable Significant Subsidiary, the closing of the sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given or, if later, the closing date for the proposed sale of such Equity Securities to third parties.

3.3    Permitted Sales. With respect to any Equity Securities that are not subscribed for by Investors after the end of the thirty (30) day period specified in Section 3.2, the Company or the applicable Significant Subsidiary may, during a period of ninety (90) days following the end of such period, offer and sell such Equity Securities to other persons upon terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or the applicable Significant Subsidiary (including with respect to the price) than those set forth in the notice to the Investors. In the event the Company or the applicable Significant Subsidiary has not entered into a definitive agreement for the sale of the Equity Securities within said 90-day period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days after the execution thereof, the Company or the applicable Significant Subsidiary shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities without first offering such securities to the Investors pursuant to this Section 3.

3.4    Exceptions. The right of first offer contained in this Section 3 shall not apply to issuances by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (i) of securities or rights to acquire securities that would not be “Additional Shares of Common Stock” (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time (assuming for this Section 3.4 that such certificate of incorporation is the certificate of incorporation of the applicable Significant Subsidiary)), (ii) pursuant to the Series E Agreement and (iii) in connection with the incorporation, formation or creation of a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company or the transfer of equity of any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to another direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

3.5    Termination. The right of first offer contained in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the closing, and conditioned upon a closing, of (i) a Qualified IPO (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) and (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation).

4.    Information Rights.

4.1    Financial Statements and Reports. The Company shall deliver to each Investor:

(a)    as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within ninety (90) days thereafter (or with respect to the Company’s audited

 

16


financials, one hundred eighty (180) days or such later period approved by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Audit Period”), including the vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), a balance sheet as of the end of such year, consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year and a consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company prior to expiration of the Audit Period each fiscal year;

(b)    as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of each such quarterly period and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such period, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, except that they may not contain all of the footnotes that are required by GAAP, and subject to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments; and

(c)    such other information relating to the financial condition, business or corporate affairs of the Company as the Investor may from time to time reasonably request, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (c) or any other subsection of Section 4.1 to provide information that (i) it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

4.2    Inspection Rights. The Company shall permit each Investor, at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 4.2 to provide access to any information (i) that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

4.3    Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement) unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 4.3 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection

 

17


with monitoring its investment in the Company, (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor to the extent agreed in writing by the Company prior to such disclosure and provided that (if so agreed by the Company) such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 4.3, (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, limited partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business (subject to any further restrictions on such disclosure as may be agreed between the Company and such Investor), provided that such Investor informs such person that such information is confidential and directs such person to maintain the confidentiality of such information, or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that (in the case of a disclosure under clauses (ii) and (iv) only) the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and (in the case of a disclosure under clause (iv) only) takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. The Company acknowledges that certain of the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises that may have products or services that compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Subject to the confidentiality obligations of the Investors to the Company set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise, regardless of whether such enterprise has products or services that compete with those of the Company.

4.4    Termination. The rights of any Investor set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the earlier of (i) immediately prior to and conditioned upon a closing of a Qualified IPO (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) or (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation).

5.    Other Covenants of the Company.

5.1    Employee Nondisclosure, Assignment and Non-solicitation Agreement. The Company shall require all employees of the Company or any U.S. subsidiary to execute and deliver the Company’s standard form of Employee Nondisclosure, Assignment and Nonsolicitation Agreement approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company shall require all employees of the Company’s subsidiaries in other jurisdictions to execute and deliver an agreement appropriate to such jurisdiction containing similar terms and provisions to the extent enforceable or permissible in such jurisdiction.

5.2    Option Vesting. Unless approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including at least two of the Preferred Directors (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), all future employees of the Company who shall purchase, or receive options to purchase, shares of Common Stock following the date hereof shall be required to execute stock purchase or option agreements providing for (a) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period with the first twenty five percent (25%) of such shares vesting at the end of the twelve (12) months following the earliest of issuance of the shares or commencement date of continued employment or services, and the remaining shares vesting in

 

18


equal monthly installments over the following thirty six (36) months thereafter (with respect to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries located in Denmark, subject to the Danish Act on Stock Options) and (b) a one hundred and eighty (180)-day lockup period (plus an additional period of up to eighteen (18) days) in connection with the Company’s initial public offering. The Company shall retain a right of first refusal on transfers until the Company’s initial public offering and the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost.

5.3    FCPA Covenant. The Company represents that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to, promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, any Non-U.S. Official (as defined in the FCPA), in each case, in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to, cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to, maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.

5.4    Termination. The covenants of the Company set forth in this Section 5 and Section 6.14 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the earlier of (i) the first sale of stock of the Company pursuant to a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company), or (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event.

6.    Miscellaneous.

6.1    Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally, by facsimile when receipt is electronically confirmed, one business day after an electronic mail is sent, one business day after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or otherwise upon receipt, addressed (i) if to Investor, at the address set forth below such Investor’s name on Exhibit A, and (ii) if to the Company, at the address set forth below:

Unity Software Inc.

Attention: Secretary

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

Fax: +1 888 679 7754

 

19


with a copy to:

[***]

Any party hereto may, by ten (10) days’ prior notice so given, change its address for future notices hereunder.

6.2    Successors and Assigns. Each Investor agrees that it may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder unless such rights and obligations are assigned by such Investor to (i) an individual or entity to which Registrable Securities are transferred by such Investor pursuant to Section 2.11 and (ii) with respect to the right of first offer set forth in Section 3, to another Investor or an Affiliate of the Investor, and, in each case, such assignee shall be deemed an “Investor” for purposes of this Agreement, provided that such assignment shall be contingent upon the assignee providing a written instrument to the Company notifying the Company of such assignment and agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

6.3    Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived, either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively, only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, (i) no amendment or waiver that by its terms would adversely and materially affect the rights of a specific series of Preferred Stock in a manner different from the other series of Preferred Stock shall be effective without the consent of (a) with respect to the Series A Stock and the Series B Stock and the Series D Stock, a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, in each case, voting as a separate series on an as-converted basis, (b) with respect to the Series C Stock, at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Stock, voting as a separate series on an as-converted basis, (c) with respect to the Series D-1 Stock, at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series D-1 Stock, voting as a separate series on an as-converted basis and (d) with respect to the Series E Stock, at least seventy-nine percent (79%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Stock, voting as a separate series on an as-converted basis, and (ii) no amendment or waiver that by its terms would adversely and materially affect the rights of the Applifier Investors in a manner different from the other Investors (but excluding for the avoidance of doubt differences resulting solely from an Applifier Investor holding shares of Common Stock and other Investors holding shares of Preferred Stock) shall be effective without the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by the Applifier Investors; provided, further, that, without limiting the above, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, any provision hereof may be waived by

 

20


any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the written consent of any other party. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment or waiver. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.3 shall be binding upon each Investor, each permitted successor or assignee of such Investor and the Company. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

6.4    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all the exhibits hereto, constitutes and contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties or obligations between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

6.5    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

6.6    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

6.7    Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of the nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or waiver of or acquiescence in any similar breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default therefore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.8    Captions. The captions to sections of this Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference purposes only and shall not be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

6.9    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6.10    Costs and Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

 

21


6.11    Adjustments for Recapitalization Events. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a specific dollar amount per share, then, upon the occurrence of any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or similar recapitalization event affecting such shares, the specific number of shares or dollar amount so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock of such recapitalization event.

6.12    Aggregation of Stock. All shares held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

6.13    Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Series E Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Series E Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” and “Holder” for all purposes hereunder, without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any Investor.

6.14    Corporate Opportunities. The Company acknowledges that the Investors and their Affiliates, members, equity holders, director representatives, partners, employees, agents and other related persons are engaged in the business of investing in private and public companies in a wide range of industries, including the industry segment in which the Company operates (the “Company Industry Segment”). Accordingly, the Company and the Investors acknowledge and agree that a Covered Person shall:

(a)    have no duty to the Company to refrain from participating as a director, investor or otherwise with respect to any company or other person or entity that is engaged in the Company Industry Segment or is otherwise competitive with the Company, and

(b)    solely in connection with making investment decisions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to the Company to refrain from using any information, including, but not limited to, market trend and market data, which comes into such Covered Person’s possession, whether as a director, investor or otherwise (the “Information Waiver”), provided that the Information Waiver shall not apply, and therefore such Covered Person shall be subject to such obligations and duties as would otherwise apply to such Covered Person under applicable law, if the information at issue (i) constitutes material non-public information concerning the Company, or (ii) is covered by a contractual obligation of confidentiality to which the Company is subject.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.14 to the contrary, nothing herein shall be construed as a waiver of any Covered Person’s duty of loyalty, fiduciary duty or obligation of confidentiality with respect to the disclosure of confidential information of the Company.

 

22


For the purposes of this Section 6.14, “Covered Persons” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

6.15    Prior Agreement Superseded. Pursuant to Section 6.3 of the Prior Agreement, the Prior Investors and the Company hereby amend and restate the Prior Agreement to read in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement, all with the intent and effect that the Prior Agreement shall hereby be terminated and entirely replaced and superseded by this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
UNITY SOFTWARE INC.
By:  

/s/ John Riccitiello

Name:   John Riccitiello
Title:   President and CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS:

CPP INVESTMENT BOARD PRIVATE HOLDINGS (4) INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Geoff McKay

Name:   Geoff McKay
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Sunny Lee

Name:   Sunny Lee
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS:

SEQUOIA CAPITAL GLOBAL GROWTH FUND III – ENDURANCE PARTNERS, L.P.

 

By:  

SCGGF III – Endurance Partners Management, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:  

SC US (TTGP), LTD.,

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Roelof Botha

Name:   Roelof Botha
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS:

SEQUOIA CAPITAL XII

SEQUOIA TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS XII

SEQUOIA CAPITAL XII PRINCIPALS FUND

 

By:   SC XII Management, LLC
  A Delaware Limited Liability Compay
  General Partner of Each
By:  

/s/ Roelof Botha

  Managing Member

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS:

SEQUOIA CAPITAL GLOBAL GROWTH, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL GLOBAL GROWTH PRINCIPALS FUND, LP

 

By:   SCGGF Management, L.P.,
  A Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership General Partner of Each
By:   SC US (TTGP), LTD.,
  A Cayman Islands exempted company, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Roelof Botha

  Director

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GLOBAL GROWTH VI, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GROWTH VI PRINCIPALS FUND, LP

A Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

 

By:   SC U.S. GROWTH VI MANAGEMENT, L.P.
  A Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership General Partner of Each
By:   SC US (TTGP), LTD.,
  A Cayman Islands exempted company, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Roelof Botha

Name:   Roelof Botha
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS:

SCHF (M) PV, L.P.

SCHF CIF, L.P./CIF 2015-A SERIES

 

By:   SCHF (GPE), LLC
  General Partner of Each
By:  

/s/ Kevin A. Kelly

  Managing Member

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS:

OCEAN SURPASS LIMITED

For WestSummit Global Technology Fund

 

By:   Ocean Surpass Limited
By:  

/s/ Raymond Yang

  Director
By:   WestSummit Capital Partners ltd. on behalf of the general partner of the WestSummit Global Technology Fund
By:  

/s/ Raymond Yang

  Director

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS:

 

DFJ GROWTH 2013, L.P.      DFJ GROWTH III PARALLEL FUND, LLC
By:   DFJ Growth 2013 Partners, LLC,       
  its general partner                    
By:  

/s/ Barry M. Schuler

     By:  

/s/ Barry M. Schuler

Name:   Barry M. Schuler      Name:   Barry M. Schuler
Title:   Managing Member      Title:   Managing Member

DFJ GROWTH 2013 PARALLEL FUND, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Barry M. Schuler

Name:   Barry M. Schuler
Title:   Managing Member

DFJ GROWTH UNITY INVESTORS, L.P.

 

By:   DFJ Growth Unity Partners, LLC
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Barry M. Schuler

Name:   Barry M. Schuler
Title:   Managing Member

DFJ GROWTH III, L.P.

 

By:   DFJ Growth III Partners, LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Barry M. Schuler

Name:   Barry M. Schuler
Title:   Managing Member

 

Address:   2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150
    Menlo Park, CA 94025
Telephone:   (650) 233-9000
Fax:   (650) 233-9233

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

STOCKHOLDERS:

FOOBAR TECHNOLOGIES APS

 

By:  

/s/ David Helgason

Name:   David Helgason
Title:   Owner

JA TECHNOLOGIES APS

 

By:  

/s/ Joachim Ante

Name:   Joachim Ante
Title:   Owner

JOHN RICCITIELLO

 

By:  

/s/ John Riccitiello

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS:

SILVER LAKE PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

By:   Silver Lake Technology Associates IV, L.P., its general partner
By:   SLTA IV (GP), L.L.C., its general partner
By:   Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its managing member
By:  

/s/ Egon Durban

Name:   Egon Durban
Title:   Managing Director

SILVER LAKE TECHNOLOGY INVESTORS IV (DELAWARE II), L.P., solely with respect to its Series 2017-1

 

By:   Silver Lake Technology Associates IV, L.P., its general partner
By:   SLTA IV (GP), L.L.C., its general partner
By:   Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its managing member
By:  

/s/ Egon Durban

Name:   Egon Durban
Title:   Managing Director

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNITY SOFTWARE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


Exhibit A

Schedule of Investors

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

2009 STOCK PLAN

1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1 Establishment. The Unity Software Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the Plan) is hereby established effective as of September 10, 2009, as amended February 19, 2010, November 30, 2011, November 26, 2013, April 8, 2014, March 23, 2015, September 30, 2015, February 3, 2016, April 5, 2016, March 28, 2017, as adjusted in connection with the Company’s 2-for-1 forward stock split effected on September 5, 2017, December 13, 2017, March 7, 2018, March 13, 2019 and April 7, 2019.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to the Plan be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Plan shall be so construed.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Board; provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Awardmeans an Option, Restricted Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock Bonus or Restricted Stock Unit granted under the Plan.

(b) Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award granted to the Participant.

(c) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, Board also means such Committee(s).

(d) Cause means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or written contract of employment or service, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a

 

1


Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(e) Change in Control means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or written contract of employment or service, the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(w)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee), as the case may be; or

(ii) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(f) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.

(g) Committee means the compensation committee or other committee or subcommittee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

 

2


(h) Company means Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(i) Consultant means a person or entity engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that (i) if the Consultant is a person, the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, and (ii) if the Consultant is an entity would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such an entity pursuant to the Plan in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act

(j) [reserved]

(k) Director means a member of the Board.

(l) Disability means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

(m) Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

(n) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(o) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or

 

3


market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(p) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(q) Insider means an Officer, a Director or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(r) Insider Trading Policy means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its securities.

(s) Net-Exercise means a procedure by which (i) the Company will deduct from the total number of shares of Stock for which a Participant elects to exercise an Option the largest number of whole shares of Stock that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price therefor, (ii) the Participant will pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate exercise price, and (iii) the Participant will be issued a whole number of shares of Stock upon such exercise determined in accordance with the following formula:

N = X*((A-B)/A), where

“N” = the number of shares of Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole number) to be issued to the Participant upon exercise of the Option;

“X” = the total number of shares with respect to which the Participant has elected to exercise the Option;

“A” = the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock determined on the exercise date; and

“B” = the exercise price per share (as defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement)

 

4


(t) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(u) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(v) Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

(x) Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(y) “Participant” means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

(z) Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(aa) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(bb) Restricted Stock Award means an Award of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

(cc) Restricted Stock Bonus means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.

(dd) Restricted Stock Purchase Right means a right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.

(ee) “Restricted Stock Unit” or “RSU” means restricted stock unit award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

(ff) Restricted Stock Unit Agreementmeans a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Board, reflecting the terms of a Restricted Stock Unit granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

(gg) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

 

5


(hh) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ii) Service means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders such Service or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Board, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, in its discretion, the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

(jj) Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(kk) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(ll) Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

(mm) Vesting Conditions mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

6


3. ADMINISTRATION.

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Award;

(b) to determine the type of Award granted;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the time of expiration of any Award, (vi) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;

 

7


(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Awards; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be seventy-six million eight hundred seventy-five thousand one hundred twenty-two (76,875,122) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase and are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s exercise or purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

 

8


4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 5.3(a), and in the exercise or purchase price per share of any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the exercise price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. ELIGIBILITY AND OPTION LIMITATIONS.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

5.2 Participation in the Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Board. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

(a) Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to Section 4.1 and adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed seventy-six million eight hundred seventy-five

 

9


thousand one hundred twenty-two (76,875,122) shares (theISO Share Limit). The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2.

(b) Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Upon exercise of the Option, Shares issued pursuant to each such portion shall be separately identified.

6. STOCK OPTIONS.

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

10


6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a Cashless Exercise), (iv) by delivery of a properly executed notice electing a Net-Exercise, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.

6.4 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the

 

11


Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with the Award Agreement evidencing the Option. To the extent required by applicable law, vested Options shall be exercisable for a minimum period of six (6) months following termination of the Participant’s Service due to Disability or death and three (3) months following any other termination of Service (other than a termination due to Cause). Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing the Option (the “Option Expiration Date”).

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 12 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) three (3) months after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, an Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner that does not disqualify such Option as an Incentive Stock Option.

7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

7.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Board shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

 

12


7.2 Purchase Price. The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Board in its discretion. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

7.3 Purchase Period. A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Board, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

7.4 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

7.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 7.8. The Board, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Insider Trading Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Insider Trading Policy. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

7.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section, Section 7.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares; provided, however, that if so determined by the Board and provided by the Award Agreement, such dividends and distributions shall be subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other

 

13


property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.2, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than normal cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

7.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service and (b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

7.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

8.1 Awards of Restricted Stock Units. A Restricted Stock Unit (“RSU”) is an award covering a number of Stock that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of such Stock at a date in the future. No purchase price shall apply to an RSU settled in Stock. All grants of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Administrator will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, and shall require that the Restricted Stock Units must expire no later than ten years following the date of grant.

8.2 Form and Timing of Settlement. To the extent permissible under the applicable law, the Board may permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned, provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or any successor) and any regulation or rulings promulgated thereunder. Payment may be made in the form of cash or whole shares or a combination thereof, all as the Board determines.

 

14


9. STANDARD FORMS OF AWARD AGREEMENTS.

9.1 Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Board and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement. Any Award Agreement may consist of an appropriate form of Notice of Grant and a form of Agreement incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms, including electronic media, as the Board may approve from time to time.

9.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

10. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

10.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A of the Code, if applicable, the Board may provide for any one or more of the following:

(a) Accelerated Vesting. The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement or, in the event of a Change in Control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the exercisability and/or vesting in connection with such Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following such Change in Control, to such extent as the Board shall determine.

(b) Assumption, Continuation or Substitution of Awards. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Board, in its discretion, an Award or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If

 

15


any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement.

(c) Cash-Out of Outstanding Awards. The Board may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Board) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable amount of future payment of such consideration. In the event such determination is made by the Board, the amount of such payment (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be paid to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

10.2 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

(a) Excess Parachute Payment. If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant may elect, in his or her sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

(b) Determination by Independent Accountants. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 10.2(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 10.2(a), the Company shall request a

 

16


determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by the Company (the Accountants). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Accountants shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 10.2(b).

11. TAX WITHHOLDING.

11.1 Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise of an Option, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including any social insurance tax), if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

11.2 Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise or vesting of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

12. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

17


13. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

14. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

14.1 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

14.2 Provision of Information. At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Participant and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Award; provided, however, that this requirement shall not apply if all offers and sales of securities pursuant to the Plan comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key persons whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. The Company shall deliver to each Participant such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

14.3 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under

 

18


the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

14.4 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 or another provision of the Plan.

14.5 Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

14.6 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

14.7 Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards shall be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing such benefits.

14.8 Severability. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

14.9 No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

 

19


14.10 Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

14.11 Stockholder Approval. The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “Authorized Shares”) shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote by the later of (a) a period beginning twelve (12) months before and ending twelve (12) months after the date of adoption thereof by the Board or (b) the first issuance of any security pursuant to the Plan in the State of California (within the meaning of Section 25008 of the California Corporations Code). Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be, and such Awards shall be rescinded if such security holder approval is not received in the manner described in the preceding

 

20


Exhibit A

Stock Option Agreement

 

21


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(United States)

Unity Software Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement) is attached an option (the Option) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Unity Software Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the Plan), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

22


2. TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

23


3. ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the Exercise Notice) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

24


4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 4.3(b), by means of (1) a Cashless Exercise, (2) a Net-Exercise, or (3) a Stock Tender Exercise; or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedure providing for payment of the Exercise Price through any of the means described below, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

(i) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option in an amount not less than the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

(ii) Net-Exercise. A Net-Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice electing a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Following a Net-Exercise, the number of shares remaining subject to the Option, if any, shall be reduced by the sum of (1) the net number of shares issued to the Participant upon such exercise, and (2) the number of shares deducted by the Company for payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

(iii) Stock Tender Exercise. A Stock Tender Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice accompanied by (1) the Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant’s payment to the Company in cash of the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such shares’ Fair Market Value. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

 

25


4.4 Tax Withholding.

(a) In General. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

(b) Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations upon exercise of the Option by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon such exercise a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

4.5 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the

 

26


Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1 Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

 

27


(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of the Participant’s Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

8. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent that the Board determines to cash out the Option in accordance with Section 9.1(c) of the Plan, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

 

28


9. AdjUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the Transfer Shares) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Right of First Refusal).

 

29


11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Participant shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Participant acquired the Transfer Shares upon exercise of the Option.

 

30


11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

31


12. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

14. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

 

32


14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’ S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

15. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

16. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

33


17. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

17.1 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

17.2 Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this Option Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement. In any event, and except for the responsibilities of the Company set forth in Section 4.4, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes incurred by the Participant on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

17.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

17.4 Binding Effect. This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

34


17.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.5(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a).

17.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.7 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

35


Exhibit B

Notice of Grant

 

36


UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

(Non-Denmark)

The Participant has been granted an option (the Option) to purchase certain shares of Stock of Unity Software Inc. pursuant to the Unity Software Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the Plan), as follows:

 

Participant:

  

Date of Grant:

  

Number of Option Shares:

                       , subject to adjustment as provided by the Option Agreement.

Exercise Price:

   $

Initial Vesting Date:

   The date one (1) year after

Option Expiration Date:

   The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant

Tax Status of Option:

                       Stock Option. (Enter “Incentive” or “Nonstatutory.” If blank, this Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.)

Vested Shares:

   Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date as follows:
         

Vested Ratio

     Prior to Initial Vesting Date    0
     On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Participant’s Service has not terminated
prior to such date
   1/4
   Plus   
     For each additional full month of the Participant’s continuous Service from Initial
Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional
   1/48

If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant (i) within the first year of Participant’s continuous Service, then 50% of the Number of Option Shares set forth above shall become Vested Shares effective as of immediately prior to the effective time of such termination or (ii) on or following the first year of Participant’s continuous Service, then 100% of the Number of Option Shares set forth above shall become Vested Shares effective as of immediately prior to the effective time of such termination.

The Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Company’s determination. A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. By signing below, the Participant agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by the Participant as a result of such determination by the IRS. The Participant is urged to consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Option, including the application of Section 409A.

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

37


UNITY SOFTWARE INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

    Signature:  

 

Its:  

 

    Date:  

 

Address:       Address:  

795 Folsom Street, Suite 200

   

 

San Francisco, California 94107

   

 

USA

   

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:

2009 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice

 

38

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

2019 STOCK PLAN

1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1 Establishment. The Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan (the Plan) is hereby established effective as of September 11, 2019 (the Effective Date), as amended March 6, 2020. The Plan is the successor to and continuation of the Unity Software Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the “Prior Plan”). From and after the Effective Date, no additional awards may be granted under the Prior Plan. All outstanding awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract and retain persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Board; provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “Affiliate” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) “Awardmeans an Option, Stock Appreciation Right (“SAR”), Restricted Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock Bonus, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Award or Other Award granted under the Plan.

(c) Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award granted to the Participant.

(d) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, Board also means such Committee(s).

(e) Cause means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or by a written contract of employment or service between the Participant and the Company, any of the following: (i) the

 

1


Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(f) Change in Control means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or by a written contract of employment or service between the Participant and the Company, the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(x)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee), as the case may be; or

(ii) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the following transactions shall not constitute an “Change in Control”: (1) the closing of the Company’s first public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act or (2) any transaction the sole purpose of which is to change the state of incorporation of the Company or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

2


(g) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder or any successor statutes, regulations or guidelines.

(h) Committee means the compensation committee or other committee or subcommittee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board, or those persons to whom administration of the Plan, or part of the Plan, has been delegated as permitted by applicable law and in accordance with the Plan. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law. If no committee of the Board has been appointed to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers.

(i) Company means Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(j) Consultant means a person or entity engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on, as applicable, (i) the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act, (ii) registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act), or (iii) other means of compliance with the securities laws of all relevant jurisdictions.

(k) Director means a member of the Board.

(l) Disability means the permanent and total disability of a person within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code for all Incentive Stock Options, or to the extent an Award provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C)(i) of the Code. For all other Awards, “Disability” means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

(m) Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s

 

3


determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

(n) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(o) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

For avoidance of doubt, for tax purposes upon settlement of an Award, the Fair Market Value of the Stock may be determined using such other methodology as may be required by applicable laws or as appropriate for administrative reasons.

(p) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(q) Insider means an Officer, a Director or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(r) Insider Trading Policy means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its securities.

(s) Net-Exercise means a procedure by which (i) the Company will deduct from the total number of shares of Stock for which a Participant elects to exercise an Option the largest number of whole shares of Stock that does not exceed the aggregate exercise

 

4


price therefor, (ii) the Participant will pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate exercise price, and (iii) the Participant will be issued a whole number of shares of Stock upon such exercise determined in accordance with the following formula:

N = X*((A-B)/A), where

“N” = the number of shares of Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole number) to be issued to the Participant upon exercise of the Option;

“X” = the total number of shares with respect to which the Participant has elected to exercise the Option;

“A” = the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock determined on the exercise date; and

“B” = the exercise price per share (as defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement)

(t) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(u) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(v) Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) Other Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 11.

(x) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

(y) Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “Participant” means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

(aa) Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation, Subsidiary Corporation or Affiliate.

 

5


(bb) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(cc) “Performance Award” means an award that may vest or may be earned or exercised, in whole or in part, contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of one or more Performance Goals and which is granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10.

(dd) “Performance Criteria” means one or more objective or subjective criteria either individually, alternatively or in any combination applied to the Participant, the Company, any business unit or segment, division or Participating Company, that the Board selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period.

(ee) Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units or segments, divisions, or Participating Companies, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices.

(ff) “Performance Period” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to vesting, exercise and/or settlement of an Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(gg) Restricted Stock Award means an Award of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

(hh) Restricted Stock Bonus means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

(ii) Restricted Stock Purchase Right means a right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

(jj) “Restricted Stock Unit” or “RSU” means a right to receive a share of Stock or the equivalent thereof granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 9 and evidenced by a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one share.

(kk) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(ll) SAR means a bookkeeping entry representing, for each share of Stock subject to such SAR, a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan to receive payment of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the exercise price.

(mm) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6


(nn) Service means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders such Service or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Board, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, in its discretion, the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

(oo) Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(pp) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(qq) Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company (other than an Affiliate) within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

(rr) Vesting Conditions mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or

 

7


of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election. To the extent consistent with applicable law (including but not limited to Delaware General Corporation Law Section 152 or 157(c)), the Board may, in its discretion, delegate aspects of its administrative authority under the Plan to a committee comprised of one or more Officers, including the authority to designate Employees (other than themselves) to receive one or more Awards and to determine the number of shares of Stock subject to such Awards, without further approval of the Board or the Committee. Any such grants will be subject to the terms of the Board resolutions providing for such delegation of authority.

3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Award;

(b) to determine the type of Award granted;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of shares to be purchased pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the time of expiration of any Award, (vi) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;

 

8


(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

(h) to determine whether an Award of SARs or Restricted Stock Units or a Performance Award or Other Award will be settled in shares of Stock, cash, or in any combination thereof;

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law; and

(j) to effect, at any time and from time to time, subject to the consent of any Participant whose Award is materially impaired by such action (as determined by the Company) by such action (i) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan; (ii) the cancellation, surrender or exchange of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of cash, the same type of Award or a different Award (or combination thereof) covering the same or a different number of shares of Stock and/or other valuable consideration, as determined by the Board; or (iii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles. Any outstanding Incentive Stock Option that is modified or exchanged will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3, including that awards granted to Insiders shall be approved by two or more Directors who satisfy the requirements of a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) under the Exchange Act.

3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

9


4. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be the “Share Reserve”, which number is the sum of (a) 13,000,000, plus (b) 6,831,707 shares of Stock remaining available for grant under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date, plus (c) any Returning Shares from the Prior Plan which become available for grant under this Plan from time to time, up to a maximum of 40,083,642 Returning Shares from the Prior Plan. Subject to the foregoing, any shares of Stock subject to an outstanding Award or any portion thereof granted under the Plan or the Prior Plan will be returned to the Share Reserve and will be available for issuance in connection with subsequent Awards under this Plan to the extent such shares: (i) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option or SAR but cease to be subject to the Option or SAR for any reason other than exercise of the Option or SAR, (ii) are subject to Awards that are forfeited or are repurchased by the Company for the Participant’s purchase price, (iii) are subject to Awards that otherwise terminate without such shares being issued, including without limitation where the settlement of any portion of an Award is made in cash, or (iv) are used to pay the exercise price of an Award or withheld to satisfy any applicable taxes related to an Award (collectively, the Returning Shares) (in each case, subject to any applicable limitations of the Code in the case of Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options). Accordingly, the Share Reserve is a limitation on the number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan and does not limit the granting of Awards, since the Returning Shares pursuant to this Section 4.1 may be granted subject to Awards more than once. The Share Reserve shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof.

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan, including Returning Shares, and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 5.3(a), and in the exercise or purchase price per share of any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall

 

10


be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the exercise price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. ELIGIBILITY AND OPTION LIMITATIONS.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

5.2 Participation in the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2, Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Board. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

(a) Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to Section 4.1 and adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed the maximum number of shares in the Share Reserve (the ISO Share Limit). The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2.

(b) Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee of the Company, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation. Any person who is not an Employee of the Company, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to Section 5.3(d) below.

(c) Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which

 

11


portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Upon exercise of the Option, Shares issued pursuant to each such portion shall be separately identified.

(d) Nonstatutory Stock Option and SAR Limitations. Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors or Consultants who are providing Service only to a Parent Corporation unless the stock underlying such Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code because the Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin-off) or unless such Awards otherwise comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A.

6. STOCK OPTIONS.

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Sections 409A and 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions. For purposes of Section 6, an Option shall be deemed exercised on the date on which the Company receives notice of exercise from the Participant, along with the aggregate exercise price.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased

 

12


pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a Cashless Exercise), (iv) if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by delivery of a properly executed notice electing a Net-Exercise, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock or if such shares have not been held by the Participant for any minimum period necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment as a result of such tender or attestation.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.

6.4 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with the Award Agreement evidencing the Option. To the extent required by applicable law, vested Options shall be exercisable for a minimum period of six (6) months following termination of the Participant’s Service due to Disability or death and three (3) months following any other termination of Service (other than a termination due to Cause). Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing the Option (the Option Expiration Date).

 

13


(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 15 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) three (3) months after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, an Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner that does not disqualify such Option as an Incentive Stock Option.

7. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

SARs shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements evidencing SARs may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

7.1 Types of SARs Authorized. SARs may be granted in tandem with all or any portion of a related Option (a Tandem SAR) or may be granted independently of any Option (a Freestanding SAR). A Tandem SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option.

7.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each SAR shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share subject to a Tandem SAR shall be the exercise price per share under the related Option and (b) the exercise price per share subject to a Freestanding SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the SAR.

7.3 Exercisability and Term of SARs.

(a) Tandem SARs. Tandem SARs shall be exercisable only at the time and to the extent, and only to the extent, that the related Option is exercisable, subject to such provisions as the Board may specify where the Tandem SAR is granted with respect to less than the full number of shares of Stock subject to the related Option. The Board may, in its discretion,

 

14


provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Tandem SAR that such SAR may not be exercised without the advance approval of the Company and, if such approval is not given, then the Option shall nevertheless remain exercisable in accordance with its terms. A Tandem SAR shall terminate and cease to be exercisable no later than the date on which the related Option expires or is terminated or canceled. Upon the exercise of a Tandem SAR with respect to some or all of the shares subject to such SAR, the related Option shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the Tandem SAR was exercised. Upon the exercise of an Option related to a Tandem SAR as to some or all of the shares subject to such Option, the related Tandem SAR shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the related Option was exercised.

(b) Freestanding SARs. Freestanding SARs shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR; provided, however, that no Freestanding SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such SAR.

7.4 Exercise of SARs. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the SAR by reason of the Participant’s death) shall be entitled to receive payment of an amount for each share with respect to which the SAR is exercised equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the exercise price. Payment of such amount shall be made in cash, shares of Stock, or any combination thereof as determined by the Board. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR, payment shall be made in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the date of exercise of the SAR. When payment is to be made in shares of Stock, the number of shares to be issued shall be determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR. For purposes of Section 7, a SAR shall be deemed exercised on the date on which the Company receives notice of exercise from the Participant.

7.5 Effect of Termination of Service. A SAR shall be exercisable after a Participant’s termination of Service to such extent and during such period as determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR or in another written (including electronic) agreement between the Company and the Participant.

7.6 Nontransferability of SARs. SARs may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

8. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

8.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Board shall determine, including, without limitation.

 

15


8.2 Purchase Price. The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Board in its discretion. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish appropriate consideration having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

8.3 Purchase Period. A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Board, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

8.4 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

8.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 8.8. The Board, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Insider Trading Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Insider Trading Policy. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

8.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section, Section 8.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares; provided, however, that if so determined by the Board and provided by the Award

 

16


Agreement, such dividends and distributions shall be subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.2, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than normal cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

8.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service and (b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

8.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

9. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

9.1 Awards of Restricted Stock Units. A Restricted Stock Unit (“RSU”) is an award covering a number of Stock that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of such Stock at a date in the future. No purchase price shall apply to an RSU settled in Stock. All grants of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Board will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, and shall require that the Restricted Stock Units must expire no later than seven (7) years following the date of grant.

9.2 Form and Timing of Settlement. To the extent permissible under the applicable law, the Board may permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned, provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any regulation or rulings promulgated thereunder. Payment may be made in the form of cash or whole shares or a combination thereof, all as the Board determines.

 

17


10. PERFORMANCE AWARDS.

10.1 Types of Performance Awards. A Performance Award is an Award that may be granted, may vest or may become eligible to vest contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. Performance Awards may be granted as Options, SARs, Restricted Stock Purchase Rights, Restricted Stock Bonuses, Restricted Stock Units or Other Awards, as well as cash-based Awards.

10.2 Terms of Performance Awards. Performance Awards will be based on the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Board for the relevant Performance Period. Prior to the grant of any Performance Award, the Board will determine and each Award Agreement shall set forth the terms of each Performance Award, including, without limitation: (a) the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period, (b) the Performance Criteria and Performance Goals that will be used to determine the time and extent to which a Performance Award has been earned, (c) amount of any cash bonus, or the number of Shares deemed subject to a Performance Award, and (d) the effect of a termination of Participant’s Service on a Performance Award. Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Performance Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and Performance Goals. A Performance Award may but need not require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of service.

10.3 Determination of Achievement. The Board shall determine the extent to which a Performance Award has been earned in its sole discretion, including the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained. The Board may reduce or waive any criteria with respect to a Performance Goal, or adjust a Performance Goal (or method of calculating the attainment of a Performance Goal) to take into account unanticipated events, including changes in law and accounting or tax rules, as the Board deems necessary or appropriate, or to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships. The Board may also adjust or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals in its sole discretion, subject to any limitations contained in the Award Agreement and compliance with applicable law.

11. OTHER AWARDS.

11.1 Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the shares at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to other Awards provided for in the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Board may determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Awards.

 

18


12. STANDARD FORMS OF AWARD AGREEMENTS.

12.1 Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Board and as amended from time to time. Any Award Agreement may consist of an appropriate form of Notice of Grant and a form of Agreement incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms, including electronic media, as the Board may approve from time to time.

12.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

13. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

13.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards. The Board may provide for any one or more of the following in the event of a Change in Control:

(a) Accelerated Vesting. The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement or, in the event of a Change in Control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the exercisability and/or vesting in connection with such Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following such Change in Control, to such extent as the Board shall determine.

(b) Assumption, Continuation or Substitution of Awards. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Board, in its discretion, an Award or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good

 

19


faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement.

(c) Cash-Out of Outstanding Awards. The Board may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Board) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable amount of future payment of such consideration. In the event such determination is made by the Board, the amount of such payment (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be paid to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

13.2 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

(a) Excess Parachute Payment. If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant may elect, in his or her sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

(b) Determination by Independent Accountants. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 13.2(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 13.2(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by the Company (the Accountants). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Accountants shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would

 

20


produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 13.2(b).

14. TAX WITHHOLDING.

14.1 Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise of an Option, to make adequate provision for, the U.S. federal, state, local and non-United States taxes (including any social insurance tax), if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

14.2 Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise or vesting of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the maximum statutory tax rate in the Participant’s applicable jurisdictions. Such withholding in shares of Stock shall be subject to approval by the Board to the extent required by applicable laws.

14.3 No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes; No Liability to Claims. Except as required by applicable law, the Company has no duty or obligation to advise any Participant as to the time or manner of exercising an Award. Furthermore, the Company has no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise a Participant of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award and will not be liable to any holder of an Award for any adverse tax consequences to such holder in connection with an Award. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant (a) agrees to not make any claim against any member of the Participating Company Group, or any of their Officers, Directors or Employees, related to tax liabilities arising from such Award or other compensation and (b) acknowledges that such Participant was advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award and has either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

 

21


15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of U.S. federal, state and non-United States law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (c) the Company has obtained such other approvals from governmental agencies and/or has completed any registration or other qualification of such shares of Stock under any state or non-United States law that the Company determines are necessary or advisable. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

16. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan.

17. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

17.1 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is

 

22


then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

17.2 Provision of Information. Until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, at least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Participant and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Award; provided, however, that this requirement shall not apply if all offers and sales of securities pursuant to the Plan comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key persons whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. The Company shall deliver to each Participant such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

17.3 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

17.4 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 or another provision of the Plan.

17.5 Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

17.6 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

17.7 Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards shall be included as “compensation”

 

23


for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing such benefits.

17.8 Severability. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

17.9 No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets, or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

17.10 Non-United States Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to facilitate compliance with the applicable laws, accounting principles or practices of countries in which the Participating Company Group operates or has Employees or other persons eligible for Awards, the Board, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Participating Companies shall be covered by the Plan, (b) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan, (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States or foreign nationals to comply with applicable laws, policies, customs or practices, (d) establish sub-plans, modify exercise procedures and adopt, amend or rescind other rules, policies and/or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan in jurisdictions other than the United States (including to qualify Awards for particular tax treatment under laws of jurisdictions other than the United States); provided, however, that no such sub-plans and/or modifications shall increase the Share Reserve; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Board determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any applicable law in the United States.

17.11 Clawback/Recovery Policy. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to clawback or recoupment under any clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board and in effect at the date of grant of an Award or as otherwise required by applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback or recoupment policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan or agreement with the Company.

 

24


17.12 Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. To the extent that any amount constituting deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code would become payable under this Plan by reason of a Change in Control, such amount shall become payable only if the event constituting a Change in Control would also qualify as a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 409A. If a Participant holding an Award that constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is payable because of a separation from service (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six (6) months following the date of such Participant’s separation from service or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with or is not subject to Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six-month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule. For purposes of Section 409A, any right to receive any installment payments under the Plan shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. In no event will any Participant have a right to payment or reimbursement or otherwise from any member of the Participating Company Group, or their successors or assigns, for any taxes imposed or other costs incurred as a result of Section 409A of the Code. In addition, and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Board determines that any Award is, or may reasonably be, subject to Section 409A or contains any ambiguity as to the application of Section 409A, the Board may, without the Participant’s consent, adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt (or clarify the exemption of) the Award from Section 409A, (b) preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, and/or (c) comply with the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no member of the Participating Company Group shall be responsible for, or required to reimburse or otherwise make any Participant whole for, any tax or penalty imposed on, or losses incurred by, any Participant that arises in connection with the potential or actual application of Section 409A to any Award granted hereunder.

17.13 Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

 

25


17.14 Stockholder Approval. The Plan or any increase in the Share Reserve shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote by the later of (a) a period beginning twelve (12) months before and ending twelve (12) months after the date of adoption thereof by the Board or (b) the first issuance of any security pursuant to the Plan in the State of California (within the meaning of Section 25008 of the California Corporations Code). Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Share Reserve previously approved by the Company’s security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Share Reserve, as the case may be, and such Awards shall be rescinded if such security holder approval is not received in the manner described in the preceding

 

26


Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Global)

Unity Software Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”), to which this Stock Option Agreement is attached, an option (the “Option”) to purchase certain shares of Stock (the “Shares”) upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Stock Option Agreement, including the Appendix, as defined below (the Stock Option Agreement and Appendix, together, are referred to as the “Option Agreement”). The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


2. U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold

 

2


(whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.

2.3 Notice of Sales Upon Disqualifying Disposition. The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic

 

3


Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate exercise price per share set forth on the Participant’s Grant Notice (the “Exercise Price”) for the number of shares of Stock being purchased, together with any payment necessary to satisfy withholding obligations for Tax Liability (as further described in Section 4.4 below). The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 4.3(b), by means of (1) a Cashless Exercise, (2) a Net-Exercise, or (3) a Stock Tender Exercise; or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedure providing for payment of the Exercise Price through any of the means described below, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

(i) Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option in an amount not less than the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System).

(ii) Net-Exercise. A “Net-Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice electing a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option

 

4


by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Following a Net-Exercise, the number of shares remaining subject to the Option, if any, shall be reduced by the sum of (1) the net number of shares issued to the Participant upon such exercise, and (2) the number of shares deducted by the Company for payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

(iii) Stock Tender Exercise. A “Stock Tender Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice accompanied by (1) the Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant’s payment to the Company in cash of the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such shares’ Fair Market Value. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

4.4 Tax Responsibility and Satisfaction. Regardless of any action taken by the Company and its Participating Companies with respect to any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items associated with the grant or exercise of the Option or sale of the underlying Shares or other tax-related items related to the Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Participant (the “Tax Liability”), the Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Tax Liability shall be the Participant’s ultimate responsibility and may exceed the amount, if any, actually withheld by the Company or any Participating Company. The Participant further acknowledges that the Company and its Participating Companies (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding any Tax Liability in connection with any aspect of this Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the issuance of Shares pursuant to such exercise, the subsequent sale of Shares, and the payment of any dividends on the Shares; and (b) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s Tax Liability or achieve a particular tax result. Further, if the Participant is subject to Tax Liability in more than one jurisdiction, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or a Participating Company (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Liability in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Participant agrees as a condition of his or her participation in the Plan to make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and its Participating Companies to enable them to satisfy all withholding, payment on account and/or collection requirements associated with the full satisfaction of the Tax Liability, including authorizing the Company or the Participating Company to satisfy any applicable withholding obligations with regard to any Tax Liability by

 

5


one or a combination of the following methods: (i) withholding all applicable amounts from the Participant’s wages or other cash compensation due to the Participant, in accordance with any requirements under the laws, rules, and regulations of the country of which the Participant is a resident, and (ii) act as the Participant’s agent to sell sufficient shares of Stock for the proceeds to settle such requirements (on the Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent); (iii) withholding Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option; or (iv) any other method determined by the Company to be in compliance with applicable law.

The Company may withhold or account for the Participant’s Tax Liability by considering statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates in the Participant’s jurisdiction(s), including (1) maximum applicable rates, in which case the Participant may receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash (whether from applicable tax authorities or the Company) and will have no entitlement to the equivalent amount in Shares or (2) minimum or such other applicable rates, in which case the Participant may be solely responsible for paying any additional Tax Liability to the applicable tax authorities. If the Tax Liability is satisfied by withholding Shares, for tax purposes, the Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised portion of the Option, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares is held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax Liability.

Furthermore, the Participant agrees to pay the Company or the Participating Company any amount the Company or any Participating Company may be required to withhold, collect or pay as a result of the Participant’s participation in the Plan or that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Participant acknowledges that he or she may not participate in the Plan and the Company shall have no obligation to deliver Shares until the Tax Liability has been fully satisfied by the Participant, as determined by the Company.

4.5 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all Shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the Shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state or local law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of Shares upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state or local securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may

 

6


be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iii) the Company has obtained such other approvals from governmental agencies and/or has completed any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or non-United States law that the Company determines are necessary or advisable. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1 Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the

 

7


Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination because of Misconduct. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated because of Misconduct (as defined below) the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service. “Misconduct” means any serious misconduct identified as a ground for termination as contemplated by applicable law or, if no such law applies, then shall mean Cause as defined in the Plan.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Misconduct, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than termination of the Participant’s Service because of Misconduct, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

8. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent that the Board determines to cash out the Option in accordance with Section 13.1(c) of the Plan, any surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each Share subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other

 

8


securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option for each Share to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed nor continued by an Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such Shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional Share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the Shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9.

 

9


11. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

11.1 Board Approval Requirement. Prior to the earlier of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) or the date that securities of the Company are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are Restricted Shares, as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), and are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Bylaws. In this regard, except for certain Exempt Transfers (as defined in the Bylaws), the Participant may not directly or indirectly transfer (whether by sale, gift, merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise), assign, pledge, lend, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of or encumber such Restricted Shares or any economic or voting rights or other interests therein to any person or entity, or enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding to do any of the foregoing (collectively, “Transfer”), without the consent of the Board prior to such Transfer, which approval may be granted or withheld in the Board’s sole and absolute discretion, as further set forth in Bylaws. If the Board approves a Transfer of Restricted Shares, the Participant remains subject to any other applicable restrictions on Transfer in respect thereof, including, without limitation, the Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 11.2 below.

11.2 Right of First Refusal.

(a) Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 11.2(g) and Section 15 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11.2 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(b) Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

(c) Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the

 

10


Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11.2, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11.2. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

(d) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Participant shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Participant acquired the Transfer Shares upon exercise of the Option.

(e) Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.2(d) above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

 

11


(f) Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Board approval requirement and the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

(g) Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.2(i) below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

(h) Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

(i) Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such shares are listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such shares are traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

12. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 11, including the Board approval requirement and the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable U.S. or non-U.S. federal or state securities law restrictions on all certificates representing Shares subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates

 

12


representing Shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

13.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

13.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’ S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, AS WELL AS RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE CORPORATION’S AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS, A COPY OF EACH OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

13.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.

14. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an underwritten initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or

 

13


otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

15. VIOLATION OF RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

No Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares will have been so transferred.

16. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

16.1 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

16.2 Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this Option Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement. In any event, and except for the responsibilities of the Company set forth in Section 4.4, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable Tax Liability incurred by the Participant on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

14


16.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

16.4 Binding Effect. This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

16.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or non-U.S. postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 16.5(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 16.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any third party administrator designated by the Company with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 16.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail.

 

15


16.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and the Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

16.7 Governing Law; Venue. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California. For purposes of any action, lawsuit, or other proceedings brought to enforce this Option Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California, or the federal courts for Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

16.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

16.9 Severability. The provisions of this Option Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable in any respect, each such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Option Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

16.10 Waiver. The Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of any provision, or breach thereof, of this Option agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of such provision on any other occasion or as a waiver of any other provision of this Option Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

16.11 Appendix. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Option Agreement, the Option grant shall be subject to any additional or different terms and conditions set forth in the Appendix to this Option Agreement for the Participant’s country (the “Appendix”) set forth as Exhibit A to this Option Agreement. Moreover, if the Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this Option Agreement.

 

16


17. REGULATION S REPRESENTATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. If the Participant’s address is an address located outside of the United States, the Participant makes the following additional representations, warranties and agreements:

(a) The Participant is not a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act. The offer and sale of the Options and the Shares to such Participant was made in an offshore transaction (as defined in Rule 902(h) of Regulation S), no directed selling efforts (as defined in Rule 902(c) of Regulation S) were made in the United States, and the Participant is not acquiring the Options or any Shares that may be issued upon exercise of the Options for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person;

(b) The Participant will not, during the Restricted Period applicable to the Shares set forth in the legend set forth below (the “Restricted Period”) and in any certificate representing the Shares, offer or sell any of the foregoing securities (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) in the United States, to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or other than in accordance with Regulation S; and

(c) The Participant will, after the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Shares (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) only pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or any available exemption therefrom and, in any case, in accordance with applicable U.S. state or non-U.S. securities laws.

(d) The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall not register the transfer of the Shares in violation of these restrictions. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the certificates evidencing the Shares will bear the legend set forth below (in addition to any other legend required by applicable U.S. or non-U.S. federal or state securities laws or provided in any other agreement with the Company:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE COMPANY DOES NOT INTEND TO REGISTER THEM. PRIOR TO A DATE THAT IS ONE-YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK, THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD (INCLUDING OPENING A SHORT POSITION IN SUCH SECURITIES) IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(k) ADOPTED UNDER THE ACT, OTHER THAN TO DISTRIBUTORS, UNLESS THE SHARES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT IS AVAILABLE. HOLDERS OF SHARES PRIOR TO ONE-YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK, MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES ONLY PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S OF THE ACT, OR IN TRANSACTIONS EFFECTED OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES PROVIDED THEY DO NOT SOLICIT (AND NO ONE ACTING ON THEIR BEHALF SOLICITS) PARTICIPANTS IN THE UNITED STATES OR OTHERWISE ENGAGE(S) IN SELLING EFFORTS IN THE UNITED STATES AND PROVIDED THAT HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT. A HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES WHO IS A DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER, SUB-UNDERWRITER OR OTHER SECURITIES PROFESSIONAL, IN ADDITION, CANNOT PRIOR TO ONE-YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK RESELL

 

17


THE SECURITIES TO A U.S. PERSON AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(k) OF REGULATION S UNLESS THE SECURITIES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS AVAILABLE.

 

18


Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

(Global)

Unity Software Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (the “Grant Notice”), to which this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement is attached, Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”) over shares of Stock (the “Shares”) upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, including the Appendix, as defined below (the Stock RSU Agreement and Appendix, together, are referred to as the “RSU Agreement”). The RSUs have been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with, the Grant Notice, this RSU Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this RSU Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this RSU Agreement or the Plan.

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this RSU Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


2. ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this RSU Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the RSUs shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the RSUs. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the RSUs or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the RSUs. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

3. VESTING AND SETTLEMENT OF THE RSUS.

3.1 Vesting. Settlement of the RSUs is conditioned on satisfaction of two vesting requirements before the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice (or earlier termination of RSUs pursuant to the RSU Agreement or the Plan): a service-based requirement (the “Service-Based Requirement”) and a liquidity event requirement (the “Liquidity Event Requirement”), each as described below. RSUs will vest only as set forth in clauses (a) and (b) below if both of these requirements are satisfied on or before the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice (or earlier termination of RSUs pursuant to the RSU Agreement or the Plan).

(a) Service-Based Requirement. Provided the Participant is providing continuous Service on each applicable date, the Service-Based Requirement will be satisfied as to the applicable percentage of the total number of RSUs granted on the applicable Quarterly Installment Date set forth in the Vesting Schedule in the Grant Notice. For avoidance of doubt, once the Participant’s continuous Service terminates, no additional RSUs will be deemed to meet the Service-Based Requirement; however, any RSUs for which the Service-Based Requirement was met prior to the Participant’s termination of Service may subsequently vest if the Liquidity Event Requirement is met prior to the expiration of the RSUs (or earlier termination of RSUs pursuant to the RSU Agreement or the Plan).

(b) Liquidity Event Requirement. The Liquidity Event Requirement will be satisfied on the first to occur of (i) a Change in Control, as defined in 2.1(f)(i) of the Plan; or (ii) the first sale of Stock pursuant to an initial public offering (“IPO”) registered under the Securities Act. For avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Liquidity Event Requirement is met before the Service-Based Requirement, upon satisfaction of the Liquidity Event Requirement, the RSUs will vest with respect only to that portion of the RSUs for which the Service-Based Requirement has been met, and the Participant may subsequently vest in additional RSUs to the extent he or she remains in continuous Service through subsequent vest dates under the Service-Based Requirement. However, if the Liquidity Event Requirement is not satisfied on or before the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice, all RSUs (regardless of whether or not, or the extent to which, the Service-Based Requirement had been satisfied as to such RSUs) will automatically terminate and be cancelled upon such expiration date.

 

2


(c) Settlement of RSUs. If RSUs vest as provided for above, subject to the satisfaction of any withholding obligations for Tax Liability set forth in Section 3.2 of this RSU Agreement, the Company will deliver to the Participant a number of Shares equal to the number of vested RSUs, on a date determined by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, on or after the applicable vesting date(s), but in no event later than March 15th of the calendar year following the year in which the applicable vesting date occurs. In this regard, if the RSUs vest as a result of an IPO, such delivery of Shares will occur on the earlier of (i) the first Quarterly Installment Date that is on or after the first trading day following expiration of any applicable “lock up” period after the effective date of the IPO, or if no such lock-up period applies, the first Quarterly Installment Date that occurs following the IPO; or (ii) March 15th of the calendar year following the year in which the IPO occurs. In all cases, the delivery of Shares is intended to comply with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner.

3.2 Tax Responsibility and Satisfaction. Regardless of any action taken by the Company and its Participating Companies with respect to any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items associated with the grant or vesting of the RSUs or sale of the underlying Shares or other tax-related items related to the Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Participant (the “Tax Liability”), the Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Tax Liability shall be the Participant’s ultimate responsibility and may exceed the amount, if any, actually withheld by the Company or any Participating Company. The Participant further acknowledges that the Company and its Participating Companies (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding any Tax Liability in connection with any aspect of the RSUs, including, but not limited to, the grant or vesting of the RSUs, the issuance of Shares pursuant to such vesting, the subsequent sale of Shares, and the payment of any dividends on the Shares; and (b) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the RSUs to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax Liability or achieve a particular tax result. Further, if the Participant is subject to Tax Liability in more than one jurisdiction, the Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or a Participating Company (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Liability in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Participant agrees as a condition of his or her participation in the Plan to make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and its Participating Companies to enable them to satisfy all withholding, payment on account and/or collection requirements associated with the full satisfaction of the Tax Liability, including authorizing the Company or the Participating Company to satisfy any applicable withholding obligations with regard to any Tax Liability by one or a combination of the following methods: (i) withholding all applicable amounts from the Participant’s wages or other cash compensation due to the Participant, in accordance with any requirements under the laws, rules, and regulations of the country of which the Participant is a resident, and (ii) act as the Participant’s agent to sell sufficient shares of Stock for the proceeds to settle such requirements (on the Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without

 

3


further consent); (iii) withholding Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon vesting of the RSUs; or (iv) any other method determined by the Company to be in compliance with applicable law.

The Company may withhold or account for the Participant’s Tax Liability by considering statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates in the Participant’s jurisdiction(s), including (1) maximum applicable rates, in which case the Participant may receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash (whether from applicable tax authorities or the Company) and will have no entitlement to the equivalent amount in Shares or (2) minimum or such other applicable rates, in which case the Participant may be solely responsible for paying any additional Tax Liability to the applicable tax authorities. If the Tax Liability is satisfied by withholding Shares, for tax purposes, the Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised portion of the Option, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares is held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax Liability.

Furthermore, the Participant agrees to pay the Company or the Participating Company any amount the Company or any Participating Company may be required to withhold, collect or pay as a result of the Participant’s participation in the Plan or that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Participant acknowledges that he or she may not participate in the Plan and the Company shall have no obligation to deliver Shares until the Tax Liability has been fully satisfied by the Participant, as determined by the Company.

3.3 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all Shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the vesting of the RSU. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the Shares as to which the RSUs are vested shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

3.4 Restrictions on Grant of the RSU and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the RSUs and the issuance of Shares upon vesting of the RSUs shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state or local law with respect to such securities. No Shares may be issued at vesting of the RSUs if such issuance would constitute a violation of any applicable U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state or local securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Shares may be issued at vesting of the RSUs unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of vesting of the RSUs be in effect with respect to the Shares issuable upon vesting of the RSUs or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the Shares issuable upon vesting of the RSUs may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or otherwise in compliance with the Securities Act and (iii) the Company has obtained such other approvals from governmental agencies and/or has completed any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or non-United States law that the Company determines are necessary or advisable. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT NO SHARES MAY BE ISSUED AT VESTING OF THE RSUs UNLESS THE FOREGOING

 

4


CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT RECEIVE SHARES AT THE TIME OF VESTING EVEN THOUGH THE RSU IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares subject to the RSU shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the grant and vesting of the RSU, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

3.5 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon vesting of the RSUs.

4. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE RSUS.

The RSU shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

5. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

Upon termination of the Participant’s continuous Service, any RSUs that have yet to satisfy the Service-Based Requirement will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in such RSUs or to the underlying Shares. Upon such termination of the Participant’s continuous Service, any RSUs as to which the Service-Based Requirement has been satisfied will (if the Liquidity Event Requirement has not yet been satisfied) remain outstanding until the first to occur of: (a) the satisfaction of the Liquidity Event Requirement and (b) the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice.

6. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent that the Board determines to cash out the RSUs in accordance with Section 13.1(c) of the Plan, any surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the RSUs for which the Service-Based Requirement was not met at the time of the Change in Control (or which otherwise did not vest as a result of the Change in Control) or substitute for all or any portion of such RSUs substantially equivalent RSUs for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, such RSUs or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the RSUs confer the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this RSU Agreement, for each Share subject to such portion of the RSUs immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon

 

5


vesting of the RSUs for each Share to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. The RSUs shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the RSUs are neither assumed nor continued by an Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor vested as of the time of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares acquired upon vesting of the RSUs prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such Shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this RSU Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

7. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the RSUs, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the RSUs. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional Share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the RSU until the date of the issuance of the Shares following the vesting of the RSUs (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 7.

9. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

9.1 Board Approval Requirement. Prior to the earlier of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) or the date that securities of the Company are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any Shares acquired upon vesting of the RSUs are Restricted Shares, as defined in the Company’s Amended and

 

6


Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), and are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Bylaws. In this regard, except for certain Exempt Transfers (as defined in the Bylaws), the Participant may not directly or indirectly transfer (whether by sale, gift, merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise), assign, pledge, lend, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of or encumber such Restricted Shares or any economic or voting rights or other interests therein to any person or entity, or enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding to do any of the foregoing (collectively, “Transfer”), without the consent of the Board prior to such Transfer, which approval may be granted or withheld in the Board’s sole and absolute discretion, as further set forth in Bylaws. If the Board approves a Transfer of Restricted Shares, the Participant remains subject to any other applicable restrictions on Transfer in respect thereof, including, without limitation, the Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 9.2 below.

9.2 Right of First Refusal.

(a) Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 9.2(g)and Section 13 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative or other holder of Shares acquired upon vesting of the RSUs proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9.2 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(b) Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

(c) Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 9.2, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 9.2. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

 

7


(d) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Participant shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Participant acquired the Transfer Shares upon vesting of the RSUs.

(e) Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 9.2(d) above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 9.

(f) Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this RSU Agreement, including this Section 9 providing for the Board

 

8


approval requirement and the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any Shares acquired upon vesting of the RSUs shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 9 are met.

(g) Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the Shares acquired upon vesting of the RSUs if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 9.2(i) below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

(h) Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

(i) Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this RSU Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the RSUs or substitutes substantially equivalent RSUs for the Acquiror’s stock for the RSUs, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of Shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such Shares are listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such Shares are traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

10. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO RSU AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 7, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this RSU Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the Shares acquired upon vesting of the RSUs shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

11. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 11, including the Board approval requirement and the Right of First Refusal and any applicable U.S. or non-U.S. federal or state securities law restrictions on all certificates representing Shares subject to the provisions of this RSU Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing Shares acquired pursuant to the RSUs in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

11.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND

 

9


MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

11.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE RSUs IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’ S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, AS WELL AS RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE CORPORATION’S AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS, A COPY OF EACH OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

12. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an underwritten IPO, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

13. VIOLATION OF RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

No Shares acquired upon vesting of the RSUs may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this RSU Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this RSU Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares will have been so transferred.

 

10


14. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

14.1 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the RSU at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 6 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the RSUs or any unvested portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this RSU Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

14.2 Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this RSU Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this RSU Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this RSU Agreement. In any event, and except for the responsibilities of the Company set forth in Section 3.2, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable Tax Liability incurred by the Participant on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this RSU Agreement.

14.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this RSU Agreement.

14.4 Binding Effect. This RSU Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

14.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this RSU Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or non-U.S. postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this RSU Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice to the Company or to such third party involved in

 

11


administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 14.5(a) of this RSU Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice, as described in Section 14.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any third party administrator designated by the Company with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 16.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail.

14.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this RSU Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and the Company referring to the RSUs, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the RSU Agreement and the Plan shall survive any vesting of the RSUs and shall remain in full force and effect.

14.7 Governing Law; Venue. This RSU Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California. For purposes of any action, lawsuit, or other proceedings brought to enforce this RSU Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California, or the federal courts for Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

14.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

14.9 Severability. The provisions of this RSU Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable in any respect, each such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the RSU Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

12


14.10 Waiver. The Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of any provision, or breach thereof, of this RSU agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of such provision on any other occasion or as a waiver of any other provision of this RSU Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

14.11 Appendix. Notwithstanding any provisions in this RSU Agreement, the RSU grant shall be subject to any additional or different terms and conditions set forth in the Appendix to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for the Participant’s country (the “Appendix”) set forth as Exhibit A to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Moreover, if the Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this RSU Agreement.

15. REGULATION S REPRESENTATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. If the Participant’s address is an address located outside of the United States, the Participant makes the following additional representations, warranties and agreements:

(a) The Participant is not a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act. The offer and sale of the RSUs and the Shares to such Participant was made in an offshore transaction (as defined in Rule 902(h) of Regulation S), no directed selling efforts (as defined in Rule 902(c) of Regulation S) were made in the United States, and the Participant is not acquiring the RSUs or any Shares that may be issued upon vesting and settlement of the RSUs for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person;

(b) The Participant will not, during the Restricted Period applicable to the Shares set forth in the legend set forth below (the “Restricted Period”) and in any certificate representing the Shares, offer or sell any of the foregoing securities (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) in the United States, to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or other than in accordance with Regulation S; and

(c) The Participant will, after the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Shares (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) only pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or any available exemption therefrom and, in any case, in accordance with applicable U.S. state or non-U.S. securities laws.

 

13


(d) The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall not register the transfer of the Shares in violation of these restrictions. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the certificates evidencing the Shares will bear the legend set forth below (in addition to any other legend required by applicable U.S. or non-U.S. federal or state securities laws or provided in any other agreement with the Company:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE COMPANY DOES NOT INTEND TO REGISTER THEM. PRIOR TO A DATE THAT IS ONE-YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK, THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD (INCLUDING OPENING A SHORT POSITION IN SUCH SECURITIES) IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(k) ADOPTED UNDER THE ACT, OTHER THAN TO DISTRIBUTORS, UNLESS THE SHARES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT IS AVAILABLE. HOLDERS OF SHARES PRIOR TO ONE-YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK, MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES ONLY PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S OF THE ACT, OR IN TRANSACTIONS EFFECTED OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES PROVIDED THEY DO NOT SOLICIT (AND NO ONE ACTING ON THEIR BEHALF SOLICITS) PARTICIPANTS IN THE UNITED STATES OR OTHERWISE ENGAGE(S) IN SELLING EFFORTS IN THE UNITED STATES AND PROVIDED THAT HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT. A HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES WHO IS A DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER, SUB-UNDERWRITER OR OTHER SECURITIES PROFESSIONAL, IN ADDITION, CANNOT PRIOR TO ONE-YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK RESELL THE SECURITIES TO A U.S. PERSON AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(k) OF REGULATION S UNLESS THE SECURITIES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS AVAILABLE.

 

14


EXHIBIT A

Unity Software Inc.

2019 Stock Plan

Appendix to Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Global)

Terms and Conditions

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern the RSUs granted to the Participant under the Plan if the Participant resides and/or works outside of the United States. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan and/or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to which this Appendix is attached.

If the Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently working and/or residing, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, is a consultant, changes employment status to a consultant, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein shall be applicable to the Participant. References to the Participant’s Employer shall include any entity that engages the Participant’s services.

Notifications

This Appendix also includes information regarding securities, exchange controls, tax, and certain other issues of which the Participant should be aware with respect to the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The information is provided solely for the convenience of the Participant and is based on the securities, exchange control, tax, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of August 2019. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that the Participant not rely on the information noted herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of the Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date by the time the Participant vests in the RSUs or sells any Shares acquired at vesting of the RSUs.

In addition, the information contained in this Appendix is general in nature and may not apply to the Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure the Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, the Participant should seek appropriate professional advice as to how the applicable laws in his or her country may apply to his or her situation.

Finally, the Participant understands that if he or she is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently residing and/or working, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to the Participant in the same manner.

 

15


TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

In accepting the RSUs, the Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees to the following:

1. Data Privacy Information. The Company is located at 30 3rd Street, San Francisco, CA 94103, United States, and grants Awards to employees of the Company and its Participating Companies, at the Company’s sole discretion. If the Participant would like to participate in the Plan, please review the following information about the Company’s data processing practices.

The following provision applies to Participants who work and/or reside outside the European Union/European Economic Area.

Data Collection and Usage. The Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Participant’s personal data as described in the Grant Notice and the RSU Agreement by and among, as applicable, the Company or, if different, the Participant’s Employer and its Participating Companies or affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Data Processing. The Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about the Participant, including, without limitation, the Participant’s the Participant’s name, home address, email address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, passport or other identification number, salary, nationality and citizenship, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or other entitlements to Shares, granted, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Stock Plan Administration, Data Transfer, Retention and Data Subject Rights. The Participant understands that the Data will be transferred to the Solium Plan Manager, LLC (including its affiliated companies) (“Solium”) and /or Stock & Option Solutions (“SOS”), which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the Participant’s country of work and/or residence, or elsewhere, and that any recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country of work and/or residence. The Participant understands that the Participant may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the Participant’s local human resources representative. The Participant authorizes the Company, Solium, SOS and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that the Participant may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to the Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Participant’s local human resources representative. Further, the Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant does not consent, or if the Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his

 

16


or her employment status or service with the Employer will not be affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing the Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant the Participant RSUs or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Participant understands that refusal or withdrawal of consent may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Participant understands that the Participant may contact the Participant’s local human resources representative.

The following provision applies to Participants who work and/or reside inside the European Union/European Economic Area (including the United Kingdom).

Data Collection and Usage. The Company or, if different, the Participant’s Employer, and its Participating Companies or affiliates collect, process, transfer and use personal data about the Participant that is necessary for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. This personal data may include the Participant’s name, home address, email address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, passport or other identification number, salary, nationality and citizenship, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or other entitlements to Shares, granted, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor (“Data”), which the Company receives from the Participant or the Employer.

Purposes and Legal Bases of Processing. The Company processes the Data for the purpose of performing its contractual obligations under the RSU Agreement, granting RSUs, implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The legal basis for the processing of the Data by the Company and the third party service providers described below is the necessity of the data processing for the Company to perform its contractual obligations under the RSU Agreement and for the Company’s legitimate business interests of managing the Plan and generally administering employee equity awards.

Stock Plan Administration Service Providers. The Company transfers Data to Solium Plan Manager, LLC (including its affiliated companies) (“Solium”) and Stock Option Solutions (“SOS”), independent service providers with operations, relevant to the Company, in Canada and the United States, which assists the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. In the future, the Company may select a different service provider and share the Participant’s Data with another service provider that serves in a similar manner. The Company’s service provider may open an account for the Participant to receive and trade Shares. The processing of the Participant’s Data will take place through both electronic and non-electronic means. The Participant may be asked to agree on separate terms and data processing practices with Solium or SOS, with such agreement being a condition of the ability to participate in the Plan.

International Data Transfers. The Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country. The Participant understands that Participant may request a list with the names and addresses of any then-current recipients of the Data by contacting the Participant’s local human resources representative. When transferring Data to its affiliates, Solium and SOS, the Company provides appropriate safeguards described in the Company’s applicable policy on data privacy.

 

17


Data Retention. The Company will use the Participant’s Data only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan or as required to comply with legal or regulatory obligations, including under tax, exchange control, securities, and labor laws. When the Company no longer needs the Participant’s Data, the Company will remove it from its systems. The Company may keep some of the Participant’s Data longer to satisfy legal or regulatory obligations and the Company’s legal basis for such use would be necessity to comply with legal obligations.

Contractual Requirement. The Participant’s provision of Data and its processing as described above is a contractual requirement and a condition to the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Participant understands that, as a consequence of the Participant’s refusing to provide Data, the Company may not be able to allow the Participant to participate in the Plan, grant RSUs to the Participant or administer or maintain such RSUs. However, the Participant’s participation in the Plan and his or her acceptance of the RSU Agreement are purely voluntary. While the Participant will not receive RSUs if he or she decides against participating in the Plan or providing Data as described above, the Participant’s career and salary will not be affected in any way.

Data Subject Rights. The Participant has a number of rights under data privacy laws in his or her country. Depending on where the Participant is based, the Participant’s rights may include the right to (i) request access or copies of the Participant’s Data the Company processes, (ii) rectify incorrect Data and/or delete the Participant’s Data, (iii) restrict processing of the Participant’s Data, (iv) portability of the Participant’s Data, (v) lodge complaints with the competent data protection authorities in the Participant’s country and/or (vi) obtain a list with the names and addresses of any recipients of the Participant’s Data. To receive clarification regarding the Participant’s rights or to exercise the Participant’s rights please contact the Company at Unity Software Inc., stockadmin@unity3d.com, Attn: Stock Administrator.

2. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. The Participant acknowledges that, depending on his or her country, Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws in applicable jurisdictions, which may affect his or her ability to directly or indirectly accept, acquire, sell or attempt to sell or otherwise dispose of Shares or rights to the Shares, or rights linked to the value of Shares during such times as the Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws and/or regulations in applicable jurisdictions or the Participant’s country). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment of orders placed by the Participant before possessing the inside information. Furthermore, the Participant may be prohibited from (i) disclosing inside information to any third party, including fellow employees (other than on a “need to know” basis) and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them to otherwise buy or sell securities. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. The Participant acknowledges that it is the Participant’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and the Participant should speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

3. Language. Participant acknowledges that he or she is sufficiently proficient in English, or has consulted with an advisor who is sufficiently proficient in English, so as to allow the Participant to understand the terms and conditions of this RSU Agreement. Furthermore, if the Participant has received this RSU Agreement, or any other document related to the RSUs and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

18


4. Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Requirements. The Participant acknowledges that there may be certain foreign asset and/or account, exchange control and/or tax reporting requirements which may affect the Participant’s ability to acquire or hold Shares acquired under the Plan or cash received from participating in the Plan (including any proceeds arising from the sale of Shares or the payment of any cash dividends on the Shares) in a bank or brokerage account outside his or her country. The applicable laws of the Participant’s country may require that the Participant report such accounts, assets, the balances therein, the value thereof and/or the transactions related thereto to the applicable authorities in such country. The Participant also may be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of participating in the Plan to his or her country through a designated bank or broker within a certain time after receipt. It is the Participant’s responsibility to be compliant with such regulations and the Participant should speak with his or her personal advisor on this matter.

5. Additional Acknowledgments and Agreements. In accepting the RSUs, Participant also acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

5.1 the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

5.2 the grant of the RSUs is exceptional, voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of RSUs, or benefits in lieu of RSUs, even if RSUs have been granted in the past;

5.3 all decisions with respect to future RSUs or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

5.4 the RSUs and the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company, Employer, or any Participating Company or affiliate of the Company, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Participating Company or affiliate of the Company, as applicable, to terminate the Participant at any time;

5.5 The Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

5.6 the RSUs and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income from and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

5.7 The RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs, and the income from and value of same, are an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Participant’s employment contract, if any, and is not to be considered part of his or her normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including calculating severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, holiday pay, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

19


5.8 the future value of the Shares underlying the RSUs is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

5.9 unless otherwise agreed with the Company, the RSUs and the Shares underlying the RSUs, and the income from and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, service the Participant may provide as a Director of a Subsidiary Corporation;

5.10 no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the RSUs resulting from the termination of the Participant’s Service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or providing Service or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any);

5.11 for purposes of the RSUs, the Participant’s Service will be considered terminated as of the date the Participant is no longer actively providing Service (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is providing Service or the terms of the Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise determined by the Company, the Participant’s right to vest under the Service-Based Requirement of the RSUs will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., the Participant’s period of Service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is providing Service or the terms of Participant’s employment or Service agreement, if any); the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing Service for purposes of the RSUs (including whether the Participant may still be considered to be providing Service while on a leave of absence);

5.12 unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the RSUs and the benefits evidenced by this RSU Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the RSUs or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of the Company;

5.13 the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

5.14 neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent Corporation, Subsidiary Corporation or affiliate of the Company shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the RSUs or of any amounts due to the Participant pursuant to the vesting of the RSUs or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon vesting.

 

20


BELGIUM

Notifications

Foreign Asset / Account Tax Reporting Information. Belgian residents are required to report any security or bank accounts (including brokerage accounts) opened and maintained outside Belgium on his or her annual tax return. In a separate report, they must provide the National Bank of Belgium with certain details regarding such foreign accounts (including the account number, bank name and country in which such account was opened). The forms to complete this report are available on the website of the National Bank of Belgium.

CANADA

Terms and Conditions

Settlement. The following provision supplements Section 3.1(c) of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement:

Notwithstanding any discretion in the Plan or anything to the contrary in this RSU Agreement, this grant of RSUs shall be settled only in Shares. This provision is without prejudice to the application of Section 3.2 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

Termination of Service. The following provision replaces Section 5.11 of the Terms and Conditions Applicable to All Non-U.S. Participants set forth above:

For purposes of the RSUs, the Participant’s Service will be considered terminated as of the date that is the earliest of (i) the date of termination of the Participant’s Service, (ii) the date the Participant receives notice of termination from the Employer, and (iii) the date the Participant is no longer actively providing Service (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of Canadian employment laws or the terms of the Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise determined by the Company, the Participant’s right to vest under the Service-Based Requirement of the RSU will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., the Participant’s period of Service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under Canadian employment laws or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any); the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing Service for purposes of his or her RSU grant (including whether the Participant may still be considered to be providing Service while on a leave of absence).

The following provisions will apply if the Participant is a resident of Quebec:

Authorization to Release and Transfer Necessary Personal Information. The following provision supplements Section 1 of the Terms and Conditions Applicable to All Non-U.S. Participants set forth above:

The Participant hereby authorizes the Company and the Company’s representatives to discuss with and obtain all relevant information from all personnel, professional or not, involved in the administration and operation of the Plan. The Participant further authorizes the Company and/or any Participating Company to disclose and discuss the Plan with their advisors. The Participant further authorizes the Company and any Participating Company to record such information and to keep such information in the Participant’s employee file.

 

21


French Language Provision. The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that the RSU Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de la Convention, ainsi que de tous documents, avis et procédures judiciaires, exécutés, donnés ou intentés en vertu de, ou liés directement ou indirectement à, la présente convention.

Notifications

Securities Law Information. The sale or other disposal of the Shares acquired at vesting of the RSU may not take place within Canada.

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information. The Participant is required to report any foreign specified property on form T1135 (Foreign Income Verification Statement) if the total value of the foreign specified property exceeds C$100,000 at any time in the year. Foreign specified property includes Shares acquired under the Plan, and may include the RSUs. The RSUs must be reported (generally at a nil cost) if the $100,000 cost threshold is exceeded because of other foreign property the Participant holds. If Shares are acquired, their cost generally is the adjusted cost base (“ACB”) of the Shares. The ACB ordinarily would equal the fair market value of the Shares at the time of acquisition, but if the Participant owns other Shares, this ACB may have to be averaged with the ACB of the other Shares. The form must be filed by April 30 of the following year. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s personal legal advisor to ensure compliance with applicable reporting obligations.

CHINA

Terms and Conditions

The following provisions apply to the Participant if the Participant is a People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) national:

Vesting of RSUs. The following provision supplements Section 3.1 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

In addition to the Service-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement, the vesting of the RSUs is conditioned on the Company’s completion of a registration of the Plan with the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or its local counterpart (“SAFE”) and on the continued effectiveness of such registration (the “SAFE Registration Requirement”). In the event that the SAFE Registration Requirement has not been met prior to any date(s) on which the RSUs are otherwise scheduled to vest based on satisfaction of the Service-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement, the vesting date for any such RSUs shall instead occur once the SAFE Registration Requirement is met, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion (the “Actual Vesting Date”).

If or to the extent the Company is unable to complete or maintain the SAFE registration, no Shares subject to the RSUs for which a SAFE registration cannot be completed or maintained shall be issued.

 

22


Forced Sale of Shares. The Company has discretion to arrange for the sale of the Shares issued upon settlement of the RSUs, either immediately upon settlement or at any time thereafter. In any event, if the Participant’s Service is terminated, the Participant will be required to sell all Shares acquired upon settlement of the RSUs within such time period as required by the Company in accordance with SAFE requirements. Any Shares remaining in the Participant’s brokerage account at the end of this period shall be sold by the broker (on the Participant’s behalf and the Participant hereby authorizes such sale). The Participant agrees to sign any additional agreements, forms and/or consents that reasonably may be requested by the Company (or the Company’s designated broker) to effectuate the sale of Shares (including, without limitation, as to the transfer of the sale proceeds and other exchange control matters noted below) and shall otherwise cooperate with the Company with respect to such matters. The Participant acknowledges that neither the Company nor the designated broker is under any obligation to arrange for the sale of Shares at any particular price (it being understood that the sale will occur in the market) and that broker’s fees and similar expenses may be incurred in any such sale. In any event, when the Shares are sold, the sale proceeds, less any withholding of Tax Liability, broker’s fees or commissions, and any similar expenses of the sale will be remitted to the Participant in accordance with applicable exchange control laws and regulations.

Due to fluctuations in the Share price and/or the U.S. Dollar exchange rate between the settlement date and (if later) the date on which the Shares are sold, the sale proceeds may be more or less than the fair market value of the Shares on the vesting date (which is the amount relevant to determining the Participant’s tax liability). The Participant understands and agrees that the Company is not responsible for the amount of any loss the Participant may incur and that the Company assumes no liability for any fluctuation in the Share price and/or U.S. Dollar exchange rate.

Shares Must Remain With Company’s Designated Broker. The Participant agrees to hold any Shares received upon settlement of the RSUs with the Company’s designated broker until the Shares are sold. The limitation shall apply to all Shares issued to the Participant under the Plan, whether or not the Participant remains in Service.

Exchange Control Obligations. The Participant understands and agrees that the Participant will be required to immediately repatriate to China the proceeds from the sale of any Shares acquired under the Plan and any cash dividends paid on such Shares. The Participant further understands that such repatriation of proceeds may need to be effected through a special bank account established by the Company (or a Participating Company), and the Participant hereby consents and agrees that any sale proceeds and cash dividends may be transferred to such special account by the Company (or a Participating Company) on the Participant’s behalf prior to being delivered to the Participant and that no interest shall be paid with respect to funds held in such account.

The proceeds may be paid to the Participant in U.S. dollars or local currency at the Company’s discretion. If the proceeds are paid to the Participant in U.S. dollars, the Participant understands that a U.S. dollar bank account in China must be established and maintained so that the proceeds may be deposited into such account. If the proceeds are paid to the Participant in local currency, the Participant acknowledges that the Company (or its Participating Companies) are under no obligation to secure any particular exchange conversion rate and that the Company (or its Participating Companies) may face delays in converting the proceeds to local currency due to exchange control restrictions. The Participant agrees to bear any currency fluctuation risk between

 

23


the time the Shares are sold and the net proceeds are converted into local currency and distributed to the Participant. The Participant further agrees to comply with any other requirements that may be imposed by the Company (or its Participating Companies) in the future in order to facilitate compliance with exchange control requirements in China.

COLOMBIA

Terms and Conditions

Nature of Grant. Pursuant to article 127 of the Colombian Labor Code, neither the RSUs nor any proceeds or other funds the Participant may receive pursuant to the RSUs will be considered a salary payment for any legal purpose, including, but not limited to, determining vacation pay, termination indemnities, payroll taxes or social insurance contributions. In consequence, the RSUs and any proceeds or other funds the Participant may receive pursuant to the RSUs will be considered as non-salary payments as per Article 128 of the Colombian Labor Code (as amended by Article 15 of Law 50 of 1990) and Article 17 of Law 344 of 1996.

Notifications

Securities Law Information. The Shares are not and will not be registered in the Colombian registry of publicly traded securities (Registro Nacional de Valores y Emisores) and, therefore, the Shares may not be offered to the public in Colombia. Nothing in the Grant Notice, the RSU Agreement, the Plan or any other document related to the RSUs shall be construed as the making of a public offer of securities in Colombia.

Exchange Control Information. The Participant is responsible for complying with any and all Colombian foreign exchange requirements in connection with the RSUs, any Shares acquired and funds remitted into Colombia in connection with the Plan. This may include, among others, reporting obligations to the Central Bank (Banco de la República) and, in certain circumstances, repatriation requirements. The Participant is responsible for ensuring his or her compliance with any applicable requirements and should speak to his or her personal legal advisor on this matter.

Foreign Asset / Account Tax Reporting Information. The Participant must file an annual return providing details of assets held abroad to the Colombian Tax Office (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales). If the individual value of these assets exceeds a certain threshold (currently 3,580 UVT or approximately COP 118,698,000), the Participant must identify and characterize each asset, specify the jurisdiction in which it is located, and provide its value.

The Participant should consult with his or her personal legal advisor to ensure compliance with the applicable requirements.

DENMARK

Terms and Conditions

Stock RSU Act Notification. Following the grant of the RSUs, the Participant will be provided with an employer statement translated into Danish, which is being provided to comply with the Danish Stock Option Act.

 

24


Notifications

Foreign Asset / Account Tax Reporting Information. If the Participant establishes an account holding Shares or cash outside Denmark, the Participant must report the account to the Danish Tax Administration. The form which should be used in this respect can be obtained from a local bank.

FINLAND

There are no country-specific terms.

FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

Type of RSUs. The RSUs are not intended to qualify for specific tax or social security treatment in France.

Language Consent. By accepting the RSUs, the Participant confirms having read and understood the documents relating to this grant (the Plan and the RSU Agreement), which were provided in English language. The Participant accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

En acceptant l’attribution, vous confirmez ainsi avoir lu et compris les documents relatifs à cette attribution (le Plan et ce Contrat) qui ont été communiqués en langue anglaise. Vous acceptez les termes en connaissance de cause.

Notifications

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Notification. French residents holding cash or securities (including Shares acquired under the Plan) outside France must declare such accounts to the French Tax Authorities when filing their annual tax returns.

GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Notification. Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 (including transactions made in connection with the sale of securities) must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank (Bundesbank). If the Participant makes or receives a payment in excess of this amount in connection with the Participant’s participation in the Plan, the Participant must report the payment to Bundesbank electronically using the “General Statistics Reporting Portal” (“Allgemeines Meldeportal Statistik”) available via Bundesbank’s website (www.bundesbank.de).

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Notification. If the Participant’s acquisition of Shares under the Plan leads to a “qualified participation” at any point during the calendar year, the Participant will need to report the acquisition when the Participant files the Participant’s tax return for the relevant year. A qualified participation is attained if (i) the value of the Shares acquired exceeds EUR 150,000 or (ii) in the unlikely event the Participant holds Shares exceeding 1% of the total Stock.

 

25


JAPAN

Notifications

Foreign Asset / Account Reporting Information. The Participant will be required to report details of any assets held outside Japan as of December 31st to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50,000,000. Such report will be due by March 15th each year. The Participant should consult with his or her personal tax advisor as to whether the reporting obligation applies to him or her and whether the requirement extends to any outstanding RSUs, Shares and/or cash acquired under the Plan.

LITHUANIA

Terms and Conditions

Language Consent. By accepting the RSUs, the Participant unambiguously and irrevocably confirms having read and understood the documents relating to the RSU right (the Plan and the RSU Agreement), which were prepared and provided in English language. The Participant confirms and declares fully and wholly accepting the terms of those documents accordingly.

Priimdamas RSUs, Dalyvis nedviprasmiškai ir neatšaukiamai patvirtina, jog, perskaitė ir suprato dokumentus susijusius su RSU teise (Planą ir Sutartį), kurie yra parengti ir pateikti anglų kalba. Atitinkamai, Dalyvis patvirtina ir pareiškia, jog pilvai ir visiškai sutinka su šiuose dokumentuose išdėstytomis sąlygomis.

Notifications

Foreign Asset / Account Reporting Information. Lithuanian residents holding Shares acquired under the Plan outside Lithuania (in the securities accounts open with the non-Lithuanian brokers, credit institutions or similar) have to declare their foreign accounts where such securities are held to State Tax Inspectorate of the Republic of Lithuania (“STI”).

Tax Reporting Requirements. The Participant must file an annual tax return providing details of income received from abroad (including income in kind – the Shares once they are obtained under the title of ownership) to the STI.

NETHERLANDS

There are no country-specific terms.

SINGAPORE

Terms and Conditions

Restriction on Sale of Shares. The RSUs are subject to section 257 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289, 2006 Ed.) (“SFA”) and the Participant will not be able to make any subsequent offer to sell or sale of the Shares in Singapore, unless such offer or sale is made (1) after six (6) months from the Date of Grant or (2) pursuant to the exemptions under Part XIII Division (1) Subdivision (4) (other than section 280) of the SFA.

 

26


Notifications

Securities Law Notice. The offer of the Plan, the grant of the RSUs, and the value of the underlying Shares on exercise are being made pursuant to the “Qualifying Person” exemption under section 273(1)(f) of the SFA. The Plan has not been lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore.

Chief Executive Officer and Director Notification. The Participant understands and acknowledges that if the Participant is the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), director, associate director or shadow director of a Singapore Participating Company, the Participant is subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act, regardless of whether the Participant is a Singapore resident or employed in Singapore. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singapore Participating Company in writing when the Participant receives an interest (e.g., RSUs or Shares) in the Participating Company. In addition, the Participant must notify the Singapore Participating Company when the Participant sells Shares (including when the Participant sells Shares acquired under the Plan). These notifications must be made within two days of acquiring or disposing of any interest in the Participating Company. In addition, a notification must be made of the Participant’s interests in the Participating Company within two days of becoming the CEO, director, associate director or shadow director.

SOUTH KOREA

Notifications

Foreign Asset / Account Tax Reporting Information. Korean residents must declare all foreign financial accounts (e.g., non-Korean bank accounts, brokerage accounts) to the Korean tax authority and file a report with respect to such accounts if the value of such accounts exceeds KRW 500 million (or an equivalent amount in foreign currency). The Participant should consult with his or her personal tax advisor to ensure compliance with the applicable requirements.

SWEDEN

There are no country-specific provisions.

TAIWAN

Terms and Conditions

Securities Law Information. The offer of participation in the Plan is available only for Employees and Consultants. The offer of participation in the Plan is not a public offer of securities by a Taiwanese company.

Data Privacy. The following provision supplements Section 1 of the Terms and Conditions Applicable to All Non-U.S. Participants set forth above:

 

27


The Participant hereby acknowledges having read and understood Section 1 of the Terms and Conditions Applicable to All Non-U.S. Participants set forth above and, by participating in the Plan, agrees to such terms. In this regard, upon request of the Company or a Participating Company, the Participant agrees to provide any executed data privacy consent form (or any other agreements or consents that may be required by the Company or a Participating Company) that the Company and/or a Participating Company may deem necessary under applicable data privacy laws, either now or in the future. The Participant understands that he or she will not be able to participate in the Plan if he or she fails to execute any such consent or agreement.

Notifications

Exchange Control Information. Taiwanese residents may acquire and remit foreign currency (including proceeds from the sale of Shares) into Taiwan up to a certain amount per year. Participant understands that if he or she is a Taiwanese resident, and the transaction amount is exceeds US $500,000 in a single transaction, Participant may need to submit a foreign exchange transaction form and provide supporting documentation to the satisfaction of the remitting bank.

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax Responsibility and Satisfaction. The following provision supplements Section 3.2 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement:

Income tax and national insurance contributions may arise on vesting of (or any other dealing in) the RSUs, and Participant agrees to meet any such Tax Liability, including employee’s primary Class 1 and employer’s secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions arising on vesting of in the RSUs for which the employer is required to account to HMRC. It is a condition of accepting the RSUs that, if required by the Company or any Participating Company, the Participant enter into such arrangements as the Company or any Participating Company may require for satisfaction of those Tax Liabilities. The Participant acknowledges that he or she may be required, prior to vesting of the RSUs, to enter into a joint election whereby the employer’s liability for national insurance contributions is transferred to the Participant on terms set out in the election and approved by HMRC.

Without limitation to Section 3.2 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Participant agrees that the Participant is responsible for all Tax Liability and hereby covenants to pay all such Tax Liabilities, as and when requested by the Company or a Participating Company or by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) (or any other tax authority or any other relevant authority). The Participant also agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and its Participating Companies against any Tax Liability they are required to pay or withhold or have paid or will pay to HMRC (or any other tax authority or any other relevant authority) on the Participant’s behalf.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is a director or executive officer (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), the Participant understands that the Participant may not be able to indemnify the Company for the amount of any Tax Liability not collected from or paid by the Participant, in case the indemnification could be considered to be a loan. In this

 

28


case, the Tax Liability not collected or paid within 90 days of the end of the U.K. tax year in which the taxable event occurs may constitute a benefit to the Participant on which additional income tax and National Insurance contributions (“NICs”) may be payable. The Participant understands that the Participant will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and for paying to the Company and/or a Participating Company (as appropriate) the amount of any employee NICs due on this additional benefit, which may also be recovered from the Participant by any of the means referred to in Section 3.2 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

Section 431 Election. As a condition of participation in the Plan and the vesting of the RSUs, the Participant agrees, jointly with the Employer, that the Participant shall enter into the joint election within Section 431 of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (“ITEPA 2003”) in respect of computing any tax charge on the acquisition of “Restricted Securities” (as defined in Sections 423 and 424 of ITEPA 2003), and that the Participant will not revoke such election at any time. This election will be to treat the Shares acquired pursuant to the vesting of the RSUs as if such Shares were not Restricted Securities (for U.K. tax purposes only). The Participant must enter into such election, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, concurrent with the execution of the RSU Agreement or at such later time agreed to by the Company or the Employer but in no event later than 14 days after the date the RSUs vest.

 

29


Participant:  

 

Date:  

 

By my additional signature below, I, the Participant, hereby declare that I agree with the data processing practices described in Section 1 of Exhibit A to the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and consent to the collection, processing and use of Data by the Company and the transfer of Data to the recipients mentioned therein, including recipients located in countries which do not provide an adequate level of protection from an European (or other non-U.S.) data protection law perspective, for the purposes described in Section 1 of Exhibit A to the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. I understand that I may withdraw my consent at any time with future effect for any or no reason as described in Section 1 of Exhibit A to the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

 

Signature:  

 

 

30


EXHIBIT B

SECTION 431 ELECTION FOR U.K. PARTICIPANTS

Joint Election under s431 ITEPA 2003 for full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2 Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003

One Part Election

 

1.

Between

 

the Employee   

 

  
   Name of employee   
whose National Insurance Number is   

 

  
   National Insurance Number   
and      
the Company (who is the Employee’s employer)   

[INSERT]

  
of Company Registration Number   

[INSERT]

  

 

2.

Purpose of Election

This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) or 431(2) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (ITEPA) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.

The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant Income Tax and NIC purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply. An election under section 431(2) will ignore one or more of the restrictions in computing the charge on acquisition. Additional Income Tax will be payable (with PAYE and NIC where the securities are Readily Convertible Assets).

Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that income tax/NICs that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the income tax/NICs due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no income tax/NICs relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.

 

3.

Application

This joint election is made not later than 14 days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the Employee and applies to:

 

Number of securities    All securities
Description of securities    Shares of common stock of Unity Software Inc.
Name of issuer of securities    Unity Software Inc.

 

31


To be acquired by the Employee on or after the date of this Election under the terms of the Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan.

 

4.

Extent of Application

This election disapplies:

* S.431(1) ITEPA: All restrictions attaching to the securities.

 

5.

Declaration

This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition (and each subsequent acquisition) of employment-related securities to which this election applies.

In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

 

 

   

    /     /            

Signature (Employee)     Date

 

   

    /     /            

Signature (for and on behalf of the Company)     Date

 

   
Position in company    

Note: Where the election is in respect of multiple acquisitions, prior to the date of any subsequent acquisition of a security it may be revoked by agreement between the employee and employer in respect of that and any later acquisition.

 

32


Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

The Participant has been granted an option (the Option) to purchase certain shares of Stock of Unity Software Inc. pursuant to the Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan (the Plan), as follows:

 

Participant:    «Name»
Date of Grant:    «Grant_Date»
Number of Option Shares:    «Number_of», subject to adjustment as provided by the Option Agreement.
Exercise Price:    $«Exercise_Price»
Initial Vesting Date:    The date one (1) year after «Participant’s Start/New Hire Date»
Option Expiration Date:    The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant
Tax Status of Option:    «ISO__NSO» Stock Option. (Enter “Incentive” or “Nonstatutory.” If blank, this Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.)
Vested Shares:    Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date as follows:
         

Vested Ratio

   Prior to Initial Vesting Date    0
   On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to such date    1/4
   Plus   
   For each additional full month of the Participant’s continuous Service from the Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional    1/48

If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant (i) within the first year of Participant’s continuous Service, then 50% of the Number of Option Shares set forth above shall become Vested Shares effective as of immediately prior to the effective time of such termination or (ii) on or following the first year of Participant’s continuous Service, then 100% of the Number of Option Shares set forth above shall become Vested Shares effective as of immediately prior to the effective time of such termination.

The Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Company’s determination. A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. By signing below, the Participant agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by the Participant as a result of such determination by the IRS. The Participant is urged to consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Option, including the application of Section 409A.

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement (including the special provisions for your country of residence, if any, in the Appendix), both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

1


UNITY SOFTWARE INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

    Signature:  

 

Its:  

 

    Date:  

 

Address:     Address:

30 3rd Street

   

 

San Francisco, California 94103

   

 

USA

   

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:

2019 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice

 

2


Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

The Participant has been granted Restricted Stock Units (the RSUs) covering the number of shares of Stock of Unity Software Inc. pursuant to the Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan (the Plan), as follows:

 

Participant:    «Name»
Participant’s Start Date:    «Start Date»
Date of Grant:    «Grant_Date»
Number of Shares:    «Number», subject to adjustment as provided by the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
Expiration Date:    The date that is seven (7) years after the Date of Grant.
Quarterly Installment Date:    Each of February 25th, May 25th, August 25th and November 25th of a given calendar year.
Vesting Schedule:    The RSUs are subject to both a service-based vesting condition (the “Service-Based Requirement) and a liquidity event vesting condition (the Liquidity Event Requirement) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which must be satisfied on or prior to the Expiration Date before the RSUs will be deemed vested:

(a) Service-Based Requirement. So long as your continuous Service does not terminate, the Service-Based Requirement shall be satisfied in accordance with the following schedule: (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of RSUs granted on the first Quarterly Installment Date that occurs at least one (1) year after the date you commence Service (the Start Date), and (ii) six and one quarter percent (6.25%) of the total number of RSUs granted on each subsequent Quarterly Installment Date, such that the Service-Based Requirement shall be satisfied in full on or shortly after four (4) years following the Start Date.

(b) Liquidity Event Requirement. The Liquidity Event Requirement will be satisfied on the first to occur of (i) a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2.1(f)(i) of the Plan); or (ii) the first sale of Stock pursuant to an initial public offering registered under the Securities Act.

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the RSUs are governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (including the special provisions for your country of residence, if any, in the Appendix), both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement or the Plan. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the RSUs subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

    Signature:  

 

Its:  

 

    Date:  

 

Address:     Address:

30 3rd Street

   

 

San Francisco, California 94103

   

 

USA

   

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:

2019 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant, and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

 

1


Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

The Participant has been granted an option (the Option) to purchase certain shares of Stock of Unity Software Inc. pursuant to the Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan (the Plan), as follows:

 

Participant:   

«Name»

  
Date of Grant:   

«Grant_Date»

  
Number of Option Shares:    «Number_of», subject to adjustment as provided by the Option Agreement.
Exercise Price:    $«Exercise_Price»
Initial Vesting Date:   

«Grant_Date»

  
Option Expiration Date:    The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant
Tax Status of Option:    «ISO__NSO» Stock Option. (Enter “Incentive” or “Nonstatutory.” If blank, this Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.)
Vested Shares:    Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date as follows:
         Vested Ratio
  Prior to Initial Vesting Date    0
  On Initial Vesting Date and each additional full month of the Participant’s continuous Service from the Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional    1/48

If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant (i) within the first year of Participant’s continuous Service, then 50% of the Number of Option Shares set forth above shall become Vested Shares effective as of immediately prior to the effective time of such termination or (ii) on or following the first year of Participant’s continuous Service, then 100% of the Number of Option Shares set forth above shall become Vested Shares effective as of immediately prior to the effective time of such termination.

The Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Company’s determination. A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. By signing below, the Participant agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by the

 

1


Participant as a result of such determination by the IRS. The Participant is urged to consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Option, including the application of Section 409A.

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement (including the special provisions for your country of residence, if any, in the Appendix), both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

    Signature:  

 

Its:  

 

    Date:  

 

Address:     Address:

30 3rd Street

   

 

San Francisco, California 94103

   

 

USA

   

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:    2019 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice

 

2


Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

The Participant has been granted Restricted Stock Units (the RSUs) covering the number of shares of Stock of Unity Software Inc. pursuant to the Unity Software Inc. 2019 Stock Plan (the Plan), as follows:

 

Participant:   

«Name»

  
Date of Grant:   

«Grant_Date»

  
Number of Shares:    «Number», subject to adjustment as provided by the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
Expiration Date:    The date that is seven (7) years after the Date of Grant.
Quarterly Installment Date:    Each of February 25th, May 25th, August 25th and November 25th of a given calendar year.
Vesting Schedule:    The RSUs are subject to both a service-based vesting condition (the “Service-Based Requirement) and a liquidity event vesting condition (the Liquidity Event Requirement) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which must be satisfied on or prior to the Expiration Date before the RSUs will be deemed vested:

(a) Service-Based Requirement. So long as your continuous Service does not terminate, the Service-Based Requirement shall be satisfied in accordance with the following schedule: (i) six and one quarter percent (6.25%) of the total number of RSUs granted on the first Quarterly Installment Date that occurs at least one (1) month after the Date of Grant, and (ii) six and one quarter percent (6.25%) of the total number of RSUs granted on each subsequent Quarterly Installment Date that occurs thereafter, such that the Service-Based Requirement shall be satisfied in full approximately four (4) years after the Date of Grant.

(b) Liquidity Event Requirement. The Liquidity Event Requirement will be satisfied on the first to occur of (i) a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2.1(f)(i) of the Plan); or (ii) the first sale of Stock pursuant to an initial public offering registered under the Securities Act.

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the RSUs are governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (including the special provisions for your country of residence, if any, in the Appendix), both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement or the Plan. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the RSUs subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

1


UNITY SOFTWARE INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

    Signature:  

 

Its:  

 

    Date:  

 

Address:     Address:

30 3rd Street

   

 

San Francisco, California 94103

   

 

USA

   

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:    2019 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant, and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

 

2

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

ADOPTED: August 14, 2020

Each member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Unity Software Inc. (the “Company”) who is a non-employee director of the Company (each such member, a “Non-Employee Director”) will be eligible to receive the compensation described in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”) for his or her Board service. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Policy will have the meaning given to such terms in the Company’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) or any successor equity incentive plan.

The Policy will be effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, pursuant to which the Company’s Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering (the date of such execution being referred to as the “IPO Date”). The Policy may be amended at any time in the sole discretion of the Board.

Commencing on the IPO Date, each Non-Employee Director will be eligible to receive the applicable compensation set forth below. Any equity compensation will be granted under the Plan or any successor equity incentive plan. Grants made in connection with the initial public offering are not covered by this Policy.

(a) Retainer Grant. Without any further action by the Board, at the close of business on the date of each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company following the IPO Date (each, an “Annual Meeting”), each person who is then a Non-Employee Director will automatically be granted an RSU Award covering a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) the Total Retainer (as defined below) divided by (B) the closing sales price per share of the Common Stock on the date of the applicable Annual Meeting, rounded down to the nearest whole share (each, a “Retainer Grant”). Each Retainer Grant will fully vest on the earlier of (1) the first anniversary of the applicable grant date and (2) the date of the first Annual Meeting following the applicable grant date, subject to the Non-Employee Director’s Continuous Service through the vesting date.

The “Total Retainer” shall mean the sum of the following retainer fees, as applicable with respect to such Non-Employee Director, measured as of the date of the Retainer Grant:

 

Committee Chair:

   $ 25,000  

Committee Member:

   $ 10,000  

Lead Independent Director:

   $ 25,000  

 

1


(b) Initial Grant. Without any further action by the Board, each person who, after the IPO Date, is elected or appointed for the first time to be a Non-Employee Director (a “New Director”) will automatically, upon the date of his or her initial election or appointment to be a Non-Employee Director (or, if such date is not a business day, the first business day thereafter), be granted an RSU Award covering a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) $400,000 divided by (B) the closing sales price per share of the Company’s Common Stock on the applicable grant date, rounded down to the nearest whole share (each, an “Initial Grant”). Each Initial Grant will vest in a series of successive equal quarterly installments over the three-year period measured from the applicable grant date, subject to the Non-Employee Director’s Continuous Service through each applicable vesting date.

(c) Annual Grant and Cash Election.

(i) Annual Grant. Without any further action by the Board, at the close of business on the date of each Annual Meeting, each person who is then a Non-Employee Director will automatically be granted an RSU Award covering a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) $250,000 minus such Non-Employee Director’s Cash Amount (as defined below), if any, divided by (B) the closing sales price per share of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the applicable Annual Meeting (each, an “Annual Grant”). Each Annual Grant will fully vest on the earlier of (1) the first anniversary of the applicable grant date and (2) the date of the first Annual Meeting following the applicable grant date, subject to the Non-Employee Director’s Continuous Service through the vesting date.

(ii) Cash Election. Prior to the first day of the calendar year in which the Annual Grant is to be made (or, if later, in the case of a New Director, within 30 days following the New Director’s commencement of service), each Non-Employee Director may elect, using such election form as may be provided by the Company, to receive up to $50,000 of the value of the Annual Grant in the form of a cash payment (any such amount that is elected, the “Cash Amount”). The Cash Amount shall be paid within ten (10) days following the vesting date of the Annual Grant. If no election is made by the relevant deadline, then no Cash Amount shall be subtracted from the value of the Annual Grant.

(d) Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Non-Employee Director who remains in Continuous Service with the Company until immediately prior to the closing of a Change in Control, the shares subject to his or her then-outstanding equity awards that were granted pursuant to the Policy (and any other then-outstanding Company equity awards then held by such Non-Employee Director), and any Cash Amount elected in lieu of a portion of an Annual Grant, will become fully vested (and in the case of the Cash Amount, payable) immediately prior to the closing of such Change in Control.

(e) Remaining Terms. The remaining terms and conditions of each RSU Award will be as set forth in the Plan and the Company’s standard RSU Award Grant Notice and RSU Award Agreement, in the form adopted from time to time by the Board.

 

2.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the cash compensation and equity compensation that each Non-Employee Director is eligible to receive under this Policy shall be subject to the limits set forth in Section 3(d) of the Plan.

 

3.

Ability to Decline Compensation

A Non-Employee Director may decline all or any portion of his or her compensation under the Policy by giving notice to the Company prior to the date cash is to be paid or equity awards are to be granted, as the case may be.

 

2


4.

Expenses

The Company will reimburse each Non-Employee Director for ordinary, necessary and reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses to cover in-person attendance at and participation in Board and committee meetings; provided, that the Non-Employee Director timely submits to the Company appropriate documentation substantiating such expenses in accordance with the Company’s travel and expense policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

3

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

OFFICE LEASE

26 THIRD STREET (SF) OWNER, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as Landlord,

and

UNITY TECHNOLOGIES SF,

a California corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1

   PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS      5  

ARTICLE 2

   LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM(S)      8  

ARTICLE 3

   BASE RENT; ABATED BASE RENT      14  

ARTICLE 4

   ADDITIONAL RENT      15  

ARTICLE 5

   USE OF PREMISES      26  

ARTICLE 6

   SERVICES AND UTILITIES      28  

ARTICLE 7

   REPAIRS      33  

ARTICLE 8

   ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS      34  

ARTICLE 9

   COVENANT AGAINST LIENS      37  

ARTICLE 10

   INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE      37  

ARTICLE 11

   DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION      41  

ARTICLE 12

   NONWAIVER      44  

ARTICLE 13

   CONDEMNATION      44  

ARTICLE 14

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      45  

ARTICLE 15

   SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES      51  

ARTICLE 16

   HOLDING OVER      51  

ARTICLE 17

   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; FINANCIAL INFORMATION      52  

ARTICLE 18

   SUBORDINATION      54  

ARTICLE 19

   DEFAULTS; REMEDIES      55  

ARTICLE 20

   COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT      60  

ARTICLE 21

   LETTER OF CREDIT      60  

ARTICLE 22

   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED      66  

ARTICLE 23

   SIGNS      66  

ARTICLE 24

   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW      68  

ARTICLE 25

   LATE CHARGES      68  

ARTICLE 26

   LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT      69  

ARTICLE 27

   ENTRY BY LANDLORD      69  

ARTICLE 28

   TENANT PARKING      70  

ARTICLE 29

   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      70  

 

(i)


EXHIBITS

A-1

  

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

A-2

  

RETAIL SPACE

B

   WORK LETTER

C

  

FORM OF COMMENCEMENT LETTERS

D

  

RULES AND REGULATIONS

E

  

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

F

  

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

G

  

MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS

H

  

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

I

  

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

J

  

FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

K

   TENANT’S SIGNAGE

L

   CALIFORNIA ASBESTOS NOTICE

 

(ii)


INDEX

 

Abatement Event

     31  

Abatement Notice

     31  

Accepted Space

     7  

Accepted Space Rent

     8  

Accountant

     26  

ACM

     82  

Additional Rent

     15  

Additional Services

     33  

Adverse Condition

     58  

Advocate Arbitrators

     11  

Affiliate Landlord

     6  

Agents

     78  

Alterations

     34  

Anti-Money Laundering Laws

     84  

Appeals Notice

     23  

approval

     81  

Approved Fiber Provider

     77  

Arbitration Agreement

     12  

Available Meeting

     7  

Available Notice

     7  

Available Space

     6  

Bank

     60  

Bank Credit Threat

     62  

Bankruptcy Code

     62  

Base Building

     34  

Base Rent

     14  

Briefs

     74  

Brokers

     5  

Building

     28  

Building Hours

     22  

Building Standard Improvement Value

     33  

Building Structure

     33  

Building Systems

     33  

Casualty

     41  

Commencement Letter

     5  

Common Areas

     34  

Construction Rules and Regulations

     48  

Contemplated Effective Date

     48  

Contemplated Transfer Space

     48  

Contractor Reminder Notice

     34  

Contract Rate Schedule

     10  

Contract Rent

     34  

Cosmetic Alterations

     34  

Cost Pool

     23  

Credit Rating Threshold

     60  

 

(iii)


Damage Termination Date

     42  

Damage Termination Notice

     42  

Direct Expenses

     15  

Distributed Antennae

     78  

EBITDA

     65  

Effective Date

     31  

Eligibility Period

     58  

Emergency Repairs

     58  

Emergency Situation

     58  

Energy Disclosure Requirements

     82  

Equipment Lienor

     82  

Estimate

     41  

Estimated Direct Expenses

     24  

Estimate Statement

     24  

Excess

     75  

Excess Personal Property

     75  

Expense Year

     15  

Extension Exercise Notice

     10  

First Rebuttals

     12  

Force Majeure

     73  

Hazardous Materials

     78  

Hazardous Materials Laws

     78  

HazMat Claims

     78  

Holding Over Damages

     85  

Holidays

     28  

HVAC

     28  

ICA Period

     64  

Identification Requirements

     77  

Identified ACM

     41  

Index

     65  

Initial Reduction Date

     48  

Intention to Transfer Notice

     48  

Interest Rate

     64  

Interim Cash Deposit

     64  

L-C

     60  

L-C Amount

     60  

Landlord

     1  

Landlord’s Initial Statement

     10  

Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation

     58  

Landlord’s Set-Off Notice

     58  

Landlord Breach

     58  

Landlord Dispute Notice

     58  

Landlord Parties

     37  

Landlord Response Date

     10  

Landlord Response Notice

     10  

Laws

     26  

 

(iv)


LC Expiration Date

     62  

LC Replacement Notice

     64  

Lease

     1  

Lease Commencement Date

     8  

Lease Expiration Date

     8  

Lease Year

     8  

Lender Cure Period

     55  

Lenders

     55  

MPOE

     77  

Neutral Arbitrator

     11  

Notices

     73  

Objectionable Name

     67  

OFAC

     83  

Office Space Leasing Requirement

     6  

Operating Expenses

     15  

Option Rent

     10  

Option Term

     9  

Original Tenant

     6  

Outside Agreement Date

     11  

Outside Date

     9  

Outside Delivery Date

     9  

Patriot Act

     84  

Permits

     78  

Permitted Transferee

     50  

Permitted Transferee Assignee

     50  

Personal Property Limitation

     75  

Premises

     5  

Project

     5  

Proposition 13

     22  

Receivership

     64  

Reduction Condition

     65  

Reminder Notice

     34  

Renovations

     76  

Rent

     15  

Rent Abatement

     15  

Rent Abatement Period

     15  

Retail Space

     1  

Review Period

     26  

RSF

     1  

Rules and Regulations

     81  

Ruling

     13  

Second Rebuttals

     12  

Second Reduction Date

     65  

Secured Areas

     70  

Security Deposit Laws

     63  

Security Documents

     54  

 

(v)


Senior Asset Manager

     16  

Seven Month Transfer Period

     49  

703 Building

     6  

Signage Occupancy Requirement

     66  

SNDA Agreement

     54  

Specialty Improvements

     36  

Statement

     24  

Subject Space

     45  

Submetering Equipment

     29  

Summary

     1  

Superior Holders

     54  

Supplemental HVAC Unit

     33  

Tax Expenses

     21  

Telecommunications Equipment

     32  

Tenant

     1  

Tenant’s Accountant

     26  

Tenant’s Dogs

     27  

Tenant’s Exterior Signage

     66  

Tenant’s Initial Statement

     13  

Tenant’s Interior Signage

     66  

Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation

     10  

Tenant’s Property

     82  

Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement

     13  

Tenant’s Rooftop Area

     32  

Tenant’s Security System

     31  

Tenant’s Share

     23  

Tenant’s Signage

     66  

Tenant Energy Use Disclosure

     83  

Tenant Parties

     37  

Tenant Self-Help Notice

     59  

Termination Fee

     9  

Termination Notice

     9  

Third Party Contractor

     41  

Third Reduction Date

     65  

30 Third Street

     1  

Transfer Costs

     48  

Transferee

     45  

Transfer Notice

     45  

Transfer Premium

     47  

Transfer Reminder Notice

     46  

Transfers

     45  

Unused L-C Proceeds

     63  

Work Letter

     5  

 

(vi)


OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “Lease”), dated as of the date (the “Effective Date”) set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”), below, is made by and between 26 THIRD STREET (SF) OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and UNITY TECHNOLOGIES SF, a California corporation (“Tenant”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

    

TERMS OF LEASE

  

DESCRIPTION

1.    Effective Date:    November 25, 2015.
2.    Premises:   
   2.1    Building:    That certain six (6) story above ground (plus one (1) floor below ground) office building (the “Building”), located at 30 Third Street, San Francisco, California, which Building shall approximately contain 58,988 rentable square feet (“RSF”) of space.
   2.2    Premises:    53,016 RSF of space consisting of the entire office portion of the Building as depicted on Exhibit A-1 to this Lease. For the avoidance of doubt, the Premises does not include the approximately 5,972 square feet of retail space within the cross-hatched area depicted on Exhibit A-2 and as more particularly described in Section 1.2 below (collectively, the “Retail Space”).
   2.3    Project:    The Building shall be the principal component of an office project known as “30 Third Street,” as further set forth in Section 1.1.2 of this Lease.

3.

   Lease Term
(Article 2)
  
   3.1    Length of Term:    Approximately nine (9) years.
   3.2    Lease Commencement Date:    Landlord shall construct the “Base, Shell and Core,” as that term is defined in Section 1 of Exhibit B, attached hereto, and deliver the same to Tenant.


         The lease commencement date (the “Lease Commencement Date”) shall be the earlier of (i) the date upon which the “Substantial Completion of the Improvements,” as that term is defined in Section 5.3 of the Work Letter, occurs, and (ii) the date that occurs one hundred fifty (150) days following the date Landlord delivers the entire Premises to Tenant in the “Delivery Condition,” as that term is defined in Section 1 of Exhibit B, attached hereto (the “Delivery Date”).
   3.3    Lease Expiration Date:    The Lease Expiration Date shall be the last day of the calendar month in which the ninth (9th) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs; provided, however, to the extent the Lease Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a calendar month, then the Lease Expiration Date shall be the day immediately preceding the ninth (9th) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date.
  

3.4

   Option Term:    One (1) five (5)-year option to renew, as more particularly set forth in Section 2.2 of this Lease.

4.

  

Base Rent (Article 3):

  

 

Period During Lease Term

   Annual
Base Rent*
     Monthly Installment
of Base Rent
     Annual Base
Rental Rate
Per Rentable
Square Foot
 

Lease Year 1**

   $ 3,127,944.00      $ 260,662.00      $ 59.00  

Lease Year 2

   $ 3,221,782.32      $ 268,481.86      $ 60.77  

Lease Year 3

   $ 3,318,435.84      $ 276,536.32      $ 62.59  

Lease Year 4

   $ 3,417,988.92      $ 284,832.41      $ 64.47  

Lease Year 5

   $ 3,520,528.56      $ 293,377.38      $ 66.41  

Lease Year 6

   $ 3,626,144.40      $ 302,178.70      $ 68.40  

Lease Year 7

   $ 3,734,928.72      $ 311,244.06      $ 70.45  

Lease Year 8

   $ 3,846,976.56      $ 320,581.38      $ 72.56  

Lease Year 9

   $ 3,962,385.84      $ 330,I98.82      $ 74.74  

 

-2-


*

The Annual Base Rent for Lease Year I was agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. In all subsequent periods, the calculation of Annual Base Rent reflects an annual increase of 3%, rounded to the nearest cent.

**

Notwithstanding the foregoing Base Rent schedule or any contrary provision of this Lease, but subject to the terms of Section 3.2, below, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for the Premises during the initial four (4) months of the Lease Term.

 

5.    Intentionally Omitted:   
6.    Tenant’s Share
(Article 4):
   100% of the office space of the Building
7.    Permitted Use
(Article 5):
   Tenant shall use the Premises for general office use and any other use permitted by applicable “Law,” as that term is defined in Section 5.2 of the Lease, to the extent consistent with high-rise office buildings and as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder (the “Permitted Use”).
8.    Letter of Credit
(Article 21):
   $5,235,000.00, as such amount may be decreased pursuant to Article 21.
9.    Intentionally Omitted   
10.    Address of Tenant
(Section 29.18):
  

Prior to the Lease Commencement Date:

 

795 Folsom Street, Suite 200
San Francisco, CA 94107
Attention: General Counsel

   Following the Lease Commencement Date:
   The Premises
Attention: General Counsel
      with copy to:
      Paul Hastings LLP
55 2nd Street, 24th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attention: Stephen I. Berkman

 

-3-


11.

   Address of Landlord
(Section 29.18):
   26 Third Street (SF) Owner, LLC
c/o CIM
4700 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles. CA 90010
Attention Terry Wachsner
      with copies to:
      and
      Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP
1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800
Los Angeles, California 90067
Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

12.

   Broker(s)
(Section 29.24):
  
  

Representing Tenant:

 

CBRE, Inc.

101 California Street, 44th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Timothy Kazul and Luke Ogelsby

  

Representing Landlord:

 

CBRE, Inc.
101 California Street, 44th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attention: Mark Geisreiter and Josh Peterson

13.

  

Improvement Allowance

(Section 2 of Exhibit B):

   $3,491,620.00 (i.e., approximately $65.86 (rounded to the nearest cent) per rentable square foot of the Premises).

14.

  

Payment Address and Wiring
Instructions for Payment of Rent

(Article 3):

   Comerica Bank
Acct Name: 26 Third Street (SF) Owner, LLC
Acct #1894914538
Routing #121137522

 

-4-


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1 The Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “Premises”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and each floor or floors of the Premises has the number of RSF as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions (the “TCCs”) herein set forth, and Landlord and Tenant each covenant as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such TCCs by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A-1 is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Work Letter”), Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Work Letter. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialists (CASp).

1.1.2 The Building and the Project. The Premises is a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “Building”). The Building is the principal component of an office project known as “30 Third Street.” The term Project,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, and (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping and/or facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located.

1.1.3 Common Areas. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the “Rules and Regulations,” (as defined below), those portions of the Project which are provided for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project, such as entrances, lobbies, fire vestibules, restrooms, mechanical areas, ground floor corridors, elevators and elevator foyers, electrical and janitorial closets, telephone and equipment rooms, loading and unloading areas, the Project’s plaza areas, if any, ramps, drives, stairs, and similar access ways and service ways and other common areas and facilities in and adjacent to the Building and the Project (such areas are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”); provided, however, as long as the “Office Space Leasing Requirement,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.4, below, is satisfied, no Common Areas shall

 

-5-


be located within the Building. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord (but shall at least be consistent with the manner in which the common areas of the “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in Section 4 of Exhibit G to this Lease) and the use thereof shall be subject to the Rules and Regulations. In addition, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use the “Deck Area” shown on the “Base Building Plans,” as that term is define in Section 1 of the Tenant Work Letter twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. Landlord agrees that, if Tenant so elects and appoints a representative, Landlord shall meet and confer with Tenant’s representative on approximately a quarterly basis regarding the manner in which the Common Areas are operated and maintained; provided, however, any suggestions or requests made by Tenant’s representative shall not be binding on Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas; provided that no such changes shall be permitted which materially affect Tenant’s use of, or access to the, Building or the Premises or Deck Area. Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of access to the Premises, the Building, and the Common Areas, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the “Lease Term,” as that term is defined in Section 2.1, below.

1.1.4 Retail Tenants. Landlord agrees that, so long as no parties other than Tenant and/or its “Permitted Transferees,” as that term is defined in Section 14.7, below, are leasing any portion of the office space within the Building (the “Office Space Leasing Requirement”, Landlord shall permit Tenant to approve the identity of any retail tenant leasing all or any portion of the Retail Space, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, (A) Tenant hereby approves (and no further approval shall be required) any retail tenant that operates (x) a restaurant in the portion of such Retail Space leased by such tenant, (y) a coffee shop in the portion of such Retail Space leased by such tenant, and (z) a fitness facility in the portion of such Retail Space leased by such tenant, and (B) Landlord hereby agrees that Landlord shall not lease all or any portion of the Retail Space for any of the following uses: (i) printing and/or distributing of pornographic literature or pornographic media of any type; (ii) adult book or video stores; (iii) strip clubs or similar establishments promoting or displaying entertainment of an explicit sexual content or nature; (iv) Massage or tattoo parlors; (v) distribution of illegal drug paraphernalia, (vi) thrift shop, of (vii) marijuana dispensary.

1.2 Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Building. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate and agree that (i) the RSF of the Building is as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary, (ii) the RSF of each floor of the Premises is as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary, and (iii) all such rentable square footages, except as expressly provided below, shall not be subject to remeasurement.

1.3 Notice of Availability. 703 Market Street (SF) Owner, LLC (“Affiliate Landlord”), an affiliate of Landlord, hereby grants to the originally named Tenant herein (“Original Tenant”) and its “Permitted Transferee Assignee,” as that term is defined in Section 14.7 of this Lease, below, a one-time right of notice of availability with respect to the second (2nd) through fifth (5th) floors of that certain building located at 703 Market Street, San Francisco, California (the “703 Building” and such floors, the “Available Space”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such first offer right of Tenant shall commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of the existing leases of the Available Space. Tenant’s right of notice of availability shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.3.

 

-6-


1.3.1 Available Notice. Tenant, at Tenant’s option, may notify Affiliate Landlord not more than once in any calendar year, if Tenant is interested in leasing the Available Space. Affiliate Landlord shall thereafter notify Tenant (an “Available Notice”) if the Available Space or any portion thereof is, or is expected to become, available for lease to third parties (other than Superior Right Holders). An Available Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant and shall set forth the “Accepted Space Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3.3, below, and the other economic terms upon which Affiliate Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Affiliate Landlord shall provide Tenant with the first Available Notice without Tenant’s prior request for each portion of the Available Space, upon any Available Space first becoming available to lease.

1.3.2 Procedure for Acceptance. If Tenant wishes to lease the entire space described in an Available Notice, or, if the entire space described in an Available Notice consists of more than one (1) floor, if Tenant wishes to lease one or more floors described in such Available Notice, then within five (5) business days of delivery of such Available Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice to Affiliate Landlord of Tenant’s intention to lease the entire space (or one or more floors) described in such Available Notice; provided, however, if the Available Notice includes more than one (1) floor, then Tenant may elect to exercise its right to lease with respect to one (1) or more floors contained in the Available Notice; provided further that, (i) with respect to full floors described in an Available Notice, Tenant may designate the number of full floors Tenant desires to lease (but no more than the number included in the Available Notice), and Landlord shall have the right to designate which specific full floors of the Available Space Tenant shall lease, so long as such floors are contiguous, and (ii) with respect to any partial floors described in an Available Notice, if Tenant elects to lease such partial floor, Tenant must elect to lease all of the space offered on such floor (such floors that Tenant desires to Lease, the “Accepted Space”). If Tenant timely agrees to lease the space described in such Available Notice, then Affiliate Landlord and Tenant shall, within five (5) business days after Affiliate Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice, meet and discuss the lease of the space described in such Available Notice from Affiliate Landlord to Tenant (the “Available Meeting”). Affiliate Landlord and Tenant do not reach agreement as to the material economic terms of the lease of such space (including, without limitation, the Accepted Space Rent, operating expense and tax protection, if any, in the form of a base year (except for utilities and janitorial, which shall be paid separately from operating expenses), as well as other reasonable changes to the applicable lease as a result of such base year, and other material non-economic terms, including, without limitation, dog and bicycle ingress and egress as well bicycle storage) within ten (10) business days after the Available Meeting, then Affiliate Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have the right to terminate negotiations with Tenant and to lease the space described in the Available Notice to anyone whom Affiliate Landlord desires on any terms which Affiliate Landlord desires. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to lease, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Affiliate Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof. If Tenant does not elect to lease the space described in an Available Notice or if Tenant fails to respond to an Available Notice within five (5) business days of delivery thereof, then Tenant’s rights set forth in this Section 1.3 shall terminate as to all of the space described in such Available Notice.

 

-7-


1.3.3 Accepted Space Rent. The annual “Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Lease, payable by Tenant for the Accepted Space (the “Accepted Space Rent”) shall be equal to the “Market Rent,” as that term is defined in Exhibit G, attached hereto, for the Accepted Space as reasonably determined by Landlord.

1.3.4 Termination of Right of Available. The rights contained in this Section 1.3 shall be personal to Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee, and may only be exercised by Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not by any assignee, sublessee or other “Transferee,” as that term is defined in Section 14.1 of this Lease, of Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee Assignee occupies the entire Premises, and only for so long as an entity controlled by Landlord, or under common control as Landlord continues to own the 703 Building. Tenant shall not have the right to lease Available Space, as provided in this Section 1.3, if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of any right of notice of availability by Tenant, or as of the scheduled date of delivery of such Available Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, or Tenant has previously been in default under this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, more than once.

1.3.5 Asbestos. Affiliate Landlord shall remediate any asbestos in the Available Space, at Affiliate Landlord’s sole cost and expense, prior to the commencement date of any lease with Tenant at the 703 Building.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM(S)

2.1 Initial Lease Term. The TCCs and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “Lease Commencement Date”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary as the Lease Expiration Date (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. If Landlord is unable for any reason to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on any specific date, then, except as expressly set forth in this Lease and/or the Work Letter, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for its failure to do so, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that the first Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs and the second and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. Promptly following the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto (a “Commencement Letter”), as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof. If Tenant fails to sign and return a Commencement Letter to Landlord within thirty (30) days of its receipt from Landlord, the Commencement Letter was sent by Landlord shall be deemed to have correctly set forth the matters addressed in it. If Landlord fails

 

-8-


to deliver a Commencement Letter to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall be permitted to prepare and send to Landlord such Commencement Letter. If Landlord fails to sign and return a Commencement Letter to Tenant within thirty (30) days of its receipt from Tenant, the Commencement Letter was sent by Tenant shall be deemed to have correctly set forth the matters addressed in it. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition on or before January 7, 2016. If the Premises is not delivered to Tenant on or before March 4, 2016 (the “Outside Delivery Date”) in the Delivery Condition (as extended by the “Utility Grace Period” with respect to the “Infrastructure Work,” as those terms are defined in Section 1.3 of the Tenant Work Letter), Tenant shall be entitled to a day-for-day abatement of Base Rent for each day following the Outside Delivery Date until the earlier of (i) the date the Premises is delivered to Tenant in the Delivery Condition, and (ii) 60 days following the Outside Delivery Date. If the Premises is not delivered to Tenant in the Delivery Condition on or before 61 days following the Outside Delivery Date, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent equal to twice the per diem Base Rent for each day starting on day 61, until the date the Premises is delivered to Tenant in the Delivery Condition. If Landlord does not deliver the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition on or before July 6, 2016 (the “Outside Date”), then the sole remedy of Tenant for such failure shall be the right to deliver a notice to Landlord (a “Termination Notice”) electing to terminate this Lease effective the date the Termination Notice is delivered to Landlord. The Termination Notice must be delivered by Tenant to Landlord, if at all, not earlier than the Outside Date nor later than August 1, 2016. The effectiveness of any such Termination Notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord shall be governed by the terms of this Section 2.1. If, prior to the Outside Date, Landlord determines that Landlord shall not deliver the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition by the Outside Date, then Landlord shall have the right to deliver a written notice to Tenant stating Landlord’s opinion as to the date by which Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition, and Tenant shall be required, within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice, to deliver a notice to Landlord pursuant to which Tenant shall elect either (i) to terminate this Lease, in which case this Lease shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon Landlord’s receipt of such notice, or (ii) to agree to extend the Outside Date to that date set forth in Landlord’s notice to Tenant. Failure by Tenant to deliver such notice or to make such election shall be deemed to be Tenant’s agreement to extend the Outside Date to that date set forth in Landlord’s notice to Tenant. The Outside Date shall be extended to the extent of any delays in the “Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3 of the Tenant Work Letter, caused by Tenant. Upon any termination as set forth in this Section 2.1, Landlord and Tenant shall be relieved from any and all liability to each other resulting hereunder except that Landlord shall return to Tenant any prepaid rent and, in addition to the return of such prepaid rent, Landlord shall make a payment to Tenant, by check or wire transfer, in the amount of $250,000.00 within thirty (30) days following the termination of the Lease (the “Termination Fee”). Tenant’s rights to terminate this Lease and receive the Termination Fee, as set forth in this Section 2.1, shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for the failure of Landlord to deliver the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition on or before July 1, 2016.

2.2 Option Term(s).

2.2.1 Option Right. Landlord hereby grants the tenant originally named herein Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignee, one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises by a period of five (5) years (the “Option Term”). Such option shall

 

-9-


be exercisable only by “Notice” (as that term is defined in Section 29.18 of this Lease) delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such Notice, Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods). Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, and provided that, at Landlord’s election, as of the end of the then applicable Lease Term, Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods), then the Lease Term shall be extended for the Premises for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall only be exercised by the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease).

2.2.2 Option Rent. The Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the “Market Rent,” as that term is defined in, and determined pursuant to, Exhibit G attached hereto, for the Premises as of the commencement of the Option Term. The calculation of the Market Rent shall be derived from a review of, and comparison to, the “Net Equivalent Lease Rates” of the “Comparable Transactions,” as provided for in Exhibit G, and thereafter, the Market Rent shall be stated as a “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” for each year of the subject Option Term; provided, however, that under no circumstances shall the Market Rent for any Lease Year occurring during the Option Term be less than the corresponding “Contract Rent,” as that term is defined below, as such Contract Rent is set forth on the “Contract Rate Schedule,” as that term is defined below. The “Contract Rate Schedule” shall be derived from the Base Rent applicable to the Premises for the Lease Year immediately preceding the Option Term, as follows: (x) the “Contract Rent” for the first Lease Year of the Option Term shall equal the Base Rent in effect under the Lease for the Lease Year immediately preceding the commencement of the Option Term, and (y) if the determination of the Market Rent provides that the Market Rent is escalated during the Option Term, then commencing on the date, if ever, that the Market Rent exceeds the Contract Rent, the Contract Rent shall be thereafter increased by three percent (3%) annually for the remainder of the Option Term.

2.2.3 Exercise of Option. The option contained in this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the manner set forth in this Section 2.2. Tenant shall deliver notice (the “Extension Exercise Notice”) to Landlord not more than fifteen (15) months nor less than twelve (12) months prior to the Lease Expiration Date, stating that Tenant is exercising its option. Concurrently with such Extension Exercise Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “Tenants Option Rent Calculation”). Landlord shall deliver notice (the “Landlord Response Notice”) to Tenant on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Extension Exercise Notice and Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation (the “Landlord Response Date”), stating that (A) Landlord is accepting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation as the Market Rent with respect to the Premises, or (B) rejecting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation and setting forth Landlord’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “Landlords Option Rent Calculation”) with respect to the Premises. Within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Landlord Response Notice, Tenant may, at its option, accept the Market Rent contained in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation. If Tenant does not affirmatively accept or Tenant rejects the Market Rent as specified in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation, the parties shall follow the procedure set forth in Section 2.2.4 below, and the Market Rent shall be determined in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2.4 below.

 

-10-


2.2.4 Determination of Market Rent. In the event Tenant timely and appropriately exercises its option to extend the Lease but rejects the Option Rent set forth in the Landlord’s Response Notice pursuant to Section 2.2.3, above, then Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement upon the Option Rent applicable to the Option Term on or before the date that is six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Lease Term (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then the Option Rent for the Premises shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.2.4. Each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent, within thirty (30) days following the Outside Agreement Date, and such determinations shall be binding and shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 2.2.4.1 through Section 2.2.4.5, below.

2.2.4.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a MAI appraiser or real estate broker who shall have been active over the ten (10) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the appraising and/or leasing of office properties in the vicinity of the Building. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue area of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within forty-five (45) days after the Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions (including an arbitrator who has previously represented Landlord and/or Tenant, as applicable). The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to this Section 2.2.4 shall be deemed “Advocate Arbitrators” for purposes of this Section 2.2. If either party fails to timely appoint an Advocate Arbitrator, then the other party may deliver written notice of such failure to the party that failed to timely appoint an Advocate Arbitrator, and if such failure is not cured within five (5) business days following receipt of such written notice, then the Advocate Arbitrator timely appointed by the other party shall determine the Option Rent and such determination shall be binding upon the parties. If either party fails to timely submit its determination of the Option Rent, then the other party shall have the right to deliver a notice to the failed party expressly referencing this Section 2.2.4.1 and the time period for performance hereunder, and if the failed party does not deliver its determination of the Option Rent within three (3) business days following its receipt of such notice, then the determination of the other party timely submitted shall be deemed to be the Option Rent.

2.2.4.2 The two Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (for purposes of this Section 2.2, the “Neutral Arbitrator”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators except that (i) neither the Landlord or Tenant or either parties’ Advocate Arbitrator may, directly, or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance, and (ii) the Neutral Arbitrator cannot be someone who has represented Landlord and/or Tenant or any of their affiliates during the five (5) year period prior to such appointment. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel. If the two (2) Advocate Arbitrators cannot timely agree upon and appoint a Neutral Arbitrator, then Landlord and Tenant shall each apply to the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of the County of San Francisco to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator.

 

-11-


2.2.4.3 Within ten (10) days following the appointment of the Arbitrator, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an arbitration agreement (for purposes of this Section 2.2, the “Arbitration Agreement”) which shall set forth the following:

2.2.4.3.1 Each of Landlord’s and Tenant’s best and final and binding determination of the Option Rent exchanged by the parties pursuant to Section 2.2.4, above;

2.2.4.3.2 An agreement to be signed by the Neutral Arbitrator, the form of which agreement shall be attached as an exhibit to the Arbitration Agreement, whereby the Neutral Arbitrator shall agree to undertake the arbitration and render a decision in accordance with the terms of this Lease, as modified by the Arbitration Agreement, and shall require the Neutral Arbitrator to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the parties that the Neutral Arbitrator has no conflicts of interest with either Landlord or Tenant or any of their affiliates;

2.2.4.3.3 Instructions to be followed by the Neutral Arbitrator when conducting such arbitration;

2.2.4.3.4 That Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to submit to the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party), on or before the date that occurs fifteen (15) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, an advocate statement (and any other information such party deems relevant) prepared by or on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in support of Landlord’s or Tenant’s respective determination of Option Rent (the “Briefs”);

2.2.4.3.5 That within five (5) business days following the exchange of Briefs, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to provide the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s Brief (the “First Rebuttals”); provided, however, such First Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s Brief and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s Brief is intended to be rebutted;

2.2.4.3.6 That within five (5) business days following the parties’ receipt of each other’s First Rebuttal, Landlord and Tenant, as applicable, shall each have the right to provide the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s First Rebuttal (the “Second Rebuttals”); provided, however, such Second Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s First Rebuttal and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s First Rebuttal is intended to be rebutted;

2.2.4.3.7 The date, time and location of the arbitration, which shall be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, taking into consideration the schedules of the Neutral Arbitrator, the Advocate Arbitrators, Landlord and Tenant, and each party’s applicable consultants, which date shall in any event be within forty-five (45) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator;

2.2.4.3.8 That no discovery shall take place in connection with the arbitration, other than to verify the factual information that is presented by Landlord or Tenant;

 

-12-


2.2.4.3.9 That the Neutral Arbitrator shall not be allowed to undertake an independent investigation or consider any factual information other than presented by Landlord or Tenant, except that the Neutral Arbitrator shall be permitted to visit the Project and the buildings containing the Comparable Transactions;

2.2.4.3.10 Tenant shall have the right to present oral arguments to the Neutral Arbitrator at the arbitration for a period of time not to exceed three (3) hours (for purposes of this Section 2.2, “Tenants Initial Statement”);

2.2.4.3.11 Following Tenant’s Initial Statement, Landlord shall have the right to present oral arguments to the Neutral Arbitrator at the arbitration for a period of time not to exceed three (3) hours (for purposes of this Section 2.2, “Landlords Initial Statement”);

2.2.4.3.12 Following Landlord’s Initial Statement, Tenant shall have up to two (2) additional hours to present additional arguments and/or to rebut the arguments of Tenant (for purposes of this Section 2.2, “Tenants Rebuttal Statement”);

2.2.4.3.13 Following Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement, Landlord shall have up to two (2) additional hours to present additional arguments and/or to rebut the arguments of Tenant;

2.2.4.3.14 That, not later than ten (10) business days after the date of the arbitration, the Neutral Arbitrator shall render a decision (the “Ruling”) indicating whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is closer to the Neutral Arbitrator’s determination of what the Fair Market Rent should be for the Premises;

2.2.4.3.15 That following notification of the Ruling, Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent determination, whichever is selected by the Neutral Arbitrator as being closer to the Option Rent shall become the then applicable Option Rent; and

2.2.4.3.16 That the decision of the Neutral Arbitrator shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.4.3.17 If a date by which an event described in Section 2.2.4.3, above, is to occur falls on a weekend or a holiday, the date shall be deemed to be the next business day. If the parties fail to enter into an Arbitration Agreement within ten (10) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, then the arbitration shall nonetheless proceed in accordance with this Section 2.2.4 notwithstanding such failure.

2.2.4.4 In the event that the Option Rent shall not have been determined pursuant to the terms hereof prior to the commencement of the Option Term for the Premises, Tenant shall be required to pay the Base Rent then in effect; provided that such amount shall not be lower than the Option Rent initially provided by Tenant to Landlord nor higher than the Option Rent initially provided by Landlord to Tenant (or in the case of Expansion Space, at the Rent initially provided by Landlord to Tenant), and upon the final determination of the Option Rent (or Expansion Rent), the payments made by Tenant shall be reconciled with the actual amounts due, and the appropriate party shall make any corresponding payment to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the Option Rent (or Expansion Rent) has finally been determined.

 

-13-


2.2.4.5 Upon final determination of the Option Rent for the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment reflecting Tenant’s exercise of the applicable extension option and the extension of the Lease Term and the Option Rent for the Premises as finally determined; provided that the failure of either party to execute such amendment shall not affect the validity of the terms of this Lease that apply to the Option Terms.

2.3 Beneficial Occupancy. Subject to the terms of this Section 2.3, if the “Tenant Improvements” (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Tenant Work Letter) are substantially completed on one of more floors prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right thereafter to occupy such floor(s) of the Premises prior to the Lease Commencement Date for the conduct of Tenant’s business; provided that (i) Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of any occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, (ii) a temporary certificate of occupancy (or its legal equivalent) shall have been issued by the appropriate governmental authorities for such floor(s) of the Premises to be occupied for the conduct of Tenant’s business, (iii) Tenant has delivered to Landlord satisfactory evidence of the insurance coverage required to be carried by Tenant in accordance with Article 10 below, and (iv) except as provided hereinbelow, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply with respect to the floor(s) occupied by Tenant as though the Lease Commencement Date had occurred (although the Lease Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the occurrence of the same pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1, above), including without limitation Tenant’s obligation to pay “Base Rent,” as that term is defined in Article 3 below, and “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Building Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Article 4, below, with respect to such floor(s), upon Tenant’s commencement of the conduct of its business in such floor(s) of the Premises.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT; ABATED BASE RENT

3.1 Base Rent. Commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall commence paying, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord at the address or pursuant to the wiring instructions set forth in Section 13 of the Summary or to such other address or pursuant to such other wiring instructions as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check or wire transfer for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments, in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. If any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any such fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis during such fractional month and shall total an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fractional month and the denominator of which is the actual number of days occurring in such calendar month, and (ii) the then-applicable monthly installment of Base Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

 

-14-


3.2 Abated Base Rent. During the initial four (4) months of the Lease Term (the “Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Premises during such Rent Abatement Period (the “Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Rent Abatement equals $ 1,042,648.00. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to terms and conditions of the Lease, or if this Lease is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, or an event of casualty governed by Article 11 or an event of condemnation governed by Article 13, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 In General. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.5 and 4.2.1, respectively, of this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent,” and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

4.2.2 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

4.2.3 “Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof, as determined in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices. For purposes of clarification, as to any given type of operating expense such type of Operating Expense shall be included either as paid or as accrued during an Expense Year (but not both as paid and as accrued) and such manner of accounting as to such type of Operating Expense shall be maintained consistently throughout the Lease Term. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities (but excluding the cost of electricity provided to

 

-15-


leasable space in the Building, including the Premises, to the extent Tenant is separately paying for the cost of electricity pursuant to Section 6.1.3 of the Lease), the cost of operating, repairing, and maintaining the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the reasonable cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) subject to the terms of Section 4.2.3.42, below, the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project, and the commercially reasonable deductible portion of any insured loss otherwise covered by such insurance; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) [Intentionally Omitted]; (vi) fees and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space (and if such management office is shared with other buildings owned by Landlord and Landlord’s affiliates, then such fair rental value shall be equitably prorated between the Building and such other buildings); provided that as long as the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, any such management office space shall not be located in the Project, and in any event the size of any such management office space shall be comparable to the size of the management offices of the landlords of the Comparable Buildings, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons (other than persons generally considered to be higher in rank than the position of “Senior Asset Manager,” which shall mean a property manager overseeing multiple properties) engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) operation, repair and maintenance, of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (x) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement, renovation, restoration and repair of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in Common Areas, maintenance, and repair of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xi) amortization of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof (which shall be amortized over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, and which amortization calculation shall include interest at the “Interest Rate,” as that term is set forth in Article 25 of this Lease); and (xii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) that are acquired to cause, in Landlord’s good faith judgment, an immediate (i.e., commencing within the first year after completion of such repairs or improvements or installation of such equipment) reduction in other Operating Expenses; or (B) that are incurred due to any new Laws first enacted or made applicable to Project after the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized with interest at the Interest Rate over the shorter of (Y) its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, or (Z) with respect to those items included under item (A) above, their recovery/payback period as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices provided such annual amount included in Operating Expenses shall not exceed the amount of Operating Expenses to be saved in each calendar year throughout the Lease Term (as determined at the time Landlord elected to proceed with the capital improvement or acquisition of

 

-16-


the capital equipment to reduce Operating Expenses); (xiii) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.4, below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

4.2.3.1 costs, including marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project (including, without limitation, cost of construction of the “Base, Core and Shell” (as defined in the Work Letter) and the Improvements), and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of improvements made for tenants or other occupants occupying space in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating space for tenants or other occupants of the Project and costs incurred in removing property and improvements of former tenants or other occupants of the Project;

4.2.3.2 except as set forth in items (xi) and (xii) above, depreciation or amortization of the Project and interest, principal payments, debt service, points, fees, penalties or other debt costs on mortgages and other debt instruments;

4.2.3.3 costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier (or which would have been reimbursed by Landlord’s insurance carrier if Landlord had maintained the insurance required to be carried by Landlord under this Lease) or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else (except to the extent of commercially reasonable deductibles);

4.2.3.4 any reserves for bad debts, rent loss, capital items, future Operating Expenses or any other purpose;

4.2.3.5 costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants, and Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

4.2.3.6 salaries, wages, bonuses, and other compensation (including hospitalization, medical, surgical, retirement plan, pension plan, union dues, parking privileges, life insurance, including group life insurance, welfare, and other fringe benefits, and vacation, holidays, and other paid absence benefits) of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Senior Asset Manager;

 

-17-


4.2.3.7 amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

4.2.3.8 overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

4.2.3.9 any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

4.2.3.10 rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

4.2.3.11 all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

4.2.3.12 costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings, fountains or other objects of art;

4.2.3.13 any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

4.2.3.14 rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel other than as set forth in item (vii) above;

4.2.3.15 costs to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services;

4.2.3.16 expenses and costs relating in any way whatsoever to the identification, testing, monitoring and control, encapsulation, removal, replacement, repair, or abatement of any Hazardous Materials or mold (to the extent the same is defined as Hazardous Materials under applicable Law) within the Building or Project;

4.2.3.17 fees payable by Landlord for management of the Project in excess of three percent (3%) of Landlord’s gross revenues (adjusted and grossed up to reflect a one hundred percent (100%) occupancy of the Project with all tenants paying full rent (at the lesser of the Base Rent per RSF under this Lease and Landlord’s asking rent for such vacant space), as contrasted with free rent, half-rent and the like, and grossed up to include any amounts for utilities

 

-18-


paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project), including base rent and pass-throughs (but excluding the cost of after hours services or utilities and revenues received from telecommunications, fiber and similar providers who are not tenants of the Building), from the Project for any calendar year or portion thereof;

4.2.3.18 costs, fines, penalties, or interest incurred due to a violation of Laws or the terms and conditions of any lease by Landlord or any other tenant in the Project;

4.2.3.19 costs of repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other casualty covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, whether or not Landlord carries such insurance (except for any commercially reasonable insurance deductible which such deductibles shall be included in the definition of Operating Expenses);

4.2.3.20 costs incurred by Landlord for alterations, additions, and replacements which are considered capital expenditures under sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied, except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 4.2.3 items (xi), (xii) and (xiii) above;

4.2.3.21 to the extent the Base, Shell and Core are not in compliance with Laws as of the Delivery Date, the costs of bringing the Base, Shell and Core relating into compliance with Laws;

4.2.3.22 to the extent the Common Areas are not in compliance with Laws as of the date Landlord receives a certificate of occupancy or temporary certificate of occupancy (or their legal equivalent) for the Base, Shell and Core, the costs of bringing the Common Areas into compliance with Laws;

4.2.3.23 to the extent the Building Systems are not in good condition and repair as of the Delivery Date, and Landlord discovers or is informed of such condition on or before the date that is sixty (60) days after the Lease Commencement Date, the cost of bringing the Building Systems into good condition and repair;

4.2.3.24 repairs or other work paid for through condemnation proceeds;

4.2.3.25 repairs, alterations, additions, improvements or replacements made to rectify or correct any defect in the design, materials, or workmanship of the Project;

4.2.3.26 fees and penalties, including interest, incurred by Landlord due to violation by Landlord or any other tenant or occupant of the Building of applicable Laws, the terms and conditions of any lease, ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust, or other covenants, conditions or restrictions encumbering the Building or the Land;

4.2.3.27 brokerage commissions, attorneys’ and accountants’ fees related thereto, loan brokerage fees, closing costs, interest charges and other similar costs incurred in connection with the sale, refinancing, mortgaging, or selling, or change of ownership of the Project;

 

-19-


4.2.3.28 all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any dispute relating to the Landlord’s title to or ownership of the Project or any portion thereof;

4.2.3.29 contributions to political or charitable organizations;

4.2.3.30 costs of correcting defects in the Building, and the Common Areas of the Project, or the equipment used therein and the replacement of defective equipment to the extent such costs are covered by warranties of manufacturers, suppliers or contractors, or are otherwise borne by parties other than Landlord, except that conditions resulting from ordinary wear and tear will not be deemed defects for the purpose of this category;

4.2.3.31 interest and penalties due to late payments of taxes and utility bills or any other obligations;

4.2.3.32 subject to Section 4.2.3.19, above, any damage and repairs covered under any insurance policy carried by, or required to be carried by, Landlord;

4.2.3.33 the costs of any “tenant relations” parties, events or promotions;

4.2.3.34 costs incurred in installing, operating and maintaining any specialty improvement not normally installed, operated and maintained in projects comparable to the Building, including, without limitation, an observatory, luncheon club, or athletic or recreational facilities;

4.2.3.35 costs and expenses of providing HVAC service to other tenant spaces in the Building during non-Building Hours;

4.2.3.36 costs and expenses to provide janitorial service, water, gas, fuel, steam, lights, sewer service and other utilities to other tenants or occupants of the Building materially in excess of amounts available to Tenant at no direct cost to Tenant (other than as a Direct Expense);

4.2.3.37 costs for janitorial services for any rentable area in the Building to the extent Tenant provides such services to the Premises at its own cost;

4.2.3.38 expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building;

4.2.3.39 advertising or promotional expenditures, and the costs of acquiring and installing signs in or on any of the Building identifying the owner of the Building or any other tenant or occupant of the Building;

4.2.3.40 costs of any mitigation fees, impact fees, subsidies, tap-in fees, development fees, connection fees or similar one time charges or costs (however characterized), imposed in connection with the issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy for the Building or any expansion thereof.

 

-20-


4.2.3.41 cost of any repairs to the Premises, the Building or the Project made necessary by any negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of its assignees, employees, or invitees, or their respective agents, representatives, contractors, or other persons permitted in or invited to the Premises or the Project by Landlord;

4.2.3.42 except to the extent required by this Lease, insurance premiums paid by Landlord to the extent (i) the amount of coverage provided by such policy materially exceeds the amount of coverage then being carried by landlords of the Comparable Buildings, or (ii) the type of insurance provided by such policy is not generally being carried by the landlords of the Comparable Buildings; and

4.2.3.43 except as set forth in Section 4.2.3(xii) above, costs relating to the repair of structural portions of the roof, foundations, floors and exterior walls and all structural seismic upgrading costs.

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Except with respect to the Management Fee, in no event shall any adjustments to Operating Expenses in any calendar year result in Landlord receiving from Tenant and other tenants more than one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of the actual Operating Expenses paid by Landlord in any such calendar year. Landlord shall not (i) make a profit by charging items to Operating Expenses that are otherwise also charged separately to others and (ii) subject to Landlord’s right to adjust the components of Operating Expenses described above in this paragraph, collect Operating Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants in the Building in an amount in excess of what Landlord incurs for the items included in Operating Expenses.

4.2.4 Taxes.

4.2.4.1 “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof (including, without limitation, the land upon which the Building is located). If, for any tax fiscal year, the Project is not separately assessed, but is assessed jointly with other property, then Landlord shall equitably apportion such Taxes Expenses for such tax fiscal year based upon allocable tax basis among the properties jointly assessed.

 

-21-


4.2.4.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“Proposition 13”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; (iv) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and (v) all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed upon or with respect to the Building and all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed on the land and improvements comprising the Project. All assessments which can be paid by Landlord in installments, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments permitted by law (except to the extent inconsistent with the general practice of landlords of the Comparable Buildings).

4.2.4.3 Any reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Refunds of Tax Expenses shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Tax Expenses under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Tax Expenses pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.4, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) any excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, documentary transfer taxes, federal or state income taxes, corporate, capital stock or capital gains taxes, penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay taxes or to file any tax or informational returns and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under

 

-22-


Section 4.5 of this Lease. In addition to the foregoing, Tax Expenses shall exclude the value of tenant improvements in other tenants’ premises (as opposed to “Base Building” improvements, as that term is defined in Section 8.2 of this Lease), as allocated to such other tenants on the assessment and assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than Seventy Dollars and No/100 ($70.00) per RSF (the “Building Standard Improvement Value”).

4.2.4.4 Tenant may request a tax appeal for real estate taxes from Landlord whether or not Landlord intends to file a tax appeal for real estate taxes that relate to any real estate tax fiscal year. If Landlord indicates that Landlord will not appeal such property taxes, then Landlord agrees to cooperate with Tenant should Tenant desire to appeal such property taxes for the Project. If Tenant elects to exercise the option to appeal pursuant to this Section, then Tenant is required to provide Landlord with written notice (“Appeals Notice”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the final date in which the appeal must be filed. Upon receipt of the Appeals Notice, Landlord shall retain a third party reasonably approved by Tenant in order to file and prosecute such appeal and thereafter Landlord shall diligently prosecute such appeal. Tenant may at any time in its sole discretion direct Landlord to terminate an appeal it previously elected pursuant to an Appeals Notice. In the event Tenant provides an Appeals Notice to Landlord and the resulting appeal reduces the property taxes for the calendar year in question as compared to the original bill received for such calendar year, then the costs for such appeal shall be included as an Operating Expense and passed through to the tenants of the Building. In turn, if the appeal is not successful, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written demand, for any and all costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with such appeal. Tenant’s failure to timely deliver an Appeals Notice shall waive Tenant’s rights to request an appeal of such tax increase or assessment for such calendar year. In addition, Tenant’s obligations to reimburse Landlord for the costs of the appeal pursuant to this Section, and Tenant’s right to benefit from any reduction in the Tax Expenses, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in the event the appeal is not concluded until after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Landlord agrees to keep Tenant apprised of all tax protest filings and proceedings undertaken by Landlord to obtain a reduction or refund of Tax Expenses.

4.2.5 “Tenants Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.3 Cost Pools. The parties acknowledge that certain of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e., the Direct Expenses) should be separately allocated to the Premises and the Retail Space. Direct Expenses shall be allocated between the Premises and Retail Space (each, a “Cost Pool”) based on the estimated benefit derived by the space which is the subject of the Cost Pool, and such allocations shall be reasonably determined by Landlord. Direct Expenses and Tax Expenses which apply equally to the Retail Space and the Premises (such as Landlord’s insurance costs), as reasonably determined by Landlord, shall be allocated to the Premises Cost Pool and the Retail Space Cost Pool based on the square footage of each of those spaces, respectively, compared to the total square footage of the Building. Any costs allocated to a Cost Pool (e.g. the Retail Space Cost Pool) which does not include a portion of the Premises shall be excluded from the definition of Direct Expenses for the purposes of this Lease.

 

-23-


4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Sections 4.4.1 and 4.4.2, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for each Expense Year. Landlord hereby agrees that, during the initial Lease Year and the following six (6) months of the Lease Term, Tenant shall not be liable for Direct Expenses, exclusive of utilities and janitorial costs, that are in excess of an amount equal to $11.91 per RSF of the Premises per annum.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant on or before May 1 following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state in general major categories the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for the particular Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Upon request from Tenant, Landlord shall provide more detailed information with respect to the expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to any of the general major categories. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, the full amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Direct Expenses,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2, below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (an “Excess”), Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of such Excess against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses is greater than the amount of Estimated Direct Expenses previously paid by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (again, an Excess), Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of such Excess. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which are first billed to Tenant more than eighteen (18) months following the expiration of any Expense Year (i.e. June 30 of the second year following the Expense Year), provided that in any event Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses which (x) were levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies, and (y) Landlord had not previously received an invoice therefor and which are currently due and owing (i.e., costs invoiced for the first time regardless of the date when the work or service relating to this Lease was performed), at any time following the Lease Expiration Date which are attributable to any Expense Year.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall give to Tenant prior to March 1 of each calendar year of the Lease Term, a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) for such calendar year which shall set forth, in general major categories, Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (the “Estimated Direct Expenses”). Upon request from Tenant, Landlord shall provide more detailed information with respect to the expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to any of the general major categories. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect

 

-24-


any Additional Rent under this Article 4, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess theretofore delivered to the extent necessary; provided that Landlord may not revise the Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess more than once in any Expense Year. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the second to last sentence of this Section 4.4.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant. Throughout the Lease Term Landlord shall maintain books and records with respect to Direct Expenses in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting and management practices, consistently applied.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the tenant improvements in the Premises (as opposed to the Base Building), whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the Building Standard Improvement Value, then, at Landlord’s option, the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1, above.

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

 

-25-


4.6 Landlord’s Books and Records. Landlord shall maintain for a period of at least two (2) years following the end of the calendar year to which they pertain, books and records relating to all Direct Expenses for such calendar year. Within one (1) year after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (the “Review Period”), if Tenant disputes the amount of Direct Expenses set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant (with no requirement that such independent certified public accountant be employed by a nationally or regionally recognized certified public accounting firm) or an employee or principal of a nationally or regionally recognized certified public accounting firm, which, in any event, is not working on a contingency fee basis, designated and paid for by Tenant (“Tenants Accountant”), may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records with respect to the Statement at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default wither respect to the payment of Base Rent and/or Direct Expenses under this Lease and Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement, as the case may be (provided that Tenant may pay such amounts under protest). In connection with such inspection, Tenant and Tenant’s agents must agree in advance to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of Landlord’s records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection. The inspection shall be completed within sixty (60) days following the date Landlord makes such records available for review. Tenant’s failure to dispute the amount of Additional Rent set forth in any Statement within the Review Period shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such Additional Rent, a determination as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s cost, by an independent certified public accountant who has not represented Landlord or Tenant or any of their affiliates in the preceding five (5) years (the “Accountant”) selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval, and such determination by the Accountant shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant; provided that if the final determination (as agreed upon by the parties or as determined by the Accountant) proves that Direct Expenses were overstated by more than four percent (4%), then the cost of Tenant’s Accountant and the Accountant shall be paid for by Landlord. If such final determination reflects that Tenant has overpaid Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the period in question, then Landlord shall credit such excess to Tenant’s next payment of Base Rent and Direct Expenses. If such final determination reflects that Tenant has underpaid Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall promptly pay such additional Direct Expenses to Landlord within thirty (30) days after such determination. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to inspect Landlord’s books and records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.7, and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to inspect such books and records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

-26-


5.2 Prohibited Uses. The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (vi) radio and/or television stations; or (vi) retail or restaurant uses (other than food service for Tenant and Tenant’s employees and invitees). Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the Rules and Regulations (as defined below); or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any “Environmental Laws” (as defined below) (collectively, “Laws”); Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any material way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2 to the contrary, Tenant need not comply with any Laws so long as Tenant is contesting the validity thereof or the applicability thereof in accordance with the remainder of this Section 5.2. Tenant, at its expense, after notice to Landlord, may contest by appropriate proceedings prosecuted diligently and in good faith, the validity or applicability of any Laws with which Tenant is responsible for compliance hereunder, provided that (a) the condition which is the subject of such contest does not pose a danger to persons or property, (b) the certificate of occupancy or other occupancy permit for the Premises or the Project is neither subject to being suspended nor threatened to be suspended by reason of non-compliance or otherwise by reason of such contest, and (c) Landlord is not subject to criminal penalty or to prosecution for a crime by reason of Tenant’s non-compliance or otherwise by reason of such contest.

5.3 Tenants Bicycles. Tenant’s employees shall be permitted to bring their bicycles into the Premises, subject to the provisions of this Section 5.3, and such additional reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated by Landlord from time to time (in Landlord’s reasonable discretion) and provided to Tenant that do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s ability to park its bicycles as contemplated herein; however, if there is a conflict between this Lease and such rules and regulations, this Lease shall prevail. AT NO TIME ARE RIDERS ALLOWED TO RIDE ANY BICYCLE IN THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE LOBBY OF THE BUILDING), OR ANYWHERE ELSE WITHIN THE PROJECT. RIDERS MUST ALWAYS WALK THEIR BICYCLES WITHIN THOSE AREAS OF THE PROJECT DESIGNATED AS PEDESTRIAN AREAS OR WALKWAYS. The right provided to Tenant and its employees in this Section 5.3 shall be subject to the requirement that all bicycles be taken directly to the Premises. Storage of any bicycle anywhere on the Project other than in the Premises is prohibited. Tenant shall keep its employees informed of these rules and regulations and any modifications thereto.

5.4 Tenants Dogs.

5.4.1 In General. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.4, and the Rules and Regulations, Tenant shall be permitted to bring non-aggressive, fully domesticated fully-vaccinated, dogs into the Premises (which dogs are owned by Tenant or an officer or employee of Tenant) (“Tenants Dogs”). Tenant’s Dogs must be on a leash while in any area of the Project outside of the Premises. Within three (3) business days following Tenant’s receipt of

 

-27-


Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable satisfactory evidence showing that all current vaccinations have been received by Tenant’s Dogs. Tenant’s Dogs shall not be brought to the Project if such dog is ill or contracts a disease that could potentially threaten the health or wellbeing of any tenant or occupant of the Building (which diseases may include, but shall not be limited to, rabies, leptospirosis and Lyme disease). While in the Building, Tenant’s Dogs must be taken directly to/from the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable dog related odors to emanate from the Premises, and in no event shall Tenant’s Dogs be at the Project overnight. All bodily waste generated by Tenant’s Dogs in or about the Project shall be promptly removed and disposed of in trash receptacles designated by Landlord, and any areas of the Project affected by such waste shall be cleaned and otherwise sanitized. No Tenant’s Dog shall be permitted to enter the Project if such Tenant’s Dog previously exhibited dangerously aggressive behavior.

5.4.2 Costs and Expenses. During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is not satisfied, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after demand, all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s Dogs presence in the Building, Premises or Project, including, but not limited to, janitorial, waste disposal, landscaping, signage, repair, and legal costs and expenses. During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is not satisfied, in the event Landlord receives any verbal or written complaints from any other tenant or occupant of the Project in connection with health-related issues (e.g., allergies) related to the presence of the Tenant’s Dogs in the Premises, the Building or the Project, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly meet and mutually confer, in good faith, to determine appropriate mitigation measures to eliminate the causes of such complaints (which mitigation measures may include, without limitation, additional and/or different air filters to be installed in the Premises heating, air conditioning and ventilation system, or elsewhere in the Building), and Tenant shall cause such measures to be taken promptly at its sole cost or expense.

5.4.3 Indemnity. The indemnification provisions of Article 10 of this Lease shall apply to any claims relating to any of Tenant’s Dogs.

5.4.4 Rights Personal to Original Tenant. The right to bring Tenant’s Dogs into the Premises pursuant to this Section 5.4 is personal to the Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferees. If Tenant assigns the Lease or sublets all or any portion of the Premises, then, as to the entire Premises, upon such assignment, or, as to the portion of the Premises sublet, upon such subletting and until the expiration of such sublease, the right to bring Tenant’s Dogs into such portion the Premises shall simultaneously terminate and be of no further force or effect.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services. Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to limitations imposed by applicable Law, Landlord shall provide heating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises during Building Hours; provided, however, at any time that the Office

 

-28-


Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, in lieu of provided HVAC only during Building Hours, Tenant may use HVAC or other building systems for up to fifty-three (53) hours per week, and if Tenant uses such HVAC or other building systems in excess of fifty-three (53) hours per week, then the incremental cost of operating the dedicated HVAC system(s) and/or building systems due to the excess wear and tear beyond that which would be customary for premises used for normal general office uses along with the incremental cost of maintaining, repairing and replacing all or any portion of the dedicated HVAC system(s) and/or building systems resulting from such excess wear and tear, as reasonably determined by Landlord, shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after written demand from Landlord as Additional Rental. Tenant shall pay for the cost of any modifications that are necessary to the Base Building as a result of Tenant’s occupancy density of more than 1 person per 125 rentable square feet of the Premises. The Building Hours shall be from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday and 9:00 A.M. to 12:00 P.M. on Saturdays (collectively, the “Building Hours”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally and nationally recognized holidays observed by landlords of Comparable Buildings or observed by unions providing services to the Project (collectively, the “Holidays”); provided that at any time that the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, Tenant may determine the Holidays.

6.1.2 Landlord shall furnish electricity to each floor of the Premises for the operation of Tenant’s electrical systems as follows: (i) for plug load at a demand load of not less than 4.25 watts per usable square foot per floor of the Premises (the foregoing demand load requirement shall exclude electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures); and (ii) for the operation of Tenant’s lighting at a demand load of not less than 0.75 watts per usable square foot per floor of the Premises.

6.1.3 Tenant shall be responsible to pay directly, and not as a part of Operating Expenses, for the cost of all electricity consumed in the Premises (not including electricity associated with the Building HVAC system). Such payments shall be made directly to the applicable utility, or if Tenant is not able to contract directly with such utility, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs (without mark-up) of electricity consumed in the Premises (not including electricity associated with the Building HVAC system) based on a separate submeter (the “Submetering Equipment”) installed with respect to the Premises by Landlord as part of the Landlord Work (as defined in the Work Letter) (the cost of such installation to be paid by Landlord). Tenant may audit Landlord’s readings of the Submetering Equipment and Landlord shall deliver reasonably detailed invoices to Tenant reflecting Landlord’s reading of the Submetering Equipment and resulting electricity costs.

6.1.4 As part of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall replace lamps, starters and ballasts for Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises; however, Tenant may elect to do such work itself at a later date, in which case such expenses shall be excluded from Operating Expenses. In addition, Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.5 Landlord shall not provide janitorial services for the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for performing all janitorial services and other cleaning of the Premises. The janitorial and cleaning of the Premises shall be adequate to maintain the Premises in a manner consistent with the Comparable Buildings. Landlord shall provide window washing services in a manner consistent with the Comparable Buildings.

 

-29-


6.1.6 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive (provided such use shall be exclusive, subject to Landlord’s reasonable use requirements, at any time that the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied), non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, and shall have at least one elevator available at all other times. Tenant shall provide such reasonable protection as Landlord may require during any period that Tenant is using a passenger elevator as a freight elevator.

6.1.7 Landlord shall provide reasonable access-control services for the Building in a manner materially consistent with the services provided by landlords of the Comparable Buildings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall in no case be liable for personal injury or property damage for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building or Project of any person except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord in connection with the selection of the vendor hired by Landlord to provide such access control services or in connection with the individuals that Landlord or Landlord’s access control vendor allows in the Building (other than the first (1st) floor lobby).

6.1.8 Landlord shall provide tepid and cold water at points of supply.

6.1.9 Landlord shall provide gas at points of supply. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems; provided, that, such regulations and requirements shall not require Tenant to reduce its occupancy density for the Premises.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use. During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is not satisfied, if Tenant uses water in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, including the cost of such additional metering devices. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation. If Tenant desires to use HVAC during non-Building Hours, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate (but Landlord shall not require more than one (1) business day notice), of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such HVAC, and Landlord shall supply such HVAC to Tenant at Landlord’s actual cost (which shall be treated as Additional Rent), including the cost of increased depreciation on the Base Building HVAC equipment but excluding the cost of electricity to the extent paid for directly by Tenant.

6.3 Interruption of Use. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 or elsewhere in the Lease.

 

-30-


6.4 Abatement Event. If (i) Landlord fails to perform the obligations required of Landlord under the TCCs of this Lease, and (ii) such failure causes all or a portion of the Premises to be untenantable and unusable by Tenant (except to the extent such failure is due to the failure of a utility company to provide electrical power to the Building), Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Abatement Notice”), specifying such failure to perform by Landlord (the “Abatement Event”). If Landlord has not cured such Abatement Event within five (5) days after the receipt of the Abatement Notice (or within five (5) days after the date Landlord otherwise had actual knowledge of such Abatement Event as reasonably demonstrated by Tenant) or if such Abatement Event lasts for ten (10) business days in the aggregate after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice in any twelve (12) month period (the “Eligibility Period”), Tenant may immediately abate Rent payable under this Lease for that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable and not used by Tenant, for the period from the commencement of such Abatement Event until the earlier of the date Landlord cures such Abatement Event or the date Tenant recommences the use of such portion of the Premises; provided that if the entire Premises has not been rendered untenantable and unusable by the Abatement Event, the amount of abatement that Tenant is entitled to receive shall be prorated based upon the percentage of the Premises (which shall be based on a ratio of the square feet of rentable area rendered untenantable and unusable to all of the rentable area leased by Tenant) so rendered untenantable and unusable and not used by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event there is a disruption of services to the Premises, Landlord agrees to promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such failure of such services. Such right to abate Rent shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive right to abate Rent as the result of an Abatement Event, but shall not otherwise limit Tenant’s remedies for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 6.4, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

6.5 Tenant Security System. Tenant shall be entitled to install a separate security system for the Premises and may include, without limitation, key-card systems, access gates (including, if the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, such gates in the ground floor lobby of the Building), security lighting and video monitoring equipment (including in the ceilings of the Common Areas adjacent to the Premises, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of the locations thereof, and provided that Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate in good faith with respect to any such video monitoring equipment located in the Common Areas) (“Tenants Security System”), either as an Alteration (pursuant to the TCCs of Article 8 or as a part of the initial Improvements being constructed pursuant to the TCCs of Exhibit B; provided, however, (i) Tenant shall ensure that Tenant’s Security System is compatible with any security system installed by Landlord, (ii) the plans and specifications for Tenant’s Security System shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, and (iii) the installation of Tenant’s Security System shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of Article 8 of this Lease and/or the Work Letter, as applicable. At Tenant’s sole cost, Tenant shall be permitted to tie Tenant’s Security Equipment into the Building Systems if requested by Tenant provided that (a) Tenant’s Security Equipment is compatible with the Building Systems and (b) Tenant’s Security System does not materially and adversely interfere with the Building Systems. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with Landlord’s security contractor as well as utilize its own employees or third parties to perform security services within the Premises. Tenant shall at all times provide Landlord with a contact person who can disarm the security system and who is familiar with the functions of Tenant’s Security System in the event of a malfunction.

 

-31-


6.6 Fire Stairs. Landlord hereby agrees that Landlord shall not prohibit Tenant from using the fire stairs between contiguous floors of the Premises for the regular travel of employees between such floors, except to the extent Landlord is otherwise ordered by a governmental entity having jurisdiction over the Premises to so prohibit Tenant from such use. Tenant shall have the right to have such fire stairs, and the door(s) to access such fire stairs on each floor of the Premises, monitored and accessed by a security system installed by Tenant pursuant to Section 6.5 of this Lease. Tenant may securitize the stairwell and make cosmetic alterations to the fire stairs pursuant to the terms of Article 8 of this Lease, so long as such securitization and alterations are code compliant; provided that for purposes of Section 8.5 of this Lease, below, any such securitization and cosmetic alterations shall be deemed to be Specialty Alteration. Landlord hereby makes no representation to Tenant as to whether or not the use of the fire stairs between contiguous floors of the Premises for the regular travel of employees between such floors is allowed under applicable Laws.

6.7 Rooftop Rights. In accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth in Article 8, below, and this Section 6.7, Tenant, on an non-exclusive basis, may use the Building’s roof for the installation and maintenance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the application of Improvement Allowance, of satellite dishes/antennae on the roof of the Building (and reasonable equipment and cabling related thereto), for receiving of signals or broadcasts (as opposed to the generation or transmission of any such signals or broadcasts) (all such equipment is defined collectively as the “Telecommunications Equipment”). Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to $750.00 per month for the use of the space on the roof provided to Tenant hereunder. The physical appearance and all specifications of the Telecommunications Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, the location of any such installation of the Telecommunications Equipment (“Tenants Rooftop Area”) shall be designated by Landlord, and Landlord may require Tenant to install screening around such Telecommunications Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, as reasonably designated by Landlord. Landlord makes no representations or warranties whatsoever with respect to the condition of the roof of the Building, or the fitness or suitability of the roof of the Building for the installation, maintenance and operation of the Telecommunications Equipment, including, without limitation, with respect to the quality and clarity of any receptions and transmissions to or from the Telecommunications Equipment and the presence of any interference with such signals whether emanating from the Building or otherwise. Tenant shall maintain such Telecommunications Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall remove such Telecommunications Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, and shall return the affected portion of the rooftop and the Premises to the condition the rooftop and the Premises would have been in had no such Telecommunications Equipment been installed (reasonable wear and tear excepted). Notwithstanding any such review or approval by Landlord, Tenant shall remain solely liable for any damage to any portion of the roof or roof membrane, specifically including any penetrations, in connection with Tenant’s installation, use, maintenance and/or repair of such Telecommunications Equipment, and Landlord shall have no liability therewith. Such Telecommunications Equipment shall, in all instances, comply with applicable Laws.

 

-32-


6.8 Supplemental HVAC Units. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, at any time during the Lease Term, Tenant shall have the right but not the obligation to install, in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth in Article 8, below (or in accordance with the Work Letter if installed as part of the Improvements), in the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the application of the Improvement Allowance, as applicable, one (1) or more “Supplemental HVAC Units” (defined below) in order to provide Tenant’s computer rooms, NOC, data center and/or other area(s) in the Premises with additional heating and cooling capacity. For purposes of clarification, Landlord shall only have a right to approve the manner and location in which Supplement HVAC Unit(s) are installed in the Premises (and Landlord shall not altogether disapprove of installation of Supplement HVAC Unit(s)). As used herein, the term “Supplemental HVAC Unit” shall mean a self-enclosed electric heating and cooling unit of the size and tonnage, and having the specifications, approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall have access to and use of a proportionate share of the Building’s distributed water (i.e., water not used in the operation of the Base Building) for such facilities and Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the actual costs to supply such distributed water, including any increased depreciation of the Building Systems used to supply distributed water. At the end of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any Supplemental HVAC Unit and restore all portions of the Premises and the Building affected by such removal to their condition immediately prior to the installation of such equipment, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

6.9 Additional Services. Should Tenant require, and should Landlord provide, any excessive or services in addition to those described in this Section 6.1 above (“Additional Services”), Tenant agrees to pay on demand, as Additional Rent, the expense of all Additional Services, and Landlord shall be entitled to impose and collect charges for Additional Services. Landlord may cause a switch and metering system to be installed at Tenant’s expense to measure the amount of utility services consumed. The cost of any such meters and their installation, maintenance, repair and replacement shall be paid by Tenant. All costs for such Additional Services shall be prorated among all tenants then requesting comparable Additional Services during such time periods.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Landlord shall maintain in good condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition, in a manner commensurate with the Comparable Buildings and in a clean, safe and neat condition, the structural portions of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof structure (as opposed to roof membrane), curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, stairwells, elevator cab, men’s and women’s washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all common and public areas servicing the Building, landscaping and exterior Project signage (collectively, “Building Structure”) and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems which were not constructed by Tenant Parties (collectively, the “Building Systems”) and the Common Areas. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises in making any repairs or replacements to the Building or the Premises. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including

 

-33-


all improvements, fixtures, equipment, interior window coverings, and furnishings therein, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises is located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems. Excluding Tenant’s self-help rights expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar Law.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlords Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the Building Structure portions or the Building Systems or is visible from the exterior of the Building. If Landlord disapproves of any proposed Alterations, Landlord shall respond, in writing, stating the grounds for such disapproval, within ten (10) business days after receipt of Tenant’s request for approval of the proposed Alterations. If Landlord fails to respond with its approval or disapproval within ten (10) business days after receipt of Tenant’s request, then Tenant may send Landlord a reminder notice setting forth such failure containing the following sentence at the top of such notice in bold, capitalized font at least twelve (12) points in size: “LANDLORDS FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN LANDLORDS DEEMED APPROVAL OF TENANTS ALTERATION” (the “Reminder Notice”). Any such Reminder Notice shall include a complete copy of Tenant’s plans and specification for such Alteration. If Landlord fails to respond within five (5) business days after receipt of a Reminder Notice, then Tenant’s Alteration for which Tenant requested Landlord’s approval shall be deemed approved by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days’ notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations do not (i) adversely affect the Building Systems or Building Structure, or effect the exterior appearance of the Building, or (ii) cost more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($250,000.00) for a particular job of work (the “Cosmetic Alterations”). The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

8.2 Manner of Construction. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable as to the manner in which such Alterations or repairs will be performed, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and any removal and/or restoration obligations required to be performed pursuant to the TCCs of Section 8.5 of this Lease. If Landlord fails to respond with its approval or disapproval of Tenant’s contractors within five (5) business days, then Tenant may send Landlord a reminder notice setting forth such failure containing the following sentence at the top of such request in bold, capitalized font at least twelve (12) points in size: “LANDLORDS FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS NOTICE WITHIN

 

-34-


TWO (2) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN LANDLORDS DEEMED APPROVAL OF TENANTS CONTRACTOR” (the “Contractor Reminder Notice”). If Landlord fails to respond within two (2) business days after receipt of a Contractor Reminder Notice, then Tenant’s contractor for which Tenant requested Landlord’s approval shall be deemed approved by Landlord. If Landlord shall give its consent, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant acquiring a permit to do the work from appropriate governmental agencies, the furnishing of a copy of such permit to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work, and the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and expeditious manner. If such Alterations will involve the use of or disturb hazardous materials or substances existing in the Premises, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s rules and regulations concerning such hazardous materials or substances. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable Laws, and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority), all in conformance with Landlord’s Construction Rules and Regulation (as defined below). In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The “Base Building” shall include the Building Structure and the Building Systems. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to materially obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to materially obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall retain any union trades to the extent designated by Landlord. Further, Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Francisco in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute and Tenant shall deliver to the property manager a reproducible copy of the “as built” and CAD drawings of the Alterations, to the extent applicable, as well as copies of all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations. “Construction Rules and Regulations” shall be the reasonable and customary rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord regarding construction performed by tenants of the Building and provided to Tenant in writing, which shall be materially consistent with the construction rules and regulations of other Comparable Buildings. To the extent of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Construction Rules and Regulations and the terms and conditions of this Lease, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall control.

8.3 Payment for Improvements. If payment is made directly to contractors, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the reasonable costs of Landlord’s third party engineers and other third party consultants (but not Landlord’s on-site management personnel) which are reasonably required to be engaged by Landlord for review of all plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoices from Landlord together with reasonable supporting evidence. Landlord shall not be entitled to receive an administrative or supervision fee with regard to repairs, Alterations or any other work arising from or related to this Lease except as expressly set forth herein unless Tenant hires Landlord to perform the Alterations, in which case, an administrative fee will be negotiated between Landlord and Tenant at that time.

 

-35-


8.4 Construction Insurance. In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant and Tenant’s Agents (as defined in the Work Letter attached hereto) carry insurance in accordance with Section 4.2.2.4 of the Work Letter attached hereto. In addition, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee; provided, however, Landlord shall not require the Original Tenant or any Permitted Transferee Assignee to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security.

8.5 Landlords Property. Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) all Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s removable trade fixtures, furniture or non-affixed office equipment), from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord, and (ii) the Improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the TCCs of the Work Letter shall, upon completion of the same, be and become a part of the Premises and the property of Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any “Specialty Improvements” to the Premises, and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal; provided, however, if, in connection with its notice to Landlord with respect to any such Specialty Improvements, (x) Tenant requests Landlord’s decision with regard to the removal of such Specialty Improvements, and (y) Landlord thereafter agrees in writing to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Specialty Improvements, then Tenant shall not be required to so remove such Specialty Improvements; provided further, however, that if Tenant requests such a determination from Landlord and Landlord, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such request from Tenant with respect to Specialty Improvements, fails to address the removal requirement with regard to such Specialty Improvements, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Specialty Improvements. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Specialty Improvements, then Landlord may do so and may charge the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs thereof to Tenant, which costs shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of invoice together with reasonable supporting evidence. “Specialty Improvements” means any Alterations other than normal and customary general office improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Specialty Improvements” shall (i) not include conference rooms, training space or Cosmetic Alterations and (ii) include (a) any Alterations which affect the Base Building, (b) any fitness facility in the Premises, (c) any showers, restrooms, washrooms or similar facilities in the Premises that are not part of the Base Building, and (d) any private stairways in the Premises. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval with respect to what Improvements or Alterations Landlord may require Tenant to remove at the expiration of the Lease.

 

-36-


ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable Laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within twenty (20) days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver. Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord or the “Landlord Parties” (as that term is defined below), Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from: (a) any causes (including Alterations performed by Tenant) in, on or about the Premises; (b) the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant; (c) any activity, work, or thing done, or permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises (including without limitation, arising from Tenant’s bicycles or Tenant’s Dogs); (d) any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant, or the contractors, agents, employees, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project (collectively, “Tenant Parties”); (e) any violation by Tenant of any Law; (f) any injury or damage to the person, property, or business of Tenant, its employees,

 

-37-


agents, contractors, invitees, visitors, or any other person entering upon the Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant; or (g) the placement of any personal property or other items within the Premises. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Tenant and the Tenant Parties from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from (1) the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and its affiliates and their respective partners and subpartners and all of their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, invitees, and independent contractors in, on or about the Project, or (2) any violation by Landlord of any Law. Each party’s agreement to indemnify the other pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by such party pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover the matters subject to such party’s indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

10.2 Landlords Insurance. Landlord shall insure the Project during the Lease Term against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage and special extended coverage. Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other terms and conditions, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine. Landlord shall also carry rent continuation insurance. Additionally, at the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may include the risks of earthquakes and/or flood damage and additional hazards, a rental loss endorsement and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of the holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Project or the ground or underlying lessors of the Project, or any portion thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.2, the coverage and amounts of insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project shall be materially comparable to the coverage and amounts of insurance which are carried by landlords of Comparable Buildings (provided that in no event shall Landlord be required to carry earthquake insurance). Landlord shall carry commercial general liability insurance with a combined single limit coverage of at least $3,000,000.00 per occurrence. All such insurance shall be obtained from insurers which meet the requirements of Section 10.6 below. This policy shall include coverage for liabilities assumed under this Lease as an insured contract. Duly executed certificates showing the material terms for the same, shall be deposited with Tenant on the date Tenant first occupies the Premises and upon renewals of such policies upon written request. Any failure of Landlord to obtain and maintain the insurance policies and coverages required hereunder or failure by Landlord to meet any of the insurance requirements of this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods shall entitle Tenant to pursue, exercise or obtain any of the remedies provided for in Section 19.5 below, and Landlord shall be solely responsible for any loss suffered by Tenant as a result of such failure. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase; provided, however, Landlord hereby covenants that the use of the Premises for general office use shall not increase the premiums for Landlord’s insurance policies.

 

-38-


10.3 Tenants Insurance. Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts. The required evidence of coverage must be delivered to Landlord on or before the date required under Section 10.6(1) sub-sections (x) and (y), or Section 10.6(II) below (as applicable). Such policies shall be for a term of at least one (1) year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Broad Form contractual liability covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) based upon or arising out of Tenant’s operations, occupancy or maintenance of the Project and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be written on an “occurrence” basis. Landlord and any other party the Landlord so specifies that has a material financial interest in the Project, including Landlord’s managing agent, ground lessor and/or lender, if any, shall be named as additional insureds as their interests may appear using Insurance Service Organization’s form CG2011 or a comparable form reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide an endorsement or policy excerpt showing that Tenant’s coverage is primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing. The coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations. This policy shall include coverage for liabilities assumed under this Lease as an insured contract. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. Limits of liability insurance shall not be less than the following; provided, however, such limits may be achieved through the use of an Umbrella/Excess Policy:

 

Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability

   $10,000,000 each occurrence

Personal Injury and Advertising Liability

   $10,000,000 each occurrence

Tenant Legal Liability/Damage to Rented Premises Liability

   $1,000,000.00

10.3.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, personal property, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s business personal property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Improvements (excluding the Base, Core and Shell), and (iii) all Alterations performed in the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a Special Form basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts), without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for all perils that would be covered under a commercially reasonable all perils/all risk special form property insurance policy typically carried by a general office tenant in the Comparable Buildings.

 

-39-


10.3.3 Business Income Interruption for one year (1) plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.4 Worker’s Compensation or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations, and Employer’s Liability with minimum limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident/employee/disease.

10.3.5 Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance covering all Owned (if any), Hired, or Non-owned vehicles with limits not less than $ 1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage.

10.4 No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Landlord makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Tenant’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

10.5 Property Insurance Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers. Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant that their respective property insurance policies shall include a waiver of (i) subrogation by the insurers, and (ii) all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties or Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties (as the case may be) in connection with any property loss risk thereby insured against. Tenant will cause all subtenants and licensees of the Premises claiming by, under, or through Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a waiver of claims similar to the waiver in this Section 10.5 and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements (and Landlord shall deliver to all subtenants and licensees of the Premises a reciprocal waiver of claims similar to the waiver in this Section 10.5). If either party hereto fails to maintain the waivers set forth in items (i) and (ii) above, the party not maintaining the requisite waivers shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the other party for, from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, resulting from, or relating to, such failure.

10.6 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having an AM Best rating of not less than A-VII (or to the extent AM Best ratings are no longer available, then a similar rating from another comparable rating agency), or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California, (ii) be in a commercially reasonable form and content and complying with the requirements of Section 10.3 (including, Sections 10.3.1 through 10.3.5), (iii) neither party shall do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Tenant shall endeavor to cause said insurance to provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice (ten (10) days’ in the event of non-payment of premium) shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of

 

-40-


Landlord. Tenant shall deliver certificates thereof and applicable endorsements or policy excerpts which meet the requirements of this Article 10 to Landlord on or before (I) the earlier to occur of: (x) the Lease Commencement Date, and (y) the date Tenant and/or its employees, contractors and/or agents first enter the Premises for occupancy, construction of improvements, alterations, or any other move-in activities, and (II) ten (10) business days after the renewal of such policies. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such certificates and applicable endorsements or policy excerpts, Landlord may, at its option, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to obtain such insurance within ten (10) business days thereafter, procure such policies for the account of Tenant and the sole benefit of Landlord, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.7 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, but in no event in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of the Comparable Buildings. Landlord may change the amounts and/or types of insurance required to be carried by Tenant in accordance with the preceding sentence only one time during the initial nine (9) years of the Lease Term and only one time during each and every five (5)-year period (if any) thereafter.

10.8 Third-Party Contractors. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord, Third Party Contractor’s certificates of insurance and applicable endorsements or policy excerpts at least seven (7) business days prior to the commencement of work in or about the Premises by any third-party contractor (collectively, a “Third Party Contractor”) evidencing that such Third Party Contractor carries (i) commercial general liability insurance with a combined single limit coverage of at least $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00 in the aggregate, and (ii) the same insurance requirements that Tenant is obligated to carry pursuant to Sections 10.3.4 and 10.3.5, above. In addition, if such third party Contractor is a general contractor, then such Third Party Contractor shall be required to also carry $5,000,000 in umbrella/excess insurance. All such insurance shall (a) name Landlord as an additional insured under such party’s liability policies as required by Section 10.3.1 above and this Section 10.8, (b) provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord under such Third Party Contractor’s commercial general liability insurance, and (c) be primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises. If the Base Building or any Common Areas shall be damaged by a fire or any other casualty (collectively, a “Casualty”), Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other Laws. Within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any Casualty, Landlord shall cause to be delivered to Tenant an estimate (the “Estimate”),

 

-41-


prepared by a qualified, independent, experienced and reputable architect and/or general contractor and addressed to Tenant, of the number of days (assuming no “Force Majeure,” as that term is defined in Section 29.16 of this Lease, delay), measured from the date of the Casualty, that will be required for Landlord to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Base Building and the Common Areas (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums). Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises resulting from a Casualty, and Tenant shall promptly inform its insurance carrier of any such damage. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and Alterations installed in the Premises in accordance with Article 8, above provided, however, Tenant shall not be obligated to expend more than Seventy and No/100 Dollars ($70.00) per RSF of the Premises; provided further that such $70.00 amount shall be increased every Expense Year during the Lease Term to an amount equal to the product of (A) $70.00, and (B) a percentage equal to the percentage increase in the “Index,” as that term is defined below, from the initial Expense Year to the then current Expense Year. In no event shall such amount be less than $70.00 per RSF. As used herein, the term “Index” shall mean the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers/All Items (San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, 1982-1984 = 100). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business during any such repairs. If such Casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises is not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises is unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of RSF of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total RSF of the Premises. If a portion of a floor of the Premises is unfit for occupancy, it shall be reasonable for Tenant to terminate all business operations on such floor and therefore the entire floor shall be deemed unfit for occupancy. Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

11.2 Termination Rights. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Base Building and Common Areas, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) according to the Estimate, repairs to the Base Building and Common Areas cannot be completed within twelve(12) months after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) of the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iv) the damage occurs during the last eighteen (18) months of the Lease Term and according to the Estimate restoration and repair of the Base Building and Common Areas cannot be completed within ninety (90) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums). Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by notifying Landlord in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Estimate, such notice to include a termination

 

-42-


date giving Tenant up to sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Tenant may so elect only if one or more of the following conditions is present: (A) according to the Estimate, repairs to the Base Building and Common Areas cannot be completed within twelve (12) months after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums) or (B) the damage occurs during the last eighteen (18) months of the Lease Term and according to the Estimate restoration and repair of the Base Building and Common Areas cannot be completed within ninety (90) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums). Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed on or before the later of (1) the date that occurs twelve (12) months after the date of discovery of the damage, and (2) the date that occurs ninety (90) days after the expiration of the period of time set forth in the Estimate, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord (the “Damage Termination Notice”), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the “Damage Termination Date”), which Damage Termination Date may be up to sixty (60) days after delivery of the Damage Termination Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Damage Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of the Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord’s contractor responsible for the repair of the damage certifying that it is such contractor’s good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period, then the Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty-day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty-day period. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) the portion of insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under items (ii) of Section 10.3.2 of this Lease applicable to Improvements paid for by Landlord (which shall not exceed Seventy and No/100 Dollars ($70.00) per RSF of the Premises; provided that (A) such $70.00 amount shall be increased every Expense Year during the Lease Term to an amount equal to the product of (A) $70.00, and (B) a percentage equal to the percentage increase in the Index from the initial Expense Year to the then current Expense Year, and (B) in no event shall such amount be less than $70.00 per RSF).

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

 

-43-


ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority if such taking or condemnation would render the operation of the Building economically unfeasible. If more than ten percent (10%) of the RSF of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, any Improvement and Alterations paid for by Tenant without reimbursement, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part

 

-44-


of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of RSF of the Premises taken bears to the total RSF of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of RSF of the Premises taken bears to the total RSF of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person or entity to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than fifteen (15) business days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (iii) a calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, and (iv) if Tenant proposes to assign the Lease other than to a Permitted Transferee Assignee, current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall not sublease the Premises on any basis such that the rent or other amounts to be paid by the Transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on either (i) the net income or profits derived by the business activities of the proposed sublessee, or (b) any other formula such that any portion of the Rent would fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision hereto. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonably review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, not to exceed $2,500.00 for a particular Transfer, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

 

-45-


14.2 Landlords Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Landlord shall approve or reasonably disapprove of any proposed Transfer within ten (10) business days after receipt of request for approval. If Landlord fails to respond within such ten (10) business day period, then Tenant may send Landlord a reminder notice setting forth such failure containing the following sentence at the top of such notice in bold, capitalized font at least twelve (12) points in size: “LANDLORDS FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN LANDLORDS DEEMED APPROVAL OF TENANTS REQUEST FOR TRANSFER” (the “Transfer Reminder Notice”). Any such Transfer Reminder Notice shall include a complete copy of Tenant’s Transfer Notice. If Landlord fails to respond within five (5) business days after receipt of a Transfer Reminder Notice, then Tenant’s Transfer for which Tenant requested Landlord’s approval shall be deemed approved by Landlord. The parties hereby agree that it shall only be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable Law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, then with respect to Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of a Transfer by Tenant:

14.2.1.1 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.1.2 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.1.3 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested; and

14.2.1.4 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project.

14.2.2 During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is not satisfied, then with respect to Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of a Transfer of this Lease by Tenant:

14.2.2.1 The conditions set forth in Sections 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 and 14.2.2.3, above; and

14.2.2.2 The sublessee (or any affiliate of the sublessee) is then negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord within the previous three (3) months to become a tenant of the office space portion of the Project, or is a current tenant or subtenant within the office portion of the Building or Project, provided, however, Landlord must be able to accommodate such sublessee with available inventory in the Building. In the event Tenant seeks

 

-46-


to enter into a sublease, then Tenant may provide written notice to Landlord of its desire to sublease a portion of the Premises and Landlord and Tenant agree, in good faith, to discuss Tenant’s sublease desires and whether Tenant shall have the right to approach any current tenants or subtenants in the Building; provided, however, Landlord may elect that Tenant shall not have the right to contact any current tenant or subtenants of the Building or Project for Tenant’s subleasing of the Premises if Landlord reasonably believes it can accommodate such tenant’s or subtenant’s space needs in the Building with currently or imminently available inventory in the Building.

14.2.3 During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is not satisfied, then with respect to Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of an assignment of this Lease by Tenant:

14.2.3.1 The conditions set forth in Sections 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2, 14.2.2.2 and 14.2.2.3, above; and

14.2.3.2 The assignee (or any affiliate of the assignee) is then negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord within the previous three (3) months to become a tenant of the office space portion of the Project, or is a current tenant or subtenant within the office portion of the Building or Project, provided, however, Landlord must be able to accommodate such assignee with available inventory in the Building. In the event Tenant seeks to assign the Lease, then Tenant may provide written notice to Landlord of its desire to assign the Lease and Landlord and Tenant agree, in good faith, to discuss Tenant’s assignment desires and whether Tenant shall have the right to approach any current tenants or subtenants in the Building; provided, however, Landlord may elect that Tenant shall not have the right to contact any current tenant or subtenants of the Building or Project for Tenant’s assignment of its Lease if Landlord reasonably believes it can accommodate such tenant’s space needs in the Building with currently or imminently available inventory in the Building.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six (6)-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any right to terminate this Lease as a result thereof, however, such waiver shall not limit any other rights and remedies available under this Lease at law or in equity for such claim.

14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional

 

-47-


Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per RSF basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred. The Transfer Premium shall be calculated after first deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent or other economic concessions reasonably provided to the Transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions or legal fees in connection with the Transfer, and (iv) in the case of any sublease, any actual costs incurred by Tenant in separately demising the portion of the Premises (“Transfer Costs”). “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. Tenant shall first recoup all Transfer Costs from the Transferee before any Transfer Premium must be paid to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant be required to pay a Transfer Premium in connection with a Transfer pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease, below.

14.4 Landlords Option as to Subject Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, in the event Tenant contemplates a Transfer of all or a portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Intention to Transfer Notice”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined); provided, however, that Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall only be obligated to deliver an Intention to Transfer Notice hereunder, and Landlord shall only have the right to recapture space with respect to, (A) an assignment of this Lease, (B) a sublease of the entire Premises, or (C) a sublease for the remainder of the Lease Term (for purposes hereof, a sublease shall be deemed to be for the remainder of the Lease Term if, assuming all sublease renewal or extension rights are exercised, such sublease shall expire during the final six (6) months of the Lease Term); provided further, however, in no event shall Landlord have a right to recapture space in connection with an assignment or sublease pursuant to the terms of Section 14.7 or 14.8, below. The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of RSF of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “Contemplated Transfer Space”), the contemplated date of commencement of the contemplated Transfer (the “Contemplated Effective Date”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within ten (10) business days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Such recapture shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, then (A) the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of RSF retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of total RSF contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same, and (B) in addition to any reduction otherwise allowed pursuant to the terms of Section 21.7, the L-C Amount (and, if applicable, the reduced L-C Amounts in Section 21.7 below) shall be proportionately reduced on the basis of the number of RSF retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of total RSF contained in the Premises as of the date of the partial termination of the Lease. Landlord agrees to

 

-48-


authorize such reduction in writing to the issuer of the L-C and Landlord shall return the original L-C deposited hereunder to Tenant within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s delivery of the new L-C. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture such Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 14.4, then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14, for a period of seven (7) months (the “Seven Month Transfer Period”) commencing on the last day of such fifteen (15) business day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any Transfer made during the Seven Month Transfer Period, provided that any such Transfer is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14. If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Seven Month Transfer Period (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Seven Month Transfer Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer, as provided above in this Section 14.4.

14.5 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the TCCs of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the Original Tenant shall not be bound by any amendment or agreement which is not expressly executed and delivered by the Original Tenant, and Landlord is not authorized or entitled to rely upon any assignee or subtenant to the contrary, whether or not the same is a Permitted Transferee. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than three percent (3%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit. In connection with such audit, Landlord and Landlord’s agents must agree in advance to follow Tenant’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of Tenant’s records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection.

14.6 Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, beyond all applicable notice and cure periods expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that

 

-49-


Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.7 Deemed Consent Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, (A) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (B) a sale of shares of capital stock in Tenant, (C) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant, (D) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant during the Lease Term, or (E) an assignment or sublease to an entity acquiring and continuing Tenant’s business operations at or from the Premises, shall not be deemed a Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent under this Article 14 (any such assignee or sublessee described in items (A) through (E) of this Section 14.7 hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”), provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of any such assignment or sublease (or at least ten (10) business days after the effective date of such assignment or sublease if Tenant is prevented by Law or confidentiality requirements from disclosing such transaction to Landlord prior to the consummation thereof) and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer or Permitted Transferee as set forth above, (ii) such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, (iii) no assignment or sublease relating to this Lease, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease, and (iv) the liability of such Permitted Transferee under an assignment shall be joint and several with Tenant. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease who qualifies as a Permitted Transferee may also be referred to herein as a “Permitted Transferee Assignee.

14.8 Occupancy by Others. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 14, the Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignees shall have the right, without the receipt of Landlord’s consent and without payment to Landlord of the Transfer Premium or counting towards Landlord’s right to recapture space under Section 14.4 above, to permit the occupancy of up to one (1) full floor of the Premises to any individual(s) or entity that has an ongoing business relationship with Tenant (other than the dual occupancy of the Premises), which occupancy shall include the use of a corresponding interior support area and other portions of the Premises which shall be common to Tenant and the permitted occupants, on and subject to the following conditions: (i) each individual or entity shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the quality of the Building and the Project; (ii) no individual or entity shall occupy a separately demised portion of the Premises or which contains an entrance to such portion of the Premises other than the primary entrance to the Premises; and (iii) such occupancy shall not be a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease or the restrictions on Transfers pursuant to this Article 14. Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord of any occupancy under this Section 14.8

 

-50-


within ten (10) business days after the commencement thereof. Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding the identity of any such individuals or entities. Any occupancy permitted under this Section 14.8 shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such occupancy shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND

REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of each portion of the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition given the length of the Lease Term, reasonable wear and tear, damage from casualty and condemnation and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. For purposes of clarification, upon the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant shall have no obligation to “refresh” or upgrade the Premises, such as by painting or carpeting or modifying any fixtures. Upon such expiration or termination, in addition to Tenant’s obligations under Section 29.32, below, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, server and telephone equipment, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such

 

-51-


case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to the product of (A) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease, and (B) a percentage equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%). Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Tenant’s payment of Rent as set forth in this Article 16 shall be proportionately reduced for every floor of the Premises vacated by Tenant during any entire month of any holdover period such that Tenant shall only pay Rent for those floor(s) of the Building actually occupied by Tenant during all or a portion of any month of any holdover period; provided, however, to the extent that Landlord has entered into a third-party lease with respect to a portion of the Premises (and Landlord has provided to Tenant notice of such lease at least sixty (60) days prior to the Lease Expiration Date), and such third-party lease is applicable to one or more floors that Tenant has vacated and one or more floor that Tenant has failed to vacate, then Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over is all of the space governed by such third-party lease. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; FINANCIAL INFORMATION

17.1 Tenant Estoppel. Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Landlord), which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be in the form of Exhibit E, attached hereto, indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other factual information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. If Tenant fails to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Landlord), Landlord may provide to Tenant a second written request with respect to such estoppel certificate which written notice must state in bold and all caps “FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS WRITTEN NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER RECEIPT HEREOF SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF AN ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE”. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Landlord) within a five (5) business day period following the receipt of Landlord’s second written request therefor, such failure shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. If Tenant provides written comments to any estoppel certificate received from Landlord, then Tenant shall have five (5) business days following receipt of a revised estoppel certificate to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord such revised estoppel certificate (or provide written comments to any such revised estoppel certificate delivered by Landlord) and the same process described above shall apply with respect to Tenant’s failure to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such revised estoppel certificate (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Landlord).

 

-52-


17.2 Financial Information. In connection with any sale or financing (or refinancing) of the Building, or at any time during the Lease Term that Tenant is in monetary default, beyond any notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, under this Lease, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Landlord agrees that Tenant’s financial statements are deemed to be Tenant’s confidential information. Landlord hereby agrees to maintain Tenant’s financial statements as proprietary and confidential and will take reasonable measures to avoid disclosure and unauthorized use of the financial statements (including, without limitation, measures at least as stringent as it takes to protect its own confidential information of a similar nature). Landlord agrees not to disclose Tenant’s financial statements to any third party other than as-needed to any lender, prospective lender, or purchaser and to Landlord’s attorneys, accountants, investment advisors and similar business advisors, provided that in the case of each such disclosure: (a) such disclosures are for bona fide business purposes related to the Project; (b) all such third parties have signed a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement prior to receiving any of Tenant’s financial statements; and (c) in case of any breach by any such third party of the applicable non-disclosure agreement, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for such breach, but Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to enforce the terms of such non-disclosure agreement, including, without limitation, assigning Landlord’s rights to enforce such non-disclosure agreement to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of confidentiality provided for with respect to Tenant’s financial statements shall not apply to the extent the financial statements: (i) are required to be disclosed by applicable laws after giving reasonable notice to Tenant to allow Tenant time to seek a protective order, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, (ii) are, at the time of delivery, already in the lawful possession of the receiving party, (iii) are, at the time of disclosure, in a public offering or in the public domain, or, after disclosure by a person or entity not subject to the confidentiality obligations herein, has become part of the public domain, (iv) are independently developed (1) by the receiving party without breaching the confidentiality obligations herein, or (2) by parties who have not had, either directly or indirectly, access to or knowledge of the financial statements; or (v) are disclosed with Tenant’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (A) stock in the entity which constitutes Tenant under this Lease (as opposed to an entity that “controls” Tenant or is otherwise an “affiliate” of Tenant, as those terms are defined in Section 14.7 of this Lease) is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, and (B) Tenant has its own, separate and distinct 10K and 10Q filing requirements (as opposed joint or cumulative filings with an entity that controls Tenant or with entities which are otherwise Affiliates of Tenant), then Tenant’s obligation to provide Landlord with a copy of its most recent current financial statement shall be deemed satisfied.

17.3 Landlord Estoppel. Landlord hereby agrees to provide to Tenant an estoppel certificate signed by Landlord, containing the same types of information, and within the same periods of time, as set forth above, with such changes as are reasonably necessary to reflect that the estoppel certificate is being granted and signed by Landlord to Tenant, rather than from Tenant to Landlord or a lender, and shall also contain any other factual information reasonably requested by Tenant. If Landlord fails to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Tenant), Tenant may provide to Landlord a second written request with respect to such estoppel certificate which written

 

-53-


notice must state in bold and all caps “FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS WRITTEN NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER RECEIPT HEREOF SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF AN ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE”. If Landlord fails to execute and deliver such certificate (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Tenant) within a five (5) business day period following the receipt of Landlord’s second written request therefor, such failure shall constitute an acknowledgment by Landlord that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective assignee, lender, subtenant or investor of Tenant. If Landlord provides written comments to any estoppel certificate received from Tenant, then Landlord shall have five (5) business days following receipt of a revised estoppel certificate to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant such revised estoppel certificate (or provide written comments to any such revised estoppel certificate delivered by Tenant) and the same process described above shall apply with respect to Landlord’s failure to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such revised estoppel certificate (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Tenant).

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

18.1 In General. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other security documents now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof (collectively, “Security Documents”), and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto (collectively, the “Superior Holders”); provided, however, that in consideration of and a condition precedent to Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease to any future mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances, Landlord shall provide Tenant a commercially reasonable subordination non-disturbance and attornment agreement which requires such Superior Holder to accept this lease, and not to disturb tenant’s possession, so long as an event of default has not occurred and is then continuing beyond all applicable notice and cure periods (a “SNDA Agreement”) executed by Landlord and the appropriate Superior Holder. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the TCCs of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of request by Landlord, execute an SNDA Agreement. If Tenant fails to timely execute such SNDA Agreement (or provide written comments to any proposed SNDA Agreement delivered by Landlord), Landlord may provide to Tenant a second written request with respect to such SNDA Agreement which written notice must state in bold and all caps “FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS WRITTEN NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER RECEIPT HEREOF

 

-54-


SHALL CONSTITUTE AN EVENT OF DEFAULT”. If Tenant fails to execute such SNDA Agreement (or provide written comments to any proposed SNDA Agreement delivered by Landlord) with such five (5) business day period shall be deemed to be a material event of default hereunder (with no further cure period under Section 19.1 below). Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future Law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. If Tenant provides commercially reasonable written comments to any SNDA Agreement received from Landlord, then Tenant shall have five (5) business days following receipt of a revised SNDA Agreement to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord such revised SNDA Agreement (or provide commercially reasonable written comments to any such revised SNDA Agreement delivered by Landlord) and the same process described above shall apply with respect to Tenant’s failure to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such revised SNDA Agreement (or provide commercially reasonable written comments to any proposed SNDA Agreement delivered by Landlord).

18.2 Notice to Lenders. Tenant agrees to give all holders of Security Documents (collectively, “Lenders”), by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such obligation to give notice, Tenant has been notified, in writing (by way of Notice of Assignment of Rents and Leases, or otherwise), of the addresses of the Lenders. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided in this Lease, then before Tenant pursues its other remedies (excluding the remedy provided to Tenant pursuant to Section 19.6, below), all Lenders shall have an additional thirty (30) days (the “Lender Cure Period”) within which to cure the default on behalf of Landlord; except that if the default cannot be reasonably cured within the Lender Cure Period, each of the Lenders shall have such additional time as may be reasonably necessary to complete such cure. If the default is such that a Lender must gain possession of the Project or any portion of it in order to be able to effect a cure, then the commencement of foreclosure proceedings against Landlord shall be deemed to constitute the commencement by the Lender of the cure of the default by Landlord.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice;

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2. any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default;

 

-55-


19.1.3 To the extent permitted by Law, (i) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease being placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becoming subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (ii) a general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless in the case of such a proceeding filed against Tenant or any guarantor the same is dismissed within ninety (90) days, or (iv) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is restored to Tenant or such guarantor within ninety (90) days, or (v) any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located upon the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is discharged within ninety (90) days;

19.1.4 Abandonment (as defined in California Civil Code Section 1951.3) of the Premises by Tenant;

19.1.5 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5 (to the extent such failure causes a violation of Law by Tenant) or 14 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than five (5) business days after notice from Landlord; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a five (5) business day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default;

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by Law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

19.2.1.1 The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

-56-


19.2.1.2 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

19.2.1.3 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

19.2.1.4 Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and

19.2.1.5 At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable Law. The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1.1 and 19.2.1.2, above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 19.2.1.3, above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s damages in the event of any event of default by Tenant shall not include any construction costs paid or incurred by Landlord, any brokerage commissions or allowances paid by Landlord to Tenant (including the Improvement Allowance) or any free rent provided to Tenant (or any rent attributable to any period between the satisfaction of the Delivery Condition of the Premises and the Lease Commencement Date for the Premises).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant,. Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any Law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable Law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

 

-57-


19.4 Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.5 Landlord Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity. Any final award, which is not subject to appeal, from a court or arbitrator in favor of Tenant requiring payment by Landlord under this Lease which is not paid by Landlord within the time period directed by such award (together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date Landlord was required to pay such amount until such offset occurs), may be offset by Tenant from Rent next due and payable under this Lease; provided, however, Tenant may not deduct the amount of the award against more than fifty percent (50%) of Base Rent next due and owing (until such time as the entire amount of such judgment is deducted) to the extent following a foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure.

19.6 Tenants Right to Make Repairs. During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, if an “Emergency Situation” (as defined herein) or Adverse Condition involving the Premises or Tenant’s personnel or property exists, and Landlord is obligated under the terms of this Lease to cure or remediate such Emergency Condition or Adverse Condition, then Landlord shall promptly commence and diligently perform all repairs required by Landlord under this Lease or take such other actions, if any, required of Landlord under this Lease to cure or remediate such Emergency Situation or Adverse Condition. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if (i) any Emergency Situation occurs or (ii) there is an actual breach by Landlord of one of its obligations under this Lease (“Landlord Breach”), and such Emergency Situation or Landlord Breach will have a material and adverse impact on Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises, or any portion thereof constituting at least a full floor or more (an “Adverse Condition”), including, for example, any failure to provide (or cause to be provided) electricity, HVAC, distributed water or elevator access to the Premises, then Tenant shall give Landlord written notice to both Landlord’s property manager and Tenant’s principal contact with Landlord. Thereafter, Landlord shall have (i) two (2) business days to commence a cure with respect to such Emergency Situation or (ii) ten (10) business days to commence a cure of such Adverse Condition, and, in each case, shall diligently prosecute such

 

-58-


cure to completion (collectively “Emergency Repairs”). In addition, if Tenant in writing (“Tenant Self-Help Notice”) notifies Landlord that it intends to undertake self-help remedies for such Emergency Repairs, then Landlord shall indicate in writing within two (2) business days of receipt of such Tenant Self-Help Notice whether Landlord reasonably and in good faith disputes Tenant’s right to perform self-help as set forth herein (a “Landlord Dispute Notice”). Landlord’s failure to timely deliver a Landlord Dispute Notice shall conclusively be deemed Landlord’s waiver of any claim that Tenant improperly performed self-help in accordance with this Section 19.6. For purposes hereof, the term “Emergency Situation” shall mean a situation which poses an imminent threat: (x) to the physical well-being of persons at the Building or (y) of material damage to Tenant’s personal property in the Premises. If Landlord fails to commence to perform such Emergency Repairs within the applicable timeframe (i.e., two (2) business days with respect to an Emergency Situation or ten (10) business days with respect to Adverse Conditions) after Landlord receives notice of the applicable Emergency Condition or Adverse Condition, or, to the extent Landlord commences to cure with such time period but fails to thereafter diligently pursue such Emergency Repairs to completion, then Tenant, upon providing Landlord with such prior written notice as is reasonable under the circumstances (which notice: (x) may, if circumstances so dictate, be given by contacting by telephone any representative of Landlord at the office of the Building or any person designated by Landlord in writing to Tenant from time to time as an emergency contact person for the Building, and (y) shall clearly indicate that Tenant intends to take steps necessary to remedy the event giving rise to the Emergency Situation or Adverse Condition in question), may perform such Emergency Repairs or other actions at Landlord’s expense; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant undertake any actions which will or are reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect (other than to a de minimis extent) (A) the Retail Space, (B) the Building Structure, (C) any Building Systems, or (D) the exterior appearance of the Building. If Tenant exercises its right to perform Emergency Repairs or other actions on Landlord’s behalf, as provided above, then Landlord shall reimburse the actual out-of-pocket reasonable cost thereof within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s delivery of: (i) a written notice describing in reasonable detail the action taken by the Tenant, and (ii) reasonably satisfactory evidence of the cost of such remedy. Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s written request for reimbursement of the costs of the Emergency Repairs notify Tenant of whether Landlord reasonably and in good faith disputes that (1) Tenant did not perform the Emergency Repairs in the manner permitted by this Lease, (2) that the amount Tenant requests be reimbursed from Landlord for performance of the Emergency Repairs is incorrect or excessive, or (3) that Landlord was not obligated under the terms of this Lease to make all or a portion of the Emergency Repairs (“Landlords Set-Off Notice”). If Landlord delivers a Landlord’s Set-Off Notice to Tenant, then Tenant shall not be entitled to such deduction from Rent (provided, if Landlord contends the amount spent by Tenant in making such repairs is excess and does not otherwise object to Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 19.6, then Landlord shall pay the amount it contends would not have been excessive); provided that Tenant may proceed to claim a default by Landlord under this Lease for any amount not paid by Landlord. Any final award in favor of Tenant for any such default, which is not subject to appeal, from a court or arbitrator in favor of Tenant, which is not paid by Landlord within the time period directed by such award (together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date Landlord was required to pay such amount until such offset occurs), may be offset by Tenant from Rent next due and payable under this Lease; provided, however, Tenant may not deduct the amount of the award against more than fifty percent (50%) of Base Rent next due and owing (until such time as the entire amount of such judgment is

 

-59-


deducted) to the extent following a foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. In any case, in the event any Emergency Repairs are not accomplished by Landlord within a two (2) business day period with respect to an Emergency Condition or five (5) business day period with respect to Adverse Conditions despite Landlord’s diligent efforts, Landlord, within three (3) business days following Tenant’s written request therefore, shall provide to Tenant a schedule determined in good faith setting forth the basic steps Landlord proposes to be taken to effect the Emergency Repairs or other actions in a commercially reasonable time frame given the specifics of the Emergency Repairs required and the times when such work is proposed to be done and thereafter Landlord shall proceed to complete such Emergency Repairs within the time schedule so provided. If Tenant undertakes any action pursuant to this paragraph, Tenant shall (a) proceed in accordance with all applicable Laws; (b) retain to effect such actions only such reputable contractors and suppliers as are duly licensed in the City of San Francisco and are listed on the most recent list furnished to Tenant of Landlord’s approved contractors for the Building and are insured in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 of this Lease; (c) effect such repairs or perform such other actions in a good and workmanlike and commercially reasonable manner; (d) use new or like new materials; (e) take reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference or impact on the other tenants and occupants of the Project, and (f) otherwise comply with all applicable requirements set forth in Article 8 of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 19 to the contrary, the foregoing self-help right (i) shall not apply in the event of any fire or casualty at the Project, it being acknowledged and agreed that Article 11 shall govern with respect to any such fire or casualty event, (ii) shall not apply in the event of any condemnation, it being acknowledged and agreed that Article 13 shall govern with respect to any such condemnation, and (iii) shall not permit Tenant to access any other tenant’s or occupant’s space at the Project.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other TCCs, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the TCCs, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

LETTER OF CREDIT

21.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit. Within five (5) business days following the full execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an unconditional, irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “L-C”) in the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary (the “L-C Amount”), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I, payable in the City of San Francisco, California or by overnight mail, running in favor of Landlord, drawn on a bank (the “Bank”) reasonably approved by Landlord and at a

 

-60-


minimum having a long term issuer credit rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service of A or a comparable rating from Fitch Ratings (the “Credit Rating Threshold”), and otherwise conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 21, including, without limitation, all of the requirements of Section 21.2 below, all as set forth more particularly hereinbelow. As of the Effective Date, Landlord approves any of the following to be the Bank: (i) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., (ii) Bank of America, N.A., (iii) Citibank, N.A. or (iv) Deutsche Bank AG. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining and maintaining the L-C. In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in the Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and the reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such determination shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice together with reasonable supporting evidence.

21.2 In General. The L-C shall be “callable” at sight, permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Tenant further covenants and warrants as follows:

21.2.1 Landlord Right to Transfer. The L-C shall provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity, in connection with the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease, or separate from this Lease if such assignment is to Landlord’s lender. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor from and after such transfer date, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said L-C to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Landlord shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith, not to exceed $1,500.00.

21.2.2 No Assignment by Tenant. Tenant shall neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof. Neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance by Tenant in violation of this Section.

21.2.3 Replenishment. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the L-C pursuant to its rights set forth in Section 21.3 below, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days thereafter, provide Landlord with (i) an amendment to the L-C restoring such L-C to the L-C Amount or (ii) additional L-Cs in an amount equal to the deficiency, which additional L-Cs shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 21, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 19.1 above, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant under this Lease (without the need for any additional notice and/or cure period).

 

-61-


21.2.4 Renewal; Replacement. If the L-C expires earlier than the date (the “LC Expiration Date”) that is sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, which new L-C shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that the L-C shall contain a so-called “evergreen provision,” whereby the L-C will automatically be renewed unless at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of non-renewal is provided by the issuer to Landlord; provided, however, that the final expiration date identified in the L-C, beyond which the L-C shall not automatically renew, shall not be earlier than the LC Expiration Date.

21.2.5 Banks Financial Condition. If, at any time during the Lease Term, the Bank’s long term credit rating is reduced below the Credit Rating Threshold (a “Bank Credit Threat”), then Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant obtain from a different issuer a substitute L-C that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21, and Tenant’s failure to obtain such substitute L-C within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) shall entitle Landlord, or Landlord’s then managing agent, to immediately draw upon the then existing L-C in whole or in part, without notice to Tenant, as more specifically described in Section 21.3 below. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.3 Application of Letter of Credit. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (including, without limitation, damages that may be granted to Landlord under California Civil Code Section 1951.2) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date, or (E) a Bank Credit Threat or Receivership (as those terms are defined in Section 21.2.5 above and Section 21.6.1 below, respectively) has occurred and Tenant has failed to comply with the requirements of either Section 21.2.5 above or 21.6 below, as applicable. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder or if any of the foregoing events identified in Sections 21.3(B) through (E) shall have occurred, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, and the proceeds may be applied by Landlord (i) to cure any breach or default of Tenant, (ii) against any Rent payable by

 

-62-


Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or (iii) to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered (including, without limitation, damages that may be granted to Landlord under California Civil Code Section 1951.2) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable Law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (1) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (2) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, and (3) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

21.4 Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the L-C is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

21.5 Proceeds of Draw. In the event Landlord draws down on the L-C pursuant to Section 21.3(D) or (E) above, the proceeds of the L-C may be held by Landlord and applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered (including, without limitation, damages that may be granted to Landlord under California Civil Code Section 1951.2) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Landlord agrees that the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord, and not (a) applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or (b) used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (including, without limitation, damages that may be granted to Landlord under California Civil Code Section 1951.2) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (the “Unused L-C Proceeds”), shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant (x) upon receipt by Landlord of a replacement L-C in the full L-C Amount, which replacement L-C shall comply in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21, or (y) within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the Unused L-C Proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

 

-63-


21.6 Bank Placed Into Receivership.

21.6.1 Bank Placed Into Receivership. In the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship (any such event, a “Receivership”) by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity (the “FDIC”), then, effective as of the date such Receivership occurs, the L-C shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Article 21, and, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such Receivership (the “LC Replacement Notice”), Tenant shall (i)replace the L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21, or (ii) in the event Tenant demonstrates to Landlord that Tenant is reasonably unable to obtain a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 within the foregoing ten (10) day period, deposit with Landlord cash in the L-C Amount (the “Interim Cash Deposit”); provided, however, that, in the case of the foregoing sub-clause (ii), Tenant shall, within sixty (60) days after the LC Replacement Notice, replace the L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21, and upon Landlord’s receipt and acceptance of such replacement L-C, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Interim Cash Deposit, with no obligation on the part of Landlord to pay any interest thereon. If Tenant fails to comply in any respect with the requirements of this Section 21.6.1, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to (i) declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto other than the aforesaid ten (10) day and sixty (60) day periods, (b) if applicable, retain such Interim Cash Deposit until such time as such default is cured by Tenant, which retention shall not constitute a waiver of any right or remedy available to Landlord under the terms of this Lease or at law, and (c) pursue any and all remedies available to it under this Lease and at law, including, without limitation, if Tenant has failed to provide the Interim Cash Deposit, treating any Receivership as a Bank Credit Threat and exercising Landlord’s remedies under Section 21.2.5 above, to the extent possible pursuant to then existing FDIC policy. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.6.2 Interim Cash Amount. During any period that Landlord remains in possession of the Interim Cash Amount (any such period, a “ICA Period”), it is understood by the parties that such Interim Cash Amount shall be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease. The Interim Cash Amount shall not constitute an advance of any Rent, an advance payment of any other kind, nor a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. If, during any such ICA Period, Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, then Landlord may but shall not be required to, from time to time, without notice to Tenant and without waiving any other remedy available to Landlord, use the Interim Cash Amount, or any portion of it, to the extent necessary to cure or remedy such default or failure or to compensate Landlord for all

 

-64-


damages sustained by Landlord or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s default or failure to comply fully and timely with its obligations pursuant to this Lease. Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord on demand any amount so applied in order to restore the Interim Cash Amount to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to immediately do so shall constitute a default under this Lease. In the event Landlord is in possession of the Interim Cash Amount at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and obligations set forth in this Lease at the time of such expiration or termination, then Landlord shall return to Tenant the Interim Cash Amount, less any amounts deducted by Landlord to reimburse Landlord for any sums to which Landlord is entitled under the terms of this Lease, within sixty (60) days following both such expiration or termination and Tenant’s vacation and surrender of the Premises. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Interim Cash Amount are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord shall not be required to maintain the Interim Cash Amount separate and apart from Landlord’s general or other funds, and Landlord may commingle the Interim Cash Amount with any of Landlord’s general or other funds. Tenant shall not at any time be entitled to interest on the Interim Cash Amount. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Interim Cash Amount, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Interim Cash Amount to a new landlord. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute.

21.7 Decrease of Letter of Credit Amount. Provided that, as of each “Reduction Date” set forth below, (A) Tenant is not in monetary default under this Lease, and (B) Tenant has delivered financial statements either (i) audited by an independent certified public accountant employed by a nationally or regionally recognized certified public accounting firm, or (ii) prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and certified as correct by Tenant Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Tenant’s Chief Financial Officer, demonstrating that Tenant satisfies the “Reduction Condition,” as that term is defined below, the L-C Amount shall be reduced in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Reduction Date    L-C Amount
The last day of the fifty-second (52nd) calendar month of the Lease
Term or subsequent date on which conditions are satisfied (the
Initial Reduction Date”)
   $3,926,000.00
The later of (i) last day of the sixty-filth (65th) calendar month of the
Lease Term, and (ii) the date that occurs twelve (12) months following
the Initial Reduction Date (the “Second Reduction Date”)
   $2,617,000.00
The later of (i) last day of the seventy-seventh (77th) calendar month of
the Lease Term, and (ii) the date that occurs twelve (12) months
following the Second Reduction Date (the “Third Reduction Date”)
   $1,745,000.00*

 

*

The L-C Amount set forth above shall remain in effect throughout the remainder of the Lease Term, including any Option Terms.

 

-65-


As used in this Section 21.7, the term “Reduction Condition” shall mean that Tenant has achieved positive earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of at least $25,000,000.00, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, for each of the immediately preceding four (4) consecutive trailing quarters. Landlord agrees to authorize such reduction in writing to the issuer of the L-C. With respect to the decreases to the L-C Amount as set forth herein, Landlord shall return the original L-C deposited hereunder to Tenant within two (2) business days following Tenant’s delivery of a new or amended L-C for the L-C Amount. If Tenant is in monetary default of this Lease or fails to satisfy the Reduction Condition as of a Reduction Date, but Tenant subsequently cures the monetary default or satisfies the Reduction Condition (as applicable), then any reductions that were suspended will re-commence as of the date of the cure (provided that no such reductions shall be permitted in the event this Lease is terminated early as a result of such monetary default) or the date Tenant delivers evidence to Landlord demonstrating that Tenant satisfies the L-C Reduction Condition (as applicable).

ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Definition. For purposes of this Lease, the term “sign” and “signage” shall mean signs, designs, monuments, logos, banners, projected images, pennants, decals, advertisements, pictures, notices, lettering, numerals or graphics.

23.2 Interior Signs. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install signage anywhere in the interior of the Building (other than in the interior of other tenants premises), including in the Building lobby and the elevator lobby of each floor of the Premises, except in the locations of the “Non-Tenant Signage” (as defined below) (collectively, “Tenants Interior Signage”), subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant’s Interior Signage shall not include any Objectionable Name (as defined below). During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, except as expressly set forth in Section 23.7 below, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to install signage on the interior of the Building.

23.3 Exterior Signs. Provided Tenant is in occupancy of at least sixty percent (60%) of the office portion of the Building (the “Signage Occupancy Requirement”), Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install “eyebrow” and Building top signage, as permitted by the City of San Francisco (“Tenants Exterior Signage” and collectively, with Tenant’s Interior Signage, the “Tenants Signage”). Tenant’s Exterior Signage shall not include any Objectionable Name. Except as expressly set forth in Sections 23.9, provided the Signage Occupancy Requirement is satisfied, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to install signage on the exterior of the Building.

23.4 Specifications and Permits. Landlord hereby approves Tenant’s name and logo and the graphics, content, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, illumination, and specifications (not including the method of attachment or the location) of Tenant’s Signage to the extent set forth on Exhibit K attached hereto should Tenant desire to use such name, logo and specifications set forth therein. Landlord shall approve any graphics, content, materials, color,

 

-66-


design, lettering, lighting, illumination, and specifications (including the method of attachment and the location) of Tenant’s Signage not set forth on Exhibit K attached hereto, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s Signage shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt of all required governmental permits and approvals and shall be subject to all applicable Laws. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Tenant in obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals for Tenant’s Signage. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Signage, Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining terms of this Lease shall be unaffected.

23.5 Objectionable Name. To the extent Tenant desires to change its name and/or logo, the name and/or logo shall not have a name or symbol which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project (an “Objectionable Name”). The parties hereby agree that (i) the name and logo of “Unity Technologies SF,” “Unity”, or any reasonable derivation thereof and (ii) any other name and/or logo which is the name, trade-name, derivative or abbreviated name and/or logo used by Tenant in connection with signage in any other then-branded locations in which Tenant leases space, shall not be deemed an Objectionable Name.

23.6 Cost and Maintenance. The costs of the actual signs comprising Tenant’s Signage and the installation, design, construction, and any and all other costs associated with Tenant’s Signage, including, without limitation, utility charges and hook-up fees, permits, and maintenance and repairs, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep Tenant’s Signage in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause Tenant’s Signage to be removed and shall cause the areas in which such Tenant’s Signage was located to be restored to the condition existing immediately prior to the placement of such Tenant’s Signage except for ordinary wear and tear. If Tenant fails to timely remove such Tenant’s Signage or to restore the areas in which such Tenant’s Signage was located, as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, then Landlord may perform such work, and all costs incurred by Landlord in so performing (including a percentage of the cost thereof sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and/or maintenance) shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor together with reasonable supporting evidence. The terms of this Section 23.6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

23.7 Give-Back of Signage Rights if Multitenant Building. At such time as the Signage Occupancy Requirement is no longer satisfied, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Signage from the Building except (A) signage in Tenant’s Premises (including lobby signage on a floor of the Premises), (B) an amount of signage in the Building’s ground floor lobby commensurate with the amount of RSF still being leased by Tenant, and (C) a proportionate amount of building directory signage, which Tenant shall retain for the remainder of the Lease Term; provided, however, if Landlord grants exterior signage rights to a tenant in the Building (excluding tenants occupying the Retail Space) that leases less RSF from Landlord than Tenant then leases, then Landlord shall grant Tenant exterior signage rights commensurate with the signage rights granted to such other tenant based upon, to the extent practical, the RSF then leased by Tenant as compared to the RSF leased by such other tenants.

 

-67-


23.8 Landlord and Retail Tenant Signage. Landlord and the tenants occupying the Retail Space shall have the right to install commercially reasonable signage in Project, provided that the materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, size, illumination, specifications and locations shall be consistent with the landlord and retail signage displayed at the Comparable Buildings.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any Law now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such applicable Laws which relate to (i) Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, (ii) the Alterations or the Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but, as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are solely triggered by Tenant’s Alterations, the Improvements, or use of the Premises for non-general office use. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply promptly with such standards or regulations as it relates to the Premises or Tenant use of the Premises. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall comply with all applicable Laws relating to the Base Building, the Project and Common Areas, provided that compliance with such applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 4.2, above.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to three percent (3%) of the overdue amount; provided, however, with regard to the first such failure in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord will waive such late charge to the extent Tenant cures such failure within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that the same was not received when due. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies

 

-68-


hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) business days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at the “Interest Rate.” For purposes of this Lease, the “Interest Rate” shall be an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) seven percent (7%), and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlords Cure. All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenants Reimbursement. Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements, sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 within thirty (30) days after receipt of invoice together with reasonable supporting evidence. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times (during Building Hours with respect to items (i) and (ii) below) and upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers, or during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of non-responsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises during any entry by Landlord unto the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27, Landlord may enter the Premises at (A) any reasonable time to reasonably perform services required of Landlord; (B) any time to take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) any reasonable time to perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. For each of the

 

-69-


above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and “Secured Areas,” as that term is defined below. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations other than those repairs, alterations or decorations that Landlord has expressly agreed to perform under this Lease. Tenant may reasonably restrict access by any visitor whom Landlord intends to bring onto the Premises who is, or may reasonably be suspected by Tenant to be, a competitor of Tenant. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or any Landlord Parties while the same are in the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 27, Tenant may reasonably designate in writing certain reasonable areas of the Premises as “Secured Areas” should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain valuable property or confidential information. In connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall not enter such Secured Areas except in the event of an emergency. Landlord need not clean any area designated by Tenant as a Secured Area and shall only maintain or repair such secured areas to the extent (1) such repair or maintenance is required in order to maintain and repair the Base Building; (2) as required by applicable Law, or (3) in response to specific requests by Tenant and in accordance with a schedule reasonably designated by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Access to the Premises by Landlord shall be in accordance with the reasonable security, safety and confidentiality requirements that Tenant may reasonably adopt from time to time, including, without limitation, a requirement that persons (including Landlord or Landlord Parties) having access to the Premises shall sign and deliver to Tenant a confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement in form and content reasonably acceptable to Tenant.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges that the Project does not include any parking areas.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect. Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

 

-70-


29.3 No Air Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises is temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Intentionally Omitted.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease arising from and after the date of transfer and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder arising from and after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

29.6 Memorandum of Lease. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease, the parties shall promptly execute and Landlord shall record, at its sole cost and expense, a short form memorandum in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J. Within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written request following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord in recordable form, a quitclaim deed designating Landlord as the transferee.

29.7 Landlord’s Title. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by Law.

 

-71-


29.12 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the physical condition of the Building, the Project, the land upon which the Building or the Project are located, or the Premises, or the expenses of operation of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Premises, except as herein expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to the interest of Landlord in the Project, including any sales, insurance, condemnation or rental proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or Premises. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

29.14 Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease, including without limitation, that certain Lease Proposal between the parties dated August 21, 2015. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

 

-72-


29.16 Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid pursuant to this Lease and except as to obligations under the Work Letter (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices. All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (B) delivered personally. Any such Notice shall be delivered (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord (provided any and all Notice addresses must be located with the continental United States); or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant (provided any and all Notice addresses must be located with the continental United States). Any Notice will be deemed given on the date of receipted delivery, of refusal to accept delivery, or when delivery is first attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no Notice was given. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or personal delivery. The party delivering Notice shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a courtesy copy of each such Notice to the receiving party via electronic mail. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any breach of security in the Building or the Premises shall occur, then Landlord shall promptly provide notice to Tenant via telephone call and e-mail to the following: (a) via telephone to 415-539-3162 and (b) via email to facilities@unity3d.com or such other number(s) and/or email address(es) as Tenant shall from time to time notify Landlord in writing.

29.19 Joint and Several. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20 Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California.

 

-73-


29.21 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other pursuant to this Lease, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.

29.23 Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to the terms of separate commission agreements between Landlord and the Brokers. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party; provided, however, Tenant’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall nevertheless apply to any amounts claimed to be owing to Tenant’s Broker which were offset from Tenant’s Rent obligations as set forth herein.

29.25 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord except as expressly set forth herein.

 

-74-


29.26 REIT Representations. Tenant understands that, in order for CIM Urban Partners, LP, which holds an indirect ownership interest in Landlord, to qualify as a REIT, the following requirements (the “REIT Requirements”) must be satisfied.

29.26.1 Personal Property Limitation. Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, the average of the fair market values of the items of personal property that are leased to Tenant under this Lease at the beginning and at the end of any Lease Year shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the average of the aggregate fair market values of the leased property at the beginning and at the end of such Lease Year (the “Personal Property Limitation”). If Landlord reasonably anticipates that the Personal Property Limitation will be exceeded with respect to the leased property for any Lease Year, Landlord shall notify Tenant, and Tenant either (i) shall purchase at fair market value any personal property anticipated to be in excess of the Personal Property Limitation (“Excess Personal Property”) either from Landlord or a third party or (ii) shall lease the Excess Personal Property from third party. In either case, Tenant’s Rent obligation shall be equitably adjusted. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, Tenant shall not be responsible in any way for determining whether Tenant has exceeded or will exceed the Personal Property Limitation and shall not be liable to Landlord or any of its shareholders in the event that the Personal Property Limitation is exceeded, as long as Tenant meets its obligation to acquire or lease any Excess Personal Property as provided above. This Section 29.26 is intended to ensure that the Rent qualifies as “rents from real property,” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provisions thereto, and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

29.26.2 REIT Requirements. Tenant agrees, at no cost or expense to Tenant, to cooperate in good faith with Landlord to ensure that the terms of this Section 29.26 and Section 14.1 above are satisfied. Tenant agrees upon request by Landlord to take reasonable action necessary to ensure compliance with all REIT Requirements. If Tenant becomes aware that the REIT Requirements are not, or will not be, satisfied, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such noncompliance.

29.27 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease. Landlord or Tenant may deliver this Lease to the other party via electronic fax or other electronic means. Fax or electronic signatures shall be as valid and binding upon the parties as are original ink signatures.

29.28 Confidentiality. Except as expressly permitted in this Section 29.28, neither party nor its agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors will, without the prior written consent of the other party, disclose any Confidential Information of the other party to any third party. Information will be considered “Confidential Information” of a party if either: (a) it is disclosed by the party to the other party in tangible form and is conspicuously marked “Confidential”, “Proprietary” or the like; or (b) it is disclosed by one party to the other party in non-tangible form and is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure. Each party will secure and protect the

 

-75-


Confidential Information of the other party (including, without limitation, the terms of this Lease) in a manner consistent with the steps taken to protect its own trade secrets and confidential information, but not less than a reasonable degree of care. The parties shall at all times keep this Lease and related operative documents confidential, except to the extent necessary to (a) comply with applicable law and regulations (including any securities laws), (b) carry out the obligations set forth in this Lease, or (c) to engage in an assignment, sublease or other Transfer; provided, however, that either party shall be allowed to disclose such information to the party’s agents, employees, contractors, consultants, accounting, rating agencies or attorneys, as well as lenders (if any), investment bankers and venture capital groups, investors, with a need to know, and except to the extent that disclosure is necessary for a party to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Lease, provided, that, in all cases, the disclosure is no broader than necessary and the party who receives the disclosure agrees prior to receiving the disclosure to keep the information confidential. Except a result of a breach of this Lease, disclosure of information by either party shall not be prohibited if that disclosure is of information that is or becomes a matter of public record or public knowledge or from sources other than Tenant or Landlord or their respective agents, employees, contractors, consultants or attorneys.

In addition, Tenant and Landlord shall each be entitled at any time to (A) make customary disclosures on investor/earnings calls or meetings or in earning releases (or in connection with the operation of the business of Landlord or Tenant), and (B) issue press releases in the ordinary course of business announcing that such party has entered into the Lease, including customary disclosures; provided that prior to issuing any such press release, the issuing party shall provide the other party with an advance courtesy copy of any press release prior to publication of the same, and will make reasonable, factual modifications requested by such other party; provided further that, to the extent Landlord elects to issue a press release prior to Tenant making such election, Landlord hereby agrees that, upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall permit Tenant to issue a press release either prior to or concurrently with Landlord’s initial press release. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged and agreed that each party shall be entitled at any time to make customary disclosures of the transaction contemplated hereby on investor/earnings calls or meetings or in earning releases (or in connection with the operation of the business of such party) or in filings required by the Securities Exchange Commission.

29.29 Intentionally Omitted.

29.30 Building Renovations. It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Work Letter. However, subject to Tenant’s rights under Section 1.1.3 above regarding Lobby Modifications, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Project, the Building and/or the Common Areas. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent (except as set forth in Section 6.4, above). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises in making any Renovations.

 

-76-


29.31 No Violation. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, or Law, by which Tenant is bound.

29.32 Communications and Computer Lines.

29.32.1 Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires, cables and related devices (collectively, the “Lines”) at the Building in or serving the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and use an experienced and qualified contractor, (ii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be (x) appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, (y) surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (z) identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iii) any Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable Laws, and (iv) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “Identification Requirements”). Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all Lines installed by Tenant, and repair any damage caused by such removal. In the event that Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or fails to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Lines, Landlord may do so and may charge the actual, out-of-pocket cost thereof to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of invoice together with reasonable supporting evidence. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which at any time represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition. Tenant, any Tenant Affiliate and/or Tenant’s telecommunications provider shall, at no additional cost to Tenant, be permitted reasonable access to the Building’s riser system or alternative space in the Building (which alternative space shall be reasonably acceptable to Tenant and its telecommunications provider) for the installation of reasonable amounts of telecommunications cabling and other equipment, and in order to install, maintain, operate and remove telecommunications cabling or other equipment to the Premises. For purposes of clarification, Tenant may not remove telecommunications cabling or other equipment from such riser or other space in the Building installed by or on behalf of parties other than Tenant. Upon written request by Tenant, Landlord shall grant upon commercially reasonable terms, a license coterminous with the Lease Term to one or more reputable telecommunications utility provider(s) designated by Tenant (any such utility, an “Approved Fiber Provider”), to permit any such Approved Fiber Provider: (a) to bring such Approved Fiber Provider’s conduit and fiber into the Building from locations outside the Building, (b) to provide connectivity from the Building’s Main Point of Entry (“MPOE”) to the Premises and (c) to permit any such Approved Fiber Provider to maintain and operate such conduit and fiber in the Premises and Building. Landlord shall not charge any Approved Fiber Provider any rent or fees in connection with any such license granted pursuant to this Section 29.32.1. Tenant shall be granted a license coterminous with the Lease Term to locate telecommunications equipment in the MPOE. Tenant shall have access to the MPOE twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, subject to Landlord’s reasonable access control procedures.

 

-77-


29.32.2 Upon written request by Tenant, Landlord shall grant upon commercially reasonable terms, a license coterminous with the Lease Term to one or more providers of distributed cellular and wireless antennae(s) (“Distributed Antennae”) to install equipment in the Building (but not on the roof (other than in Tenant’s Rooftop Area) or on the exterior of the Building). Landlord shall not charge any such provider any rent or fees in connection with any such license granted pursuant to this Section 29.32.2. Tenant shall be granted, upon commercially reasonable terms, a license coterminous with the Lease Term to install Distributed Antennae in the Building.

29.33 Hazardous Materials.

29.33.1 Definitions. As used in this Section 29.33, the following words or phrases shall have the following meanings: (i) “Agents” means Tenant’s partners, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, contractors, assignees, subtenants and any other third parties entering upon the Project at the request or invitation of Tenant, (ii) “HazMat Claims” means claims, liabilities, losses, actions, environmental suits, causes of action, legal or administrative proceedings, damages, fines, penalties, loss of rents, liens, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of defense, and consultants’, engineers’ and other professionals’ fees and costs), (iii) “Hazardous Materials” means any: (a) Substance which is regulated by any Hazardous Materials Law; (b) asbestos and asbestos-containing materials; (c) urea formaldehyde; (d) radioactive substance; (e) flammable explosives; (f) petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof; (g) polychlorinated biphenyls; and (h) “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials” or “hazardous waste” under any Hazardous Materials Law, (iv) “Hazardous Materials Laws” mean: (a) any existing or future federal, state or local law, ordinance regulation or code which protects health, safety or welfare, or the environment; (b) any existing or future administrative or legal decision interpreting any such law, ordinance, regulation or code; and (c) any common law theory which may result in HazMat Claims against Landlord, the Premises or the Project, (v) “Permits” means any permit, authorization, license or approval required by any applicable governmental agency, (vi) “Substance” means any substance, material, product, chemical, waste, contaminant or pollutant, (vii) “Use” means use, generate, manufacture, produce, store, release, discharge, allow to exist and transport to or from the Project.

29.33.2 Use of Hazardous Materials. Without limiting the generality of this Section 29.33, and except as provided hereinbelow, Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant and its Agents shall not (i) bring into, maintain upon, or Use in or about the Project, or (ii) transport to or from the Project, any Hazardous Materials, or (iii) release or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Project, in violation of any Hazardous Materials Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Tenant may Use any Substance typically found or used in premises for the Permitted Use permitted by this Lease, so long as: (a) any such Substance is typically found only in such quantity as is reasonably necessary and customary for Tenant’s Permitted Use; (b) any such Substance and all equipment necessary in connection with the Substance are Used strictly in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions therefore; (c) no such Substance is released or disposed of in or about the Project in violation of any Hazardous Materials Law; (d) any such

 

-78-


Substance and all equipment necessary in connection with the Substance are removed from the Project and Premises and transported for Use or disposal by Tenant in compliance with any applicable Hazardous Materials Laws upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; and (e) Tenant and its Agents comply with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. Tenant shall not use or install in or about the Premises any asbestos or asbestos-containing materials.

29.33.3 Delivery of Notices. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of all notices, claims, reports, complaints, warnings, asserted violations, documents or other communications received or delivered by Tenant, as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) days after such receipt or delivery, with respect to any actual or alleged Use, disposal or transportation of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises and the Project. Whether or not Tenant received any such notice, claim, report, complaint, warning, asserted violation, document or other communication, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord, orally and in writing, if Tenant or any of its Agents knows or has reasonable cause to believe that any Hazardous Materials, or a condition involving or resulting from the same, is present, in Use, has been disposed of, or transported to or from the Premises or the Project. The parties hereto acknowledge the potential existence of fungi, bacteria, molds and viruses in or around the Building. In that regard the parties hereto acknowledge that Landlord shall not have any liability for damage and/or claims resulting from any claims made against Landlord for fungi, including but not limited to mold, mildew yeast; bacteria; viruses; or dust, spores, odors, particulates or byproducts, including mycotoxins and endotoxins, resulting from any source whatsoever. Landlord shall furnish to Tenant copies of all notices, claims, reports, complaints, warnings, asserted violations, documents or other communications received or delivered by Landlord, as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) days after such receipt or delivery, with respect to any actual or alleged Use, disposal or transportation of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises and the Project. Whether or not Landlord received any such notice, claim, report, complaint, warning, asserted violation, document or other communication, Landlord shall immediately notify Tenant, orally and in writing, if Landlord or any of its Agents knows or has reasonable cause to believe that any Hazardous Materials, or a condition involving or resulting from the same, is present, in Use, has been disposed of, or transported to or from the Premises or the Project.

29.33.4 Cleanup and Remediation. If Tenant or its Agents violate any provision of this Section 29.33, then Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing and shall be obligated, at Tenant’s sole cost, to abate, remediate, clean-up and/or remove from the Project, and dispose of, all in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws, all Hazardous Materials Used by Tenant or its Agents in violation of this Lease. Such work shall include, but not be limited to, all testing and investigation required by Landlord, and any governmental authorities having jurisdiction, and preparation and implementation of any remedial action plan required by any governmental authorities having jurisdiction. Tenant’s indemnification covenant set forth in Section 29.33.4 shall extend to any enforcement or other action instituted by any governmental authority with respect to any such alleged requirement and, Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant’s cost, comply with any requirement determined to be applicable to Tenant. All such work shall, in each instance, be conducted (a) to the satisfaction of the governmental authority having jurisdiction, if a governmental authority has assumed jurisdiction of such work, (b) to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction if a governmental authority has but declines to assume jurisdiction of such work or (c) to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction if there is no applicable governmental requirement with respect to such work and no governmental authority takes jurisdiction of such

 

-79-


work. If Tenant does not reasonably comply with the provisions of this Section 29.33.4, then Landlord may, without prejudicing, limiting, releasing or waiving Landlord’s rights under this Section 29.33, separately undertake such work, but only after first giving Tenant notice of its intent to do so and the opportunity to cure such default and Tenant shall promptly reimburse all costs incurred by Landlord.

29.33.5 Entry. Landlord shall have the right to enter and inspect the Premises, and the right to inspect Tenant’s books and records, to verify Tenant’s compliance with, or violations of, the provisions of this Section 29.33 in accordance with the access requirements set forth in this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord may conduct such reasonable investigations and tests as Landlord or Landlord’s Lender may require. If either (a) as a result of such inspections or tests, Tenant is found to be in material breach of the provisions of this Section 29.33 or (b) as to any test or investigation requested by any governmental authority there is reasonable cause to believe that Tenant is in material breach of the provisions of this Section 29.33, then, in either such instance, Tenant, in addition to its other obligations set forth in this Section 29.33, shall promptly reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs incurred in connection with such test or inspection.

29.33.6 Indemnity. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or other Landlord Parties, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and the other Landlord Parties, and the Project, from and against any and all HazMat Claims incurred by such Landlord Parties, or any of them, in connection with or as the result of: (a) the presence, Use or disposal of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises or Project by Tenant or its Agents; (b) any injury to or death of persons or damage to or destruction of property resulting from the presence, Use or disposal of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises or Project by Tenant or its Agents; (c) any violation by Tenant or its Agents of any Hazardous Materials Laws; and (d) any failure of Tenant or its Agents to observe the provisions of this Section 29.33.6. Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall include, without limitation, and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, all costs of any required or necessary testing, investigation, studies, reports, repair, clean-up, detoxification or decontamination of the Premises or Project, and the preparation and implementation of any closure, removal, remedial action or other required plans in connection therewith, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. For purposes of this indemnification provision, any acts or omissions of Tenant and its Agents (regardless of whether they are negligent, intentional, willful, or Unlawful) shall be strictly attributable to Tenant. If, at any time after the initiation of any suit, action, investigation or other proceeding which could create a right of indemnification under this Section 29.33, Tenant is not complying with the provisions of Section 29.33.4, then Landlord may, without prejudicing, limiting, releasing or waiving the right of indemnification provided herein, separately defend or retain separate counsel to represent and control the defense as to Landlord’s interest in such suit, action, investigation or other proceeding. Tenant shall pay all costs of Landlord’s separate defense or counsel upon demand.

29.33.7 Remediation of Existing Hazardous Materials. Landlord agrees to remediate or encapsulate, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, any Hazardous Materials existing in the Premises as of the Delivery Date to the extent that Landlord’s failure to so remediate or encapsulate would be in violation of Applicable Law and would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s

 

-80-


employees, or would otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Section 29.33 to the contrary, Tenant, and not Landlord, shall remediate or encapsulate the asbestos containing material identified in the Building Asbestos Abatement Construction Work Plan; by RGA Environmental, dated June 15, 2015, as amended by that certain letter from RGA Environmental dated October 26, 2015 (the “Identified ACM”), pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Tenant Work Letter. In the event the Identified ACM is not fully removed from the Building by Tenant as part of the Tenant Improvements, and during the Lease Term any Identified ACM remaining in the Building is required to by removed or further encapsulated by Applicable Law, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove or encapsulate such Identified ACM to the extent required by Applicable Law.

29.34 Utility Billing Information. In the event that the Tenant is permitted to contract directly for the provision of electricity services to the Premises with the third-party provider thereof, Tenant shall within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s request, provide Landlord with a copy of each invoice.

29.35 Property Manager and Building Engineer; Staffing. During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, there shall be no office of the property manager for the Project located at the Project unless requested by Tenant. During any period in which the Office Space Leasing Requirement is satisfied, Landlord shall inform Tenant of the number and type of persons employed by Landlord in the operation of the Building, and Tenant may provide Landlord with comments regarding such personnel but Tenant shall not have the right to approve or disapprove such personnel.

29.36 Background Checks. Landlord shall perform commercially reasonable background checks, in a manner consistent with the landlords of the Comparable Buildings, of all access control personnel employed by Landlord at the Building who have unescorted access to the Premises.

29.37 Rules and Regulations. Tenant agrees to comply with all rules and regulations of the Building and the Project as set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto (the “Rules and Regulations”). Landlord shall have no right to modify the Rules and Regulations, except to the extent such modifications are consistent with the rules and regulations promulgated by the landlords of the Comparable Buildings and Tenant’s level of occupancy of the Building. To the extent of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Lease and the terms and conditions set forth in the Rules and Regulations, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations in a non-discriminatory manner.

29.38 Standards of Performance and Approvals. Unless otherwise provided in this Lease, whenever approval, consent or satisfaction (collectively, an “approval”) is required of a party pursuant to this Lease or an Exhibit hereto, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Unless provision is made for a specific time period, approval (or disapproval) shall be given within ten (10) business days after receipt of the request for approval.

29.39 Business Day. For purposes hereof, “business day” shall be all calendar days except Saturdays and Sundays and Holidays.

 

-81-


29.40 Asbestos Disclosures. Landlord has advised Tenant that there is asbestos-containing material (“ACM”) in the Building. Attached hereto as Exhibit L is a disclosure statement regarding ACM in the Building. Tenant acknowledges that such notice complies with the requirements of Section 25915 et. seq. and Section 25359.7 of the California Health and Safety Code.

29.41 Limitation of Tenant’s Liability. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in Lease, Landlord agrees (i) that any present or future partner, member, stockholder, trustee, beneficiary, officer, director, employee or agent of Tenant, shall have no personal liability in respect of (or arising out of or relating to) the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and (ii) to look only to assets of Tenant for satisfaction of Landlord’s remedies arising out of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and that no property or assets of any present or future partner, member, stockholder, trustee, beneficiary, officer, director, employee or agent of Tenant, shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for satisfaction of Landlord’s remedies arising out of such obligations. Nothing herein shall modify Landlord’s rights under Article 21 of this Lease or prevent Landlord from obtaining, entering and enforcing a judgment against, from and out of the assets of Tenant (but not the assets of any present or future partner, member, stockholder, trustee, beneficiary, officer, director, employee or agent of Tenant) with respect to any obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

29.42 Landlords Waiver of Security Interest in Tenants Personal Property. Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that any and all of Tenant’s movable furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures and equipment at the Premises (“Tenants Property”) may be financed by a third-party lender or lessor (an “Equipment Lienor”), and Landlord hereby (a) waives any rights to Tenant’s Property, and (b) agrees to recognize the rights of any such Equipment Lienor, subject to and in accordance with a commercially reasonable waiver agreement to be entered into by and between Landlord and the Equipment Lienor following request by Tenant.

29.43 No Continuous Operation. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall (a) not be required to occupy or to continuously operate the Premises, and Tenant shall have the right to cease operations (whether or not Tenant vacates the Premises) without same constituting a default by Tenant under this Lease provided Tenant continues to pay Rent and perform its other obligations under this Lease, and (b) have the right to remain open for business only on the days and during the hours Tenant determines is commercially practical.

29.44 No Relocation Rights. Landlord shall have no rights to relocate Tenant without Tenant’s prior written approval, which may be withheld for any or no reason in Tenant’s sole discretion.

29.45 Energy Performance Disclosure Information. Tenant acknowledges that since the Building has not yet been completed, Landlord is not required to provide Tenant with a copy of any Data Verification Checklist, as defined in the existing Energy Disclosure Requirements. Tenant acknowledges that, pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively, together with any future law or regulation regarding disclosure of energy efficiency data with respect to the Building, “Energy Disclosure Requirements”), Landlord may be required in the future to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective

 

-82-


purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (“Tenant Energy Use Disclosure”). Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord with respect to any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Tenant acknowledges that this information shall be provided on a non-confidential basis and may be provided by Landlord to the applicable utility providers to the extent required by Requirements, the California Energy Commission (and other governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the Energy Disclosure Requirements) to the extent required by Requirements, and any third parties to whom Landlord is required to make any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures to the extent required by Energy Disclosure Requirements, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure to the extent required by Energy Disclosure Requirements. Tenant agrees that none of the Landlord Parties shall be liable for, and Tenant hereby releases the Landlord Parties from, any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure to the extent required by Requirements. In addition, Tenant acknowledges that any and all information provided by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Section 10.15 shall be, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, true and correct in all material respects, but Tenant shall have no liability whatsoever to Landlord for the inaccuracy of such information.

29.46 No Discrimination. Tenant and its affiliates, employees, contractors, subcontractors, and agents shall (i) comply with the provisions of the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Section 12900 et seq. of the California Government Code) and the applicable regulations promulgated thereunder (California Code of Regulations, Title 2, Division 4, Chapter 1, Section 7285.0 et seq.), but only if and to the extent Tenant and its affiliates, employees, contractors, subcontractors, and agents are required to do so under applicable Law, (ii) conduct their respective activities in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, but only if and to the extent Tenant and its affiliates, employees, contractors, subcontractors, and agents are required to do so under applicable Law, and (iii) post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth their respective policies regarding non-discrimination if and to the extent required under applicable Law.

29.47 OFAC Compliance.

29.47.1 Tenant Compliance. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that: (i) neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates does business with, sponsors, or provides assistance or support to, the government of, or any person located in, any country, or with any other person, targeted by any of the economic sanctions of the United States administered by The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”); Tenant is not owned or controlled (within the meaning of the regulations promulgating such sanctions or the laws authorizing such promulgation) by any such government or person; and any payments and/or proceeds received by Tenant under the terms of this Lease will not be used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, any country, or to make any payments to any person, targeted by any of such sanctions; (ii) no funds tendered to Landlord by Tenant under the terms of this Lease are or will be directly or indirectly derived from activities that may contravene U.S. federal, state or international laws and regulations, including “Anti-Money Laundering Laws,” as that term is defined below; (iii) neither Tenant, nor any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, Tenant, nor any person having a beneficial interest in Tenant, nor any person for

 

-83-


whom Tenant is acting as agent or nominee, nor any person providing funds to Tenant in connection with this Lease (a) is under investigation by any governmental authority for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist related activities, any crimes which in the United States would be predicate crimes to money laundering, or any violation of any Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (b) has been assessed civil or criminal penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (c) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in any action under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (d) is a person or entity that resides or has a place of business in a country or territory which is designated as a Non-Cooperative Country or Territory by the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, or whose subscription funds are transferred from or through such a jurisdiction; (e) is a “Foreign Shell Bank” within the meaning of the Patriot Act (i.e., a foreign bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not affiliated with a bank that has a physical presence and an acceptable level of regulation and supervision); (f) is a person or entity that resides in, or is organized under the laws of, a jurisdiction designated by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 311 or 312 of the Patriot Act as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns; (g) is an entity that is designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as warranting such special measures due to money laundering concerns; or (h) is a person or entity that otherwise appears on any US.-government provided list of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations. For purposes of this representation, the term “Anti-Money Laundering Laws” shall mean all laws, regulations and executive orders, state and federal, criminal and civil, that (1) limit the use of and/or seek the forfeiture of proceeds from illegal transactions; (2) limit commercial transactions with designated countries or individuals believed to be terrorists, narcotics dealers or otherwise engaged in activities contrary to the interests of the United States; (3) require identification and documentation of the parties with whom a financial institution conducts business; or (4) are designed to disrupt the flow of funds to terrorist organizations. Such laws, regulations, and sanctions shall include, without limitation, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56 (the “Patriot Act”), Executive Order 13224, the Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. Section 531 et. seq., the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. Section 1 et. seq., the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. Section 1701 et. seq., the OFAC-administered economic sanctions, and laws relating to prevention and detection of money laundering in 18 U.S.C. Sections 1956 and 1957. Tenant has reviewed the OFAC website, and conducted such other investigation as it deems necessary or prudent, prior to making these representations and warranties.

29.47.2 Landlord Compliance. Landlord hereby warrants and represents that: (i) neither Landlord nor any of its affiliates does business with, sponsors, or provides assistance or support to, the government of, or any person located in, any country, or with any other person, targeted by any of the economic sanctions of the United States administered by OFAC; Landlord is not owned or controlled (within the meaning of the regulations promulgating such sanctions or the laws authorizing such promulgation) by any such government or person; and any payments and/or proceeds received by Landlord under the terms of this Lease will not be used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, any country, or to make any payments to any person, targeted by any of such sanctions; (ii) no funds tendered to Tenant by Landlord under the terms of this Lease are or will be directly or indirectly derived from activities that may contravene U.S. federal, state or international laws and regulations, including Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (iii) neither Landlord, nor any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, Landlord, nor any person having a beneficial interest in Landlord, nor any person for whom Landlord is acting as agent or nominee, nor any person providing funds

 

-84-


to Landlord in connection with this Lease (a) is under investigation by any governmental authority for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist related activities, any crimes which in the United States would be predicate crimes to money laundering, or any violation of any Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (b) has been assessed civil or criminal penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (c) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in any action under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (d) is a person or entity that resides or has a place of business in a country or territory which is designated as a Non-Cooperative Country or Territory by the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, or whose subscription funds are transferred from or through such a jurisdiction; (e) is a Foreign Shell Bank; (f) is a person or entity that resides in, or is organized under the laws of, a jurisdiction designated by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 311 or 312 of the Patriot Act as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns; (g) is an entity that is designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as warranting such special measures due to money laundering concerns; or (h) is a person or entity that otherwise appears on any US.-government provided list of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations. Landlord has reviewed the OFAC website, and conducted such other investigation as it deems necessary or prudent, prior to making these representations and warranties. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, for the purposes of this subsection 29.47.2 the phrase “owned or controlled” and all similar such phrases shall not include any holder of a direct or indirect interest in a publicly traded company whose shares are listed and traded on a United States national stock exchange.

29.48 Waiver of Consequential and Special Damages. Neither party shall be liable to the other party for any special or consequential damages, loss of profits, loss of business opportunity or loss of goodwill from the failure of such party to meet its obligations under the Lease. The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) if Landlord is required to abate the rent of another tenant at the Project under the terms and conditions of such tenant’s lease, or as required by Law, as the result of any Alteration constructed by or on behalf of Tenant, or in connection with any repair or maintenance performed by or on behalf of Tenant, which interferes with such tenant’s use of its premises, then such rental abatement shall not be deemed consequential damages, loss of profits, loss of business opportunity or loss of goodwill within the limitation set forth in the preceding sentence, and (ii) any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon Tenant’s failure to surrender all or any portion of the Premises within sixty (60) days following the applicable Lease Expiration Date of such Phase, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom, shall not be deemed consequential damages, loss of profits, loss of business opportunity or loss of goodwill within the limitation set forth in the preceding sentence. Tenant shall have the right to request that Landlord provide to Tenant a written notice setting forth Landlord’s good faith estimate of the maximum amount of consequential damages (including loss of profits, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill and loss of use) (“Holding Over Damages”) that Landlord will incur as the result of Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises following the expiration of this Lease. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of such request, Landlord shall provide Tenant a written notice setting forth Landlord’s good faith estimate of Holding Over Damages. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord’s good faith estimate of Holding Over Damages shall be provided to Tenant solely as an accommodation and Landlord’s actual Holding Over Damages shall not be limited by such good faith estimate.

 

-85-


29.49 Landlord Representations and Warranties. Landlord represents and warrants that:

29.49.1 As of the Effective Date, no person or entity (except Tenant) has any right to lease any portion of the Premises.

29.49.2 As of the Lease Commencement Date, no person or entity (except Tenant) has any right to possession of the Premises.

29.49.3 Landlord has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of the corporation is authorized to do so.

29.49.4 As of the Effective Date, the only lender having a deed of trust affecting the Project is Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent for the lenders.

[Signatures follow on next page]

 

-86-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”:

 

26 THIRD STREET (SF) OWNER, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ David Thompson
Name:   David Thompson
Its:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

“TENANT”:

 

UNITY TECHNOLOGIES SF,
a California corporation

By:   /s/ John Riccitiello
Name:   John Riccitiello
Its:   CEO
By:   /s/ Jed Ritchey
Name:   Jed Ritchey
Its:   General Counsel

FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF AGREEING TO BE BOUND ONLY BY THE TERMS OF SECTION 1.3 OF THIS LEASE:

 

“AFFILIATE LANDLORD”:

 

703 MARKET STREET (SF) OWNER, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ David Thompson
Name:   David Thompson
Its:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

-87-


EXHIBIT A-1

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT A-1

-1-


EXHIBIT A-2

RETAIL SPACE

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT A-2

-1-


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-


EXHIBIT C

COMMENCEMENT LETTER

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT C

-1-


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT D

-1-


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT E

-1-


EXHIBIT F

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

EXHIBIT F

-1-


EXHIBIT G

MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT G

-1-


EXHIBIT H

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

EXHIBIT H

-1-


EXHIBIT I

FORM LETTER OF CREDIT

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT I

-1-


EXHIBIT J

FORM MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT J

-1-


EXHIBIT K

TENANT’S SIGNAGE

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT K

-1-


EXHIBIT L

CALIFORNIA ASBESTOS NOTICE

[Omitted]

 

EXHIBIT L

-1-


FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

This First Amendment to Office Lease (this “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of Jan 23, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), by and between 26 THIRD STREET (SF) OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and UNITY TECHNOLOGIES SF, a California corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease, dated November 20, 2015 (the “Lease”), whereby Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord certain premises (the “Premises”) consisting of 53,016 RSF of space consisting of the entire office portion of that certain six (6) story above ground (plus one (1) floor below ground) office building (the “Building”) located at 30 Third Street, San Francisco, California.

B. Tenant has asserted that as of the Effective Date it is entitled to certain remedies as a result of Landlord’s delay in delivering the Premises to Tenant in accordance with the terms of Section 2.1 of the Lease (“Tenant’s Delay Claim”).

C. Landlord and Tenant now desire to (i) amend the Lease to provide Tenant with certain additional abatement of Base Rent in connection with Tenant’s Delay Claim and (ii) make other modifications to the Lease, and in connection therewith, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as hereinafter provided.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

1. Defined Terms. Except as explicitly set forth in this First Amendment, each initially capitalized term when used herein shall have the same respective meaning as is set forth in the Lease.

2. Additional Base Rent Abatement. The following sentences are hereby added to the end of Section 3.2 of the Lease:

“In addition to the Rent Abatement set forth above, Tenant shall be granted additional abatement of Base Rent in an amount equal to $120,000.00 (the “Additional Rent Abatement”), which Additional Rent Abatement shall be applied to the Base Rent due and owing immediately following the Rent Abatement Period. The Additional Rent Abatement shall be subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3.2 as the Rent Abatement.

3. Release. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Additional Rent Abatement shall be Tenant’s sole remedy with respect to Tenant’s Delay Claim and that Landlord shall, as of the Effective Date, be fully and unconditionally released and discharged from any other obligations and claims related to Tenant’s Delay Claim through the Effective Date. For avoidance

 

-1-


of doubt, Tenant’s Delay Claim only relates to Landlord’s delay in physical delivery of the Premises in accordance with the delivery timeline set forth in Section 2.1 of the Lease and does not relate to Landlord’s obligations as to the Delivery Condition of the Premises; provided, however, if Tenant claims Landlord did not deliver the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition, Tenant shall not be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent or to terminate the Lease pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Lease, but as Tenant’s sole remedy, Tenant may deliver a notice to Landlord, on or before August 7, 2017, setting forth in reasonable detail any portion of the Premises that was not in the Delivery Condition, and provided that the Premises were actually not in the Delivery Condition on the date of delivery to Tenant (and any need to make repairs was not caused solely by Tenant Damage (as hereinafter defined)), Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (which shall not be deemed an Operating Expense), subject to equitable allocation in the case of Tenant Damage as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 3, take such action as is necessary to cause the Premises to be in the Delivery Condition. As used herein “Tenant Damage” shall mean damage due to the misuse, misconduct, destruction and/or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s agents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (which shall not be deemed an Operating Expense), cause the Building shell of the lower level of the Premises adjacent to the both the Stevenson Street sidewalk and the Third Street sidewalk to be in good working condition and repair (including, without limitation, free from leaks) (the “Building Shell Work”). Landlord covenants that such portion of the Building shell shall continue to be in good working condition and repair for a period of one (1) year from the date that Landlord completes the Building Shell Work to Tenant’s reasonable satisfaction. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (which shall not be deemed an Operating Expense), repair such portion of the Building shell that is in violation of such foregoing covenant of Landlord set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, provided that the need to repair or replace was not caused by Tenant Damage. To the extent repairs which Landlord is required to make pursuant to this Section 3 are necessitated in part by Tenant Damage, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for an equitable proportion of the cost of such repair.

Tenant expressly waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

Tenant acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to seek the advice of legal counsel with respect to the aforementioned waiver and understands the terms thereof

4. Notice of Availability. Section 1.3 (Notice of Availability) of the Lease is hereby deleted and is of no further force or effect.

5. Letter of Credit.

 

-2-


5.1 L-C Amount. The reference to “$5,235,000.00” set forth in Section 8 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with “3,977,738.67”. Promptly upon (i) Landlord’s receipt of a replacement L-C in the L-C Amount as amended by this Section 5.1 and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Section 21.1 of the Lease and (ii) Affiliate Landlord’s receipt of the L-C pursuant to that certain Office Lease dated as of the Effective Date, by and between “Affiliate Landlord,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3 of the Lease, and Tenant (the “703 Market Lease”), Landlord shall return the original L-C to Tenant.

5.2 Decrease of Letter of Credit Amount. The schedule provided following the first paragraph of Section 21.7 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Reduction Date    L-C Amount  

The later of (i) November 30, 2020, and (ii) the date on which conditions are satisfied (the “Initial Reduction Date”)

   $ 2,983,114.04  

The later of (i) December 31, 2021, and (ii) the date that occurs twelve (12) months following the Initial Reduction Date (the “Second Reduction Date”)

   $ 1,988,489.42  

The later of (i) December 31, 2022, and (ii) the date that occurs twelve (12) months following the Second Reduction Date (the “Third Reduction Date”)

   $ 1,325,912.89

5.3 Reimbursement by Landlord. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant is providing a replacement L-C pursuant to this Section 5 at Landlord’s request and that Tenant shall also provide a L-C to Affiliate Landlord pursuant to the 703 Market Lease. Upon request therefor by Tenant, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant the costs and expenses incurred by Tenant for delivering the replacement L-C under this First Amendment and the L-C pursuant to the 703 Market Lease, including, without limitation, any bank fees related to issuing separate letters of credit to Landlord and Affiliate Landlord, provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be required to reimburse to Tenant any portion of such costs or expenses exceeding $25,000.00.

6. Access to the 703 Market Building. Landlord covenants to Tenant that throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall have unobstructed direct access to that certain building located at 703 Market Street, San Francisco, California (the “703 Market Building”) for ingress and egress through the connecting corridors to be constructed on each floor of the Premises by Affiliate Landlord (subject to temporary closure in the event of an emergency or for Landlord’s maintenance of such connecting corridors to the extent required pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or if required pursuant to Applicable Laws). Such access shall only be eliminated by Landlord if Landlord recaptures a portion of the Premises pursuant to Section 14.4 of the Lease (and in such event only with respect to the recaptured portion of the Premises). Promptly upon request by Tenant from time to time, Landlord shall close the doors in such connecting corridors in order to eliminate the direct access to the 703 Market Building (i) in the event that Tenant Transfers a portion of the Premises, (ii) in the event that Tenant “Transfers” (as such term is defined in the 703 Market Lease) a portion of the “Premises” (as such term is defined in the 703 Market Lease) pursuant to the 703 Market Lease or (iii) as Tenant otherwise deems necessary.

7. Assignment and Subletting.

 

-3-


7.1 Clause (C) of the first sentence of Section 14.4 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(C) a sublease of any portion of the Premises (but such recapture shall only apply as to one or more full floors of the Premises);”

7.2 The following sentence shall be inserted immediately preceding the penultimate sentence of Section 14.4 of the Lease:

“In addition, in the event of a recapture by Landlord, Landlord shall cause the doors in such connecting corridor on the floor(s) of the recaptured space between the Building and the 703 Market Building to be closed and secured.”

7.3 Section 14.7 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

14.7 Deemed Consent Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, (A) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (B) a sale of shares of capital stock in Tenant, (C) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant, (D) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant during the Lease Term, (E) an assignment or sublease to an entity acquiring and continuing Tenant’s business operations at or from the Premises, or (F) an assignment or sublease to an entity to which Affiliate Landlord has consented to the assignment or sublease of all or a portion of the “Premises” under the 703 Market Lease which assignment or sublease becomes effective concurrently with the assignment or sublease of the “Premises” under the 703 Market Lease, shall not be deemed a Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent under this Article 14 (any such assignee or sublessee described in items (A) through (F) of this Section 14.7 hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”), provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of any such assignment or sublease (or at least ten (10) business days after the effective date of such assignment or sublease if Tenant is prevented by Law or confidentiality requirements from disclosing such transaction to Landlord prior to the consummation thereof) and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer or Permitted Transferee as set forth above, (ii) such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, (iii) no assignment or sublease relating to this Lease, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease, and (iv) the liability of such Permitted Transferee under an assignment shall be joint and several with Tenant. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease who qualifies as a Permitted Transferee may also be referred to herein as a “Permitted Transferee Assignee.”

8. HVAC Work. Pursuant to Schedule 2 of the Work Letter attached as Exhibit B to the 703 Market Lease, Affiliate Landlord is installing a HVAC system on the roof of the Building for the benefit of the “Premises” as such term is defined in the 703 Market Lease (the “703 Market

 

-4-


Street HVAC System”). Landlord shall provide Affiliate Landlord with access to the Building from time to time during the “Lease Term” (as such term is defined in the 703 Market Lease) as required by Affiliate Landlord in connection with the installation of the 703 Market Street HVAC System, ongoing maintenance and repairs to the 703 Market Street HVAC System and potential future expansion of the 703 Market Street HVAC System (collectively, the “HVAC Work”). Landlord shall cause Affiliate Landlord to perform the HVAC Work only on Saturday or Sunday or during non-Building Hours Monday through Friday (i.e., prior to 8:00 A.M. or after 6:00 P.M.) and to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises during any entry by Affiliate Landlord onto the Premises. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant shall be a third party beneficiary to any access agreement between Landlord and Affiliate Landlord relating to Affiliate Landlord’s performance of the HVAC Work and that Landlord’s failure to permit Affiliate Landlord to access the Building in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8 shall be deemed a default of Landlord under the Lease. The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.

9. Door Installation Work. Pursuant to Schedule 2 of the Work Letter attached as Exhibit B to the 703 Market Lease, Affiliate Landlord is installing roll-down doors on each floor of the Premises in the connecting corridor between the Building and the 703 Market Building (the “Corridor Doors”). Landlord shall provide Affiliate Landlord with access to the Building as required by Affiliate Landlord in connection with the installation of the Corridor Doors (the “Door Installation Work”). Landlord shall cause Affiliate Landlord perform the Door Installation Work related to the Corridor Doors within the Premises only on Saturday or Sunday or during non-Building Hours Monday through Friday (i.e., prior to 8:00 A.M. or after 6:00 P.M.) and to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises during any entry by Affiliate Landlord onto the Premises. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant shall be a third party beneficiary to any access agreement between Landlord and Affiliate Landlord relating to Affiliate Landlord’s performance of the Door Installation Work and that Landlord’s failure to permit Affiliate Landlord to access the Building in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9 shall be deemed a default of Landlord under the Lease. Following completion of the Door Installation Work, Landlord shall be responsible for any required repair, maintenance and/or replacement of the Corridor Doors within the Premises as part of Landlord’s obligations pursuant to Article 7 of the Lease.

10. Broker. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this First Amendment, and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this First Amendment. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than Broker. The terms of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, as amended.

11. No Other Modifications. Except as otherwise provided herein, all other terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unmodified by this First Amendment.

 

-5-


12. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute a single instrument. Signatures of the parties transmitted by telefacsimile or electronic mail PDF format shall be deemed to constitute originals and may be relied upon, for all purposes, as binding the transmitting party hereto. The parties intend to be bound by the signatures transmitted by telefacsimile or electronic mail PDF format, are aware that the other party will rely on such signature, and hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this First Amendment based on the form of signature.

13. Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this First Amendment, this First Amendment shall prevail.

(signature page to follow)

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this First Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:

 

26 THIRD STREET (SF) OWNER, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Terry Wachsner
Name:   Terry Wachsner
Its:   Vice President

 

TENANT:

 

UNITY TECHNOLOGIES SF,
a California corporation

By:   /s/ John Riccitiello
Name:   John Riccitiello
Its:   CEO
By:   /s/ Mike Foley
Name:   Mike Foley
Its:   CFO

 

-7-


SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

August 1, 2018

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 1st of August, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between 26 THIRD STREET (SF) OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and UNITY TECHNOLOGIES SF, a California corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease, dated November 25, 2015 (the “Lease”), whereby Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord certain premises (the “Premises”) consisting of 53,016 RSF of space consisting of the entire office portion of that certain six (6) story above ground (plus one (1) floor below ground) office building (the “Building”) located at 30 Third Street, San Francisco, California,

B. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain First Amendment to Office Lease (“First Amendment”) dated December 23, 2016, by which the Original Lease was amended to provide Tenant with certain additional abatement of Base Rent in connection with an alleged Delay Claim. The Original Lease and the First Amendment are collectively referred to herein as the “Lease.

C. Tenant is also a tenant in the building at 703 Market Street, San Francisco, California (the “703 Building”) owned by 703 Market Street (SF) Owner, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“703 Landlord”), which is an entity affiliated with Landlord.

D. Tenant has raised a number of claims with Landlord and 703 Landlord related to the condition of the base building at both the. Building and the 703 Building, including claims related to water intrusion, staircases, skylights, unsafe conditions, scaffolding, and elevators, which claims are further detailed in an email dated October 23, 2017 attached as Exhibit A hereto and incorporated herein (the claims set forth in Exhibit A and all similar claims are, collectively, “Tenant’s Claims”). Landlord and 703 Landlord deny any fault or wrongdoing in connection with Tenant’s Claims, deny that they have any obligation to perform repairs in connection with Tenant’s claims, and deny that Tenant is entitled to any rent abatement as a result of Tenant’s claims.

E. Landlord and Tenant have reached a resolution with respect to Tenant’s Claims and desire to enter into this Second Amendment for the purpose of memorializing such resolution and otherwise modifying the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth in this Second Amendment.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same respective meanings as are given such terms in the Lease unless expressly provided otherwise in this Second Amendment.

 

  

26 THIRD STREET

[Second Amendment]

-1-
   Unity Technologies


2. Rent Credit. In consideration of Tenant’s execution of this Second Amendment, for the calendar month of June 2018, Tenant shall be entitled to a rent credit of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) (the “Rent Credit”) towards its Base Rent obligation under the Lease.

3. Tenant Release of Claims. In consideration of the aforementioned Rent Credit as provided under Section 2 of this Second Amendment, Tenant hereby expressly releases Landlord and 703 Landlord, and each of their respective partners, subpartners. and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors from any and all loss, claim, liability, damage or injury (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees) related to or arising from Tenant’s Claims (collectively, the “Tenant Released Claims”). This release shall not apply to Landlord’s obligations under this Second Amendment or Landlord’s ongoing repair and maintenance obligations under the Lease, but shall apply to Tenant released Claims of which Tenant is presently unaware or which Tenant does not presently suspect to exist which, if known by Tenant, would materially affect Tenant’s release of Landlord; provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, this release shall not apply to Tenant Claims which first arise after the Effective Date. With respect solely to the Tenant Released Claims, Tenant specifically waives the provision of California Civil Code section 1542, which provides as follows:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

/s/ Michael Foley

 

Tenant’s Initials

4. Third Party Beneficiary. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that 703 Landlord is an intended third, party beneficiary with respect to the Release set forth in Paragraph 3 of this Second Amendment.

5. Statutory Disclosure and Related Terms. For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the

 

  

26 THIRD STREET

[Second Amendment]

-2-
   Unity Technologies


time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: (a) any CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall be conducted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by a CASp reasonably designated by Landlord, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and requirements; (b) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements or repairs within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards identified on the CASp inspection report and if required by applicable law; and (c) if anything done by or for Tenant in its use or occupancy of the Premises shall require any improvements or repairs to the Building or Project (outside the Premises) to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards, then such improvements or repairs shall be performed pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

6. Broker. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Second Amendment, and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Second Amendment. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other patty against and hold the other party harmless,-from any and all losses, claims, liabilities, damages or injuries (including, without;, limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease, as hereby amended.

7. Conflict; No Further Modification. In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this Second Amendment, the terms of this Second Amendment shall prevail. Except as specifically set forth in this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended, shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. The Lease, as amended, and this Second Amendment contain Landlord’s and Tenant’s entire agreement regarding Tenant’s Claims.

(signatures appear on following page)

 

  

26 THIRD STREET

[Second Amendment]

-3-
   Unity Technologies


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Second Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”:

  26 THIRD STREET (SF) OWNER, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   /s/ Terry Wachsner
  Name:   Terry Wachsner
  Its:   Vice President
  8/1/2018

“TENANT”

  UNITY TECHNOLOGIES SF,
a California corporation
  By:   /s/ Michael Foley
  Name:   Michael Foley
  Its:   CFO

 

  

26 THIRD STREET

[Second Amendment]

-4-
   Unity Technologies


EXHIBIT A

[Omitted]

 

  

26 THIRD STREET

[Second Amendment]

-5-
   Unity Technologies
EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

Commercial Lease Agreement

CONDITIONAL COMMERCIAL LEASE AGREEMENT

(individual partial lease)

 

LESSOR:    PFA Ejendomme A/S
   Sundkrogsgade 4
   DK-2100 Copenhagen Ø
LESSEE    Unity Technologies ApS
   Vendersgade 28, 1st floor
   DK-1363 Copenhagen K
PREMISES:    For the time being Løvstræde 3, DK-1150 Copenhagen K
   Part of the ground floor, 1st, 2nd and 3rd floors
LEASE NO.:    1-75531-4-2

 


CONTENTS

 

          Page  

1.0

  

Parties

     3  

2.0

  

Premises

     3  

3.0

  

Use

     6  

4.0

  

Effective date and termination

     7  

5.0

  

Takeover (occupation)

     8  

6.0

  

Rent and payment

     9  

7.0

  

Taxes and charges etc.

     10  

8.0

  

Adjustment of rent

     11  

9.0

  

Adjustment of the market rent

     11  

10.0

  

Deposit

     12  

11.0

  

Consumption accounts (heat and hot water, etc.)

     12  

12.0

  

Consumptions accounts (ventilation and climate systems)

     13  

13.0

  

Electricity

     14  

14.0

  

Water

     14  

15.0

  

Operating expenses

     16  

16.0

  

Maintenance/ repair, renewals and cleaning

     17  

17.0

  

Sublease

     18  

18.0

  

Assignment and resumption

     19  

19.0

  

Changes

     19  

20.0

  

Signs etc.

     20  

21.0

  

Surrender

     20  

22.0

  

Liability and risk

     22  

23.0

  

VAT

     22  

24.0

  

Anti-corruptions clause

     22  

25.0

  

Disputes

     23  

26.0

  

Registration

     23  

27.0

  

Money liability as between the parties

     23  

28.0

  

General provisions

     23  

 

-i-


Commercial Lease Agreement

APPENDICES:

 

Appendix A1:    Drawing showing the premises’ location, including the areas of Stages 1 and 2.
Appendix A2:    Drawing showing the roof terraces on the 2nd and 4th floors.
Appendix A3:    Drawing showing the premises’ design and fitting up.
Appendix B1:    Project description.
Appendix B2:    Decision timetable.
Appendix B3:    Architectural drawing of the location and design of the interior staircase.
Appendix B4:    Plan drawing showing the areas subject to limitation as to use due to limited daylight.
Appendix C1:    Specification and estimated amount of the expected fuel expenses and any other expenses included in the consumptions accounts.
Appendix C2:    Specification and estimated amount of the expected ventilation expenses and any other expenses included in the accounts concerning ventilation system.
Appendix C2B:    Specification and estimated amount of the expected expenses for climate system and any other expenses included in the accounts concerning climate system.
Appendix C3:    Specification and estimated amount of the expected expenses for water and any other expenses included in the water accounts.
Appendix C4:    Specification and estimated amount of the expected operating expenses etc. Lessee must pay in addition to the rent.
Appendix C5:    Specification and estimated amount of the expected expenses for taxes and charges Lessee must pay in addition to the rent.
Appendix D:    Energy label.
Appendix E:    The Heritage Agency of Denmark’s pamphlet “When the property is preserved” from 2004.
Appendix F:    Anti-corruption clause
Appendix G:    Check list for business tenants of the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs.

 


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

1.0

Parties

PFA Ejendomme A/S

CVR no. 20 65 32 80

Sundkrogsgade 4

DK-2100 Copenhagen Ø

(in the following referred to as “Lessor”)

and

Unity Technologies ApS

CVR no. 30 71 99 13

Vendersgade 28, 1st floor

DK-1363 Copenhagen K

(in the following referred to as “Lessee”)

have today entered into this Commercial Lease Agreement.

 

2.0

Premises

 

2.1

The premises are part of title no. 55, Frimands Kvarter, Copenhagen, the site and buildings of which are hereinafter referred to as the “property”. The property’s total gross floor areas is approx. 15,600 m2.

 

2.2

The premises’ postal address is for the time being Løvstræde 3, 1 - 3 floor, DK-1150 Copenhagen K and includes the areas marked in Appendix A1, including common and access areas. The areas are hereinafter referred to as the “premises”.

 

1.  Ground floor: Entrance area etc.

   approx.    75 m2

2.  Ground floor: Share of common entrance area

   approx.    66 m2

3.  1st floor: Offices, including share of access, common and technician’s areas

   approx.    1,312 m2

4.  2nd floor: Offices, including share of access, common and technician’s areas

   approx.    1,002 m2

5.  3rd floor: Offices, including share of access, common or technician’s areas

   approx.    1,330 m2

    (The areas on the 3rd floor are located in “Pakhuset” and “Telegrafen”.

     

6.  Basement, archive, etc.

   approx.    200 m2

7.  Share of secondary common areas, basement, etc.

   approx.    375 m2

    Total gross floor areas

   approx.    4,360 m2

8.  Outdoor terrace at the 2nd floor

   approx.    200 m2

 

2.3

The parties have agreed that they intend, but are not obligated, to discuss whether to include additional areas in the premises, which may become available if requested by Lessee and if practically possible.

PARKING PLACES

The premises include ten parking places available to Lessee as at the takeover of Stage 1, see clause 4.1. Notwithstanding the fact that Lessee wishes to dispose of ten parking places, Lessor may reduce this number to seven against a similar reduction of the rent. However, it is important for Lessee and a known condition for the conclusion of this Lease Agreement that Lessee may dispose of seven parking places as a minimum. The parking places will be placed on ground level, but Lessor reserves the right to assign parking places in the basement. Assignment of parking places will take place no later than 31 March 2017. Subsequently, Lessor will be entitled to assign alternative parking places at the property.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 3 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

Lessee accepts that Lessor may agree on the administration of the parking places on ground level or in the basement with a third party, e.g. EuroPark or the like.

 

2.4

Lessee has an exclusive right of use to the outdoor terrace on the 2nd floor, see clause 2.2, no. 8, and the terrace is marked in Appendix A2. In addition, the parties intend, but are not legally obligated, to discuss an inclusion of the outdoor terrace on the 4th floor (approx. 300 m2) if requested by Lessee, if practically possible and if the necessary permissions can be obtained.

 

2.5

The offices on the 1st, 2nd and 3rd floors, see clause 2.2, nos. 3-5, have been measured by a land surveyor . Notwithstanding that these offices may be measured again after the signing of this Lease Agreement, and this measurement should prove a deviation from the areas stated in clause 2.2, nos. 3-5, the payments, including the rent, will not be adjusted according to this Lease Agreement.

 

2.6

The property has not yet been measured by a land surveyor as a multi-user property, and Lessor has not yet made its own land surveyor measurement of the property as a whole. Measurements will be made of (i) the premises’ basement, archive. etc., see clause 2.2, no. 6, (ii) the premises’ share of the secondary common areas, basement, etc., see clause 2.2, no. 7, and (iii) the property’s total gross floor area based on Executive Order no. 311 of 27 June 1983 concerning calculation of areas of residential and commercial leases. The payments, including the rent, will be adjusted based on these measurements concerning the areas of (i) and (ii). All areas are included in the above measurements, including secondary rooms, technician’s rooms, other basement areas, technician’s shafts, floor areas removed in connection with the establishment of an open/partially open staircase in a leased area between the floors etc. However, open covered areas in connection with the courtyard at the ground floor are not included as part of the property’s floor area, see section 1(b) of the Executive Order. Payments made until the measurement of the premises will be adjusted accordingly.

The measurement will take place when found appropriate by Lessor. As the premises will be taken over successively, see clause 4.1, and as a number of rebuilding and redecoration works are to be made in the premises, see clause 2.9, it has been agreed for the time being that the measurements will be made as soon as the premises included by Stage 2 have been taken over, however, no later than on 31 December 2016. The parties have also agreed that irrespective of the new measurement, Lessee will never be obligated to accept a deviation of the measured areas of more than +10%.

 

2.7

If the property’s buildings are changed in connection with rebuilding, reductions or expansions, or if the common area is expanded or reduced due to changes in the composition of the premises, Lessor reserves the right to change this Lease Agreement’s share of the common areas.

 

2.8

The premises’ design and fitting up appears from Appendix A3.

REDECORATION AND REBUILDING

 

2.9

The premises will be taken over successively in two stages as described under clause 4.1 as it has been agreed that redecoration and rebuilding works are to be made prior to occupation.

 

2.10

Prior to Lessee’s occupation, Lessor will arrange for redecoration and partial rebuilding of the premises in accordance with the project description attached as Appendix B1.

 

2.11

A decision timetable is attached as Appendix B2, including deadlines concerning Lessee’s decision on various matters.

 

2.12

Lessor reserves the right to make minor changes in the projects, including cosmetic changes and changes due to decisions or orders from public authorities, supply utilities etc. Lessor shall to a reasonable extent consult with Lessee before initiating the works due to decisions or orders from public authorities.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 4 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

2.13

Lessee shall notify Lessor immediately if defects are observed in relation to the redecoration and rebuilding works arranged by Lessor prior to Lessee’s occupation with the result that Lessor does not lose the possibility of claiming remedial action by the responsible contractor(s). However, Lessee is not obligated to follow the works on a current basis.

 

2.14

Together with the contractor(s), Lessee is entitled and obligated to participate free of charge in one-year and five-year inspections of the redecoration and rebuilding works, which works have been arranged by Lessor prior to Lessee’s occupation.

 

2.15

Lessee shall without compensation give the contractor(s) and Lessor access to the premises for the purpose of remedial action in respect of defects, if any. Such remedial action must be carried out with as much consideration as possible for Lessee, however, with the result that the works may be carried out within usual working hours.

 

2.16

When deciding whether a redecoration or rebuilding work is defective, the concept of section 30 of the ABT 93 applies.

In relation to the premises, the defect concept of the rent legislation applies.

 

2.17

Lessee is aware that the property is under development, and that redecoration and rebuilding works will be performed on the property prior to and after Lessee’s occupation. Lessor shall give consideration to Lessee with the effect that Lessee is affected by the works as little as possible. Lessee shall give Lessor access to the premises when ever necessary due to redecoration and rebuilding works and with as much consideration as possible for Lessee. In periods, there will be noise-intensive work in relation to the establishment of a new interior staircase between the areas in Stages 1 and 2, see clause 2.22.

 

2.18

Lessee is aware that the property’s façade will be changed as part of the development of the property.

 

2.19

Lessee has - together with the other users of the property - right of use to areas in addition to the premises (access, common and technician’s areas (the “common areas”) to the extent shown in the drawing attached as Appendix A1. During the rebuilding, access to the common areas may be limited, and Lessee is also aware that the final extent of the common areas and the placing will not be finally determined until the rebuilding has been concluded wholly or partly. The common areas will then be measured, see clause 2.6, and adjusted with the result that the common areas reflect the actual circumstances at the property.

 

2.20

During the rebuilding, the access to and possibility of using the courtyard may be limited and/or made difficult, and also the ways of access may be changed temporarily.

 

2.21

As part of the property’s development and the fact that the premises are to be taken over newly redecorated, partially rebuilt and successively, the parties have entered into the below agreements, see clauses 2.22 -2.23, as reference is also made to the project descriptions as a whole. The rent will not be reduced due to these or other circumstances unless specifically emphasised.

 

2.22

Architect drawing is attached as Appendix B3 showing the location and design of the new interior staircase between Lessee’s office areas on the 1st, 2nd and 3rd floors. Lessor notes that both the location and the design of the staircase are to be approved by the authorities. Lessee accepts changes based on regulatory requirements, but Lessor must notify Lessee in advance. The staircase will be delivered as part of Stage 1 for Lessor’s account and risk.

 

2.23

During the rebuilding, Lessor will be entitled to temporarily relocate Lessee’s fixed parking places.

 

2.24

Lessee is aware that the district heating system will be converted from steam into water which may result in periodical disturbances in the heat supply. Lessor will take as much consideration as possible, and, if possible, limit the conversions without any significant inconveniences so that these are not performed during the winter term.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 5 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

3.0

Use

 

3.1

Lessee may only use the premises for office purposes and for other purposes in natural connection with Lessee’s operation and administration of its business at the time of the effective date.

 

3.2

The premises contain canteen and kitchen facilities that must be used for usual canteen and kitchen purposes for Lessee’s staff and guests, including meals and production and arrangement of foods.

 

3.3

Further, the premises may not be used for any business that is not subject to VAT without the prior written consent of Lessor.

 

3.4

Lessor is entitled to lease other premises at the property to lessees within or related to the same industry.

Lessor is responsible for ensuring that at the effective date, the Premises may lawfully be used for the business mentioned in clauses 3.1 and 3.2, and that this use is not contrary to public planning, any registered easements or public permissions.

The extent of Lessor’s supply of heat, ventilation, light and sound is described in the project description, see Appendix B1.

If changes in Lessee’s use of the premises result in requirements from public authorities, including environmental, building and veterinary authorities, Lessee carries the risk that Lessee’s use of the premises is subsequently in accordance with legislation and requirements from public authorities.

 

3.5

If changes in Lessee’s use of the premises result in a need to change installations or special fitting up, including as a consequence of the changed or rigorous government requirements, after the effective date, the changes are to be paid by Lessee.

 

3.6

Lessee shall for its own account obtain any necessary permissions from public authorities and/or concessionary companies as a consequence of Lessee’s special situation.

 

3.7

If Lessee’s use of the premises results in increased expenses concerning the property or the premises, including increased insurance premiums or refuse collection duties, such expenses are to be paid by Lessee.

 

3.8

Lessee’s use of the premises must not by way of smells, noise, vibrations or otherwise cause any inconvenience to the property, other lessees at the property, neighbours or others. Irrespective of objections from the property’s other lessees or the neighbours, Lessee’s usual use of the premises may not constitute a breach of this Lease Agreement if the use is carried out in accordance with general principles and what is considered to be tolerable to the usual extent or in accordance with applicable rules.

 

3.9

Exterior storage and storage at the property’s interior common areas of goods, pallets, refuse, etc. may not take place out of consideration for the property’s security and operation, unless in accordance with special agreement with Lessor. Exterior storage etc. contrary to the above entitles Lessor to remove the storage for Lessee’s account. Lessor is not liable for any damage to the removed storage. Notwithstanding the above right for Lessor to remove wrongfully placed objects, Lessor will in every respect retain the right to rely on the usual remedies for breach in case of violation of the above provisions.

 

3.10

The parties agree that the lease is not business-protected as Lessee does not carry on a business from the premises the continued location of which at the premises is of essential importance and value to the business.

 

3.11

The premises may not be used for the operation of a particularly contaminating business.

 

3.12

If Lessee disposes of a storage room in the basement, which is also registered as a shelter, Lessee shall clear the storage room within the time frame applicable from time to time.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 6 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

3.13

Lessee has been made aware that the area on the 3rd floor marked on the plan drawing at tached as Appendix B4 is limited to maximum 50 persons according to the building permit. The area is subject to limited daylight, which may limit the use of the area for permanent stay.

 

4.0

Effective date and termination

 

4.1

The premises will be taken over newly redecorated in two stages, see clause 5.0. The areas covered by Stage 1 will be taken over on 1 July 2016 at 12:00. The areas covered by Stage 2 will be taken over on 1 September 2016 at 12:00.

The areas covered by the two stages are listed below.

STAGE 1

Stage 1 consists of:

 

Ground floor: Entrance area

   approx.    75 m2

Ground floor: Share of common entrance area

   approx.    66 m2

1st floor: Offices, including share of access, common and technician’s areas

   approx.    1,312 m2

2nd floor: Offices, including share of access, common and technician’s areas

   approx.    1,002 m2

3rd floor: Offices, including share of access, common and technician’s areas

   approx.    730 m2

Basement, archive, etc.

   approx.    200 m2

Share of secondary common areas, basement, etc.

   approx.    300 m2

Outdoor terrace at the 2nd floor

   approx.    200 m2

Parking places

   10 units   

STAGE 2

Stage 2 consists of:

 

3rd floor: Offices, including share of access, common and technician’s areas (situated at Telegrafen)

   approx.    600 m2

Share of secondary common areas, basement, etc.

   approx.    75 m2

 

4.2

The area covering basement, archive, etc. of approx. 200 m2 taken over in Stage 1 will be assigned as a temporary location in Stage 1 and will not be finally located until Stage 2. The final location of the area, which may be distributed on one or more rooms, will take place according to Lessor’s directions as soon as Lessor’s final fitting up of the basement, including location of escape routes, entrances, technician’s rooms, etc. is final, however, no later than at the time of Lessee’s occupation of Stage 2. The location must be appropriate to Lessee, and prior to the final location Lessor must therefore contact Lessee for the purpose of discussing the proposed location. If Lessee cannot accept the proposed location and the parties cannot agree on another location, Lessee may refrain in the future from leasing these areas of approx. 200 m2.

 

4.3

Lessor is entitled to postpone the effective dates of Stages 1 and 2 by three months. However, Lessor’s right to postpone the effective dates is conditional on Lessor’s written notice to Lessee of any delays concerning Stage 1 at three months’ notice and concerning Stage 2 no later than 60 days in advance. This will not entitle Lessee to make claims against Lessor. If lessor postpones the effective date of Stage 1 and/or Stage 2, Lessee shall pay rent for this part of the lease under this Lease Agreement from the actual effective date of that part of the lease. It is specified that a postponement of Stage 1 does not justify a similar postponement of Stage 2, and that notification of a delay must therefore take place separately in relation to Stages 1 and 2. Failure to notify a delay of Stages 1 and 2 will also result in Lessor being ordered to pay a daily penalty, see clause 4.4.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 7 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

4.4

If the effective date is postponed without this being notified, see clause 4.3, and if a postponement of the effective date after Stages 1 and 2, see clause 4.1, exceeds three months, Lessor shall pay a daily penalty of DKK 5,000 per calendar day or fraction of a day the effecttive date is postponed. Postponements exceeding five months will double the daily penalty to DKK 10,000 per calendar day or fraction of a day. Lessor’s payment of a daily penalty concerning Stage 1 does not exempt Lessor from paying the daily penalty concerning Stage 2 and vice versa.

 

4.5

If the effective date of Stage 1 is postponed without this being notified, see clause 4.3, Lessee will in addition to the daily penalty, see clause 4.4, be entitled to a proportionate share from Lessor distributed according to m2 of any penalty paid from contractors to Lessor in connection with the delay. If Lessor has notified in time a postponement of the effective date at a later date than 1 July 2016, the above also applies to the period exceeding the first three months of the delay compared to the new effective date.

 

4.6

Irrespective of the daily penalties agreed above under clauses 4.4 and 4.5 and the agreement under clause 4.7 below, the parties agree that if the effective dates of Stages 1 and 2 are postponed for more than ten months compared to the effective dates agreed in clause 4.1, Lessor will be entitled to terminate this Lease Agreement without notice claiming breach.

 

4.7

Significant non-completion of the fitting up of the premises according to the project descripttions, see clause 5.1, will result in postponement of the effective dates, except for insignificant defects. Non-completion postponing the effective dates does not constitute a ground for termination for Lessee, but Lessee will be entitled to proportionate compensation according to clause 4.4.

 

4.8

If the agreed fitting up of the premises is changed in the planning stage due to Lessee’s wishes and this results in a delay, Lessor will be entitled to postpone the effective date without Lessee being able to make claims in this respect. Lessor must notify Lessee in this respect no later than at the same time as agreements are made concerning changes.

 

4.9

Lessor may terminate the Lease Agreement at 12 months written notice to expiry at the end of a month, however, not earlier than 30 September 2021.

 

4.10

Lessee may terminate the Lease Agreement at 12 months written notice to expiry at the end of a month, however, not earlier than 30 September 2026.

 

4.11

If the effective date of Stage 1 is postponed, the non-termination period of clauses 8 and 9 will be postponed accordingly.

 

4.12

Any agreed non-terminability will not prevent termination as a consequence of Lessee’s breach and, in this case, termination may, irrespective of the agreed notice, take place at the notice prescribed by current rent legislation.

 

4.13

In case of Lessor’s termination, Lessee will be entitled to compensation under section 66 of the Business Leases Act, however, see below.

Compensation will only be paid in relation to Lessee’s documented removal expenses and the reduction of the value of Lessee’s furniture and equipment, etc. as a consequence of the move, and compensation cannot exceed an amount equivalent to three months’ rent calculated based on the current rent at the date of termination.

 

5.0

Takeover (occupation)

 

5.1

The premises are taken over newly redecorated and partially rebuilt according to clause 2.10 and consequently, the premises are to be surrendered newly redecorated upon Lessee’s vacation, see clause 21.3. A takingover meeting will be held in connection with each stage no later than at the takeover of the areas of the stage. Lessor will convene takingover meetings at no less than five days’ notice.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 8 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

At the takingover meetings of the two stages, Lessor and Lessee will take readings of the supply metres and make a joint inspection of the premises to establish any errors or defects. In this connection, Lessor will prepare a list of defects to be forwarded to Lessee for approval. Unless otherwise stated in the list of defects, it is presumed that the premises are taken over newly decorated and in accordance with the project descriptions and as inspected and approved by Lessee without any defects.

At the effective date, Lessor will hand over to Lessee an operating and maintenance manual (DV) which Lessee shall observe.

 

5.2

As soon as Lessor has received Lessee’s acceptance of the list of defects, Lessor shall within reasonable time remedy the errors and defects in accordance with the rules of the AB92 and the ABT 93.

 

5.3

If Lessee subsequently has any objections against Lessor’s remedial action of errors and defects, Lessee shall notify Lessor immediately.

 

5.4

Visible defects in addition to the defects established in connection with the inspection must be complained about by Lessee within one month after the effective date. However, the taking over of the premises will still take place as at the effective date.

 

5.5

Any minor defects at the premises which do not prevent Lessee’s fitting up and preparation of the premises will not postpone the effective date and will not entitle Lessee to any reduction of the rent.

 

5.6

However, if the premises have material and/nor minor material defects at the effective date, which are in aggregate to be considered material, Lessee will be entitled to a postponement of the effective date, including daily penalties etc., see also clause 4 above.

 

6.0

Rent and payment

 

6.1

As at 1 January 2015, the annual rent excluding VAT amounts to:

Stage 1:

 

Ground floor: 75 m2 of DKK 1,500.00

   DKK      112,500

1st floor: 1,335 m2 of DKK 1,500.00

   DKK      2,002,500

2nd floor: 1,020 m2 of DKK 1,500.00

   DKK      1,530,000

3rd floor: 755 m2 of DKK 1,500.00

   DKK      1,132,500

Basement, archive, etc.: 200 m2 of DKK 750.00

   DKK      150,000

Share of secondary common areas, basement, etc.: 300 m2 of DKK 750.00

   DKK      225,000

Parking places: 10 units of DKK 36,000

   DKK      360,000

Roof terrace at the 2nd floor: 200 m2 of DKK 500

   DKK      100,000

Stage 2:

 

3rd floor: 600 m2 of DKK 1,500 (situated a Telegraften)

   DKK      900,000

Secondary common areas, basement, etc.: 75 m2 of DKK 750.00

   DKK      56,250

IN TOTAL

   DKK      6,568,750
  

 

    

 

 

6.2

The rent will be payable quarterly in advance on the first day of each month. The annual rent of Stage 1 amounts to DKK 5,612,500 excluding VAT, and the quarterly rent of Stage 1 then amounts to DKK 1,403,125 excluding VAT. The annual rent of Stage 2 amounts to DKK 956,250 excluding VAT, and the quarterly rent of Stage 2 then amounts to DKK 239,062.50 excluding VAT. Upon the takeover of Stage 1, rent will be paid from the effective date until the end of the quarter in question, and from the effective date until the end of the quarter in question in connection with the takeover of the areas covered by Stage 2.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 9 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

7.0

Taxes and charges etc.

 

7.1

In addition to the rent, Lessee shall pay a part of the taxes and charges to the public authorities, including service charges and other similar charges as stated in sections 10 and 11 of the Business Leases Act, and other taxes and charges of any kind relating to the property.

The expenses are allocated according to Lessor’s directions based on usual allocation principles, including area. Currently, the expenses are allocated based on weighted area:

 

Area

   Area     Weighting in %     Weighted area      Lessee’s area     Lessee’s
weighted
share
 

Ground floor

     Approx. 2,800 m 2      100.00     2,800        141 m 2      141.0  

1st to 6th floor

     Approx. 9,000 m 2      25.00     2,250        3,644 m 2      911.0  

Basement

     Approx. 3,800 m 2      12.50     475        575 m 2      71.9  
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     Approx. 15,600 m 2        5,525        4,360 m 2      1,123.9  
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lessor is entitled at any time to change the allocation principle if reasonably justified by alterations at the property or the way in which taxes and charges are charged.

Currently, Lessee’s share amounts to 1,123.9/5,525.

The allocation numbers will be adjusted on a current basis with the effect that they reflect the actual circumstances at the property.

 

7.2

Appendix C5 is attached to this Lease Agreement under section 5(2) of the Business Leases Act to specify and estimate the size of the types of expenses and the assumption upon which the estimated amounts are based. The expenses are fixed based on Lessor’s best estimate, but Lessee has been made especially aware of the fact that the fixed amounts are subject to uncertainty, including due to Lessor’s recent acquisition of the property and the fact that the property will be renovated and used for another purpose than previously. All increases of any kind and any new, unknown taxes and charges relating to the property’s and/or the premises’ operation will be imposed on Lessee. Lessor is entitled to increase the amount on account based on already existing and expected increases of the expenses stated. It is noted that the amounts stated in the budget for taxes and charges are estimates, and that the amounts will i.a. depend on the price development and the property’s use.

 

7.3

The applicable property taxes and charges are calculated based on the property’s present value and its previous use. The applicable land and property value is below the level that Lessor has acquired the property for, and there is thus a risk that the property valuation will increase in connection with the next valuation. This may result in increased taxes and charges to be paid by Lessee in addition to the rent, and Lessee has been made especially aware of and has accepted this.

 

7.4

Lessee has been made especially aware of and has accepted that the changed use of the property may result in additional service charges.

 

7.5

Lessee has been made especially aware of and has accepted that the property is partly exempted from payment of property taxes and that a declaration of preservation will be cancelled as part of the property is no longer subject to preservation which means that the exemption from payment of property taxes will be limited.

 

7.6

The annual amount on account for expenses according to the accounts (budget) for taxes and charges amounts to DKK 315,295.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 10 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

The amount on account is payable each quarter in advance together with the rent DKK 78,823.75. The first time, a proportionate amount on account will be paid ultil the beginning of the next quarter of the calendar year.

 

7.7

If the expenses turn out to be significantly higher or lower, the amount on account may be adjusted at four weeks’ notice.

 

7.8

Waste charges collected directly from the businesses according to Act no. 513 of 12 June 2009 on the amendment of the Act on environmental protection and other legislation will be paid by Lessee to the public collection authority.

 

8.0

Adjustment of rent

 

8.1

Irrespective of any non-terminability, the rent applicable from time to time, see clause 6.0, will be adjusted without notice once a year on 1 January by the rent applicable on 31 December the year before in accordance with the percentage increase of the index of net retail prices (year 2000 = 100), cf. Consolidation Act no. 76 of 3 February 1999 on the calculation of a net consumer-price index as amended. The rent applicable from time to time will be adjusted by the percentage increase of the index of net retail prices from September one year to September the next, however, minimum 2 % p.a. and maximum 4 % p.a. The first adjustment will take place on 1 January 2017 and so on. The adjustment will take place automatically, i.e. without Lessor having to give notice to Lessee.

 

8.2

The first adjustment will be made on 1 January 2017 based on the increase of the index of net retail prices from September 2015 until September 2016.

The adjusted annual rent as at 1 January 2017 will be calculated in accordance with the following principle:

New annual rent as at 01.01.2017 =

Annual rent as at 31.12.2016 * index of net retail prices September 2016

                             Index of net retail prices September 2015

Subsequent adjustments will be calculated based on the same principle.

If indexation is not possible, the rent will instead be adjusted in accordance with the increase of a similar index or - if such index is not available - according to principles that are as similar as possible to the calculation of the index of net retail prices.

 

8.3

If decreases are made in the index of the net retail prices, the rent will not be reduced. The rent may not at any time amount to less than the initial rent, see clause 6.0, plus increases as a consequence of Lessor’s improvements.

 

9.0

Adjustment of the market rent

 

9.1

Notwithstanding the agreed adjustment in clause 8.0, both parties are entitled to claim that the rent be adjusted to market rent in accordance with section 13 of the Business Leases Act. However, for a period, both parties have waived the right to claim that the rent be adjusted according to the rules on market rent with the result that a market rent adjustment can be notified with effect from 30 September 2021 at the earliest.

The rent may not at any time amount to less than the initial rent, see clause 6.1, plus in-creases as a consequence of Lessor’s improvements.

”Market rent” shall mean the market rent defined in section 13 of the Business Leases Act, and it has been agreed that the “use” of the premises shall mean the general utility as office premises. When determining the market rent, importance must therefore be attached to the fact whether the premises - following a rebuilding, if any - may be leased to other industries.

When estimating the market rent, the improvements made by Lessee for its own account should be disregarded, irrespective of whether these improvements were made with Lessor’s approval, and any depreciations should therefore be considered written down, and these should therefore be disregarded when estimating the market rent.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 11 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

10.0

Deposit

 

10.1

Upon the signing of this Lease Agreement, Lessee shall pay a deposit equivalent to six months’ rent, DKK 3,284,375, see clause 6.0. The deposit serves as security for Lessee’s performance of this Lease Agreement and as security for Lessee’s obligations upon vacation.

 

10.2

The deposit will be adjusted with the result that it equals six months’ current rent at any time.

 

10.3

The deposit will be settled vis-á-vis Lessee after the termination of the Lease Agreement as soon as Lessor has established that the premises are surrendered in accordance with the Lease Agreement and as soon as any outstanding accounts are settled. Lessor is entitled to withhold an appropriate amount to cover Lessee’s payment of any liability according to the consumption and operating accounts prepared after the end of the ordinary accounting period.

 

10.4

The deposit will not carry interest.

 

11.0

Consumption accounts (heat and hot water, etc.)

 

11.1

Lessor is responsible for the supply of heat and hot water to the premises.

 

11.2

In addition to the rent, Lessee pays for the supply of heat and hot water and a share of the common consumption of district heating and hot water. The expenses are paid according to the consumption accounts prepared based on criteria laid down by Lessor. The consumption accounts are prepared collectively for all premises in the property.

 

11.3

Expenses for heat and hot water are calculated based on individual supply metres. All other expenses, variable and fixed, are included in the consumption accounts, and the premises’ share of the expenses for district heating and hot water in the common areas are calculated according to Lessor’s directions based on usual allocation principles, including area. Currently, the expenses are allocated based on weighted area:

 

Area

   Area     Weighting in %     Weighted area      Lessee’s area     Lessee’s
weighted
share
 

Ground floor

     Approx. 2,800 m 2      100     2,800        141 m 2      141.0 m 2 

1st to 6th floor

     Approx. 9,000 m 2      100     9,000        3,644 m 2      3,644.0 m 2 

Basement

     Approx. 3,800 m 2      50     1,900        575 m 2      287.5 m 2 
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     Approx. 15,600 m 2        13,700        4,360 m 2      4,072.5 m 2 
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lessor is entitled at any time to change the allocation principle if reasonably justified by alterations at the property.

Currently, Lessee’s share amounts to 4,072.5/13,700.

The allocation numbers will be adjusted on a current basis with the effect that they reflect the actual circumstances at the property.

 

11.4

The accounting period is 12 months and starts each year on 1 January.

 

11.5

Lessor may at four weeks’ notice change the accounting period and the allocation principle concerning the expenses for heat and hot water with the effect that future allocation is subject to another usual basis. However, a change of the accounting period may only result in an accounting period of minimum six and maximum 24 months.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 12 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

11.6

Appendix C1 has been attached to this Lease Agreement in accordance with section 5(3) of the Business Leases Act, cf. section 45(2), and specifies the estimated fuel expenses, provisions for renewals and other expenses included in the consumption accounts. At the effective date, the consumption accounts cover the following types of expenses: Expenses for district heating for heat and hot water based on individual metres, heat and hot water in the common areas, electricity for heat and hot water systems, janitor pay, including social contributions, and telephone and temporary replacements, fee to metre company, expenses for heat consultant/energy label, inspection, service contracts concerning heat and hot water systems, cleaning, repair and maintenance of heat and hot water systems, provisions for renewals and administration of the heating account of 5%.

At the effective date, the size of the provisions for renewal of the heat and hot water systems amounts to DKK 411,000 equivalent to DKK 30 per m2 weighted gross floor area, see Appendix C1. The amount will be adjusted each year at the expiry of the consumption accounts by the percentage increase of the index of net retail prices during the last 12 months prior to the expiry of the consumption accounts.

The annual amount on account for expenses according to the consumption accounts concerning heat and hot water amounts to DKK 440,410.

Lessor notes that the expenses in Appendix C1 are estimates. All increases of any kind and any new, unknown expenses relating to the property’s and the premises’ supply of heat and water will be imposed on Lessee. Lessor is entitled to increase the amount on account based on already existing and expected increases of the expenses stated.

 

11.7

The amount on account is payable each quarter in advance together with the rent, DKK 110,102.50.

 

11.8

If the expenses turn out to be significantly higher or lower, Lessor may adjust the amount on account at four weeks’ notice.

 

11.9

Lessor is not responsible for temporary interruptions in the heat and hot water supply, but is obligated to remedy such interruptions as soon as possible.

 

11.10

Lessor is entitled to interrupt the heat and hot water supply for up to one month in the summer period to allow for inspection of the system.

 

11.11

Lessee shall keep the premises frost-free.

 

12.0

Consumptions accounts (ventilation and climate systems)

 

12.1

In addition, Lessor provides exclusively to the majority of the premises ventilation and climate systems through existing and/or new systems according to the project description.

 

12.2

In addition to the rent, Lessee shall pay for the supply of ventilation and other expenses included in the accounts concerning ventilation and climate systems. The expenses are paid according to the accounts concerning ventilation and climate systems prepared based on criteria laid down by Lessor. The accounts concerning ventilation system are prepared separately to Lessee, who is the only user connected to this system, while Lessee pays a share of the expenses of the accounts concerning climate system.

 

12.3

The electricity consumption for the operation of the ventilation system will be settled directly between the utility company and Lessee, and the expense is therefore not included in the accounts concerning ventilation system.

 

12.4

The accounting period is 12 months and starts each year on 1 January.

 

12.5

Lessor may at four weeks’ notice change the accounting period and the allocation principle concerning the expenses for the ventilation and climate systems with the effect that future allocation is subject to another usual basis. However, a change of the accounting period may only result in an accounting period of minimum six and maximum 24 months.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 13 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

12.6

Appendices C2 and C2B have been attached to this Lease Agreement in accordance with section 5(3) of the Business Leases Act, cf. section 45(2), and specify the estimated ventilation expenses (including maintenance of the system, CTS, including mandatory service/supervision, service, CTS, etc., provisions for renewals, administration of the accounts of 3 % and other expenses included in the accounts concerning the ventilation system) and the estimated expenses for the climate system (including energy charge, electricity for pumps etc., fee to metre company, maintenance and CTS, etc., service and CTS, provisions for renewals, administration of the accounts and other expenses included in the accounts concerning the climate system).

At the effective date, the size of the provisions amounts to DKK 39.45 per m2 gross floor area for the accounts concerning the ventilation system, see Appendix C2, and DKK 1.63 per m2 gross floor area for the accounts concerning the climate system, see Appendix C2B. The amount will be adjusted each year at the expiry of the accounts by the percentage increase of the index of net retail prices during the last 12 months prior to the expiry of accounts concerning ventilation and climate systems.

The annual amount on account according to the accounts concerning

the ventilation system amounts to                                                             DKK 228,660

The annual amount on account according to the accounts concerning

the climate system amounts to                                                                   DKK 176,997

Lessor notes that the expenses in Appendices C2 and C2B are estimates. All increases of any kind and any new, unknown expenses relating to the property’s and the premises’ supply of ventilation and cooling will be imposed on Lessee based on the share that Lessee is to pay according to the accounts concerning ventilation and climate systems. Lessor is entitled to increase the amount on account based on already existing and expected increases of the expenses stated.

 

12.7

The amount on account concerning ventilation system is payable each quarter in advance together with the rent, DKK 57,165.

 

12.8

The amount on account concerning climate system is payable each quarter in advance together with the rent, DKK 44,249.25.

 

12.9

If the expenses turn out to be significantly higher or lower, Lessor may adjust the amount on account at four weeks’ notice.

 

12.10

Lessee shall keep the premises frost-free.

 

13.0

Electricity

 

13.1

In addition to the rent, Lessee shall pay for its own consumption of electricity, including charges and meter rent, directly to the utility company according to a separate meter. Expenses for electricity at common areas and provisions for renewals of the technical system are included in the property’s operating accounts, see clause 15.0.

 

14.0

Water

 

14.1

Lessor is responsible for the supply of water to the premises.

In addition to the rent, Lessee shall pay a share of the property’s total water consumption, including water and drainage charges and the water consumption at common areas. The expenses will be paid according to the water accounts, which will be based on criteria laid down by Lessor. Aggregate water accounts will be prepared for all premises at the property.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 14 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

14.2

The expenses will be calculated according to Lessor’s more detailed directions based on usual allocation principles, including area. Currently, the expenses are allocated based on weighted area:

 

Area

   Area     Weighting in %     Weighted area      Lessee’s area     Lessee’s
weighted
share
 

Ground floor

     Approx. 2,800 m 2      100     2,800        141 m 2      141.0 m 2 

1st to 6th floor

     Approx. 9,000 m 2      100     9,000        3,644 m 2      3,644.0 m 2 

Basement

     Approx. 3,800 m 2      50     1,900        575 m 2      287.5 m 2 
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     Approx. 15,600 m 2        13,700        4,360 m 2      4,072.5 m 2 
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lessor is entitled at any time to change the allocation principle if reasonably justified by alterations at the property.

Currently, Lessee’s share amounts to 4,072.5/13,700.

The allocation numbers will be adjusted on a current basis with the effect that they reflect the actual circumstances at the property.

 

14.3

The accounting period is 12 months and starts each year on 1 January.

 

14.4

Lessor may at four weeks’ notice change the accounting period and the allocation principle concerning the expenses for water with the effect that future allocation is subject to another usual basis. However, a change of the accounting period may only result in an accounting period of minimum six and maximum 24 months.

 

14.5

Appendix C3 has been attached to this Lease Agreement in accordance with section 5(3) of the Business Leases Act, cf. section 45(2), and specifies the estimated expenses for supply of water to the premises. At the effective date, the water accounts will include the following: water consumption, including drainage, fee to meter company, cleaning, epair and maintenance of water system, provisions for renewal of installations and administration of water accounts of 3 %.

At the effective date, the size of the provisions for renewal of installations amounts to DKK 6,000 equivalent to DKK 0.44 per m2 weighted gross floor area, see Appendic C3. The amount will be adjusted each year at the expiry of the consumptions accounts by the percentage increase of the index of net retail prices during the last 12 months prior to the expiry of the operating accounts.

The annual amount on account for expenses according to the consumption account for heat and hot water amounts to DKK 47,764.18.

Lessor notes that the expenses in Appendix C3 are estimated. All increases of any kind and any new, unknown expenses relating to the propety’s and the premises’ supply of heat and hot water will be imposed on Lessee. Lessor is entitled to increase the amount on account based on already existing and expected increases of the expenses stated.

 

14.6

The amount on account is payable each quarter in advance together with the rent, DKK 11,941.01.

 

14.7

If the expenses turn out to be significantly higher or lower, Lessor may adjust the amount on account at four weeks’ notice

 

14.8

Lessor is not liable for temporary interruptions in the water supply, but is obliged to remedy such interruptions as soon as possible.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 15 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

15.0

Operating expenses

 

15.1

In addition to the rent, Lessee shall pay a share of the property’s operating expenses and any other expenses. Lessee’s share is calculated according to Lessor’s directions based on usual allocation principles, including area. Currently, the expenses are allocated based on weighted area, except for provisions for renewals of technical systems, which are calculated based on the expected life of these systems:

 

Area

   Area     Weighting in %     Weighted area      Lessee’s area     Lessee’s
weighted
share
 

Ground floor

     Approx. 2,800 m 2      100     2,800        141 m 2      141.0 m 2 

1st to 6th floor

     Approx. 9,000 m 2      100     9,000        3,644 m 2      3,644.0 m 2 

Basement

     Approx. 3,800 m 2      50     1,900        575 m 2      287.5 m 2 
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     Approx. 15,600 m 2        13,700        4,360 m 2      4,072.5 m 2 
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lessor is entitled at any time to change the allocation principle. Currently, Lessee’s share amounts to 4,072.5/13,700.

The allocation numbers will be adjusted on a current basis with the effect that they reflect the actual circumstances at the property.

At the effective date, the size of the provisions for renewal of technical systems amounts to DKK 320,000 equivalent to DKK 23.36 per m2 weighted gross floor area, see Appendix C4. The amount will be adjusted each year at the expiry of the operating accounts by the percentage increase of the index of net retail prices during the last 12 months prior to the expiry of the operating accounts.

 

15.2

If the property is requested to pay expenses relating only to one or a limited number of commercial lessees, these expenses are to be paid by the commercial lessee(s). Operating expenses relating specifically to the individual premises (including maintenance and renewal expenses) for systems that may be allocated to one or more lessees and which only benefit that or those lessees are charged separately from those lessees.

 

15.3

The operating accounts are prepared by Lessor and follow the calendar year. Additional payment or repayment will take place in connection with the next rent payment after forwarding of the operating accounts. Lessor may change the accounting period at four weeks’ notice. However, a change of the accounting period may only result in an accounting period of minimum six and maximum 24 months.

 

15.4

Appendix C4 is attached to this Lease Agreement under section 5(2) of the Business Leases Act to specify and estimate the size of the types of expenses included in the operating accounts. Upon the signing of the Lease Agreement, the operating accounts cover the following types of expenses: Insurance premiums, including fire and house owner’s insurance, industrial injury insurance and motor insurance, common refuse collection, etc., including operating expenses for machines, janitor, including social contributions, snow clearing, cleaning and maintenance of interior and exterior common areas etc., including graffiti control, maintenance and renewal of exterior lighting, common reference signs, exterior sunshades, cleaning of sewers, cleaning of windows, service contracts, including elevators, pumps, electrolysis, CTS, water and drainage charges, including fee for meter company, cleaning, repair and maintenance of water system, provisions for water system, administration of water accounts, electricity at common areas and facilities, repair/maintenance and operation of technical systems and operating equipment, including key systems, provisions for renewal of technical systems that are not covered by Lessee’s maintenance and renewal obligation, administration of operating accounts of 5% and houseowners’ association fees. See also clause 16.2.2. As regards property taxes and municipal charges, reference is made to clause 7.0 and Appendix C5.

Lessor notes that the expenses in Appendix C5 are estimates. The expenses are fixed based on Lessor’s best estimate, but Lessee has been made especially aware of the fact that the fixed amounts are subject to uncertainty due to Lessor’s recent acquisition of the property

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 16 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

and the fact that the property will be renovated and used for another purpose than previously. All increases of any kind and any new, unknown taxes and charges relating to the property’s and/or the premises’ operation will be imposed on Lessee. Lessor is entitled to increase the amount on account based on already existing and expected increases of the expenses stated. It is noted that the amounts stated in the operating accounts are estimates, and that the amounts will i.a. depend on the price development and the property’s consumption pattern.

 

15.5

The annual amount on account according to the operating

 

accounts amounts to                                                                  DKK 557,888

The amount on account is payable each quarter in advance together with the rent, DKK 139,472. The first payment will be a proportionate payment until the beginning of the next quarter of the calendar year.

 

15.6

If the expenses turn out to be significantly higher or lower, the amount on account may be adjusted at four weeks’ notice.

Lessor will provide and forward valid energy label to Lessee. Upon the signing of this Lease Agreement, a valid energy label will be available, see Appendix D.

The expense for the energy label will be amortised in the operating accounts by 1/7 each year equivalent to the 7-year validity period.

 

16.0

Maintenance/ repair, renewals and cleaning

 

16.1

LESSOR’S obligation to maintain/ repair, renew and clean

 

16.1.1

Lessor is obligated to perform and pay the expenses relating to exterior maintenance, repair and renewal of the property’s bases, fronts, windows that cannot open, exterior window frames (excluding windows that open), roof and/or any other things that are related to the building envelope of the property.

16.1.2 All other exterior maintenance, repair, renewal, cleaning, care, including of garden, fences and surfaces, common entrance doors, etc. is to be ordered and performed by Lessor, and the expenses in this respect are included in the operating accounts and paid by Lessee, see Appendix C4.

 

16.2

LESSEE’S obligation to maintain/ repair, renew and clean

 

16.2.1

All interior maintenance/repair, renewal and cleaning of the premises, i.e. everything within the premises’ interior areas, including installations, are the responsibility of Lessee, irrespective of whether the fitting up or the installation has been paid by Lessee or Lessor.

Lessee shall ensure that the premises appear in a well-maintained condition at all time, and shall maintain and/or renew and clean i.a.:

Wall lining, floors, flooring, ceilings, windows that open, interior doors, interior sunshades, locks and key systems, door and window handles and fittings, power boards, power switches, light sources, water taps, toilet bowls, cisterns, wash bowls, drain traps, drains, radiator valves, roof terrace, including flooring, any installations used solely by Lessee, and kitchen hardware.

Lessee is responsible for all maintenance/repair, renewal and cleaning of entrance doors to the premises, swing doors, glass doors and door handles, own signs, electric signs, antennas, etc.

As part of the premises are subject to preservation, see above, this preservation must be taken into account in connection with the the maintenance/repair and renewal as both the property’s interior and exterior are preserved. The Heritage Agency of Denmark’s pamphlet “When the property is preserved” from 2004 is attached as Appendix E.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 17 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

Special refuse collection (e.g. of cardboard), other removal of lessee’s waste and interior window cleaning are the responsibility of Lessee.

 

16.2.2

Lessor orders and makes sure that the below work is performed for Lessee’s account, see Appendix C4:

 

   

Common refuse collection etc., including operating expenses for machines.

 

   

Snow clearing, gravelling and salting of common areas until entrance doors, gates, etc. • Cleaning and maintenance of exterior and interior common areas, fountain, etc.

 

   

Exterior window cleaning.

 

   

Servicing of elevators, pumps, electrolysis, CTS, etc.

 

   

Repair and maintenance and operation of technical systems, including elevators, ventilation and climate systems, sprinkler system, including machines and pumps, and operating equipment.

 

   

Other exterior maintenance, see clause 16.1.2.

Interior maintenance, repair, renewal and cleaning of common areas and installation will be performed by Lessor, and the expenses in this respect are included in the operating accounts, see Appendix C4.

The above expenses will be charged over the operating budget, see Appendix C4, and paid by Lessee.

 

16.2.3

Lessee shall pay its share of the costs in connection with renewal of common technical systems charged by way of provisions over the operating budget, see Appendix C4.

 

16.3

Lessor has access to the premises at least once a year at 14 days’ notice at a reasonable time in order for Lessor’s representative to inspect the premises for the purpose of establishing whether Lessee has met its maintenance obligation. Lessor has access at all times to the premises’ shares of the common areas, including access roads, stairways, shelters, heating station and janitor’s office, etc.

 

16.4

Lessor is entitled to initiate works both at and outside the premises in accordance with the rules of part 5 of the Business Leases Act.

 

17.0

Sublease

 

17.1

Lessee is entitled to sublease the premises in whole or in part to a sublessee approved in advance by Lessor in writing, for the same use as that of clauses 3.1 and 3.2.

 

17.2

Lessor may refuse approval of a sublessee for reasons that are usual for a lessor in case of sublease, in particular the sublessee’s financial capability and professional qualifications. In case of sublease to other than a legal entity, the general manager’s personal and professional qualifications and security for his permanent attachment to the sublessee will also be taken into account – in addition to lessee’s financial qualifications.

 

17.3

Notwithstanding clauses 17.1 and 17.2, Lessee will be entitled to sublease the premises in whole or in part to affiliated companies. If the affiliated company is not longer an affiliated company, the right to sublet will end according to clause 17.3, and the relation must be considered based on clauses 17.1 and 17.2.

 

17.4

The right to sublet is conditional on Lessee forwarding for Lessor’s approval a confirmed copy of the written agreement between Lessee and sublessee no later than four weeks’ prior to the effective date of the sublease.

Further, the right to sublet is conditional on Lessor receiving documentation no later than four weeks’ prior to the effective date of the sublease as to the identification of sublessee, including financial capability and professional qualifications, industry and that sublessee’s daily manager will be available for a meeting with Lessor.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 18 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

17.5

Exterior areas and parking places are not subject to separate sublease.

 

17.6

Payment of rent and other money liabilities as between the parties, reading of consumption metres and reimbursements, etc. are of no concern to Lessor as it is noted that Lessee is still obligated vis-á-vis Lessor in accordance with the provisions of this Lease Agreement.

 

17.7

Sublease may not take place at a lower rent than the rent paid in accordance with this Lease Agreement.

 

18.0

Assignment and resumption

 

18.1

Lessee is not entitled to assign or resume the lease.

If Lessee is a legal person, transfer of 50 % or more of the legal person’s ownership interests will be considered assignment, unless the assignment is part of a business transfer.

 

18.2

However, transfer of Lessee’s ownership interests will not be considered an assignment if the transfer is made to affiliated companies.

 

18.3

Notwithstanding clause 18.1, Lessee will be entitled to assign the premises to affiliated companies.

 

18.4

In case of assignment or transfer according to clause 18.2 and/or clause 18.3, Lessee acts as guarantor assuming primary liability for the performance of all obligations. If the group-relation ends, the lease will revert to Lessee. If not, it will be considered a wrongful assignment according to clause 18.1.

 

19.0

Changes

 

19.1

In addition to the usual installations, cf. section 37 of the Business Leases Act, Lessee may not without Lessor’s prior written consent make any changes or rebuilding of the premises.

 

19.2

Lessee may not without Lessor’s prior written consent make any changes or rebuilding of the premises that will impact the components of the building.

 

19.3

Prior to all construction works, Lessee shall send to Lessor a copy of the project material in connection with the changes or the rebuilding, which does not imply that Lessor will become liable for the changes’/rebuilding’s legality.

 

19.4

Lessee obtains and pays for all expenses relating to regulatory approvals in connection with the construction work. Lessor is entitled and obligated to send an application in this respect to the local building authority if Lessor has consented according to clause 19.2.

 

19.5

All construction work must be performed by recognised construction companies that are personally owned and registered for VAT.

 

19.6

Any measures for fire protection, rebuilding, redecoration and fitting up required by the building authorities are to be paid by Lessee. Lessee shall notify Lessor about such measures. If Lessee does not observe the authorities’ requirements, Lessor may have such measures performed for Lessee’s account.

 

19.7

Lessee is responsible for ensuring that all changes or rebuilding of the premises are performed in accordance with applicable legislation and other requirements from public authorities and/or concessionary companies. As part of the premises is subject to preservation, see above, certain changes or rebuilding will, in addition to Lessor’s prior written approval, require approval from the Danish Agency for Culture. In that case, Lessor shall participate positively.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 19 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

19.8

Lessee’s work in connection with the changes or rebuilding and redecoration and fitting up of the premises may not cause any inconvenience to the other lessees at the property, and Lessee shall comply with Lessor’s directions.

 

19.9

As a condition for approving a change or rebuilding, Lessor may demand that Lessee provides a bank guarantee or similar security for restoration if the rebuilding is not completed.

 

19.10

In addition, Lessor may demand an increase of the deposit, see clause 10.0, in security of restoration on vacation of the premises.

 

19.11

When assessing the rent compared to the market rent, improvements performed by Lessee should be disregarded, also even if these were performed with Lessor’s approval under this clause.

 

20.0

Signs etc.

 

20.1

Signs, mounting of canopies, sun shields, sun blinds, illuminating advertisement, antennas, satellite dishes, key boxes, interior signs, fitting up, arrangements in windows and the like, which may affect or change the façade appearance or impression must be approved by Lessor in writing. Any form of covering of windows or mounting of signs in windows facing Løvstræde and Valkendorfsgade or the courtyard is considered mounting of signs. Lessor’s decision as to whether approval may be given must be made as soon as possible and no later than 14 days after Lessor’s receipt of complete material from Lessee, the month of July is excluded.

 

20.2

Lessee shall for its own account obtain the approval of public authorities prior to the mounting of signs etc. Lessee shall forward copies of such approvals to Lessor.

 

20.3

Upon termination of the Lease Agreement, Lessor may demand that Lessee makes restoration for its own account.

 

20.4

Lessor may demand that Lessee provides additional deposit or demand guarantee provided by a recognised Danish financial institution on terms approved by Lessor in security of restoration of the installation and any claims for damages that may relate to the installation.

 

20.5

Notwithstanding whether a part of the property’s common areas is included in the gross area of the premises, Lessor is entitled, to a reasonable extent, to make arrangements with regard to the said common areas, including, inter alia, for lease of advertising spaces, mobile antennas, etc. Lessor’s right to enter into commitments covers interior as well as exterior common areas.

 

21.0

Surrender

 

21.1

No later than at 12:00 on the last weekday of the month when the premises are to be vacated, Lessee must surrender the premises and everything related thereto. Buildings and fixtures and fittings and installations of any kind whatsoever shall remain Lessor’s property.

 

21.2

Lessee shall make restoration of changes or rebuilding, including restoration of changes or rebuilding taken over from previous lessee in connection with its assignment of the premises, unless Lessor has given its written consent that restoration is not to be made upon vacation.

 

21.3

As the premises are taken over newly redecorated, see clause 4.1, the premises must be surrendered redecorated and cleaned, see the project description, Appendix B1. The redecoration must include as a minimum:

 

   

Painting in white of all painted walls and paintable ceilings.

 

   

Painting of all woodwork, including panels, door and window frames, etc.

 

   

Painting of other interior building parts, if maintenance thereof rests on Lessee.

 

   

Redecoration of roof terraces.

 

   

Replacement of carpets.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 20 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

   

Sanding and treatment of wooden floors (sanding and finish/oil), however, replacement thereof if the floors still appear stained and discoloured or have other damages after the treatment.

 

   

Treatment of tile and concrete floors.

 

   

Replacement of vinyl/linoleum floors.

 

   

Replacement of any stained, discoloured ceiling sheets.

 

   

Cleaning of ventilation systems.

 

   

Inspection and adjustment of all doors, windows and cabinet doors, etc.

 

   

Control of all plumbing installations and kitchen hardware.

 

   

Inspection and adjustment of solar screening.

 

   

Window cleaning.

 

   

Control of all light sources in fixed installations.

 

   

Control and servicing of technical installations by way of service rapports from authorised company. The report should not be more than three months old.

 

   

If Lessee has installed an alarm system or a key box, this must be removed and restoration must be made for Lessee’s account, unless Lessor has stated that Lessor will take over the system/key box free of charge.

Lessee shall also perform any other work necessary in order for the premises to appear in the same condition as upon takeover, and with the result that the premises are ready to be leas-ed to a new lessee immediately and with no expenses for Lessor.

 

21.4

Lessor may demand that the value of the maintenance, renewal and restoration obligations resting on Lessee be calculated at the date of termination and converted into an amount payable by Lessee to Lessor in cash. If Lessor exercises this right, Lessee will therefore not be entitled to arrange for redecoration, renewal or restoration after the termination of the Lease Agreement. The conversion into a cash amount will be made on the basis on an offer obtained by Lessor. Lessee is entitled to obtain an alternative offer, and if this offer is cheaper, it will form the basis of the calculation of the amount that Lessee is to pay to Lessor, see, however, clause 21.11. Lessee shall pay the cash amount, irrespective of whether Lessor decides that the maintenance/redecoration work is not to be performed, and notwithstanding the reason, e.g. due to sale, demolition, rebuilding, alteration of layout or use of the premises, etc. The above applies irrespective of whether the price obtained in connection with a subsequent sale might remain unaffected by the maintenance/redecoration work not being performed. The above also applies irrespective of whether the rent in case of re-letting to another lessee might remain unaffected by the maintenance/redecoration work not being performed.

 

21.5

No later than at the termination of the Lease Agreement, Lessee and Lessor will make an inspection of the premises in a tidy and clean state for the purpose of establishing the defects to be remedied, and Lessor will prepare a vacation report, which is to be approved by both parties. Further, Lessee and Lessor will jointly take readings of the supply metres, and Lessor will notify the supply utilities about Lessee’s vacation.

 

21.6

As soon as the inspection has been carried out, Lessee may not initiate the work stated in the report. Lessee shall pay the calculated amounts, see the offers. In that case, Lessor will evaluate which redecoration and restoration work Lessor will have performed after the termination of the Lease Agreement.

 

21.7

Further, Lessor may demand payment of rent and other payments under this Lease Agreement for the reasonable period spent or expected to be spent on the redecoration, but maximum three months. Lessor may demand the above payment irrespective of whether the redecoration is carried out. When carrying out the redecoration, Lessor shall promote this work as much as possible.

 

21.8

The parties agree that the time limit stated in section 74(2) of the Business Leases Act is changed from four to six weeks.

 

21.9

No later than at the termination of the Lease Agreement, Lessee shall hand over all keys and systems for locks and give Lessor access to recoding of control systems, access cards, etc.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 21 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

21.10

No later than eight days before vacation, Lessee must provide Lessor with the address to which notifications to Lessee may be sent following Lessee’s vacation of the premises.

 

21.11

If the parties cannot agree on the extent of Lessee’s work according to the vacation report, each party is entitled to request the Building and Construction Arbitration Board to appoint an expert as soon as possible with special knowledge of redecoration and maintenance work as regards real estate. Without undue delay and without awaiting the questionnaires of both parties, the expert shall:

 

  a)

Describe the premises’ state of repair.

 

  b)

Decide on the extent and costs of Lessee’s redecoration, maintenance and restoration of the premises with the result that the premises are delivered in a state described in detail by one party or both.

 

  c)

Decide whether offers obtained from workmen are reasonable.

 

  d)

If necessary, decide on the quality of the work performed.

 

  e)

Describe illegal installations and fitting up, if any.

 

  f)

Answer any supplementary questions made by one party or both prior to the expert opinion.

With binding effect on both parties, the expert will make a final decision on the above, but will not make any decision as to legal questions. The expenses relating to the expert will be paid by Lessee.

 

22.0

Liability and risk

 

22.1

Lessor shall arrange for building and fire insurance of the property. The expenses in this respect will be charged over the operating accounts, see clause 15.4.

Lessee shall take out all other insurances and arrange for taking out usual general liability insurance covering, inter alia, fire, theft, fixed glass and sanitary fixtures, loss of goodwill and operating losses prior to the effective date, i.e. prior to the fitting up of the premises with furniture and equipment etc. and warehouse.

 

22.2

Lesse is liable in damages for any damage – including accidental damage – caused to the premises, the property as a whole or to a third party as a consequence of Lessee’s installations or rebuilding.

 

23.0

VAT

 

23.1

The property will be voluntarily registered for VAT prior to the effective date.

Consequently, all Lessee’s money liabilities will be subject to VAT according to the Lease Agreement.

VAT is a money liability as between the parties and must be paid at the same time as the other payments under this Lease Agreement.

Lessor is entitled at any time to cancel the VAT registration.

 

24.0

Anti-corruptions clause

 

24.1

According to agreement between the parties, the anti-corruption clause attached as Appendix F constitues an integral part of this Lease Agreement.

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 22 of 24


Commercial Lease Agreement

 

25.0

Disputes

 

25.1

Any dispute in connection with the Lease Agreement must be brought before the Copenhagen Housing Tribunal as the court of first instance.

However, disputes as a consequence of Lessee’s vacation (Lessee’s redecoration obligation), see clause 21.11, will be settled with final and binding effect in accordance with the rules of procedure in force from time to time of the the Building and Construction Arbitration Board.

Disputes are to be settled according to Danish law irrespective of applicable choice-of-law rules.

 

26.0

Registration

 

26.1

Lessee is entitled for its own account to have the Lease Agreement registered on the property respecting current and future covenants and encumbrances.

 

26.2

Upon termination of the lease, Lessee shall cancel the Lease Agreement from the register.

Where cancellation has not been effected within 14 days after the termination of the Lease Agreement, Lessor may make the cancellation for Lessee’s account, as Lessee’s written termination or the bailiff’s endorsement on the basis of enforcement on eviction may form the basis of the cancellation.

 

27.0

Money liability as between the parties

 

27.1

Payments according to the Lease Agreement are money liabilities as between the parties, including, but not limited to payments according to clauses 6.0-15.0.

 

28.0

General provisions

 

28.1

The Lease Agreement also includes Appendices A-F, which are deemed to constitute an integral part hereof.

 

28.2

Any agreements concerning this lease entered into before or after the conclusion of the Lease Agreement must be written addenda to this Lease Agreement in order to apply as between the parties.

 

28.3

Unless otherwise agreed between Lessee and Lessor or provided in this Lease Agreement, the provisions of the Business Leases Act as amended shall apply.

 

28.4

In connection with the signing of the Lease Agreement, Lessee confirms to have been informed about the check list issued by the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs, see Appendix F, and to have been requested to seek expert assistance.

 

Copenhagen,            4 / 9        2015       Copenhagen,            2 / 9        2015
Lessor:
PFA Ejendomme A/S
      Lessee:
Unity Technologies ApS

/s/ Rikke Kampmann /s/ Michael Hansen

Rikke Kampmann/Michael Hansen

according to a power of attorney from

Anders Damgaard and Michael Bruhn

                  

/s/ Lars Kristian Runov

Lars Kristian Runov

(REMEMBER abstract of signature

authorisation agreement)

 

Unity Technologies ApS, lese no. 1-75531-4-2, 1 September 2015

Page 23 of 24

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

Execution Version

 

 

 

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

December 20, 2019

among

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.,

as the Borrower,

the Lenders party hereto,

the Issuing Banks party hereto,

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as the Administrative Agent

 

 

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers,

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Co-Syndication Agents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1     DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.01

 

Defined Terms

     1  

Section 1.02

 

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     37  

Section 1.03

 

Terms Generally

     37  

Section 1.04

 

Accounting Terms; GAAP; Certain Calculations

     37  

Section 1.05

 

Electronic Execution of Documents

     38  

Section 1.06

 

Limited Conditionality Transactions

     38  

Section 1.07

 

Divisions

     39  

ARTICLE 2     THE CREDITS

     39  

Section 2.01

 

Revolving Commitments

     39  

Section 2.02

 

Revolving Loans and Borrowings

     40  

Section 2.03

 

Requests for Borrowings

     40  

Section 2.04

 

Funding of Borrowings

     41  

Section 2.05

 

Interest Elections

     41  

Section 2.06

 

Termination and Reduction of Revolving Commitments

     42  

Section 2.07

 

Repayment of Revolving Loans; Evidence of Debt

     43  

Section 2.08

 

Prepayment of Loans

     43  

Section 2.09

 

Fees

     44  

Section 2.10

 

Interest

     45  

Section 2.11

 

Alternate Rate of Interest; Illegality

     46  

Section 2.12

 

Increased Costs

     47  

Section 2.13

 

Break Funding Payments

     48  

Section 2.14

 

Taxes

     49  

Section 2.15

 

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-Off

     52  

Section 2.16

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     53  

Section 2.17

 

Defaulting Lenders

     54  

Section 2.18

 

Incremental Facility

     56  

Section 2.19

 

Letters of Credit

     58  

Section 2.20

 

Extension of the Maturity Date

     63  

ARTICLE 3     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     64  

Section 3.01

 

Organization; Powers

     64  

Section 3.02

 

Authorization; Enforceability

     65  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section 3.03

 

Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

     65  

Section 3.04

 

Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change

     65  

Section 3.05

 

Properties

     65  

Section 3.06

 

Litigation and Environmental Matters

     66  

Section 3.07

 

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

     66  

Section 3.08

 

Investment Company Status

     66  

Section 3.09

 

Margin Stock

     66  

Section 3.10

 

Taxes

     66  

Section 3.11

 

ERISA.

     67  

Section 3.12

 

Disclosure

     67  

Section 3.13

 

Subsidiaries

     67  

Section 3.14

 

Solvency

     67  

Section 3.15

 

USA Patriot Act, OFAC and FCPA

     67  

ARTICLE 4     CONDITIONS

     68  

Section 4.01

 

Effective Date

     68  

Section 4.02

 

Each Credit Event

     70  

ARTICLE 5     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     70  

Section 5.01

 

Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information

     70  

Section 5.02

 

Notices of Material Events

     72  

Section 5.03

 

Existence; Conduct of Business

     72  

Section 5.04

 

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

     73  

Section 5.05

 

Maintenance of Properties; Insurance

     73  

Section 5.06

 

Books and Records; Inspection Rights

     73  

Section 5.07

 

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

     73  

Section 5.08

 

Use of Proceeds

     74  

Section 5.09

 

Additional Material Domestic Subsidiaries and Public Company

     74  

Section 5.10

 

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

     74  

Section 5.11

 

Information Regarding Collateral

     75  

Section 5.12

 

Further Assurances

     75  

Section 5.13

 

Post-Closing Actions

     76  

ARTICLE 6     NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     76  

Section 6.01

 

Indebtedness

     76  

Section 6.02

 

Liens

     78  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section 6.03

 

Fundamental Changes

     80  

Section 6.04

 

Restricted Payments

     82  

Section 6.05

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     85  

Section 6.06

 

Use of Proceeds

     86  

Section 6.07

 

Financial Covenant

     86  

ARTICLE 7     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     86  

Section 7.01

 

Events of Default

     86  

Section 7.02

 

Application of Funds

     89  

Section 7.03

 

Right to Cure

     89  

ARTICLE 8     THE AGENTS

     90  

Section 8.01

 

Appointment of the Administrative Agent

     90  

Section 8.02

 

Powers and Duties

     91  

Section 8.03

 

General Immunity

     91  

Section 8.04

 

Administrative Agent Entitled to Act as Lender

     93  

Section 8.05

 

Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment

     93  

Section 8.06

 

Right to Indemnity

     94  

Section 8.07

 

Successor Administrative Agent

     94  

Section 8.08

 

Guaranty and Collateral Matters

     95  

Section 8.09

 

Withholding Taxes

     96  

Section 8.10

 

Administrative Agent May File Bankruptcy Disclosure and Proofs of Claim

     96  

Section 8.11

 

Certain ERISA Matters

     97  

ARTICLE 9     MISCELLANEOUS

     98  

Section 9.01

 

Notices

     98  

Section 9.02

 

Waivers; Amendments

     101  

Section 9.03

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     103  

Section 9.04

 

Successors and Assigns

     105  

Section 9.05

 

Survival

     109  

Section 9.06

 

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     110  

Section 9.07

 

Severability

     110  

Section 9.08

 

Right of Setoff

     110  

Section 9.09

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     111  

Section 9.10

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     111  

Section 9.11

 

Headings

     112  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section 9.12

 

Confidentiality

     112  

Section 9.13

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     113  

Section 9.14

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     113  

Section 9.15

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

     114  

Section 9.16

 

USA Patriot Act

     114  

Section 9.17

 

Release of Liens and Guarantees

     114  

Section 9.18

 

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     115  

Section 9.19

 

Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs

     116  

Section 9.20

 

Keepwell

     117  

 

-iv-


Schedules

Schedule 2.01    Lenders, Revolving Commitments and Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit

Schedules to the Disclosure Letter

 

Schedule A

 

Immaterial Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.13

 

Capitalization

Schedule 6.01

 

Effective Date Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02

 

Existing Liens

Schedule 6.05

 

Existing Agreements with Affiliates

Exhibits  

Exhibit A

 

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B

 

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit C

 

Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit D

 

Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit E

 

Form of Guaranty

Exhibit F

 

Form of Collateral Agreement

Exhibit G

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit H-1

 

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

Exhibit H-2

 

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

Exhibit H-3

 

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

Exhibit H-4

 

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

Exhibit I

 

Form of Annual Forecast

Exhibit J

 

Form of Intercompany Subordination Agreement

Exhibit K   Form of Prepayment Notice

 

-v-


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of December 20, 2019, among UNITY SOFTWARE INC., as the Borrower, the LENDERS party hereto, the ISSUING BANKS party hereto and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as the Administrative Agent.

The Borrower (such term and each other capitalized term used and not otherwise defined in these recitals having the meaning assigned to it in Article 1), has requested the Lenders to make Loans to the Borrower and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit at the request of the Applicable Account Parties, in each case on a revolving credit basis on and after the date hereof and at any time and from time to time prior to the Maturity Date.

The proceeds of borrowings hereunder, together with the issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder, are to be used for the purposes described in Section 5.08. The Lenders are willing to establish the credit facility referred to in the preceding paragraph upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, for valuable consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01    Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period (or, solely for purposes of clause (c) in the defined term “Alternate Base Rate,” for purposes of determining the Alternate Base Rate as of any date) for a Eurodollar Borrowing, the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period (or such date, as applicable) by (ii) an amount equal to (x) one minus (y) the Applicable Reserve Requirement; provided that in no event shall the Adjusted LIBO Rate be less than 0.00%.

Administrative Agent” means Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. As used in the definition of “Change in Control,” the term “Affiliate” shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee.

Agent Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(d).

Agents” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers.

Aggregate Total Exposure” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans (excluding Loans made for the purpose of reimbursing the Issuing Banks for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, but not yet so applied) and (ii) the Letter of Credit Usage.

 

-1-


Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount” means 100% of the total outstanding Letter of Credit Usage.

Agreement” means this Revolving Credit Agreement, as the same may hereafter be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the sum of (i) the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would be payable on such day for a Eurodollar Borrowing with a one-month interest period plus (ii) 1.00%; provided that in no event shall the Alternate Base Rate be less than 1.00%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

Applicable Account Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, (i) 1.50% per annum with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, (ii) 0.50% per annum with respect to any ABR Loan and (iii) 0.25% per annum with respect to the Commitment Fee.

Applicable Reserve Requirement” means for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Borrowing, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

Application” means a Letter of Credit application or agreement in the form approved by the applicable Issuing Bank, executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank requesting such Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit.

Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

-2-


Arranger” means each of Barclays Bank PLC, Bank of America, N.A., BMO Capital Markets Corp., Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in its capacity as a joint lead arranger.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount by which (a) the total Revolving Commitments then in effect exceeds (b) the Aggregate Total Exposure on such date.

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the total Revolving Commitments.

Available Equity Amount” means a cumulative amount equal to (without duplication):

(a)    the net cash proceeds of new public or private issuances of Qualified Equity Interests in the Borrower or any parent of the Borrower which are contributed to (or received by) the Borrower after the Effective Date, plus

(b)    capital contributions received by the Borrower after the Effective Date in cash or Cash Equivalents (other than in respect of any Disqualified Equity Interest) and the fair market value of any in-kind contributions after the Effective Date, plus

(c)    the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interest issuances issued after the Effective Date and which have been exchanged or converted into Qualified Equity Interests;

provided that the Available Equity Amount shall not include any Cure Amount or any amounts used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.04(n).

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Code” means Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Bankruptcy Event” means an Event of Default of the type described in Section 7.01(h) or (i).

Benchmark Replacement” means the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may include Term SOFR) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to the LIBO Rate for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

-3-


Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the LIBO Rate with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for each applicable Interest Period, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBO Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBO Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “ABR,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that the Administrative Agent decides (with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)) may be reasonably appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides (with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)) is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).

Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to the LIBO Rate:

(a)    in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of the LIBO Rate permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide the LIBO Rate; or

(b)    in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein.

Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the LIBO Rate:

(a)    a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the LIBO Rate announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBO Rate, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBO Rate;

(b)    a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBO Rate, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the LIBO Rate, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the LIBO Rate or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the LIBO Rate, which states that the administrator of the LIBO

 

-4-


Rate has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBO Rate permanently or indefinitely, -provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBO Rate; or

(c)    a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBO Rate announcing that the LIBO Rate is no longer representative.

Benchmark Transition Start Date” means (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of a prospective event, the 90th day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information (or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than 90 days after such statement or publication, the date of such statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date specified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, and, in each case, consented to by the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) in writing and notified in writing to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (in the case of such notice by the Required Lenders) and the Lenders.

Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the LIBO Rate and solely to the extent that the LIBO Rate has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBO Rate for all purposes hereunder in accordance with the Section titled “Effect of Benchmark Transition Event” and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBO Rate for all purposes hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11(c).

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan.”

BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.19(b).

Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America (or any successor).

Borrower” means Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Borrowing” means Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Minimum” means (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, $5,000,000, and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, $5,000,000.

Borrowing Multiple” means (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, $1,000,000, and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, $1,000,000.

 

-5-


Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in dollars in the London interbank market.

Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that any obligations relating to a lease that was accounted for by such Person as an operating lease as of December 31, 2018 (or that would have been accounted for as an operating lease if such lease was in effect as of December 31, 2018) shall not be accounted for as Capital Lease Obligations.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries.

Cash Collateralize” means, in respect of an Obligation, to provide and pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral in an amount equal to 100% of such Obligations (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank (and “Cash Collateralization” has a corresponding meaning). “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(a)    direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of issuance thereof;

(b)    investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of issuance thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a rating of at least “Prime 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P;

(c)    investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated at least “Prime 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P;

 

-6-


(d)    fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 91 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) above;

(e)    investments in “money market funds” substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above;

(f)    in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other short-term investments that are analogous to the foregoing, are of comparable credit quality and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Foreign Subsidiary for cash management purposes; and

(g)    investments permitted pursuant to Borrower’s investment policy as approved by the board of directors (or committee thereof) of the Borrower from time to time.

Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement to provide to the Borrower or any Subsidiary cash management services for collections, treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automated clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services), any demand deposit, payroll, trust or operating account relationships, commercial credit cards, merchant card, purchase or debit cards, non-card e-payables services, and other cash management services, including electronic funds transfer services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer services.

Cash Management Bank” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement (or on the Effective Date in the case of any Cash Management Agreement existing on the Effective Date), is the Administrative Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of any such Person, in each case, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Control” means (a) prior to an IPO, the failure by the Permitted Holders to, directly or indirectly through one or more holding companies, beneficially own Voting Equity Interests of the Borrower representing at least a majority of the aggregate votes entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Borrower; provided that any such failure shall not constitute a Change in Control if such failure was due to a bona fide equity financing transaction for, or recapitalization of, the Borrower; or (b) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group other than the Permitted Holders (or any holding company parent of the Borrower owned directly or indirectly by the Permitted Holders) of Voting Equity Interests in the Borrower (or after an IPO, the Public Company) representing more than 40% of the aggregate votes entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Borrower (or after an IPO, the Public Company). The consummation of an IPO shall not constitute a Change in Control.

For purposes of this definition, including other defined terms used herein in connection with this definition and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition or any provision of Section 13(d)-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) “beneficial ownership” shall be as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof, (ii) the phrase Person or group is within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or group or its subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, (iii) if any group includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower or the Public Company, directly or indirectly owned by the Permitted Holders that are part of such group shall not be treated as being beneficially owned by such group or any other member of such group for purposes of clause (b) of this definition, (iv) Person or group shall

 

-7-


not be deemed to beneficially own Equity Interests to be acquired by such Person or group pursuant to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Equity Interests in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement and (v) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own the Equity Interests of another Person as a result of its ownership of Equity Interests or other securities of such other Person’s parent (or related contractual rights) unless it owns 50% or more of the total voting power of the Equity Interests entitled to vote for the election of directors of such Person’s parent having a majority of the aggregate votes on the board of directors of such Person’s parent.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Charges” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” means any and all assets, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, on which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Security Documents as security for the Secured Obligations.

Collateral Agreement” means the collateral agreement executed and delivered by the Borrower, each other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent on the Effective Date in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto (as may be amended, amended and restated, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time).

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a)    the Administrative Agent shall have received from (i) each Material Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) either (x) a counterpart of the Guaranty duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that becomes a Guarantor after the Effective Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary), a supplement to the Guaranty, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person and (ii) the Borrower and each Guarantor either (x) a counterpart of the Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that becomes a Loan Party after the Effective Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary), a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, in each case under this clause (a) together with, in the case of any such Loan Documents executed and delivered after the Effective Date, documents of the type referred to in Section 4.01(d) and (e), and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, opinions of the type referred to in Section 4.01(c);

 

-8-


(b)    all outstanding Equity Interests of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than any Equity Interests constituting Excluded Assets or Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary) owned by any Loan Party shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement (and the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests (if any), together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank);

(c)    if any Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or more is owing by such obligor to any Loan Party and such Indebtedness is evidenced by a promissory note, such promissory note shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement (and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank); and

(d)    all certificates, agreements, documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by the Security Documents, applicable law, rule or regulation and reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, delivered, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Security Documents and the other provisions of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Administrative Agent for filing, registration or recording.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, surveys, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Subsidiary, if, and for so long as and to the extent that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or obtaining such title insurance, surveys, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any material adverse Tax consequences to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the imposition of withholding or other material Taxes)), shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (b) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Effective Date, (c) in no event shall control agreements or other control or similar arrangements be required with respect to deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodities accounts or other assets specifically requiring perfection by control agreements (other than securities constituting Pledged Securities (as defined in the Collateral Agreement)), (d) no perfection actions shall be required with respect to vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (other than the filing of UCC financing statements), (e) no perfection actions shall be required with respect to commercial tort claims in an amount reasonably estimated by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to be less than $5,000,000, (f) no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required to be taken to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in any such assets (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction), (g) no actions shall be required to perfect a security interest in letter of credit rights (other than the filing of UCC financing statements), (h) no Loan Party shall be required to deliver or obtain any landlord lien waivers, estoppel certificates or collateral access agreements or letters, (i) in no event shall any mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents or other security document granting a lien on any fee owned parcel of real property be required, and (j) in no event shall the Collateral include any Excluded Assets. The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time or waivers for the

 

-9-


creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, surveys, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any Guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Effective Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Effective Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents.

Commitment” means the Revolving Commitment.

Commitment Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.).

Communications” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(d).

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus:

(a)    without duplication and to the extent already deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i)    total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments, and bank and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities plus expenses associated with the equity component of, and any mark-to-market losses with respect to, convertible debt instruments,

(ii)    provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including federal, foreign and state income, franchise, and similar taxes based on income, profits or capital and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds) including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations,

(iii)    depreciation and amortization (including amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditures, internal labor costs and amortization of deferred financing fees or costs and other intangibles),

(iv)    other non-cash charges and/or losses (other than any accrual in respect of bonuses) (provided, in each case, that if any non-cash charges and/or losses represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (A) such Person may elect not to add back such non-cash charge or (B) to the extent such Person elects to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period),

 

-10-


(v)    the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of income attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back in such period to Consolidated Net Income) excluding cash distributions in respect thereof,

(vi)    the amount of payments made to option holders, phantom equity or profits interest holders or restricted stock unit holders of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case, to the extent permitted in the Loan Documents,

(vii)    losses or discounts on sales of receivables and related assets in connection with any receivables securitization or factoring allowed pursuant to the terms hereof (provided, in each case, that if there are any collections in respect of such losses or discounts in any future period, the collections in respect thereof shall be subtracted from Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA),

(viii)    any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 715, and any other items of a similar nature,

(ix)    Transaction Costs,

(x)    any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down (including related to intangible assets (including goodwill), long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities),

(xi)    any expense or costs that result from the issuance, exercise, vesting or release of stock-based awards, partnership interest-based awards and similar incentive-based compensation awards or arrangements (including any options, warrants, phantom equity, restricted stock units or other profits interests),

(xii)    cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (c) below for any previous period and not added back,

(xiii)    costs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and other Public Company Costs, and

(xiv)    the amount of one-time costs or expenses attributable to the commencement or expansion of operations into a new market or a new line of business outside the United States following the Effective Date,

 

-11-


plus

(b)    without duplication and to the extent not included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to any Specified Transaction, any restructuring, cost saving initiative or other initiative projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions that have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower), including any cost savings, expenses and charges (including restructuring and integration charges) in connection with, or incurred by or on behalf of, any joint venture of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (whether accounted for on the financial statements of any such joint venture or the Borrower) with respect to any Specified Transaction, any restructuring, cost saving initiative or other initiative, within 24 months after such Specified Transaction, restructuring, cost saving initiative or other initiative (any such amount, a “Run Rate Benefit”) (which Run Rate Benefit shall be added to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such Run Rate Benefit had been realized on the first day of the relevant period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions; provided that (A) such Run Rate Benefit is reasonably quantifiable and factually supportable, (B) no Run Rate Benefit shall be added pursuant to this clause (b) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies that are included in clause (a) above (it being understood and agreed that “run rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken), and (C) the share of any such cost savings, expenses and charges with respect to a joint venture that are to be allocated to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in any period shall not exceed the total amount thereof for any such joint venture multiplied by the percentage of income of such venture expected to be included in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period, in each case, at any date of determination, for the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been (or were required to have been) delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b) (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this clause (b)),

less

(c)    without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i)    non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in any prior period),

(ii)    the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of loss attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary added (and not deducted in such period from Consolidated Net Income),

in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Debt” means, as of any date of determination, (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date minus (b) Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the effects from applying acquisition method accounting, including applying acquisition method accounting to inventory, property and

 

-12-


equipment, loans and leases, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue (including deferred costs related thereto and deferred rent) required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any acquisition consummated prior to, or after, the Effective Date or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof; provided that the following shall not be taken into account when calculating Consolidated Net Income for any period, without duplication:

(I)    the net income for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; provided that Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) by such Person to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period;

(II)    extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including any unusual or non-recurring operating expenses directly attributable to the implementation of cost saving initiatives and any accruals or reserves in respect of any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual items), severance, relocation costs, integration and facilities’ or offices’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses (including related to new product introductions and other strategic or cost saving initiatives), restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions prior to or after the Effective Date and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, other executive recruiting or retention costs, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities or offices and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities and charges resulting from changes in estimates, valuations and judgments thereof),

(III)    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,

(IV)    any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Swap Agreements or other derivative instruments,

(V)    any income (loss) from investments recorded using the equity method of accounting (but including any cash dividends or distributions actually received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of such investment),

(VI)    any gain (loss) on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business) or income (loss) from discontinued operations (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, at the option of the Borrower, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of),

(VII)    any non-cash gain (loss) attributable to the mark-to-market movement in the valuation of any convertible debt instruments, hedging obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification 815-Derivatives and hedging or mark-to-market movement of other financial instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification 825-Financial Instruments; provided that any cash payments or receipts relating to transactions realized in a given period shall be taken into account in such period,

 

-13-


(VIII)    any non-cash gain (loss) related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, the net loss or gain resulting from Swap Agreements for currency exchange risk, revaluations of intercompany balances and other balance sheet items, and

(IX)    any fees and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment, any earnout, contingent consideration, obligation or purchase price adjustment) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, asset disposition, issuance, incurrence or repayment of debt (or obtaining of commitments with respect thereto), issuance of equity securities (including an IPO), refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction-related expenses in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification 805 and gains or losses associated with FASB Accounting Standards Codification 460).

Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of all third-party Indebtedness for borrowed money (including purchase money Indebtedness), unreimbursed drawings under letters of credit, Capital Lease Obligations and third-party Indebtedness obligations evidenced by notes or similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, obligations with respect to Swap Agreements or other derivative instruments), in each case of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding, in any event, the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of acquisition method or pushdown accounting in connection with any acquisition or investment).

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Covered Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.19(a).

Covered Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.19(b).

Credit Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12.

Cure Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03.

Cure Right” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03.

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Declining Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20.

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

-14-


Default Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.19(b).

Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.17(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder, unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to such funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (ii) fund any portion of its participation in any Letter of Credit within two Business Days of the date required to be funded hereunder or (iii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity or (e) has become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (e) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.17(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender.

Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter, dated as of the date hereof, as amended or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares), in whole or in part, or (c) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date applicable at the time of issuance thereof; provided, however, that (i) an Equity Interest in any Person that would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest but for terms thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to redeem or purchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of an “asset sale,” “condemnation event,” a “change in control” or similar event shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if any such

 

-15-


requirement becomes operative only after repayment in full of all the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments and (ii) if an Equity Interest in any Person is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of the Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any of the Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person or as a result of such employee’s termination, death, or disability.

Disqualified Institution” means (a) any Person that has been identified in writing (including by email) to the Administrative Agent prior to the Effective Date as a “Disqualified Institution” (or any such Person whose primary business purpose is investing in distressed debt, that is so identified in writing to the Administrative Agent on or after the Effective Date and is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (b) any Person that is a competitor or potential competitor of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower) that has been identified in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time as a “Disqualified Institution” by the Borrower and (c) in the case of each Persons identified pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above, any of their Affiliates that are either (i) identified in writing (including by email) by the Borrower from time to time or (ii) clearly identifiable as Affiliates solely on the basis of such Affiliate’s name (other than Affiliates that are bona fide debt funds); provided that (A) any Person that becomes a “Disqualified Institution” after the applicable Trade Date with respect to an assignment or participation shall not retroactively be deemed a “Disqualified Institution” for purposes of such assignment or participation or any previously acquired assignment or participation (but such Person shall not be able to increase its Commitments or participations hereunder) and (B) such assignment or participation and, in the case of an assignment, the execution by the Borrower of an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignee, will not by itself result in such assignee no longer being considered a “Disqualified Institution”; provided, however, that, in each case, the term “Disqualified Institution” shall not include any person that has been identified in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time by the Borrower as no longer constituting a “Disqualified Institution.”

dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Early Opt-in Election” means the occurrence of:

(a)    (i) a determination by the Administrative Agent or (ii) a notification by the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) that the Required Lenders have determined that U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities being executed at such time, or that include language similar to that contained in Section 2.11(c) are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace the LIBO Rate, and

(b)    (i) the election by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld) or (ii) the election by the Required Lenders and the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld) to declare that an Early Opt-in Election has occurred and the provision, as applicable, by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Borrower and the Lenders or by the Required Lenders of written notice of such election to the Administrative Agent.

 

-16-


EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date” means December 20, 2019.

Eligible Assignee” means any eligible assignee under Section 9.04(b).

Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal, management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of investigation, reclamation or remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any Environmental Law, including compliance or noncompliance therewith, (b)the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event” means any one or more of the following: (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b)the incurrence by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (c) the receipt by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention

 

-17-


to terminate any Plan or Plans or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Plan; (d) the failure by a Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 or Section 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, applicable to such Plan, whether or not waived; (e) the filing pursuant to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (f) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA; (g) the incurrence by a Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan (including any liability under Section 4062(e) of ERISA) or Multiemployer Plan; or (h) the receipt by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is or expected to be, insolvent within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or is in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Article 7.

Exchange Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(e).

Excluded Assets” means (a) any fee-owned real property, (b) all leasehold interests in real property, (c) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters or authorizations, to the extent a security interest in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization would be prohibited or restricted thereby (including any legally effective prohibition or restriction, but excluding any prohibition or restriction that is ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction), (d) any asset if, to the extent that and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations is prohibited by any applicable law (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to any other applicable law) or would require consent or approval of any Governmental Authority but excluding any prohibition or restriction that is ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction, (e) margin stock and, to the extent prohibited by, or creating an enforceable right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than any Loan Party) under the terms of any applicable organizational document, joint venture agreement or shareholders’ agreement after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction, Equity Interests in any Person other than Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower, (f) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would results in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or one of its subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (g) any intent-to-use trademark application prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that and solely during the period, if any, in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of (i) such intent-to-use trademark application or (ii) any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law, (h) any lease, license or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a breach, default or right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than any Loan Party) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction or other similar applicable law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code of

 

-18-


any applicable jurisdiction or other similar applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition, (i) Voting Equity Interests in excess of 65% of the Voting Equity Interests of (i) any Foreign Subsidiary or (ii) any FSHCO, (i) commercial tort claims in an amount reasonably estimated by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to be less than $5,000,000, (k) vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (except to the extent that a security interest therein can be perfected by filing of a UCC financing statement), (l) any aircraft, airframes, aircraft engines or helicopters, or any equipment or other assets constituting a part thereof (except to the extent that a security interest therein can be perfected by filing of a UCC financing statement), (m) any and all assets and personal property owned by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (including any Unrestricted Subsidiary), (n) any Equity Interest in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and (o) any proceeds from any issuance of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01 that are paid into an escrow account to be released upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events, including cash or investments not prohibited under this Agreement set aside at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, to the extent such cash or investments prefund the payment of interest or premium or discount on such Indebtedness (or any costs related to the issuance of such Indebtedness) and are held in such escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose.

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or by any contractual obligation to which such Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations; provided that any such agreement, instrument or other undertaking (i) is in existence on the Effective Date (or, with respect to a Subsidiary acquired after the Effective Date, as of the date such acquisition) and (ii) in the case of a Subsidiary acquired after the Effective Date, was not entered into in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, (c) any Subsidiary with respect to which guaranteeing the Secured Obligations would require consent, approval, license or authorization from any Governmental Authority, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been obtained, (d) any direct or indirect Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, (e) any direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of a direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a CFC, (g) any FSHCO, (h) any not-for-profit Subsidiaries, captive insurance companies or other special purpose subsidiaries designated by the Borrower from time to time and (i) any other Subsidiary with respect to which the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, determines that the burden or cost or other consequences is excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, unless otherwise agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed by any jurisdiction as a result such Recipient being organized under the laws of such jurisdiction or having its principal office located, or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in such jurisdiction or (ii) that otherwise are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender or Issuing Bank,

 

-19-


U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender or Issuing Bank with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Revolving Commitment or obligations to reimburse amounts drawn under a Letter of Credit pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender or Issuing Bank acquires such interest in the applicable Revolving Commitment (or in the case of a Loan or Letter of Credit not funded pursuant to a prior Revolving Commitment, such interest in the applicable Loan or Letter of Credit), in each case, other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.16 or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.14(b), additional amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in such Revolving Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.14(g) and (d) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Extending Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20.

Extension Agreement” means an extension agreement entered into pursuant to Section 2.20 in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Extension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code (or any amended or successor version described above) or any published intergovernmental agreement (and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices) implementing such Sections of the Code.

FCPA” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, (15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd 1, et seq.) as amended.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depository institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as the federal funds effective rate; provided, that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any day is less than zero, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day will be deemed to be zero.

Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter dated December 20, 2019 between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Financial Covenant” means the covenant set forth in Section 6.07.

Financial Officer” means any of the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, vice president of finance or corporate controller or most senior financial officer of the Borrower.

Fixed Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.04.

Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

 

-20-


Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Letter of Credit Usage other than Letter of Credit Usage as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Non-Defaulting Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

FSHCO” means any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that has no material assets other than Equity Interests and/or Indebtedness in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are CFCs.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Act” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state, local, or otherwise, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or customary indemnification obligations entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets or of other entities (other than to the extent that the primary obligations that are the subject of such indemnification obligation would be considered Indebtedness hereunder).

Guarantor” means (a) any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that delivered the Guaranty as of the Effective Date, (b) any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that has delivered a Guaranty or a joinder agreement to a Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.09 hereof and (c) after the IPO, the Public Company if it is not the Borrower, after it has delivered a Guaranty or a joinder agreement to a Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.09 hereof.

Guaranty” means the guaranty agreement executed and delivered by the Guarantors on the Effective Date in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (as may be amended, amended and restated, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time).

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

-21-


Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that has been designated by Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent as an “Immaterial Subsidiary” from time to time (it being understood that, as of the Effective Date, each Subsidiary listed on Schedule A has been so designated) and (a) whose Total Assets (on an unconsolidated basis) as of the most recent available quarterly or year-end financial statements do not exceed 5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date and (b) whose revenues (on an unconsolidated basis) for the most recently ended four-quarter period for which financial statements are available do not exceed 5% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) the Total Assets of all such Subsidiaries as of the most recent available quarterly or year-end financial statements shall not exceed 15% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date and (ii) the revenues for the most recently ended four-quarter period for which financial statements are available shall not exceed 15% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP. For any determination made as of or prior to the time any Person becomes an indirect or direct Subsidiary of Borrower, such determination and designation shall be made based on financial statements provided by or on behalf of such Person in connection with the acquisition of such Person or such Person’s assets. The Borrower may change the designation of any Subsidiary as an Immaterial Subsidiary (and, to the extent that existing designated Immaterial Subsidiaries do not meet the limits provided above, the Borrower shall change such designation) by providing notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower formed or acquired after the Effective Date, as applicable, that meets the requirements of an “Immaterial Subsidiary” set forth herein shall be deemed designated as an “Immaterial Subsidiary” (without any requirement for any further notice to the Administrative Agent) unless the Borrower otherwise notifies the Administrative Agent in writing.

Immediate Family Members” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the fore-going individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Increased Amount Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18(a).

Incremental Available Amount” means, on any date of determination, (a) $50,000,000 plus (b) any additional or other amount, so long as (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period is a positive number and (ii) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such New Commitments or other Indebtedness incurred in reliance on the Incremental Available Amount pursuant to Section 6.01(g), as applicable, as of the most recent Measurement Period at such time and treating any New Commitments or Indebtedness consisting of a revolving credit facility incurred on such date (or, in the case, of a Limited Conditionality Transaction, to be incurred in connection with such acquisition or transaction) as fully drawn (but without giving effect to any substantially simultaneous incurrence of New Commitments or Indebtedness made pursuant to clause (a) of this definition or any other Fixed Amount under Section 6.01); provided that Consolidated Net Debt shall be determined without taking into account any cash or Cash Equivalents constituting proceeds of any Loans made under any New Commitments or Indebtedness to be provided on such date (or, in the case, of a Limited Conditionality Transaction, to be incurred in connection with such acquisition or transaction) that may otherwise reduce the amount of Consolidated Net Debt.

Incurrence-Based Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.04.

 

-22-


Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid within 60 days after being due and payable), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (f) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of obligations of another Person of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above, and (g) all obligations of another Person of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above secured by any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor or such Person is itself a corporation or limited liability company. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (g) above shall (unless such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person) be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall exclude intercompany liabilities arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (i) deferred or prepaid revenue, (ii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the seller, (iii) any obligations attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights or any settlements of claims related thereto, (iv) Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower appearing on the balance sheet of the Borrower solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP, (v) pension related obligations or (vi) obligations pursuant to the settlement of claims prior to the date of this Agreement.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b).

Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(a).

Information Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

Intercompany Subordination Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

Interest Election Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

 

-23-


Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (or, with the consent of each Lender, twelve months or less than one month) thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Interest Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

Interpolated Rate” means, in relation to the LIBO Screen Rate, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a)    the applicable LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that LIBO Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

(b)    the applicable LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that LIBO Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period of that Loan.

Investment” means any loan, advance, extension of credit (by way of Guarantee or otherwise) or capital contributions by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any other Person. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the value of any Investment shall be deemed to be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment; provided that the value of such Investment shall be net of cash return received after the Effective Date as a result of any sale for cash, repayment, redemption, liquidation, distribution or other cash realization, not to exceed the original cost of such Investment.

IPO” means a public sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Public Company pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-8 or any other form relating to securities issuable under any benefit plan of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be).

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP 98” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).

Issuing Bank” means each Lender (or affiliate thereof) with a Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit on Schedule 2.01 hereof, as Issuing Bank hereunder, and any other Lender (or affiliate thereof) that shall agree in writing, at the request of the Borrower and with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld), to become an “Issuing Bank,” in each case together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

 

-24-


Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

LCT Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.06.

LCT Test Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.06.

Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, in each case, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement in such form and substance as may be approved from time to time by the applicable Issuing Bank.

Letter of Credit Disbursement” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).

Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit” means (a) with respect to each Issuing Bank as of the Effective Date, as set forth on Schedule 2.01, and (b) with respect to any other Issuing Bank, an amount as shall be agreed to by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank and the Borrower; provided that the Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit of any Issuing Bank may be increased if agreed in writing between the Borrower and such Issuing Bank and notified to the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit Sublimit” means, as at any date of determination, the lesser of (a) the aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit for each Issuing Bank (which, as of the Effective Date, is $20,000,000) and (b) the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

Letter of Credit Usage” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (b) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by an Issuing Bank and not theretofore reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower. The Letter of Credit Usage of any Lender at any time shall be such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage at such time.

LIBO Rate” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period (or, solely for the purposes of clause (c) in the defined term “Alternate Base Rate,” for purposes of determining the Alternate Base Rate as of any date) for a Eurodollar Borrowing, subject to Section 2.11(c), (i) the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate which appears on the page of the Reuters Screen which displays the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (such page currently being the LIBOR01 page) (the “LIBO Screen Rate”) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period in dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time), two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, or (ii) in the event the rate referenced in the preceding clause (i) does not appear on such page or service or if such page or service shall cease to be available, the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other

 

-25-


service which displays the LIBO Screen Rate for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period in dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that if LIBO Screen Rates are quoted under either of the preceding clauses (i) or (ii), but there is no such quotation for the Interest Period elected, the LIBO Screen Rate shall be equal to the Interpolated Rate; and provided, further, that if any such rate determined pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) or (ii) is less than zero, the LIBO Rate will be deemed to be zero.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance in the nature of a security interest, charge in the nature of a security interest or security interest in, on or of such asset, and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

Limited Conditionality Transaction” means any acquisition not prohibited by this Agreement whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing or that requires the giving of irrevocable notice thereof prior to the consummation thereof.

Liquidity” means, as of any date of determination, (a) Availability as of such date plus (b) Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the balance sheet of the Borrower as of such date.

Loan Documents” means this Agreement (including any amendment hereto or waiver hereunder), the Disclosure Letter (including any amendment or supplement thereto provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), the Notes (if any), any Joinder Agreement, the Guaranty, any instrument of joinder to the Guaranty delivered pursuant to Section 5.09 hereof, the Collateral Agreement, any supplement to the Collateral Agreement delivered pursuant to Section 5.09 hereof, the other Security Documents, the Fee Letter, any other agreement, instrument or document executed after the date hereof and designated by its terms as a Loan Document, and any agreements, documents or certificates executed by the Borrower in favor of the applicable Issuing Bank relating to Letters of Credit.

Loan Parties” means the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Loans” means the Revolving Loans.

Local Time” means New York City time.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to perform its payment obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party and (c) the material rights of or remedies available to the Agents and the Lenders under the terms of the Loan Documents.

Material Domestic Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary and that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary.

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness under the Loan Documents and other than Indebtedness among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a principal amount exceeding $30,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Swap

 

-26-


Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Maturity Date” means December 20, 2024, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2.20.

Maximum Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13.

Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on or prior to such date (taken as one accounting period) in which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been or were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

New Commitments” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18(a).

New Extending Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20.

New Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18(a).

New Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18(b).

Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 9.02 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-Public Information” means information that has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD.

Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(e).

Obligations” means (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrower of (i) the principal of and interest at the applicable rate or rates provided in this Agreement (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans including all obligations in respect of the Letter of Credit Usage, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including obligations to reimburse Letter of Credit Disbursements and pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to each of the Loan Documents and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to this

 

-27-


Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents (including interest and monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding).

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document). For the avoidance of doubt, Taxes described in clause (a)(i) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes” constitute Other Connection Taxes.

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes or any other excise, property, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes which arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement and/or any of the other Loan Documents; excluding, however, such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than such Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment that occurs as a result of the Borrower’s request pursuant to Section 2.16(b)).

Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement between the Administrative Agent and the agent, trustee or other representative of such Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.02(r) that is ranked pari passu in payment with the Obligations, which intercreditor agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c)(i).

Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c)(iii).

Participating Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(e).

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Permitted Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement and, if applicable, the other Loan Documents, effected in connection with an extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.20, applicable to all, or any portion of, the Loans and/or Commitments of any Extending Lenders and, providing for (a) a change in the Applicable Rate with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Extending Lenders and/or (b) a change in the fees payable to, or the inclusion of new fees to be payable to, the Extending Lenders and/or (c) additional covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest Maturity Date at such time (it being understood that to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant or any other covenant is added for the benefit of any such Loans and/or Commitments, no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant or other covenant is either (i) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans and/or Commitments remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Loans and/or Commitments or (ii) only applicable after the latest Maturity Date at such time).

 

-28-


Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a)    Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that are not overdue for more than 60 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

(b)    carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlord’s, supplier’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested in good faith;

(c)    Liens incurred and deposits made (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations or employment laws or to secure other public, statutory or regulatory obligations and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (c)(i) above;

(d)    Liens incurred and deposits made to (i) secure the performance of bids, trade and commercial contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (d)(i) above;

(e)    judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j) and Liens securing appeal or surety bonds related to such judgments;

(f)    easements, encumbrances, rights-of-way, reservations, restrictions, restrictive covenants, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes building codes, encroachments, protrusions, zoning restrictions, and other similar encumbrances (including Liens in favor of Governmental Authorities) and minor title defects or other irregularities in title and survey exceptions affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(g)    Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed (or similar filings under applicable law) solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases; and

(h)    Liens resulting from, or Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed (or similar filings under applicable law) as, any “fall back security” or precautionary measure in connection with any receivables securitization or factoring not prohibited hereby.

Permitted Holder” means (a) the stockholders of the Borrower as of the Effective Date, (b) their Permitted Transferees, and (c) any group of which the Persons described in clauses (a) and/or (b) are members and any other member of such group; provided that the Persons described in clauses (a) and (b), without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, collectively own, directly or indirectly, Voting Equity Interests in such Person representing a majority of the aggregate votes entitled to vote for the election of directors of such Person having a majority of the aggregate votes on the board of directors of such Person owned by such group.

Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Person that is a natural person (and any Permitted Transferee of such Person), (a) such Person’s estate, heirs, Immediate Family Members, including his or her spouse, ex-spouse, children, step-children and their respective descendants and (b) any trust or other legal entity the beneficiary of which is such Person’s immediate estate, heirs, family, including his or her spouse, ex-spouse, children, step-children or their respective descendants and which is controlled by such Person.

 

-29-


Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Platform” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(d).

Prepayment Notice” means a notice of prepayment in accordance with Section 2.08(b).

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent).

Principal Office” for each of the Administrative Agent and any Issuing Bank, means the office of the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank as set forth in Section 9.01(a), or such other office or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, as such Person may from time to time designate to Borrower and each Lender upon two Business Days’ written notice.

Proposed Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(e).

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Company” shall mean, after the IPO, the Person (such Person being the Borrower or any direct parent company of the Borrower) that shall have issued Equity Interests pursuant to such IPO.

Public Company Costs” means costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Exchange Act (and any similar requirement of law under any other applicable jurisdiction), as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors’ or managers’ and employees’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, listing fees and other costs associated with being a public company.

Public Lenders” means Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or its or their securities.

Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair or improvement of any fixed or capital asset to the extent incurred prior to or within 270 days following such acquisition, construction, repair or improvement.

QFC” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.19(b).

QFC Credit Support” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.19.

 

-30-


Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that, at the time of the relevant guarantee (or grant of the relevant security interest, as applicable) becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” with respect to such Swap Obligation at such time by entering into a keepwell pursuant to section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualifying IPO” means an IPO in which the Borrower raises at least $50,000,000 of gross primary proceeds.

Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.

Refinancing Indebtedness” means refinancings, extensions, renewals, or replacements of Indebtedness so long as (a) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount (or accreted value) of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, other than by the amount equal to accrued and unpaid interest, premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses incurred (including any netted fees or other amounts payable or other discounts or reduced issuance or incurrence amounts in connection therewith), in connection with such refinancing, extensions, renewals or replacements and by the amount of unfunded commitments with respect thereto, (b) the final maturity date of the Refinancing Indebtedness is not earlier than the original Indebtedness being refinanced, (c) the Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred by Persons who are the obligors of the original Indebtedness being refinanced and (d) if such original Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a) the terms of any such Refinancing Indebtedness (excluding interest rate and other economic terms) that are not substantially identical to the original Indebtedness being refinanced are not materially more favorable (taken as a whole) to the investors providing such Refinancing Indebtedness than those applicable to the original Indebtedness being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Maturity Date existing at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness), as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b)(iv).

Reimbursement Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(d).

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors, representatives and attorneys of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

Removal Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.07(b).

Representatives” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12.

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments or, if the Revolving Commitments shall have been terminated, holding

 

-31-


more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans at such time. The Revolving Commitment and Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

Responsible Officer” means any of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President (Finance), General Counsel/Chief Legal Officer from time to time of the applicable Loan Party, or any person designated by any such Loan Party in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time, acting singly.

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Revolving Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder and acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Loans hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.18, or (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment as of the Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments as of the Effective Date is $125,000,000.

Revolving Loans” means the revolving loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor thereto.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is, or whose government is, the subject or target of comprehensive Sanctions (including, without limitation, as of the date of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and Crimea).

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, (b) any Person, organized or ordinarily resident in a Sanctioned Country, or (c) any Person owned 50% or more by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).

Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

-32-


Secured Cash Management Agreement” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank, or any Guarantee by any Loan Party of any Cash Management Agreement entered into by and between any Subsidiary and any Cash Management Bank, in each case to the extent that such Cash Management Agreement or such Guarantee, as applicable, is not otherwise designated in writing by the Borrower and such Cash Management Bank to the Administrative Agent to not be included as a Secured Cash Management Agreement.

Secured Obligations” means the Obligations, together with (a) all obligations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Secured Cash Management Agreement and (b) all obligations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Secured Swap Agreement, other than any Excluded Swap Obligation.

Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, each Lender, each Swap Bank that is party to any Secured Swap Agreement, each Cash Management Bank that is party to any Secured Cash Management Agreement, and the permitted successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Secured Swap Agreement” means any Swap Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Swap Bank, or any Guarantee by any Loan Party of any Swap Agreement entered into by and between any Subsidiary and any Swap Bank, in each case to the extent that such Swap Agreement or such Guarantee, as applicable, is not otherwise designated in writing by the Borrower and such Swap Bank to the Administrative Agent to not be included as a Secured Swap Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for all purposes of the Loan Documents, any Guarantee of, or grant of any Lien to secure, any obligations in respect of a Secured Swap Agreement by a Guarantor shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations.

Security Documents” means the Collateral Agreement and each other document executed and delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, Section 4.01(a), Section 5.09, Section 5.12 or the other Security Documents to secure any of the Secured Obligations.

SOFR” with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark (or a successor administrator), on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website.

Solvent” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the present assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature in the ordinary course of business and (d) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are not engaged in business or a transaction, and are not about to engage in business or a transaction, in relation to which their property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5 (ASC 450)).

 

-33-


Specified Event of Default” means an Event of Default of the type described in Section 7.01(a) or (b) or, with respect to the Borrower, a Bankruptcy Event.

Specified Representations” means, in respect of any New Commitments the proceeds of which are to be used primarily to consummate a Limited Conditionality Transaction, (a) to the extent required by the Lenders providing such New Commitments, the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.01 (with respect to the Loan Parties), 3.02, 3.03(c), 3.08, 3.09, 3.14, 3.15(a), 3.15(b), and Section 3.02(a) and 3.02(g) of the Collateral Agreement and (b) the representations and warranties contained in the acquisition agreement, if any, related to such Limited Conditionality Transaction as are material to the interests of the Lenders providing such New Commitments, but only to the extent that the Borrower or any of its Affiliates has the right to terminate its obligations under such acquisition agreement as a result of the failure of such representation or warranty to be accurate.

Specified Transaction” means, with respect to any period, any investment, acquisition, sale or other disposition or transfer or assets, equity issuance, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, dividend or other distribution with respect to any Equity Interests or purchase, redemption, or termination of any Equity Interests that by the terms of the Loan Documents requires “pro forma compliance” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a “pro forma basis.”

Standard Credit Information” means (a) any financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), (b) any notice, certificate or other document delivered by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (c) any information concerning compliance by the Borrower with the terms of this Agreement and any other Loan Document (it being understood that the term “Standard Credit Information” does not include product designs, software and technology, inventions, trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information of a like nature).

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent and which is required by GAAP to be consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the parent.

Successor Borrower” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(a)(i).

Supported QFC” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.19.

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

 

-34-


Swap Bank” means any Person that is (or an Affiliate thereof is) the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender on the Effective Date (or any person that becomes the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or Lender or Affiliate thereof after the Effective Date) and that enters into a Swap Agreement, in each case, in its capacity as a party to such Swap Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any Swap Bank shall continue to be a Swap Bank with respect to the applicable Swap Agreement even if it ceases to be the Administrative Agent, an Arranger, Lender or Affiliate thereof after the Effective Date.

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Tax Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(s).

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term SOFR” means the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Article 5.

Total Assets” means the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(i) or Section 5.01(a) or (b).

Total Exposure” means, for any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans of such Lender plus (b) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Letter of Credit Usage.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Net Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the Measurement Period ending on such date.

Trade Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b)(ii)(G).

Transaction Costs” means the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with Transactions occurring on the Effective Date.

Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of each Loan Document to which it is a party, the borrowing of Loans and the issuance, amendment, extension or increase of Letters of Credit.

Type” means, when used in reference to any Revolving Loan or Borrowing, whether the rate of interest on such Revolving Loan, or on the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a U.S. jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

-35-


Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(d).

Unrestricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents, that such cash or Cash Equivalents (a) do not appear (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and (b) to the extent the use thereof for the repayment of Indebtedness is not prohibited by law or any contract binding upon the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Unrestricted Subsidiaries” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination has previously been designated, in each case to the extent such Subsidiary continues to be, an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.10.

USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended from time to time.

U.S.” and “United States” means the United States of America.

U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.19.

Voting Equity Interests” means Equity Interests that are entitled to vote generally for the election of directors to the board of directors (or the functional equivalent) of the issuer thereof. Shares of preferred stock that have the right to elect one or more directors to the board of directors of the issuer thereof only upon the occurrence of a breach or default by such issuer thereunder shall not be considered Voting Equity Interests as long as the directors that may be elected to the board of directors of the issuer upon the occurrence of such a breach or default represent a minority of the aggregate voting power of all directors of board of directors of the issuer. The percentage of Voting Equity Interests of any issuer thereof beneficially owned by a Person shall be determined by reference to the percentage of the aggregate voting power of all Voting Equity Interests of such issuer that are represented by the Voting Equity Interests beneficially owned by such Person.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person at any date, a subsidiary of such Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable requirements of law, rule or regulation) are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

-36-


Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent” means any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and any other applicable withholding agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Section 1.02    Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”).

Section 1.03    Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, amendments and restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) except as otherwise specified with respect to the schedules to the Disclosure Letter, all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (f) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Section 1.04    Accounting Terms; GAAP; Certain Calculations.

(a)    Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision shall have been amended to account for any such change following good faith negotiations between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial covenants contained herein shall be calculated (i) without giving effect to any election under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

 

-37-


No. 159 (ASC 825) (or any similar accounting principle) permitting or requiring a Person to value its financial liabilities or Indebtedness at the fair value thereof and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 47020 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

(b)    For purposes of determining the permissibility of any action, change, transaction or event that requires a calculation of any financial ratio or test (including, without limitation, Section 6.07, any Total Net Leverage Ratio test, the amount of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and/or Total Assets), such financial ratio or test shall be calculated at the time such action is taken (subject to Section 1.06), such change is made, such transaction is consummated or such event occurs, as the case may be, and no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of a change in such financial ratio or test occurring after the time such action is taken, such change is made, such transaction is consummated or such event occurs, as the case may be.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or test (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that requires compliance with a financial ratio or test (including, without limitation, Section 6.07, any Total Net Leverage Ratio test, the amount of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and/or Total Assets) (any such amounts, the “Incurrence-Based Amounts”), it is understood and agreed that the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence-Based Amounts.

Section 1.05    Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Loan Document or any agreement entered into in connection therewith, including any Assignment and Assumption, or any notice, certificate or other instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 1.06    Limited Conditionality Transactions.

(a)    In connection with any action being taken solely in connection with a Limited Conditionality Transaction, for purposes of:

(i)    determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of the Total Net Leverage Ratio;

(ii)    determining the accuracy of representations and warranties and/or whether a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or any subset of Defaults or Events of Default); or

(iii)    testing availability under baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Total Assets or by reference to the Available Equity Amount);

 

-38-


in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Conditionality Transaction, an “LCT Election”), with such option to be exercised on or prior to the date of execution of the definitive agreements related to such Limited Conditionality Transaction, the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Conditionality Transaction are entered into (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Conditionality Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Measurement Period, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, each Borrowing hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction of the conditions under Section 4.02 as of the date of such Borrowing except as expressly set forth in Section 2.18(a).

(b)    For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Conditionality Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations; however, if any ratios improve or baskets increase as a result of such fluctuations, such improved ratios or baskets may be utilized. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Conditionality Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of the incurrence ratios subject to the LCT Election on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Limited Conditionality Transaction is consummated or (ii) the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Conditionality Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Conditionality Transaction, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Conditionality Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

Section 1.07    Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

ARTICLE 2

THE CREDITS

Section 2.01    Revolving Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans in dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (b) the Aggregate Total Exposure exceeding the total Revolving Commitments or (c) any Lender’s Total Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

 

-39-


Section 2.02    Revolving Loans and Borrowings.

(a)    Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Revolving Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Revolving Loans as required.

(b)    Subject to Section 2.11, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith.

(c)    At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Revolving Commitments. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

Section 2.03    Requests for Borrowings. To request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a written Borrowing Request in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto and signed by the Borrower by email or other electronic transmission (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m. Local Time three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), one Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i)    the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii)    the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii)    whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv)    in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(v)    the location and number of the account or accounts to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.04.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing. Except as otherwise provided herein or agreed by the Administrative Agent, a Borrowing Request for a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest

 

-40-


Rate Determination Date, and the Borrower shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith. As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Interest Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Eurodollar Borrowing for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing by email or other electronic communication) to Borrower and each Lender.

Section 2.04    Funding of Borrowings.

(a)    Each Lender shall make each Revolving Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 1:00 p.m. Local Time to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Revolving Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account or accounts designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request.

(b)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Applicable Percentage available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in such Borrowing.

Section 2.05    Interest Elections.

(a)    Each Borrowing of Revolving Loans initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. Subject to the limitation set forth in Section 2.02(c), the Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated among the Lenders holding the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, and the Revolving Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

(b)    To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a written request (an “Interest Election Request”) in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and signed by the Borrower by email or other electronic transmission by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election.

 

-41-


(c)    Each written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i)    the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii)    the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii)    whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv)    if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d)    Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing. Except as otherwise provided herein, an Interest Election Request for conversion to, or continuation of, any Eurodollar Borrowing shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and the Borrower shall be bound to effect a conversion or continuation in accordance therewith.

(e)    If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.06    Termination and Reduction of Revolving Commitments.

(a)    Unless previously terminated, the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b)    The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Revolving Commitments, in each case, without premium or penalty; provided that (i) each partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.08, the sum of the Aggregate Total Exposure would exceed the total Commitments.

(c)    The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or another transaction, in which case such

 

-42-


notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be applied to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(d)    If, after giving effect to any reduction of the Revolving Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Commitments, such Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.

Section 2.07    Repayment of Revolving Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a)    The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date.

(b)    Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Revolving Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c)    The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Revolving Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d)    The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein (absent manifest error); provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e)    Any Lender may request that Revolving Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note (each such promissory note being called a “Note” and all such promissory notes being collectively called the “Notes”). In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto. Thereafter, the Revolving Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

Section 2.08    Prepayment of Loans.

(a)    The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (subject to the requirements of Section 2.13), subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

(b)    The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing by a Prepayment Notice in substantially the form of Exhibit K attached hereto by email or other electronic transmission of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment.

 

-43-


Each such Prepayment Notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a Prepayment Notice is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.06, then such Prepayment Notice may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.06. Promptly following receipt of any such Prepayment Notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Revolving Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.10 and shall be subject to Section 2.13.

(c)    Any prepayment of any Loan pursuant to this Section 2.08 shall be applied as specified by the Borrower in the applicable Prepayment Notice.

Section 2.09    Fees.

(a)    The Borrower agrees to pay (or in the case of clause (ii), cause the Applicable Account Party to pay) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) in accordance with such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (i) a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”), which shall accrue at the applicable percentage set forth in the definition of “Applicable Rate” on the average daily difference between (x) the Revolving Commitments and (y) the aggregate principal amount of (1) all outstanding Revolving Loans plus (2) the Letter of Credit Usage and (ii) a Letter of Credit participation fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”), which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate with respect to Eurodollar Borrowings on the average daily undrawn amount of the Letters of Credit (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination), in each case, during the Availability Period. Accrued fees under this Section 2.09(a) shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on December 31, 2019; provided that any commitment fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. All fees under this Section 2.09(a) shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b)    The Borrower agrees to pay (or cause the Applicable Account Party to pay) directly to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, the following fees:

(i)    a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum, based on the average daily undrawn amount on such Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank; and

(i)    such documentary and processing charges for any issuance, amendment, transfer or payment of a Letter of Credit as are in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s standard schedule for such charges and as in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be.

The fees in clause (b)(i) above shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year during the Availability Period, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date, and on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

 

-44-


(c)    The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, including those set forth in the Fee Letter.

(d)    All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the parties specified herein. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

Section 2.10    Interest.

(a)    The Revolving Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b)    The Revolving Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Specified Event of Default and, at the request of Required Lenders, any other Event of Default, all overdue amounts outstanding hereunder shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d)    Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e)    The Borrower agrees to pay to the applicable Issuing Bank, with respect to drawings honored under any Letter of Credit, interest on the amount paid by such Issuing Bank in respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at a rate equal to (i) for the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the applicable Reimbursement Date, the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Loans that are ABR Loans, and (ii) thereafter, a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Loans that are ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans (as applicable).

(f)    All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

-45-


Section 2.11    Alternate Rate of Interest; Illegality.

(a)    Other than under the circumstances set forth in clause (c) below, if at least two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(i)    the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period and the Administrative Agent reasonably expects that such circumstances are likely to be temporary; or

(ii)    the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone, telecopy or other electronic transmission as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (x) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (y) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

(b)    If any Lender reasonably determines that any Change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted after the Effective Date that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable lending office to make or maintain any Eurodollar Borrowing, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligations of such Lender to make or continue any Eurodollar Borrowing or to convert ABR Borrowings to Eurodollar Borrowings (if applicable) shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) convert all such Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans on the last of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Loans (in which case the Borrower shall not be required to make payments pursuant to Section 2.13 in connection with such payment). Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the determination of such Lender, otherwise be disadvantageous to it.

(c)    Effect of Benchmark Transition Event.

(i)    Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement to replace the LIBO Rate with a Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment with respect to a Benchmark Transition Event will become effective at 5:00 p.m. Local Time on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent has posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrower so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. Any such amendment with respect to an Early Opt-in Election will become effective on the date that Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders accept such amendment. No replacement of the LIBO Rate with a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to this Section will occur prior to the applicable Benchmark Transition Start Date.

 

-46-


(ii)    Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right, with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.

(iii)    Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date and Benchmark Transition Start Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes and (iv) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.11(c), including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party hereto, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.11(c).

(iv)    Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Eurodollar Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period, the component of ABR based upon the LIBO Rate will not be used in any determination of ABR.

Section 2.12    Increased Costs.

(a)    If any Change in Law shall:

(i)    impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate);

(ii)    subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes” and (C) Connection Income Taxes) in respect of its loans, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii)    impose on any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, continuing, converting to or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or issuing, amending, extending,

 

-47-


increasing or maintaining in place a Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then promptly following the request of such Lender (accompanied by the certificate referred to in clause (c) below), Issuing Bank or other Recipient, the Borrower will pay to such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b)    If any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments hereunder or the Loans made by such Lender or the Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company or such Issuing Bank or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements), then from time to time the Borrower will, promptly after receipt of a written request by any Lender affected by any such event (which request shall be accompanied by the certificate referred to in clause (c) below), pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)    A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its respective holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof; provided that a Lender or Issuing Bank shall not be entitled to any compensation pursuant to this Section 2.12 to the extent such Lender or Issuing Bank is not generally imposing such charges or requesting such compensation from other similarly situated borrowers under similar circumstances.

(d)    Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefore; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive (or has retroactive effect), then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.13    Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment or prepayment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.08(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall, promptly after receipt of a written request by any Lender affected by any such

 

-48-


event (which request shall be accompanied by the certificate referred to below), compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.14    Taxes.

(a)    For purposes of this Section 2.14, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(b)    All payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding of such Indemnified Taxes has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.14) the applicable Lender (or, in the case of payments made to the Administrative Agent for its own account, the Administrative Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no deduction or withholding for Indemnified Taxes been made.

(c)    The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, timely reimburse it for the payment of any Other Taxes.

(d)    The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.14) paid or payable by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, no Loan Party shall be required to pay any amount under this Section 2.14(d) with respect to Other Taxes paid or reimbursed by a Loan Party pursuant to Section 2.14(c).

(e)    As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.14, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

-49-


(f)    (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to any payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to withholding or information reporting requirements.

(ii)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(A)    any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), two executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B)    any Foreign Lender, if it is legally eligible to do so, shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter as required by law or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(a)    in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, two executed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, two executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(b)    two executed original copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(c)    in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) two certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and that no payments under any Loan Documents are effectively connected with the Foreign Lender’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) two executed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN, as applicable; or

 

-50-


(d)    to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), two executed original copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN, as applicable, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 or Exhibit H-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-4 on behalf of such direct or indirect partner(s);

(C)    any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D)    if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA, and to determine the amount to deduct and withhold, if any, from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any documentation it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall promptly update such documentation or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver to the Borrower and to any successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided by the Lender to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.14(f). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14, a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation pursuant to this Section 2.14(f) that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(g)    If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.14 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.14), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.14

 

-51-


with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, as applicable, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h), the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph (h) shall not be construed to require any Lender or the Administrative Agent to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.14 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

Section 2.15    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-Off.

(a)    The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.12, 2.13 or 2.14, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed, solely for purposes of calculating fees and interest hereunder, to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its Principal Office and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.12, 2.13 or 2.14 and Section 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment or performance hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment or performance shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder of principal or interest in respect of any Loan or Letter of Credit shall be made in dollars.

(b)    If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

(c)    If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii)

 

-52-


the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant. The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. For purposes of clause (b) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, a Lender that acquires a participation pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be treated as having acquired such participation on the earlier date on which it acquired the Loan, Letter of Credit or Commitment with respect to which such participation relates.

(d)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e)    If any Lender or any Issuing Bank shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(b) or paragraph (d) of this Section, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to satisfy such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s, as applicable, obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.16    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a)    If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Tax or additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12 or Section 2.14, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b)    If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Tax or additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14 or (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, (A) require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.12 or Section 2.14) and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another

 

-53-


Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (1) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (2) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees so assigned) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts so assigned), (3) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.12 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.14, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, (4) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law, and (5) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, (x) the applicable assignee shall have consented to, or shall consent to, the applicable amendment, waiver or consent and (y) the Borrower exercises its rights pursuant to this clause (b) with respect to all Non-Consenting Lenders relating to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent or (B) terminate the Revolving Commitments of such Lender and prepay any outstanding principal of its Loans and any accrued and unpaid interest or fees owing to such Lender as of the date of such termination, in each case on a non-pro rata basis. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

(c)    Each Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender, as assignor, any Assignment and Assumption necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interests hereunder in the circumstances contemplated by this Section 2.16.

Section 2.17    Defaulting Lenders.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i)    Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders and in Section 9.02.

(ii)    Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 7 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Banks hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.19(i); fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy (x) such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.19(i); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks as a result of any judgment of a court of competent

 

-54-


jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or any Issuing Bank against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or Letter of Credit Disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans, and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit, were made when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans and Letter of Credit Disbursements to all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans or Letter of Credit Disbursements of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letter of Credit Obligations, without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv), are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Revolving Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii)    (A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.09 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(B)    With respect to any Commitment Fee or Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to each Issuing Bank the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv)    (A) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the Total Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(B)    if the reallocation described in clause (A) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent, Cash Collateralize for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (A) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.19 for so long as such Letter of Credit Usage is outstanding;

 

-55-


(C)    if the Borrower Cash Collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage pursuant to clause (B) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.09(a)(ii) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage during the period such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage is Cash Collateralized;

(D)    if the Letter of Credit Usage of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (A) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.09(a)(ii) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(E)    if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage is neither reallocated nor Cash Collateralized pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all fees payable under Section 2.09(a)(ii) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage shall be payable to the applicable Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such Letter of Credit Usage is reallocated and/or Cash Collateralized.

(b)    If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c)    If a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a parent of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or any Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, such Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless such Issuing Bank shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

Section 2.18    Incremental Facility.

(a)    The Borrower may from time to time by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request prior to the Maturity Date, one or more increases to the existing Revolving Commitments (any such increase, the “New Commitments”), by an amount not in excess of the Incremental Available Amount (determined as of the date of effectiveness of such New Commitments, subject to Section 1.06) in the aggregate and not less than $10,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount which shall be approved by the Administrative Agent or such lesser amount that shall constitute the difference between the Incremental Available Amount on such date and all such New Commitments obtained prior to such date), and integral

 

-56-


multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount. Each such notice shall specify (A) the date (each, an “Increased Amount Date”) on which the Borrower proposes that the New Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than 10 Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and which may be contingent upon the closing of an acquisition or other transaction and (B) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an Eligible Assignee, subject to approval thereof by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks in the case of a Person that is not a Lender, to the extent such approval is required in the case of an assignment to such Person pursuant to such Section 9.04(b) (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (each, a “New Lender”), to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such New Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations (it being understood that the identity of such Lenders or other Persons may be amended after the date of such notice so long as the approval requirements of this clause (B), if any, are satisfied); provided that any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the New Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Commitment. Such New Commitments shall become effective as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that (1) on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Commitments, each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall be satisfied (subject to Section 1.06 and, in the case of any New Commitments the proceeds of which are to be used primarily to consummate a Limited Conditionality Transaction substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of such New Commitments, to the extent agreed to by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such New Commitments, (x) the only representations and warranties the accuracy of which shall be a condition to the effectiveness of such New Commitments shall be the Specified Representations, and (y) the condition set forth in Section 4.02(b) shall be tested on the date the acquisition agreement with respect to such Limited Conditionality Transaction is signed (provided that, on the date such New Commitments are effective, no Specified Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom)); (2) the New Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower, the New Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and each New Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.14; (3) the Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Sections 2.12 and 2.13 in connection with the New Commitments; and (4) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the New Lenders or the Issuing Banks in connection with any such transaction.

(b)    On any Increased Amount Date on which New Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each of the Lenders shall assign to each of the New Lenders, and each of the New Lenders shall purchase from each of the Lenders, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit Usage outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Loans and participation interests in Letter of Credit Usage will be held by existing Lenders and New Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such New Commitments to the Revolving Commitments, (ii) each New Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Commitment and each Revolving Loan made thereunder (a “New Loan”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Loan, and (iii) each New Lender shall become a Lender for all purposes hereunder.

(c)    The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receipt of the Borrower’s notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof (i) the New Commitments and the New Lenders, and (ii) the respective interests in such Lender’s Revolving Loans and participation interests in Letter of Credit Usage, in each case subject to the assignments contemplated by this Section 2.18.

(d)    The terms and provisions (including pricing) of the New Loans shall be identical to the existing Loans. Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02 to the contrary, each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to effect the provision of this Section 2.18.

 

-57-


Section 2.19    Letters of Credit.

(a)    Letters of Credit. During the Availability Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Banks agree to issue Letters of Credit (or amend, extend or increase an outstanding Letter of Credit) at the request of the Borrower or the Borrower on behalf of any Subsidiary for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, as applicable (the “Applicable Account Party”), up to but not exceeding the Letter of Credit Sublimit and denominated in dollars; provided (i) the stated amount of each Letter of Credit shall not be less than $50,000 or, in each case, such lesser amount as is acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank; (ii) after giving effect to such issuance or increase, in no event shall (x) the Aggregate Total Exposure exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect or (y) any Lender’s Total Exposure exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; (iii) after giving effect to such issuance or increase, in no event shall the Letter of Credit Usage exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect, (iv) after giving effect to such issuance or increase, unless otherwise agreed to by the applicable Issuing Bank in writing, in no event shall the Letter of Credit Usage with respect to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank exceed the Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit of such Issuing Bank then in effect, and (v) in no event shall any Letter of Credit have an expiration date later than the earlier of (A) the fifth Business Day prior to the Maturity Date and (B) the date which is twelve months from the original date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. Subject to the foregoing, the applicable Issuing Bank may agree that a Letter of Credit will automatically be extended for one or more successive periods not to exceed one year each, unless the applicable Issuing Bank elects not to extend for any such additional period and provides notice to that effect to the Borrower and the Applicable Account Party; provided that such Issuing Bank shall not extend any such Letter of Credit if it has received written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at least one Business Day prior to the last Business Day that such Issuing Bank may elect not to allow such extension; provided, further, if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Banks shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit unless the applicable Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it and the Borrower to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to the participation in Letters of Credit of such Defaulting Lender, including by Cash Collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower and the Applicable Account Party when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP 98 or UCP 600, as applicable, shall apply to each Letter of Credit.

(b)    Notice of Issuance. Whenever an Applicable Account Party desires the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to each of the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank an Application in use by the applicable Issuing Bank at that time no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least five Business Days in advance of the proposed date of issuance or amendment or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the applicable Issuing Bank in any particular instance. Such Application shall be accompanied by documentary and other evidence of the proposed beneficiary’s identity as may reasonably be requested by the applicable Issuing Bank to enable the applicable Issuing Bank to verify the beneficiary’s identity or to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act or as otherwise customarily requested by the applicable Issuing Bank. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.19, the applicable Issuing Bank shall issue, amend, extend or increase the requested Letter of Credit subject to no violation of any of, and only in accordance with, the Issuing Bank’s standard operating procedures and policies as in effect from time to time. Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment, extension or increase thereof, the applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender with a Revolving Commitment of such issuance, which notice from the Administrative Agent shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment, extension or increase thereof and the amount of such Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.19(e).

 

-58-


(c)    Responsibility of the Issuing Banks With Respect to Requests for Drawings and Payments. In determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary(ies) thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit. As between the Borrower, the Applicable Account Party and the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower and the Applicable Account Party assume all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by the applicable Issuing Bank or the proceeds thereof, by the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit; provided, however, the foregoing does not limit any of the Borrower’s or the Applicable Account Party’s rights against any such beneficiary. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, an Issuing Bank shall not be responsible or have any liability for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by any beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; (viii) for any other action or inaction taken or suffered by such Issuing Bank under or in connection with any such Letter of Credit, if required or permitted under any applicable domestic or foreign law or letter of credit practice; or (ix) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank, including any Governmental Acts; none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of such Issuing Bank’s rights or powers hereunder or place such Issuing Bank under any liability to the Borrower or any Applicable Account Party. Without limiting the foregoing and in furtherance thereof, any action taken or omitted by an Issuing Bank under or in connection with the Letters of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in “good faith” (as such term is defined in Article 5 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), shall not give rise to any liability on the part of the Issuing Bank to the Borrower, any Applicable Account Party or any party to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.19(c), the applicable Issuing Bank shall not be excused from liability to the Borrower or the Applicable Account Party to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower or the Applicable Account Party that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination.

(d)    Reimbursement by the Borrower of Amounts Drawn or Paid Under Letters of Credit. In the event the applicable Issuing Bank has determined to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit, it shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Applicable Account Party and the Administrative Agent, and the

 

-59-


Borrower shall reimburse (or cause the Applicable Account Party to reimburse) the applicable Issuing Bank on or before the Business Day immediately following the date on which such drawing is honored (the “Reimbursement Date”) in an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of such honored drawing, together with interest at the applicable rate provided in Section 2.10(e). If the Borrower or the Applicable Account Party fails to timely reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank on the Reimbursement Date, then the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Reimbursement Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested ABR Loans to be disbursed on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of ABR Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Borrowing Request). Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) unless the Borrower (or the Applicable Account Party) shall have notified the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date such drawing is honored that the Borrower (or the Applicable Account Party) intends to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank on such date for the amount of such honored drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Revolving Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given a timely Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent requesting Lenders with Revolving Commitments to make Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount of such honored drawing, and (ii) subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in Section 4.02, Lenders with Revolving Commitments shall, on the Reimbursement Date, make Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans in the amount of such honored drawing, the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for the amount of such honored drawing; and provided, further, if for any reason proceeds of Revolving Loans are not received by the applicable Issuing Bank on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount of such honored drawing, the Borrower shall (or shall cause the Applicable Account Party to) reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank, on demand, in an amount in immediately available funds equal to the excess of the amount of such honored drawing over the aggregate amount of such Revolving Loans, if any, which are so received. Nothing in this Section 2.19(d) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender with a Revolving Commitment from its obligation to make Revolving Loans on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and the Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against any such Lender resulting from the failure of such Lender to make such Revolving Loans under this Section 2.19(d).

(e)    Lenders’ Purchase of Participations in Letters of Credit. Immediately upon the issuance or increase of each Letter of Credit, without any further action by any Person, the applicable Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have sold to each Lender and each Lender shall have been deemed to have purchased from such Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and any drawings honored thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (with respect to the Revolving Commitments) of the maximum amount which is or at any time may become available to be drawn thereunder (each such Lender purchasing a participation, a “Participating Lender”). In the event that the Borrower or the Applicable Account Party shall fail for any reason to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.19(d), the applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent who will notify each Participating Lender of the unreimbursed amount of such honored drawing and of such Lender’s respective participation therein based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Revolving Commitments. Each Participating Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, an amount equal to its respective participation, and in immediately available funds, no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first Business Day (under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Principal Office of the Administrative Agent is located) after the date notified by the Administrative Agent. In the event that any Participating Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent on such Business Day the amount of such Lender’s participation in such Letter of Credit as provided in this Section 2.19(e), the applicable Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such

 

-60-


Lender together with interest thereon for three Business Days at the rate customarily used by such Issuing Bank for the correction of errors among banks and thereafter at the Alternate Base Rate. Nothing in this Section 2.19(e) shall be deemed to prejudice the right of any Participating Lender to recover from the applicable Issuing Bank any amounts made available by such Lender to the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.19 in the event that the payment with respect to a Letter of Credit in respect of which payment was made by such Lender constituted gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) on the part of such Issuing Bank. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to fund participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, extension, or increase of any Letter of Credit, the occurrence and continuance of a Default, any reduction or termination of the Commitments or any force majeure or other event that under any rule of law or uniform practices to which any Letter of Credit is subject (including Rule 3.13 and Rule 3.14 of ISP 98) permits a drawing to be made under such Letter of Credit after the expiration thereof or after the expiration or termination of the Commitments or any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including those set forth in the following paragraph (f), and that each such payment shall be made without any defense, offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender further acknowledges and agrees that, in issuing, amending, extending, or increasing any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon the representations and warranties of the Borrower deemed made pursuant to Section 4.02, unless, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Letter of Credit is issued, amended, extended, or increased (or, in the case of an automatic extension permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section, at least one Business Day prior to the time by which the election not to extend must be made by the applicable Issuing Bank), the Required Lenders shall have notified the applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in writing that, as a result of one or more events or circumstances described in such notice, one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02(a) or 4.02(b) would not be satisfied if such Letter of Credit were then issued, amended, extended, or increased (it being understood and agreed that, in the event any Issuing Bank shall have received any such notice, no Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to issue, amend, extend, or increase any Letter of Credit until and unless it shall be satisfied that the events and circumstances described in such notice shall have been cured or otherwise shall have ceased to exist). In the event the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by other Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.19(e) for all or any portion of any drawing honored by such Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit, such Issuing Bank shall distribute to the Administrative Agent who shall in turn distribute to each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under this Section 2.19(e) with respect to such honored drawing such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of all payments subsequently received by such Issuing Bank from the Borrower or the Applicable Account Party in reimbursement of such honored drawing when such payments are received. Any such distribution shall be made to a Lender at its primary address set forth below its name on the Administrative Questionnaire or at such other address as such Lender may request.

(f)    Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower and each Applicable Account Party to reimburse each Issuing Bank for drawings honored under the Letters of Credit issued by it and to repay any Revolving Loans made by Lenders pursuant to Section 2.19(d) and the obligations of Lenders under Section 2.19(e) shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof under all circumstances including any of the following circumstances: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit; (ii) the existence of any claim, set off, defense or other right which the Borrower, any Applicable Account Party or any Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a Lender, against the Borrower, whether in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and the beneficiary(ies) for which any Letter of Credit was procured); (iii) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit

 

-61-


proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (v) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower, any Applicable Account Party or any Subsidiaries or any other Person; (vi) any breach hereof or any other Loan Document by any party hereto or thereto; (vii) any force majeure or other event that under any rule of law or uniform practices to which any Letter of Credit is subject (including Rule 3.13 and Rule 3.14 of ISP 98) permits a drawing to be made under such Letter of Credit after the expiration thereof or after the expiration or termination of the Commitments, (viii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; or (ix) the fact that an Event of Default or a Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(g)    Indemnification. Without duplication of any obligation of the Borrower under Section 9.03, in addition to amounts payable as provided herein, the Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save and hold harmless the Issuing Banks from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages and losses, and all reasonable and documented costs, charges and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of one counsel (with exceptions for conflicts of interest), one regulatory counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction), which the Issuing Banks may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of, or arising out of, in any way being connected with, or as a result of (A) any Letter of Credit, including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds therefrom and any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, other than as a result of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (B) the failure of the applicable Issuing Bank to honor a drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any Governmental Act. The Borrower will pay all amounts owing under this Section within 10 days after receipt of a certificate of the relevant Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount that such Issuing Bank is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section.

(h)    Resignation and Removal of an Issuing Bank. An Issuing Bank may resign as an Issuing Bank by providing at least 60 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank (provided that no consent of the Issuing Bank will be required if the replaced Issuing Bank has no Letters of Credit or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto outstanding), the other Issuing Banks, if any, and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of such Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement or resignation shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced or resigning Issuing Bank. From and after the effective date of any such replacement or resignation, (i) any successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. At the time any such resignation or replacement shall become effective, (a) the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) the replaced Issuing Bank may at its option remain a party hereto to the extent that Letters of Credit issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement or resignation. After the replacement or resignation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letters of Credit.

 

-62-


(i)    Cash Collateral. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with Letter of Credit Usage representing greater than 50% of the total Letter of Credit Usage) demanding the deposit of Cash Collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, an amount in cash equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that (i) any such required Cash Collateral shall be made in dollars and (ii) the obligation to deposit such Cash Collateral shall become effective immediately, and such Cash Collateral shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in Section 7.01(h) or (i). Such Cash Collateral shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower and any Applicable Account Party under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such Cash Collateral, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such Cash Collateral shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse each Issuing Bank for any disbursements under Letters of Credit made by it and for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower and any Applicable Account Party for the Letter of Credit Usage at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with Letter of Credit Usage representing greater than 50% of the total Letter of Credit Usage), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of Cash Collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower (or as otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) within five Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(j)    Application. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 2.19, the provisions of this Section 2.19 shall apply.

Section 2.20    Extension of the Maturity Date. The Borrower may on one or more occasions, upon written notice (an “Extension Notice”) to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), request an extension of the Maturity Date for one or more years, together with one or more specified Permitted Amendments. If the conditions in this Section 2.20 are met, the Maturity Date shall be extended to the date specified in such Extension Notice for all Extending Lenders and any such Permitted Amendments shall become effective only with respect to the Loans and Revolving Commitments of such Extending Lenders. If a Lender agrees, in its individual and sole discretion, to so extend its Revolving Commitment and implement any specified Permitted Amendments (an “Extending Lender”), it shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a written notice of its agreement to do so no later than the date specified by the Administrative Agent with the reasonable consent of the Borrower (or such later date to which the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly thereafter notify the Borrower of such Extending Lender’s agreement to extend its Revolving Commitment and to any related Permitted Amendments (confirming the date of extension and the new Maturity Date and any related Permitted Amendments (after giving effect to such extension) applicable to such Extending Lender). The Revolving Commitment of any Lender that fails to accept or respond to the Borrower’s request for extension of the Maturity Date, together with any related Permitted Amendments (a “Declining Lender”), shall be terminated on the Maturity Date then in effect for such Lender (without regard to any extension by other Lenders) and on such Maturity Date the Borrower shall pay in full the unpaid principal amount of all Loans owing to such Declining Lender, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees accrued and unpaid under this Agreement to the date of such payment of principal and all other amounts

 

-63-


due to such Declining Lender under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Extending Lender of the aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Declining Lenders. Each Extending Lender may offer to increase its respective Revolving Commitment by an amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of the Declining Lenders’ Revolving Commitments, and such Extending Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a notice of its offer to so increase its Revolving Commitment no later than a date specified by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s reasonable consent (or such later date to which the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree). To the extent the aggregate amount of additional Revolving Commitments that the Extending Lenders offer pursuant to the preceding sentence exceeds the aggregate amount of the Declining Lenders’ Revolving Commitments, such additional Revolving Commitments shall be reduced on a pro rata basis. To the extent the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments that the Extending Lenders have so offered to extend is less than the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments that the Borrower has so requested to be extended, the Borrower shall have the right but not the obligation to require any Declining Lender to (and any such Declining Lender shall) assign in full its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more banks or other financial institutions (which may be, but need not be, one or more of the Extending Lenders) which at the time agree to, in the case of any such Person that is an Extending Lender, increase its Revolving Commitment and in the case of any other such Person (a “New Extending Lender”), become a party to this Agreement; provided that (i) such assignment is otherwise in compliance with Section 9.04, (ii) such Declining Lender receives payment in full of the unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans owing to such Declining Lender, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees accrued and unpaid under this Agreement to the date of such payment of principal and all other amounts due to such Declining Lender under this Agreement and (iii) any such assignment shall be effective on the date on or before the date the Maturity Date is so extended as may be specified by the Borrower and agreed to by the respective New Extending Lenders and Extending Lenders, as the case may be, and the Administrative Agent. As a condition precedent to such extension and any related amendments, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Borrower, dated as of the date of the Extension Notice, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower and the Guarantors approving or consenting to such extension and any amendments and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, each of the conditions of Section 4.02 shall be satisfied as of the date of the Extension Notice. Any extension and any related amendments pursuant to this Section 2.20 shall be effected pursuant to an Extension Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower, the Extending Lenders, any New Extending Lenders and the Administrative Agent. Each Extension Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to effect the provision of this Section 2.20.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks that:

Section 3.01    Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) is (a) duly organized and validly existing in good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except in the case of clause (a) (other than with respect to any Loan Party), clause (b) (other than with respect to the Borrower) and clause (c), where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-64-


Section 3.02    Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s corporate or other organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and, if required, equity holder action. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors has duly executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents to which it is party, and each of such Loan Documents constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against each Loan Party party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 3.03    Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) those approvals, consents, registrations, filings or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate any charter, by-laws or other organizational document of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (d) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than the agreements and instruments referred to in clause (c)) binding upon the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or its assets and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02.

Section 3.04    Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.

(a)    The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent (i) its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018 and (ii) its unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2019, June 30, 2019 and September 30, 2019. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP except as otherwise expressly indicated therein, including the notes thereto, and subject to year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the unaudited financial statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

(b)    Since December 31, 2018, no event, development or circumstance exists or has occurred that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.05    Properties.

(a)    Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in or rights to use, all its real and tangible personal property material to its business, except (i) for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes and (ii) where the failure to have such title or other interests or rights would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, software, domain names, trade secrets, know-how and other similar proprietary or intellectual property rights, including any registrations and applications for registration of, and all goodwill associated with, the foregoing, material to or necessary to its business as currently conducted, and the operation of such business or the use of any of the foregoing intellectual

 

-65-


property rights by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe upon, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the rights of any other Person, except for any such failures to own or be licensed to use, and such infringements, misappropriations, or violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.06    Litigation and Environmental Matters.

(a)    There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    Except with respect to any matter that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, or (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability.

Section 3.07    Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except, in each case, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.08    Investment Company Status. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.09    Margin Stock. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is engaged in, principally or as one of its important activities, the business of purchasing or carrying, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying, margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board), and no proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock in violation of Regulation U or Regulation X issued by the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Section 3.10    Taxes. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed with respect to income, properties or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) such returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for Taxes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole for the periods covered thereby and (iii) each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, to the extent required by GAAP, for which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

 

-66-


Section 3.11    ERISA.

(a)    Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state laws and regulations.

(b)    Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA), (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

Section 3.12    Disclosure. As of the Effective Date, all written information or oral information provided by an officer of the Borrower in formal presentations at any scheduled meetings with Lenders (other than any projected financial information and other than information of a general economic or industry specific nature) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished and when taken as a whole) when delivered, does not, when taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to any projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time furnished (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, any of which are beyond the Borrower’s control, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projected financial information may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).

Section 3.13    Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.13 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth as of the Effective Date a list of all Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) and the percentage ownership (directly or indirectly) of the Borrower therein. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of all Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower are fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent applicable) and are owned by the Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02.

Section 3.14    Solvency. As of the Effective Date, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are, and after giving effect to the Transactions on the Effective Date and the incurrence of any Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith on the Effective Date will be, Solvent.

Section 3.15    USA Patriot Act, OFAC and FCPA.

(a)    The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, for the purpose of funding (i) any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) any other transaction that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor, lender or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

-67-


(b)    The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not use the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit directly, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the FCPA.

(c)    None of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries has, in the past three years, committed a violation of applicable regulations of the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), Title III of the USA Patriot Act or the FCPA (i) as of and on the Effective Date to the knowledge of the Borrower and (ii) at any time after the Effective Date, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d)    None of the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, any director, officer, employee or agent of any Loan Party or other Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, is an individual or entity currently on OFAC’s list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, nor is the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions.

ARTICLE 4

CONDITIONS

Section 4.01    Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

(a)    The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto a counterpart of this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Collateral Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party, signed on behalf of such Loan Party.

(b)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Effective Date.

(c)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders (as of the Effective Date) and dated the Effective Date) of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Borrower in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(d)    The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of the Borrower and the Guarantors approving the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to which each such Loan Party is a party and the execution and delivery of such Loan Documents to be delivered by such Loan Party on the Effective Date, and all documents evidencing other necessary organizational action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Loan Documents and (ii) all other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Guarantors and the Borrower and authorization of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

-68-


(e)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower and each Guarantor certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such entity authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party, to be delivered by such entity on the Effective Date.

(f)    The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed on behalf of the Borrower by a Responsible Officer or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 as of the Effective Date, and (ii) a solvency certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed on behalf of the Borrower by a Financial Officer, certifying that, as of the Effective Date, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are, and after giving effect to the Transactions on the Effective Date and the incurrence of any Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith on the Effective Date will be, Solvent.

(g)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Information Certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, together with all attachments contemplated thereby.

(h)    The Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall have received, or substantially concurrently with the initial Borrowing will receive, all fees required to be paid by the Borrower on the Effective Date and all expenses required to be reimbursed by the Borrower for which invoices have been presented at least three Business Days prior to the Effective Date, on or before the Effective Date.

(i)    (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any of the Lenders at least five Business Days prior to the Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act and (ii) to the extent it qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, each Lender that so requests (which request is made through the Administrative Agent) shall have received a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to each Loan Party; provided that the Administrative Agent has provided the Borrower a list of each such Lender and its electronic delivery requirements at least five Business Days prior to the Effective Date.

(j)    The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for each of the annual periods ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, and (ii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2019, June 30, 2019 and September 30, 2019.

(k)    Since December 31, 2018, no event, development or circumstance exists or has occurred that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(l)    The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Article 8, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

-69-


Section 4.02    Each Credit Event. Except as expressly set forth in Section 2.18(a), the obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Banks to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a)    The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing, or the date of issuance, amendment, extension or increase of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except that (i) for purposes of this Section, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.04(a) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) (subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements furnished pursuant to clause (b), to year-end audit adjustments, any other adjustments described therein and the absence of footnotes), respectively, of Section 5.01, (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (iii) to the extent that such representations and warranties are already qualified or modified by materiality or words of similar effect in the text thereof, they shall be true and correct in all respects.

(b)    At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing, or issuance, amendment, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c)    In the case of a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request.

(d)    In the case of any issuance, amendment, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Banks shall have received all documentation required under Section 2.19.

Except as expressly set forth in Section 2.18(a), each Borrowing or issuance, amendment, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit, as applicable, shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.02 have been satisfied as of the date thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a conversion of a Borrowing to a different Type or a continuation of a Borrowing shall not be deemed to constitute a Borrowing for purposes of this Section 4.02.

ARTICLE 5

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the date on which all Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees and expenses and other Obligations payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and the cancellation or expiration or Cash Collateralization (or other “backstop” arrangements) of all Letters of Credit on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount of all Letter of Credit Usage (such date, the “Termination Date”), the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 5.01    Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender):

(a)    commencing with the financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, on or before the date on which such financial statements are required or permitted to be filed with the SEC (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is, (x) in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, 120 days and (y) for each fiscal year thereafter, 90

 

-70-


days, in each case, after the end of the fiscal year of the Borrower (or, after an IPO, the Public Company)), its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification or explanatory paragraph related to (i) the maturity of the Commitments and the Loans at the Maturity Date, (ii) an upcoming maturity date of any other Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered, (iii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial covenant on a future date or in a future period and (iv) the performance, activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower (or, after an IPO, the Public Company) and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b)    commencing with the financial statements for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2020, on or before the date on which such financial statements are required or permitted to be filed with the SEC (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 60 days) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, after an IPO, the Public Company), its unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower (or, after an IPO, the Public Company) and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c)    concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a compliance certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (or, after an IPO, the Public Company) in substantially the form of Exhibit G attached hereto (i) certifying as to whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof and, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations of the covenant set forth in Section 6.07 as of the last day of the applicable fiscal quarter or fiscal year for which such financial statements are being delivered, and (iii) certifying as to the current list of Unrestricted Subsidiaries appropriately designated as such pursuant to Section 5.10(a).

(d)    promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be (other than exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8), in each case that is not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(e)    concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, the Borrower shall provide the related consolidating financial information reflecting adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements;

(f)    prior to the first filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the Qualified Equity Interests of the Public Company (or such earlier time at which the Borrower anticipates in good faith that it will be filing a registration statement on Form S-1 in the following four months), concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, an annual summary profit and loss forecast (in

 

-71-


substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit I) (it being understood that (i) the first such annual summary profit and loss forecast shall be due concurrently with the delivery of the audited financial statements with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 pursuant to clause (a) above and (ii) if an annual summary profit and loss forecast is not provided because the Borrower anticipates in good faith that it will be filing a registration statement on Form S-1 in the following four months but does not so file such Form S-1, the Borrower shall deliver the annual summary profit and loss forecast promptly (and in any event within 30 days of the end of such four-month period) thereafter); and

(g)    promptly following any request in writing (including any electronic message) therefor, (i) such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request; or (ii) information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering laws rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing (A) information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), Section 5.01(b) or Section 5.01(d) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) (x) on which the Borrower posts such information, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet on any investor relations page at http://www.unity.com (or any successor page) or (y) at http://www.sec.gov (or any successor page); or (ii) on which such information is posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have been granted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that in the case of each of clause (i)(x) and (ii) above, the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and (B) information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b) may be satisfied by furnishing the Form 10K or 10-Q (or the equivalent), as applicable, of the Borrower (or the Public Company) filed with the SEC (or the equivalent).

Section 5.02    Notices of Material Events. Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender) prompt written notice of the following:

(a)    the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b)    the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(c)    the occurrence of an ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section 5.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.03    Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that (i) the foregoing

 

-72-


shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation, dissolution or other transaction permitted under Section 6.03, and (ii) none of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve, renew or keep in full force and effect its rights, licenses, permits, privileges or franchises where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.04    Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay all Tax liabilities, including all Taxes imposed upon it, upon its income or profits, or upon any properties or operations that, if unpaid, would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and to the extent required by GAAP, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

Section 5.05    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property used in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty events excepted, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in such amounts and against such risks as (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) the Borrower believe (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) are reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business; and will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each such policy of insurance maintained by a Loan Party shall (i) name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable/mortgagee clause or endorsement that names Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties as the loss payee/mortgagee thereunder.

Section 5.06    Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects are made and are sufficient to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (pursuant to the request made through the Administrative Agent), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records to the extent reasonably necessary, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants (provided that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in any discussions with such independent accountants), all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested (but no more than once annually and only by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders if no Event of Default exists). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, none of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by applicable law or any third-party contract legally binding on Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (iii) is subject to attorney, client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

Section 5.07    Compliance with Laws and Agreements. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental

 

-73-


Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will maintain in effect and use reasonable measures to enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote compliance by the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with the FCPA and applicable Sanctions.

Section 5.08    Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans and any Letter of Credit will be used only for working capital and general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, for acquisitions, stock repurchases and other Investments or Restricted Payments not prohibited hereunder. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

Section 5.09    Additional Material Domestic Subsidiaries and Public Company. If, (A) as of the date of the most recently available financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as the case may be, any Person shall have become a Material Domestic Subsidiary (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary), and (B) after the IPO, any Person shall become the Public Company and such Person is not the Borrower, then the Borrower shall, within 45 days (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) after delivery of such financial statements, cause such Material Domestic Subsidiary or Public Company to enter into a joinder agreement to the Guaranty and a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and cause such Material Domestic Subsidiary or Public Company and the other Loan Parties to take all actions required to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to such Material Domestic Subsidiary or Public Company and with respect to the Equity Interests in or Indebtedness of such Material Domestic Subsidiary (or Public Company, if applicable) owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party. If reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall receive an opinion of counsel for the Borrower in customary form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in respect of matters reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to any joinder agreement or supplement delivered pursuant to this Section, dated as of the date of such joinder agreement or supplement.

Section 5.10    Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a)    The Borrower may designate any Subsidiary, including a newly acquired or created Subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the following qualifications:

(i)    such Subsidiary does not own any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(ii)    any Guarantee of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under Section 6.01;

(iii)    immediately before and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such designation;

(iv)    no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “restricted subsidiary” or a “guarantor” (or any similar designation) for any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

-74-


(v)    after giving effect to such designation on a pro forma basis, (1) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period is a positive number and (2) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.00 to 1.00.

Once so designated, the Subsidiary will remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to subsection (b).

(b)    A Subsidiary previously designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary which fails to meet the qualifications set forth in subsections 5.10(a)(i), 5.10(a)(ii) or 5.10(a)(iv) of this Section 5.10 will be deemed to become at that time a Restricted Subsidiary, subject to the consequences set forth in subsection (d). The Borrower may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the designation would not cause a Default or Event of Default.

(c)    Upon a Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(i)    all existing Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary held by it will be deemed incurred at that time, and all Liens on property of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary held by it will be deemed incurred at that time;

(ii)    all existing transactions between it and the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed entered into at that time;

(iii)    it is released at that time from the Loan Documents to which it is a party; and

(iv)    it will cease to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(d)    Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming, or being deemed to become, a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.10(b):

(i)    all of its Indebtedness will be deemed incurred at that time for purposes of Section 6.01;

(ii)    if it is a Material Domestic Subsidiary, it shall be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with Section 5.09; and

(iii)    it will thenceforward be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(e)    Any designation by the Borrower of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date will be notified to the Administrative Agent by promptly providing the Administrative Agent a copy a certificate of an officer of the Borrower certifying that the designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Section 5.11    Information Regarding Collateral. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within 30 days or such longer period as reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent) written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name (as set forth in its certificate of organization or like document) or (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party or in the form of its organization.

Section 5.12    Further Assurances. Subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in the Loan Documents, the Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, execute any and all further

 

-75-


documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, and other documents), in each case, required under any applicable law and that the Administrative Agent reasonably requests, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties.

Section 5.13    Post-Closing Actions. As promptly as practicable (and in any event within 30 days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent agrees in its reasonable discretion) after the Effective Date), the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a stock certificate representing 65% of the Voting Equity Interests of Artomatix Limited, accompanied by an undated stock power duly executed in blank and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE 6

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Termination Date shall have occurred, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 6.01    Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness other than:

(a)    (i) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on Schedule 6.01 to the Disclosure Letter and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the Effective Date, provided that any such Indebtedness owed by a Loan Party to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to an Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and (iii) Indebtedness of (A) any Loan Party to any other Loan Party, (B) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (C) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any Loan Party;

(b)    Indebtedness consisting of cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, netting services, credit or debit card, purchasing cards, electronic funds transfer, cash pooling arrangements and other cash management arrangements of Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(c)    Indebtedness in respect of (i) bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations, in each case, incurred by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (ii) appeal bonds in respect of judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j) and (iii) guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments supporting such bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds, appeal bonds and similar obligations;

(d)    Indebtedness representing the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(e)    Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such guaranteed Indebtedness is permitted under this Section 6.01; provided that if the Indebtedness that is being guaranteed is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the Guarantee shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations.

(f)    Indebtedness constituting Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (f) shall not exceed greater of (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) 25% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the Measurement Period at such time;

 

-76-


(g)    Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the Incremental Available Amount;

(h)    Obligations under the Loan Documents;

(i)    letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments denominated in currencies other than dollars;

(j)    Indebtedness in respect of Swap Agreements (other than Swap Agreement entered into for speculative purposes);

(k)    Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date, which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and is either (A) unsecured or (B) secured only by any property or asset of such Restricted Subsidiary by Liens permitted under Section 6.02 and, in each case, any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided further that (1) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period is a positive number and (2) the Total Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness, does not exceed the greater of (A) 3.00:1.00 or (B) the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the Measurement Period at such time;

(l)    Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(m)    Indebtedness consisting of unsecured promissory notes issued to current or former officers, directors and employees or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests in the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 6.04;

(n)    Indebtedness constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or other similar adjustments (including earnout or similar obligations) incurred in connection with any acquisition, investment or disposition;

(o)    Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred in connection with any acquisition or investment;

(p)    Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created, or related to obligations or liabilities incurred, in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;

(q)    Indebtedness supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement or any other letter of credit, bank guarantee or similar instrument permitted by this Section 6.01, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such letter of credit, bank guarantee or such other instrument;

 

-77-


(r)    other Indebtedness; provided that at the time of the incurrence thereof and after giving effect to the use of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (r) shall not exceed greater of (i) $50,000,000 and (ii) 50% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the Measurement Period at such time; and

(s)    additional letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments securing the performance of leases of real property; provided the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (s) shall not exceed $20,000,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Indebtedness owed by a Loan Party to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be permitted only to the extent subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an intercompany subordination agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J or on such other customary terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (an “Intercompany Subordination Agreement”).

Section 6.02    Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

(a)    Permitted Encumbrances;

(b)    any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02 to the Disclosure Letter and any modifications, renewals and extensions thereof and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than improvements thereon or proceeds or products thereof, and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and any refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement thereof that does not increase the outstanding principal amount (or accreted value) thereof except by an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, a premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such refinancing, extensions, renewals or replacements;

(c)    any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any proceeds and products thereof or any after acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after acquired property of such Person, and the proceeds and the products thereof), and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement thereof that does not increase the outstanding principal amount (or accreted value) thereof except by an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid interest, a premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such refinancing, extensions, renewals or replacements;

(d)    Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed, financed, repaired or improved by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness that is not prohibited by Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are initially incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction,

 

-78-


repair or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and customary related expenses, and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than additions, accessions, parts, attachments or improvements thereon or proceeds or products thereof; provided that (A) clauses (ii) and (iii) shall not apply to any Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(f) hereof or any Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness and (B) notwithstanding the foregoing, individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(e)    licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases, in each case, granted to others in the ordinary course of business(or for a valid business reason) or granted to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(f)    the interest and title of a lessor or licensor under any lease, license, sublease or sublicense entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and other statutory and common law landlords’ Liens under leases;

(g)    in connection with the sale or transfer of any assets in a transaction not prohibited hereunder, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

(h)    (i) Liens on Equity Interests in joint ventures in favor of a creditor of such joint venture and (ii) in the case of any joint venture, any put and call arrangements related to the Equity Interests in a joint venture set forth in its organizational documents or any related joint venture or similar agreement;

(i)    Liens securing Indebtedness (or insurance policies) to finance insurance premiums owing in the ordinary course of business;

(j)    Liens on earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents made in connection with any acquisition or disposition not prohibited hereunder;

(k)    bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents or other securities on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business (or arising by operation of law) in favor of the banks, securities intermediaries or other depository institutions with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such institutions with respect to cash management, operating account arrangements and similar arrangements;

(l)    Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual agreements not otherwise prohibited hereunder with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(m)    the provision of cash collateral securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(i) and 6.01(s);

(n)    Liens and deposits securing obligations under Swap Agreements entered to hedge or mitigate commercial risk and not for speculative purposes;

 

-79-


(o)    Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

(p)    Liens in favor of the Loan Parties or Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(q)    other Liens; provided that at the time of the granting of any such Lien the aggregate outstanding principal amount of obligations secured by Liens existing in reliance on this clause (q) (including giving effect to the use of proceeds thereof) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 25% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the Measurement Period at such time;

(r)    additional Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Agreement (including Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(g)), so long as (i) the Obligations become secured on an equal and ratable basis with (or senior basis to) such other Liens (and such Lien may equally and ratably secure the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and any other obligation of the Borrower or a Subsidiary) under a Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and (ii) (1) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period is a positive number and (2) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Liens as of the last day of the most recent Measurement Period at such time; provided that the Consolidated Net Debt shall be determined without taking into account any cash or Cash Equivalents constituting proceeds of any such Indebtedness to be provided on such date (or, in the case, of a Limited Conditionality Transaction, to be incurred in connection with such acquisition or transaction) that may otherwise reduce the amount of Consolidated Net Debt and subject to Section 1.06 in the case of any Limited Conditionality Transaction;

(s)    any interest or title of a lessor under leases (other than leases constituting Capital Lease Obligations) entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(t)    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(u)    ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

(v)    Liens on cash and cash and Cash Equivalents used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided such satisfaction or discharge is permitted hereunder;

(w)    Liens on cash or cash and Cash Equivalents securing Swap Agreements in the ordinary course of business in accordance with applicable law; and

(x)    Liens created under the Loan Documents (including Liens created under the Loan Documents securing obligations in respect of Secured Swap Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements).

Section 6.03    Fundamental Changes.

(a)    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (x) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, (y) sell,

 

-80-


transfer, license, lease, enter into any sale-leaseback transactions with respect to, or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or (z) liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i)    any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person may merge into or consolidate with the Borrower in a transaction in (A) which the Borrower is the surviving corporation or (B) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “Successor Borrower”), (1) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity incorporated or formed under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) the Successor Borrower assumes in writing all of the Borrower’s Secured Obligations pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and satisfies the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, (3) each Loan Party other than the Borrower, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have reaffirmed, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that its Guarantee of, and grant of any Liens as security for, the Secured Obligations shall apply to a Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and (4) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation complies with this Agreement; provided that (x) if such Person is not a Loan Party, no Event of Default exists after giving effect to such merger or consolidation and (y) if the foregoing requirements are satisfied, a Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, further, that the Borrower or the Successor Borrower provides to the Administrative Agent all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (or any Lender, through the Administrative Agent), with results reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(ii)    any Person (other than the Borrower) may merge into or consolidate with any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor shall not result in the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person that is not a Guarantor);

(iii)    any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, transfer, license, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such disposition under this clause (iii) that is made to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall in no event be permitted if it would comprise all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(iv)    any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; and

(v)    any Restricted Subsidiary may effect any merger or consolidation that constitutes an Investment, sale or other disposition that does not involve a transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

-81-


(b)    The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental thereto or that constitute reasonable extensions thereof which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, any vertical or horizontal integration.

Section 6.04    Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or make any Restricted Payments with respect to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except:

(a)    any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or to any direct or indirect Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary ratably based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests;

(b)    the Borrower may declare and make dividends payable solely in additional shares of Borrower’s Qualified Equity Interests and may exchange Equity Interests for its Qualified Equity Interests;

(c)    the Borrower may (i) repurchase or pay cash in lieu of fractional shares of its Equity Interests arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations, business combinations or conversions of convertible securities or exercises of warrants or options, (ii) “net exercise” or “net share settle” warrants or options (or similar incentive interests) or (iii) so long as no Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, make cash settlement payments upon the exercise of warrants or options (or similar incentive interests) to purchase its Equity Interests;

(d)    the Borrower may (i) redeem or otherwise cancel Equity Interests or rights in respect thereof granted to directors, officers, employees or other providers of services to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount required to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting, settlement or exercise of such Equity Interests or rights and to make payments in respect of such withholding taxes, (ii) repurchase Equity Interests or rights in respect thereof granted to directors, officers, employees or other providers of services to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to a right of repurchase set forth in equity compensation plans in connection with a cessation of service or otherwise in accordance with any stock option, stock appreciation, profits interest or other employment or services agreement or (iii) redeem in whole or in part of any of its Equity Interests for another class of its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests; provided that such new Equity Interests contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby;

(e)    following a Qualifying IPO, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make any Restricted Payment that has been declared by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, so long as (i) such Restricted Payment would be otherwise permitted under clause (h) of this Section 6.04 at the time so declared and (ii) such Restricted Payment is made within 60 days of such declaration;

(f)    following a Qualifying IPO, the Borrower may repurchase Equity Interests pursuant to any accelerated stock repurchase or similar agreement; provided that the payment made by the Borrower with respect to such repurchase would be otherwise permitted under clause (h) of this Section 6.04 at the time such agreement was entered into as if it was a Restricted Payment made by the Borrower at such time;

 

-82-


(g)    the Borrower may make Restricted Payments (i) pursuant to and in accordance with management equity plans, stock option plans or other benefit plans or agreements for directors, management, employees or other eligible service providers of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, after an IPO, the Public Company and its Subsidiaries), (ii) to fund payments made or expected to be made in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options and the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units and (iii) to fund payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective controlled Affiliates, Immediate Family Members or Permitted Transferees) and any repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise (or vesting) of stock options, warrants or similar incentive interests if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or required withholding or similar taxes;

(h)    so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may declare or make Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.04; provided that at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made in reliance on this clause (h) shall not exceed the greater of (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) 25% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the Measurement Period at such time;

(i)    so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.04 (i) using the proceeds of any issuance of Equity Interests (provided that such Restricted Payment and the issuance of Equity Interests are substantially concurrent) or (ii) that are announced in connection with a Qualifying IPO;

(j)    [reserved];

(k)    the receipt or acceptance by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the return of Equity Interests issued by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the seller of a Person, business or division as consideration for the purchase of such Person, business or division, which return is in settlement of indemnification claims owed by such seller in connection with such acquisition;

(l)    the declaration and payment of Restricted Payment on the Borrower’s common Equity Interests (or the payment of Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following consummation of a Qualifying IPO, in an annual amount for each fiscal year of the Borrower equal to the sum of (a) an amount equal to 6.0% of the net cash proceeds of such Qualifying IPO (and any subsequent public offerings) received by or contributed to the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, other than public offerings with respect to common Equity Interests registered on Form S-8 and (b) an amount equal to 7.0% of the market capitalization of the Public Company at the time of such Qualifying IPO;

(m)    Restricted Payments constituting the Equity Interest of one or more shell companies made in connection with or relating to any reorganization transactions consummated in connection with an IPO or other tax planning activities;

(n)    additional Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the Available Equity Amount;

 

-83-


(o)    the Borrower may make Restricted Payments in cash:

(i)    the proceeds of which shall be used by the Borrower to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow the Public Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay) (1) its, the Public Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting, tax reporting and similar expenses payable to third parties) that are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, (2) any reasonable and customary and indemnification claims made by directors or officers of the Borrower, the Public Company or any direct or indirect parent company attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (3) fees and expenses (x) due and payable by any of the Borrower, the Public Company, any direct or indirect parent company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) otherwise permitted to be paid by the Borrower, the Public Company, any direct or indirect parent company and the Restricted Subsidiaries under this Agreement and (4) payments that would otherwise be permitted to be paid directly by the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries under this Agreement;

(ii)    the proceeds of which shall be used by the Borrower to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, including the Public Company, to pay) franchise and similar Taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain its organizational existence;

(iii)    to finance any acquisition or other investment permitted; provided that (1) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (2) the Borrower shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests to be contributed to the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the Person formed or acquired to merge into or consolidate with the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is permitted in Section 6.03 in order to consummate such acquisition or investment, in each case in accordance with the requirements of Section 5.09;

(iv)    the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of the Borrower, the Public Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(v)    the proceeds of which shall be used by the Borrower to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent company thereof, including the Public Company, to pay) fees and expenses related to any equity offering, debt offering or other non-ordinary course transaction not prohibited by this Agreement (whether or not such offering or other transaction is successful);

(p)    other Restricted Payments so long as (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period is a positive number and (ii) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 1.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment as of the last day of the most recent Measurement Period at such time;

(q)    [reserved];

 

-84-


(r)    Restricted Payments to satisfy appraisal or other dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger, transfer of assets or acquisition that complies with Section 6.03; and

(s)    the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments in cash, the proceeds of which shall be used by the Borrower to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay), for any taxable period for which the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined or unitary tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign income Tax purposes of which a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), the portion of any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign Taxes (as applicable) of such Tax Group for such taxable period that are attributable to the income of the Borrower and/or its applicable Subsidiaries; provided that Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (s) shall not exceed the Tax liability that the Borrower and/or its applicable Subsidiaries (as applicable) would have incurred were such Taxes determined as if such entity(ies) were a stand-alone taxpayer or a stand-alone group for all relevant taxable periods; provided, further, that Restricted Payments under this clause (s) in respect of any Taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments for such purpose to the Borrower or any Guarantor.

Section 6.05    Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (other than between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not involving any other Affiliate except as otherwise permitted hereunder), except (a) on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) payment of customary directors’ fees, reasonable out-of-pocket expense reimbursement, indemnities (including the provision of directors and officers insurance) and compensation arrangements for members of the board of directors, officers or other employees of the Borrower (or after an IPO, the Public Company) or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of Borrower’s board of directors, (d) any transaction involving amounts less than $5,000,000 individually, (e) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.04, (f) employment and severance arrangements (including salary or guaranteed payments and bonuses) between the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (g) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (h) transactions pursuant to any agreement or arrangement in effect as of the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.05, or any amendment, modification, supplement or replacement thereto (so long as any such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Effective Date as determined by the Borrower in good faith), (i) customary payments by the Borrower and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions, divestitures or financings) and any subsequent transaction or exit fee, which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors, (j) any issuance of Equity Interests not resulting in a Change in Control, (k) payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, including the Public Company, pursuant to customary tax sharing arrangements; provided that such payments are permitted under Section 6.04(s) and (l), loans, advances and other transactions between or among the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any joint venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary (regardless of the form of legal entity) in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has invested (and which Subsidiary or joint venture would

 

-85-


not be an Affiliate of the Borrower but for the Borrower’s or a Subsidiary’s ownership of Equity Interests in such joint venture or Subsidiary) to the extent permitted hereunder; provided that in the case of a transaction with an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (i) such transaction was entered into prior to the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent that the transaction was permitted at the time that it was entered into with such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such transaction was entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the redesignation of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that such transaction with an Unrestricted Subsidiary was not entered into in contemplation of such designation or redesignation, as applicable.

Section 6.06    Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries shall not use the proceeds of any Loan or issuance of any Letter of Credit (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the FCPA or (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country or any transaction that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

Section 6.07    Financial Covenant. The Borrower will not permit Liquidity to be less than $75,000,000 as of the last day of any Measurement Period, commencing with the Measurement Period ending June 30, 2020.

ARTICLE 7

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 7.01    Events of Default.

If any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

(a)    the Borrower shall fail to pay (i) any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise; or (ii) when due any amount payable to the applicable Issuing Bank in reimbursement of any drawing under any Letter of Credit;

(b)    the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in Section 7.01(a)) payable under any of the Loan Documents, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue un-remedied for a period of five Business Days;

(c)    any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made and such incorrect representation or warranty (if curable, including by a restatement of any relevant financial statements) shall remain incorrect for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(d)    the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02(a), Section 5.03 (solely with respect to the Borrower’s existence), Section 5.08 or in Article 6; provided that (i) any Event of Default under Section 6.07 is subject to cure as provided in

 

-86-


Section 7.03 and an Event of Default with respect to such Section shall not occur until the expiration of the 10th Business Day subsequent to the date on which the financial statements with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day of such fiscal quarter) are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b), as applicable;

(e)    any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 7.01), and such failure shall continue un-remedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(f)    the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure shall have continued after the applicable grace period, if any;

(g)    any breach or default by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or substantially similar event) in respect of any Material Indebtedness or any change of control event occurs, in each case, that results in such Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both but with all applicable grace periods in respect of such event or condition under the documentation representing such Material Indebtedness having expired) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to (i) any requirement to, or any offer to, repurchase, prepay or redeem Indebtedness of a Person acquired in an acquisition permitted hereunder, to the extent such offer is required as a result of, or in connection with, such acquisition, (ii) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, or (iii) an early payment requirement, unwinding or termination with respect to any Swap Agreement except an early payment, unwinding or termination that results from a default or non-compliance thereunder by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or another event of the type that would constitute an Event of Default;

(h)    an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Debtor Relief Law or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i)    except as may otherwise be permitted under Section 6.03, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j)    one or more enforceable judgments for the payment of money in excess of $30,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination

 

-87-


thereof (to the extent not paid or covered by a reputable and solvent independent third-party insurance company which has not disputed coverage) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Loan Party that are material to the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to enforce any such judgment and such action shall not be stayed;

(k)    (i) an ERISA Event occurs that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party in an aggregate amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party in an aggregate amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l)    a Change in Control shall occur;

(m)    any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the occurrence of the Termination Date, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or

(n)    any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document (i) shall cease to be, or (ii) shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and (to the extent required by the Loan Documents) perfected Lien on any material portion of the Collateral, except as a result of the sale or other Disposition of the applicable Collateral to a Person that is not a Loan Party in a transaction not prohibited under the Loan Documents;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section 7.01), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments and the obligations of the Issuing Banks to issue any Letter of Credit, and thereupon the Commitments and the obligations of the Issuing Banks to issue any Letter of Credit shall terminate immediately, and (ii) (A) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower and (B) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit in the amount of the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount of the then Letter of Credit Usage as provided in Section 2.19(i); and, in the case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section 7.01, the Commitments and the obligations of the Issuing Banks to issue any Letter of Credit shall automatically terminate, and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby acknowledge and agree that a restatement of historical financial statements shall not result in a Default hereunder (whether pursuant to Section 7.01(c) as it relates to a representation made with respect

 

-88-


to such financial statements (including any interim unaudited financial statements) or pursuant to Section 7.01(d) as it relates to delivery requirements for financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01 to the extent that such restatement does not reveal any material adverse difference in the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the previously reported information from actual results reflected in such restatement for any relevant prior period.

Section 7.02    Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 7.01 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the Letter of Credit Usage shall have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in Section 7.01), any amounts received on account of the Secured Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts payable to the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank in their respective capacity as such; ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them;

Second, on a pro rata basis to (i) payment of all other Secured Obligations, ratably among the Secured Parties, in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them; and (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, to Cash Collateralize that portion of Letter of Credit Usage comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit at the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by law.

Subject to Section 2.19(i), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Second above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Secured Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above, and thereafter applied as provided in clause “Last above.

Section 7.03    Right to Cure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01 or 7.02, in the event that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries fail to comply with the requirements of the Financial Covenant as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, at any time after the beginning of such fiscal quarter until the expiration of the 10th Business Day following the date on which the financial statements with respect to such fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day of such fiscal quarter) are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), the Borrower or any Person that is a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower thereof shall have the right, but not any obligation, to issue common Equity Interests or other Equity Interests (provided such other Equity Interests are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of the Borrower as cash common Equity Interests or other Equity Interests (provided such other Equity Interests are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) (collectively, the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by the Borrower of the net cash proceeds of such issuance that are not otherwise applied (the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise by the Borrower of such Cure Right such Financial Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustment:

(a)    Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be increased with respect to such applicable fiscal quarter, solely for the purpose of measuring the Financial Covenant and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount;

 

-89-


(b)    if, after giving effect to the foregoing pro forma adjustment, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenant, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement; and

(c)    notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four consecutive fiscal quarter period of the Borrower there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) during the term of this Agreement, the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than five times, (iii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Covenant and any amounts in excess thereof shall not be deemed to be a Cure Amount and (iv) the Lenders shall not be required to make a Loan or issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit unless and until the Borrower has received the Cure Amount required to cause the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to be in compliance with the Financial Covenant. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Cure Amount received pursuant to any exercise of the Cure Right shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the Available Equity Amount.

ARTICLE 8

THE AGENTS

Section 8.01    Appointment of the Administrative Agent. Each Lender (in its capacities as a Lender and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential counterparties to Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Swap Agreements) and each Issuing Bank (in its capacities as an Issuing Bank and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential counterparties to Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Swap Agreements) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Barclays Bank PLC as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby authorizes Barclays Bank PLC to act as the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents. Each Agent hereby agrees to act in its capacity as such upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Loan Documents, as applicable. The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and Issuing Bank for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article 8 and Article 9 (including Section 9.03, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. The provisions of this Article 8 are solely for the benefit of the Agents and Lenders and no Loan Party shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof (except as expressly set forth in Section 8.07). In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed, and the use of the term “agent” (or any similar term) herein or in any other Loan Documents is not intended to connote, any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the Effective Date, no Arranger in such capacity shall have any obligations but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Article 8. Each Arranger may resign from such role at any time, with immediate effect, by giving prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

 

-90-


Section 8.02    Powers and Duties. Each Lender (in its capacities as a Lender and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential counterparties to Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Swap Agreements) and each Issuing Bank (in its capacities as an Issuing Bank and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential counterparties to Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Swap Agreements) irrevocably authorizes each Agent to take such action on such Lender’s and Issuing Bank’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Agent shall have only those powers, duties and responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Bank hereunder. Each Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its Related Parties. No Agent shall have, by reason hereof or any of the other Loan Documents, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender or any other Person; and nothing herein or any of the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon any Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

Section 8.03    General Immunity.

(a)    No Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be (i) responsible to any Lender or Issuing Bank for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Loan Document or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by any Agent to Lenders or Issuing Banks or by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender or Issuing Bank in connection with the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of any Loan Party or any other Person liable for the payment of any Secured Obligations, (ii) responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents or the value, existence, collectability or the sufficiency of any Collateral or any representation, warranty or certificate relating thereto, (iii) required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Loan Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or (iv) required to make any disclosures with respect to the foregoing. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Agent has received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” No Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as an Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans or the component amounts thereof.

(b)    No Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable to Lenders for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents except to the extent caused by such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Loan Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until such Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Required Lenders (or

 

-91-


such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.02) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Required Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), such Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions, including for the avoidance of doubt refraining from any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may be in violation of any Loan Document or applicable law, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may affect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Borrower and its Subsidiaries), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.02).

Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent; provided that any such appointment of a sub-agent, other than to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (other than any Disqualified Institution), shall require the express written consent of the Borrower and provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, each sub-agent shall become bound by, and subject to Section 9.12. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through its respective Related Parties. The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of this Section 8.03 and of Section 8.06 shall apply to any the Related Parties of each Agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as an Agent. All of the rights, benefits, and privileges (including the exculpatory and indemnification provisions) of this Section 8.03 and of Section 8.06 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities as sub-agent as if such sub-agent and its Affiliates were named herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by an Agent, (i) such sub-agent shall be a third-party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third-party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of Loan Parties and the Lenders, (ii) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) shall not be modified or amended without the consent of such sub-agent, and (iii) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to the Agent that appointed it and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise, against such subagent. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that such Agent acted with gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agent.

(c)    No Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Institutions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent shall (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Commitments or Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Institution.

 

-92-


(d)    No Cash Management Bank or Swap Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 7.02, any Guarantee or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guarantee or any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Swap Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Swap Bank, as the case may be.

Section 8.04    Administrative Agent Entitled to Act as Lender. The agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder. With respect to its participation in the Loans, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its individual capacity. Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with Borrower or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from Borrower for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.

Section 8.05    Lenders Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment.

(a)    Each Lender and each Issuing Bank expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective Related Parties have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any of its Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender or any Issuing Bank. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with Loans and/or Letters of Credit issued hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Affiliates. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

(b)    Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, an Assignment and Assumption or a Joinder Agreement and funding its Loans, if applicable, on the Effective Date, or by the funding of any New Loans, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Lenders, as applicable on the Effective Date, the effective date of such Assignment and Assumption or as of the date of funding of such New Loans.

 

-93-


Section 8.06    Right to Indemnity. Each Lender, in proportion to its Applicable Percentage, severally agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Issuing Bank, to the extent that such Agent or such Issuing Bank shall not have been reimbursed by any Loan Party, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent or such Issuing Bank in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or otherwise in its capacity as such Agent or such Issuing Bank in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any Letter of Credit or the other Loan Documents; provided no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s or such Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction (it being understood and agreed that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.02) shall constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct). If any indemnity furnished to any Agent or any Issuing Bank for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent or such Issuing Bank, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent or such Issuing Bank may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent or any Issuing Bank against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof; and provided, further, this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent or any Issuing Bank against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

Section 8.07    Successor Administrative Agent.

(a)    The Administrative Agent shall have the right to resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to Lenders and Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution to act as the Administrative Agent hereunder, subject to the written consent of Borrower and the reasonable satisfaction of the Required Lenders, and Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earliest of (i) 30 days after delivery of the notice of resignation (regardless of whether a successor has been appointed or not), (ii) the acceptance of such successor Administrative Agent by Borrower and the Required Lenders and the acceptance of being Administrative Agent by such successor, or (iii) such other date, if any, agreed to by the Required Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such notice of resignation, if a successor Administrative Agent has not already been appointed by the retiring Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the written consent of the Borrower, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent.

(b)    If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, with the prior written consent of the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c)    If neither the Required Lenders nor Administrative Agent have appointed a successor Administrative Agent or such successor has not accepted such appointment within 30 days after delivery of notice of resignation by the retiring Administrative Agent or the Removal Effective Date, the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have succeeded to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders

 

-94-


appoint a successor Administrative Agent and such successor accepts such appointment. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all sums held under the Loan Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, and (ii) take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Administrative Agent of the Loan Documents, whereupon such retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Article 8). After any retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article 8 and Section 9.03 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent hereunder.

Section 8.08    Guaranty and Collateral Matters.

(a)    Each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby further authorizes Administrative Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, to be the agent for and representative of the Lenders with respect to the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents. Subject to Section 9.02, without further written consent or authorization from any Lender or any Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary (i) to release any Guarantor from the Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.17 or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 9.02) have otherwise consented and (ii) to release any Lien on any assets granted pursuant to the Security Documents pursuant to Section 9.17 or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 9.02) have otherwise consented.

(b)    Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender hereby agree that none of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks shall have any right individually to enforce the Guaranty or realize on the Collateral under the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under any of the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations have been paid in full, all Commitments have terminated or expired, and each Letter of Credit has expired, been cancelled, or been Cash Collateralized (or other “backstop” arrangements) on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount of all Letter of Credit Usage, upon reasonable request of Borrower, Administrative Agent shall take such actions as shall be reasonably required to release all guarantee obligations provided for in any Loan Document or Liens on any Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents. Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

-95-


Section 8.09    Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by any applicable law, Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender or any Issuing Bank an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender or any Issuing Bank for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender or such Issuing Bank failed to notify Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), or if Administrative Agent reasonably determines that a payment was made to a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement without deduction of applicable withholding Tax from such payment, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall indemnify Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to Tax or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender or Issuing Bank by Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender and Issuing Bank hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or Issuing Bank under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 8.09. The agreements in this Section 8.09 shall survive the resignation or replacement of Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Issuing Bank, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

Section 8.10    Administrative Agent May File Bankruptcy Disclosure and Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws relative to any Loan Party, Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a)    to file a verified statement pursuant to rule 2019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure that, in its sole opinion, complies with such rule’s disclosure requirements for entities representing more than one creditor;

(b)    to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Secured Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Agents (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks under Sections 2.09 and 9.03 allowed in such judicial proceeding); and

(c)    to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and, in each case, any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each other Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank to make such payments to Administrative Agent and, in the event that Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the other Agents, the Lenders and/or the Issuing Banks, to pay to Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 9.03. To the extent that the payment of any such

 

-96-


compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Administrative Agent, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 9.03 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the other Agents, the Lenders and/or the Issuing Banks may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any other Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Secured Obligations or the rights of any Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank or to authorize Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.

Section 8.11    Certain ERISA Matters.

(a)    Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i)    such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement,

(ii)    the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii)    (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of subsections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv)    such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

 

-97-


(b)    In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that none of the Administrative Agent or the Arrangers or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01    Notices.

(a)    Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy (or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email)), as follows:

(i)    if to the Borrower, to it at:

Unity Software Inc.

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, California 94103

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Email: kim.jabal@unity3d.com

with copy to:

Unity Software Inc.

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, California 94103

Attention: Legal Department

Email: legal_compliance@unity3d.com

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

300 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: K. Kristine Dunn

Phone: (213) 687-5493

Fax: (213) 621-5493

Email: kristine.dunn@skadden.com

 

-98-


(ii)    if to the Administrative Agent with respect to operational matters including requests for borrowing notices, conversion notices, Prepayment Notices, and similar inquiries, to it at:

Barclays Bank PLC

400 Jefferson Park

Whippany, New Jersey 07981

Attention: Prabhakaran Chandrasekar

Phone: + 91 (0) 44 66943215

Fax: (201) 499-4547

Email: 12145455230@tls.ldsprod.com;

prabhakaran.chandrasekar@barclays.com

(iii)    if to Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as Administrative Agent and collateral agent with respect to overall agency matters including requests for compliance certificates, financial and general queries, to it at:

Barclays Bank PLC

745 7th Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: May Huang

Phone: (212) 526-0787

Fax: (212) 526 5115

Email: may.huang@barclays.com; ltmny@barclays.com

(iv)    if to Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as a Lender or an Issuing Bank, to it at:

Barclays Bank PLC

745 7th Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Letter of Credit Department and BDM LC Support Team

Phone: (212) 320-7534

Fax: (212) 412-5011

Email: XraLetterofCredit@barclays.com; xraBDMLCSUPPORT@barclays.com

(v)    if to any other Lender or any other Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications, to the extent provided in clause (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such clause (b).

(b)    Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other

 

-99-


communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

(c)    Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto (provided that any (i) Lender may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communication hereunder by notice solely to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and (ii) any Loan Party may change its address for notices and other communication hereunder by notice solely to the Administrative Agent).

(d)    The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, Syndtrak or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”). THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) be responsible or liable for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) to the Borrower, any other Loan Party, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person arising from the unauthorized use by others of information or other materials obtained through internet, electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission, including, without limitation, the transmission of Communications through the Platform, except to the extent that such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Agent Party (as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction). “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section 9.01(d), including through the Platform.

(e)    In the event the Borrower shall have any Equity Interests or other securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or otherwise files or is required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Borrower and each Lender acknowledges that certain of the Lenders may be Public Lenders and, if any document, notice or other information required to be delivered hereunder is being distributed through the Platform, any information that the Borrower has indicated contains Non-Public Information will not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such Public Lenders. If the Borrower has not indicated whether a document, notice or other information provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary contains Non-Public Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such information solely on the portion of the Platform designated for Lenders that wish to receive material Non-Public Information with respect to the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and its and their securities.

 

-100-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.01(e) shall create any obligation on the Borrower to indicate whether any information contains Non-Public Information, it being further agreed that if any such indication is provided by the Borrower in its discretion, such indication shall create no obligation on the Borrower to provide any such indication in the future.

(f)    Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United State federal and state securities laws, to make reference to information that is not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain Non-Public Information with respect to the Borrower, the Subsidiaries or its or their securities.

Section 9.02    Waivers; Amendments.

(a)    No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time. Notwithstanding the foregoing Borrower and Administrative Agent may, without the consent of the other Lenders, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement and any other Loan Document to cure any ambiguity, omission, typographical error, defect or inconsistency if such amendment, modification or supplement if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

(b)    Except as expressly provided herein, none of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender or any Issuing Bank (including, without limitation, amending the definition of “Applicable Percentage”) without the written consent of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender), (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or Letter of Credit (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a reduction in principal) or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby and, in the case of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing bank, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or Letter of Credit (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a postponement of any scheduled date of payment), or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby and, if applicable, the applicable Issuing Bank; provided, however, that notwithstanding clause (ii) or (iii) of this Section 9.02(b), only the consent of the Required Lenders

 

-101-


shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate set forth in Section 2.10(c), (iv) change Section 7.02 or Section 2.15(b), Section 2.15(c) or any other Section hereof providing for the ratable treatment of the Lenders, in each case in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender), except to the extent the release of any Guarantor is permitted pursuant to Article 8 or Section 9.17 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone), (vi) release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents, without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents), (vii) change any of the provisions of this Section or the percentage referred to in the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender or (viii) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 (other than as it relates to the payment of fees and expenses of counsel), or, in the case of any Loans made on the Effective Date, Section 4.02, without the written consent of each Lender and each Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Banks hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be (it being understood that any change to Sections 2.17 and 2.19 shall require the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks).

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended as contemplated by (i) Section 2.18 to effect New Commitments pursuant to a Joinder Agreement with only the consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and the New Lenders providing New Commitments, and (ii) Section 2.20 to effect an extension pursuant to an Extension Agreement with only the consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and the Extending Lenders and the New Extending Lenders.

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities or replacement tranches of Loans or Commitments to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities or tranches, and (b) any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, error, defect or in-consistency.

(e)    In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “Proposed Change”) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in paragraph (b) of this Section being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Non-Consenting Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (a) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable, and each Issuing Bank, which consents in each case shall not unreasonably be withheld, (b) such Non-Consenting

 

-102-


Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans (if any) and participations in Letter of Credit Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts, payable to it hereunder from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (c) unless waived, the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b). Each party hereto agrees that an assignment required pursuant to this paragraph may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender required to make such assignment need not be a party thereto.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender will not be entitled to vote in respect of amendments and waivers hereunder and the Commitment and the outstanding Loans or other extensions of credit of such Lender hereunder will not be taken into account in determining whether the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders or each directly affected Lender, as required, have approved any such amendment or waiver; provided, however, that any such amendment or waiver that would increase or extend the term of the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, extend the date fixed for the payment of principal or interest or fees owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, reduce the principal amount of any obligation owing to such Defaulting Lender, reduce the amount of or the rate or amount of interest on any amount owing to such Defaulting Lender (other than in connection with the waiver of any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate set forth in Section 2.10(c)) or of any fee payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or alter the terms of this paragraph, will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(g)    Without the consent of any Lender or Issuing Bank, the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent may (in their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into any amendment, modification or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law or this Agreement or in each case to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of any Lender under any Loan Document. Without the consent of any Lender or Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may enter into a Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreement, in each case, contemplated by this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.03    Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a)    The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Lenders, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates (including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Lenders and the Arrangers, taken as a whole) in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of, and enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and (ii) all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Arrangers or any Lender (including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Lenders and the Arrangers, taken as a whole (and if reasonably necessary, of a single regulatory counsel and a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual

 

-103-


or potential conflict of interest where the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, any Lender or any Arranger affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of one other firm of counsel for such affected person (and if reasonably necessary, of a single regulatory counsel and a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction)), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section 9.03, or in connection with the Loans or Letters of Credit made hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

(b)    The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Arrangers and each Lender, and each Related Party, successor, partner, representative or assign of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one firm of counsel for all such Indemnitees (and if reasonably necessary, of a single regulatory counsel and a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of one other firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee (and if reasonably necessary, of a single regulatory counsel and a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction))), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any subagent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration, performance and enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letters of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective action, suit, inquiry, claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available, (x) to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) result from a material breach by such Indemnitee of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment), or (z) arise from any dispute between and among Indemnitees, to the extent such dispute does not involve an act or omission by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment) other than any proceeding against the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Arranger, in each case, acting in such capacity. This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim. The Borrower will not be required to indemnify any Indemnitee for any amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee in the settlement of any such indemnified losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or reasonable and documented expenses which is entered into by such Indemnitee without Borrower’s written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) unless there is a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction for the plaintiff. In the case of any proceeding to which the indemnity in this paragraph applies, such indemnity and reimbursement obligations shall be effective, whether or not such proceeding is brought by the Borrower, any of its equityholders or creditors, an Indemnitee or any other Person, or an Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto.

 

-104-


Without limiting in any way the indemnification obligations of the Borrower pursuant to Section 9.03(b) or of the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.06, to the extent permitted by applicable law, each party hereto shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions or any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing in this sentence shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(c)    All amounts due under this Section 9.03 shall be payable within 10 days after receipt by the Borrower of a certificate of the relevant Indemnitee setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Person is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower.

Section 9.04    Successors and Assigns.

(a)    The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 9.04. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in subsection (c) of this Section 9.04), Indemnitees (to the extent provided in Section 9.03) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)    (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and the Revolving Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

(A)    the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B)    the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender; and

 

-105-


(C)    the Issuing Banks (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(D)    In connection with obtaining the Borrower’s consent to assignments in accordance with this Section, the Borrower shall be permitted to designate in writing to the Administrative Agent up to two additional individuals (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include officers or employees of Permitted Holders) who shall be copied on any such consent requests (or receive separate notice of such proposed assignments) from the Administrative Agent.

(ii)    Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A)    except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loans and subject to Section 2.16(c), the amount of the Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $15,000,000 (or a greater amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000), unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B)    each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(C)    the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee (unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) of $3,500;

(D)    the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws;

(E)    no such assignment shall be made to (i) any Loan Party nor any Affiliate of a Loan Party, (ii) any Defaulting Lender or any of its subsidiaries, or any Person, who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (ii), or (iii) any natural person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated by or for the primary benefit of a natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated by or for, the primary benefit of a natural person);

(F)    in connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or sub-participations, or other compensating

 

-106-


actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Revolving Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Revolving Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs; and

(G)    (a) No assignment or participation shall be made to any Person that was a Disqualified Institution (other than, in the case of participations (but not assignments), a Person who was a Disqualified Institution solely as a result of clause (c) of the definition thereof) as of the date (the “Trade Date”) on which the assigning or participating Lender entered into a binding agreement to sell and assign or participate, as applicable, all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to such Person (unless the Borrower has consented to such assignment or participation in writing in its sole and absolute discretion, in which case such Person will not be considered a Disqualified Institution for the purpose of such assignment or participation). For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any assignee or Participant that becomes a Disqualified Institution after the applicable Trade Date (including as a result of the delivery of a supplement to the list of competitors or potential competitors or investors in such competitors or potential competitors pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Disqualified Institution”), (x) such assignee or Participant shall not retroactively be disqualified from becoming a Lender or Participant (but such Person shall not be able to increase its Commitments or participations hereunder) and (y) such assignment or participation and, in the case of an assignment, the execution by the Borrower of an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignee will not by itself result in such assignee no longer being considered a Disqualified Institution. Any assignment or participation in violation of this clause (G)(a) shall not be void, but the other provisions of this clause (G)(a) shall apply.

(b)    The Administrative Agent (A) shall have the right (but not the obligation), and the Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent, to post the list of Disqualified Institutions and any updates thereto from time to time on the Platform, including that portion of the Platform that is designated for “public side” Lenders and (B) shall provide the list of Disqualified Institutions and any updates thereto to each Lender or Participant requesting the same.

(iii)    Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 9.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.12, Section 2.13, Section 2.14 and Section 9.03); provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender

 

-107-


will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (c) of this Section 9.04.

(iv)    The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amounts (and interest amounts) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender (with respect to such Lender’s interest only), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of whatsoever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent in performing its duties under this Section 9.04(b)(iv), except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. The Loans (including principal and interest) are registered obligations and the right, title, and interest of any Lender or its assigns in and to such Loans shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register. The parties agree that the Register is intended to establish that the Loans, Commitments and Letters of Credit are in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

(v)    Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(b), Section 2.15(d) or Section 8.06, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c)    (i) Subject to Section 9.04(b)(ii)(G), any Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Banks, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (but not to the Borrower or an Affiliate thereof or any natural person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated by or for the primary benefit of a natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated by or for, the primary benefit of a natural person)) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and the Revolving Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this

 

-108-


Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section 9.04, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.14(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.14(f) shall be delivered solely to the participating Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.16 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 2.15(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii)    A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.12 or 2.14 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.16(b) with respect to any Participant.

(iii)    Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a nonfiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and interest amounts) of each Participant’s interest in the Revolving Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d)    Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including, without limitation, any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender, and this Section 9.04 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

Section 9.05    Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of any Loans and the issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding

 

-109-


that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default, Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Section 2.12, Section 2.13, Section 2.14, Section 2.19(g) and Section 9.03 and Article 8 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit, the expiration or termination of the Commitments, the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender or any Issuing Bank, the resignation of an Issuing Bank or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 9.06    Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy (or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email)) means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 9.07    Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.07, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

Section 9.08    Right of Setoff. If a Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Issuing Bank, each Lender and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other obligations at any time owing by such Issuing Bank, such Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower due and owing under this Agreement held by such Issuing Bank or such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Issuing Bank or such Lender, as applicable, shall have made any demand under this Agreement; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Issuing Bank and each Lender under this Section 9.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Issuing Bank or such Lender may have. Each Issuing Bank and each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

-110-


Section 9.09    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a)    THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b)    Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County, Borough of Manhattan and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c)    Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in subsection (b) of this Section 9.09. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d)    Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 9.10    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.10. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES IT JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

 

-111-


Section 9.11    Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.12    Confidentiality.

(a)    Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below) and to not use the Information for any purpose except in connection with the Loan Documents and related matters, and to not disclose the Information; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders (collectively, the “Credit Parties”) and their respective Affiliates from disclosing any Information (i) pursuant to the order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable law or compulsory legal process or to the extent requested or required by governmental and/or regulatory authorities, in each case based on the reasonable advice of their legal counsel (in which case such Credit Party agrees (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority (or any request by such a governmental bank regulatory authority)) to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation, to inform you promptly thereof prior to disclosure), (ii) upon the request or demand of any regulatory authority having or purporting to have jurisdiction over a Credit Party or any of its Affiliates (in which case such Credit Party agrees (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority (or any request by such a governmental bank regulatory authority)), to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, to inform you promptly thereof prior to disclosure), (iii) to the extent that such Information become publicly available other than by reason of improper disclosure by such Credit Party or any of its Affiliates in violation of any confidentiality obligations owing to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates (including those set forth in this Section), (iv) to the extent that such information is received by a Credit Party from a third party that is not, to such Credit Party’s knowledge, subject to contractual or fiduciary confidentiality obligations owing to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, (v) to the extent that such information is independently developed by any Credit Party without use of the Information, (vi) to each Credit Party’s Affiliates and to its and their respective employees, legal counsel, independent auditors, service providers and other experts or agents (“Representatives”) who need to know such Information in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and who are informed of the confidential nature of such Information and are or have been advised of their obligation to keep such Information confidential (it being understood that each Credit Party shall be responsible for any breach thereof by its Representatives), (vii) to Participants or potential or prospective Participants or assignees (in each case which are or would be permitted Participants or assignees under Section 9.04 and other than Disqualified Institutions) and to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, who enter into a written agreement with or for the express benefit of the Borrower that they shall be bound by the terms of this Section (or a written agreement containing provisions substantially similar and not less protective of the Information than this Section); provided that the consent of the Borrower shall not be required (A) with respect to the provision of Standard Credit Information to a Participant or assignee if the Borrower shall have consented to the initial provision of Standard Credit Information to such Participant or assignee, (B) with respect to any administrative notices from any Agent to any Lender and (C) during any time that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (viii) to the extent the Borrower shall have consented to such disclosure in writing, (ix) to the extent reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the exercise of any remedy or enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents and (x) for purposes of establishing a “due diligence” defense. In addition, the existence of this Agreement and publically available information about this Agreement may be disclosed to market data collectors for customary purposes in the lending industry in connection with the credit facilities provided for herein. For the purposes of this Section 9.12, “Information” means all

 

-112-


memoranda or other information received from or on behalf of the Borrower, in connection with the Loan Documents and the facilities under the Loan Documents, relating to the Borrower or its business. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.12 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

(b)    EACH ISSUING BANK AND EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(c)    ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH ISSUING BANK AND EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 9.13    Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.13 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 9.14    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each Transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Subsidiaries’ understanding, that: (a) (i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, on the other hand, (ii) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the Transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and

 

-113-


will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, each Arranger and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Arranger or any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. The Borrower, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Arranger or any Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or their respective equityholders or Affiliates, on the other.

Section 9.15    Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 9.16    USA Patriot Act. Each Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower and each Guarantor that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and each Guarantor, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and each Guarantor and other information that will allow such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower and each Guarantor in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. The Borrower and each Guarantor shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, (i) provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or such Lender, as applicable, requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Section 9.17    Release of Liens and Guarantees.

A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests and Liens created by the Security Documents in Collateral owned by (and, in the case of clause (1), (2) and (3), in each case, to the extent constituting Excluded Assets, upon the request of the Borrower, the Equity Interests of) such Guarantor shall be automatically released, (1) upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to a merger with a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or a designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary), (2) upon the request of the Borrower, upon any Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary or (3) upon the request of the Borrower, in connection with a transaction permitted under this Agreement, as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or otherwise becomes an Excluded Subsidiary. Upon (i) any sale or other transfer by any Loan Party (other than to the Borrower or any other Loan Party) of any Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or (ii) the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest created under any Security Document in any Collateral or the release of any Loan Party from its Guarantee under the Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.02, the security interests in such Collateral created by the Security Documents or such Guarantee shall be automatically released.

 

-114-


Upon the occurrence of the Termination Date, all obligations under the Loan Documents and all security interests created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released (whether or not on the date of such release there may be any obligations in respect of any Secured Swap Agreements or any Secured Cash Management Agreements). In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent. The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.02 to the extent required by the terms of the obligations secured by such Liens pursuant to documents reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Swap Agreement (after giving effect to all netting arrangements relating to such Secured Swap Agreements) shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Security Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as, the Obligations are so secured and guaranteed. No Person shall have any voting rights under any Loan Document solely as a result of the existence of obligations owed to it under any such Secured Swap Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall require the consent of any holder of obligations under Secured Swap Agreements or any Secured Cash Management Agreements

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.17.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

Section 9.18    Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a)    the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b)    the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i)    a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii)    a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that

 

-115-


may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii)    the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

Section 9.19    Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Swap Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

(a)    In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(b)    As used in this Section 9.19, the following terms have the following meanings:

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Covered Entity” means any of the following:

 

  (i)

a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

 

  (ii)

a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

 

  (iii)

a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

 

-116-


Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

Section 9.20    Keepwell.

The Borrower hereby absolutely, unconditionally, and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under its Guaranty in respect of any Swap Obligation (provided, however, that the Borrower shall only be liable under this Section 9.20 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 9.20 voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 9.20 shall remain in full force and effect until the payment in full and discharge of the Secured Obligations. The Borrower intends that this Section 9.20 constitute, and this Section 9.20 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-117-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.,
as Borrower
By:  

/s/ Kimberly Jabal

  Name:   Kimberly Jabal
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


BARCLAYS BLANK PLC,
as Administrative Agent, as an Issuing Bank and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Craig Malloy

  Name:   Craig Malloy
  Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Unity Revolving Credit Agreement]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as an Issuing Bank and as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Jeannette Lu

  Name:   Jeannette Lu
  Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Unity Revolving Credit Agreement]


BANK OF MONTREAL,
as an Issuing Bank and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Andre Salvi

  Name:   Andre Salvi
  Title:   SVP

 

[Signature Page to Unity Revolving Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,
as an Issuing Bank and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Thomas M. Manning

  Name:   Thomas M. Manning
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Unity Revolving Credit Agreement]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as an Issuing Bank and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Inderjeet Singh Aneja

  Name:   Inderjeet Singh Aneja
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Unity Revolving Credit Agreement]


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as an Issuing Bank and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Andrew Earls

  Name:   Andrew Earls
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Unity Revolving Credit Agreement]


Schedule 2.01

Lenders, Revolving Commitments and Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit

 

Lender

   Revolving Commitment      Letter of Credit Issuer
Sublimit
 

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 20,833,333.35      $ 3,333,333.35  

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 20,833,333.33      $ 3,333,333.33  

Bank of Montreal

   $ 20,833,333.33      $ 3,333,333.33  

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

   $ 20,833,333.33      $ 3,333,333.33  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 20,833,333.33      $ 3,333,333.33  

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

   $ 20,833,333.33      $ 3,333,333.33  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 125,000,000.00      $ 20,000,000.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

[Omitted]

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF BORROWING REQUEST

[Omitted]

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST

[Omitted]

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE

New York, New York

[Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, UNITY SOFTWARE INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to                      or its registered assigns (the “Lender”), in dollars, in immediately available funds, at the office of BARCLAYS BANK PLC (the “Administrative Agent”) at its Principal Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of             , 2019, among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto (including the Lender), the issuing banks from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”)) on the Maturity Date the unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises also to pay to the Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan incurred by the Borrower from the Lender in like money at said office from the date such Revolving Loan is made until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.10 of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement). As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, prior to the Maturity Date and the Revolving Loans may be converted from one Type (as defined in the Credit Agreement) into another Type to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement.

In case an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

THIS NOTE AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Signature page follows]

 

D-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

Very truly yours,
UNITY SOFTWARE INC.
By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF GUARANTY AGREEMENT

GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of                      (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), made by and among each of the undersigned guarantors (together with any other entity that becomes a guarantor hereunder pursuant to Section 18 hereof, each, a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”) in favor of BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as administrative agent (together with any successor administrative agent, the “Administrative Agent”), for the benefit of the Lenders (as defined below), the Issuing Banks (as defined below) and the Administrative Agent.

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of                      (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Unity Software Inc. (the “Borrower”), the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), the issuing banks from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Issuing Banks”) and the Administrative Agent.

Each Guarantor is a direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower.

It is a condition precedent to the making of Loans (this, and each other capitalized term used but not defined in these recitals being defined as set forth in Section 1) to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement that each Material Domestic Subsidiary required to be a Guarantor as of the Effective Date shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent this Agreement.

The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower and the Issuing Banks have agreed to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. Each Guarantor will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit and/or issuance of Letters of Credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to continue to extend such credit and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit. Accordingly, for valuable consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions.

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Guarantee.

(a) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the Secured Obligations of the Borrower. Each Guarantor further agrees that the due and punctual payment of the Secured Obligations of the Borrower may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee hereunder notwithstanding any such extension or renewal of any Secured Obligation. Each Guarantor hereby agrees to be liable under this Agreement, without any limitation as to amount, for all present and future Secured Obligations, including specifically all future increases in the outstanding amount of the Loans or other Secured Obligations and other future increases in the Secured Obligations, whether or not any such increase is committed, contemplated or provided for by the Loan Documents on the date hereof.

 

E-1


(b) Each Guarantor agrees that the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of each other Guarantor or any other guarantee of the Secured Obligations of the Borrower and when making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (collectively, the “Guaranteed Parties”) may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against guarantee of the Secured Obligations of the Borrower or any right of offset with respect thereto.

(c) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower of any of the Secured Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its obligations and notice of protest for nonpayment. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Guaranteed Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Borrower under the provisions of this Agreement (including under Section 2(b) above), any other Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any of the Secured Obligations; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or release from, any of the terms or provisions of any other Loan Document or other agreement; (iv) the failure or delay of any Guaranteed Party to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Secured Obligations; (v) the failure of any Guaranteed Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument; (vi) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Secured Obligations; (vii) any increases in the outstanding amount of Loans and other Secured Obligations; or (viii) any other act, omission or delay to do any other act which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity or which would impair or eliminate any right of any Guarantor to subrogation (other than payment in full of the Secured Obligations (excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made) or release pursuant to Section 16 hereof).

(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a promise of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual or collection of any of the Secured Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not merely of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Guaranteed Party to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Guaranteed Party in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any other Person.

(e) No payment made by the Borrower, any of the Guarantors or any other Person or received or collected by any Guaranteed Party from the Borrower, any of the Guarantors or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Secured Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by such Guarantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of any of the Secured Obligations) remain liable under this Agreement until the discharge of all the Secured Obligations of the Borrower.

(f) Except for the release or termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as provided in Section 16, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason other than the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations (excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made), and shall not be subject to any defense, setoff, reduction, counterclaim, recoupment, discharge or termination whatsoever, by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Secured Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of the Secured Obligations or otherwise.

 

E-2


(g) Each Guarantor further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Secured Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Guaranteed Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise.

(h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Guaranteed Party may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower to pay any Secured Obligation as and when the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Guaranteed Parties in cash an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of such Secured Obligation.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each Guarantor shall be liable under this Agreement only for amounts aggregating up to the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of any other applicable law.

(j) All rights and claims arising under this Section 2 or based upon or relating to any other right of reimbursement, contribution or subrogation that may at any time arise or exist in favor of any Guarantor as to any payment on account of the Secured Obligations made by it or received or collected from its property shall be fully subordinated in all respects to the prior discharge of the Secured Obligations. Until complete discharge of the Secured Obligations, no Guarantor shall demand or receive any payment or distribution whatsoever (whether in cash, property or securities or otherwise) on account of any such right or claim. If any such payment or distribution is made or becomes available to any Guarantor in any bankruptcy case or receivership or insolvency or liquidation proceeding, such payment or distribution shall be delivered by the person making such payment or distribution directly to the Administrative Agent, for application to the payment of the Secured Obligations. If any such payment or distribution is received by any Guarantor, it shall be held by such Guarantor in trust, as trustee of an express trust for the benefit of the Guaranteed Parties, and shall forthwith be transferred and delivered by such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, in the exact form received and, if necessary, duly endorsed.

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties; Additional Agreements.

(a) Each of the Guarantors represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 of the Credit Agreement, each of which as they relate to such Guarantor is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct, in all material respects, except for representations and warranties that are qualified as to “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any such qualification therein) in all respects as of such date, in each case, unless expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on each of such representations and warranties as if they were fully set forth herein, provided that each reference in each such representation and warranty to the Borrower’s knowledge shall, for the purposes of this Section 3(a), be deemed to be a reference to such Guarantor’s knowledge.

(b) Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and all Obligations (excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made) under the Credit Agreement have been paid in full and the cancellation, expiration or Cash Collateralization (or other “backstop” arrangements) of all

 

E-3


Letters of Credit on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount of all Letter of Credit Usage, each Guarantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Guaranteed Parties that it will be bound by each of the covenants contained in the Credit Agreement to the extent applicable to such Guarantor.

SECTION 4. Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Secured Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that no Guaranteed Party will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

SECTION 5. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by each Guarantor herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Administrative Agent and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and the issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or on its behalf and notwithstanding that a Guaranteed Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default, Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Secured Obligation (excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made) is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.

SECTION 7. Binding Effect; Several Agreement; Successors and Assigns.

(a) This Agreement shall become effective as to each Guarantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Guarantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent (regardless of whether any other Guarantor has executed and delivered a counterpart hereof) and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent.

(b) Following the effectiveness of this Agreement as to a Guarantor in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 7, this Agreement shall be binding upon such Guarantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and each other Guaranteed Party that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, except that no Guarantor shall have the right to assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Guarantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Guarantor without the approval of any other Guarantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Guarantor hereunder.

 

E-4


SECTION 8. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification.

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder as and to the extent provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

(b) Each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the other Indemnitees as and to the extent provided in Section 9.03(b) of the Credit Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

(c) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations. The provisions of this Section 8 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 8 shall be payable within 10 Business Days after having received written demand therefor.

SECTION 9. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 10. Waivers; Amendment.

(a) No failure or delay by any Guaranteed Party in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of each Guaranteed Party hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 10, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Except as expressly provided in Section 18, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into between the Administrative Agent and each Guarantor with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT

 

E-5


IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES IT JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

SECTION 12. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

SECTION 13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 14. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County, Borough of Manhattan and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent or other Guaranteed Party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Guarantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in sub-section (a) of this Section 15. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

E-6


(c) Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 16. Termination; Release of a Guarantor.

(a) This Agreement and the guarantees set forth herein shall terminate when all the Secured Obligations (excluding contingent obligations as to which no claim has been made) have been paid in full, the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, and all Letters of Credit have been cancelled, expired, or Cash Collateralized on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount of all Letter of Credit Usage.

(b) In the event that all the Equity Interests in any Guarantor are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement, such Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Administrative Agent shall at the Borrower’s expense take such action and execute such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to evidence such release; provided, that in connection with any such request at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that all the Equity Interests in such Guarantor have been sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, as applicable, in a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement (and the Administrative Agent may rely conclusively on such certification without further inquiry). In the event that a Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent shall, at the Borrower’s expense, promptly take such action and execute such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to terminate the guarantee of such Guarantor hereunder and release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Loan Documents; provided, that in connection with any such request, at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Guarantor has become an Immaterial Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary, as applicable (and the Administrative Agent may rely conclusively on such certification without further inquiry).

SECTION 17. Right of Setoff. If a Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Guaranteed Party and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other obligations at any time owing by such Guaranteed Party or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any of and all the obligations of such Guarantor due and owing under this Agreement held by such Guaranteed Party, irrespective of whether or not such Guaranteed Party shall have made any demand under this Agreement; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Guaranteed Party under this Section 17 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Guaranteed Party may have. Each Guaranteed Party agrees to notify such Guarantor and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

SECTION 18. Additional Guarantors. It is understood and agreed that any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that executes a counterpart of, or joinder to, this Agreement after the date hereof pursuant

 

E-7


to Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Guarantor hereunder by (a) executing and delivering a counterpart hereof to the Administrative Agent or executing a joinder agreement hereto and delivering same to the Administrative Agent, in each case as may be requested by (and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to) the Administrative Agent and (b) taking all actions as specified in this Agreement as would have been taken by such Guarantor had it been an original party to this Agreement, in each case with all documents and actions required to be taken above to be taken to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 19. Keepwell. Each Guarantor that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally, and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of any Swap Obligation (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 19 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 19, or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 19 shall remain in full force and effect until the payment in full and discharge of the Secured Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 19 constitute, and this Section 19 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Guarantor for all purposes of section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[INSERT GUARANTOR NAME]
By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

[INSERT GUARANTOR NAME]
By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-8


Execution Version

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

                    , 2019,

among

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.,

THE OTHER GRANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

 

F-1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     4  

Section 1.01

 

Defined Terms

     4  

Section 1.02

  Other Defined Terms      4  

ARTICLE II PLEDGE OF SECURITIES

     6  

Section 2.01

  Pledge      6  

Section 2.02

  Delivery of the Pledged Collateral      7  

Section 2.03

  Representations, Warranties and Covenants      8  

Section 2.04

  [Reserved]      9  

Section 2.05

  Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations      9  

Section 2.06

  Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest      9  

ARTICLE III SECURITY INTERESTS IN PERSONAL PROPERTY

     11  

Section 3.01

  Security Interest      11  

Section 3.02

  Representations and Warranties      12  

Section 3.03

  Covenants      14  

Section 3.04

  Other Actions      15  

Section 3.05

  Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral      16  

ARTICLE IV REMEDIES

     17  

Section 4.01

  Remedies upon Default      17  

Section 4.02

  Application of Proceeds      18  

Section 4.03

  Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property      18  

Section 4.04

  Securities Act      19  

ARTICLE V MISCELLANEOUS

     20  

Section 5.01

  Notices      20  

Section 5.02

  Waivers; Amendment      20  

Section 5.03

  Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification      20  

Section 5.04

  Successors and Assigns      21  

Section 5.05

  Survival of Agreement      21  

Section 5.06

  Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement      21  

Section 5.07

  Severability      21  

Section 5.08

  Right of Set-Off      22  

Section 5.09

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent      22  

Section 5.10

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      23  

Section 5.11

  Headings      23  

Section 5.12

  Security Interest Absolute      23  

Section 5.13

  Termination or Release      24  

Section 5.14

  Additional Grantors      24  

Section 5.15

  Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact      24  

 

F-2


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Schedules

  

Schedule I

   Grantors

Schedule II

   Pledged Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities

Schedule III

   Intellectual Property

Schedule IV

   Commercial Tort Claims

Exhibits

  

Exhibit I

   Form of Supplement

Exhibit II

   Form of Copyright Security Agreement

Exhibit III

   Form of Patent Security Agreement

Exhibit IV

   Form of Trademark Security Agreement

 

F-3


COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, dated as of                     , 2019 (this “Agreement”), among UNITY SOFTWARE INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the other GRANTORS (as defined herein) and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, the Issuing Banks party thereto and the Administrative Agent and to the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guaranty Agreement”), among the Grantors (other than the Borrower) in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Grantors (other than the Borrower) are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Defined Terms.

(a) Each capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement or the Guaranty Agreement, as applicable; provided that each term defined in the New York UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the New York UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Sections 1.03 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

Section 1.02 Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

“Account Debtor” means any Person who is or may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.

“After-Acquired Intellectual Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05(d).

“Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Article 9 Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

“Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Collateral” means the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.

“Copyright License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that such other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

 

F-4


“Copyright Security Agreement” means the Copyright Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit II.

“Copyrights” means, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all copyright rights in any work arising under the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office, including, in the case of any Grantor, registrations, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office set forth next to its name on Schedule III.

“Credit Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Excluded Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

“Federal Securities Laws” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.04.

“Grantors” means (a) the Borrower, (b) each Subsidiary identified on Schedule I, (c) each other Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Grantor after the Effective Date and (d) each Successor Borrower that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Grantor after the Effective Date.

“Information Certificate” means the Information Certificate dated the Effective Date delivered to the Administrative Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including as supplemented by any Information Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.14).

“Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any such Person, including inventions, designs, all Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, software and databases.

“License” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other written license or sublicense agreement granting rights under Intellectual Property to which any Person is a party.

“New York UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Article 9 Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or similar law as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “New York UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Patent License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to make, use or sell any invention covered by a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that any other Person now or hereafter otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

“Patent Security Agreement” means the Patent Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit III.

 

F-5


“Patents” means, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all letters patent, all registrations thereof and all applications for letters patent, including registrations and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including, in the case of any Grantor, those filed in connection therewith in the United States Patent and Trademark Office listed on Schedule III, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.

“Pledged Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

“Pledged Debt Securities” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

“Pledged Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

“Pledged Securities” means any promissory notes, stock certificates, unit certificates, limited or unlimited liability membership certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

“Security Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

“Supplement” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto, or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Trademark License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that any other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

“Trademark Security Agreement” means the Trademark Security Agreement in the form of Exhibit IV.

“Trademarks” means, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, domain names, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations thereof, and all registration and applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including, in the case of any Grantor, any registrations and applications filed in connection therewith in the United States Patent and Trademark Office set forth next to its name on Schedule III, (b) all goodwill of the business associated therewith or symbolized thereby and (c) all other assets, rights and interests that uniquely reflect or embody such goodwill.

ARTICLE II

PLEDGE OF SECURITIES

Section 2.01 Pledge. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of all Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby pledges to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (a)(i) all Equity Interests owned by such Grantor on the date hereof, including those Equity

 

F-6


Interests listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II, (ii) any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and (iii) the certificates (if any) representing all such Equity Interests (collectively, the “Pledged Equity Interests”); provided that the Pledged Equity Interests shall not include any Excluded Assets or Equity Interests of Immaterial Subsidiaries (the Equity Interests excluded pursuant to this proviso being referred to as the “Excluded Equity Interests”); (b)(i) the debt securities owned by such Grantor on the date hereof, including those listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II, (ii) any debt securities in the future issued to or otherwise acquired by such Grantor and (iii) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing all such debt securities (collectively, the “Pledged Debt Securities”); provided that the Pledged Debt Securities shall not include any Excluded Assets; (c) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.01 and Section 2.02; (d) subject to Section 2.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above; (e) subject to Section 2.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above; and (f) all proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, but excluding Excluded Equity Interests and other Excluded Assets, being collectively referred to as the “Pledged Collateral”).

Section 2.02 Delivery of the Pledged Collateral.

(a) Each Grantor agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) on the Effective Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent agrees in its reasonable discretion), any and all Pledged Securities (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated) owned by such Grantor on the Effective Date; provided that (x) Pledged Securities described in Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement shall be delivered at the time specified therein and (y) promissory notes and any other instruments constituting Pledged Collateral shall only be so required to be delivered to the extent required pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02 and (ii) as promptly as practicable (and in any event within 30 days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent agrees in its reasonable discretion)) after the acquisition thereof, any and all Pledged Securities (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated) acquired by such Grantor after the Effective Date; provided that promissory notes and any other instruments constituting Pledged Collateral shall only be so required to be delivered to the extent required pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02.

(b) As promptly as practicable (and in any event within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion)) after receipt thereof, each Grantor will cause any promissory note evidencing any Indebtedness for borrowed money owed to such Grantor by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or more to be pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof.

(c) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, any certificate or promissory note representing Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock or note powers, as applicable, duly executed in blank or other undated instruments of transfer duly executed in blank and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection therewith. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing such Pledged Securities, which schedule shall be deemed attached to, and shall supplement, Schedule II and be made a part hereof; provided that failure to provide any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities.

 

F-7


Section 2.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Grantors represent, warrant and covenant to and with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) as of the Effective Date, Schedule II sets forth a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of (i) all the Equity Interests required to be pledged hereunder and owned by such Grantor and the number and percentage of ownership represented by such Pledged Equity Interests and (ii) all the Pledged Debt Securities and Instruments in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or more owned by such Grantor;

(b) the Pledged Equity Interests issued by each Grantor and each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower and the Pledged Debt Securities have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Equity Interests (other than Pledged Equity Interests consisting of limited liability company interests or partnership interests which, pursuant to the relevant organizational or formation documents, cannot be fully paid and non-assessable), are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt Securities, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof, except to the extent that enforceability of such obligations may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally; provided that the foregoing representations, insofar as they relate to the Pledged Debt Securities issued by a Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, are made to the knowledge of the Grantors;

(c) each of the Grantors (i) is, as of the date hereof, the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantor, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created hereunder and under any other Loan Document and (B) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, (iii) will make no further pledge or create any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than Liens not prohibited by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, and (iv) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens created by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and Liens not prohibited by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;

(d) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally, the Pledged Equity Interests and, to the extent issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Pledged Debt Securities are and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Equity Interests and, to the extent issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Pledged Debt Securities are or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter, by-law or other organizational document provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner adverse to the Secured Parties in any material respect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(e) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated; and

(f) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties has obtained a legal and valid lien on the Pledged Collateral and when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities, free of any adverse claims, under the New York UCC to the extent such lien and security interest may be created and perfected under the New York UCC, as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations.

 

F-8


Section 2.04 [Reserved].

Section 2.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given the Borrower prior written notice of its intent to exercise such rights, (a) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent or in its own name as pledgee or in the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent), and each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any reasonable purpose consistent with this Agreement.

Section 2.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest.

(a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors that their rights under this Section 2.06 are being suspended:

(i) each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that would materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Collateral or the rights and remedies of any of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same;

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be promptly executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section;

(iii) each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Collateral to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and are otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable laws; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that constitute Pledged Equity Interests or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests in the issuer of any Pledged Equity Interests or received in exchange for Pledged Equity Interests or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

 

F-9


(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06, all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to receive and retain such amounts. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to that effect, the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 and that remain in such account.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to that effect, all rights vested in the Administrative Agent pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall cease, and the Grantors shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers they would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06.

(d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Grantors suspending their rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 2.06 (i) shall be given in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

F-10


ARTICLE III

SECURITY INTERESTS IN PERSONAL PROPERTY

Section 3.01 Security Interest.

(a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any and all of the following assets now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Article 9 Collateral”):

(1) all Accounts;

(2) all Chattel Paper;

(3) all Cash and Deposit Accounts;

(4) all Documents;

(5) all Equipment;

(6) all General Intangibles, including all Intellectual Property;

(7) all Instruments;

(8) all Inventory;

(9) all other Goods and Fixtures;

(10) all Investment Property;

(11) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(12) all Commercial Tort Claims specifically described on Schedule IV hereto, as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant to Section 3.04(c);

(13) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral; and

(14) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all supporting obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided that in no event shall the terms “Article 9 Collateral” or “Pledged Collateral” include, and no Grantor is granting a Security Interest in, (A) any Excluded Assets and (B) any Excluded Equity Interests.

(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements and continuation statements with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto, that (i) describe the collateral covered thereby in any manner that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines is necessary or advisable to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted under this Agreement, including indicating the Collateral as all assets or all personal

 

F-11


property of such Grantor, in each case, whether now owned or after acquired or arising or words of similar effect, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor, if applicable. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request.

The Administrative Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) such documents as may be reasonably necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States federally registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights granted by each Grantor and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party. No Grantor shall be required to complete any filings or other action with respect to the perfection of the Security Interests created hereby in any Intellectual Property subsisting in any jurisdiction outside of the United States.

(c) The Security Interest and the security interest granted pursuant to Article II are granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

Section 3.02 Representations and Warranties. The Grantors represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, in each case except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained and except to the extent that failure to obtain or make such consent or approval, as the case may be, individually or in aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Information Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name and jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor, is correct and complete in all material respects as of the Effective Date (except that the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be true and correct in all respects). The Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Information Certificate for filing in each governmental or other office specified in Schedule 2 to the Information Certificate (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Effective Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Sections 5.09, 5.11 or 5.12 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations (other than any filings or recordings required to be made in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights) that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or

 

F-12


registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements (other than such actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights acquired or developed by a Grantor after the date hereof). The Grantors represent and warrant that one or more fully executed Patent Security Agreement(s), Trademark Security Agreement(s) and Copyright Security Agreement(s), in each case containing a description of the Article 9 Collateral existing on the Effective Date consisting of United States federally registered Patents, United States federally registered Trademarks and United States federally registered Copyrights (and applications for any of the foregoing), as applicable, and executed by each Grantor owning any such Article 9 Collateral, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, to protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States registered and applied for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than such actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights acquired or developed by a Grantor after the date hereof).

(c) As of the Effective Date, Schedule III sets forth a true and correct list, with respect to each Grantor, of all Patents and patent applications owned by such Grantor, including the name of the owner and the registration or application number applicable to such Patent or patent application, in each case registered or applied for in the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(d) As of the Effective Date, Schedule III sets forth a true and correct list, with respect to each Grantor, of all Trademark registrations and applications owned by such Grantor including the name of the registered owner and the registration or application number applicable to such registrations or applications, in each case registered or applied for in the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(e) As of the Effective Date, Schedule III sets forth a true and correct list, with respect to each Grantor, of all Copyrights owned or exclusively licensed by such Grantor including the name of the registered owner, title and the registration or serial number thereof, in each case registered or applied for in the United States Copyright Office.

(f) As of the Effective Date, Schedule IV sets forth a true and complete list of all Commercial Tort Claims owned by a Grantor and known by such Grantor to be in existence in an amount reasonably estimated by such Grantor to exceed $5,000,000.

(g) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in paragraph (b) of this Section 3.02, a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law in such jurisdictions and (iii) subject to the filings described in paragraph (b) of this Section 3.02, a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the recording of a Patent Security Agreement, a Trademark Security Agreement and a Copyright Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, within the three-month period after the date hereof pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261 or 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or the one-month period after the date hereof pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 205.

 

F-13


(h) The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than Liens not prohibited by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement. The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens not prohibited by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 3.03 Covenants.

(a) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons, except with respect to Article 9 Collateral that such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment is no longer necessary or beneficial to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, subject to the rights of such Grantor under Section 9.17 of the Credit Agreement and corresponding provisions of the Security Documents to obtain a release of the Liens created under the Security Documents.

(b) Subject to Section 3.03(e), each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and Taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note (which may be a global note) or other instrument (other than any promissory note or other instrument in an aggregate principal amount of less than $5,000,000 owed to the applicable Grantor by any Person), such note or instrument shall be promptly (but in any event within 30 days of receipt by such Grantor or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, together with an undated instrument of transfer duly executed in blank and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given the Borrower prior written notice of its intent to exercise such rights, at its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand, for any reasonable payment made or any reasonable out-of-pocket expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(d) Each Grantor shall remain liable, as between such Grantor and the relevant counterparty under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under such contract,

 

F-14


agreement or instrument, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or other Loan Document to the contrary, no Grantor shall be required by this Agreement to perfect the security interests created hereunder by any means other than (i) filings of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement, (ii) filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) in respect of United States registered Intellectual Property owned by the such Grantor and (iii) in the case of Collateral that constitutes Pledged Securities, Instruments, Certificated Securities or Negotiable Documents, delivery thereof to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof (together with, where applicable, undated stock or note powers or other undated proper instruments of assignment). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Grantor shall be required to (i) complete or effect any filings or other action with respect to the perfection of the security interests created hereby in any jurisdiction outside of the United States; (ii) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any Deposit Accounts and other bank or securities or commodities accounts or any other assets requiring perfection by control agreements; (iii) take any action to perfect the security interest granted hereunder in Letter-of-Credit Rights (other than filing of UCC financing statements); (iv) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters in any circumstances; or (v) file, record or register any mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents or other security document granting a lien on any fee owned parcel of real property.

(f) Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after prior written notice to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Administrative Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent (including reasonable and documented attorney’s fees, costs and expenses) in connection with this paragraph shall be payable by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

Section 3.04 Other Actions. In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:

(a) Instruments. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments constituting Collateral (other than Instruments with an individual face amount of less than $5,000,000 and other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business), such Grantor shall promptly (but in any event within 30 days of receipt by such Grantor or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

F-15


(b) Investment Property. Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article II, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities constituting Pledged Securities, such Grantor shall promptly (but in any event within 30 days of receipt by such Grantor or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(c) Commercial Tort Claims. If any Grantor shall at any time after the date of this Agreement acquire a Commercial Tort Claim known by such Grantor to be in existence in an amount reasonably estimated by such Grantor to exceed $5,000,000, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor, including a summary description of such claim, and Schedule IV shall be deemed to be supplemented to include such description of such commercial tort claim as set forth in such writing.

(d) Limitations on Perfection. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required to be taken to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States (including any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary and foreign Intellectual Property) or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in any such assets (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

Section 3.05 Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral.

(a) Except, in each case, to the extent failure so to act would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its owned United States Intellectual Property, each Grantor agrees (i) to maintain the validity and enforceability of any registered owned United States Intellectual Property (or applications therefor) and to maintain such registrations and applications of such Intellectual Property in full force and effect and (ii) to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in the owned Intellectual Property of such Grantor, including the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or other governmental authorities, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, the filing of affidavits under Sections 8 and 15 of the U.S. Trademark Act, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition, cancellation, infringement and misappropriation proceedings.

(b) Except, in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its owned United States Intellectual Property may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in case of a trade secret, lose its competitive value).

(c) Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its owned United States registered Intellectual Property, including maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to the standards of quality.

 

F-16


(d) In the event that any Grantor, whether by acquisition, assignment, filing or otherwise, acquires any right in United States registered Intellectual Property (including, without limitation, continuation-in-part patent applications) after the Effective Date (collectively, the “After-Acquired Intellectual Property”), such After-Acquired Intellectual Property shall automatically be included as part of the Collateral and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(e) The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, at the time of delivery of each compliance certificate provided for in Sections 5.01(c) of the Credit Agreement for the financial statements under Section 5.01(a) of the Credit Agreement, (i) an updated Schedule III identifying the After-Acquired Intellectual Property that is (x) owned or, with respect to Copyrights, exclusively licensed by such Grantor and (y) issued by, registered with or filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, acquired during such fiscal year; and (ii) executed supplements to Exhibits II, III or IV, as applicable. Each applicable Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to file such supplements to Exhibits II, III or IV, as applicable, with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) to record the grant of the security interest hereunder in such After-Acquired Intellectual Property.

(f) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or put into the public domain any of its Intellectual Property to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

REMEDIES

Section 4.01 Remedies upon Default. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors in writing of its intent to exercise such rights, each Grantor agrees to deliver, on demand, each item of Collateral to the Administrative Agent or any Person designated by the Administrative Agent, and it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, at the same or different times, with or without legal process and with or without demand for performance but with notice (which need not be prior notice), to take possession of the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral and without liability for trespass to enter any premises where the Article 9 Collateral or the Pledged Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral and, generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law and the notice requirements described below, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

 

F-17


The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors no less than 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

Section 4.02 Application of Proceeds. The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, in accordance with Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 4.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property. Solely for the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement, each Grantor, solely during the continuance of an Event of Default, grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors) to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for

 

F-18


the compilation or printout thereof (in each case subject to any Grantor’s reasonable security policies and obligations of confidentiality as previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent) to the extent that such non-exclusive license (a) does not violate the express terms of any agreement between a Grantor and a third party governing the applicable Grantor’s use of such Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, or gives such third party any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation therein and (b) is not prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation; provided that such licenses to be granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks. The use of such license by the Administrative Agent may only be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided further that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon the Grantors notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default.

Section 4.04 Securities Act. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “Federal Securities Laws”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Administrative Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws to the extent the Administrative Agent has determined that such a registration is not required by any applicable law and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 4.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells.

 

F-19


ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.01 Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.02 Waivers; Amendment.

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 5.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Except as contemplated with respect to supplements in Section 5.14, 3.04(c), 3.05(e) and 2.02(c), neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Secured Party, consent to a departure by any Grantor from any covenant of such Grantor set forth herein to the extent such departure is consistent with the authority of the Administrative Agent set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” in the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification.

(a) Each Grantor, jointly with the other Grantors and severally, agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “each Grantor”.

(b) Each Grantor, jointly with the other Grantors and severally, agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the other Indemnitees as provided in Section 9.03(b) of the Credit Agreement mutatis mutandis; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “each Grantor”.

(c) The provisions of this Section 5.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or

 

F-20


any investigation made by or on behalf of any Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable within 10 Business Days after receipt by the Borrower of a certificate of the relevant Indemnitee setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Person is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 5.03; provided, however, any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section 5.03. Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations.

Section 5.04 Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective permitted successors and assigns.

Section 5.05 Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Secured Party and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as the Termination Date shall have occurred.

Section 5.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

Section 5.07 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular

 

F-21


jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 5.08 Right of Set-Off. If an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) of the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of any Grantor against any of and all the obligations of such Grantor then due and owing under this Agreement held by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness. The applicable Lender and Issuing Bank shall notify the applicable Grantor and the Administrative Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section 5.08. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section 5.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender and such Issuing Bank may have.

Section 5.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY ISSUING BANK OR ANY LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AGAINST ANY GRANTOR OR ITS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND

 

F-22


EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 5.01. NOTHING IN ANY LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

Section 5.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5.10. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES IT JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

Section 5.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 5.12 Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.

 

F-23


Section 5.13 Termination or Release.

(a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate upon the occurrence of the Termination Date.

(b) The Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall also terminate and automatically be released at the time or times and in the manner set forth in Section 9.17 of the Credit Agreement. A Grantor shall also automatically be released from its obligations under this Agreement at the time or times and in the manner set forth in Section 9.17 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and take all other actions reasonably requested by any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, in connection with such release. Any execution and delivery of documents by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

Section 5.14 Additional Grantors. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, additional Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower or a Successor Borrower may or may be required to become Grantors after the date hereof. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Successor Borrower of a Supplement (which shall be accompanied by an Information Certificate duly executed by such Domestic Subsidiary or Successor Borrower), any such Domestic Subsidiary or a Successor Borrower shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any Domestic Subsidiary or a Successor Borrower as a party to this Agreement.

Section 5.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative

 

F-24


Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

F-25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.
By:    
 

Name:

  John Riccitiello
 

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer and President

 

UNITY TECHNOLOGIES SF
By:    
 

Name:

  Kimberly Jabal
 

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

 

MERCER ROAD CORP.
By:    
 

Name:

  Ruth Ann Keene
 

Title:

  Secretary

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

F-26


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:    
 

Name:

  Craig Malloy
 

Title:

  Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

F-27


Schedule I to the

Collateral Agreement

GRANTORS

 

F-28


Schedule II to the

Collateral Agreement

PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Grantor    Issuer      Number of Equity
Interests Pledged
     Certificate
No.
     Percentage
Pledged
 
           

 

F-29


Schedule II to the

Collateral Agreement

 

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES AND INSTRUMENTS

 

Grantor    Issuer      Original
Principal
Amount
     Date of Note      Maturity Date  
           

 

F-30


Schedule III to the

Collateral Agreement

U.S. COPYRIGHTS

 

Copyright    Copyright No.    Owner

 

F-31


Schedule III to the

Collateral Agreement

 

U.S. PATENTS

 

Title    Serial/Patent Number    Owner

 

F-32


Schedule III to the

Collateral Agreement

 

U.S. TRADEMARKS

 

Owner    Serial Number    Reg. Number    Word Mark

 

F-33


Schedule IV to the

Collateral Agreement

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 

F-34


Exhibit I to the

Collateral Agreement

 

SUPPLEMENT NO.      dated as of [            , 20    ] (this “Supplement”), to the Collateral Agreement dated as of             , 2019 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among UNITY SOFTWARE INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the other GRANTORS from time to time party thereto and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity and together with successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

A. Reference is made to (a) the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of             , 2019 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, the Issuing Banks party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, (b) to the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guaranty Agreement”), among the Grantors (other than the Borrower) in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and (c) the Collateral Agreement.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, the Guaranty Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit. Section 5.14 of the Collateral Agreement provides that [additional Domestic Subsidiaries] [Successor Borrower] may become Grantors under the Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned [Domestic Subsidiary] [Successor Borrower] (the “New Grantor”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 5.14 of the Collateral Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor, and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its permitted successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Pledged Collateral and the Article 9 Collateral (as each such term is defined in the Collateral Agreement). Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability of such obligations may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

F-35


SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement. This Supplement shall become effective as to the New Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of the New Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the New Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that the New Grantor shall not have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Supplement, the Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a schedule with the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of organization and the location of its chief executive office, (b) Schedule II sets forth a true and complete list, with respect to the New Grantor, of (i) all the Equity Interests owned by the New Grantor in any Subsidiary (other than any Equity Interests constituting Excluded Assets or Excluded Equity Interests) and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity Interests owned by the New Grantor and (ii) all the Pledged Debt Securities owned by the New Grantor and all Instruments owned by the New Grantor, in each case, in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or more, (c) Schedule III attached hereto sets forth, as of the date hereof, (i) all of the New Grantor’s Patents constituting Article 9 Collateral and registered or applied for in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner, type, registration or application number and the expiration date (if already registered) of each such Patent owned by the New Grantor, (ii) all of the New Grantor’s Trademarks constituting Article 9 Collateral and registered or applied for in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner, the registration or application number and the expiration date (if already registered) of each such Trademark owned by the New Grantor, and (iii) all of the New Grantor’s Copyrights constituting Article 9 Collateral and registered or applied for in the United States Copyright Office, including the name of the registered owner, title and, if applicable, the registration number of each such Copyright owned by the New Grantor, and (d) Schedule IV attached hereto sets forth, as of the date hereof, each Commercial Tort Claim owned by the New Grantor and known by the New Grantor to be in existence in an amount reasonably estimated by the New Grantor to exceed $5,000,000.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

F-36


SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 5.01 of the Collateral Agreement.

SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder and under the Collateral Agreement as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “the New Grantor”.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

F-37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Signature Page to Supplement to Collateral Agreement

F-38


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Signature Page to Supplement to Collateral Agreement

F-39


Schedule I

to Supplement No.      to the Collateral Agreement

 

Name   

Jurisdiction of Formation/

Incorporation

   Chief Executive Office

 

F-40


Schedule II

to Supplement No.      to the Collateral Agreement

PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Grantor    Issuer      Number of
Certificate
     Number of Equity
Interests Pledged
     Percentage
Pledged
 
           

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES AND INSTRUMENTS

 

Grantor    Issuer      Original Principal
Amount
     Date of Note      Maturity Date  
           

 

F-41


Schedule III

to Supplement No.      to the Collateral Agreement

U.S. COPYRIGHTS

 

Copyright    Copyright No.    Owner

 

F-42


Schedule III

to Supplement No.      to the Collateral Agreement

 

U.S. PATENTS

 

Title    Serial/Patent Number    Owner

 

F-43


Schedule III

to Supplement No.      to the Collateral Agreement

U.S. TRADEMARKS

 

Owner    Serial Number    Reg. Number    Word Mark

 

F-44


Schedule IV

to Supplement No.      to the Collateral Agreement

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 

F-45


Exhibit II

to the Collateral Agreement

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            , 20    ] (this “Agreement”), among [                    ] (the “Grantor”) and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity and together with successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of             , 2019 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, the Issuing Banks party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and (b) the Collateral Agreement, dated as of             , 2019 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of all Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of the Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Copyrights, including the registrations and applications thereof listed on Schedule I attached hereto (the “Copyright Collateral”).

SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 5. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

F-46


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[                    ]
By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement

F-47


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement

F-48


Schedule I

 

Copyright    Copyright No.    Owner

 

F-49


Exhibit III

to the Collateral Agreement

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            , 20    ] (this “Agreement”), among [                    ] (the “Grantor”) and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity and together with successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of                     (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, the Issuing Banks party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and (b) the Collateral Agreement, dated as of             , 2019 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of all Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of the Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Patents, including the registrations and applications thereof listed on Schedule I attached hereto (the “Patent Collateral”).

SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 5. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

F-50


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[                     ]

By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Patent Security Agreement

F-51


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Patent Security Agreement

F-52


Schedule I

 

Title    Serial/Patent Number    Owner

 

F-53


Exhibit IV

to the Collateral Agreement

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            , 20    ] (this “Agreement”), among [                    ] (the “Grantor”) and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity and together with successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of                      (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, the Issuing Banks party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and (b) the Collateral Agreement, dated as of                      (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of all Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of the Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trademarks, including the registrations and applications thereof listed on Schedule I attached hereto (the “Trademark Collateral”).

SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 5. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

F-54


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[                     ]

By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Trademark Security Agreement

F-55


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Trademark Security Agreement

F-56


Schedule I

 

Owner    Serial Number    Reg. Number    Word Mark

 

F-57


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[Omitted]

 

G-1


EXHIBIT H-1

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[Omitted]

 

H-1-1


EXHIBIT H-2

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Participants That Are Neither U.S. Persons Nor Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[Omitted]

 

H-2-1


EXHIBIT H-3

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Participants That Are Not U.S. Persons And That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[Omitted]

 

H-3-1


EXHIBIT H-4

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[Omitted]

 

H-4-1


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF ANNUAL FORECAST

[Omitted]

 

I-1


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

This INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of                     , 20        , is entered into by and among the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof, in favor of the Agent (as defined below).

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of                     , 2019 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, the Issuing Banks party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (the “Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Each of the undersigned Loan Parties is now or may hereafter become indebted or otherwise obligated (each, of the undersigned Loan Parties in its capacity as a payor, a “Payor”) to such other undersigned Person that is not a Loan Party (each of the undersigned that is not a Loan Party in its capacity as a payee, a “Payee”) in respect of Indebtedness (the unpaid principal amount and all other amounts payable in respect thereof, “Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness owed by any Payor to any Payee shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, to the Secured Obligations until the Termination Date shall have occurred (such Secured Obligations and other indebtedness and obligations in connection with any renewal, refunding, restructuring or refinancing thereof, including interest thereon, fees, and expenses accruing after the commencement of any case or proceedings referred to in clause (i) below, whether or not such interest, fees, or expenses is an allowed claim in such case or proceeding, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Senior Indebtedness”); provided that each Payor may make payments to the applicable Payee so long as no Event of Default under the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing and such Payor has not received notice thereof from the Agent (provided that no such notice shall be required to be given in the case of any Event of Default arising under Section 7.01(h) or 7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement).

(i) In the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Debtor Relief Law, and any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceedings in connection therewith, relating to any Payor or to its property, and in the event of any case or proceedings for voluntary liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of such Payor (except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement), whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, then, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (x) the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Senior Indebtedness (other than contingent obligations not yet validly asserted) before any Payee is entitled to receive (whether directly or indirectly), or make any demands for, any payment or distribution on account of this Agreement and (y) until the holders of Senior Indebtedness are paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Senior Indebtedness (other than (A) contingent obligations not yet validly asserted and (B) obligations in respect of any Secured Cash Management Agreement and obligations in respect of any Secured

 

J-1


Swap Agreement), any payment or distribution to which such Payee would otherwise be entitled (other than debt securities of such Payor that are subordinated, to at least the same extent as this Agreement, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness then outstanding (such securities being hereinafter referred to as “Restructured Debt Securities”)) shall be made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

(ii) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing after prior written notice from the Agent (provided that no such notice shall be required to be given in the case of any Event of Default arising under Section 7.01(h) or 7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement) to Borrower, then no payment or distribution of any kind or character shall be made by or on behalf of the Payor, or any other Person on its behalf, with respect to any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness.

(iii) If any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than Restructured Debt Securities), and whether directly, by purchase, redemption, exercise of any right of setoff, recoupment, or otherwise, with respect to any amounts outstanding under any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness shall (despite these subordination provisions) be received by any Payee in violation of clause (i) or (ii) above prior to the Termination Date, such payment or distribution shall be held by such Payee in trust (segregated from all other property of such Payee) for the benefit of the Agent, and shall be promptly paid over or delivered to the Agent for application in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

(iv) Each Payee agrees to file all claims and proofs of claim against each relevant Payor in any bankruptcy or other case or proceeding (including any case or proceedings referred to in clause (i) above) in which the filing of claims or proofs of claim is required by law or applicable court order in respect of any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness. If for any reason a Payee fails to file such claim or proof of claim such Payee hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent as its true and lawful attorney in fact and the Agent is hereby authorized to act as attorney in fact in such Payee’s name to file such claim or proof of claim or, in the Agent’s discretion, to assign such claim to and cause a proof of claim to be filed in the name of the Agent or its nominee. In all such cases or proceedings, whether in administration, bankruptcy or otherwise (including any case or proceedings referred to in clause (i) above), the person or persons authorized to pay such claim shall pay to the Agent the full amount payable on the claim in the proceeding, and, to the full extent necessary for that purpose, each Payee hereby assigns to the Agent all of such Payee’s rights to any payments or distributions to which such Payee otherwise would be entitled. If the amount so paid is greater than such Payee’s liability hereunder, the Agent shall pay the excess amount to the party entitled thereto pursuant to the Loan Documents and applicable law. In addition, each Payee hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent as its attorney-in-fact to exercise all of such Payee’s voting rights in connection with any bankruptcy case or proceeding (including any case or proceedings referred to in clause (i) above) or any proposed plan for the reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan of each relevant Payor, and the Agent is hereby authorized to act as attorney-in-fact in such Payee’s name to exercise all of such Payee’s voting rights.

(v) Each Payee waives the right to compel that any property of any Payor or any property of any guarantor of any Senior Indebtedness or any other Person be applied in any particular order to discharge such Senior Indebtedness. Each Payee expressly waives the right to require the Agent or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness to proceed against any Payor, any guarantor of any Senior Indebtedness or any other Person, or to pursue any other remedy in its or their power that such Payee cannot pursue and that would lighten such Payee’s burden, notwithstanding that the failure of the Agent or any such other holder to do so may thereby prejudice such Payee. Each Payee agrees that it shall not be discharged, exonerated or have its obligations hereunder reduced (i) as a result of any delay by the Agent or any other holder of Senior

 

J-2


Indebtedness in proceeding against or enforcing any remedy against any Payor, any guarantor of any Senior Indebtedness or any other Person; (ii) by the Agent or any holder of Senior Indebtedness releasing any Payor, any guarantor of any Senior Indebtedness or any other Person from all or any part of the Senior Indebtedness; or (iii) by the discharge of any Payor, any guarantor of any Senior Indebtedness or any other Person by an operation of law or otherwise, with or without the intervention or omission of the Agent or any such holder.

(vi) Each Payee waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the Agent or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, even though that election of remedies, including any nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to any property securing any Senior Indebtedness (if any), has impaired the value of such Payee’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement, or contribution against any Payor, any guarantor of any Senior Indebtedness or any other Person. Each Payee expressly waives any rights or defenses it may have by reason of protection afforded to any Payor, any guarantor of any Senior Indebtedness or any other Person with respect to the Senior Indebtedness pursuant to any anti-deficiency laws or other laws of similar import that limit or discharge the principal debtor’s indebtedness upon judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure of property or assets securing any Senior Indebtedness (if any).

(vii) Each Payee agrees that, without the necessity of any reservation of rights against it, and without notice to or further assent by it, any demand for payment of any Senior Indebtedness made by the Agent or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness may be rescinded in whole or in part by the Agent or such holder, and any Senior Indebtedness may be continued, and the Senior Indebtedness or the liability of any Payee, any guarantor thereof or any other Person obligated thereunder, or any right of offset, setoff, or recoupment with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Agent or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, in each case without notice to or further assent by such Payee, which will remain bound hereunder, and without impairing, abridging, releasing or affecting the subordination provided for herein.

(viii) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Payee waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any Senior Indebtedness, and any and all notice of or proof of reliance by holders of Senior Indebtedness upon the subordination provisions set forth herein. The Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have been created, contracted or incurred, and the consent to create the obligations of any Payee with respect to Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have been given, in reliance upon the subordination provisions set forth herein.

(ix) To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Payee waives any claim it might have against the Agent or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness with respect to, or arising out of, any action or failure to act or any error of judgment, negligence, or mistake or oversight whatsoever on the part of the Agent or any such holder, or any of their Related Parties, with respect to any exercise of rights or remedies under the Loan Documents, except to the extent due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or any such holder, as the case may be, or any of its Related Parties, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment. None of the Agent, any other holder of Senior Indebtedness or any of their Related Parties shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any guarantee of any Senior Indebtedness, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any property upon the request of any Payor, any Payee or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any such guarantee or any other property.

 

J-3


Each Payee and each Payor hereby agree that the subordination provisions set forth in this Agreement are for the benefit of the Agent and the other holders of Senior Indebtedness. Each Payee agrees that the subordination provisions set forth in this Agreement constitute an enforceable “subordination agreement” within the meaning of Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other applicable Debtor Relief Law. The Agent and the other holders of Senior Indebtedness are obligees under this Agreement to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such and the Agent may, on behalf of itself and such other holders, proceed to enforce the subordination provisions set forth herein. The subordination provisions set forth in this Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Senior Indebtedness is rescinded, avoided, or must otherwise be returned by the Agent or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness upon or in connection with any case or proceedings referred to in clause (i) above of any Payor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

All rights and interests of the Agent and the other holders of Senior Indebtedness hereunder, and the subordination provisions and the related agreements of the Payors and Payees set forth herein, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Senior Indebtedness or any amendment or waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, of, or consent to departure from, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(iii) any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether in writing or by course of conduct or otherwise, of or consent to departure from, any guarantee of any Senior Indebtedness; or

(iv) any other circumstances (other than the Termination Date) that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Payor in respect of any Senior Indebtedness or of any Payee or any Payor in respect of the subordination provisions set forth herein.

Nothing contained in the subordination provisions set forth above is intended to or will impair, as between each Payor and each Payee, the obligations of such Payor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to such Payee the principal of and interest on any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness as and when due and payable in accordance with its terms, or is intended to or will affect the relative rights of such Payee and other creditors of such Payor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

This Agreement shall be binding upon each Payor and its successors and assigns, and the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of each Payee and its successors and assigns, including subsequent holders hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in any other Loan Document or in any other promissory note or other instrument, this Agreement supplements any and all promissory notes or other instruments which create or evidence any loans or advances made on, before or after the date hereof by any Payee to Borrower or any Subsidiary.

From time to time after the date hereof, additional Subsidiaries of Borrower may become parties hereto by executing a counterpart signature page to this Agreement (each additional Subsidiary, an “Additional Party”). Upon delivery of such counterpart signature page to the Payees, notice of which is hereby waived by the other Payors, each Additional Party shall be a Payor and/or a Payee, as the case may

 

J-4


be, and shall be as fully a party hereto as if such Additional Party were an original signatory hereof. Each Payor expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Payor or Payee hereunder. This Agreement shall be fully effective as to any Payor or Payee that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Payor or Payee hereunder.

No amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed and delivered by each Payor and Payee whose rights or obligations shall be affected thereby; provided that, until the Termination Date shall have occurred, except for the addition of Additional Parties as contemplated by the preceding paragraph, the Agent shall have provided its prior written consent to such amendment, modification, waiver or consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld to the extent such amendment or modification is required to comply with any applicable law or is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders).

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

J-5


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF PREPAYMENT NOTICE

[Omitted]

 

K-1

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

October 21, 2014

John Riccitiello

[Address Intentionally Omitted]

Dear John:

On behalf of Unity Software, Inc. (the Company), this letter agreement (the Agreement) sets forth the terms and conditions of your appointment as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and your employment as the Chief Executive Officer of Unity Technologies SF (“Unity”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, effective as of October 21, 2014 (the “Employment Date”). With the exception of Section 1 and Section 4 of this Agreement, reference to the Company in this Agreement will be understood to include Unity.

1.    Position. Effective on the Employment Date, you will be appointed as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and you will commence your employment with Unity. You will be expected to devote your full working time and attention to the business of the Company, and you will not render services to any other business without the prior approval of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may manage personal investments, participate in charitable, professional and academic activities, and continue to participate in the permitted activities set forth on Exhibit A (the “Permitted Activities”). You acknowledge and agree that the Permitted Activities do not, and will not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere materially with the performance of your duties to the Company. You will also be expected to comply with and be bound by the Company’s written operating policies, procedures and practices that are from time to time in effect during the term of your employment; provided that if there is any conflict between the terms of such operating policies, procedures and practices and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

2.    Term. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, this Agreement will remain in effect for a period commencing on the Employment Date and ending on the fourth (4th) anniversary thereof (the “Initial Term”). Following the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically be renewed for additional terms of one year on the last day of the Initial Term and each subsequent anniversary of the last day of the Initial Term (the Initial Term and any annual extension of the term of the Agreement, referenced herein as the “Employment Term”), unless either party hereto gives the other party written notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days prior to such last day or anniversary. Upon a termination of employment (whether or not during an Employment Term or upon notice of non-renewal under this Section 2), and to the extent requested in writing by the Company, you agree to resign from all positions you may hold with the Company at such time (including as a member of the Board).

3.    Compensation and Benefits. Your annual base salary will be Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (as such may be increased from time to time, the “Base Salary”), less any payroll deductions and withholdings as are required by law. During the Employment Term you will be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, with a target amount equal to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (the “Target Bonus” and the actual amount awarded, the “Actual Bonus”), based upon the

 

1


achievement of performance objectives established by the Board and subject to the terms of the applicable bonus plan(s); provided that, you will not be entitled to a Target Bonus until the Company has established and implemented a bonus plan in which the senior management of the Company are eligible to participate. To receive payment of any Actual Bonus, you must be employed by the Company on the last day of such fiscal year to which such bonus relates and at the time bonuses are paid. Your Actual Bonus will be paid by the fifteenth day of the third month following your or the Company’s taxable year in which it is earned, whichever is later.

You shall be entitled to participate in all employee retirement, welfare and benefit programs of the Company as are in effect from time to time and in which other senior management employees of the Company are eligible to participate, on the same terms as such other senior management employees. You shall be entitled to paid vacation of not less than 6 weeks per year in accordance with the Company’s policy.

4.    Equity Awards. On the Employment Date, the Company will grant you the right to purchase 4,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with terms and conditions consistent with an award granted under the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) or a non-plan stand-alone stock option agreement with terms and conditions substantially similar to the Plan (the Equity Award).

The Equity Award will be in the form of an option grant that is immediately exercisable with an exercise price of $3.22 per share, which the Board has determined is not less than the fair market value per share of Company common stock as of the grant date (the payment for such Equity Award may be made with a secured fifty-one percent partial-recourse promissory note) (the “Note”). The Note will have a term of 7 years, an interest rate of the mid-term IRS AFR rate on the issuance date, and provide for early repayment only (x) to comply with Section 402 of Sarbanes-Oxley, (y) the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below) or (z) upon Voluntary Termination (as defined below) of employment without Good Reason (as defined below). Accrued interest and principal will be due at the term of the Note.

The Equity Award will vest over four (4) years in equal installments on each of the forty-eight (48) monthly anniversaries of your Employment Date. Vesting will depend on your continued Service (as defined in the Plan) with the Company and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the written agreement governing the award. Further, provided you are in Service upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below), then fifty percent (50%) of the then-unvested shares subject to your Equity Award will immediately vest. Notwithstanding Section 9.1 of the Plan or the applicable equity award agreement, if the Equity Award or any other then-outstanding Company equity award is not assumed, continued or substituted for in a Change in Control, then the vesting of the Equity Award and any then-outstanding Company equity award will accelerate in full immediately prior to the Change in Control.

As a condition to the Equity Award, you will execute and deliver a voting agreement, with respect to the voting of the shares issuable under the Equity Award, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

The Board may, in its sole discretion, provide you with equity grants in addition to the Equity Award set forth above.


5.    Expenses. The Company will, in accordance with applicable Company policies and guidelines, reimburse you for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by you in connection with your performance of services on behalf of the Company. In addition, the Company will reimburse you for reasonable legal fees actually incurred by you up to $30,000 in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement.

6.    Employment and Termination. Your employment with the Company will be at-will and may be terminated by you or by the Company at any time for any reason as follows: (a) you may terminate your employment upon written notice to the Board for “Good Reason,” as defined below (a Constructive Termination); (b) you may terminate your employment upon written notice to the Board at any time in your discretion without Good Reason (Voluntary Termination); (c) the Company may terminate your employment upon written notice to you at any time following a determination that there is “Cause,” as defined below, for such termination (Termination for Cause); and (d) the Company may terminate your employment upon written notice to you at any time without Cause for such termination (Termination without Cause). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) any reference herein to a termination of your employment is intended to constitute a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (as defined below), and Section 1.409A-1(h) of the regulations promulgated thereunder, and shall be so construed, and (ii) no payment will be made or become due to you upon termination of your employment unless such termination constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (as defined below) and you further resign from all positions held at the Company (including as a member of the Board) consistent with Section 2 of this Agreement.

7.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

(a)    Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means a good faith determination by the Board, that any of the following has occurred: (i) your conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or an act constituting common law fraud, which has a material adverse effect on the business or affairs of the Company; (ii) your intentional or willful misconduct or refusal to follow the lawful and reasonable instructions of the Board related to a matter that is material to the business of the Company; (iii) your intentional breach of the Company confidential information obligations, invention assignment agreement, or any written Company policy that has been communicated to you in advance of your breach, in each case, which has a material adverse effect on the Company, (iv) your material breach of this Agreement; provided, however, that prior to any determination that “Cause” under this Agreement has occurred, the Board shall (A) provide to you written notice specifying the particular event or actions giving rise to such determination and (B) provide you an opportunity to be heard within 30 days of such notice and (C) provide you with 5 days from the date you are heard to cure such event or actions giving rise to a determination of “Cause,” if curable.

(b)    Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means (i) a sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (excluding any venture-backed or similar investments in the Company) in which any person or entity, other than persons or entities who as of immediately prior to such sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer own securities in the Company, either directly or indirectly, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of


securities of the Company representing more than fifty (50%) percent of the total voting power of all its then outstanding voting securities; (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company in which its voting securities immediately prior to the merger or consolidation do not represent, or are not converted into securities that represent, a majority of the voting power of all voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after the merger or consolidation; (iii) a change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which the individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such an individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, (iv) a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, provided that, in each cases (i)-(iv) of this definition, a transaction or series of transactions shall only constitute a Change in Control if it also satisfies the requirements of a change in control under U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v), 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi), or 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

(c)    COBRA. For purposes of this Agreement, “COBRA” shall mean the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

(d)    Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall have that meaning set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

(e)    Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means any of the following taken without your written consent and provided (a) the Company receives, within ninety (90) days following the date on which you know of the occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) below, written notice from you specifying the specific basis for your belief that you are entitled to terminate employment for Good Reason, (b) the Company fails to cure the event constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice thereof, and (c) you terminate employment within thirty (30) days following expiration of such cure period: (i) a reduction of your title, position, responsibilities, authority or duties to a level less than the title, position, responsibilities, authorities or duties you occupied or possessed, on the date immediately preceding such reduction (for the avoidance of doubt, following a Change in Control, being the chief executive officer at a subsidiary level of a larger combined company or being the head of a divisional unit of a larger combined company, in each case, will be considered the occurrence of a Good Reason event under this clause (i)); (ii) a reduction in your Base Salary or in your Target Bonus opportunity (but excluding any reduction of not more than 25% of either your Base Salary or Target Bonus, or both, which applies to substantially all of the Company’s other executive officers); (iii) the Company’s requiring you to be based at any office or location more than fifty (50) miles from the office where you were employed on the date immediately preceding the date of such change in location; or (iv) the Company’s material breach of any provision of this Agreement.

8.    Effect of Termination of Employment.

(a)    Termination for Cause, Death or Disability, or Voluntary Termination. In the event you are subject to a Termination for Cause, in the event of your death or Disability, or in


the event of your Voluntary Termination, you will be paid only (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary and earned but unused vacation or paid time off, (ii) except in the case of Termination for Cause, the amount of any Actual Bonus earned and payable from a prior year which remains unpaid by the Company as of the date of the termination of employment determined in accordance with customary practice, (iii) other unpaid and then vested amounts, including any amount payable to you under the specific terms of any agreements, plans or awards in which you participate (and subject to the terms of the foregoing), unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement and (iv) reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by you in connection with your performance of services on behalf of the Company in accordance with applicable Company policies and guidelines, in each case as of the effective date of such termination of employment (the “Accrued Compensation”).

(b)    Termination During Employment Term without Cause or Constructive Termination, or Nonrenewal by the Company, Not In Connection With a Change in Control; Death or Disability. In the event of your Termination without Cause or Constructive Termination during the Employment Term not in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in Section 8(c) below), provided that (except with respect to the Accrued Compensation) you deliver to the Company a signed settlement agreement and general release of claims in favor of the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Release”) and satisfy all conditions to make the Release effective within sixty (60) days following your termination of employment, then, you shall be entitled to (i) your Accrued Compensation and (ii) acceleration as to fifty percent (50%) of then-unvested portion of the Equity Award, (iii) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of your then current Base Salary, payable on the first business day after the 60th day following your termination of employment and (iv) provided you timely elect to continue health coverage under COBRA, reimbursement for any monthly COBRA premium payments made by Employee in the 12 months following your termination of employment, provided that, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA benefits described herein without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof provide you with a taxable lump sum payment in an amount equal to the then unreimbursed monthly COBRA premiums, which lump sum payment will be made on the first business day after the 60th day following your termination of employment.

(c)    Termination without Cause or Constructive Termination In Connection With a Change in Control. In the event of your Termination without Cause or Constructive Termination in connection with a Change in Control that occurs during the Employment Term, provided that (except with respect to the Accrued Compensation) you deliver to the Company the signed Release and satisfy all conditions to make the Release effective within sixty (60) days following your termination of employment, then, (in lieu of any benefits pursuant to Section 8(b)), you shall be entitled to (i) your Accrued Compensation, (ii) acceleration as to one-hundred percent (100%) of the then-unvested portion of the Equity Award and the unvested portion of any then-outstanding Company equity award (for clarity, any equity award subject to performance-based vesting will vest at the target level unless otherwise provided in such grant), (iii) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of your then current Base Salary and 100% of the then current Target Bonus, in each case, payable on the first business day after the 60th day following your termination of employment and (iv) provided you timely elect to continue health coverage under COBRA, reimbursement for any monthly COBRA premium payments made by Employee in the 12 months following your termination of employment, provided that, if the Company determines in its sole


discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA benefits described herein without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof provide you with a taxable lump sum payment in an amount equal to the then unreimbursed monthly COBRA premiums, which lump sum payment will be made on the first business day after the 60th day following your termination of employment. A termination of employment is a Termination without Cause or Constructive Termination “in connection with a Change in Control” for purposes of this Section 8(c) if such termination is a Termination without Cause or Constructive Termination following a Change in Control.

(d)    Miscellaneous. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a notice of non-renewal provided under Section 2 shall not constitute a Termination without Cause or Constructive Termination. For the avoidance of doubt, the benefits payable pursuant to Section 8(b) or Section 8(c) are not cumulative. If a Termination with Cause or an event giving rise to Good Reason occurs during the Employment Term, but not including the expiration of such Employment Term (including a non-renewal of such Employment Term), then you will remain eligible to receive the benefits under Section 8(b) or Section 8(c).

(e)    Change in Control and Transition Role. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, you agree that you will use good faith efforts to negotiate and agree on a reasonable transitional role at reasonable compensation for you at the Company (or its successor) following the Change in Control.

9.    Parachute Payments. If a Change in Control occurs prior to an initial public offering of the Company’s capital stock, and if any portion of the amounts payable to you on your behalf under this agreement or otherwise are subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or similar state tax and/or assessment), the Company shall pay to you an amount necessary to place you in the same after-tax position as you would have been in had no such excise tax been imposed. The amount payable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay income and excise taxes due on such amount. The determination of the amount of any such tax indemnity shall be made by the independent accounting firm employed by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that the Company may take reasonable positions to rebut any presumptions of a “parachute payment” in determining the amount payable to you pursuant to this Section 9.

10.    Section 409A. To the extent (i) any payments to which you become entitled under this Agreement, or any agreement or plan referenced herein, in connection with your termination of employment with the Company constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and (ii) you are deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified” employee under Section 409A of the Code, then such payment or payments shall not be made or commence until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of your “separation from service” (as such term is at the time defined in regulations under Section 409A of the Code) with the Company; or (ii) the date of your death following such separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to you, including (without limitation) the additional twenty percent (20%) tax for which you would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code in the absence of such deferral. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this paragraph shall be paid to you or your beneficiary in one lump sum (without interest).


Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to the extent any expense reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit under this Agreement (or otherwise referenced herein) is determined to be subject to (and not exempt from) Section 409A of the Code, the amount of any such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the provision of any in-kind benefit, in one calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in kind benefits to be provided in any other calendar year, in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you incurred such expenses, and in no event shall any right to reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its exemption or compliance with Section 409A, the provision will be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are exempt from Section 409A to the maximum permissible extent, and for any payments where such construction is not tenable, that those payments comply with Section 409A to the maximum permissible extent. To the extent any payment under this Agreement may be classified as a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-term deferral, even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Section 409A under another provision of Section 409A.

Payments pursuant to this Agreement (or referenced in this Agreement) are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the regulations under Section 409A.

11.    Confidential Information and Other Company Policies. You shall sign and abide by the Company’s standard confidentiality agreement (a form of which was been provided to you, except that the non-disparagement in this Agreement will control over those in the confidentiality agreement), insider trading policy, code of conduct, and any other policies and programs adopted by the Company regulating the behavior of its employees, as such policies and programs may be amended from time to time.

12.    Restrictive Covenants

(a)    Records. All records, files, documents and the like, or abstracts, summaries or copies thereof, relating to the business of the Company or the business of any subsidiary or affiliated companies, which the Company or you shall prepare or use or come into contact with, shall remain the sole property of the Company or the affiliated or subsidiary company, as the case may be, and shall be promptly returned upon termination of employment.

(b)    Confidentiality. You acknowledge that you have acquired and will acquire knowledge regarding confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information in the course of performing your responsibilities for the Company, and you further acknowledge that such knowledge and information is the sole and exclusive property of the Company. You recognize that disclosure of such knowledge and information, or use of such knowledge and information, to or by a competitor could cause serious and irreparable harm to the Company.


13.    Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify you against all actions, suits, claims, legal proceedings and the like to the fullest extent permitted by law, including advancement of expenses, partial indemnification, indemnification following the termination of this Agreement, indemnification of your estate and similar matters.

14.    Arbitration. You and the Company agree to submit to mandatory binding arbitration, in San Francisco County, California, any and all claims arising out of or related to this agreement and your employment with the Company and the termination thereof, except that each party may, at its or his option, seek injunctive relief in court related to the improper use, disclosure or misappropriation of a party’s proprietary, confidential or trade secret information. YOU AND THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN REGARD TO SUCH CLAIMS. This agreement to arbitrate does not restrict your right to file administrative claims you may bring before any government agency where, as a matter of law, the parties may not restrict your ability to file such claims (including, but not limited to, the National Labor Relations Board, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and the Department of Labor). However, you and the Company agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy for the subject matter of such administrative claims. The arbitration shall be conducted through the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), provided that, (i) the arbitrators shall have no authority to make any ruling or judgment that would confer any rights with respect to the trade secrets, confidential and proprietary information or other intellectual property of the Company upon you or any third party and (ii) this arbitration provision shall not preclude the Company from seeking legal and equitable relief from any court having jurisdiction with respect to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the misuse or misappropriation of the Company’s intellectual property. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision that contains the essential findings and conclusions on which the decision is based. The parties acknowledge that they are hereby waiving any rights to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties against the other in connection with any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Agreement.

15.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Absence of Conflicts. You represent that your performance of your duties under this Agreement will not breach any other agreement as to which you are a party.

(b)    Successors. This Agreement is binding on and may be enforced by the Company and its successors and assigns and is binding on and may be enforced by you and your heirs and legal representatives. Any successor to the Company or substantially all of its business (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) will in advance assume in writing and be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

(c)    Notices. Notices under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or two days after mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Mailed notices to you will be addressed to you at the home address which you have most recently communicated to the Company in writing. Notices to the Company will be addressed to the Chairman of the Board at the Company’s corporate headquarters.


(d)    Waiver. No provision of this Agreement will be modified or waived except in writing signed by you and an officer of the Company duly authorized by its Board. No waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other breach of this Agreement.

(e)    Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.

(f)    Withholding. All sums payable to you hereunder shall be reduced by all federal, state, local and other withholding and similar taxes and payments required by applicable law.

(g)    Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter of your employment by the Company. It may be amended, or any of its provisions waived, only by a written document executed by both parties in the case of an amendment, or by the party against whom the waiver is asserted.

(h)    Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to conflict of law’s provisions.

(i)    Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of your employment for any reason to the extent necessary to enable the parties to enforce their respective rights under this Agreement.

(j)    Non-disparagement. During your Employment Term and for one year thereafter, you will not make any negative or disparaging statements or comments, either as fact or as opinion, about Company, its employees, officers, directors, shareholders, vendors, products or services, business, technologies, market position or performance, and the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates) will not make, and agrees to use its best efforts to cause the officers, directors, employees and spokespersons of the Company to refrain from making, any negative or disparaging statements or comments, either as fact or as opinion, about you (or authorizing any statements or comments to be reported as being attributed to the Company). Nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit you or Company from providing truthful information in response to a subpoena or other legal process.


Please sign and date this Agreement, and return it to me if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above. Please be advised that this offer of employment is contingent upon successful completion of a final reference evaluation and background check to be conducted by the Company.

 

Best regards,

/s/ Roelof Botha

Member of the Company’s Board

I, the undersigned, hereby accept and agree to the terms and conditions of my employment with the Company as set forth in this Agreement.

Accepted and agreed to this October 21, 2014:

 

By:  

 

John Riccitiello

[Signature Page to Agreement]


Please sign and date this Agreement, and return it to me if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above. Please be advised that this offer of employment is contingent upon successful completion of a final reference evaluation and background check to be conducted by the Company.

 

Best regards,

 

Member of the Company’s Board

I, the undersigned, hereby accept and agree to the terms and conditions of my employment with the Company as set forth in this Agreement.

Accepted and agreed to this October 21, 2014:

 

By:  

/s/ John Riccitiello

John Riccitiello

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AGREEMENT]


Exhibit A

Permitted Activities

 

1.

OnMyBlock.com

 

2.

Telltale, Inc.

 

3.

Syntertainment

Executive spends approximately 40 hours per month in the aggregate on these activities.

 

 

Exhibit A-1


Exhibit B

Voting Agreement

 

 

Exhibit B-1


Exhibit C

Release

In consideration of the termination benefits described herein (the “Benefits”) provided and to be provided to me by Unity Software, Inc., or any successor thereof (the “Company) pursuant to my Agreement with Company dated October 21, 2014 (the “Agreement”) and in connection with the termination of my employment, I agree to the following general release (the “Release”). The Release shall in no way abridge my rights to full and complete payment of the Benefits and the Release shall be void absent full payment of the Benefits.

1.    On behalf of myself, my heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, I hereby fully and forever generally release and discharge Company, its current, former and future parents, subsidiaries, affiliated companies, related entities, employee benefit plans, and their fiduciaries, predecessors, successors, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees and assigns (collectively, the “Company”) from any and all claims, causes of action, and liabilities up through the date of my execution of the Release. The claims subject to this release include, but are not limited to, those relating to my employment with Company and/or any predecessor to Company and the termination of such employment. All such claims (including related attorneys’ fees and costs) are barred without regard to whether those claims are based on any alleged breach of a duty arising in statute, contract, or tort. This expressly includes waiver and release of any rights and claims arising under any and all laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances, including, but not limited to: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Americans With Disabilities Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act; the Fair Labor Standards Act; the National Labor Relations Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”); the Workers Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (if applicable); the provisions of the California Labor Code (if applicable); the Equal Pay Act of 1963; and any similar law of any other state or governmental entity. The parties agree to apply California law in interpreting the Release. Accordingly, I further waive any rights under Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any similar state statute. Section 1542 states: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which, if known to him or her, must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.” This Release does not extend to, and has no effect upon, any benefits that have accrued, and to which I have become vested or otherwise entitled to, under any employee benefit plan, program or policy sponsored or maintained by the Company, or to my right to indemnification by the Company, and continued coverage by the Company’s director’s and officer’s insurance.

2.    In understanding the terms of the Release and my rights, I have been advised to consult with an attorney of my choice prior to executing the Release. I understand that nothing in the Release shall prohibit me from exercising legal rights that are, as a matter of law, not subject to waiver such as: (a) my rights under applicable workers’ compensation laws; (b) my right, if any, to seek unemployment benefits; (c) my right to indemnity under California Labor Code section 2802 or other applicable state-law right to indemnity; and (d) my right to file a charge or complaint with a government agency such as but not limited to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, the Department of Labor, the California

 

Exhibit C-1


Department of Fair Employment and Housing, or other applicable state agency. Moreover, I will continue to be indemnified for my actions taken while employed by the Company to the same extent as other then-current or former directors and officers of the Company under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement between you and the Company, if any, and I will continue to be covered by the Company’s directors and officers liability insurance policy as in effect from time to time to the same extent as other then-current or former directors and officers of the Company, each subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any dispute regarding the scope of this general release shall be resolved through binding arbitration as set forth below, and the arbitration provision set forth in my Agreement.

3.    I understand and agree that Company will not provide me with the Benefits unless I execute the Release. I also understand that I have received or will receive, regardless of the execution of the Release, all wages owed to me together with any accrued but unused vacation pay, less applicable withholdings and deductions, earned through my termination date.

4.    As part of my existing and continuing obligations to Company, I have returned to Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property that I have had in my possession at any time, including but not limited to Company files, notes, drawings, records, business plans and forecasts, financial information, specification, computer-recorded information, tangible property (including, but not limited to, computers, laptops, pagers, etc.), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and any materials of any kind which contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of Company (and all reproductions thereof). I understand that, even if I did not sign the Release, I am still bound by any and all confidential/proprietary/trade secret information, non-disclosure and inventions assignment agreement(s) signed by me in connection with my employment with Company, or with a predecessor or successor of Company pursuant to the terms of such agreement(s).

5.    I represent and warrant that I am the sole owner of all claims relating to my employment with Company and/or with any predecessor of Company, and that I have not assigned or transferred any claims relating to my employment to any other person or entity.

6.    I agree to keep the Benefits and the provisions of the Release confidential and not to reveal its contents to anyone except my lawyer, my spouse or other immediate family member, and/or my financial consultant, or as required by legal process or applicable law.

7.    I understand and agree that the Release shall not be construed at any time as an admission of liability or wrongdoing by either Company or myself.

8.    I agree that for a period of 1 year following my termination of employment, I will not make any negative or disparaging statements or comments, either as fact or as opinion, about Company, its employees, officers, directors, shareholders, vendors, products or services, business, technologies, market position or performance. For a period of 1 year following my termination of employment, Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates) will not make, and agrees to use its best efforts to cause the officers, directors, employees and spokespersons of the Company to refrain from making, any negative or disparaging statements or comments, either as fact or as opinion, about me (or authorizing any statements or comments to be reported as being attributed to the Company). Nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit me or Company from providing truthful information in response to a subpoena or other legal process.

 

Exhibit C-2


9.    Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating this Release, its enforcement, arbitrability, or interpretation, or because of an alleged breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of its provisions, shall be submitted to arbitration in San Francisco, California, before three arbitrators, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) as modified by the terms and conditions of this Section; provided, however, that provisional injunctive relief may, but need not, be sought in a court of law while arbitration proceedings are pending, and any provisional injunctive relief granted by such court shall remain effective until the matter is finally determined by the arbitrators. The arbitrators shall be selected by mutual agreement of the parties or, if the parties cannot agree, by striking from a list of arbitrators supplied by AAA. The arbitrators shall issue a written opinion revealing, however briefly, the essential findings and conclusions upon which the award is based. Final resolution of any dispute through arbitration may include any remedy or relief which the arbitrator deems just and equitable. Any award or relief granted by the arbitrators hereunder shall be final and binding on the parties hereto and may be enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction. The parties acknowledge that they are hereby waiving any rights to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties against the other in connection with any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Release.

I agree that I have had at least twenty-one (21) calendar days in which to consider whether to execute the Release, no one hurried me into executing the Release during that period, and no one coerced me into executing the Release. I understand that the offer of the Benefits and the Release shall expire on the twenty-second (22nd) calendar day after my employment termination date if I have not accepted it by that time. I further understand that Company’s obligations under the Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the eighth (8th) calendar day after the date I sign the Release provided that I have timely delivered it to Company (the “Effective Date”) and that in the seven (7) day period following the date I deliver a signed copy of the Release to Company I understand that I may revoke my acceptance of the Release. I understand that the Benefits will become available to me at such time after the Effective Date.

10.    In executing the Release, I acknowledge that I have not relied upon any statement made by Company, or any of its representatives or employees, with regard to the Release unless the representation is specifically included herein. Furthermore, the Release contains our entire understanding regarding eligibility for Benefits and supersedes any or all prior representation and agreement regarding the subject matter of the Release. However, the Release does not modify, amend or supersede written Company agreements that are consistent with enforceable provisions of this Release such as my Agreement, proprietary information and invention assignment agreement, and any stock, stock option and/or stock purchase agreements between Company and me. Once effective and enforceable, this agreement can only be changed by another written agreement signed by me and an authorized representative of Company.

11.    Should any provision of the Release be determined by an arbitrator, court of competent jurisdiction, or government agency to be wholly or partially invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms, or provisions are intended to

 

Exhibit C-3


remain in full force and effect. Specifically, should a court, arbitrator, or agency conclude that a particular claim may not be released as a matter of law, it is the intention of the parties that the general release and the waiver of unknown claims above shall otherwise remain effective to release any and all other claims. I acknowledge that I have obtained sufficient information to intelligently exercise my own judgment regarding the terms of the Release before executing the Release.

12.    The Benefits provided and to be provided to me by the Company consist of the benefits and payments in accordance with Section 8 of the Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT FOLLOWS]

 

Exhibit C-4


EMPLOYEE’S ACCEPTANCE OF RELEASE

BEFORE SIGNING MY NAME TO THE RELEASE, I STATE THE FOLLOWING: I HAVE READ THE RELEASE, I UNDERSTAND IT AND I KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS. I HAVE OBTAINED SUFFICIENT INFORMATION TO INTELLIGENTLY EXERCISE MY OWN JUDGMENT. I HAVE BEEN ADVISED THAT I SHOULD CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING IT, AND I HAVE SIGNED THE RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY.

EFFECTIVE UPON EXECUTION BY EMPLOYEE AND THE COMPANY.

 

Date delivered to employee                 ,     .
Executed this              day of                 ,     .

 

Your Signature

 

Your Name (Please Print)

Accepted and agreed

Unity Software, Inc.

 

 

By:

Date:

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT]

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

June 27, 2020

Brett Bibby

 

  Re:

Employment Contract Terms with Unity Technologies ApS

Dear Brett:

You are currently employed with Unity Technologies ApS (the “Company”). This letter agreement confirms the existing terms and conditions of your employment. This letter agreement shall supersede and replace in entirety your existing employment contract from the Company dated March 16, 2015.

CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT

Between

 

   

Unity Technologies ApS, Niels Hemmingsens Gade 24, 1153 Copenhagen K, Denmark (“the Company”)

And

 

   

Brett Bibby, [Address Intentionally Omitted] (“the Employee”)

 

1.

Position & Duties. You are serving in a full-time capacity as Senior Vice President & Chief Product Officer, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer, working in our offices located in Copenhagen, Denmark. You will be expected to travel as appropriate. Subject to the other provisions of this letter agreement, the Employee accepts that the duties may vary and develop in line with the position and according to the Company’s needs. The Employee shall also comply with the guidelines laid down by the Company from time to time.

 

2.

Place of Work. The Employee’s normal place of work continues to be Unity Technologies ApS at Niels Hemmingsens Gade 24, 1153 Copenhagen K, Denmark. The Company reserves the right to require the Employee to work, on a permanent or temporary basis, at any other premises it may acquire. The Employee’s position may involve travelling activities in Denmark and abroad.

 

3.

Working Hours. The weekly hours are 37,5 hours per week, exclusive of a lunch break of 30 minutes per day. The working hours will be organized according to the Company’s needs and according to further agreement. The Employee must to the extent required by the Company’s situation work longer than the normal working hours without any separate remuneration or time off in lieu of pay; payment thereof is included in the agreed salary.

 

4.

Salary. The gross salary of the Employee amounts to DKK 190,740.83 (DKK 2,288,890.00) on an annualized basis) and will be payable in 12 monthly installments at the end of the month to a bank account disclosed by the Employee. The Employee’s base salary will be reviewed annually, at the discretion of the Company and in accordance with the Company’s policy. A salary review does not, however, guarantee that any increase to salary will be implemented as any increases to salary are entirely at the Company’s discretion.

 

5.

Corporate Bonus. You are eligible to receive a discretionary corporate bonus of up to 75% of your earned annual salary during the previous fiscal year pursuant to the terms of the discretionary bonus letter provided to you outside of this agreement and only to the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its sole discretion. In order to be eligible to receive a discretionary corporate bonus, you must be employed by the Company on the date that corporate bonuses are paid. Any bonus amount will be paid out less all applicable taxes, withholdings, and deductions required by law.

 

Page 1 of 4


6.

Holiday. The Employee is entitled to holiday with pay pursuant to the Danish Holidays with Pay Act in force at any time. A full list of public holidays the Company provides with paid time off can be found on the Company’s intranet site.

 

7.

Benefits. The employee is eligible to continue participating in any benefits plans offered to the Denmark-based employees of the Company, including but not limited to those listed in the Danish Maternity Act and the Danish Salaried Employees Act. Full details of all benefits policies can be seen in the Danish employee benefit guide on the Company’s intranet.

 

8.

Equity. You have been granted various equity interests in the Company. Those equity interests shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements, grant notices and equity plans.

 

9.

Termination. Termination of the agreement by either party must be provided in writing to the other party. The Company may terminate the employment by giving the Employee six (6) months’ notice. Notwithstanding the above it has been agreed that the employment may be terminated by 1 months’ notice to expire at the end of a month if the Employee has received salary during sickness absence for a total period of 120 days (including Sundays and holidays) in the previous 12 months, cf. Section 5 (2) of the Salaried Employees Act. Notice of termination must be given while the Employee is still sick and in close connection with the 120 days

 

10.

Executive Severance Plan. You are eligible for severance benefits under the terms of the Senior Executive Severance Plan (“Severance Plan”).

 

11.

Duty of Confidentiality and Loyalty. The Employee shall keep secret all commercial information about the Company. This includes without limitation information about the Company’s technical know-how, customers, marketing, products, prices and similar business secrets.

The duty of confidentiality also applies after the effective date of termination, and the Employee is aware of the obligations to protect business secrets and the requirements for loyal conduct prescribed by section 3 of the Danish Marketing Practices Act and section 4 of the Danish Law on Business Secrets.

Non-compliance with the duty of confidentiality is considered a material breach of the employment relationship and can lead to summary dismissal. The Employee is obligated to compensate the Company, any affiliated companies, business partners or customers for any loss that they have suffered as a result of the non-compliance with the duty of confidentiality

All written documents concerning the Company’s business e.g. business relations, price lists, calculations, etc. must be stored carefully, kept secret and not be disclosed to unauthorized third parties. These documents and other material belonging to the Company and in the Employee’s possession must be returned immediately to the Company on the effective date of termination.

Return of the material must take place notwithstanding the reason for the termination of the employment, and the Employee is not entitled to exercise a lien in respect of any part of the material. In the event of the Employee’s death, the obligation to return material will rest upon the Employee’s estate.

During the employment with the Company, the Employee is not without the prior written consent of the Company entitled to engage actively or passively in any other business or undertake any other salaried or non-salaried business occupation. This applies especially if the other business competes or is likely to compete with the business of the Company.

 

12.

Intellectual Property Rights.

In this section, the following terms shall have the indicated meanings:

 

   

“developed” means made, conceived, created, discovered, developed, or reduced to practice.

 

Page 2 of 4


   

“intellectual property” means all published and unpublished works of authorship, including without limitation audio-visual works, collective works, computer programs, software, compilations, code, databases, derivative works, literary works, mask works, and sound recordings; inventions and discoveries, including without limitation articles of manufacture, business methods, compositions of matter, improvements, machines, methods, and processes and new uses for any of the preceding items; algorithms, customer lists, ideas, designs, formulae, know-how, methods, processes, prototypes, systems, and techniques; any anything else recognized as intellectual property under applicable law.

 

   

“intellectual property rights” means all proprietary rights and all rights in respect of patents, mask works, designs, copyright (including the right to prepare derivative works), trademarks, trade names, service marks, database rights, any applications for registration of any of the foregoing; author’s or moral rights; trade secret rights; all benefits, privileges, causes of action, and remedies relating to intellectual property, whether before or hereafter accrued (including, without limitation, the exclusive rights to apply for and maintain all registrations, renewals or extensions; to sue for all past, present, or future infringements or other violations of any rights in intellectual property; and to settle and retain proceeds from any such actions), free and clear of all liens and encumbrances and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection; and any other like rights under applicable law.

 

   

“Prior Innovations” means all intellectual property, and all intellectual property rights in respect thereof, relating in any way to the business or demonstrably anticipated research and development or business of the Company or its affiliated companies, which were developed by the Employee solely or jointly with others prior to the Employee’s employment with Company.

All intellectual property developed by the Employee during the employment, and which relate to the Employee’s assignments for the Company or which are connected with the business or demonstrably anticipated research and development or business of the Company or its affiliated companies at the time developed, as well as all intellectual property rights in respect of such intellectual property, are considered fully assigned to the Company without any limitations.

All intellectual property developed by the Employee until six months after the termination of the employment, and which relate to the Employee’s assignments for the Company or which are connected with the business or demonstrably anticipated research and development or business of the Company or its affiliated companies at the time developed, as well as all intellectual property rights in respect of such intellectual property, are also considered fully assigned to the Company without any limitations.

The Company is entitled to reassign any intellectual property or intellectual property rights in full or in part to a third party. Further, the Company is entitled in every respect to change intellectual property covered by the rights under the Danish Copyright Act or similar legislation, and the rules under sections 3 and 53-56 of the Danish Copyright Act or similar rules have been departed from to the widest possible extent in favor of the Company.

All intellectual property developed by the Employee as part of the employment either alone or jointly with others are considered the Company’s business secrets. The same applies to intellectual property of which the Employee has obtained knowledge in connection with the employment. Both during and after the employment, the Employee is not entitled to use such intellectual property and the Company’s other business secrets to the advantage of the Employee or a third party and to disclose any information concerning the intellectual property and other business secrets. This applies without any limitation in terms of time.

Unless as otherwise provided by mandatory law, the Employee will not be entitled to separate consideration for the assignment or exercise of intellectual property or intellectual property rights or similar rights or for any restrictions in relation to the Employee’s possibilities of exploiting and disclosing intellectual property and other business secrets as consideration in this respect has been taken into consideration in connection with the fixing of the Employee’s salary.

 

Page 3 of 4


The Employee is under a continuing duty to disclose to the Company all intellectual property that is the object of assignment under this contract of employment, including without limitation the immediate disclosure in writing of any intellectual property covered by the Danish Utility Model Act. Further, the Employee must give the Company all information required for the Company to assess the importance of any such intellectual property and must assist the Company in securing the Company’s intellectual property rights in respect of such intellectual property. The Employee must for instance sign all documents and take any measures as may be legally necessary for the Company to obtain or to exploit its intellectual property rights in respect of such intellectual property.

 

13.

Personal Data. The Employee’s personal information is processed in accordance with the Company’s Privacy Policy. In order to ensure the Company’s compliance with its obligations under the GDPR and Data Protection Act, the Company’s policies and procedures regarding, data security, use of Internet / email system, etc., will continuously be made available through the Company’s intranet. The Employee is obliged to read and comply with the policies currently in force, procedures, etc.

 

14.

General.

The employment is governed by the Salaried Employees’ Act and the Holidays Act in force at any time. In addition, the employment is covered by the at any time applicable internal guidelines and policies. The Employee is obliged to acquaint himself with these guidelines and policies.

The Employee is entitled to salary during sickness. In case of sickness the Employee must no later than at commencement of normal working hours inform his/her immediate superior of this.

The Employee is entitled to salary on his/her child’s first and second day of sickness. Moreover, the child’s first and second day of sickness will be subject to the same rules as the Employee’s sickness days.

---oo0oo---

This contract of employment is signed in two copies, of which the Employee has received one.

 

/s/ John Riccitiello

   

/s/ Brett Bibby

Signed on behalf of the Company by:     Signed by the Employee:
John Riccitiello     Brett Bibby
Chief Executive Officer    
   

August 4, 2020

    Date Signed

 

Page 4 of 4

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

LOGO

<Insert Date>

<Insert Name>

 

  Re:

Employment Terms with Unity Technologies SF

Dear <Insert Name>:

You are currently employed with Unity Technologies SF (the “Company”). This letter agreement confirms the existing terms and conditions of your employment. This letter agreement shall supersede and replace in entirety your existing offer letter from the Company dated                     .

 

1.

Position. You are serving in a full-time capacity as [TITLE], reporting to [TITLE], working in our offices located in [LOCATION]. You will be expected to travel as appropriate. Subject to the other provisions of this letter agreement, we may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time at our discretion.

 

2.

Salary. Your salary is US $<Insert Amount> per month (US $<Insert Amount> on an annualized basis), paid out on a semi-monthly basis less all applicable taxes, withholdings, and deductions as required by law. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

 

3.

Corporate Bonus. You are eligible to receive a discretionary corporate bonus of up to <insert %> of your earned annual salary during the previous fiscal year pursuant to the terms of the discretionary bonus letter provided to you outside of this agreement and only to the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its sole discretion. In order to be eligible to receive a corporate bonus, you must be employed by the Company on the date that corporate bonuses are paid. Any bonus amount will be paid out less all applicable taxes, withholdings, and deductions required by law.

 

4.

Benefits. You are eligible to participate in any US benefits plans offered to the employees of the Company. The Company may modify benefits policies from time-to-time, as it deems necessary.

 

5.

Confidentiality; Company Rules and Policies. You remain subject to the terms of the Employee Nondisclosure, Assignment and Non-Solicitation Agreement that you previously executed. You are also expected to comply with the Company’s rules and policies. Finally, during the period that you render services to the Company, you agree to not engage in any employment, business or activity that is in any way competitive with the business or proposed business of the Company. You will disclose to the Company in writing any other gainful employment, business or activity that you are currently associated with or participate in so the company may assess whether a conflict exists. You will not assist any other person or organization in competing with the Company or in preparing to engage in competition with the business or proposed business of the Company. In order to retain necessary flexibility in the administration of its policies and procedures, the Company reserves the right to change or revise its policies, procedures, and benefits at any time.

 

6.

Equity. You have been granted various equity interests in the Company. Those equity interests shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements, grant notices and equity plans.


LOGO

 

7.

Executive Severance Plan. You are eligible for severance benefits under the terms of the [G&A][Senior] Executive Severance Plan (“Severance Plan”).

 

8.

At Will Employment. Your employment with the Company remains at-will, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may only occur by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and the Chief People Officer of the Company.

 

9.

Arbitration. Both you and the Company mutually agree that pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16, and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, you will submit solely to final, binding and confidential arbitration any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to: (i) the negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance, breach or enforcement of this agreement; or (ii) your employment with the Company (including but not limited to all statutory claims); or (iii) the termination of your employment with the Company (including but not limited to all statutory claims). BY AGREEING TO THIS ARBITRATION PROCEDURE, BOTH YOU AND THE COMPANY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO RESOLVE ANY SUCH DISPUTES THROUGH A TRIAL BY JURY OR JUDGE OR THROUGH AN ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEEDING. The Arbitrator shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine whether a dispute, claim or cause of action is subject to arbitration under this section and to determine any procedural questions which grow out of such disputes, claims or causes of action and bear on their final disposition. All claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by you or the Company, must be brought solely in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The Arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences in this paragraph are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. Any arbitration proceeding under this Arbitration section shall be presided over by a single arbitrator and conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) in San Francisco under the then applicable JAMS rules for the resolution of employment disputes (available upon request and also currently available at http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/). You and the Company both have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding, at each party’s own expense. The Arbitrator shall: (i) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute; (ii) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award; and (iii) be authorized to award any or all remedies that you or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all JAMS arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required of you if the dispute were decided in a court of law. This Arbitration section shall not apply to any action or claim that cannot be subject to mandatory arbitration as a matter of law, including, without limitation, claims brought pursuant to the California Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, as amended, and the California Labor Code, as amended, to the extent such claims are not permitted by applicable law to be submitted to mandatory arbitration and such applicable law is not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act or otherwise invalid (collectively, the “Excluded Claims”). In the event you intend to bring multiple claims, including one of the Excluded Claims listed above, the Excluded Claims may be filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration. Nothing in this section is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.


LOGO

 

10.

Entire Agreement. This letter agreement, together with your Employee Nondisclosure, Assignment and Non-Solicitation Agreement, equity agreements and other agreements referenced herein, form the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with the Company and supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

11.

Severability. If any term of this letter is held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms herein will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, and the parties will use their best efforts to find an alternative way to achieve the same result.

 

12.

Governing Law. The terms of this letter and the resolution of any dispute as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with this letter, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (a “Dispute”) will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws. To the extent not subject to arbitration as described above, you and the Company consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in San Francisco County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute).

Please sign and date this letter agreement below to indicate your agreement with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
By:  
  John Riccitiello, Chief Executive Officer

I have read and understood this letter agreement and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above.

 

 

   

 

Name     Date

 

   
Signature    
EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

 

LOGO

July 23, 2020

Dave Rhodes

 

  Re:

Employment Terms with Unity Technologies SF

Dear Dave:

You are currently employed with Unity Technologies SF (the “Company”). This letter agreement confirms the existing terms and conditions of your employment. This letter agreement shall supersede and replace in entirety your existing offer letter from the Company dated December 18, 2016.

 

1.

Position. You are serving in a full-time capacity as Senior Vice President and GM, Unity Create Solutions, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer, working in our offices located in San Francisco, California. You will be expected to travel as appropriate. Subject to the other provisions of this letter agreement, we may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time at our discretion.

 

2.

Salary. Your salary is US $26,666.66 per month (US $320,000.00 on an annualized basis), paid out on a semi-monthly basis less all applicable taxes, withholdings, and deductions as required by law. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

 

3.

Variable Incentive Compensation. You are eligible to receive additional variable incentive compensation of $320,000.00 pursuant to the terms of your Variable Incentive Compensation Plan letter that you have received outside of this agreement. Any variable incentive compensation amount will be paid out less all applicable taxes, withholdings, and deductions required by law.

 

4.

Benefits. You are eligible to participate in any US benefits plans offered to the employees of the Company. The Company may modify benefits policies from time-to-time, as it deems necessary.

 

5.

Confidentiality; Company Rules and Policies. You remain subject to the terms of the Employee Nondisclosure, Assignment and Non-Solicitation Agreement that you previously executed. You are also expected to comply with the Company’s rules and policies. Finally, during the period that you render services to the Company, you agree to not engage in any employment, business or activity that is in any way competitive with the business or proposed business of the Company. You will disclose to the Company in writing any other gainful employment, business or activity that you are currently associated with or participate in so the company may assess whether a conflict exists. You will not assist any other person or organization in competing with the Company or in preparing to engage in competition with the business or proposed business of the Company. In order to retain necessary flexibility in the administration of its policies and procedures, the Company reserves the right to change or revise its policies, procedures, and benefits at any time.

 

6.

Equity. You have been granted various equity interests in the Company. Those equity interests shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements, grant notices and equity plans.


LOGO

 

7.

Executive Severance Plan. You are eligible for severance benefits under the terms of the Senior Executive Severance Plan (“Severance Plan”).

 

8.

At Will Employment. Your employment with the Company remains at-will, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may only occur by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and the Chief People Officer of the Company.

 

9.

Arbitration. Both you and the Company mutually agree that pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16, and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, you will submit solely to final, binding and confidential arbitration any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to: (i) the negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance, breach or enforcement of this agreement; or (ii) your employment with the Company (including but not limited to all statutory claims); or (iii) the termination of your employment with the Company (including but not limited to all statutory claims). BY AGREEING TO THIS ARBITRATION PROCEDURE, BOTH YOU AND THE COMPANY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO RESOLVE ANY SUCH DISPUTES THROUGH A TRIAL BY JURY OR JUDGE OR THROUGH AN ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEEDING. The Arbitrator shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine whether a dispute, claim or cause of action is subject to arbitration under this section and to determine any procedural questions which grow out of such disputes, claims or causes of action and bear on their final disposition. All claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by you or the Company, must be brought solely in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The Arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences in this paragraph are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. Any arbitration proceeding under this Arbitration section shall be presided over by a single arbitrator and conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) in San Francisco under the then applicable JAMS rules for the resolution of employment disputes (available upon request and also currently available at http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/). You and the Company both have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding, at each party’s own expense. The Arbitrator shall: (i) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute; (ii) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award; and (iii) be authorized to award any or all remedies that you or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all JAMS arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required of you if the dispute were decided in a court of law. This Arbitration section shall not apply to any action or claim that cannot be subject to mandatory arbitration as a matter of law, including, without limitation, claims brought pursuant to the California Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, as amended, and the California Labor Code, as amended, to the extent such claims are not permitted by applicable law to be submitted to mandatory arbitration and such applicable law is not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act or otherwise invalid (collectively, the “Excluded Claims”). In the event you intend to bring multiple claims, including one of the Excluded Claims listed above, the Excluded Claims may be filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration. Nothing in this section is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.


LOGO

 

10.

Entire Agreement. This letter agreement, together with your Employee Nondisclosure, Assignment and Non-Solicitation Agreement, equity agreements and other agreements referenced herein, form the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with the Company and supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

11.

Severability. If any term of this letter is held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms herein will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, and the parties will use their best efforts to find an alternative way to achieve the same result.

 

12.

Governing Law. The terms of this letter and the resolution of any dispute as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with this letter, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (a “Dispute”) will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws. To the extent not subject to arbitration as described above, you and the Company consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in San Francisco County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute).

Please sign and date this letter agreement below to indicate your agreement with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
By:   /s/ John Riccitiello
  John Riccitiello, Chief Executive Officer

I have read and understood this letter agreement and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above.

 

Dave Rhodes

   

July 23, 2020

Name     Date

/s/ Dave Rhodes

   
Signature    
EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

G&A EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN

1.    Purpose. Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”) considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes, however, that, as is the case with many corporations, the possibility of an involuntary termination of employment, either before or after a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 hereof), exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions that it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company, its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 2 hereof) and the Company’s stockholders. Therefore, the Board has determined that the Unity Software Inc. G&A Executive Severance Plan (the “Plan”) should be adopted to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ Covered Executives (as defined in Section 2 hereof) to their assigned duties without distraction. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and nothing shall alter the “at will” nature of the Covered Executives’ employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

2.    Definitions. The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a)    “Accounting Firm” shall mean a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company.

(b)    “Administrator” means the Board or a committee thereof.

(c)    “Base Salary” shall mean the higher of (i) the annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or (ii) the annual base salary in effect for the fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs.

(d)    “Cause” shall mean, and shall be limited to, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(i)    the Covered Executive’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Company or Subsidiary documents or records;

(ii)    the Covered Executive’s material failure to abide by the Company’s Code of Conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct and policies of any Subsidiary, as applicable);

(iii)    the Covered Executive’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Covered Executive’s improper use or disclosure of Company or Subsidiary confidential or proprietary information);

 

1


(iv)    any intentional act by the Covered Executive which has a material detrimental effect on the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s reputation or business;

(v)    the Covered Executive’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability;

(vi)    any material breach by the Covered Executive of any employment or service agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

(vii)    the Covered Executive’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Covered Executive’s ability to perform his or her duties with the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable).

(e)    “Change in Control” shall mean a “Change in Control”, as defined in the Stock Plan.

(f)    “Change in Control Period” shall mean the period beginning on the date three months prior to a Change in Control and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, upon a Qualified Termination Event, any equity awards then held by the Covered Executive that have not yet met their service-based vesting requirement and will not meet such requirement through the accelerated vesting provision of this Plan shall not lapse until the earliest of a Change in Control, three months after the Date of Termination, or the expiration date of such equity award.

(g)    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(h)    “Covered Executives” shall mean the individuals designated as such by the Administrator and who are listed in Exhibit A, attached hereto, as such exhibit is amended by the Administrator from time to time, and who, in each case, meet the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4 of the Plan.

(i)    “Date of Termination” shall mean the date that a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company (or its Subsidiary or successor, as applicable) ends, which date shall be specified in the Notice of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated solely as a result of the Covered Executive becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company or becoming an employee of any Subsidiary.

(j)    “Disability” shall mean “Disability”, as defined in the Stock Plan.

 

2


(k)    “Good Reason” shall mean that the Covered Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” following the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)    a material diminution in the Covered Executive’s annual base salary other than across the board decreases in annual base salary similarly affecting all executives of the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable);

(ii)    the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) requiring the Covered Executive to relocate (other than for travel incident to the Covered Executive’s performance of his or her duties on behalf of the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable)) a distance of more than fifty (50) miles from the Covered Executive’s current principal place of business; or

(iii)    any material diminution in the Covered Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties.

For purposes of Section 2(k)(iii), a change in the reporting relationship, or a change in a position or title will not, by itself, be sufficient to constitute a material diminution of responsibilities, authority or duty; provided, that a change in the Covered Executive’s position or title, as well as his or her reporting relationship to the most senior chief executive officer of the Company or any successor to the Company shall constitute a material diminution of responsibilities, authority or duty.

(l)    “Good Reason Process” shall mean:

(i)    the Covered Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred;

(ii)    the Covered Executive notifies the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of such condition;

(iii)    the Covered Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s, its Subsidiary’s or the Company’s successor’s, as applicable, efforts, for a period of not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition;

(iv)    notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist following the Cure Period; and

(v)    the Covered Executive terminates his or her employment and provides the Company, its Subsidiary or the Company’s successor, as applicable, with a Notice of Termination with respect to such termination, each within sixty (60) days after the end of the Cure Period.

If the Good Reason condition is cured during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

3


(m)    “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon for the termination of a Covered Executive’s employment and the Date of Termination.

(n)    “Participation Agreement” shall mean an agreement between a Covered Executive and the Company that acknowledges the Covered Executive’s participation in the Plan.

(o)    “Public Offering” shall mean the consummation of the first public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of the Company’s equity securities, as a result of or following which the Company’s common stock shall be publicly held.

(p)    “Qualified Termination Event” shall mean (i) a termination of the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) other than for Cause, death or Disability or (ii) the Covered Executive’s resignation from the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) for Good Reason.

(q)    “Restrictive Covenants Agreement” shall mean the Employee Non-Disclosure, Assignment, and Non-Solicitation Agreement or similar agreement entered into between the Covered Executive and the Company.

(r)    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(s)    “Stock Plan” means the 2019 Unity Software Inc. Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

(t)    “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a fifty (50) percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

3.    Administration of the Plan.

(a)    Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

(b)    Powers of Administrator. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out its duties with respect to the complete control of the administration of the Plan. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the power and authority in its discretion to:

(i)    construe the Plan to determine all questions that shall arise as to interpretations of the Plan’s provisions;

(ii)    determine which individuals are and are not Covered Executives, determine the benefits to which any Covered Executives may be entitled, the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan and all other matters pertaining to the Plan;

 

4


(iii)    adopt amendments to the Plan which are deemed necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to Code Section 409A and the guidance thereunder;

(iv)    make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan, including the authority and ability to delegate administrative functions to a third party;

(v)    decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and

(vi)    otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

(c)    All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries and Covered Executives.

4.    Eligibility. All Covered Executives who have executed and submitted to the Company a Participation Agreement, and satisfied such other requirements as may be determined by the Administrator, are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Administrator may determine at any time that a Covered Executive should no longer be designated as such as a result of a material change in such Covered Executive’s role, and such individual shall cease to be eligible to participate in the Plan upon the Administrator taking action by resolution to update the applicable Exhibit hereto.

5.    Termination Benefits Generally. In the event a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) shall pay or provide to the Covered Executive any earned but unpaid salary, unpaid expense reimbursements in accordance with Company policy (or a Subsidiary policy, as applicable), accrued but unused vacation or leave entitlement, and any vested benefits the Covered Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company or its Subsidiary, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plan (collectively, the “Accrued Benefits”), within the time required by law but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination.

6.    Termination Not in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event of a termination of the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than for Cause, death or Disability, at any time other than during the Change in Control Period, with respect to such Covered Executive, in addition to the Accrued Benefits, subject to his or her execution of a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company, its Subsidiaries and related persons and entities, and confidentiality, return of property, non-disparagement and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement provisions (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within the time period set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, and subject to the Covered Executive complying with the Separation Agreement and Release, the Company or its Subsidiary, as applicable, shall:

(a)    if the Covered Executive has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year, pay the Covered Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) six (6) months’ Base Salary plus (ii) the Covered Executive’s annual target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination, pro-rated for the number of days of service provided by the Covered Executive during the year of the Date of Termination; and

 

5


(b)    if the Covered Executive has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year and if the Covered Executive was participating in the Company’s (or its Subsidiary’s, as applicable) group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), shall pay to the Covered Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), would have made to provide health insurance to the Covered Executive if the Covered Executive had remained employed by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) for six (6) months after the Date of Termination, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination.

The amounts payable under Section 6(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of such 60-day period. Each payment pursuant to this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

7.    Termination in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event a Qualified Termination Event occurs within the Change in Control Period, then with respect to such Covered Executive, in addition to the Accrued Benefits, subject to his or her execution and non-revocation of the Separation Agreement and Release, all within the time period set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, the Company or its Subsidiary, as applicable, shall:

(a)    cause one hundred percent (100%) for each Covered Executive who has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year, and fifty percent (50%) for each Covered Executive who has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for less than one year, of the outstanding and unvested equity awards with time-based vesting held by the Covered Executive to immediately become fully time-vested as of the Date of Termination or the Change in Control, if later; provided, that the performance conditions (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include any liquidity conditions) applicable to any outstanding and unvested equity awards subject to performance conditions (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include any liquidity conditions) will be deemed satisfied at the target level specified in the terms of the applicable award agreement;

(b)    if the Covered Executive has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year, pay the Covered Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) twelve (12) months’ Base Salary plus (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Covered Executive’s annual target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Qualified Termination Event (or the Covered Executive’s annual target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher); and

 

6


(c)    if the Covered Executive has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year and if the Covered Executive was participating in the Company’s (or its Subsidiary’s, as applicable) group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), shall pay to the Covered Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), would have made to provide health insurance to the Covered Executive if the Covered Executive had remained employed by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) for twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination.

The amounts payable under Section 7(b) and (c), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination or the Change in Control, if later; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of the 60-day period. For the avoidance of doubt, the severance pay and benefits provided in this Section 7 shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 6 and no Covered Executive shall be entitled to the severance pay and benefits under both Section 6 and 7 hereof.

8.    Additional Limitation.

(a)    Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company (or its Subsidiaries, as applicable), to or for the benefit of the Covered Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then (i) if the Company has not consummated a Public Offering, (A) the Aggregate Payments payable to such Covered Executive under this Plan shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Aggregate Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount (the “Reduction Amount”), and (B) the Company shall use reasonable efforts to satisfy the shareholder approval requirements set forth in Q/A 7 of Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1 with respect to such Reduction Amount, and if such requirements are satisfied then such Reduction Amount shall become payable hereunder as if subsection (A) above had not applied thereto, and (ii) if the Company has consummated a Public Offering, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the Reduction Amount; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Covered Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Covered Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In the event of such reduction, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (i) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (ii) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (iii) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (iv) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all

 

7


the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

(b)    For purposes of this Section 8, the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Covered Executive as a result of the Covered Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Covered Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes (if any) which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes. For purposes of this Section 8, “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Covered Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, less one dollar.

(c)    The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 8(a) shall be made by the Accounting Firm, which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Covered Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such other time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Covered Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Covered Executive.

9.    Restrictive Covenants Agreement. As a condition to participating in the Plan, each Covered Executive shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions contained in the Restrictive Covenants Agreements or similar agreement entered into between the Covered Executive and the Company and such other agreement(s) as designated in the applicable Participation Agreement. If a Covered Executive has not entered into a Restrictive Covenants Agreement or similar agreement with the Company, he or she shall enter into such agreement prior to participating in the Plan.

10.    Withholding. All payments made by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) under this Plan shall be subject to any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

11.    Section 409A.

(a)    Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Covered Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Covered Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Covered Executive becomes entitled to under this Plan would be considered deferred compensation subject to the twenty (20) percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one (1) day after the Covered Executive’s separation from

 

8


service, or (ii) the Covered Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b)    The parties intend that this Plan will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and that all amounts payable hereunder shall be exempt from the requirements of such section as a result of being “short term deferrals” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code to the greatest extent possible. To the extent that any provision of this Plan is not exempt from Section 409A of the Code and ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Plan may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(c)    To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Plan constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Covered Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Covered Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d)    All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Plan shall be provided by the Company (or its Subsidiaries, as applicable), or incurred by the Covered Executive during the time periods set forth in this Plan. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(e)    The Company and its Subsidiaries make no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Covered Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Plan are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

12.    Notice and Date of Termination.

(a)    Notice of Termination. A termination of the Covered Executive’s employment shall be communicated by Notice of Termination from the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) to the Covered Executive or vice versa in accordance with this Section 12.

 

9


(b)    Notice to Covered Executive or the Company. Any notices, requests, demands, and other communications provided for by this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to a Covered Executive at the last address the Covered Executive has filed in writing with the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), or to the Company at the following physical or email address:

Unity Software Inc.

Attention: Ruth Ann Keene, General Counsel

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

[Email omitted]

With a copy to:

Unity Software Inc.

Attention: John Riccitiello, Chief Executive Officer

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

[Email omitted]

13.    No Mitigation. The Covered Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Covered Executive by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) under this Plan.

14.    Benefits and Burdens. This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) and the Covered Executives, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns. In the event of a Covered Executive’s death after a termination of employment but prior to the completion by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) of all payments due to him or her under this Plan, the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) shall continue such payments to the Covered Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) prior to his or her death (or to his or her estate, if the Covered Executive fails to make such designation).

15.    Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Plan shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Plan, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16.    Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Plan, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Plan, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

10


17.    Non-Duplication of Benefits and Effect on Other Plans. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the benefits provided hereunder shall be in lieu of any other severance payments and/or benefits provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, any such payments and/or benefits pursuant to an employment agreement or offer letter between the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) and the Covered Executive.

18.    No Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as giving any Covered Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or shall affect the terms and conditions of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

19.    Amendment or Termination of Plan. The Company may amend or terminate this Plan at any time or from time to time, but no such action shall adversely affect the rights of any Covered Executive without the Covered Executive’s written consent.

20.    Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles.

21.    Obligations of Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company shall expressly assume and agree to perform this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22.    Effectiveness and Term. The G&A Executive Severance Plan is effective as of June 12, 2019 (the “Effective Date”).

 

11


Exhibit A

Covered Executives

 

Individual

  

Title

Ruth Ann Keene

  

General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer

Kim Jabal

  

Chief Financial Officer

 

12

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN

1.    Purpose. Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”) considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes, however, that, as is the case with many corporations, the possibility of an involuntary termination of employment, either before or after a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 hereof), exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions that it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company, its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 2 hereof) and the Company’s stockholders. Therefore, the Board has determined that the Unity Software Inc. Senior Executive Severance Plan (the “Plan”) should be adopted to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ Covered Executives (as defined in Section 2 hereof) to their assigned duties without distraction. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and nothing shall alter the “at will” nature of the Covered Executives’ employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

2.    Definitions. The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a)    “Accounting Firm” shall mean a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company.

(b)    “Administrator” means the Board or a committee thereof.

(c)    “Base Salary” shall mean the higher of (i) the annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or (ii) the annual base salary in effect for the fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs.

(d)    “Cause” shall mean, and shall be limited to, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(i)    the Covered Executive’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Company or Subsidiary documents or records;

(ii)    the Covered Executive’s material failure to abide by the Company’s Code of Conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct and policies of any Subsidiary, as applicable);

(iii)    the Covered Executive’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Covered Executive’s improper use or disclosure of Company or Subsidiary confidential or proprietary information);

 

1


(iv)    any intentional act by the Covered Executive which has a material detrimental effect on the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s reputation or business;

(v)    the Covered Executive’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability;

(vi)    any material breach by the Covered Executive of any employment or service agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

(vii)    the Covered Executive’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Covered Executive’s ability to perform his or her duties with the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable).

(e)    “Change in Control” shall mean a “Change in Control”, as defined in the Stock Plan.

(f)    “Change in Control Period” shall mean the period beginning on the date three months prior to a Change in Control and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, upon a Qualified Termination Event, any equity awards then held by the Covered Executive that have not yet met their service-based vesting requirement and will not meet such requirement through the accelerated vesting provision of this Plan shall not lapse until the earliest of a Change in Control, three months after the Date of Termination, or the expiration date of such equity award.

(g)    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(h)    “Covered Executives” shall mean the individuals designated as such by the Administrator and who are listed in Exhibit A, attached hereto, as such exhibit is amended by the Administrator from time to time, and who, in each case, meet the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4 of the Plan.

(i)    “Date of Termination” shall mean the date that a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company (or its Subsidiary or successor, as applicable) ends, which date shall be specified in the Notice of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated solely as a result of the Covered Executive becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company or becoming an employee of any Subsidiary.

(j)    “Disability” shall mean “Disability”, as defined in the Stock Plan.

 

2


(k)    “Good Reason” shall mean that the Covered Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” following the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)    a material diminution in the Covered Executive’s annual base salary other than across the board decreases in annual base salary similarly affecting all executives of the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable);

(ii)    the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) requiring the Covered Executive to relocate (other than for travel incident to the Covered Executive’s performance of his or her duties on behalf of the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable)) a distance of more than fifty (50) miles from the Covered Executive’s current principal place of business; or

(iii)    any material diminution in the Covered Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties.

For purposes of Section 2(k)(iii), a change in the reporting relationship, or a change in a position or title will not, by itself, be sufficient to constitute a material diminution of responsibilities, authority or duty.

(l)    “Good Reason Process” shall mean:

(i)    the Covered Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred;

(ii)    the Covered Executive notifies the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of such condition;

(iii)    the Covered Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s, its Subsidiary’s or the Company’s successor’s, as applicable, efforts, for a period of not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition;

(iv)    notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist following the Cure Period; and

(v)    the Covered Executive terminates his or her employment and provides the Company, its Subsidiary or the Company’s successor, as applicable, with a Notice of Termination with respect to such termination, each within sixty (60) days after the end of the Cure Period.

If the Good Reason condition is cured during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

(m)    “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon for the termination of a Covered Executive’s employment and the Date of Termination.

(n)    “Participation Agreement” shall mean an agreement between a Covered Executive and the Company that acknowledges the Covered Executive’s participation in the Plan.

 

3


(o)    “Public Offering” shall mean the consummation of the first public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of the Company’s equity securities, as a result of or following which the Company’s common stock shall be publicly held.

(p)    “Qualified Termination Event” shall mean (i) a termination of the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) other than for Cause, death or Disability or (ii) the Covered Executive’s resignation from the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) for Good Reason.

(q)    “Restrictive Covenants Agreement” shall mean the Employee Non-Disclosure, Assignment, and Non-Solicitation Agreement or similar agreement entered into between the Covered Executive and the Company.

(r)    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(s)    “Stock Plan” means the 2019 Unity Software Inc. Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

(t)    “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a fifty (50) percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

3.    Administration of the Plan.

(a)    Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

(b)    Powers of Administrator. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out its duties with respect to the complete control of the administration of the Plan. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the power and authority in its discretion to:

(i)    construe the Plan to determine all questions that shall arise as to interpretations of the Plan’s provisions;

(ii)    determine which individuals are and are not Covered Executives, determine the benefits to which any Covered Executives may be entitled, the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan and all other matters pertaining to the Plan;

(iii)    adopt amendments to the Plan which are deemed necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to Code Section 409A and the guidance thereunder;

(iv)    make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan, including the authority and ability to delegate administrative functions to a third party;

 

4


(v)    decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and

(vi)    otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

(c)    All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries and Covered Executives.

4.    Eligibility. All Covered Executives who have executed and submitted to the Company a Participation Agreement, and satisfied such other requirements as may be determined by the Administrator, are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Administrator may determine at any time that a Covered Executive should no longer be designated as such as a result of a material change in such Covered Executive’s role, and such individual shall cease to be eligible to participate in the Plan upon the Administrator taking action by resolution to update the applicable Exhibit hereto.

5.    Termination Benefits Generally. In the event a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) shall pay or provide to the Covered Executive any earned but unpaid salary, unpaid expense reimbursements in accordance with Company policy (or a Subsidiary policy, as applicable), accrued but unused vacation or leave entitlement, and any vested benefits the Covered Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company or its Subsidiary, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plan (collectively, the “Accrued Benefits”), within the time required by law but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination.

6.    Termination Not in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event of a termination of the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than for Cause, death or Disability, at any time other than during the Change in Control Period, with respect to such Covered Executive, in addition to the Accrued Benefits, subject to his or her execution of a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company, containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company, its Subsidiaries and related persons and entities, and confidentiality, return of property, non-disparagement and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement provisions (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within the time period set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, and subject to the Covered Executive complying with the Separation Agreement and Release, the Company or its Subsidiary, as applicable, shall:

(a)    if the Covered Executive has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year, pay the Covered Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) six (6) months’ Base Salary plus (ii) the Covered Executive’s annual target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination, pro-rated for the number of days of service provided by the Covered Executive during the year of the Date of Termination; and

 

5


(b)    if the Covered Executive has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year and if the Covered Executive was participating in the Company’s (or its Subsidiary’s, as applicable) group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), shall pay to the Covered Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), would have made to provide health insurance to the Covered Executive if the Covered Executive had remained employed by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) for six (6) months after the Date of Termination, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination.

The amounts payable under Section 6(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of such 60-day period. Each payment pursuant to this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

7.    Termination in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event a Qualified Termination Event occurs within the Change in Control Period, then with respect to such Covered Executive, in addition to the Accrued Benefits, subject to his or her execution and non-revocation of the Separation Agreement and Release, all within the time period set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, the Company or its Subsidiary, as applicable, shall:

(a)    cause one hundred percent (100%) for each Covered Executive who has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year, and fifty percent (50%) for each Covered Executive who has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for less than one year, of the outstanding and unvested equity awards with time-based vesting held by the Covered Executive to immediately become fully time-vested as of the Date of Termination or the Change in Control, if later; provided, that the performance conditions (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include any liquidity conditions) applicable to any outstanding and unvested equity awards subject to performance conditions (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include any liquidity conditions) will be deemed satisfied at the target level specified in the terms of the applicable award agreement;

(b)    if the Covered Executive has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year, pay the Covered Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) twelve (12) months’ Base Salary plus (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Covered Executive’s annual target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Qualified Termination Event (or the Covered Executive’s annual target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher); and

(c)    if the Covered Executive has been continuously employed and in good standing as a Covered Executive for at least one year and if the Covered Executive was participating in the Company’s (or its Subsidiary’s, as applicable) group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company (or

 

6


its Subsidiary, as applicable), shall pay to the Covered Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), would have made to provide health insurance to the Covered Executive if the Covered Executive had remained employed by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) for twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination.

The amounts payable under Section 7(b) and (c), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination or the Change in Control, if later; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of the 60- day period. For the avoidance of doubt, the severance pay and benefits provided in this Section 7 shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 6 and no Covered Executive shall be entitled to the severance pay and benefits under both Section 6 and 7 hereof.

8.    Additional Limitation.

(a)    Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company (or its Subsidiaries, as applicable), to or for the benefit of the Covered Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then (i) if the Company has not consummated a Public Offering, (A) the Aggregate Payments payable to such Covered Executive under this Plan shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Aggregate Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount (the “Reduction Amount”), and (B) the Company shall use reasonable efforts to satisfy the ] shareholder approval requirements set forth in Q/A 7 of Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1 with respect to such Reduction Amount, and if such requirements are satisfied then such Reduction Amount shall become payable hereunder as if subsection (A) above had not applied thereto, and (ii) if the Company has consummated a Public Offering, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the Reduction Amount; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Covered Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Covered Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In the event of such reduction, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (i) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (ii) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (iii) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (iv) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

(b)    For purposes of this Section 8, the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Covered Executive as a result of the Covered Executive’s receipt of the

 

7


Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Covered Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes (if any) which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes. For purposes of this Section 8, “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Covered Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, less one dollar.

(c)    The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 8(a) shall be made by the Accounting Firm, which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Covered Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such other time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Covered Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Covered Executive.

9.    Restrictive Covenants Agreement. As a condition to participating in the Plan, each Covered Executive shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions contained in the Restrictive Covenants Agreements or similar agreement entered into between the Covered Executive and the Company and such other agreement(s) as designated in the applicable Participation Agreement. If a Covered Executive has not entered into a Restrictive Covenants Agreement or similar agreement with the Company, he or she shall enter into such agreement prior to participating in the Plan.

10.    Withholding. All payments made by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) under this Plan shall be subject to any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

11.    Section 409A.

(a)    Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Covered Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Covered Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Covered Executive becomes entitled to under this Plan would be considered deferred compensation subject to the twenty (20) percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one (1) day after the Covered Executive’s separation from service, or (ii) the Covered Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b)    The parties intend that this Plan will be administered in accordance with

 

8


Section 409A of the Code and that all amounts payable hereunder shall be exempt from the requirements of such section as a result of being “short term deferrals” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code to the greatest extent possible. To the extent that any provision of this Plan is not exempt from Section 409A of the Code and ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Plan may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(c)    To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Plan constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Covered Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Covered Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d)    All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Plan shall be provided by the Company (or its Subsidiaries, as applicable), or incurred by the Covered Executive during the time periods set forth in this Plan. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(e)    The Company and its Subsidiaries make no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Covered Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Plan are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

12.    Notice and Date of Termination.

(a)    Notice of Termination. A termination of the Covered Executive’s employment shall be communicated by Notice of Termination from the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) to the Covered Executive or vice versa in accordance with this Section 12.

 

9


(b)    Notice to Covered Executive or the Company. Any notices, requests, demands, and other communications provided for by this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to a Covered Executive at the last address the Covered Executive has filed in writing with the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable), or to the Company at the following physical or email address:

Unity Software Inc.

Attention: Ruth Ann Keene, General Counsel

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

ruthann@unity3d.com

With a copy to:

Unity Software Inc.

Attention: John Riccitiello, Chief Executive Officer

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

jr@unity3d.com

13.    No Mitigation. The Covered Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Covered Executive by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) under this Plan.

14.    Benefits and Burdens. This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) and the Covered Executives, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns. In the event of a Covered Executive’s death after a termination of employment but prior to the completion by the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) of all payments due to him or her under this Plan, the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) shall continue such payments to the Covered Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) prior to his or her death (or to his or her estate, if the Covered Executive fails to make such designation).

15.    Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Plan shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Plan, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16.    Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Plan, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Plan, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

17.    Non-Duplication of Benefits and Effect on Other Plans. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the benefits provided hereunder shall be in lieu of any other severance payments and/or benefits provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, any such payments and/or benefits pursuant to an employment agreement or offer letter between the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) and the Covered Executive.

18.    No Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as giving any Covered Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or shall affect the terms and conditions of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

10


19.    Amendment or Termination of Plan. The Company may amend or terminate this Plan at any time or from time to time, but no such action shall adversely affect the rights of any Covered Executive without the Covered Executive’s written consent.

20.    Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles.

21.    Obligations of Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company shall expressly assume and agree to perform this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22.    Effectiveness and Term. The Senior Executive Severance Plan is effective as of June 12, 2019 (the “Effective Date”).

 

11


Exhibit A

Covered Executives

 

Individual

  

Title

Brett Bibby

  

Chief Product Officer

Clive Downie

  

Chief Marketing Officer

Danny Lange

  

VP, AI & Machine Learning

Dave Rhodes

  

Chief Revenue Officer

Ingrid Lestiyo

  

General Manager, Monetization

Joachim Ante

  

Chief Technology Officer

Luc Barthelet

  

VP, Cloud Services

Sylvio Drouin

  

VP, Unity Labs

Ralph Huawert

  

VP, R&D

 

12

EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

UNITY SOFTWARE INC.

CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

(Adopted August 14, 2020; Effective upon the effectiveness of the

registration statement relating to the Company’s initial public offering)

1. Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2. Definitions.

(a) “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

(b) “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f) “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan and be considered the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

(g) “Company” means Unity Software Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(h) “Employee” means any executive, officer, or key employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

(i) “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

(j) “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.

(k) “Plan” means this Unity Software Inc. Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (including any appendix attached hereto) and as hereafter amended from time to time.


(l) “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% target level of achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.

(a) Selection of Participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods.

(b) Determination of Target Awards. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant, which may be a percentage of a Participant’s annual base salary as of the beginning or end of the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount.

(c) Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

(d) Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion. The Committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

(e) Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Target Award which may include, without limitation: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income measures; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; bookings measures; customer satisfaction; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; workforce diversity; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; regulatory milestones; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; number of users, including unique users; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products; supply chain achievements; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; and other


measures of performance selected by the Committee. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or Non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items, unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d).

4. Payment of Awards.

(a) Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

(b) Timing of Payment. To receive an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid. Accordingly, an Actual Award is not considered earned until paid. It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

(c) Form of Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum.

5. Plan Administration.

(a) Committee is the Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

(b) Committee Authority. It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

(c) Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d) Delegation by Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.


(e) Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

6. General Provisions.

(a) Taxes. The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes.

(b) No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

(c) Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

(d) Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

(e) Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration.

(a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.


(b) Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Committee’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect until terminated.

8. Legal Construction.

(a) Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

(b) Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(c) Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(d) Governing Law. The Plan will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

(e) Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

(f) Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Unity Software Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Unity Technologies SF    United States
Mercer Road Corp    United States
Unity IPR ApS    Denmark
Unity Technologies ApS    Denmark
Unity Technologies Finland OY    Finland
EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 28, 2020, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Unity Software Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

August 24, 2020

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

June 17, 2020

Unity Software Inc.

30 3rd Street

San Francisco, California 94103

Attn: Ruth Ann Keene

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Unity Software Inc. (the “Company”) has requested that Altman Vilandrie & Company (“Altman Vilandrie”) execute this letter in connection with a proposed initial public offering by the Company (the “IPO”), in connection with which the Company will be confidentially submitting and filing a registration statement on Form S-1 (including any amendments and supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission and will be preparing additional materials relating to the Offering, including roadshow and testing-the-waters materials. In response to such request, please be advised as follows:

 

  1.

Altman Vilandrie consents to the Company’s use of and reference to Altman Vilandrie’s name and to the report commissioned by the Company entitled “Content Development Market Evaluation” in the Registration Statement and in any additional materials relating to the IPO.

 

  2.

Altman Vilandrie consents to the Company’s use of the research data substantially in the form furnished hereto as Exhibit A and to the inclusion of such statements in the Registration Statement and in any additional materials relating to the IPO. In granting such consents, Altman Vilandrie represents that, to its knowledge, the statements made in Exhibit A are accurate and fairly present the matters referred to therein.

 

  3.

Altman Vilandrie consents to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Altman Vilandrie agrees that the existence and terms of the IPO constitute confidential information and agrees not to disclose such confidential information to any person or entity or use such confidential information for any purpose.

 

Very truly yours,
Altman Vilandrie & Company
By:   /s/ Josh Zaretsky                                
Name:   Josh Zaretsky                                     
Title:   Director                                               


Exhibit A

In gaming, we estimate the market opportunity for our Create Solutions and Operate Solutions to be approximately $12 billion in 2019 across over 15 million potential creators, growing to over $16 billion in 2025, based on a 2020 study that we commissioned by a third party strategy consulting firm, Altman Vilandrie & Company.